Chapter 25 PDF

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REFERENCE
CHAPTER 25
25-00-00
25-00-00 PB 001
25-00-00-12300-A
25-00-00 PB 801
SUBJECT
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Compartments - Location
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL - REPAIRS
25-00-00-350-011-A
Repair Task Cross Reference Data
25-00-00-330-002-A
Repairs of Non-structural Components (not in the Cargo Compartments)
25-00-00-991-00400-A
25-00-00-991-00500-A
25-00-00-991-00600-A
25-00-00-330-003-A
25-00-00-991-00300-A
25-00-00-340-002-A
25-00-00-991-00100-A
25-00-00-340-007-A
25-00-00-991-01200-A
Filler and Patch Repair Solution

Honeycomb Core Plug and Patch Repair Solution
Debonded Area Repair Solution
Repairs of Surface Damage of Composite Components (not in the Cargo
Compartments)
Three Patches Repair Solution
Repairs of Cabin Polycarbonate (PC) Sheet Components
Single Sheet of PC
Repairs of Cabin Polycarbonate (PC) Composite Components with
Honeycomb Core
Polycarbonate Composite Components
25-10-00
25-10-00 PB 001
25-10-00 PB 801
25-10-00-330-001-A
25-10-00-991-00100-A
25-10-00-330-002-A
25-10-00-991-00200-A
25-10-00-330-003-A
25-10-00-991-00300-A
COCKPIT
COCKPIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
COCKPIT - REPAIRS
Repair of the Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels
Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels
Repair of the Flight-Compartment Side Panels
Flight-Compartment Side Panels
Repair of the Flight-Compartment Rear Panels
Flight-Compartment Rear Panels
25-11-00
25-11-00 PB 001
25-11-00-12900-B
COCKPIT SEATS
COCKPIT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Cockpit Seats - Component Location
AES
25-11-00-15500-S
Captain/First Officer Seat - Front View
25-11-00-16300-E
Captain/First Officer Seat - Rear View
25-11-00-17600-L
25-11-00-17800-A
25-11-00-18300-A
Manual Control
Seat - Functional Diagram
Side stick Armrest
T.O.C.
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-11-00-18500-B
25-11-00-18600-B
25-11-00-19200-F
25-11-00-19400-B
25-11-00-19800-B
25-11-00 PB 401
25-11-00-040-001-A
25-11-00-991-00200-A
COCKPIT SEATS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

Deactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
25-11-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
25-11-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O)

Seat (Electrical Control)
25-11-00-440-002-A
Reactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O)

Seat (Electrical Control)
25-11-00-040-003-A
25-11-00-440-003-A
25-11-00-040-004-A
25-11-00-440-004-A
Deactivation of the Third Occupant Seat

Reactivation of the Third Occupant Seat
Deactivation of the Fourth Occupant Seat
Reactivation of the Fourth Occupant Seat
25-11-00 PB 501
25-11-00-710-001-A
25-11-00 PB 601
COCKPIT SEATS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

Operational Test of the Captain and First Officer Seats
COCKPIT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK
25-11-00-200-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Cockpit Seats
25-11-00-200-002-A
Inspection/Check of the Shoulder Harness and Seat Belt
25-11-41
25-11-41 PB 401
25-11-41-000-001-A
25-11-41-991-00100-A
25-11-41-400-001-A
25-11-41 PB 601
25-11-41-200-001-A
25-11-42
25-11-42 PB 401
25-11-42-000-001-A
25-11-42-991-00100-B
25-11-42-400-001-A
25-11-42 PB 601
25-11-42-200-001-A
25-11-51
25-11-51 PB 401
25-11-51-000-001-A
25-11-51-991-00100-E
25-11-51-991-00200-E
AES
SUBJECT
Safety Harness
Third Occupant Seat
Stowage and Deployment of the Third Occupant Seat
Safety Harness.
Fourth Occupant Seat
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT

SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Third Occupant Seat
Third Occupant Seat
Installation of the Third Occupant Seat
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT - INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspection/Check of the Third Occupant Seat
SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT
SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Fourth Occupant Seat
Installation of the Fourth Occupant Seat
SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT - INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspection/Check of the Fourth Occupant Seat
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Captain/First Officer Seat
Captain Seat
First Officer Seat
T.O.C.
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-11-51-400-001-A
25-11-51 PB 601
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - INSPECTION/CHECK
25-11-51-200-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Captain/First Officer Seat
25-11-51-200-002-A
25-11-51-991-00300-A
Check of Adjustment of Seat Control Cables

Installation of Adjustment Tool
25-11-61
25-11-61 PB 401
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-61-991-00100-A
25-11-61-400-001-A
25-11-62
25-11-62 PB 401
25-11-62-000-001-A
25-11-62-991-00100-B
25-11-62-400-001-A
25-11-63
25-11-63 PB 401
25-11-63-000-001-A
25-11-63-991-00100-G
25-11-63-400-001-A
25-11-64
25-11-64 PB 401
25-11-64-000-001-A
25-11-64-991-00100-A
25-11-64-400-001-A
25-11-65
25-11-65 PB 401
25-11-65-000-001-A
25-11-65-991-00100-A
25-11-65-400-001-A
25-11-65-991-00200-A
25-11-65 PB 501
25-11-65-710-001-A
25-11-66
AES
SUBJECT
Installation of the Captain/First Officer Seat
CUSHIONS - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER

CUSHIONS - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
SHROUD ASSY - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER
SHROUD ASSY - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
SAFETY HARNESS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER
SAFETY HARNESS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Harness Assy
Safety Harness
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Harness Assy
HEADREST - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER
HEADREST - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
Adjustment of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Inboard Armrest-Assy
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT
T.O.C.
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-11-66 PB 401
SUBJECT
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-11-66-000-001-A
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy
25-11-66-991-00100-A
25-11-66-400-001-A
25-11-66 PB 501
25-11-66-710-001-A
25-11-67
25-11-67 PB 401
25-11-67-000-001-A
25-11-67-991-00100-A
25-11-67-400-001-A
25-11-68
25-11-68 PB 401
25-11-68-000-001-A
25-11-68-991-00100-A
25-11-68-400-001-A
25-11-69
25-11-69 PB 401
25-11-69-000-001-A
25-11-69-991-00100-A
25-11-69-400-001-A
25-13-00
25-13-00 PB 001
25-13-00-11200-A
25-13-00-13000-A
25-13-00 PB 401
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy

ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Side Stick ArmrestAssy
LUMBAR REST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER
LUMBAR REST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
CYLINDER ASSY - SEAT CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER
CYLINDER ASSY - SEAT CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
ACCESSORIES - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER SEAT PAN AND BASE
ACCESSORIES - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER SEAT PAN AND BASE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
LINING AND FURNISHINGS
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Cockpit Lining and Furnishings
Cockpit Carpet Installation
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
25-13-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables
25-13-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables
25-13-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
25-13-00-440-002-A
Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
25-13-00 PB 701
25-13-00-100-001-A
25-13-00-370-001-A
25-13-11
AES
Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest Assy
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - CLEANING/PAINTING

Cleaning of Foam Plastic (Polyurethane) Parts
Painting of the Internal Cockpit Surfaces
SUNVISOR - WINDSHIELD
T.O.C.
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-13-11 PB 401
25-13-11-000-001-A
25-13-11-991-00100-B
25-13-11-400-001-A
25-13-14
25-13-14 PB 201
25-13-14-820-001-A
25-13-14-991-01000-A
25-13-14 PB 401
25-13-14-000-001-A
25-13-14-991-00100-A
25-13-14-400-001-A
25-13-14-000-002-A
25-13-14-991-00200-A
25-13-14-400-002-A
25-13-14-000-003-A
25-13-14-991-00300-C
25-13-14-400-003-A
25-13-14-000-005-A
25-13-14-991-00900-B
25-13-14-400-005-A
25-13-14 PB 601
25-13-14-200-002-A
25-13-14-991-00600-A
25-13-41
25-13-41 PB 401
25-13-41-000-001-A
25-13-41-991-00100-A
25-13-41-400-001-A
25-13-41-000-002-A
25-13-41-991-00200-A
Removal of the Windshield Sunvisor

Windshield Sunvisor
Installation of the Windshield Sunvisor
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY - MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES
Adjustment of the Cockpit Table
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly.
Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
Removal of the Sliding Table
Sliding Table.
Installation of the Sliding Table
Removal of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly
Actuator on the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
Installation of the Actuator on the Foot Rest Assembly
Removal of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
Installation of the Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator
LINING PANELS
LINING PANELS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Ceiling Panels
Ceiling Panels
Installation of the Ceiling Panels
Removal of the Sidewall Panels
Sidewall Panels (211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW, 211DW, 212DW)
25-13-41-991-00300-A
Sidewall Panels (211AW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW)
25-13-41-991-00400-A
25-13-41-991-00500-A
Sidewall Panel 211LW

Sidewall Panels (212HW, 212JW)
25-13-41-991-00600-A
25-13-41-400-002-A
25-13-42
25-13-42 PB 401
25-13-42-000-001-A
25-13-42-991-00100-A
25-13-42-400-001-A
AES
SUBJECT
SUNVISOR - WINDSHIELD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Sidewall Panel 212KW

Installation of the Sidewall Panels
ROLLER BLIND - SLIDING WINDOW
ROLLER BLIND - SLIDING WINDOW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Sliding Window Roller-Blind
Sliding Window Roller-Blind
Installation of the Sliding Window Roller-Blind
T.O.C.
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-13-43
25-13-43 PB 401
SUBJECT
ROLLER BLIND - FIXED WINDOW
ROLLER BLIND - FIXED WINDOW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-13-43-000-001-A
25-13-43-991-00100-A
25-13-43-400-001-A
25-13-44
25-13-44 PB 401
Removal of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind

Fixed Window Roller-Blind
Installation of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind
CARPET - COCKPIT
CARPET - COCKPIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-13-44-000-001-A
25-13-44-991-00200-A
25-13-44-991-00100-A
25-13-44-400-001-A
Removal of the Cockpit Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)

Case Stops
Textile Floor Covering
Installation of the Cockpit Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)
25-13-45
25-13-45 PB 401
COCKPIT CENTER PEDESTAL FOAM PANELS

COCKPIT CENTER PEDESTAL FOAM PANELS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-13-45-000-001-A
25-13-45-991-00100-A
25-13-45-991-00200-A
25-13-45-400-001-A
25-13-46
25-13-46 PB 401
Removal of the Foam Panels

Left Foam Panel
Right Foam Panel
Installation of the Foam Panels
COAT STOWAGE
COAT STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-13-46-000-001-A
25-13-46-991-00100-A
25-13-46-400-001-A
Removal of the Coat Stowage

Coat Stowage
Installation of the Coat Stowage
25-14-00
25-14-00 PB 001
25-14-00-12300-A
25-14-00-13800-A
COCKPIT EQUIPMENT RACKS

COCKPIT EQUIPMENT RACKS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Rear Panel 120VU - Component Location
Rear Panel 120VU
25-20-00
25-20-00 PB 001
25-20-00-14000-BI
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Cabin Layout VX1
25-20-00-14000-IO
25-20-00 PB 401
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
25-20-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage

Compartment
25-20-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage

Compartment
25-20-00 PB 701
25-20-00-370-001-A
25-20-00-991-00100-B
AES
Cabin Layout - AES02/VX02 (Aerolineas de Columbia)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - CLEANING/PAINTING

Refurbishment of the Handrail, Interiors and the Doors of the Overhead
Stowage Compartments
Component Location
T.O.C.
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-20-00-370-002-A
25-20-00-370-003-A
25-20-00-370-004-A
25-20-00-370-005-A
25-20-00 PB 801
25-20-00-350-001-A
25-20-00-991-00200-A
25-20-00-350-003-A
25-20-00-991-00300-A
25-20-00-991-00400-A
25-20-00-991-00500-A
Refurbishment of the Partition and the Door/Doorframe Panel

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - REPAIRS
Repair of Insert Nut Attachments in Components with Honeycomb Core
Metal Inserts in Honeycomb Core Panel
Repair of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
Example of Silicone NTF Repair
NTF Information
Welded Joint Repair
25-20-00-350-004-A
Repair of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
25-20-00-350-005-A
25-20-00-991-00600-A
25-20-00-340-002-A
Replacement of the Aluminum Profile on the Lower Sidewall-Panel

Aluminum Profile
Repair of an Overhead Stowage Compartment (OHSC)
25-20-00-991-00700-A
25-20-00-991-00800-A
25-20-00-991-00900-A
25-20-00-991-01000-A
25-20-00-991-01100-A
Seal - OHSC
Bottom Panel - OHSC
Handrail - OHSC
Handrail Attachment - OHSC
Partition/Stiffener - OHSC
25-20-00-370-006-A
Repair of the Paint Coat on Components
25-20-00-340-003-A
Repair/Replacement of Decor Foil
25-20-00-340-004-A
25-20-00-340-005-A
25-20-00-991-01200-A
25-20-00-991-01300-A
25-20-00-991-01400-A
Repair of
Repair of
Type 2
Type 3
Type 4
25-21-00
25-21-00 PB 001
25-21-00-12900-IY
25-21-00-13100-E
25-21-00-15300-BK
25-21-00-15400-A
25-21-00-15400-AV
25-21-00-17600-D
25-21-00 PB 501
25-21-00-710-002-A
AES
SUBJECT
Refurbishment of the Cabin Sidewall Panel, Cabin Ceiling Panel, Cove
Light Panel and the Passenger Service Unit Panel
Refurbishment of the Lavatory Wall and Lavatory Interior Parts
Refurbishment of the Exit Ceiling and the Overwing Emergency
Exit/Hatch Cover
the Vacuum-Cleaner Outlet Door

Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels
Damage
Damage
Damage
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Seat Layout Component Location - AES02/VX02 (Aerolineas de
Columbia)
PED Power Supply - Component Location
Seat Description - Business Class - Example
Economy-Class Seats - Example
Seat Description - Tourist Class - Example
PED Power Supply - Schematic
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the In-Seat Power-Supply System (PED Power
Supply)
T.O.C.
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-21-00 PB 601
25-21-00-210-001-A
25-21-00-210-002-A
25-21-34
25-21-34 PB 401
25-21-34-000-001-A
25-21-34-991-00100-E
25-21-34-400-001-A
SUBJECT
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK
Detailed Inspection of Seat to Floor Attachment and General Visual
Inspection of Seats Structure
Detailed Visual Inspection of Seat Belts Attachment, Seat Belts and Locks
Check of Locks
MASTER CONTROL UNIT - SEAT POWER SUPPLY
MASTER CONTROL UNIT - SEAT POWER SUPPLY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Master Control Unit (MCU)
Master Control Unit (MCU)
Installation of the Master Control Unit (MCU)
25-21-41
25-21-41 PB 401
SEAT - PASSENGER
SEAT - PASSENGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-21-41-000-001-A
25-21-41-991-00200-A
25-21-41-991-00600-S
25-21-41-991-00600-AH
25-21-41-400-001-A
25-21-41-991-01700-A
25-21-42
25-21-42 PB 401
Removal of the Passenger Seats

Passenger Seats - Electrical Connections
Passenger Seats
Passenger Seats
Installation of the Passenger Seats
Front Stud - Installation Limits
SEAT - PASSENGER, DOUBLE
SEAT ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-21-42-000-001-A
25-21-42-991-00100-A
25-21-42-400-001-A
25-22-00
25-22-00 PB 001
25-22-00-17800-A
25-22-00-17900-A
25-22-00-18000-A
25-22-00-18100-A
25-22-00-18400-A
Removal of the In-Seat Power-Supply Unit

PED Power Unit (Converter)
Installation of the In-Seat Power-Supply Unit
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Cabin Attendant Seat, Free Standing
Cabin Attendant Seat, Wall Mounted
Cabin Attendant Seat, Swivel
Restraint System
Restraint System
25-22-00 PB 401
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
25-22-00-040-001-A
25-22-00-440-001-A
25-22-00 PB 601
Deactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat

Reactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK
25-22-00-210-001-A
25-22-00-210-002-A
25-22-00-991-00100-A
25-22-41
AES
Detailed Inspection of Seat Attachment and General Visual Inspection of

Seat Structure
Detailed Inspection of Seat Belt Attachment, Seat Belt and Lock. Check
of Lock
Seat-Belt Webbing Life
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT, WALL MOUNTED
T.O.C.
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-22-41 PB 401
25-22-41-000-001-A
25-22-41-991-00100-A
25-22-41-400-001-A
25-22-41-000-002-A
25-22-41-991-00300-A
25-22-41-991-00400-A
25-22-41-400-002-A
25-22-42
25-22-42 PB 401
25-22-42-000-001-A
25-22-42-991-00100-A
Removal of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats

Wall-Mounted Single Cabin Attendant-Seat
Installation of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats
Removal of the Restraint System
Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s)
Restraint System
Installation of the Restraint System
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT FREE STANDING
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT FREE STANDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat
25-22-42-400-001-A
Installation of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)
25-22-42-000-003-A
25-22-42-991-00500-A
25-22-42-991-00600-A
25-22-42-400-003-A
25-22-43
25-22-43 PB 401
25-22-43-000-001-A
25-22-43-991-00100-A
25-22-43-400-001-A
25-22-43-000-005-A
25-22-43-991-00700-A
25-22-43-400-004-A
25-22-43-960-001-A
25-22-43-991-00800-A
25-23-00
25-23-00 PB 001
25-23-00-12300-A
25-23-00-12400-B
AES
SUBJECT
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT, WALL MOUNTED REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Restraint System
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT SWIVEL
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT SWIVEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
Installation of the Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
Restraint System
Replacement of the Wall Mounted Head Padding
Head Padding
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Panels - Component Locations
Linings/Panels - Component Locations
25-23-00-14700-A
25-23-00-14800-A
25-23-00-14900-A
25-23-00-15000-A
25-23-00-15100-A
25-23-00-15200-A
Ceiling Panels - Cabin Area

Ceiling Panels - FWD Utility Area
Ceiling Panels - AFT Utility Area
Cove-Light Panels
Upper Sidewall Panels
Lower sidewall panels
25-23-00-15300-A
Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Linings
25-23-00-15400-A
Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Linings
T.O.C.
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-23-00-15500-A
SUBJECT
Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings
25-23-00-15600-A
25-23-00-15700-A
25-23-41
25-23-41 PB 401
Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings

Lining - Emergency-Exit-Hatch Lining
PANELS - CEILING
PANELS - CEILING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-41-991-00100-A
25-23-41-400-001-A
25-23-42
25-23-42 PB 401

Ceiling Panels
PANELS - CEILING UTILITY AREA
PANELS - CEILING UTILITY AREA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-23-42-000-001-A
25-23-42-991-00100-B
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-991-00500-A
25-23-42-400-001-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
25-23-42-960-001-A
25-23-42-991-00700-A
25-23-43
25-23-43 PB 401
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area

Ceiling Panels Forward Utility Area
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
Ceiling Panels AFT Utility Area
Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
Replacement of the Entry Light Cover
Entry Cover
PANELS - UPPER SIDEWALL
PANELS - UPPER SIDEWALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-23-43-000-001-A
25-23-43-991-00100-A
25-23-43-991-00400-A
25-23-43-991-00700-A
25-23-43-991-00800-A
25-23-43-400-001-A
25-23-43-991-00500-A
25-23-43-000-002-A
25-23-43-991-01300-A
25-23-43-400-002-A
25-23-44
25-23-44 PB 401
Panel 3-Frame - Identification Marking

Removal of the Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)
Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)
Installation of the Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-23-44-000-001-A
Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-44-991-00100-A
25-23-44-400-001-A
Lower Sidewall Panels - Installation

Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
25-23-44 PB 601
25-23-44-210-001-A
25-23-44-991-00300-A
25-23-45
25-23-45 PB 401
25-23-45-000-005-A
AES
Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)

Panel 3-Frame
Panel 2-Frame with a Seal
Panel 3-Frame End
Panel 2-Frame Filler
Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL - INSPECTION/CHECK

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Lower Sidewall Panel and of the Area
Behind the Lower Sidewall Panel for Foreign Material Accumulation.
Lower Sidewall Panels
LINING - DOOR FRAME
LINING - DOOR FRAME - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
T.O.C.
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-23-45-991-00600-B
25-23-45-400-006-A
25-23-45-000-002-A
25-23-45-991-00300-B
25-23-45-400-007-A
25-23-45-000-003-A
25-23-45-991-00400-B
25-23-45-400-008-A
25-23-45-000-004-A
25-23-45-991-00500-B
25-23-45-400-005-A
25-23-45-960-802-A
25-23-45-991-01500-A
25-23-46
25-23-46 PB 401
25-23-46-000-001-A
25-23-46-991-00100-A
25-23-46-000-003-A
25-23-46-991-00500-A
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew

Door
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right Side.
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew
Door
Replacement of the Flap of the Vacuum Cleaner Socket
Flap of the Vacuum Cleaner Socket
LINING - DOOR
LINING - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Door Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
Removal of the Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
25-23-46-400-003-A
Installation of the Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
25-23-46-400-001-A
Installation of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
25-23-46-000-002-A
Removal of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
25-23-46-991-00200-A
25-23-46-400-002-A
25-23-47
25-23-47 PB 401
Door Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Doors

Installation of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
LINING - EMERGENCY EXIT
LINING - EMERGENCY EXIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-23-47-000-001-A
25-23-47-991-00100-A
25-23-47-400-001-A
25-23-47-991-01700-B
Removal of the Lining from the Emergency Exit Hatches

Lining - Emergency Exit Hatch
Installation of the Lining on the Emergency Exit Hatches
Cover Flap
25-23-47-000-002-A
Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW,

(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-47-991-00200-A
25-23-47-400-002-A
25-23-48
AES
SUBJECT
Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side
Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (241CW) and 241LW (241LW)

Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW,
(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
PANEL - COVE LIGHT
T.O.C.
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-23-48 PB 401
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-23-48-991-00100-A
25-23-48-400-001-A
25-23-48-960-001-A
25-23-48-991-00200-A
25-24-00
25-24-00 PB 001
25-24-00-12700-A
25-24-00-12800-A
25-24-00 PB 501
Removal of the Cove Light Panels

Cove Light Panels
Installation of the Cove Light Panels
Replacement of the Light Screen
Light Screen
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Overhead Stowage Compartments - Component Location
Overhead Stowage Compartment
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
25-24-00-710-001-A
25-24-00-991-00100-A
Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors

25-24-00-710-002-A
Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC)
25-24-00-991-00200-A
25-24-41
25-24-41 PB 401
25-24-41-000-001-A
25-24-41-991-00100-A

COMPARTMENT - SIDEWALL OVERHEAD STOWAGE
COMPARTMENT - SIDEWALL OVERHEAD STOWAGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
2, 3 and 4-Frame Stowage Compartments
25-24-41-991-00500-A
Cabin Temperature Sensor Casing - Removal/Installation
25-24-41-991-01200-A
1-Frame Stowage Compartments/Spacer Bins
25-24-41-991-01300-A
Spacer Bin at FR38/FR39
25-24-41-400-001-A
25-24-41-000-002-A
25-24-41-991-01500-A
25-24-41-400-002-A
25-24-41-000-004-A
25-24-41-991-01600-A
25-24-41-991-01700-A
25-24-41-400-003-A
25-24-41-960-001-A
25-24-41-991-01900-A
25-25-00
25-25-00 PB 001
25-25-00-12300-A
AES
SUBJECT
PANEL - COVE LIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Installation of the Overhead Stowage Compartments

Removal of the Door of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Door - Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Installation of the Door of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Removal of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Door
Latch Assembly - Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door
Latch Assembly - Spacer
Installation of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment
Door
Replacement of the Handrail
Handrail
PASSENGER SERVICE INFORMATION UNITS (PSIU)
PASSENGER SERVICE INFORMATION UNITS (PSIU) - DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATION
Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU) - Component Location
T.O.C.
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-25-00-12400-A
SUBJECT
Fresh Air Outlet Panel (PSU) - Component Location
25-25-00-12500-A
Reading Light Panel (PSU) - Component Location
25-25-00-12600-A
Class Divider Assy - Component Location
25-25-11
25-25-11 PB 401
25-25-11-000-001-A
25-25-11-991-00100-A
25-25-11-400-001-A
PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNIT (PSIU)

PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNIT (PSIU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information
Unit(s) (PSIU)
Filler Panel
Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information
Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-26-00
25-26-00 PB 001
25-26-00-12300-A
25-26-41
25-26-41 PB 401
CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS

CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Dividers - Component Location
CURTAINS
CURTAINS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-26-41-000-001-A
25-26-41-991-00100-AS
25-26-41-400-001-A
25-26-41-000-003-A
25-26-41-991-00300-M
25-26-41-400-003-A
25-26-41-000-013-A
25-26-41-991-01600-A
25-26-41-400-013-A
25-26-42
25-26-42 PB 401
Removal of the Forward Curtain Rail

Forward Cabin Divider
Installation of the Forward Curtain Rail
Removal of the Aft Curtain Rail
Aft Utility-Area Divider
Installation of the Aft Curtain Rail
Removal of the Curtains
Curtains
Installation of the Curtains
PARTITIONS
PARTITIONS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-26-42-000-005-A
Removal of a Partition (Zone 230)
25-26-42-991-00500-S
25-26-42-400-005-A
Class-Divider Partition
Installation of a Partition (Zone 230)
25-26-43
25-26-43 PB 401
25-26-43-000-004-A
25-26-43-991-00400-A
25-26-43-400-004-A
25-26-43-991-01200-A
25-27-00
25-27-00 PB 001
25-27-00-13200-BE
25-27-15
25-27-15 PB 401
AES
DIVIDER - CLASS
DIVIDER - CLASS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Center Class Divider
Center Class Divider
Installation of the Center Class Divider
Center Class Divider - Assembly
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Stowages - Component Location
STOWAGE - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT L AND R
STOWAGE - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT L AND R REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
T.O.C.
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-27-15-000-001-A
25-27-15-991-00300-B
25-27-15-400-001-A
25-27-44
25-27-44 PB 401
SUBJECT
Removal of an Emergency Equipment Stowage
Emergency Equipment Stowage
Installation of an Emergency Equipment Stowage
STOWAGE
STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-27-44-000-002-A
Removal of a Stowage FWD LH (Zone 231)
25-27-44-991-00100-CA
25-27-44-400-002-A
Installation of a Stowage FWD LH (Zone 231)
25-27-44-000-003-A
Removal of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 232)
25-27-44-400-003-A
Installation of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 232)
25-27-46
25-27-46 PB 401
25-27-46-000-001-A
25-27-46-991-00100-P
25-27-46-400-001-A
25-28-00
25-28-00 PB 001
25-28-00-12300-A
25-28-00-13700-A
25-28-41
25-28-41 PB 401
25-28-41-000-001-A
25-28-41-991-00100-A
25-28-41-400-001-A
25-28-41-991-00200-A
25-28-41-991-00300-A
25-28-42
25-28-42 PB 401
25-28-42-000-001-A
DOG HOUSE
DOG HOUSE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of a Doghouse
Doghouse
Installation of a Doghouse
FLOOR COVERING
FLOOR COVERING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
General Arrangement of the Floor Covering
Example of the Cabin Floor Covering
COVERING - FLOOR, TEXTILE
COVERING - FLOOR, TEXTILE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Textile Floor-Covering
Textile Floor-Covering (TF)
Installation of the Textile Floor-Covering
Floor Panel Protection Tape
Installation of Double-Sided Adhesive Tape
COVERING - FLOOR NON TEXTILE
COVERING - FLOOR NON TEXTILE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
25-28-42-991-00100-A
Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
25-28-42-991-00100-E
Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
25-28-42-991-00600-A
25-28-42-991-00600-E
Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation

25-28-42-400-001-A
25-28-42-991-02300-A
Installation of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)

Alternative and approved NTF
25-28-42-000-005-A
Removal of NTF (Welding Procedure)
25-28-42-991-01100-A
Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed
25-28-42-991-01200-A
Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - Conventional Processed
25-28-42-400-004-A
25-28-42-991-01300-A
AES
Stowage
Installation of NTF (Welding Procedure)

Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - Welding Procedure
T.O.C.
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-28-42-960-001-A
25-28-42-991-02200-A
25-28-43
25-28-43 PB 401
25-28-43-000-001-A
25-28-43-991-00100-A
25-28-43-400-001-A
25-29-00
25-29-00 PB 001
25-29-00-12400-A
25-29-00-16600-A
25-29-00 PB 501
SUBJECT
Replacement of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories
Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories
PROTECTION - FLOOR, MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL
PROTECTION - FLOOR, MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Sockets for Vacuum Cleaner
Vacuum Cleaner Sockets - Power Supply
ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
25-29-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Electrical Service Supply System
25-30-00
25-30-00 PB 001
25-30-00-12300-A
25-30-00 PB 301
25-30-00-920-001-A
25-30-00-991-00500-A
BUFFET AND GALLEY

BUFFET AND GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Galley Locations
BUFFET AND GALLEY - SERVICING
Discard the Galley Air-Extraction Filter Elements
Galley Air-Filter Element
25-30-00-960-001-A
25-30-00-991-00600-A
Replacement of the Galley Water-Filter Elements (if installed)

Galley Water Filter
25-30-00 PB 601
BUFFET AND GALLEY - INSPECTION/CHECK
25-30-00-210-001-A
25-30-00-991-00100-AX
25-30-00 PB 801
25-30-00-340-001-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Galley Attachment Points

Attachment Points of the FWD Galley
BUFFET AND GALLEY - REPAIRS
Repair of Linings, Decor Panels and Equipment
25-31-00
25-31-00 PB 001
25-31-00-12300-A
25-31-00-15200-AB
25-31-00-18300-A
25-31-41
25-31-41 PB 401
25-31-41-000-001-A
25-31-41-991-03800-U
25-31-41-991-01400-AR
25-31-41-991-01800-X
25-31-41-991-01900-Y
AES
FORWARD GALLEY
FORWARD GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Forward Galley Location
Galley Power Supply - General
Galley Installation - Example
GALLEY UNIT
GALLEY UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Forward Galley Unit
Electrical Connections - G1
Galley Supply Connections
Upper Attachment - G1
Lower Attachment - G1
T.O.C.
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-31-41-991-05200-A
25-31-41-991-05300-B
25-31-41-991-02000-A0
25-31-41-400-001-A
25-33-00
25-33-00 PB 001
25-33-00-12300-A
25-33-00-15200-H
25-33-00-18200-A
25-33-41
25-33-41 PB 401
25-33-41-000-002-A
25-33-41-991-02200-U
25-33-41-991-00600-AV
25-33-41-991-01200-X
25-33-41-991-01300-Y
25-33-41-991-03200-B
25-33-41-991-01400-Z
25-33-41-400-002-A
25-35-00
25-35-00 PB 001
25-35-00-14000-A
25-35-00 PB 201
25-35-00-010-001-A
25-35-00-410-001-A
25-35-00 PB 401
25-35-00-040-001-A
25-35-00-991-00100-A
25-35-00-440-001-A
25-35-00 PB 501
SUBJECT
Splitline - Electrical Connections
Splitline - Supply Connections
Splitline Connections - G1
Installation of the Forward Galley Unit
AFT GALLEY
AFT GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Aft Galley Locations
Galley Power Supply General
GALLEY UNIT
Removal of the Aft Galley Unit
Electrical connections - G5
Supply Connections - G5
Installation of the Aft Galley Unit
GALLEY EQUIPMENT
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Example of Galley Equipment
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Removal of the Galley Equipment
Installation of the Galley Equipment
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
Deactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Reactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
25-35-00-710-013-A
25-35-00-710-016-A
25-35-15
25-35-15 PB 401
Operational Test of the Coffee-Maker

Operational Test of the Steam Oven
COFFEE MAKER
COFFEE MAKER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-35-15-000-001-A
25-35-15-991-00200-D
25-35-15-400-001-A
25-35-19
25-35-19 PB 401
Removal of the Coffee Maker

Coffee-Maker attached with single release pin
Installation of the Coffee Maker
OVEN
OVEN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-35-19-000-003-A
AES
Removal of the Steam Oven
T.O.C.
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-35-19-991-00300-B
25-35-19-400-003-A
25-35-34
25-35-34 PB 401
25-35-34-000-001-A
25-35-34-991-00100-A
25-35-34-400-001-A
25-40-00
25-40-00 PB 001
25-40-00-12300-A
25-40-00 PB 201
25-40-00-820-001-A
25-40-00-991-00800-A
25-40-00-991-01100-A
25-40-00-820-002-A
Removal of the Galley Control-Panel

Galley Control-Panel
Installation of the Galley Control-Panel
LAVATORIES
LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Component Location
LAVATORIES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Adjustment of the Lavatory Doors
Lavatory Doors - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Shimming Procedure for Lavatory Installation
25-40-00-991-01200-A
Shim - Lavatory Installation (Hardpoint Attachment)
25-40-00-991-01300-A
Shim - Lavatory Installation (Seat Rail Attachment)
25-40-00-991-01400-A
25-40-00 PB 401
25-40-00-040-001-A
25-40-00-991-01500-A
25-40-00-440-001-A
25-40-00 PB 501
25-40-00-820-003-A
25-40-00-991-01600-A
25-40-00-991-01800-A
25-40-00-710-001-A
25-40-00-991-01900-A
25-40-00-991-01700-A
25-40-00 PB 601
25-40-00-210-001-A
25-40-00-991-00100-A
25-40-00-210-002-A
25-40-00-991-00200-A
25-40-00-210-004-A
25-40-00-991-00300-C
25-40-00-220-001-A
25-40-00 PB 801
25-40-00-340-001-A
25-40-00-991-02100-A
AES
SUBJECT
Steam Oven
Installation of the Steam Oven
CONTROL PANEL - GALLEY
CONTROL PANEL - GALLEY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Shim Installation
LAVATORIES - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
Deactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Flapper Door
Reactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
LAVATORIES - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Adjustment of the Lavatory Door
Adjustment - Single-Blade Door
Adjustment - Bi-Folding Door
Operational Test of the Lavatory Door
Single Blade Door Operation
Bi-Folding Door Operation
LAVATORIES - INSPECTION/CHECK
Detailed Inspection of the Waste Compartment Including Waste Flap and
Operational Check of Waste Flap
Lavatory Waste Container and Waste Chute with Flap
Detailed Inspection of the Lavatory Attachment Points
Lavatory Attachment Points
Detailed Visual Inspection of Lavatory Floor Pan
Lavatory Floor Pan
Detailed Inspection of Lavatory Wall
LAVATORIES - REPAIRS
Repair of the Plastic Wash Basin
Waste Chute Flap
T.O.C.
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-40-00-991-02000-A
25-40-00-340-002-A
25-40-00-991-02200-A
25-40-00-340-003-A
25-40-00-991-02300-A
25-40-00-340-004-A
25-40-00-991-02400-A
25-40-00-991-02500-A
25-41-00
25-41-00 PB 001
25-41-00-12300-A
25-41-00-12300-D
25-41-00-13500-A
25-41-41
25-41-41 PB 401
25-41-41-000-001-A
25-41-41-991-00300-I
25-41-41-991-02900-A
25-41-41-991-00300-L
25-41-41-991-00300-O
25-41-41-991-00200-G
25-41-41-991-02700-B
25-41-41-991-01300-A
25-41-41-991-01700-A
25-41-41-991-00500-A
25-41-41-400-001-A
25-41-41-991-01600-A
SUBJECT
Waste Flap Area
Toilet Shroud - Installation of a Spacer
Spacer - Toilet Shroud
Repair of the Toilet Seat
Toilet Seat
Repair of the Lavatory Floor Pan
Floor Pan
Floor Pan - Peventive Pads
FORWARD LAVATORIES
FORWARD LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Lavatory Location
Lavatory Locations
Lavatory Installation - Example
LAVATORY A
LAVATORY A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Lavatory A
Electrical Connections
Schematic of Connector 2743VC-A and Release Latches
Hose and Tube Connections
Hose Connection - Air Extraction
Ceiling Supports
Door Sill
Lavatory Subassemblies
Installation of the Lavatory A
Waste Water and Air Hose Connection
25-43-00
25-43-00 PB 001
25-43-00-12300-A
25-43-00-13500-A
25-43-41
25-43-41 PB 401
AFT LAVATORIES
AFT LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Lavatory Locations
LAVATORY D
LAVATORY D - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-43-41-000-001-A
25-43-41-991-00200-B
25-43-41-991-02200-A
25-43-41-991-01500-E
25-43-41-991-00400-B
25-43-41-400-001-A
25-43-41-991-02100-A
25-43-41-991-02000-A
25-43-42
Removal of the Lavatory D

Upper Connections
Waste Water and Air Hose Connections
Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections
Upper and Lower Attachments
Installation of the Lavatory D
Door Sill and Sealant
Pelmet
LAVATORY E
AES
T.O.C.
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-43-42 PB 401
SUBJECT
LAVATORY E - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-43-42-000-001-A
25-43-42-991-01600-A
25-43-42-991-01400-C
Removal of the Lavatory E

Waste Water and Air Connections
25-43-42-991-01700-A
25-43-42-991-00200-A
25-43-42-991-01800-A
25-43-42-991-01900-A
25-43-42-991-02000-A
25-43-42-400-001-A
Door Sill and Pelmet

Hose Connections - Component Location
Lower and Upper Attachments
Installation of the Lavatory E
25-44-00
25-44-00 PB 001
25-44-00-12300-A
25-44-00-12300-B
25-44-00-14500-A
25-44-00-14500-I
25-44-00-16000-A
25-44-00-16000-B
25-44-00 PB 501
RAZOR SUPPLY
RAZOR SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Razor Supply System - Component Location.
Razor Supply - Component Location
Electrical - Schematic
Power Supply - Schematic
Static Inverter
Static Inverter
RAZOR SUPPLY - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
25-44-00-710-001-A
25-44-41
25-44-41 PB 401
Operational Test of the Razor Supply System

STATIC INVERTER
STATIC INVERTER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-44-41-000-001-A
25-44-41-991-00100-A
25-44-41-991-00100-B
25-44-41-400-001-A
Removal of the Static Inverter - Razor Supply

Static Inverter - Razor Supply
Mini Inverter - Razor Supply
Installation af the Static Inverter - Razor Supply
25-45-00
25-45-00 PB 001
25-45-00-12300-A
25-45-00-21800-A
25-45-00-22000-A
25-45-00-23400-A
25-45-00-23500-A
25-45-12
25-45-12 PB 401
LAVATORY EQUIPMENT
LAVATORY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Lavatory Equipment - Component Location
Single Blade Door
Bi-folding Door
Lavatory Single Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Lavatory Bi-folding Door - Emergency Opening from the outside
CABINET - SERVICE
CABINET - SERVICE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-12-000-001-A
25-45-12-991-00200-A
25-45-12-400-001-A
25-45-13
25-45-13 PB 401
Removal of the Door of the Service Cabinet

Service Cabinet Door
Installation of the Door of the Service Cabinet
MIRROR
MIRROR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-13-000-001-A
AES
Removal of the Lavatory Mirror
T.O.C.
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-45-13-991-00100-A
25-45-13-400-001-A
25-45-14
25-45-14 PB 401
SUBJECT
Lavatory Mirror
Installation of the Lavatory Mirror
DISPENSER - SOAP
DISPENSER - SOAP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-14-000-001-A
25-45-14-991-00100-A
25-45-14-400-001-A
25-45-14-991-00200-A
25-45-15
25-45-15 PB 401
Removal of the Soap Dispenser

Liquid Soap Dispenser
Installation of the Soap Dispenser
Fill Soap Dispenser
FLAP - WASTE CHUTE
FLAP - WASTE CHUTE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-15-000-001-A
25-45-15-991-00100-B
Removal of the Waste Chute Flap

Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)
25-45-15-400-001-A
25-45-16
25-45-16 PB 401
Installation of the Waste Chute Flap

ASH TRAY
ASH TRAY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-16-000-001-A
25-45-16-991-00100-A
25-45-16-400-001-A
25-45-17
25-45-17 PB 401
Removal of the Ash Tray

Ash Tray
Installation of the Ash Tray
WASTE BOX
WASTE BOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-17-000-001-A
25-45-17-991-00100-A
25-45-17-400-001-A
25-45-18
25-45-18 PB 401
Removal of the Waste Box

Waste Box
Installation of the Waste Box
ACCESS DOOR
ACCESS DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-18-000-001-A
25-45-18-991-00100-A
25-45-18-400-001-A
25-45-18-000-002-A
25-45-18-991-00200-A
25-45-18-400-002-A
25-45-19
25-45-19 PB 401
Removal of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall

Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall
Installation of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall
Removal of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory
Access Door Inside the Lavatory
Installation of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory
DOOR - LAVATORY
DOOR - LAVATORY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-19-000-001-A
25-45-19-991-00200-A
25-45-19-991-00100-A
25-45-19-400-001-A
25-45-19-991-00500-A
25-45-19-991-00300-A
25-45-19-960-001-A
25-45-19-991-00400-A
25-45-21
AES
Removal of the Lavatory Door

Lavatory Single-Blade Door
Lavatory Bi-folding Door
Installation of the Lavatory Door
Lavatory Single-Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside
Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option) - Emergency Opening from
the Outside
Replacement of a Lavatory Door Damper
Lavatory Door Damper - Sidewall Mounted
LOCK - DOOR
T.O.C.
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-45-21 PB 401
SUBJECT
LOCK - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-21-000-001-A
25-45-21-991-00100-A
Removal of the Door Lock

Door Lock - Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)
25-45-21-991-00200-A
25-45-21-400-001-A
25-45-21-000-002-A
25-45-21-991-00300-A
25-45-21-991-00400-A
25-45-21-400-002-A
25-45-22
25-45-22 PB 401
Door Lock - Single Blade Door

Installation of the Door Lock
Removal of the Door Latch
Door Latch - Knob Type
Door Latch - Lever Type
Installation of the Door Latch
SHROUD - TOILET
SHROUD - TOILET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-22-000-001-A
25-45-22-991-00100-B
25-45-22-400-001-A
25-45-23
25-45-23 PB 401
Removal of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat

Toilet Shroud and Seat
Installation of the Toilet Shroud and the Seat
HAND GRIP
HAND GRIP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-23-000-001-A
25-45-23-991-00100-A
25-45-23-400-001-A
25-45-24
25-45-24 PB 401
Removal of the Hand Grip

Hand Grip
Installation of the Hand Grip
DISPENSER - SEAT COVER
DISPENSER - SEAT COVER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-24-000-001-A
25-45-24-991-00100-A
25-45-24-400-001-A
25-45-25
25-45-25 PB 401
Removal of the Seat Cover Dispenser

Seat Cover Dispenser
Installation of the Seat Cover Dispenser
TABLE - BABY NURSING
TABLE - BABY NURSING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-25-000-001-A
25-45-25-991-00100-A
Removal of the Baby Nursing Table

Baby Nursing Table (Lavatory A)
25-45-25-991-00100-B
25-45-25-991-00200-A
25-45-25-400-001-A
25-45-26
25-45-26 PB 401

Baby Nursing Table
Installation of the Baby Nursing Table
LINING
LINING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-26-000-001-A
25-45-26-991-00100-B
25-45-26-400-001-A
25-45-33
25-45-33 PB 401
Removal of the Lining

Wash Basin Lining
Installation of the Lining
MICROSWITCH - DOOR
MICROSWITCH - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-45-33-000-001-A
25-45-33-991-00100-A
25-45-33-400-001-A
25-45-38
25-45-38 PB 401
Removal of the Door Microswitch

Door Microswitch
Installation of the Door Microswitch
WASH BASIN
WASH BASIN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AES
T.O.C.
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-45-38-000-001-A
25-45-38-991-00100-A
25-45-38-991-00300-A
25-45-38-400-001-A
25-45-38-991-00200-A
25-50-00
25-50-00 PB 001
25-50-00-11200-B
25-50-00-11300-B
25-50-00-11400-C
25-50-00-11500-A
25-50-00-13400-C
25-50-00-13500-B
25-50-00-13600-D
25-50-00-13800-D
25-50-00-13900-D
25-50-00-14100-E
25-50-00 PB 601
25-50-00-200-001-A
25-50-00-200-002-A
25-50-00-991-00600-A
25-50-00-200-025-A
25-50-00 PB 701
25-50-00-370-001-A
25-50-00 PB 801
25-50-00-300-001-A
25-50-00-991-01500-A
25-50-00-991-01600-A
25-50-00-991-01700-A
25-50-00-991-01800-A
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-50-00-991-02300-A
25-50-00-991-01900-A
25-50-00-991-02000-A
25-50-00-991-02200-A
25-50-00-991-02100-A
25-50-00-340-001-A
AES
SUBJECT
Removal of the Wash Basin
Wash Basin
Toilet Roll Holder
Installation of the Wash Basin
Drain Valve Control Assembly
CARGO COMPARTMENTS
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Forward and Aft Lower Holds
Forward Cargo Compartment
Aft Cargo Compartment
BULK Cargo Compartment
Loading Capacity of the Cargo Compartments
Loading Sections of FWD Cargo Compartment
Loading Sections of Aft Cargo Compartment
Nets and Attachment Elements - Forward Cargo Compartment
Nets and Attachment Elements - Aft Cargo Compartment
nets and attachment Elements - BULK Cargo Compartment
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - INSPECTION/CHECK
Visual Inspection of the Cargo Compartment and the Components of the
Cargo Loading System
Visual Check of Cargo Compartment Decompression, Lining, Floor Panels
and Pressure Compensation Valve
Decompression Panel
Detailed Inspection of Divider Nets, Door Nets and Net Attachment
Points
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - CLEANING/PAINTING
Refurbishment of Cargo Compartment Linings
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - REPAIRS
Repair of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets
Example of a Door Net
Example of a Divider Net
Repair of the Webbing
Repair of the Rubber Coated Fabric
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core - General
Repair/Protection Information
CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch - General Information
Procedure Identification Chart
CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage to the Edge
CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Through
CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Not Through
Protection of Cargo Compartment Linings with S-Glass Patch - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
T.O.C.
Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-50-00-991-02700-A
25-50-00-991-02800-A
25-50-00-340-002-A
25-50-00-991-02600-A
25-50-00-991-05100-A
25-50-00-991-05200-A
25-50-00-340-003-A
25-50-00-991-03600-A
25-50-00-340-004-A
25-50-00-991-02900-A
25-50-00-340-005-A
25-50-00-991-03700-A
25-50-00-340-006-A
25-50-00-991-04100-A
25-50-00-340-007-A
25-50-00-340-008-A
25-50-00-340-009-A
25-50-00-991-03900-A
25-50-00-340-010-A
25-50-00-991-03800-A
25-50-00-340-011-A
25-50-00-991-04500-A
Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches (AKRO 300) - Damage Not
Through
Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
CC Honeycomb Linings, 3 Patches - Damage Through
Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
Replacement of Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and
Partition Panel
Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Inings with Honeycomb Core
Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo
CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch - Damage Not Through
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but Not Ceiling Panels
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches - Damage Through
Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch/Rivets - Damage Through
25-50-00-340-012-A
25-50-00-340-013-A
Stainless Steel-Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo

CC Honeycomb Linings, Stainless Steel Patch - Damage Not Through
25-50-00-991-04200-A
AES
SUBJECT
Repair Procedure Identification Chart
CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch
Repair of the Flanges of the Cargo-Compartment Decompression Panels
Decompression Panel
Decompression Panel - Flanges - Preparation of the Decompression
Panel and the H-Profile
Decompression Panel - Flanges - General Configuration of the H-Profile
and the attached Hardware
Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Linings with Honeycomb Core
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler - Damage Not Through
25-50-00-340-014-A
Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method (Damage Not Through
from the Edge) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-991-04600-A
25-50-00-340-015-A
CC Honeycomb Linings, Damage Not Through from the Edge

Repair of the Flame Retardant Strip - All Cargo Compartment Ceiling
Panel with Honeycomb Core
T.O.C.
Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-50-00-340-016-A
25-50-00-991-04400-A
SUBJECT
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All
CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler/Patch - Damage Not Through
25-50-00-340-019-A
Repair of the Protection Panel with Honeycomb Core at FR24A
25-52-00
25-52-00 PB 001 CONF 05
SEMI AUTOMATIC CARGO LOADING SYSTEM

CARGO LOADING/RESTRAINT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
25-52-00-11200-F
25-52-00-12800-C
25-52-00-13400-E
25-52-00-14000-B
25-52-00-19500-B
25-52-00-23700-C
25-52-00-28100-B
25-54-00
25-54-00 PB 001
25-54-00-12300-H
25-54-00-12300-I
25-54-11
25-54-11 PB 401
25-54-11-000-001-A
25-54-11-991-00200-A
25-54-11-991-00100-A
25-54-11-400-001-A
25-54-12
25-54-12 PB 401
25-54-12-000-001-A
25-54-12-991-00100-A
25-54-12-400-001-A
25-54-12-000-002-A
25-54-12-991-00400-A
25-54-12-400-002-A
25-54-12-000-003-A
25-54-12-991-00300-A
25-54-12-400-003-A
25-54-12 PB 801
25-54-12-300-001-A
AES
Unit Load Device - Forward and Aft Cargo Compartment

Component Location - Forward Cargo Compartment - Mechanical
Components
Component Location - Aft Cargo Compartment - Mechanical Components
Bulk Compartment - Component Location
Net and Tie Down Points - Forward Cargo Compartment
Net and Tie Down Point - Aft Cargo Compartment
Bulk Compartment
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/FORWARD CARGO COMPARTMENT
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/FORWARD CARGO COMPARTMENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
Protection Panels - Forward Cargo Compartment
Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment
Ceiling Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment
Sidewall Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward Cargo- Compartment
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT REPAIRS
Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the FWD Cargo Compartment
T.O.C.
Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-54-12-991-00600-A
25-54-12-991-00700-A
25-54-17
25-54-17 PB 401
SUBJECT
Missing Fastener Inspection
Missing Fastener Repair
STANCHION - DOOR NET
STANCHION - DOOR NET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-54-17-000-001-A
25-54-17-991-00100-A
25-54-17-400-001-A
25-54-41
25-54-41 PB 401
Removal of the Net Stanchions in the Forward Cargo Compartment

Stanchion - Door Net - Forward Cargo Compartment
Installation of the Net Stanchions in the Forward Cargo Compartment
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - FWD
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - FWD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-54-41-000-001-A
25-54-41-991-00100-D
25-54-41-991-00200-A
25-54-41-400-001-A
25-54-41-991-00300-A
25-55-00
25-55-00 PB 001
25-55-00-12300-T
25-55-11
25-55-11 PB 401
25-55-11-000-001-A
25-55-11-991-00100-A
25-55-11-400-001-A
25-55-11-000-002-A
25-55-11-991-00200-A
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT

LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo Compartment
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR47
AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47
Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR47
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment FR47/FR59
Ceiling Panels - Aft Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59
25-55-11-400-002-A
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment FR47/FR59
25-55-11-000-003-A
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment FR47/FR59
25-55-11-991-00300-A
25-55-11-400-003-A
25-55-11 PB 801
25-55-11-300-001-A
25-55-11-991-00500-A
25-55-11-991-00600-A
25-55-12
AES
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD

Cargo- Compartment
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment
Floor Area
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment
Ceiling Area
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD
Cargo- Compartment
Application of Sealants
Sidewall Panels - Aft Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59

Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment FR47/FR59
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - REPAIRS
Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the AFT Cargo Compartment
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT
T.O.C.
Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-55-12 PB 401
25-55-12-000-001-A
25-55-12-991-00100-D
25-55-12-400-001-A
25-55-12-000-002-A
25-55-12-991-00200-B

Aft Cargo Compartment - Partition FR65
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
25-55-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
25-55-12-000-003-A
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
25-55-12-991-00300-B
25-55-12-400-003-A
25-55-12 PB 801
25-55-12-300-001-A
25-55-12-991-00500-A
25-55-12-991-00600-A
25-55-17
25-55-17 PB 401
25-55-17-000-001-A
25-55-17-991-00200-A
25-55-17-400-001-A
25-55-41
25-55-41 PB 401
25-55-41-000-001-A
25-55-41-991-00100-D
25-55-41-991-00200-A
25-55-41-991-00300-B
25-55-41-991-00400-A
25-55-41-400-001-A
25-55-41-991-00500-A
25-60-00
AES
SUBJECT

Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT - REPAIRS
Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the BULK Cargo
Compartment
STANCHION - DOOR NET
Removal of the Net Stanchions in the Aft and/or BULK Cargo
Compartment
Stanchion - Door Net - BULK Cargo Compartment
Installation of the Net Stanchions in the Aft and/or BULK Cargo
Compartment
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - AFT
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - AFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Tie Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the Aft and
Bulk Cargo- Compartments
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - Aft Cargo-Compartment Floor
Area
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment
Ceiling Area
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment
Floor Area
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment
Ceiling Area
Installation of the Tie Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the Aft and
Bulk Cargo-Compartments
EMERGENCY
T.O.C.
Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-60-00 PB 001
25-61-00
25-61-00 PB 001
25-61-00-12400-A
25-61-00-13700-A
25-61-41
25-61-41 PB 401
25-61-41-000-001-A
25-61-41-991-00100-A
25-61-41-400-001-A
25-61-41 PB 601
25-61-41-200-001-A
25-61-41-991-00200-A
25-62-00
25-62-00 PB 001
25-62-00-12400-B
SUBJECT
EMERGENCY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
ESCAPE FACILITIES - COCKPIT
ESCAPE FACILITIES - COCKPIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Escape Rope - Component Location
Cockpit Evacuation - Emergency Exit
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
Installation of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY - INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspection/Check of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Cabin Escape Facilities - Location
25-62-00-19300-B
Escape-Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Latch Type)
25-62-00-19400-A
Offwing Escape Slide System - Component Location/Description
25-62-00-19500-B
Inflated Escape Slide/Raft - Component Location
25-62-00-19600-A
Inflated Offwing Escape Slide - Component Location
25-62-00-19700-A
Escape Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Pin Type)
25-62-00 PB 201
25-62-00-481-001-A
25-62-00-991-00300-A
25-62-00-081-001-A
25-62-00-820-001-A
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

Special Precautions before Work on the Offwing Escape-Slide Systems
Inflation Reservoir - Install/Remove Lockpin Assembly
25-62-00 PB 301
25-62-00-640-001-A
25-62-00-991-01700-A
Special Precautions after Work on the Offwing Escape-Slide Systems

Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lockpin in the Regulator Valve
Assembly of the Inflation Reservoir - Offwing Escape-Slide
Inflation Reservoir - Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock Pin
Assembly
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - SERVICING
Lubrication of the Flexible Control Assembly
Flexible Control Assembly
25-62-00 PB 401
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
25-62-00-991-00400-A
25-62-00-040-001-A
25-62-00-991-00200-A
25-62-00-040-008-A
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on PTP) - Pressure Check
25-62-00-040-006-A
Pre-Flight Installation of the Enclosure Door, when the Escape-Slide is

Removed
Installation of the Enclosure Door
Reactivation of the Enclosure
25-62-00-991-01400-A
25-62-00-440-005-A
AES
Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on PTP) - Pressure

Check
Pressure Gage - Location
T.O.C.
Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-62-00 PB 501
25-62-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Escape-Slide Deployment, FWD/AFT

Passenger/Crew Door
25-62-00-991-01000-A
25-62-00-710-002-A
25-62-00-991-00800-A
25-62-00-991-00900-A
25-62-00-780-001-A
Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation

Operational Test of the Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment
Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation
Offwing Escape-Slide - Operation
Gage System Test
25-62-00 PB 601
25-62-00-210-001-A
25-62-00-991-00100-A
25-62-00-750-001-A
25-62-00-750-002-A
25-62-42
25-62-42 PB 401
25-62-42-000-002-A
25-62-42-991-00400-A
25-62-42-991-00500-A
25-62-42-000-001-A
25-62-42-920-001-A
25-62-42-400-001-A
25-62-42 PB 601
25-62-42-210-002-A
25-62-42-991-00600-A
25-62-43
25-62-43 PB 401
25-62-43-000-001-A
25-62-43-991-00100-A
25-62-43-400-001-A
25-62-43-000-002-A
25-62-43-991-00200-B
25-62-43-991-00200-C
25-62-43-400-002-A
25-62-43-000-003-A
25-62-43-991-00900-A
25-62-43-991-00300-B
25-62-43-991-00400-A
25-62-43-991-00500-B
25-62-43-991-00600-A
AES
SUBJECT
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - INSPECTION/CHECK

Check Pressure at Door Slide, Slide Raft Pressure Gage (if not connected
to CIDS)
Inflation Reservoir (Pressure Gages) - Component Location
Remove Door Escape-Slide/Raft for Hydrostatic Test of Gas Cylinder
Remove Offwing Escape-Slide Gas Cylinder for Hydrostatic Test
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal after Inflation
Offwing Escape Slide - Inflated
Offwing Escape-Slide Compartment 7504MM (7505MM)
Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal
Offwing Escape-Slide - Remove for Restoration
Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING - INSPECTION/CHECK
Detailed Inspection of Offwing Escape Slide Container for Cracks and
Delamination (from Outside)
Offwing Escape Slide Container (from outside)
RELEASE MECHANISM - OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE
RELEASE MECHANISM - OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Flexible Control Assembly
Installation of the Flexible Control Assembly
Removal of the Rigid Control Assembly
Rigid Control Assembly
Installation of the Rigid Control Assembly
Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Release-Cable Connection
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Release-Mechanism Proximity-Detector Assembly
Release-Mechanism Tie-Rod Assembly
Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly
T.O.C.
Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-62-43-991-00700-A
25-62-43-400-003-A
25-62-43-991-00800-B
25-62-44
25-62-44 PB 401
SUBJECT
Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly
Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
Adjustments
SLIDE - ESCAPE, FWD AND AFT
SLIDE - ESCAPE, FWD AND AFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-62-44-000-012-A
25-62-44-991-03000-A
25-62-44-400-007-A
25-62-44-991-00300-A
25-62-44-991-01600-A
25-62-44-991-03100-A
25-62-44-991-01700-A
25-62-44-991-02600-A
25-62-44-000-011-A
25-62-44-991-02900-A
25-62-44-920-001-A
25-62-46
25-62-46 PB 401
Removal of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly

Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
Installation of the Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly
Pack-Assembly - Preparation for Installation
Girt Bar - Operational Test and Pin Inspection
Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar
Visual Indicator - Adjustment
Monitoring, through CIDS
Removal of the Inflated Escape-Slide Raft
Escape Slide Raft - Inflated
Remove the Pack-Assembly for Restoration
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-62-46-000-001-A
Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Removal
25-62-46-991-00100-A
25-62-46-400-001-A
25-62-46-991-00300-A
25-63-00
25-63-00 PB 001
25-63-00-12300-A
25-63-00-12400-A
25-63-00-12500-A
25-63-00-12600-A
25-63-00-15300-A
25-63-00 PB 501
25-63-00-710-001-A
25-64-00
25-64-00 PB 001
25-64-00-12800-AJ
25-64-00 PB 601
25-64-00-200-001-A
25-65-00
AES
Inflation Reservoir Assembly 7506MM (7507MM)

Inflation Reservoir, Offwing Escape-Slide - Installation
Pressure Indication Test through CIDS
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Overhead Panel Evacuation Signaling Components
Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Cabin
Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - AFT Cabin
Location of CIDS, Director - Avionics Compartment
Principle Diagram, Evacuation Signaling Equipment
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Check of EVAC Function. NOTE: If installed.
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
First Aid Equipment - Component Location
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
Visual Inspection of the First Aid Equipment
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
T.O.C.
Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-65-00 PB 001
25-65-00-14800-CO
25-65-00-15000-A
25-65-00-16900-A
25-65-00-20900-A
25-65-00-22500-A
25-65-00-26000-A
25-65-00-26300-A
25-65-00-26500-A
25-65-00 PB 201
25-65-00-840-001-A
25-65-00 PB 401
25-65-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
25-65-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
25-65-00 PB 501
25-65-00-740-001-A
25-65-00-991-00600-B
25-65-00-710-001-A
25-65-00-991-00900-A
25-65-00-720-001-A
25-65-00-991-00700-A
25-65-00-720-004-A
25-65-14
25-65-14 PB 401
25-65-14-000-001-A
25-65-14-991-00100-A
25-65-14-400-001-A
25-65-18
25-65-18 PB 401
25-65-18-000-001-A
25-65-18-991-00100-B
25-65-18-400-001-A
25-65-35
25-65-35 PB 401
AES
SUBJECT
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Component Location
ELT System - Component Location
ELT System - Schematic Diagram
Megaphone - Component Description
ELT - Component Description
ELT and PBA - Component Description
RCP - Component Description
Antenna - Component Description
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES
Procedure after a Change of Aircraft Registration Number
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System - BITE Test
BITE Test - Component Location
Operational Check of Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System by
Manual Activation
Operational Test - Component Location
Remove the Emergency Locator Transmitter for Workshop Test (Battery
Check and Functional Check)
ELT - Component Location
Remove ELT for Battery Replacement and during Reinstallation Perform
Functional Check of ELT System including Automatic Activation
ANTENNA - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT
ANTENNA - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Antenna (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Removal
Antenna 112MX
Antenna (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Installation
CONTROL PANEL - REMOTE, AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY LOCATOR
CONTROL PANEL - REMOTE, AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY LOCATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Removal
RCP 111MX
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) (Emergency Locator Transmitter) Installation
TRANSMITTER - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT
TRANSMITTER - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
T.O.C.
Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-65-35-000-001-A
25-65-35-991-00100-B
25-65-35-400-001-A
SUBJECT
Removal of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
ELT 110MX
Installation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
25-65-35-000-002-A
25-65-35-991-00200-A
25-65-35-400-002-A
Removal of the Programming Box Assembly (PBA)

PBA 130MX
Installation of the Programming Box Assembly (PBA)
25-65-41
25-65-41 PB 401
STRAP - SAFETY BARRIER

STRAP - SAFETY BARRIER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-65-41-000-001-A
25-65-41-991-00100-A
25-65-41-400-001-A
25-65-51
25-65-51 PB 201
25-65-51-920-001-A
25-65-51-991-00100-BV
25-65-51-710-002-A
25-65-52
25-65-52 PB 401
Safety Barrier Strap - Removal

Safety Barrier Strap
Safety Barrier Strap - Installation
MEGAPHONE
MEGAPHONE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Replacement of the Megaphone Batteries
Megaphone - Component Location
Operational Test of the Megaphone
FLASHLIGHT - COCKPIT
FLASHLIGHT - COCKPIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
25-65-52-000-001-A
25-65-52-991-00100-A
25-65-52-400-001-A
25-66-00
25-66-00 PB 001
25-66-00-12400-W
25-66-00-12500-A
25-66-00-12700-B
25-66-00 PB 601
25-66-00-210-001-A
25-66-52
25-66-52 PB 401
25-66-52-920-001-A
25-68-00
25-68-00 PB 001
AES
Removal of the Cockpit Flashlight

Cockpit Flashlight
Installation of the Cockpit Flashlight
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Component Location
Life Vests - Component Location
Life-Lines - Location and Components
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspection/Check of the Floatation and Survival Equipment
LIFE VEST
LIFE VEST - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Restoration of Life Vests
25-68-00-12300-A
25-68-00-12400-A
RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM

RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Component Location
Component Location and Component Details
25-68-00-12500-A
Lower Sidewall Panels (Dado) - Location and Component Details
25-68-00-12600-A
25-68-00-13800-A
25-68-00-13800-B
Air Grills - Location

Component Details
Component Details
T.O.C.
Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-68-00-19000-A
25-68-00-19300-A
25-68-41
25-68-41 PB 401
25-68-41-960-001-A
25-68-41-991-00900-A
25-68-41-991-00100-A
25-68-41-991-00200-A
25-68-41-991-00600-A
25-68-41-991-00600-B
25-68-41-991-00700-A
25-70-00
25-70-00 PB 001
25-70-00-11200-A
25-70-00-11300-A
Replacement of the Decompression Panels

Decompression Panels
Decompression Panel
Decompression Panels in the Cargo Compartments
Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels
Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels
Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24
ACCESSORY COMPARTMENTS
ACCESSORY COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Accessory Compartments - Locations
Avionics Compartments - Typical Layout
25-70-00-11400-A
Equipment Compartment - Zones 171/172
25-70-00-11500-A
Equipment Compartment - Zones 311/312 and 313/314
25-71-00
25-71-00 PB 001
25-71-00-12300-A
25-71-00-14600-A
25-71-00-14700-A
25-71-00-14800-A
25-71-00-14900-A
25-71-00 PB 601
25-71-00-290-001-A
25-71-00-991-00100-A
25-71-00-991-00200-A
25-71-00-290-002-A
25-71-00-991-00300-A
25-71-00-991-00400-A
25-80-00
25-80-00 PB 001
25-80-00-12300-A
25-80-00-13800-A
25-80-00 PB 201
25-80-00-000-001-A
AES
SUBJECT
Rapid Decompression Panels - Operation
Dado Panels - Operation
DECOMPRESSION PANEL
DECOMPRESSION PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Avionics Compartment - Component Location.
Fwd Electronics Rack 90VU & Weather Radar Shelf 109VU
Ann Lt Test Unit 70VU, Relay Box 103VU & Contactor Box 107VU
AC/DC Emergency Power Center 106VU
Aft Electronics Rack 80VU & Access Ladder
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK
Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack Lower Lateral Fittings
80VU Rack Lower Lateral Fittings
Inspection Report for Lower Lateral Fittings
Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack Lower Central Fittings
80VU Rack Center Lateral Fittings
Inspection Report for Center Lateral Fittings
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL)
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Area of Insulation - Example
Insulation Blanket Attachment - Example
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES
Removal of the Insulation Blankets
T.O.C.
Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-80-00-991-00100-A
25-80-00-400-001-A
25-80-00-210-001-A
25-80-00 PB 801
Installation of the Insulation Blankets

Visual inspection of the Insulation Blankets or the Insulation and the
Junction Panel
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - REPAIRS
25-80-00-200-001-A
25-80-00-991-00300-A
25-80-00-350-001-A
25-80-00-991-00400-A
General Repair Information

General Identification Chart
Repair of the Wrapper
25-80-00-350-003-A
Replacement/Local Manufacturing
25-80-00-991-00600-A
AES
SUBJECT
Typical Removal/Installation of an Insulation Blanket
Insulation Blanket - General Information
T.O.C.
Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The equipment and furnishings which are installed in the aircraft give comfort to passengers and crew.
The equipment and furnishings are installed in the cargo compartments for handling and safety of the cargo.
The emergency equipment is installed in the aircraft for the safety of the passengers and the crew.
AES
25-00-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-12300-A - Compartments - Location)
AES
25-00-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
The different areas of the equipment and furnishings are:
. The cockpit (Ref. 25-10-00-00),
. The passenger compartment (Ref. 25-20-00-00),
. The buffet and galleys (Ref. 25-30-00-00),
. The lavatories (Ref. 25-40-00-00),
. The cargo compartments (Ref. 25-50-00-00),
. The emergency equipment (Ref. 25-60-00-00),
. The accessory compartments (Ref. 25-70-00-00),
. The thermal and acoustic insulation (Ref. 25-80-00-00).
AES
25-00-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 25-00-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Compartments - Location
NOSE LANDING GEAR
AIR CONDITIONING
AIR CONDITIONING
HYDRAULICS
MAIN LANDING GEAR/HYDRAULICS
WATER/WASTE
SEVERAL EQUIPMENT
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
FWD CARGO
COMPARTMENTS
ACCESSORY COMPARTMENTS:
ACCESSORY
COMPARTMENTS
(AVIONICS)
STAIR BAY
COCKPIT
WING
CENTER BOX
5
AFT CARGO
COMPARTMENT(S)
PASSENGER CABIN
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_250000_0_AAM0_01_00
25-00-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - GENERAL - REPAIRS

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-00-00-350-011-A
Repair Task Cross Reference Data
1.
Reason for the Job

To inform you that the repair procedures for specified areas or components, before found in this page block, are
transferred to the related AMM sections as identified in para 4.
2.
Job Set-up Information

A.
Referenced Information
REFERENCE
25-20-00-340-002-A
DESIGNATION
25-20-00-340-003-A
25-20-00-340-004-A
25-20-00-340-005-A
Repair of the Vacuum-Cleaner Outlet Door

Repair of Sidewall Linings and Ceiling Panels
25-20-00-350-001-A
25-20-00-350-003-A
25-20-00-350-004-A
25-20-00-350-005-A
25-20-00-370-006-A
25-30-00-340-001-A

25-40-00-340-001-A
25-40-00-340-002-A
25-40-00-340-003-A
25-40-00-340-004-A

25-50-00-200-024-A
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core - General Repair/Protection

Information
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-860-050-A
A.
4.
There is no special job set-up for this task.
Procedure
Subtask 25-00-00-350-075-A
A.
Repair of Cabin Items

(1)
AES
For the repair of the:

. Insert nut connections (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-350-001-A)
. Non textile floor covering (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-350-003-A)
. Moisture barrier foil (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-350-004-A)
. Dado panels (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-350-005-A)
. Overhead stowage compartments (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-002-A)
. Sidewall linings and ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-005-A)
25-00-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
Decor foil (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-003-A)

Paint coat (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006-A)
Door Frame Linings (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-004-A)
Subtask 25-00-00-350-078-A
B.
Repair of Galley Items

(1)

. Linings, decor panels and equipment (Ref. TASK 25-30-00-340-001-A).
Subtask 25-00-00-350-076-B
C.
Repair of Lavatory Items

(1)

. Plastic wash basin (Ref. TASK 25-40-00-340-001-A)
. Toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-40-00-340-002-A)
. Toilet seat (Ref. TASK 25-40-00-340-003-A)
. Floor pan (Ref. TASK 25-40-00-340-004-A).
Subtask 25-00-00-350-077-A
D.
Repair of Cargo Compartment Linings

(1)
AES

. Cargo compartment linings (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A).
25-00-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-00-00-330-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280)
No specific
CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)
No specific
No specific
No specific
2
2
CUTTER - THIN BLADE

KNIFE - TRIM
No specific
SYRINGE
B.
Consumable Materials
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-033
Material No: 05-035
Material No: 05-057
Material No: 08-001
Material No: 08-001C
Material No: 08-025
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 20-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
GLASSCLOTH
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PVC RIGID FOAM SHEET
SPECIAL MATERIALS
MICROBALLOONS
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
EPOXY ADHESIVE
LAMINATION RESIN AND HARDENER
TWO COMPONENT POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE STRUCTURE
ARAMID PHENOLIC HONEYCOMB CORES 1/8-3.0
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power
24-42-00-862-001-A
De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power
25-20-00-370-006-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-00400-A - Filler and Patch Repair Solution)

(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-00500-A - Honeycomb Core Plug and Patch Repair Solution)
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-00600-A - Debonded Area Repair Solution)
AES
25-00-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-054-A
A.
Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-00-00-010-099-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
If necessary, remove the component you will repair from the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
Procedure
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN YOU
USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15 MINUTES.
- GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
Subtask 25-00-00-330-053-A
A.
Repair of a Damage with a minimum Depth of 1 mm (0.04 in.) and a maximum Diameter of 50 mm (2.0 in.)
(1)
Preparation:
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-00400-A - Filler and Patch Repair Solution)
(a)
Cut out the damaged skin with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(b)
Cut out the damaged core up to a maximum of 50 mm (2.0 in.) diameter with a KNIFE - TRIM.
(c)
Make the repair area rough with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320).
(d)
Make a patch (1) of glasscloth SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) .

NOTE :
(e)
(2)
The patch must be 50 mm (2.0 in.) larger than the repair area in all directions.
Clean the area of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free
cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
Do the repair procedure:

(a)
Fill the repair area with a mixture of 85 parts of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-001C) and 15 parts of the microballoons SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No:
05-057) by volume
or
(b)
AES
Install a plug (2) made of a rigid foam sheet SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-035) in the
repair area:
. Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-001C) to the mating
surfaces and put the plug (2) in position.
25-00-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(c)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to the mating surfaces
and put the patch (1) with a light pressure in position.
(d)
Remove the unwanted adhesive with a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) .
If necessary apply a layer of paint coat (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006-A).
Subtask 25-00-00-330-062-A
B.
Repair of a Damage with a Diameter of more than 50 mm (2.0 in.)

(1)
Preparation:
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-00500-A - Honeycomb Core Plug and Patch Repair Solution)
(a)
Cut out the damaged skin with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(b)
Cut out the damaged core with a KNIFE - TRIM.
(c)
Make a patch (1) of glasscloth SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) .

NOTE :
(2)
(3)
The patch must be 50 mm (2.0 in.) larger than the repair area in all directions.
(d)
Make a repair plug (2) of REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE STRUCTURE (Material No:
20-003) that has the correct dimensions.
(e)
Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

(a)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-001C) to the mating surfaces
and put the plug (2) in position.
(b)
Fill the space around the plug (2) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-001C) (3).
(c)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to the mating surfaces
and put the patch (1) with a light pressure in position.
(d)
Remove the unwanted adhesive with a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
Subtask 25-00-00-330-063-A
C.
Repair of an Area with debonded Honeycomb

NOTE :
(1)
(2)
AES
The damage area that can be repaired has a maximum diameter of 30 mm (1.2 in.). If the damage is
larger, it is necessary to repair the damage with a patch.
Preparation:
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-00600-A - Debonded Area Repair Solution)
(a)
Drill 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) holes as necessary in the area that is damaged.
(b)
Make a mixture of 85 parts of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:

08-001C) and 15 parts of the microballoons SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-057) by
volume.

(a)
Use a SYRINGE to fill the damaged area with the mixture.
(b)
Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
25-00-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
5.
(c)
(d)
Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-001) .
(e)
If necessary, make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280).
(f)
If necessary, clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free
Close-up
Subtask 25-00-00-410-092-A
A.
Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)
If removed before, install the repaired component in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
Subtask 25-00-00-942-073-A
B.
Close-up
(1)
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.
(2)
Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-055-A
C.
AES
De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-00-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
EXTERNAL
DOUBLER
AA
FILLER
N_MM_250000_8_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-00-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Filler and Patch Repair Solution
25-00-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
AA
N_MM_250000_8_ALM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-00-00-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Honeycomb Core Plug and Patch Repair Solution
25-00-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
DEBONDED AREA
SECTION
AA
SYRINGE
N_MM_250000_8_ANM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-00-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Debonded Area Repair Solution
25-00-00 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-00-00-330-003-A
Repairs of Surface Damage of Composite Components (not in the Cargo Compartments)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
3
No specific
DRILL DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN)
No specific
SPATULA - NON METALLIC
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-033
Material No: 05-057
Material No: 08-010A
Material No: 08-025
Material No: 08-036
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
GLASSCLOTH
SPECIAL MATERIALS
MICROBALLOONS
EPOXY RESIN AND HARDENER ADHESIVE
POLYESTER FILLER
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-20-00-370-006-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-00300-A - Three Patches Repair Solution)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-055-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-00-00-010-100-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
AES
25-00-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
IRRITANTS.
Subtask 25-00-00-340-054-A
A.
Repair of a Damage with a minimum Depth of 1.0 mm (0.04 in.)

(1)
Preparation:
(a)
Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(b)
Prepare the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-036) .

NOTE :
(2)
(3)
Refer to the manufacturers instructions for the correct mixture.

(a)
Apply the compound to the repair area with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(b)
(c)
Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a LINT-FREE
COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
Subtask 25-00-00-340-113-A
B.
Repair of a damage with a minimum depth of 1 mm (0.04 in.) and a maximum diameter of 50 mm (2.0 in.)
(1)
(2)
(3)
AES
Preparation:
(a)
Make a basic mixture of 90 parts of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-010A) (Araldite AW134) and 10 parts of the microballoons SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
No: 05-057) by volume.
(b)
Mix 40 parts of the hardener BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-010A)
with 100 parts of the basic mixture by weight.

(a)
Apply the prepared mixture to the repair area with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(b)
25-00-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-00-00-340-114-A
C.
Repair of a Damage with a minimum depth of 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) and a minimum Diameter of 50 mm (2.0
in.):
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-00300-A - Three Patches Repair Solution)
(1)
(2)
(3)
5.
Preparation:
(a)
If the component is cracked, you must stop-drill the ends of the cracks with a DRILL DIA 3 MM
(0,118 IN).
(b)
Make the edges of the damage smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(c)
Make 3 patches (1), (2) and (3) of glasscloth SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) .

(a)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to the repair area and
put the patch (3) in position.
(b)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to the patch (3) and
(c)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to the repair area and
(d)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to the patch (1).
(e)
When the repair area is dry, make it smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(f)
Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-010A) .
(g)
Make the area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(h)
Clean the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
Close-up
Subtask 25-00-00-410-093-A
A.

(1)
If removed before, install the repaired component in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
Subtask 25-00-00-942-074-A
B.
Close-up
(1)
(2)
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-056-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-00-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
AA
x x x
1
2
3
x= 12,5mm (0.49 in.)
N_MM_250000_8_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-00-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Three Patches Repair Solution
25-00-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-00-00-340-002-A
Repairs of Cabin Polycarbonate (PC) Sheet Components
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific
PLATE - BASE, RUBBER
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-033
Material No: 08-025
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
GLASSCLOTH
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
separating foil
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-20-00-370-006-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-00100-A - Single Sheet of PC)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-057-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-00-00-020-063-A
B.
4.
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-00100-A - Single Sheet of PC)
Subtask 25-00-00-340-052-A
A.
Repair of the Component

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-00-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN YOUR
EYES :
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
If the component is cracked, you must stop-drill the ends of the crack.
(2)
Remove the damage that has gone through the component with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(3)
Clean the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(4)
Repair the damage that is less than 10 mm (0.4 in.) in diameter:

NOTE :
(5)
AES
Only do this repair when the distance from the damaged area to a support or attachment point
is more than 40 times the component thickness.
(a)
Apply the separating foil (1) to the front face of the component (3).
(b)
Put the component (3), front face down, on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER (2).
(c)
Fill the damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025)
(4).
(d)
Let the adhesive cure for 1 hour.
(e)
Remove the separating foil (1) from the component (3).
(f)
Fill the areas that are not smooth with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-025) .
(g)
If necessary, make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
Repair to a damaged area that is 10 mm (0.4 in.) or larger in diameter:

(a)
Make an insert from the applicable PC material.
(b)
Chamfer the edges of the component (5) to 45 degrees.
(c)
Chamfer the edges of the insert (7) to 45 degrees.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Bond the insert (7) to the component (5) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(i)
Make a stiffener from SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) (6).
25-00-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(j)
Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to the repair area.
(k)
Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) , (6) to the repair area.
(l)
NOTE :
The thickness of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) (6) must equal 0.5
times the component thickness. The minimum distance from the edge of the stiffener to
the insert must equal 20 times the component thickness.
NOTE :
With flat components, a polycarbonate sheet equal to the component thickness is bonded
to the component as an alternative to the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) .
(m) Fill the areas that are not flat with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-025) .
(n)
If necessary, make the area of the repair smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
NOTE :
(6)
Allow the bonding and adhesive compounds to harden before you use the emery cloth.
If necessary, apply a top layer (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006-A).
Subtask 25-00-00-420-065-A
B.
Installation of the removed Component

(1)
5.
If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the component in the aircraft (refer to the
related AMM chapter).
Close-up
Subtask 25-00-00-942-072-A
A.
Close-up
(1)
(2)
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-058-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-00-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2
1
5
7
d
45
2
1
NOTE:
"a"= 20 x"d"
N_MM_250000_8_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-00-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Single Sheet of PC
25-00-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-00-00-340-007-A
Repairs of Cabin Polycarbonate (PC) Composite Components with Honeycomb Core
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific
DRILL DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN)
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-033
Material No: 05-075
Material No: 08-025
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 20-003
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
GLASSCLOTH
SPECIAL MATERIALS
POLYMETHACRYLIMID RIGID FOAM
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
separating foil
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-20-00-370-006-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-01200-A - Polycarbonate Composite Components)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-00-00-861-062-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-00-00-020-065-A
B.
AES
25-00-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-00-00-340-060-A
IRRITANTS.
A.
Repair of the PC Component

(Ref. Fig. 25-00-00-991-01200-A - Polycarbonate Composite Components)
NOTE :
(1)
The clearance to edges must be more than 300 times of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033)
thickness or 100 times of damaged PC surface layer thickness.
The distance from the adjacent attach or support point of the component, or from the connection to
another component:
. Must be more than 800 times of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) thickness,
. Must be more than 250 times of damaged PC surface layer thickness.
The distance between two repairs must be more than 500 times of SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No: 05-033) thickness or 150 times of damaged PC surface layer thickness.
Make the crack in the PC surface layer larger.

NOTE :
AES
The maximum width of the crack must be equal to the component thickness.
(2)
Stop-drill the ends of the crack with a DRILL DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN).
(3)
Remove the damage that has gone through the component with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(4)
(5)
(6)
Repair the damage that is less than 10 mm (0.4 in.) in diameter at upper surface and at core material
on flat and rounded components:
(a)
(b)
(c)
Fill the damaged area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) .
(d)
(e)
(f)
08-025) .
25-00-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(g)
If necessary, make the repair smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
NOTE :
(7)
Repair the damage that is 10 mm (0.4 in.) or larger in diameter at upper surface and at core material
on flat components:
NOTE :
The minimum distance from the edge of the stiffener (7) to the damaged area must equal 20
times component thickness.
(a)
Make a repair plug (3) from the applicable PC material.
(b)
Make a stiffener (7) from the applicable PC material.

NOTE :
(c)
Use stiffeners from SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) if the component is
rounded.
Make a stiffener (9) from SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) .

NOTE :
If the rear side of the component is made of PC material use a stiffener from the same
material.
Chamfer the edges of the PC stiffener to 45 degrees.
(d)
Make an insert of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-075) or REPAIR MATERIALS FOR
COMPOSITE STRUCTURE (Material No: 20-003) .
(e)
Chamfer the edges of the PC surface layer (4) to 45 degrees.
(f)
Chamfer the edges of the repair plug (3) to 45 degrees.
(g)
(h)
(i)
Bond the repair plug (3) to the component (5) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(j)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to the repair area.
(k)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to the stiffener (7), the
insert (8) and the honeycomb.
(l)
Bond the stiffener (7) and the insert (8) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(m) Let the adhesive cure for 1 hour.

(n)
Make the repair smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(o)
(p)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to the repair area.
(q)
Apply the stiffener (9) to the repair area.

NOTE :
AES
The total thickness of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-033) (9) must equal the
initial PC layer (6).The minimum distance from the edge of the stiffener (9) to the insert
(8) must equal 40 times the thickness of the PC layer (6).
(r)
(s)
08-025) .
25-00-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(t)
If necessary, make the area of the repair smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
NOTE :
(8)
If necessary, apply a top layer (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006-A).
Subtask 25-00-00-420-062-A
B.
5.
If you have removed the component to do the repair, install the component in the aircraft (refer to the related
AMM chapter).
Close-up
Subtask 25-00-00-942-068-A
A.
Close-up
(1)
(2)
items.
Subtask 25-00-00-862-062-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-00-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
a
9
6
d
a
1
45
7
NOTE:
"a"= 20 x"d"
"b"= 40 x"d"
N_MM_250000_8_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-00-00-991-01200-A SHEET 1

Polycarbonate Composite Components
25-00-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General Description
The cockpit comprises the area above the floor structure between frames 1 and 12. Access to the cockpit is gained
via the left forward passenger/crew door and the cockpit door. The cockpit is equipped with adjustable seats for two
crew members, a third occupant seat and a folding seat for a fourth occupant. Various furnishings and equipment are
fitted in the cockpit for the comfort, convenience and safety of the occupants.
A.
AES
Description
The cockpit, furnishings consist of :
. crew members seats
. heat and sound insulation panels
. lining and furnishing panels
. equipment racks.
25-10-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT - REPAIRS
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-10-00-330-001-A
Repair of the Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER
Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
25-00-00-330-002-A
DESIGNATION
25-00-00-330-003-A

Compartments)
25-13-41-000-001-A
25-13-41-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-10-00-991-00100-A - Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-10-00-865-050-A
A.
Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME
FIN
LOCATION
1LE
H08
122VU
LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME
3LE
Y06
Subtask 25-10-00-010-050-A
B.
ITEM
1
AES

(1)
If necessary remove the panel from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-001-A).
(2)
List of the ceiling panels.

(Ref. Fig. 25-10-00-991-00100-A - Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels)
PANEL
IDENT
211GC
DESCRIPTION
COVER ASSY
MATERIAL
Laminate
IPC CROSS REF.

25130103
REMARKS
Non repairable
25-10-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ITEM
PANEL
IDENT
211HC
211JC
211FC
212FC
211EC
212EC
211DC
212DC
PANEL ASSY
PANEL ASSY
PANEL ASSY
PANEL ASSY
DOOR ASSY
DOOR ASSY
PANEL ASSY
PANEL ASSY
Sandwich
Sandwich
Sandwich
Sandwich
Laminate
Laminate
Joggling
Joggling
25130103
25130101
25130101
25130102
25130101
25130102
25130101
25130102
211CC
212CC
PANEL ASSY
PANEL ASSY
Joggling
Joggling
25130101
25130102
211BC
212BC
211AC
212AC
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
Sandwich
Sandwich
Sandwich
Sandwich
25130101
25130102
25130101
25130102
2
3
4
5
6
9
4.
DESCRIPTION
ASSY
ASSY
ASSY
ASSY
MATERIAL
IPC CROSS REF.
REMARKS
Non repairable
Non repairable
Procedure
Subtask 25-10-00-330-050-A
A.
Damage to the Lining Panel

(1)
Superficial Damage
(a)
(2)
Significant Damage
(a)
5.
If the damage diameter is less than or equal to 50 mm (1.9685 in.) and if the honeycomb core is
not damaged, do the repair of the panel (Ref. TASK 25-00-00-330-003-A).
If the honeycomb core is damaged and/or if the damage diameter is more than 50 mm (1.9685
in.) or if the honeycomb structure is debonded, do the repair of the panel (Ref. TASK
25-00-00-330-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-10-00-410-050-A
A.

(1)
If necessary, install the panel in the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-10-00-865-051-A
B.
Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1LE
H08
122VU
LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME
3LE
Y06
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-10-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_251000_8_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-10-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Flight-Compartment Ceiling Panels
25-10-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-10-00-330-002-A
Repair of the Flight-Compartment Side Panels
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
25-00-00-330-002-A
DESIGNATION
25-00-00-330-003-A

Compartments)
33-12-15-000-001-A
Removal of the Console and Briefcase Light
33-12-15-400-001-A
Installation of the Console and Briefcase Light
(Ref. Fig. 25-10-00-991-00200-A - Flight-Compartment Side Panels)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-10-00-865-052-A
A.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1LE
FIN
H08
LOCATION
122VU
LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE
4LE
Z06
122VU
LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE
5LE
Z05
122VU
LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL
2LE
Z04
Subtask 25-10-00-010-051-A
B.
ITEM
1
2
3
AES
Removal of Equipment and Side Panels.

(1)
If necessary, remove the reading lights 17LE, 18LE, 19LE, 20LE, 21LE, 22LE (Ref. TASK
33-12-15-000-001-A) and 25LE, 26LE (Ref. AMM 33-12-12-000-001) .
(2)
If necessary, remove the panel from the aircraft.
(3)
List of lining panels.

(Ref. Fig. 25-10-00-991-00200-A - Flight-Compartment Side Panels)
PANEL
IDENT
211MW
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
IPC CROSS REF.
REMARKS
LINING ASSY
Laminate
25130110
Non repairable
211LW
211LC
212LC
PANEL ASSY
OUTLET ASSY
OUTLET ASSY
Laminate
Joggling
Joggling
25130111
25130106
25130106
Non repairable
25-10-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ITEM
PANEL
IDENT
211PW
212PW
211NW
212NW
211DW
212DW
PANEL
PANEL
LINING
LINING
PANEL
PANEL
211KL
212KL
8
9
4
5
6
10
11
12
4.
DESCRIPTION
ASSY
ASSY
ASSY
ASSY
ASSY
ASSY
MATERIAL
IPC CROSS REF.
REMARKS
Sandwich
Sandwich
Laminate
Laminate
Joggling
Joggling
25130111
25130111
25130110
25130110
25130109
25130109
Non repairable
Non repairable
OUTLET ASSY
OUTLET ASSY
Foam
Foam
25130105
25130105
Non repairable
Non repairable
211GW
212GW
PANEL ASSY
PANEL ASSY
Joggling
Joggling
25130109
25130109
211EW
212EW
211FW
212FW
211BW
212BW
PLATE
PLATE
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
Foam
Foam
Sandwich
Sandwich
Joggling
Joggling
25130116
25130117
25130116
25130117
25130114
25130114
Non repairable
Non repairable
211CW
212CW
PANEL ASSY-UPPER
PANEL ASSY-UPPER
Polycarbon/Foam
Polycarbon/Foam
25130114
25130114
Non repairable
Non repairable
ASSY-COVER
ASSY-COVER
ASSY-SIDE
ASSY-SIDE
ASSY-REAR
ASSY-REAR
Procedure
Subtask 25-10-00-330-051-A
A.

(1)
Superficial Damage
(a)
(2)
Significant Damage
(a)
5.
25-00-00-330-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-10-00-410-051-A
A.
Installation of the Lateral Panels and Equipment

(1)
If necessary, install the reading lights 17LE, 18LE, 19LE, 21LE, 22LE (Ref. TASK 33-12-15-400-001-A)
and 25LE, 26LE (Ref. AMM 33-12-12-400-001) .
Subtask 25-10-00-865-053-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
1LE
H08
122VU
4LE
Z06
122VU
5LE
Z05
122VU
2LE
Z04
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-10-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
10
11 12 13
14
15
15
14
13 12 11
10
N_MM_251000_8_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-10-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Flight-Compartment Side Panels
25-10-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-10-00-330-003-A
Repair of the Flight-Compartment Rear Panels
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
25-00-00-330-002-A
DESIGNATION
25-00-00-330-003-A

Compartments)
(Ref. Fig. 25-10-00-991-00300-A - Flight-Compartment Rear Panels)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-10-00-010-052-A
A.
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4.
Removal of the Rear Panels

(1)
If necessary, remove the panel from the aircraft.
(2)
List of the rear/panels.

(Ref. Fig. 25-10-00-991-00300-A - Flight-Compartment Rear Panels)
PANEL
IDENT
212JW
212HW
212KW
DESCRIPTION
PANEL-UPPER
PANEL ASSY-SIDE
PANEL ASSY
PANEL ASSY-SIDE
PANEL-FRONT
PANEL ASSY-SIDE
PANEL ASSY
PANEL ASSY
MATERIAL
Foam
Sandwich
Laminate
Sandwich
Sandwich
Sandwich
Sandwich
Sandwich
IPC CROSS REF.
REMARKS
25130119
25130119
25130112
25130122
25130122
25130122
25130113
25130112
Procedure
Subtask 25-10-00-330-052-A
A.

(1)
Superficial Damage
(a)
(2)
Significant Damage
(a)
AES
25-00-00-330-002-A).
25-10-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-10-00-410-052-A
A.
Installation of the Rear Panels

(1)
AES
If necessary, install the panels in the aircraft.
25-10-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
120VU
FR24A
Z210
E
D
F
FR1
4
8
D
5
3
7
N_MM_251000_8_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-10-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Flight-Compartment Rear Panels
25-10-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The cockpit is equipped with four seats :
. a Captain seat
. a First Officer seat
. a Third Occupant seat located against the right aft panel.
. a folding seat for the Fourth Occupant located in the cockpit left aft section.
A.
Captain and First Officer Seats

The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical and have the same function.
B.
Occupant Seats
. Third Occupant Seat
The Third Occupant seat is a folding seat attached to the right rear panel in the cockpit.
.
AES

The Fourth Occupant seat is of the folding type and has no adjustment.
25-11-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-12900-B - Cockpit Seats - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-12900-B - Cockpit Seats - Component Location)
FIN
3MS
4MS
SEAT-CAPTAIN
SEAT-F/O
ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.

DOOR
211
25-11-51
212
25-11-51
13MM
14MM
SEAT-FOURTH OCCUPANT
SEAT-THIRD OCCUPANT
211
212
AES
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
PANEL
A.

The Captain and First Officer seats are equidistant from the aircraft centerline:
Y +/- 530 mm (Y +/- 20.88 in.)
The base of the seats is attached to the floor by means of eight hexagonal head screws.
B.
Occupant Seats
. Third Occupant Seat
25-11-42
25-11-41
The Third Occupant seat stands apart from the aircraft centerline:
Y -86 mm (Y -3.39 in.) but can move to Y -35 mm (Y - 1.38 in.).
.
.

The Fourth Occupant seat forms an angle of 22.8 degrees with respect to the cockpit aft partition.
The base of the seat is attached to the floor by means of four hexagonal head screws located inside the life
vest compartment.
25-11-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
Component Description
A.
Captain and First Officer Seats 3MS 4MS

(1) General
The Captain and First Officer seats are secured to the cockpit floor.
The seat moves longitudinally and vertically. In the rearmost position the seat moves sidewise towards the
console, which increases the space between the pedestal and the seat and therefore enables passage of the
seat occupant. This is the seat stowed position.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-15500-S - Captain/First Officer Seat - Front View)
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-16300-E - Captain/First Officer Seat - Rear View)
(3) Manual Controls
Manual controls are fitted to the seats. They serve to unlock the seat and allow to position it in different
configurations.
(4) Electrical Controls
Electrical controls are also available. They consist of a motor coupled to two reduction gears. The motor is
controlled by two three-position switches. The gear motor assembly is overriden by the manual controls.
(5) Additional Manual Controls
Additional manual controls are used to adjust the backrest and lumbar rest positions. All the controls are of
easy access and enable the occupant to select the desired position.
(6) Seat equipment
The backrest incorporates a life vest fitted in a housing closed by means of two magnets.
A lumbar rest adjustable in the vertical and horizontal directions enables adaptation of the seat to the
occupant. It is possible to adjust the pedestal side armrest by means of a knurled knob located in the front.
The armrest is hinged to the backrest. It is therefore possible to lift it vertically and stow it behind the
backrest.
The sidestick armrest located on the outboard side of the seat is provided with two adjustment knobs.
These knobs are used to adjust the height and the tilt angle of the side stick armrest so that the pilot can
rest his arm in its optimum position with respect to the side stick controller. Two position indicators show
the selected position. The armrest is fixed to the seat pan structure and is not affected by backrest
movements. It can be folded back to a vertical position to enable easy access to the crew briefcase or
console.
(7) Safety Harness
The safety harness comprises five straps and an inertia reel. The inertia reel can be locked by a control lever
located behind the seat on the right side.
(8) Indicating
Four lamps which serve to light the floor are located under the Captain and First Officer seats (one under
each corner of the seat pan). This lighting is controlled from the instrument panel.
NOTE :
B.
The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical and their operation is identical.
Third Occupant Seat 14MM

(1) General
The 3rd Occupant seat is a folding seat attached to the right rear panel in the cockpit.
It can slide along the Y-axis to take up a position on the aircraft centerline. No longitudinal adjustment is
provided.
AES
25-11-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The seat pan unfolds and locks only in the unfolded position, in the aircraft centerline.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-18600-B - Third Occupant Seat)
(3) Controls
A manual control enables the seat to be moved from its stowage position to its utilization position on the
aircraft centerline.
A second control serves to unlock the headrest.
A third control serves to lock the inertia reel.
(4) Seat equipment
The headrest can be folded down so that the circuit breaker panel can be opened while the seat is in its
stowed position.
A compartment closed by VELCRO tapes and containing a life vest is provided in the lower part of the
seat.
The safety harness includes five straps and an inertia reel controlled by a handle located on the left of the
seat. This handle serves to lock and unlock the inertia reel.
C.
Fourth Occupant Seat 13MM

(1) General
The Fourth Occupant seat is a folding seat located against the left rear partition in the cockpit. The seat
cushion is folded down into place. It is returned to its stowed position by pressing upwards and against the
partition.
The lower section of the seat is provided with a compartment containing a life vest and closed by VELCRO
tapes.
The straps of the safety harness can be clicked into the buckle in any order. Turning the unlocking control
through a 1/4 turn, either clockwise or anticlockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the lap belt.
Pressing the control located on the top of the buckle releases the shoulder straps alone.
The inertial reel locking control is located in the coat storage compartment.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-19800-B - Fourth Occupant Seat)
AES
25-11-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Operation/Control and Indicating

A.

(1) Vertical travel
(a) Manual control
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-17600-L - Manual Control)
1
Up travel
To move the seat in the up direction pull the control handle, marked V and located on the
inboard side of the seat pan, upwards in order to unlock the seat. Then, by taking your weight off
the seat, adjust the seat to required position, then release the handle. A gas cylinder compensates
for the weight of the seat (2 grasp handles are located above each pilot seat).
Down travel
To move the seat in the down direction, pull the control handle upwards in order to unlock the
seat. The weight of the occupant is sufficient to move the seat downwards. To lock the seat in
position, release the handle. The down movement is slowed down by means of a gas cylinder.
NOTE :
The control handle V acts on a ball-nut/screw system ensuring vertical movement of the
seat.
(b) Vertical electrical control

(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-17800-A - Seat - Functional Diagram)
If the circuit is supplied with power, place the control switch located on the inner side of the seat pan
in the up or down position until the seat reaches the required position. Seat movements are obtained
by the gear motor associated with the ball-nut/screw system. The movements are limited by stops and
an overtorque detector integrated in the gear motor assembly.
(2) Horizontal travel
(a) Manual control
To move the seat forwards or backwards, pull the control handle marked H, located on the pedestal
side of the seat, upwards to unlock the system. When the desired position is reached, release the
handle to lock the system. If the H handle is faulty, operate the small lever under the seat, on the
center pedestral side. Lift the handle upwards to move the seat, release the handle to lock the seat in
the selected position.
Horizontal travel indicators, located on the pedestal side of the seat, give the longitudinal position of
the seat.
The seat is held in the required position by means of a locking pin which slides into a drilled fitting
attached to the seat pan.
(3) Electrical control
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-17800-A - Seat - Functional Diagram)
The three-position switch controls the gear motor connected to a rack and pinion system located under the
seat pan. When the seat reaches its limit position, overtorque is detected and the motor power supply is cut
off. The detector is integrated in the gear motor. The gear motor assembly locks the seat on the rack.
(4) Backrest adjustment
The position of the backrest can be adjusted from 7 deg. to 34 deg. with respect to the vertical by pulling
the control handle marked R, located on the pedestal side of the seat. The lever acts on two locks by
means of a control and 2 cables. A gas cylinder damps the backwards movement of the backrest and acts
as return spring when the backrest is raised to the 7 deg. position.
AES
25-11-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5) Lumbar rest adjustment
Two coaxial knobs, located on the pedestal side of the backrest enable the lumbar rest adjustment in the
vertical and horizontal directions.
The round serrated control knob ensures the vertical lumbar rest adjustment by means of a rack and pinion
system.
The triangular knob ensures the depth adjustment of the lumbar rest by means of a cam-mounted rack and
pinion assembly.
(6) Armrest adjustment
(a) Inboard armrest
The inboard armrest (pedestal side) can be raised vertically and stowed behind the backrest.
A knob located on the front of the armrest ensures height adjustment by means of a screw-nut system
and associated stop (continuous adjustment from 15 deg. downwards to 10 deg. upwards).
(b) Side stick armrest
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-18300-A - Side stick Armrest)
The side stick armrest is composed of three main sections. These are the fixed arm, the carrier arm
and the side stick table.
The fixed arm supports the carrier arm and side stick table assembly and is attached to the seat pan.
The carrier arm, by a rotation of 18 deg. max. upwards, with respect to the horizontal, around a hinge
pin, located on the fixed arm, enables height adjustment of the side stick table. The movement is given
by a knob located on the outboard side of the armrest. This knob transfers the rotary movement to a
screw-nut system. The nut is connected to a link and 2 rollers which transform the translation
movement of the nut into a rotary movement of the carrier arm around the fixed arm. The tilt angle of
the armrest table can be adjusted. A knob located on the front of the armrest enables this adjustment.
The principle of the adjustment mechanism is the same as the one described above except that the
rotation hinge pin is located on the carrier arm. Adjustment is up to 30 deg. downwards with respect
to the horizontal. A position indicator including two scales is integrated in the table. The scale on the
seat side shows the tilt angle adjustment of the table.
The scale on the outboard side shows the table height.
A wheel, located on the front of the table, serves to avoid interference between the armrest and the
lateral console when the seat is moved forwards with the table fully inclined.
(7) Safety harness
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-18500-B - Safety Harness)
The straps can be clicked into the buckle in any order. Turning the unlocking control through a 1/4 turn,
either clockwise or counterclockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the lap belt.
A control lever, located on the pedestal side of the seat backrest, serves to lock the inertia reel. To lock the
mechanism the lever must be in the down position. To unlock the mechanism the lever must be in the up
position.
B.
Third Occupant Seat

(1) Deployment from stowage position to utilization position on aircraft centerline.
To move the seat to its utilization position on the aircraft centerline, the handle called SEAT UNLOCK,
located on the left of the seat, must be pulled upwards in order to unlock the system and enable the seat to
slide sidewise into its utilization position. When utilization position is reached, the system locks.
The translation movement is given by two guide tubes attached to the rear upper and lower sections of the
seat. The tubes are guided by ball-sleeves attached to the rear panel. The seat is held in position by a
locking pin which engages in the upper guide tube (Part 1).
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-19200-F - Stowage and Deployment of the Third Occupant Seat)
AES
25-11-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The seat bottom folds down and locks automatically in the low position. The opening of the seat bottom
can be done only when the seat is in utilization position on the aircraft centerline.
Locking is achieved by a hook attached to the right upright of the seat which locks one of the rollers
guiding the seat bottom movement.
The headrest is folded up into its extended position where it automatically locks in place. It is held in
position by two locking pins which engage in lateral holes.
(2) Return to stowed position
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-19200-F - Stowage and Deployment of the Third Occupant Seat)
To fold down the headrest, simultaneously operate the two controls located in the center of bottom section
of the headrest. When the system unlocks, fold down the headrest into its stowed position.
To return the assembly to its stowed position:
. move the control handle marked SEAT UNLOCK upwards and move the seat to stowed position. As
soon as the seat detects this movement and if the seat is not occupied, the seat bottom will then rise
automatically. This prevents any interference with the First Officer seat when it is moved backwards.
or
. pull up the seat bottom to override the locking force then the seat bottom will rise automatically. Move
the control handle marked SEAT UNLOCK upwards and move the seat to the stowed position.
(3) Safety harness
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-19400-B - Safety Harness.)
The straps can be clipped into the buckle in any order. Turning the unlocking control through a 1/4 turn,
either clockwise or anticlockwise, releases the two shoulder straps and the lap belt.
A control lever, located behind the seat on the left side, serves to lock the inertia reel. To lock the
mechanism, the lever must be the in up position.
C.
AES

The Fourth Occupant Seat is of the folding type. It is attached to the floor and has no adjustment device.
25-11-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SEAT
CAPTAIN
3MS
SEAT
FIRST OFFICIER
4MS
CAPTAIN
OXYGEN MASK
FIRST OFFICER
OXYGEN MASK
4TH OCCUPANT
OXYGEN MASK
3RD OCCUPANT
OXYGEN MASK
4TH OCCUPANT
HEADSET
3RD OCCUPANT
BOOMSET
4TH OCCUPANT
COAT ROOM
3RD OCCUPANT
HANDMIC
SEAT4TH
OCCUPANT
13MM
SEAT3RD
OCCUPANT
14MM
N_MM_251100_0_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-12900-B SHEET 1

Cockpit Seats - Component Location
25-11-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HEADREST
HARNESS
BACK REST
LUMBAR
REST
BUCKLE
SIDE STICK
ARM REST
ARM
REST
FIFTH STRAP
LUMBAR REST
CONTROL
CUSHION
HARNESS
CONTROL
HANDLE
MANUAL
CONTROLS
ELECTRICAL
CONTROLS
BASE
N_MM_251100_0_GAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-15500-S SHEET 1

Captain/First Officer Seat - Front View
25-11-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
ASHTRAY
HANDLE
LIFE VEST
COMPARTMENT
LIFE VEST
CHECK
WINDOW
FOOTREST
N_MM_251100_0_GEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-16300-E SHEET 1

Captain/First Officer Seat - Rear View
25-11-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ARM REST
POSITION INDICATOR
LUMBAR
REST
VERTICAL
ADJUSTMENT
DEPTH
ADJUSTMENT
ARM REST
ADJUSTMENT
SEAT BACK
RECLINING
ADJUSTMENT
SEAT HORIZONTAL
ADJUSTMENT
SEAT VERTICAL
ADJUSTMENT
N_MM_251100_0_FGU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-17600-L SHEET 1

Manual Control
25-11-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
E.H. : ELECTRIC CLUTCHBRAKEHORIZONTAL MOVEMENT

E.V. : ELECTRIC CLUTCHBRAKEVERTICAL MOVEMENT
E.V
4
5
DOWN
TWO POLE
SWITCH
2
UP
FWD
1
3
2
REAR
C
N
DN
FWD
UP
115/200V
RR
E.H
GEAR MOTOR
ASSEMBLY
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_251100_0_AJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-17800-A SHEET 1

Seat - Functional Diagram
25-11-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
INDICATOR
CARRIER ARM
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
WHEEL
TABLE TILT
ANGLE ADJUSTMENT
N_MM_251100_0_ANM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-18300-A SHEET 1

Side stick Armrest
25-11-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
UNLOCK
LOCK
SHOULDER
STRAP UNLOCKING
HARNESS
UNLOCKING
N_MM_251100_0_FPM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-18500-B SHEET 1

Safety Harness
25-11-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HEADREST
BACKREST
SHOULDER HARNESS
HEADREST UNLOCK
HARNESS UNLOCK
BOTTOM
SEAT UNLOCK
SEAT BELT
ATTACHMENTS
LIFE VEST STOWAGE
N_MM_251100_0_BAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-18600-B SHEET 1

Third Occupant Seat
25-11-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HEADREST
UNLOCK
BALL
SLEEVES
GUIDE
TUBES
SEAT
UNLOCK
PART 1
STOWAGE
POSITION
AIRCRAFT
CENTERLINE
STOWAGE POSITION
PART 3
DEPLOYMENT POSITION
PART2
N_MM_251100_0_BEN1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-19200-F SHEET 1

Stowage and Deployment of the Third Occupant Seat
25-11-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SHOULDER
STRAP
SHOULDER
STRAP
SHOULDER STRAPS
CAN BE REMOVED
WITHOUT REMOVING
LAP BELTS
LAP BELT
LAP BELT
LOCK
CROTCH
STRAP
UNLOCK
N_MM_251100_0_BJN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-19400-B SHEET 1

Safety Harness.
25-11-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HEADREST
FIXED BACKREST
SLIDE
HARNESS LOCKING
LOCKING PLATE
SUPPORT LINKS
SEAT BELT
SEAT CUSHION
LIFE VEST STOWAGE
N_MM_251100_0_BLN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-19800-B SHEET 1

25-11-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT SEATS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-040-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-11-03A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-11-03A
Pilot Seat Recline Adjustment
(Old MMEL ref: 25-11-01-A)-c))
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
211
212
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
25-11-61-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-11-61-400-001-A
25-11-64-000-001-A
25-11-64-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-991-00200-A - Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-056-A
A.
Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)
4.
Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001-A).
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-00-991-00200-A - Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat)
Subtask 25-11-00-040-050-A
A.

(1)
If installed, remove the headrest (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-000-001-A).

NOTE :
AES
Only do the step (1) in Para. 4.A.
(2)
Remove the fourteen screws (2).
(3)
Remove the upper back shroud (1) from the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest (3).
25-11-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Loosen the screw (4) on the left and right lock levers (6).
(5)
Remove the cable (5) from the left and right lock levers (6).
(6)
Push on the left and right lock levers (6) at the same time and push the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest (3)
to the vertical position.
(7)
Release the left and right lock levers (6).
(8)
Make sure that the seat backrest (3) is correctly locked in the vertical position.
(9)
Put the upper back shroud (1) in position on the CAPT (F/O) seat backrest (3).
(10) Install and tighten the fourteen screws (2).

(11) If necessary, install the headrest (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-400-001-A).
NOTE :
5.
Only do the step (11) in Para. 4.A.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-057-A
A.
AES

(1)
Install the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-400-001-A).
(2)
(3)
Make an entry in the log book.
25-11-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR9
811
FR1
3
1
B
B
4
6
B
C
N_MM_251100_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
25-11-00 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat
FIN 3MS, 4MS
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-11-03A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-11-03A
Pilot Seat Recline Adjustment
(Old MMEL ref: 25-11-01-A)-c))
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-058-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-440-050-A
A.
Reactivation of the Defective Recline System of the Captain/First Officer Seat

(1)
5.
Do the trouble shooting procedure of the Captain/First Officer seat.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-059-A
A.

(1)
AES
25-11-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)
FIN 3MS, 4MS
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-11-05A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-11-05A
Pilot Seat Electrical Adjustment
(Old MMEL ref: 25-11-01-B)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-060-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-040-051-A
A.
Deactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)
(1)
If the adjustment system electrical-control of the CAPT (F/O) seat is inoperative:
Subtask 25-11-00-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 3MS
122VU
COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT
1MS1
U11
FOR FIN 4MS

122VU
COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O
1MS2
U14
5.
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-061-A
A.

(1)
AES
25-11-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
AES
25-11-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-440-002-A
Reactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)
FIN 3MS, 4MS
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-11-05A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-11-05A
Pilot Seat Electrical Adjustment
(Old MMEL ref: 25-11-01-B)
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-062-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-865-053-A
A.
PANEL
FOR FIN 3MS
122VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
1MS1
U11
FOR FIN 4MS

122VU
1MS2
U14
Subtask 25-11-00-440-051-A
B.
Reactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat (Electrical Control)
(1)
5.
Do the trouble shooting procedure of the Captain/First Officer seat.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-063-A
A.

(1)
AES
25-11-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-040-003-A
FIN 14MM
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-12-01B
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-12-01B
Third Occupant Seat
(Old MMEL ref: 25-11-06-A)
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)
24-41-00-862-002-A
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)
25-11-41-000-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-064-A
A.

(1)
4.
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-040-052-A
A.

(1)
AES
If the Third Occupant seat is inoperative:

. Remove it (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-000-001-A).
25-11-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-065-A
A.
AES

(1)
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
(2)
25-11-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-440-003-A
FIN 14MM
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-12-01B
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-12-01B
Third Occupant Seat
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
25-11-41-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-066-A
A.

(1)
4.

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-440-052-A
A.
AES

(1)
Do the trouble shooting of the Third Occupant seat.
(2)
Install the third Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-400-001-A)
25-11-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-067-A
A.

(1)
AES

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
25-11-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-040-004-A
FIN 13MM
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-12-05B
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-12-05B
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
25-11-42-000-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-068-A
A.

(1)
4.

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-040-053-A
A.

(1)
AES
If the Fourth Occupant seat is inoperative:

. Remove it (Ref. TASK 25-11-42-000-001-A).
25-11-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-069-A
A.
AES

(1)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
(2)
25-11-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-440-004-A
FIN 13MM
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-12-05B
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-12-05B
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
25-11-42-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-070-A
A.

(1)
4.

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-440-053-A
A.
AES

(1)
Do the trouble shooting of the Fourth Occupant seat.
(2)
Install the fourth Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-42-400-001-A).
25-11-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-071-A
A.

(1)
AES

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
25-11-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT SEATS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-710-001-A
WARNING : DO NOT PUT YOUR FINGERS BELOW THE SEAT BOTTOM WHEN YOU OPERATE THE V (VERTICAL)
CONTROL LEVER.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE SEAT IN THE DOWN DIRECTION CAN CATCH YOUR FINGERS
BETWEEN THE SEAT BOTTOM AND THE SEAT BASE.
THIS CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the Captain and/or the First Officer seat(s) operate(s) correctly.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-050-A
A.
Aircraft Maintenance configuration

(1)
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 25-11-00-865-050-A
B.
Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

PANEL
122VU
DESIGNATION
1MS2
U14
122VU
1MS1
U11
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-11-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-710-050-C
WARNING : DO NOT PUT YOUR FINGERS BELOW THE SEAT BOTTOM WHEN YOU OPERATE THE V
(VERTICAL) CONTROL LEVER.
SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE SEAT IN THE DOWN DIRECTION CAN CATCH YOUR FINGERS
BETWEEN THE SEAT BOTTOM AND THE SEAT BASE.
THIS CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.
A.
Operational test of the manual controls.
ACTION
1.Test of the horizontal movement
A.With the seat in the stowed position:
.
The seat moves slowly and smoothly.
The seat stays locked in this position.
Operate the H control lever and put the seat in the

maximum rearward position.
The seat must move by 8 in. (203.1996 mm).

stowed position.
Release the H control lever.
2.Test of the vertical movement
A.With the seat in the down position:
The seat stays locked in the stowed position.
.
.
.
The seat moves freely by 6.5 in. (165.0997 mm) to the

maximum up position.
.
.

maximum forward position.
Release the H control lever.
RESULT
Operate the V control lever.

Let the seat move up.
Release the V control lever.
Operate the V control lever and push the seat to move .

it down.
3.Test of the backrest reclining adjustment
The seat moves back to the maximum down position.
The maximum angle is 34 deg.C from the vertical.
Operate the R control lever and slowly put the

backrest at an angle.
Release the R control lever.
.
.
The backrest stays locked in its position.
Operate the R control lever.
The backrest goes back automatically to 7 deg.C from

the vertical.
Subtask 25-11-00-710-051-A
B.
Operational test of the electrical controls
ACTION
1.Test of the horizontal movement
A.Seat movement
. Set the control switch S2 to forward.
. Release the control switch S2.
.
.
The seat moves forward.

.
.
.
.
The seat moves rearward.

Set the control switch S2 to rearward.

Release the control switch.
RESULT
B.Test of the maximum forward and rearward positions
AES
25-11-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
ACTION
Set the control switch S2 to the forward position until .
the seat is in the maximum forward position.
RESULT
Make sure that the motor stops when the seat gets to
the maximum forward position.
Set the control switch S2 to the rearward position

.
until the seat gets to the maximum rearward position.
the maximum rearward position.
2.Test of the vertical movement

A.Seat movement
. Set the control switch S1 to up.
. Release the control switch.
.
.
The seat moves up.

.
.
.
.
The seat moves down.

Set the control switch S1 to down.

Release the control switch.
B.Test of the maximum up and down positions

. Set the control switch S1 to up until the seat is in the .
maximum up position.
. Set the control switch S1 to down until the seat gets .
to the maximum down position.
5.
the maximum up position.
the maximum down position.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
Put the seat in the stowed position.
(2)
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
25-11-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-200-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Cockpit Seats
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-11-00-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF SEAT STRUCTURE AND SEAT ATTACHMENT OF ALL FLIGHT DECK SEATS
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
B.
REFERENCE
25-11-41-200-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-11-42-200-001-A
25-11-51-200-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-072-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-210-050-B
A.
AES
Inspection/check of the Cockpit Seats

. for the Captain and First Officer seats, (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-200-001-A)
. for Third Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-200-001-A)
. for Fourth Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-42-200-001-A).
25-11-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-00-200-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-053-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-00-210-051-A
A.
Do a visual inspection of the shoulder harness and seat belt.

(1)
Replace the belt if you find one of these conditions:

(a)
For lap belt and inertia reel web:

. fraying across the full width of the web.
NOTE :
Fraying is when the web has broken fibers from the longitudinal or transversal yarns.
NOTE :
Replacement of the belt is not necessary if you find felting. Felting is when the web
becomes less compact and has a soft texture. This causes the thickness of the web to
increase.
(b)
Cuts or tears at the edge of the web.
(c)
Fraying across more than 10 % of the web width.
(d)
Fraying more than 203.2 mm (8 in.) of the web length.
(e)
More than 15 broken yarns (strands) which are not on the edges.
(f)
Web damage which causes incorrect operation of the restraint system.
(g)
More than 30 torn stitches on a stitch pattern.

NOTE :
AES
You find stitch patterns at the belt ends and near the buckles where there are two
thicknesses of web.
25-11-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
5.
Make sure that the lap buckle is installed on the outboard side of the seat to prevent damage to the
center pedestal.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-00-860-052-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-41-000-001-A
FIN 14MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-41-991-00100-A - Third Occupant Seat)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-41-860-059-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-41-020-050-A
A.

(1)
Remove the retaining pins (1).
(2)
Pull up on seat release lever to disengage lockpin from upper guide tube before removal.
(3)
Hold the seat (2) and remove the guide tubes (4) from the lower and upper sleeves (3) and (5).
(4)
Remove the seat (2).
Subtask 25-11-41-020-053-A
B.
AES
Removal of the Upper and Lower Bearings

(1)
Remove the screws (6) and the washers (7).
(2)
Remove the upper bearings (3).
(3)
(4)
Remove the lower bearings (5).
25-11-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
1
B
2
3
14MM
4
A
B
C
3
5
6
7
5
6
7
8
9
8
9
N_MM_251141_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Third Occupant Seat
25-11-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-41-400-001-A
FIN 14MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
Torque wrench: range to between 0.67 and 13.50 M.DAN (4.94 and 99.57
LBF.FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
212
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-41-860-060-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-41-420-053-A
A.
Installation of the Upper and Lower Bearings

(1)
Put in position the upper bearings (3).
(2)
Install the screws (6) and the washers (7) and TORQUE the bolts to between 3.87 and 4.64 M.DAN
(28.54 and 34.22 LBF.FT).
(3)
Put in position the lower bearings (5).
(4)
Install the screws (8) and the washers (9) and TORQUE the bolts to between 2.69 and 3.22 M.DAN
(19.84 and 23.75 LBF.FT).
Subtask 25-11-41-420-050-A
B.

(1)
Put the seat (2) in the correct position.

NOTE :
AES
Hold the seat in the vertical position, not unfolded.
(2)
Install the guide tubes (4).
(3)
Install the retaining pins (1).
25-11-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-41-942-050-A
A.
Removal of Equipment
(1)
AES
25-11-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-41-200-001-A
FIN 14MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Visual inspection of seat structure and attachment.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
212
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-41-860-061-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-41-210-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the upholstery of the seat is not worn or damaged.
(2)
Make sure that the cushion of the back of the seat is in the correct condition.
(3)
Make sure that the seat is not loose and that the fittings are in the correct condition.
(4)
Make sure that the holes for the bolts are in the correct condition and have no corrosion.
(5)
Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct condition.
(6)
Make sure that the seat assembly is not loose.
(7)
Make sure that the nuts that attach the seat to the partition are in the correct position and have no
corrosion.
(8)
Make sure that clearance is correct at the control levers.
(9)
Make sure that the sideways movement is correct.
(10) Make sure that the headrest operation is correct.

(11) Make sure that the operation of the locking/unlocking system is correct.
(12) Make sure that the retaining pins are not damaged.
(13) Make sure that the seat bottom closes automatically in the vertical position when:
. the SEAT UNLOCK control handle is moved up, and
. the seat is moved from the utilization position on the aircraft centerline to the stowed position.
AES
25-11-41 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-42-000-001-A
FIN 13MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-42-991-00100-B - Fourth Occupant Seat)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-42-860-053-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-42-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Fourth Occupant Seat (13MM)

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
AES
Removal of the seat (10).

(a)
Hold the seat (10), loosen the two screws (11).
(b)
Turn the seat (10) so that you can release the rollers (15) from their guides, remove the seat
(10).
Removal of the back

(a)
Remove the cover (7) attached with velcro tapes.
(b)
Loosen the screws (9), remove the back frame (8).
Removal of the headrest

(a)
Remove the cover (1) attached with velcro tapes.
(b)
loosen the screws (3), remove the headrest frame (2).
Removal of the safety belt

(a)
Remove the two circlips (13), remove the two pins (14), remove the safety belt (12).
(b)
When you have removed the headrest, loosen the screws (4), disconnect the cable (5) and remove
the reel (6).
25-11-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
B
A
C
13MM
B
6
4
2
3
1
N_MM_251142_4_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-42-991-00100-B SHEET 1

25-11-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
D
11
12
15
13
14
10
N_MM_251142_4_ABM0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-42-991-00100-B SHEET 2

25-11-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-42-400-001-A
FIN 13MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-42-860-054-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-42-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Fourth Occupant Seat (13MM)

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
5.
Installation of the seat (10).

(a)
Install the seat (10) so that you can engage the rollers (15) in their guides.
(b)
Install the screws (11) and tighten them.
Installation of the back frame and cover

(a)
Install the back frame (8), install the screws (9) and tighten them.
(b)
Install the cover (7) and push it to get correct attachment of the velcro tapes.
Installation of the safety harness

(a)
Install the reel (6), install the screws (4) and tighten them.
Connect the cable (5).
(b)
Install the safety belt (12), install the two pins (14) and the circlips (13).
Installation of the headrest

(a)
Install the headrest frame (2), install the screws (3) and tighten them.
(b)
Install the cover (1) and push it to get correct attachment of the velcro tapes.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-42-942-050-A
A.
AES
25-11-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT - FOURTH OCCUPANT - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-42-200-001-A
FIN 13MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Detailed Inspection of seat structure and attachment
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-42-860-055-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-42-210-050-A
A.
AES
Inspection Check of the Fourth Occupant Seat

(1)
(2)
Make sure that the velcro pads on the cushions of the back of the seat and the headrest are in the
correct condition.
(3)
Make sure that all the bolts that attach the seat have no corrosion and are correctly installed.
(4)
Make sure that the seat is not loose and that the fittings are in the correct condition.
(5)
Make sure that the control cable of the seat belt is not worn.
(6)
Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct condition.
25-11-42 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-51-000-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER
No specific
B.
LBF.FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
811
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-51-991-00100-E - Captain Seat)
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-51-991-00200-E - First Officer Seat)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-51-865-053-A
A.
PANEL
FOR FIN 3MS
122VU
122VU
FOR FIN 4MS
122VU
122VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
1MS1
U11
5LE
Z05
1MS2
U14
4LE
Z06
25-11-51 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-11-51-010-050-A
B.
4.
Get access to the Avionics Compartment

(1)
Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE near the access door 811 of the avionics
compartment.
(2)
Open the access door 811.
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-51-020-051-B
A.
Removal of the Seat

(1)
In the avionics compartment, disconnect the electrical connector (5).
(2)
Put a CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connectors (5) and (6).

NOTE :
(3)
Remove the bolts (7). Remove the armrest (1) from the seat.
NOTE :
AES
It is necessary to remove the armrest on the side stick side to enable passage of the seat in the
cockpit.
Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you remove the bolts (7).
(4)
In the cockpit, remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the seat base (2).
(5)
Remove the seat. Move the seat out of the cockpit.
(6)
Install the armrest (1) on the seat. Install the bolts (7) and TORQUE the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9
M.DAN (70.80 and 79.65 LBF.IN).
25-11-51 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR9
A
A
FR1
811
3MS
C
1
C
B
3
4
5
N_MM_251151_4_GAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-51-991-00100-E SHEET 1

Captain Seat
25-11-51 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR9
A
A
FR1
811
4MS
C
B
7
2
3
5
4
N_MM_251151_4_GCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-51-991-00200-E SHEET 1

First Officer Seat
25-11-51 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-51-400-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 16-007
C.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
DESIGNATION
STRUCTURE PAINTS
COATING ELASTOMERIC, ULTRA LOW GLOSS

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
811
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
D.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
25-11-00-710-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-51-010-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is near the access door 811 of
the avionics compartment.
(2)
Make sure that the access door 811 is open.
25-11-51 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-11-51-865-054-A
B.
Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL
FOR FIN 3MS
122VU
DESIGNATION
122VU
FOR FIN 4MS
122VU
122VU
4.
FIN
LOCATION
1MS1
U11
5LE
Z05
1MS2
U14
4LE
Z06
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-51-420-051-B
A.
Installation of the Seat

NOTE :
(1)
It is necessary to remove the armrest on the side stick side to enable passage of the seat in the
cockpit.
Remove the bolts (7). Remove the armrest (1) from the seat.
NOTE :
Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you remove the bolts (7).
(2)
Put the seat on the floor.
(3)
Install the washers (4) and the bolts (3) and tighten them.
(4)
Install the armrest (1) on the seat. Install the bolts (7) and TORQUE the bolts to between 0.8 and 0.9
M.DAN (70.80 and 79.65 LBF.IN)
(5)
Paint the head of the bolts (3) with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-007) .
(6)
Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (5) and (6).
(7)
Connect the electrical connector (5) to the electrical connector (6).
Subtask 25-11-51-865-063-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 3MS
122VU
122VU
FOR FIN 4MS
122VU
122VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
1MS1
U11
5LE
Z05
1MS2
U14
4LE
Z06
Subtask 25-11-51-861-051-A
C.
AES
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
25-11-51 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-11-51-710-055-A
D.

(1)
Do the operational test of the Captain and First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-00-710-001-A).
Subtask 25-11-51-710-050-A
E.
Operational Test of the Lights of the Captain/First Officer Seats
ACTION
1.On the panel 301VU (500VU):
RESULT
Put the CONSOLE/FLOOR switch in the BRT

position
Below the Captain/First Officer seat, the four lamps

come on.
Put the CONSOLE/FLOOR switch in the OFF

position.
The four lamps go off.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-51-862-051-A
A.
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 25-11-51-410-050-A
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the access door 811.
(3)
Remove the access platform(s).
25-11-51 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-51-200-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Visual inspection of seat structure and attachment.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
25-11-00-200-002-A
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-51-860-055-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-51-210-050-A
A.
Inspection Check of the Captain/First Officer Seat

(1)
(2)
Make sure that the cushion of the seat is in the correct condition.
(3)
Make sure that the structure of the seat has no damage or cracks.
(4)
Make sure that the paint is not damaged.
(5)
Make sure that you can read the identification plates. Make sure that the identification plates and the
position indicator are attached correctly.
(6)
Make sure that the welded and riveted sections are in the correct condition.
(7)
Make sure that the clearance is correct at the manual mode control-levers.
(8)
Make sure that the seat belt and the buckle are in the correct condition (Ref. TASK 25-11-00-200-002A).
(9)
Make sure that the electrical bundle is in the correct condition.
(10) Make sure that the 8 bolts that attach the seat to the floor have no corrosion and that they are
installed correctly.
AES
25-11-51 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-51-200-002-A
Check of Adjustment of Seat Control Cables
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-11-00-02-)
CHECK OF ADJUSTMENT OF SEAT CONTROL CABLES
2.

A.
REFERENCE
81100ST1-015003
81700SB3-002051
81700ST1-015003
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ADJUSTMENT GAGE - LEVERS, CAPT, F.O. SEATS
1
GAGE,ADJUSTMENT-LEVERS,CAPT,F.O. SEATS
1
ADJUSTMENT GAGE - LEVERS, CAPT, F.O. SEATS

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
24-42-00-861-001-A
25-11-51-000-001-A
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-61-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-51-991-00300-A - Installation of Adjustment Tool)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-51-860-051-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Remove the backrest cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001-A).
(3)
Remove the two screws (10).
(4)
Remove the four screws (13) and the four washers (12).
(5)
Remove the shroud (14).
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-51-991-00300-A - Installation of Adjustment Tool)
AES
25-11-51 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-11-51-220-050-A
A.
Check of the Control Lever Travel (Horizontal and Vertical):

NOTE :
This task gives the instructions for inspection of the control levers on the Captain seat. Do the same
procedure for the F/O seat.
NOTE :
This task includes a check of the operations of the vertical and horizontal (V and H) mechanical
control levers. Do not use the electrical switches during the check procedure.
(1)
Move the seat to the maximum rearward position and to the maximum down position.
(2)
Make sure that the control levers H (1) and V (2) turn freely. Make sure that there are no points of
friction.
(3)
Turn the ADJUSTMENT GAGE - LEVERS, CAPT, F.O. SEATS (81700ST1-015003) to the correct
side for the seat (Captain or F/O). Install the adjustment gage (3) behind one lever. The gage is the
same for the V and H control levers.
(4)
Align the A axis with the lever axis. The lever is in the normal position.
(5)
Attach the adjustment gage (3) in position with a small spring-clip (4).
(6)
Move the control lever from the A axis to the B axis. The lever travel must not cause disengagement of
the seat locking mechanism. The B axis position is the start of the unlocking phase.
(7)
Move the lever from the B axis to the C axis. You must unlock the actuator.In this position (C axis),
the lever must touch the stop screw installed in the control box.
(8)
Release the lever. The lever must move back to the normal position.
(9)
If the results of the above checks are correct, the seat is serviceable. If the results are incorrect, remove
the seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-11-51-220-051-A
B.
AES
Check of the Control Lever Travel (Reclining):

NOTE :
This task gives the instructions for inspection of the control lever on the Captain seat. Do the same
procedure for the F/O seat.
NOTE :
Do not use the electrical switches during the check procedure.
(1)
Move the seat to the maximum rearward position and to the maximum down position.
(2)
Make sure that the control lever R (5) turns freely. Make sure that there are no points of friction.
(3)
Turn the GAGE,ADJUSTMENT-LEVERS,CAPT,F.O. SEATS (81700SB3-002051) or the

ADJUSTMENT GAGE - LEVERS, CAPT, F.O. SEATS (81100ST1-015003) to the correct side for the
seat (Captain or F/O). Install the adjustment gage (3) behind the lever.
(4)
Align the A axis with the lever axis. The lever is in the normal position.
(5)
Attach the adjustment gage (3) in position with a small spring-clip (4).
(6)
Move the control lever from the A axis to the B axis. The lever travel must not cause disengagement of
the seat locking mechanism. The B axis position is the start of the unlocking phase.
(7)
Move the lever from the B axis to the C axis. You must unlock the actuator. In this position (C axis),
the lever must touch the stop screw installed in the control box.
(8)
Release the lever. The lever must move back to the normal position.
(9)
If the results of the above checks are correct, the seat is serviceable. If the results are incorrect, remove
the seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-000-001-A).
25-11-51 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-51-860-052-A
A.
AES

(1)
Put the shroud (14) in position.
(2)
Install the four washers (12) and the four screws (13).
(3)
Install the two screws (10).
(4)
Tighten the screws (10) and (13).
(5)
Install the backrest cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-400-001-A).
(6)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
25-11-51 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
14
13
12
10
11
10
B
B
5
A AXIS
NORMAL POSITION
C AXIS
END OF TRAVEL
B AXIS
BEGINNING
OF THE UNLOCKING
TRAVEL
AES
FIGURE 25-11-51-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Installation of Adjustment Tool
N_MM_251151_6_AAM0_01_00
25-11-51 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CUSHIONS - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-61-000-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
211
212
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-61-991-00100-A - Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-61-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-61-020-050-A
A.

NOTE :
Velcro tapes attach the seat cushion to the seat.
NOTE :
The seat cushion includes the covers and the foam.
(1)
Remove the bottom cushion (3) from the seat (2).
(2)
Remove the backrest cushion (1) from the seat (2).

NOTE :
AES
If necessary, keep the seat cushions in a dry and clean area.
25-11-61 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4MS
Z211 Z212
B
B
B
FR11
FR1
3MS
N_MM_251161_4_BEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-61-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion
25-11-61 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-61-400-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-61-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.
Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-61-420-050-A
A.
5.

NOTE :
NOTE :
To install the seat cushion, find the position of the velcro tapes.
(1)
Put the backrest cushion (1) in position.
(2)
Push the backrest cushion (1) to attach it to the velcro tapes.
(3)
Move the crotch strap through the slot of the bottom cushion (3).
(4)
Put the bottom cushion (3) in position.
(5)
Push the bottom cushion (3) down to attach it to the velcro tapes.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-61-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-61 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SHROUD ASSY - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-62-000-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-11-61-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-62-991-00100-B - Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-62-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-11-62-010-050-A
B.
4.
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-62-991-00100-B - Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy)
Subtask 25-11-62-020-050-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical. The removal/installation procedures of the shroud
assy of the Captain and First Officer seats are the same.
(1)
Remove the screw (24) and the knob (25) from the control lever (8).
(2)
Turn the lower lumbar-rest control-knob (19) counterclockwise to adjust the lumbar rest assy to the
maximum forward position.
(3)
Turn the upper lumbar-rest control-knob (19) clockwise to adjust the lumbar rest assy to the lowest
position.
(4)
Remove the retainer rings (17).
25-11-62 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Pull the lumbar rest control-knobs (19) with force to remove them.
(6)
Remove the fourteen screws (18) and the upper back shroud (23) of the backrest from the seat (1).
(7)
Remove the four screws (22), the washers (21) and the nuts (16).
(8)
Remove the lower back shroud (20) of the backrest from the seat (1).
(9)
Remove the two screws (28), the washers (29), the nuts (26) and retain the stops (27).
(10) Remove the two screws (9) and the control lever (8) from the control lever support (10).
(11) Remove the two screws (6), the washers (7) and the control lever support (10) from the front metal
sheet (3).
(12) Remove the two screws (11), the washers (12) and the front cross beam (13).
(13) Remove the six screws (5), the washers (4) and the front metal sheet (3) from the main front shroud
(2).
(14) Remove the four screws (14), the washers (15) and the main front shroud (2) from the seat (1).
AES
25-11-62 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
FR9
811
FR1
12
FR13
B
FR1
11
1
13
10
C
D
20
19
C
18
14
5
17
15
7
6
16
N_MM_251162_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-62-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Captain (First Officer) Seat Shroud Assy
25-11-62 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-62-400-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-61-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-62-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat cushion is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-62-420-050-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
The Captain and First Officer seats are symmetrical. The removal/installation procedures of the shroud
assy of the Captain and First Officer seats are the same.
(1)
Put the main front shroud (2) in position on the seat (1) and install the four screws (14) and the
washers (15) on the main front shroud (2).
(2)
Tighten the screws (14).
(3)
Put the front metal sheet (3) in position on the main front shroud (2) and install the six screws (5) and
the washers (4) on the front metal sheet (3).
(4)
Install the front cross beam (13), the two screws (11) and the washers (12).
(5)
(6)
Put the control lever support (10) in position on the front metal sheet (3) and install the two screws (6)
and the washers (7).
(7)
25-11-62 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(8)
Put the control lever (8) in position on the control lever support (10) and install and tighten the two
screws (9).
(9)
Put the two stops (27) in position and install the lower back shroud (20) of the backrest on the seat
(1).
(10) Install the two screws (28), the washers (29) and the nuts (26).
(11) Install the four screws (22), the washers (21) and the nuts (16).
(12) Tighten the screws (22) and (28).
(13) Put the upper back shroud (23) of the backrest in position on the seat (1).
(14) Install the fourteen screws (18) and tighten them.
(15) Push the lumbar rest control-knobs (19) and install the retainer rings (17).
(16) Install the knob (25) on the control lever (8) and install the screw (24).
(17) Tighten the screw (24).
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-62-410-050-A
A.
Subtask 25-11-62-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-62 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SAFETY HARNESS - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-63-000-001-A
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Harness Assy
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-64-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-63-991-00100-G - Safety Harness)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-63-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-02).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-63-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-11-63-020-051-A
B.
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Headrest Assy (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-11-63-020-052-C
C.
AES
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Harness Assy

NOTE :
Make marks on all the parts before disassembly to help you and prevent errors during assembly.
NOTE :
Lock the harness to remove it.
25-11-63 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Remove the screw (18), the washer (17) and the reel cover (19).
(2)
Remove the screw (7), the washer (8), the self-locking nut (9) and the abdominal strap (6) with the
buckle.
(3)
Remove the screw (12), the washer (11), the self-locking nut (10) and the abdominal strap (13) with
the connector.
(4)
Discard the self-locking nuts (9) and (10).
(5)
Remove the roll pin (15) from the cable end (16) and disconnect the cable (14) from the reel assy (5).
(6)
Remove the screw (30) and the knob (31).
(7)
Remove the two screws (26), the washers (27), the nuts (29) and then the control lever (28).
(8)
Remove the six nuts (4), the washers (3), the screws (2) and then the reel assy (5).
Subtask 25-11-63-020-053-E
D.
AES
Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Crotch Strap

NOTE :
NOTE :
Lock the harness to remove it.
(1)
Remove the screws (20), the washers (21) and (22) and the self-locking nuts (23).
(2)
Discard the self-locking nuts (23).
(3)
Remove the crotch strap (25) from the seat pan (24).
25-11-63 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR9
811
FR1
C
D
N_MM_251163_4_AAZ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-63-991-00100-G SHEET 1

Safety Harness
25-11-63 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2
18
17
19
3
4
5
16
15
14
13
29
6
31
9
8
30
12
11
29
27
20
26
25
28
27
C
10
21
26
24
22
23
N_MM_251163_4_AAZ0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-63-991-00100-G SHEET 2

Safety Harness
25-11-63 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-63-400-001-A
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Harness Assy
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
10
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-11-51-03-190
self-locking nut
self-locking nut
25-11-51-03-190
23
self-locking nuts
25-11-51-03-230
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-61-400-001-A
25-11-64-000-001-A
25-11-64-400-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-63-861-051-A
A.
Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Subtask 25-11-63-410-050-A
B.
AES

(1)
(2)
If installed, make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat headrest assy is removed (Ref. TASK
25-11-64-000-001-A).
25-11-63 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-63-420-050-E
A.
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Crotch Strap

(1)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2)
Put the crotch strap (25) in position on the seat pan (24).
(3)
Install the screws (20), the washers (21) and (22) and new (IPC-CSN 25-11-51-03) self-locking nuts
(23) .
(4)
Tighten the self-locking nuts (23).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-051-C
B.
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat-Harness Assy

(1)
(2)
Put the reel assy (5) in position on the backrest structure and install the six screws (2), the washers (3)
and the nuts (4).
(3)
Tighten the six nuts (4).
(4)
Put the control lever (28) in position and install the two screws (26), the washers (27) and the nuts
(29).
(5)
Tighten the two nuts (29).
(6)
Put the knob (31) in position and install the screw (30).
(7)
Tighten the screw (30).
(8)
Connect the cable (14) to the reel assy (5) and install the roll pin (15) in the cable end (16).
(9)
Put the abdominal strap (6) with the buckle in position, and install the screw (7), the washer (8) and a
new (IPC-CSN 25-11-51-03) self-locking nut (9) .
NOTE :
Make sure that the abdominal strap with the buckle is installed as follows:
. on the left side on the Captain seat
. on the right side on the First Officer seat.
(10) Tighten the self-locking nut (9).

(11) Put the abdominal strap (13) with the connector in position, and install the screw (12), the washer (11)
and a new (IPC-CSN 25-11-51-03) self-locking nut (10) .
(12) Tighten the self-locking nut (10).
(13) Put the reel cover (19) in position and install the screw (18) and the washer (17).
(14) Tighten the screw (18).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-052-A
C.
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Headrest Assy (Ref. TASK 25-11-64-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-11-63-420-053-A
D.
AES
Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-400-001-A).
25-11-63 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-63-862-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
25-11-63 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
HEADREST - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-64-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-64-991-00100-A - Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-64-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-64-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Push the two pushbuttons (15) of the headrest clips (7) and pull the headrest (6) up to remove it from
the seat (1).
(2)
Remove the retainer rings (2).
(3)
Pull with force to remove the lumbar rest control-knobs (3).
(4)
Remove the fourteen screws (5) and the upper back shroud (4) of the backrest from the seat (1).
(5)
Remove the headrest clip (7) from the upper strap guide (8).
(6)
Remove the three screws (12), the washers (13) and the reinforcement fitting (14).
(7)
Remove the upper strap guide (8), the two inserts (9) and the lower strap guide (10) from the harness
support (11).
25-11-64 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR9
A
A
C
6
811
FR1
15
B
C
B
7
14
10
13
12
2
3
11
N_MM_251164_4_BBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-64-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Captain (First Officer) Seat-Headrest Assy
25-11-64 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-64-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-64-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-64-420-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Put the lower strap guide (10) in position on the harness support (11).
(3)
Put the two inserts (9) in position on the lower strap guide (10).
(4)
Put the upper strap guide (8) in position and install the three screws (12), the washers (13) and the
reinforcement fitting (14).
(5)
Tighten the three screws (12).
(6)
Install the headrest clips (7) on the upper strap guide (8).
(7)
Push the lumbar rest control-knobs (3) to install them.
(8)
Install the retainer rings (2).
(9)
Put the upper back shroud (4) of the backrest in position on the seat (1) and install the fourteen screws
(5).
(10) Tighten the fourteen screws (5).

(11) Put the headrest (6) in position in the guides of the seat (1) and push it in.
AES
25-11-64 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(12) Make sure it is only necessary to push or pull the headrest (6) to adjust it to the correct position (up,
down or reclined).
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-64-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-64 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-65-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
AR MAGNETIC FINGER
AR SCREWDRIVER
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-62-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-65-991-00100-A - Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-65-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-11-65-010-050-A
B.
AES
Removal of the Seat Equipment

NOTE :
NOTE :
NOTE :
If necessary, keep the seat cushion in a dry and clean area.
(1)
Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001-A).
(2)
Remove the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud from the seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001A).
25-11-65 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-65-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the screw (7), the washer (1) and the nut (2).
(2)
Remove the retainer (6) and the ball (5) with a SCREWDRIVER or a MAGNETIC FINGER.
(3)
Disengage the armrest (3) from the armrest fitting (4).
(4)
Use a SCREWDRIVER to disengage the armcap (8) from the armrest (3).
(5)
Carefully disengage the rear part of the lower shroud (11) from the armrest structure (10).
(6)
Push the lower shroud (11) forward to disengage the button of the equipped lever (9) and remove the
lower shroud (11).
(7)
Remove the screw (15) and the spacer (14) from the bellcrank (13) of the armrest structure (10).
(8)
Remove the equipped lever (9) from the armrest structure (10).
25-11-65 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
811
FR9
FR1
B
FR13
FR1
B
C
6
5
4
1
2
N_MM_251165_4_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-65-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-11-65 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
D
8
E
E
10
15
14
13
F
11
12
F
16
17
12
10
N_MM_251165_4_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-65-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-11-65 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-65-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-013
B.
DESIGNATION
THREADLOCKER/SEALANT

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-61-400-001-A
25-11-62-000-001-A
25-11-62-400-001-A

(Ref. Fig. 25-11-65-991-00200-A - Adjustment of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-65-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion is removed (Ref. TASK
25-11-61-000-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud are removed (Ref. TASK
25-11-62-000-001-A).
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-65-991-00200-A - Adjustment of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy)
Subtask 25-11-65-420-050-A
A.

(1)
AES
25-11-65 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Install the equipped lever (9) on the armrest structure (10).
(3)
Install the spacer (14) and the screw (15) on the bellcrank (13) of the armrest structure (10).
(4)
Tighten and safety the screw (15) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-013) .
(5)
Engage the lower shroud (11) on the button of the equipped lever (9).
(6)
Engage the rear part of the lower shroud (11) on the armrest structure (10).
(7)
Engage the armrest (3) on the armrest fitting (4) and install the ball (5) and the retainer (6).
(8)
Install the screw (7), the washer (1) and the nut (2).
(9)

NOTE :
Adjust the force of the screw (7) on the ball (5) to hold the armrest back when it moves down.
(10) Do the steps that follow to adjust the armrest locking device:
(a)
Push the button of the equipped lever (9) to unlock the armrest (3).
(b)
Make sure that the button of the equipped lever has a travel of 7 mm (0.27 in.) to unlock the
armrest (3).
(c)
If necessary, adjust this travel to 7 mm (0.27 in.) with the setscrew (12).
(11) Do the steps that follow to adjust the armrest (3) on the seat:
(a)
Move the seat to the lowest position.
(b)
(c)
Move the armrest (3) to the lowest position.
(d)
Make sure that the clearance between the armrest (3) and the floor is between 405 and 427 mm
(15.95 and 16.81 in.).
(e)
If necessary, adjust this clearance to between 405 and 427 mm (15.95 and 16.81 in.) with the two
nuts (16) and tighten them.
(f)
(g)
Move the armrest (3) to the highest position.
(h)
Make sure that the clearance between the armrest (3) and the floor is between 570 and 590 mm
(22.44 and 23.23 in.).
(i)
If necessary, adjust this clearance to between 570 and 590 mm (22.44 and 23.23 in.) with the two
nuts (17) and tighten them.
(12) Engage the armcap (8) on the armrest (3) then push it vertically to lock.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-65-410-050-A
A.
AES
Installation of the Seat Equipment

NOTE :
NOTE :
(1)
Install the lower back shroud and the upper back shroud on the seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-400-001-A).
(2)
Install the Captain (First Officer) seat backrest cushion (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-400-001-A).
25-11-65 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-11-65-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-65 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
811
FR9
FR1
B
FR13
FR1
B
C
7mm
(0.27in.)
FWD
570mm (22.44in.) MINI.

590mm (23.23in.) MAXI.
405mm (15.95in.) MINI.

427mm (16.81in.) MAXI.
FLOOR REFERENCE
N_MM_251165_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-65-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Armrest Assy
25-11-65 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ARMREST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-65-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Inboard Armrest-Assy
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat inboard armrest-assy operates correctly.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-65-860-051-A
A.

(1)
4.
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-65-710-050-A
A.
Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Inboard Seat Armrest-Assy
ACTION
1.On the inboard armrest:
. Push the button and lift the armrest to a position less .
than 90 degrees.
. Release the button.
.
The armrest stays in position.
The armrest is in its stowage position.
The armrest stays in its stowage position.
AES
Push the button, lift the armrest to the vertical

position and turn it behind the backrest.
Release the button.
RESULT
The armrest moves correctly.
25-11-65 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-65-860-052-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-65 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-66-000-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
211
212
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-66-991-00100-A - Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest Assy)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-66-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-66-020-050-A
A.

NOTE :
(1)
Remove the three screws (13), the washers (12) and the assist armrest assy from the seat pan.
NOTE :
(2)
AES
Make sure that the seat is in the stowed position before you remove the screws (13) and the
washers (12).
Remove the cylinder (16):

(a)
Remove the screw (18) and the washer (17) from the cylinder (16).
(b)
Remove the cylinder (16) from the armrest (2).
(c)
Remove the setscrew (23) to release the pin (15).
(d)
Disengage the cylinder (16) and the pin (15) from the main pin (21).
(e)
Remove the pin (20), the washer (19), the pin (15) and the shouldered pin (14).
25-11-66 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Remove the armrest from the fitting (11):

(a)
Remove the screws (3), (5), (6) and the outer shroud (4).
(b)
Remove the setscrews (22) and (8).
(c)
Remove the two notched pins (7).
(d)
Disengage the main pin (21) from the fitting (11).
(e)
Remove the armrest (2) from the fitting (11).

NOTE :
AES
Retain the two shouldered bushes (9), (10) and the inner shroud.
(f)
Remove the screws (24) and the armcap (1) from the armrest (2).
(g)
Remove the casing (25) from the armcap (1).
25-11-66 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
811
FR1
FR9
B
FR13
1
FR1
25
5
8
6
23
22
7
10
21
24
20
19
11
15
14
18
17
12
16
12
13
N_MM_251166_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-66-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest Assy
25-11-66 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-66-400-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-013
B.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-66-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-66-420-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Install the armrest on the fitting (11):

(a)
Install the casing (25) on the armcap (1).
(b)
Install the armcap (1) on the armrest (2) and install the screws (24).
(c)
(d)
Install the armrest (2) on the fitting (11).
(e)
Install the main pin (21) on the fitting (11).
(f)
Install the two notched pins (7).
25-11-66 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(g)
Safety the setscrews (22) and (8) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-013) and install them in the main pin (21).
(h)
Tighten the setscrews (22) and (8).
(i)
Install the outer shroud (4), the screws (3), (5) and (6).
(j)
Tighten the screws (3), (5) and (6).
Install the cylinder (16):

(a)
Install the shouldered pin (14) through the cylinder (16) and the pin (15).
(b)
Install the washer (19) and the pin (20).
(c)
Engage the cylinder (16) and the pin (15) into the main pin (21).
(d)
Safety the setscrew (23) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-013)
and install it in the main pin (21).
(e)
Tighten the setscrew (23).
(f)
Install the cylinder (16) on the armrest (2) and install the screw (18) and the washer (17).
(g)
(4)
Install the assist armrest assy on the seat pan.
(5)
Safety the screws (13) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-013) .
(6)
Install the screws (13) and the washers (12) and tighten them.
NOTE :
(7)
5.
Make sure the seat is in the stowed position before you install the washers (13) and the screws
(13).
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-66-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-66 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ARMREST ASSY - ASSIST, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER SEAT ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-66-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Side Stick Armrest-Assy
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat side stick armrest-assy operates correctly.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-66-860-051-A
A.

(1)
4.
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-66-710-050-A
A.
Operational Test of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Side Stick Armrest-Assy
ACTION
1.On the side stick armrest:
. Turn the knurled knob installed at the end of the
armrest to tilt the armrest to the necessary position.
RESULT
.
Turn the knurled knob installed at the side of the

armrest to tilt the top armrest to the necessary
position.
Lift the armrest to the vertical position.
The armrest stays in position.
AES
25-11-66 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-66-860-052-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-66 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LUMBAR REST ASSY - SEAT, CAPTAIN/ FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-67-000-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-11-61-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-67-991-00100-A - Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-67-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-11-67-010-050-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-67-020-050-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
(1)
Remove the two retainer rings (4).
(2)
Pull with force to remove the two lumbar rest control-knobs (5).
(3)
Disengage the connectors (3) from the seat back structure (1).
(4)
Disengage the lumbar rest (2) from the seat back structure (1).
25-11-67 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
4MS
Z211 Z212
3MS
C
C
FR11
FR1
C
1
B
B
2
4
5
N_MM_251167_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-67-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Captain (First Officer) Seat Lumbar-Rest
25-11-67 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-67-400-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-61-400-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-67-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the Captain (Firt Officer) seat cushion is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-61-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-67-420-050-A
A.
5.

(1)
(2)
Engage the lumbar rest (2) on the seat back structure (1).
(3)
Engage the connectors (3) in the seat back structure (1).
(4)
Push the two lumbar rest control-knobs (5) to install them.
(5)
Install the two retainer rings (4).
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-67-410-050-A
A.

(1)
AES
25-11-67 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Subtask 25-11-67-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-67 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CYLINDER ASSY - SEAT CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-68-000-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-62-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-68-991-00100-A - Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-68-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-11-68-010-050-A
B.
4.
Removal of the Seat Equipment

(1)
(2)
Remove the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-68-020-050-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
(1)
Move the backrest (1) to its maximum forward position.
(2)
Remove the nut (14), the screw (9), the washers (10) and (13) and the shouldered spacer (12) from the
lower bracket (11) and the top end of the cylinder (8).
25-11-68 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(3)
Hold the cylinder (8) and remove the cotter pin (3), the washer (7), the pin (4) and the spacer (6) from
the bottom end of the lock (2) and the cylinder (8).
(4)
Remove the cylinder (8) from the seat pan (5).
25-11-68 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
FR9
811
FR1
B
FR13
FR1
B
14
11
13
12
10
C
2
3
8
4
5
N_MM_251168_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-68-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Captain (First Officer) Seat Cylinder Assy
25-11-68 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-68-400-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-61-400-001-A
25-11-62-000-001-A
25-11-62-400-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-68-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-000-001A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-68-420-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Put the bottom end of the cylinder (8) in position on the seat pan (5).
(3)
Install the pin (4), the spacer (6), the washer (7) and the cotter pin (3) on the bottom end of the
cylinder (8) and the lock (2).
(4)
Put the top end of the cylinder (8) in position on the lower bracket (11) and install the shouldered
spacer (12), the screw (9), the washers (10) and (13) and the nut (14).
(5)
Tighten the nut (14).
25-11-68 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-68-410-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Install the Captain (First Officer) seat shroud assy (Ref. TASK 25-11-62-400-001-A).
(3)
Subtask 25-11-68-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-68 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACCESSORIES - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER SEAT PAN AND BASE

- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-69-000-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-11-61-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-11-69-991-00100-A - Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-69-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-11-69-865-050-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 3MS
122VU
122VU
FOR FIN 4MS
122VU
122VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
1MS1
U11
5LE
Z05
1MS2
U14
4LE
Z06
25-11-69 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-11-69-010-050-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-69-020-050-A
A.
(1)
Remove the screws (4), (6), the washers (5), the nuts (15) and the wiring cover (3).
(2)
Remove the screws (7), the washers (8), the nuts (14) and the wiring cover (9).
(3)
Remove the screws (31), the washers (32) and the switch cover (30).
(4)
Remove the screws (23) and the electrical control switches (24).
(5)
Remove the nuts (22), the washers (21), (20) and the plate (19).
(6)
Disconnect the switch lugs from the switches (16).

NOTE :
Make marks on the switch lugs before disassembly to help you and prevent errors during
assembly.
(7)
Remove the screw (10), the washer (12), the nut (13) and the bonding lead (11).
(8)
Remove the screw (28), the washer (17), the nut (18) and the bonding lead (29).
(9)
Remove the socket head screws (26) and the H, V and R control levers (25).
(10) Pull the dust covers (1) up to remove them from the base assy (2).
AES
25-11-69 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
FR9
811
FR1
B
FR13
C
3
4
FR1
8
9
10
31
29 30
27
32
28
11
12
13
26
8
14
25
24
20
23
19
5
15
21
22
17
18
8
14
16
5
15
C
2
N_MM_251169_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-11-69-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Captain (First Officer) Seat Pan and Base Accessories
25-11-69 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-11-69-400-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-007
B.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-001-A
DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components with Rivets
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-11-61-000-001-A
25-11-61-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-11-69-860-050-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Subtask 25-11-69-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 3MS
122VU
122VU
FOR FIN 4MS
122VU
122VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
1MS1
U11
5LE
Z05
1MS2
U14
4LE
Z06
25-11-69 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-11-69-420-050-A
A.
(1)
Connect the switch lugs to the switches (16).

NOTE :
Refer to the marks when you connect the switch lugs.
(2)
Install the plate (19) on the switches (16).
(3)
Install the washers (20), (21) and the nuts (22) and tighten them.
(4)
Install the electrical control switches (24) and the screws (23) and tighten them.
(5)
Install the switch cover (30) on the seat pan (27) and on the plate (19).
(6)
Install the screws (31), the washers (32) and tighten them.
(7)
Install the bonding lead (11), the screw (10), the washer (12) and the nut (13).
(8)
Safety the nut (13) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-007) and tighten
the screw (10).
NOTE :
(9)
Make sure that you do the electrical bonding when you install the bonding lead (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-001-A).
Install the bonding lead (29), the screw (28), the washer (17) and the nut (18).
(10) Safety the nut (18) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-007) and tighten
the screw (28).
NOTE :
Make sure that you do the electrical bonding when you install the bonding lead (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-001-A).
(11) Install the wiring cover (3), the screws (4), (6), the washers (5) and the nuts (15) and tighten them.
(12) Install the wiring cover (9), the screws (7), the washers (8) and the nuts (14) and tighten them.
(13) Install the H, V and R control levers (25) and the socket head screws (26) and tighten them.
(14) Push the dust covers (1) down to install them on the base assy (2).
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-11-69-410-050-A
A.
Installation of Seat Equipment

(1)
(2)
Subtask 25-11-69-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 3MS
122VU
122VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
1MS1
U11
5LE
Z05
25-11-69 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
FOR FIN 4MS
122VU
122VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
1MS2
U14
4LE
Z06
Subtask 25-11-69-862-050-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-11-69 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-00-11200-A - Cockpit Lining and Furnishings)
The heat and sound insulation blankets are covered by lining and furnishing panels, which also provide cockpit
decoration. The lining panels are easily removable, so as to enable access to the installations behind these panels.
Various furnishings are fitted in the cockpit for the comfort, convenience and safety of the crew.
AES
25-13-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Description
A.
Linings
The shapes and colors of the linings have been designed to provide a harmonious and sound-insulated cockpit.
All the elements located in the areas near the pilots head have been protected by foam linings.
The linings are made from the following materials :
(1) Monolithic: fiber + resin
(2) Sandwich : fiber + resin + Nomex (Honeycomb)
(3) Imitation leather foam sections :
(a) Front and side strips
(b) Assist handles
(c) Top of glareshield
(d) Top of console
(4) Flocked sections :
Various stowages in the consoles and ceiling lining panels
B.
AES
Floor covering
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-00-13000-A - Cockpit Carpet Installation)
The cockpit floor is covered with easy-to-clean and sun-and moisture-resistant carpet.
25-13-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_251300_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-00-11200-A SHEET 1

Cockpit Lining and Furnishings
25-13-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
ZONE 210
A
FR1
N_MM_251300_0_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-00-13000-A SHEET 1

Cockpit Carpet Installation
25-13-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-00-040-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-13-01B
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-13-01B
Pilot Sliding Table
(Old MMEL ref: 25-13-01)
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
25-13-14-000-002-A
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-051-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-00-020-050-A
A.

(1)
5.
Remove the defective Captain and/or First Officer sliding-tables (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-052-A
A.
AES
(1)
(2)
25-13-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-00-440-001-A
FIN 3MS, 4MS
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-13-01B
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-13-01B
Pilot Sliding Table
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
B.
REFERENCE
25-13-14-400-002-A
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-053-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-00-420-050-A
A.

(1)
5.
Install new Captain and/or First Officer sliding-tables (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-400-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-054-A
A.
AES
25-13-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
FIN 3MS, 4MS
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-13-02B
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-13-02B
Pilot Retractable Footrest
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
B.
REFERENCE
25-13-14-000-005-A
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-055-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-00-020-051-A
A.
Deactivation of the Captain and/or First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

(1)
5.
Remove the defective Captain and/or First-Officer retractable foot-rests (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-005A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-056-A
A.
AES
(1)
(2)
25-13-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-00-440-002-A
Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
FIN 3MS, 4MS
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-13-02B
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-13-02B
Pilot Retractable Footrest
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
B.
REFERENCE
25-13-14-400-005-A
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-057-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-00-420-051-A
A.
Reactivation of the Captain and/or First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

(1)
5.
Install new Captain and/or First-Officer retractable foot-rests (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-400-005-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-058-A
A.
AES
25-13-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LINING AND FURNISHINGS - CLEANING/PAINTING

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-00-100-001-A
Cleaning of Foam Plastic (Polyurethane) Parts
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
AR BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
No specific
AR
B.
WATER - SOAPY SOLUTION
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-017
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
D.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-861-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-13-00 PB701
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-00-160-050-A
A.
Cleaning
NOTE :
5.
If the foam plastic parts are damaged, send them to the vendor for repair.
(1)
If you find stains of mud, chocolate, fruit juice, blood or sweet drinks on the parts:
. use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT to clean them with WATER - SOAPY SOLUTION (natural soap
or 5 percent liquid detergent)
or
. use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) to clean them with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-017)
(2)
If you find stains of ink, tar, engine oil or grease on the parts:
use a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) to clean them with CLEANING AGENTS
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-00-410-050-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
Subtask 25-13-00-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-13-00 PB701
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-00-370-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 220 - 240)
No specific
AR
PAPER - MASKING
No specific
No specific
AR
AR
TAPE - MASKING
VACUUM CLEANER
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 16-047
C.
DESIGNATION
STRUCTURE PAINTS
DECORATIVE PAINT (INTERNAL APPLIC.)

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
211
212
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
D.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-00-861-051-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-00-370-050-A
A.
Painting Procedure
(1)
Put PAPER - MASKING and TAPE - MASKING on the area adjacent to the damage.
(2)
Remove the damaged paint and primer coatings with CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 220 - 240).
NOTE :
(3)
Clean the prepared and adjacent areas with a VACUUM CLEANER to remove particles of dust and dirt.
(4)
Apply a thin layer of paint of the applicable color STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047) .
NOTE :
AES
Make sure that the surface is smooth and flat.
Make sure that the thickness is not more than 25 micrometers.
25-13-00 PB701
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
5.
Remove the masking paper and masking tape.
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-00-860-050-A
A.
Subtask 25-13-00-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-13-00 PB701
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SUNVISOR - WINDSHIELD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-11-000-001-A
FIN 9MM, 10MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-11-991-00100-B - Windshield Sunvisor)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-11-860-050-A
A.
4.

Not applicable.
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-11-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the three screws (2) from the plate (3).
(2)
Remove the sunvisor (1).
(3)
Remove the screw (5).
(4)
Remove the clip (4).
25-13-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
B
A
21MM20MM
CUP NOTCH
B
BENT PIN
3
2
1
9MM10MM
N_MM_251311_4_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-11-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Windshield Sunvisor
25-13-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-11-400-001-A
FIN 9MM, 10MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-11-860-051-A
A.
4.

Not applicable.
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-11-420-050-A
A.

CAUTION :
5.
WHEN YOU PUT THE SUNVISOR IN THE STORED POSITION, MAKE SURE THAT THE
BENT PIN IS CORRECTLY ALIGNED WITH THE CUP NOTCH OF THE SUNVISOR SUPPORT.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SUNVISOR.
(1)
Install the sunvisor (1).
(2)
Install the three screws (2) and tighten.
(3)
Install the clip (4).
(4)
Install the screw (5) and tighten.
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-11-860-052-A
A.

(1)
AES
25-13-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY - MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-14-820-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-14-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Cockpit Table)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-861-056-A
A.
4.

Procedure
Subtask 25-13-14-820-050-A
A.

(Ref. Fig. 25-13-14-991-01000-A - Adjustment of the Cockpit Table)
(1)
Make sure that the handle (3) and the handle arms (2), (4) are in the aligned position.
(a)
(2)
Open and close the table (1).
(3)
Make sure that the table (1) does not touch the handle (3) and the handle arms (2), (4).
(a)
AES
If necessary, loosen or tighten the screw (6) of the stop (5).
If necessary, loosen or tighten the screws (9) to adjust the position of the sliders (8) in the fittings
(7).
25-13-14 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-14-942-056-A
A.
Subtask 25-13-14-862-051-A
B.
AES

25-13-14 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
C
B
D
N_MM_251314_2_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-14-991-01000-A SHEET 1

25-13-14 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ALIGNED POSITION
C
4
7
3
NOT ALIGNED POSITION
6
5
9
N_MM_251314_2_AAA0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-14-991-01000-A SHEET 2

25-13-14 PB201
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-14-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-14-991-00100-A - Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly.)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-860-060-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-14-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Foot Rest and sliding Table Assembly

(1)
Remove the thermoformed cover from the left (right) instrument panel.
(2)
Remove the screws (2).
(3)
(4)
Remove the screws (4) and retain the slot flap (5).
(5)
Remove the slot flap (5).
(6)
Remove the foot rest and sliding table assembly (1) from the framework (6).
25-13-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
B
3
4
5
SECTION BB
6
1
4
5
N_MM_251314_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-14-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly.
25-13-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-14-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-860-062-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-14-420-050-A
A.
5.

(1)
Install the foot rest and sliding table assembly (1) on the framework (6).
(2)
Install the screws (2).
(3)
Install the slot flap (5) and the screws (4).
(4)
(5)
(6)
Install the thermoformed cover on the left (right) instrument panel.
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-14-942-050-A
A.
(1)
AES
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.
25-13-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-14-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-14-991-00200-A - Sliding Table.)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-860-061-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-14-020-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
Pull the table. Do not remove it fully from its housing.
(2)
(3)
Remove the sliding table (7).
25-13-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_251314_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-14-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Sliding Table.
25-13-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-14-400-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-860-063-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-14-420-051-A
A.
5.

(1)
Remove the arm (9).
(2)
Install the sliding table.
(3)
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-14-942-051-A
A.
AES
25-13-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-14-000-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-13-14-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-14-991-00300-C - Actuator on the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-861-051-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1225 FOR A/C 003-004
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-13-14-020-052-B
A.
Removal of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-001-A)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1225 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-13-14-020-053-B
B.
AES

(1)
Put the foot rest assembly (10) on a bench, with the foot rest on the top and in the stowed position.
(2)
Remove the cotter pin (4) (on the actuator rod side) and discard it.
(3)
Remove the nut (3) and the washer (2).
(4)
Lightly compress the actuator (5) and disengage the actuator rod from the hinge pin (1).
(5)
Remove the cotter pin (9) (on actuator body side) and discard it.
(6)
25-13-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(7)
Disengage the hinge pin (6).
(8)
Remove the actuator.
25-13-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1225 FOR A/C 003-004
A
10
7
4
3
2
N_MM_251314_4_AEP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-14-991-00300-C SHEET 1

Actuator on the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly
25-13-14 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-14-400-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-13-14-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-861-052-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1225 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-13-14-420-052-B
A.
AES

(1)
Install the foot rest assembly (10) on a bench, with the foot rest on the top and in the stowed position.
(2)
Engage the actuator (5) (on actuator body side) in the clevis, engage the hinge pin (6).
(3)
Install the washer (7), the nut (8) and tighten it.
(4)
Install a new cotter pin (9).
(5)
Compress the actuator (5) (3 mm approximately) and engage the actuator rod in its hinge pin (1).
(6)
Install the washer (2), the nut (3) and tighten it.
(7)
Install a new cotter pin (4).
25-13-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-13-14-420-053-B
B.
5.
Installation of the Foot Rest and Sliding Table Assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-400-001-A)
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-14-942-052-A
A.
Removal of Equipement
(1)
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items
Subtask 25-13-14-861-053-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-13-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-14-000-005-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
25-13-14-000-003-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-14-991-00900-B - Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-840-050-A
A.
Preparation for the Removal

(1)
4.
Remove the actuator on the foot rest assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-003-A).
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1225 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-13-14-020-056-B
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the cotter pin (2) and discard it.
(2)
(3)
Disengage the hinge pin (7).
(4)
Remove the washers (5), (6) when installed.
(5)
Remove the retractable foot rest (1).
25-13-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1225 FOR A/C 003-004
B
C
B
7
2
3
4
6
N_MM_251314_4_AHF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-14-991-00900-B SHEET 1

Captain and First-Officer Retractable Foot-Rests
25-13-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-14-400-005-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
2
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-13-01-31-010
cotter pins
C.
REFERENCE
25-13-14-000-003-A
DESIGNATION
25-13-14-400-003-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-860-059-A
A.

(1)
4.
Make sure that the actuator on the foot rest assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-000-003-A).
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1225 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-13-14-420-056-B
A.
AES

(1)
Put the retractable foot rest (1) in position.
(2)
Install the whashers (5) and (6).
(3)
Engage the hinge pin (7).
(4)
Install the washer (4) and the nut (3).
(5)
Install new (IPC-CSN 25-13-01-31) cotter pins (2) .
25-13-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-13-14-840-051-A
A.

(1)
AES
Install the actuator on the foot rest assembly (Ref. TASK 25-13-14-400-003-A).
25-13-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FOOT REST AND SLIDING TABLE ASSEMBLY INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-14-200-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-14-991-00600-A - Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-14-860-057-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-14-210-051-A
A.
5.
Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator

(Ref. Fig. 25-13-14-991-00600-A - Visual Inspection of the Foot Rest Actuator)
(1)
On the foot rest assembly (1), push the foot rest (2) down.
(2)
Release pressure and let the foot rest come back to its stowed position.
(3)
Make sure that the foot rest (2) is against the stop (3).
(4)
If the foot rest (2) is not against the stop (3), replace the actuator (4).
(5)
Do the same operation for each foot rest assembly.
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-14-942-055-A
A.
AES
25-13-14 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-13-14-860-058-A
B.

(1)
AES
De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-13-14 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
B
CORRECT STOWED POSITION
4
2
INCORRECT STOWED POSITION
N_MM_251314_6_AAP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-14-991-00600-A SHEET 1

25-13-14 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LINING PANELS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-41-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-41-991-00100-A - Ceiling Panels)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-865-050-A
A.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1LE
H08
122VU
LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME
3LE
Y06
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-41-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Disengage the clip (12). To do this, pull the panel (11).
(2)
Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel (10).
(3)
Remove the panel (10).
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
25-13-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(9)
(10) Remove the panel (6).

(11) Loosen the fasteners (1) and remove the screws (2) from the panel (5).
(13) Remove the emergency descent device from its housing.
(15) Remove the panel (4) and disengage the emergency descent device.
AES
25-13-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
10
11
C
8
A B
B
4
TYPICAL ATTACHMENT
BY SCREW
TYPICAL ATTACHMENT
BY FASTENER
TYPICAL ATTACHMENT
BY CLIP
12
N_MM_251341_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Ceiling Panels
25-13-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-41-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-865-051-A
A.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
1LE
H08
122VU
LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME
3LE
Y06
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-41-420-050-A
A.

(1)
Put the panel (3) in position.
(2)
Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (3).
(3)
Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (3).
(4)
Engage the emergency descent device in the panel (4).
(5)
(6)
(7)
Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (4).
(8)
(9)
(10) Lock the fasteners (1) on the panel (5).

(11) Put the panel (6) in position.
(12) Install and tighten the screws (2) on the panel (6).
(14) Install the panel (7).
AES
25-13-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(24) Put the panel (11) in position and push it to engage the clip (12).
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-41-865-052-A
A.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1LE
FIN
H08
LOCATION
122VU
LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME
3LE
Y06
Subtask 25-13-41-942-050-A
B.
AES
25-13-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-41-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-41-991-00200-A - Sidewall Panels (211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW, 211DW, 212DW))
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-41-991-00300-A - Sidewall Panels (211AW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW))
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-41-991-00400-A - Sidewall Panel 211LW)
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-41-991-00500-A - Sidewall Panels (212HW, 212JW))
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-41-991-00600-A - Sidewall Panel 212KW)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-41-020-051-A
A.
Removal of the panels 211DW, 212DW, 211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW

(1)
(2)
(3)
AES
Removal of the panel 211DW (212DW)

(a)
(b)
Loosen the fasteners (4).
(c)
Remove the panel (1), ((5)).
Removal of the panel 211FW (212FW)

(a)
(b)
(c)
Disconnect the plug behind the panel 17VU (16VU) (13).
(d)
Removal of the panel 211EW (212EW)

(a)
(b)
Remove the wastebin (7).
(c)
Remove the screw (11) and the washer (10).
25-13-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(d)
Subtask 25-13-41-020-052-A
B.
Removal of the Panels 211AW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW

(1)
(2)
Removal of the panel 211AW (212AW)

(a)
(b)
(c)
Removal of the panel 211BW (212BW)

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Remove the ramp (9)
(e)
Subtask 25-13-41-020-053-A
C.
Removal of the Panel 211LW

(1)
(2)
Loosen the fastener (3).
(3)
Subtask 25-13-41-020-054-A
D.
Removal of the Panels 212HW and 212JW

(1)
(2)
Removal of the Panel 212HW

(a)
(b)
(c)
Removal of the panel 212JW

(a)
Remove the panel 212DW.
(b)
(c)
Subtask 25-13-41-020-055-A
E.
AES
Removal of the Panel 212KW

(1)
(2)
25-13-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
A
2
3
3
2
C
211DW
D
B
TYPICAL ATTACHMENT
BY FASTENER
2
3
3
5
212DW
7
8
4
211EW
212EW
11
12
13
10
11
4
211FW
14
212FW
D
N_MM_251341_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Sidewall Panels (211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW, 211DW,
212DW)
25-13-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
TYPICAL ATTACHMENT
BY FASTENER
1
2
11
10
8
7
3
211AW
212AW
6
5
211BW
212BW
N_MM_251341_4_ADM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-41-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Sidewall Panels (211AW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW)
25-13-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
3
B
2
211LW
B
TYPICAL ATTACHMENT
BY FASTENER
3
N_MM_251341_4_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-41-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Sidewall Panel 211LW
25-13-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
A
1
212JW
7
6
B
TYPICAL ATTACHMENT
BY FASTENER
212HW 5
N_MM_251341_4_AFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-41-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Sidewall Panels (212HW, 212JW)
25-13-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z210
FR24A
A
120VU
FR1
TYPICAL ATTACHMENT
BY FASTENER
C
1
212KW
N_MM_251341_4_AHM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-41-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Sidewall Panel 212KW
25-13-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-41-400-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-41-861-051-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-41-210-050-A
A.
Preparation for installation

(1)
(2)
Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
Subtask 25-13-41-420-051-A
B.
Installation of the Panels 211EW, 212EW, 211FW, 212FW, 211DW, 212DW

(1)
(2)
AES
Installation of the panel 211EW (212EW)

(a)
(b)
Install the washers (9) and the screws (8), tighten them.
(c)
Install the washer (10) and the screw (11), tighten it.
(d)
Install the wastebin (7).
Installation of the panel 211FW (212FW)

(a)
(b)
Connect the plug behind the panel 17VU (16VU) (13).
25-13-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(c)
(d)
Lock the fasteners (4).
Installation of the Panel 211DW (212DW)

(a)
Put the panel (1), ((5)) in position.
(b)
(c)
Subtask 25-13-41-420-052-A
C.
Installation of the Panels 211AWW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW

(1)
(2)
Installation of the panel 211AW (212AW)

(a)
(b)
Install the washers (1) and the screws (2). Tighten the screws.
(c)
Installation of the panel 211BW (212BW)

(a)
(b)
Install the washer (8), the screw (7) and the ramp (9). Tighten the screw.
(c)
Install the screw (10) and the washer (11). Tighten it.
(d)
Install the screw (6). Tighten it.
Subtask 25-13-41-420-053-A
D.
Installation of the Panel 211LW

(1)
(2)
(3)
Lock the fastener (3).
Subtask 25-13-41-420-054-A
E.
Installation of the Panels 212HW and 212JW

(1)
(2)
Installation of the panel 212HW

(a)
(b)
(c)
Installation of the panel 212JW

(a)
(b)
(c)
Install the panel 212DW.
Subtask 25-13-41-420-055-A
F.
AES
Installation of the Panel 212KW

25-13-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(1)
(2)
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-41-410-050-A
A.
Subtask 25-13-41-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-13-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ROLLER BLIND - SLIDING WINDOW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-42-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-42-991-00100-A - Sliding Window Roller-Blind)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-42-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.
Open the sliding window.
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-42-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Remove the casing (3).
(3)
(4)
Remove the roller blind (1).
(5)
Remove and discard the O-rings (5).
25-13-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
1
5
4
N_MM_251342_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Sliding Window Roller-Blind
25-13-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-42-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
5
DESIGNATION
C.
REFERENCE
3.
IPC-CSN
25-13-13-01-080
O-rings
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-42-860-051-A
A.

(1)
4.
Make sure that the sliding window is open.
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-42-420-050-A
A.
5.

(1)
Put the new (IPC-CSN 25-13-13-01) O-rings (5) in position.
(2)
Put the roller blind (1) in position.
(3)
(4)
Put the casing (3) in position.
(5)
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-42-860-052-A
A.
AES

(1)
Close the sliding window.
(2)
25-13-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ROLLER BLIND - FIXED WINDOW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-43-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-43-991-00100-A - Fixed Window Roller-Blind)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-43-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)
On the fixed window remove the screws (2).
(2)
Remove the cover (1).
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-43-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the screws (3) and washers (4).
(2)
Remove the roller blind (5).
25-13-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
A
B
2
4
3
N_MM_251343_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-43-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Fixed Window Roller-Blind
25-13-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-43-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-43-860-051-A
A.
4.

Not applicable.
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-43-420-050-A
A.
5.

(1)
Put the roller-blind (5) in position.
(2)
Install the washer (4) and tighten the screws (3).
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-43-860-052-A
A.
AES

(1)
Put the cover (1) in position and tighten the screws (2).
(2)
25-13-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CARPET - COCKPIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-44-000-001-A
Removal of the Cockpit Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-11-41-000-001-A
25-11-42-000-001-A
25-11-51-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-44-991-00200-A - Case Stops)

(Ref. Fig. 25-13-44-991-00100-A - Textile Floor Covering)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-44-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-44-020-050-B
A.
Removal of the Seats

(1)
Remove the Fourth Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-42-000-001-A).
(2)
Remove the Third Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-000-001-A).
(3)
Remove the Captain and the First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-13-44-020-052-A
B.
Removal of the case stops

(1)
Remove the eight screws (1) and washers (2).
(2)
Remove the four case stops.
Subtask 25-13-44-020-051-A
C.
AES
Removal of the Textile Floor Covering

25-13-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(1)
Remove the twelve screws (5).
(2)
Remove the grid (3).
(3)
Remove the cover strip (4).
(4)
Remove the floor covering (1):

(a)
Use a non-metallic scraper to release the carpet from the floor.
(b)
Remove the remaining double-sided adhesive tape (2) with the non-metallic scraper.
25-13-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
1
2
3
N_MM_251344_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-44-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Case Stops
25-13-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
Z210
4
3
FR1
2
2
N_MM_251344_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-44-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Textile Floor Covering
25-13-44 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-44-400-001-A
Installation of the Cockpit Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-118
Material No: 11-003
C.
QTY
1
ROLLER - RUBBER
DESIGNATION
CARPET TAPE
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-11-41-000-001-A
25-11-41-400-001-A
25-11-42-000-001-A

25-11-42-400-001-A
25-11-51-000-001-A
25-11-51-400-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-44-860-050-B
A.
AES

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the Captain and the First Officer seats are removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-000-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the Third Occupant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-000-001-A).
(4)
Make sure that the Fourth Occupant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-11-42-000-001-A).
(5)
Make sure that the four case stops are removed.
25-13-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-44-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Textile Floor Covering

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION :
(1)
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF

CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.

NOTE :
Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) to clean the floor area.
(2)
Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-118) (2).
(3)
Apply pressure on the adhesive tapes with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
(4)
Carefully put the floor covering (1) in position.

NOTE :
(5)
Make sure that the installation is correct around the seat bases.
Apply pressure on the floor covering to put it in position.

NOTE :
Make sure that the floor covering does not cause a blockage of the holes for attachment of the
seats.
(6)
Install the grid (3).
(7)
Install the cover strip (4).
(8)
Install the twelve screws (5).
Subtask 25-13-44-420-052-A
B.
Installation of the case stops

(1)
Install the four case stops (3).
(2)
Install the eight washers (2) and screws (1).
Subtask 25-13-44-420-051-B
C.
AES
Installation of the Seats

(1)
Install the Fourth Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-42-400-001-A).
(2)
Install the Third Occupant seat (Ref. TASK 25-11-41-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the Captain and the First Officer seats (Ref. TASK 25-11-51-400-001-A).
25-13-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-44-860-051-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
Subtask 25-13-44-862-050-A
B.
AES
25-13-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT CENTER PEDESTAL FOAM PANELS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-45-000-001-A
Removal of the Foam Panels
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
22-82-12-000-001-A
23-13-13-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the MCDU
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23-51-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
27-51-43-000-001-A
27-92-14-000-001-A
Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever

Removal of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
31-35-22-000-001-A
34-41-12-000-001-A
34-52-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Printer

Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit
Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-45-991-00100-A - Left Foam Panel)

(Ref. Fig. 25-13-45-991-00200-A - Right Foam Panel)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-45-865-050-A
A.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
1LE
H08
122VU
2LE
Z04
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-13-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-45-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Adjacent Units

(1)
Remove the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) (3CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001-A).
(2)
Remove the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-001-A).
(3)
Remove the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-001-A).
(4)
Remove the FLOOD LT/INTEG LT panel 111VU.
(5)
Remove the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-000-001-A).
(6)
Remove the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) (Ref. TASK 27-92-14-000-001-A).
(7)
Remove the MCDU (3CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001-A).
(8)
Remove the RMP (1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-001-A).
(9)
Remove the ACP (2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-001-A).
(10) Remove the FLOOD LT panel 112VU.

(11) Remove the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-000-001-A).
(12) Remove the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-000-001-A).
(13) Remove the printer (4TW) (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-13-45-020-051-A
B.
Removal of the Left Foam Panel

(1)
Remove the five screws (4) and the five washers (2) from the center pedestal structure (1).
(2)
Remove the three screws (5) and the three washers (2) from the center pedestal structure (1).
(3)
Remove the two screws (3) and the two washers (2) from the center pedestal structure (1).
(4)
Remove the left foam panel (6) from the center pedestal structure (1).
Subtask 25-13-45-020-052-A
C.
AES
Removal of the Right Foam Panel

(1)
Remove the six screws (3) and the six washers (2) from the center pedestal structure (1).
(2)
Remove the three screws (4) and the three washers (2) from the center pedestal structure (1).
(3)
Remove the two screws (5) and the two washers (2) from the center pedestal structure (1).
(4)
Remove the right foam panel (6) from the center pedestal structure (1).
25-13-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4
2
2
3
2
5
2
6
1
A
N_MM_251345_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-45-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Left Foam Panel
25-13-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
3
3
2
5
2
4
2
6
1
N_MM_251345_4_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-45-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Right Foam Panel
25-13-45 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-45-400-001-A
Installation of the Foam Panels
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
22-82-12-000-001-A
22-82-12-400-002-A
23-13-13-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the MCDU
Installation of the MCDU
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23-13-13-400-001-A
Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23-51-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
23-51-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4,
2RN5)
27-51-43-000-001-A
27-51-43-400-001-A
27-92-14-000-001-A
Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever

Installation of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
Removal of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit
27-92-14-400-001-A
31-35-22-000-001-A
31-35-22-400-001-A
34-41-12-000-001-A
34-41-12-400-001-A
34-52-12-000-001-A
Installation of the Speedbrake Control Transducer Unit

Removal of the Printer
Installation of the Printer
Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit
Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit
Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit
34-52-12-400-001-A
Installation of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-45-865-051-A
A.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1LE
FIN
H08
LOCATION
122VU
2LE
Z04
Subtask 25-13-45-860-050-A
B.

(1)
AES
Make sure that the MCDU (3CA1) is removed (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001-A).
25-13-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Make sure that the RMP (1RG1) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the ACP (2RN1) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-001-A).
(4)
Make sure that the FLOOD LT/INTEG LT panel 111VU is removed.
(5)
Make sure that the weather radar control unit (3SQ) is removed (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-000-001-A).
(6)
Make sure that the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) is removed (Ref. TASK 27-92-14-000-001A).
(7)
Make sure that the MCDU (3CA2) is removed (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001-A).
(8)
Make sure that the RMP (1RG2) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-001-A).
(9)
Make sure that the ACP (2RN2) is removed (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-001-A).
(10) Make sure that the FLOOD LT panel 112VU is removed.

(11) Make sure that the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) is removed (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-000-001-A).
(12) Make sure that the flap and slat control lever is removed (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-000-001-A).
(13) Make sure that the printer (4TW) is removed (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-000-001-A).
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-45-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Left Foam Panel

(1)
Put and hold in position the left foam panel (6) on the center pedestal structure (1).
(2)
Install the two screws (3), the two washers (2) and tighten them.
(3)
Install the three screws (5), the three washers (2) and tighten them.
(4)
Install the five screws (4), the five washers (2) and tighten them.
Subtask 25-13-45-420-051-A
B.
Installation of the Right Foam Panel

(1)
Put and hold in position the right foam panel (6) on the center pedestal structure (1).
(2)
Install the two screws (5), the two washers (2) and tighten them.
(3)
Install the three screws (4), the three washers (2) and tighten them.
(4)
Install the six screws (3), the six washers (2) and tighten them.
Subtask 25-13-45-420-052-A
C.
AES
Installation of the Adjacent Units

(1)
Install the MCDU (3CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-400-002-A).
(2)
Install the RMP (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the ACP (2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-400-001-A).
(4)
Install the FLOOD LT/INTEG LT panel 111VU.
(5)
Install the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-400-001-A).
(6)
Install the speedbrake control transducer unit (7CE) (Ref. TASK 27-92-14-400-001-A).
(7)
Install the MCDU (3CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-400-002-A).
(8)
Install the RMP (1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-400-001-A).
25-13-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(9)
Install the ACP (2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-400-001-A).
(10) Install the FLOOD LT panel 112VU.

(11) Install the ATC/TCAS control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-400-001-A).
(12) Install the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-400-001-A).
(13) Install the printer (4TW) (Ref. TASK 31-35-22-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-13-45-865-052-A
D.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1LE
H08
122VU
2LE
Z04
5.
FIN
LOCATION
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-45-860-051-A
A.
AES
25-13-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COAT STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-46-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-13-41-000-001-A
25-13-41-000-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-13-46-991-00100-A - Coat Stowage)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-46-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-13-46-010-050-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
If necessary, remove the ceiling panels that are against the coat stowage (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-001A).
(2)
If necessary, remove the sidewall panels that are against the coat stowage (Ref. TASK
25-13-41-000-002-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-46-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the setscrews (16) and the bar (17).
(2)
Remove the bolts (1) and (6), the washers (7), the screws (13) and (14) and the panel (12).
(3)
Remove the screws (9), the covers (8) and (10).
(4)
Remove the bolts (5), the washers (4) and the panel (11).
(5)
Remove the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the panel (15).
25-13-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
A
B
B
FR12
2
3
B
FR11
C
D
C
C
6
7
4
N_MM_251346_4_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-46-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Coat Stowage
25-13-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
16
17
16
14
15
9
10
13
12
11
N_MM_251346_4_AAA0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-13-46-991-00100-A SHEET 2

Coat Stowage
25-13-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-13-46-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-13-41-400-001-A
25-13-41-400-002-A
25-13-46-000-001-A


3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-13-46-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the removal task is completed before you do the installation task (Ref. TASK
25-13-46-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-13-46-420-050-A
A.
5.

(1)
Put the panel (15) in position and install the washers (3) and the bolts (2). Tighten the bolts (2).
(2)
Put the panel (11) in position and install the washers (4) and the bolts (5). Tighten the bolts (5).
(3)
Put the covers (8) and (10) in position, install and tighten the screws (9).
(4)
Put the panel (12) in position and install the washers (7), the bolt (1) and (6) and the screws (13) and
(14). Tighten the bolts (1) and (6) and then screws (13) and (14).
(5)
Install and tighten the setscrews (16) and put the bar (17) in position.
Close-up
Subtask 25-13-46-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
If removed, install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-001-A).
(2)
If removed, install the sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-002-A).
25-13-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Subtask 25-13-46-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-13-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT EQUIPMENT RACKS - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The Rear Panel 120VU is installed in the cockpit, it is located on the right hand side, behind the First Officer seat.
This rack houses:
. in the lower section, the AC and DC electrical power centers,
. in the center section, the primary circuit breakers and the power circuits,
. in the upper section, the system circuit breakers requiring no action in flight.
AES
25-14-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-14-00-12300-A - Rear Panel 120VU - Component Location)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
! PANEL!ZONE!ACCESS !
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------120VU
REAR PNL
AES
25-14-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
Description
(Ref. Fig. 25-14-00-13800-A - Rear Panel 120VU)
A.
Rack Lower Section

This section of the rack is divided into several compartments. Each compartment houses electrical generation
equipment such as contactors, TRs, etc. associated with the corresponding systems:
. system 1 AC compartment associated with engine 1 generator,
. system 2 AC compartment associated with engine 2 generator,
. APU system and ground power unit AC compartment associated with the APU generators and the ground
power unit,
. system 1 DC compartment,
. system 2 DC compartment.
B.
Rack Center Section

This section of the rack houses the primary circuit breakers associated with the electrical generation systems
installed in the lower section of the rack and some primary circuit breakers.
These circuit breakers are grouped per system, their functional designation is given and they are geographically
located by means of placards.
C.
Rack Upper Section

This section of the rack houses, split over two panels, all the distribution circuit breakers protecting the
electrical lines supplying the systems.
These circuit breakers are grouped per system, their functional designation is given and they are geographically
located by means of placards.
D. Access to the various components

Access to the AC and DC electrical power centers is gained by removing the cover plates.
Access to the inside of the circuit breaker panels is gained by opening the hinged panels.
AES
25-14-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z 210
FR24
FR1
A
120VU
N_MM_251400_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-14-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Rear Panel 120VU - Component Location
25-14-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
A
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
3 RD OCCUPANT
SEAT
PRIMARY
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
USE
POSITION
AC & DC
ELECTRICAL
CENTER
AC2
APU
&
EXT PWR
AC1
DC
N_MM_251400_0_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-14-00-13800-A SHEET 1

Rear Panel 120VU
25-14-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The passenger compartment is in the upper fuselage section. It is between the partition on FR12/13 of the flight
compartment and the aft pressure bulkhead on FR70.
AES
25-20-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-14000-BI - Cabin Layout VX1)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-14000-IO - Cabin Layout - AES02/VX02 (Aerolineas de Columbia))
AES
25-20-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
A.
The Cabin
The cabin is divided into utility areas and seating areas. The passenger/crew doors and emergency exits are also
included in the cabin area.
The utility areas are adjacent to the cabin entrances.
The passenger seating area is between the forward utility area and the aft utility area.
Partitions and curtains divide the utility areas from the seating areas.
(1) Seating area
The equipment and furnishings which are installed in the passenger seating area are:
. Passenger seats (Ref. 25-21-00-00).
. Cabin attendant seats (Ref. 25-22-00-00).
. Linings and furnishings that cover the compartment structure (Ref. 25-23-00-00).
. Overhead stowage compartments are for stowage of passenger carry-on baggage and other equipment
(Ref. 25-24-00-00).
. Passenger service/information units (Ref. 25-25-00-00).
. Textile floor coverings (Ref. 25-28-00-00).
(2) Utility area
The equipment and furnishings which are installed in the utility areas are:
. Cabin attendant seats (Ref. 25-22-00-00).
. Passenger Service Units (PSUs) are installed at passenger and attendant locations throughout the cabin
(Ref. 25-25-00-00).
. Curtains and partitions are used to divide the utility areas and the seating sections (Ref. 25-26-00-00).
. Ancillary equipment has different stowage units (Ref. 25-27-00-00).
. Nontextile floor coverings (Ref. 25-28-00-00).
. Vacuum cleaner sockets give electrical power to clean the cabin interior (Ref. 25-29-00).
. Galleys (Ref. 25-30-00-00).
. Lavatories (Ref. 25-40-00-00).
(3) Additional equipment
Additional equipment also installed in the cabin is:
. Emergency escape slide/slide rafts (Ref. 25-62-00-00).
. First aid equipment (Ref. 25-64-00-00).
. Miscellaneous emergency equipment (Ref. 25-65-00-00).
. Flotation and survival Equipment (Ref. 25-66-00-00).
AES
25-20-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE
Z210
Z220
Z230
Z240
E
C
FR43
K
Z260
C
B
F
G
L
E
A
FR70
D
FR11
A
D
FR64
CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT (REF 252200)
CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS (REF 252600)
GALLEY (REF 253000)
LAVATORY (REF 254000)
STOWAGE AND DOGHOUSE (REF 252700)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEAT (REF 252100)
FLOOR COVERING (REF 252800)
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENT (REF 252400)
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS (REF 252300)
EMERGENCY EXIT (REF 522100)
PASSENGER SERVICE UNITS (REF 252500)
N_MM_252000_0_EBD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-14000-BI SHEET 1

Cabin Layout VX1
25-20-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
B
B
H
FR43
C
G
B
D
F
B
K
B
C
D
J
A
D
FR70
FR12
E
FR62
A
E
A
CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT (REF 252200)
CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS (REF 252600)
GALLEY (REF 253000)
LAVATORY (REF 254000)
STOWAGE (REF 252700)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEAT (REF 252100)
FLOOR COVERING (REF 252800)
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENT (REF 252400)
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS (REF 252300)
PASSENGER SERVICE UNITS (REF 252500)
N_MM_252000_0_EZE0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-14000-IO SHEET 1

Cabin Layout - AES02/VX02 (Aerolineas de Columbia)
25-20-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-28-41A
Overhead Storage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment/Closets (FAA only)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-038
B.
DESIGNATION
FABRIC TAPE PRESSURE SENSITIVE
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-021-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
Installation of the Cabin Placards
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-040-050-A
A.
5.
Deactivation of the Compartment(s)

(1)
Attach the compartment door(s) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-038) to the compartment bin(s) to make sure that the compartment(s) stays(stay) closed.
(2)
Install placards UNSERVICEABLE or DO NOT USE on the compartment(s) (Ref. TASK

11-00-00-400-021-A).
NOTE :
The compartment(s) must not be used for storage. Only items that are permanently installed can
be stowed.
NOTE :
The compartment(s) must not be used for the storage of emergency equipment.
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-410-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
25-20-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-20-00-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-28-41A
Overhead Storage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage Compartment/Closets (FAA only)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-000-003-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Cabin Placards
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-24-41-000-002-A
25-24-41-400-002-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-051-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-440-050-A
A.
5.
Reactivation of the Compartment(s)

(1)
Remove the placards UNSERVICEABLE or DO NOT USE from the compartment(s) (Ref. TASK
11-00-00-000-003-A).
(2)
Remove the pressure sensitive tape from the compartment(s).
(3)
Replace the overhead stowage-compartment door, (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-000-002-A) and (Ref. TASK
25-24-41-400-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-862-051-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - CLEANING/PAINTING

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-370-001-A
Refurbishment of the Handrail, Interiors and the Doors of the Overhead Stowage Compartments
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-047
Material No: 16-047B
Material No: 19-003
No specific
C.
QTY
DESIGNATION
3
GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518
3
GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
STRUCTURE PAINTS
TOPCOAT
STRUCTURE PAINTS
DECORATIVE TOPCOAT FOR FURNISHING
STRUCTURE PAINTS
emery cloth 320-400 grade
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-24-41-000-002-A
25-24-41-400-002-A
25-24-41-960-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00100-B - Component Location)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-052-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
25-20-00 PB701
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-20-00-910-050-A
CAUTION :
B.
4.
MAKE A RECORD OF THE REFURBISHMENT OF EACH COMPONENT TO MAKE SURE THAT

THIS DATA IS AVAILABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENTS. IF THIS DATA IS MISSING, IT
IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENT WILL NOT AGREE WITH THE HEAT
RELEASE REQUIREMENTS.
General
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-370-051-B
A.
Painting of the Handrail

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Remove the handrail(s) (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-960-001-A).
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the handrail.

(a)
(3)
Do a check if a paint layer is applied.
CAUTION :
MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT ON THE
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE MATERIAL WHEN YOU
REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE PAPER.
(4)
AES
Obey the MAINTENANCE HISTORY DATA, if available.
If a paint layer is applied:

(a)
Do a check if the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS,
PAINT BORER 518, or equivalent.
(b)
If the paint layer thickness is more than 25 micrometers:

. Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400 grade until the layer
thickness is not more than 25 micrometers.
25-20-00 PB701
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
(6)
Prepare the surface for paint application:

(a)
Carefully sand the surface with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.
(b)
Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a LINT-FREE COTTON
Apply the new paint layer:

(a)
Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of one of these paints to the surface with a GUN - AIR SPRAY,
STANDARD PAINT:
.
.
.
.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No: 16-047)

PAINTS (Material No: 16-047A)
PAINTS (Material No: 16-047B)
PAINTS (Material No: 16-047C) .
(7)
Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 deg.C or -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 deg.F or -3.60 deg.F) and
a relative humidity of 45-55% for:
. 5-20 minutes if it must be dry against dust
. 5-8 hours if it must be dry for transport
. 10-14 hours if it must be dry for installation.
(8)
Install the handrail(s) (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-960-001-A).

NOTE :
10 days at room temperature are necessary for the paint layer to cure thoroughly. During that
period, you must not sand or paint it.
NOTE :
During refurbishment and before the paint layer is cured thoroughly, you must not apply a
mixture of water based and solvent based products to it.
Subtask 25-20-00-370-052-B
B.
Painting of the Doors of the Overhead Stowage Compartments (OHSC)

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Remove the door(s) of the overhead stowage compartment(s) (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-000-002-A).
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the door(s).

(a)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Do a check of the paint layer thickness:

CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE MATERIAL WHEN

YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE PAPER.
(a)
Use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure, or equivalent and make sure that the
paint layer thickness is max. 90 micrometers.
(b)

. Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400 grade to a layer thickness
of max. 90 micrometers.
Preparation for paint application:

(a)
Carefully sand the surfaces with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.
(b)
Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth

(a)
Apply a layer of 25 micrometers of:

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the surface of the OHSC door.
.
.
(6)
(7)

PAINTS (Material No: 16-047C)
(a)
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
(b)
Transport dry: 5-8 h
(c)
Installation dry: 10-14 h
Install the door(s) of the overhead stowage compartment(s) (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-400-002-A).
NOTE :
A mixed application between water based and solvent based products must be prevent during
refurbishment and until paint is cured thoroughly.
Subtask 25-20-00-370-053-B
C.
Painting of the Interior of the Overhead Stowage Compartments (OHSC)

AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Do a visual inspection of the overhead stowage compartment interior.

(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Do a check of the paint layer thickness:

CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :

(a)
Use the GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure, or equivalent and make sure that the
paint layer thickness is max. 90 micrometers.
(b)


(a)
(b)

(a)

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the surface of the OHSC door.
.
.
(5)

(a)
AES
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
25-20-00 PB701
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
(c)

NOTE :
5.
A mixed application between water based and solvent based products must be prevent
during refurbishment and until paint is cured thoroughly.
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-862-052-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-20-00 PB701
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
Z220
Z230
1
Z250
Z260
PARTITION
FORWARD LAVATORY
AREA
AFT LAVATORY
AREA
DOOR/
DOOR FRAME
A
EXAMPLE
CEILING PANELS
OVERHEAD STOWAGE
COMPARTMENTS
PASSENGER
SERVICE UNITS
COVE LIGHT
PANELS
UPPER SIDEWALL
PANELS
LOWER SIDEWALL
PANELS
NOTE:
1
ACCORDING TO CUSTOMER LAYOUT

N_MM_252000_7_AAAA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Component Location
25-20-00 PB701
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-370-002-A
Refurbishment of the Cabin Sidewall Panel, Cabin Ceiling Panel, Cove Light Panel and the Passenger Service Unit Panel
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
4
5
No specific
HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F)
No specific
ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-084
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-047
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
DECORATIVE FOIL
SOLVENT BASED NITRILE RUBBER ADHESIVE
FUEL TANK REPAIR VAPOR SEAL
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
Material No: 19-003

No specific
STRUCTURE PAINTS
TOPCOAT
STRUCTURE PAINTS
STRUCTURE PAINTS
No specific
emery cloth, 320-400 grade

C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-41-400-001-A
25-23-43-000-001-A
25-23-43-400-001-A
25-23-44-000-001-A
25-23-44-400-001-A
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-23-48-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-48-400-001-A
35-21-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Emergency Oxygen Containers
35-21-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Emergency Oxygen Containers

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-053-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-20-00-910-051-A
CAUTION :
B.
4.

General
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-370-054-B
A.
Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels with paint refurbishment:

(a)
Remove the sidewall panels as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
(b)
Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panel(s).

1
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
(d)
(e)
Do a check if a paint layer is applied or not.

CAUTION :
MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT ON
THE COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE MATERIAL

WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE PAPER.

. Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25 micrometers, use the GAGETHICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure or equivalent.

. Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400 grade to a layer
thickness of max. 25 micrometers.

1
Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton

1

.
.
.
.
(f)
(g)
(2)
Let the paint dry at a temperature of 23 +2 deg.C or -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 deg.F or -3.60
deg.F) and a relative humidity of 45-55% for:
1
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
Install the sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001-A).

NOTE :
10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure thoroughtly. During that period, paint
layer shall not be sanded or painted.
NOTE :
Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels with foil refurbishment:

(a)
Remove the sidewall panels as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
(b)
Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panel(s).

1
AES
STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047)

or
STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047A)
or
STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047B)
or
STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047C)
with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.
25-20-00 PB701
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
(d)
Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with an adjustable HOT AIR BLOWER
MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F)
(e)
Lift the edge of the decor foil.
(f)
Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm (5.9 in.) wide strips while the
max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) hot air is applied.
(g)
Remove the unwanted adhesive with an emery cloth, 320-400 grade.
(h)
(i)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-006B) or BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-011A) to the repair area.
(j)
Install the decorative foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-084) :

1
Cut the new decorative foil to the correct dimension.
Remove the protective layer from the decorative foil.
Carefully put the decorative foil on the repair area.
Use a ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT to push the decorative foil on to the repair area.

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
.
.
(k)

Dust dry: 5-20 min.
Install the sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-20-00-370-055-B
B.
Painting of the Ceiling Panels

EYES :
MINUTES.
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Remove the ceiling panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001-A).
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the ceiling panel(s).

(a)
(3)
(4)
(5)

CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :

(a)

. Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 90 micrometers, use the GAGE-THICKNESS,
PAINT BORER 518 procedure, or equivalent.
(b)


(a)
(b)

(a)

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
.
.
(6)
AES

(a)
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
(b)
(c)
25-20-00 PB701
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
Install the ceiling panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001-A).

NOTE :
10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure thoroughly. During that period, paint layer
shall not be sanded or painted.
NOTE :
Subtask 25-20-00-370-056-B
C.
Painting of the Cove Light Panel

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Remove the cove light panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the cove light panel(s).

(a)
(3)
(4)
AES

CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :

(a)

(b)


(a)
(b)
25-20-00 PB701
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)

(a)

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
.
.
(6)
(7)

(a)
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
(b)
(c)
Install the cove light panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001-A).

NOTE :
NOTE :
Subtask 25-20-00-370-057-B
D.
Refurbishment of the Lower Sidewall Panel (Dado Panel)

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Refurbishment of the Lower Sidewall Panel (Dado Panel) with Paint

(a)
Remove the lower sidewall panels as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
(b)
Do a visual inspection of the lower sidewall panel(s).

1
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
CAUTION :

(d)
If a paint layer is applied, carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400
grade.
(e)
Prepare the panel surface for paint application:
(f)
Carefully sand the surface with an emery cloth 320-400 grade.
Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton

1

.
.
.
.
(g)
(h)
(2)
Let the paint layer dry at a temperature of 23 +2 deg.C or -2 deg.C (73.40 +3.60 deg.F or -3.60
1
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
Install the lower sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001-A).

NOTE :
After 10 days at room temperature the paint layer is fully dry. The paint layer must not be
sanded or painted before it is fully dry.
NOTE :
No mixture of water-based and solvent-based products must be applied during

refurbishment and until the paint layer is fully dry.
Refurbishment of the Lower Sidewall Panel (Dado Panel) with Foil

(a)
Remove the lower sidewall panels as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
(b)
Do a visual inspection of the lower sidewall panel(s).

1
AES

or
or
or
(c)
Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth
(d)
MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to a maximum of 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F).
(e)
(f)
Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm (5.9055 in.) wide strips while
you apply hot air with the maximum of 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F).
25-20-00 PB701
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Install the decorative foil SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-084) :
(k)
Use a ROLLER - RUBBER, SOFT to push the decorative foil onto the repair area.
Install the lower sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-20-00-370-065-B
E.
Painting of the Passenger Service Unit Panel

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Painting of the Passenger Service Unit Panel with the oxygen mask panel
(2)
Remove the oxygen mask panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
(3)
Do a visual inspection of the oxygen mask panel(s).

(a)
(4)

CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :

(a)
AES

25-20-00 PB701
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
(5)
(6)


(a)
(b)

(a)

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
.
.
(7)
(8)
5.

(a)
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
(b)
(c)
Install the oxygen mask panel(s) (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001-A).

NOTE :
NOTE :
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-862-053-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-20-00 PB701
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-370-003-A
Refurbishment of the Lavatory Wall and Lavatory Interior Parts
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-047
Material No: 19-003
No specific
C.
QTY
DESIGNATION
2
2
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
STRUCTURE PAINTS
TOPCOAT
STRUCTURE PAINTS
STRUCTURE PAINTS
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-054-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-20-00-910-052-A
CAUTION :
AES

25-20-00 PB701
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
B.
4.
General
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-370-059-B
A.
Painting of the Lavatory Wall

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Do a visual inspection of the lavatory walls.

(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)

CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :

(a)

(b)


(a)
(b)

(a)

.
AES

or
25-20-00 PB701
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.

or
or
(5)
(a)
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
(b)
(c)

NOTE :
10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure thoroghly. During that period, paint
NOTE :
Subtask 25-20-00-370-060-B
B.
Painting of the Lavatory Interior Parts

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Do a visual inspection of the components.

(a)
(2)
AES

CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :

25-20-00 PB701
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(4)
(a)

(b)


(a)
(b)

(a)

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
.
.
(5)
5.

(a)
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
(b)
(c)

NOTE :
10 days is necessary at room temperature to cure thoroghly. During that period, paint
NOTE :
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-862-054-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB701
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-370-004-A
Refurbishment of the Exit Ceiling and the Overwing Emergency Exit/Hatch Cover
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
2
No specific
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-084
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-047
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
DECORATIVE FOIL
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
Material No: 19-003

No specific
STRUCTURE PAINTS
TOPCOAT
STRUCTURE PAINTS
STRUCTURE PAINTS
No specific

C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-41-400-001-A
25-23-47-000-001-A
25-23-47-400-001-A
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-055-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-20-00-910-053-A
CAUTION :
B.
4.

General
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-370-061-B
A.
Painting of the Exit Ceiling

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the exit ceiling panel(s).

(a)
(3)

CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :

(a)
AES

25-20-00 PB701
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
(4)
(5)


(a)
(b)

(a)

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
.
.
(6)
(7)

(a)
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
(b)
(c)

NOTE :
NOTE :
Subtask 25-20-00-370-062-B
B.
Painting of the Overwing Emergency Exit/Hatch Cover

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Painting of the Cabin Sidewall Panels with foil refurbishment:

(a)
Remove the emergency exit hatches as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-001-A).
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the components.
(3)
(4)
Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(5)
Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with an adjustable HOT AIR BLOWER MAX
OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F)
(6)
(7)
Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm (5.9 in.) wide strips while the max 100
deg.C (212.00 deg.F) hot air is applied.
(8)
(9)
(10) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-006B) or BONDING AND
(11) Install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-084)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
.
.

(f)
(g)
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
(h)
(i)
(12) Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-001-A).
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-862-055-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB701
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-370-005-A
Refurbishment of the Partition and the Door/Doorframe Panel
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
2
2
No specific
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-084
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-047
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
DECORATIVE FOIL
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
Material No: 19-003

No specific
STRUCTURE PAINTS
TOPCOAT
STRUCTURE PAINTS
STRUCTURE PAINTS
No specific

C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-41-400-001-A
25-23-43-400-001-A
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-056-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-20-00-910-054-A
CAUTION :
B.
4.

General
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-370-063-B
A.
Painting of the Door/Door frame

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the door/door frame panel(s):

(a)
(3)

CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :

(a)
AES

25-20-00 PB701
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
(4)
(5)


(a)
(b)

(a)

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
.
.
(6)
(7)

(a)
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
(b)
(c)

NOTE :
NOTE :
Subtask 25-20-00-370-064-B
B.
Painting of the Partition

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Painting of the Partition with paint refurbishment

(a)
Remove the partition as necessary (Ref. AMM 25-26-42-000-001) .
(b)
Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panels.

1
(c)
(d)
(e)

CAUTION :
MEASURE THE VALUES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE TOP COAT OF PAINT ON
THE COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE COMPOSITE MATERIAL

WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PAINT COATING WITH ABRASIVE PAPER.

. Make sure that the paint layer thickness is max. 25 micrometers, use the GAGETHICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 procedure, or equivalent.

. Carefully remove the unwanted paint with an emery cloth 320-400 grade to a layer

1
Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton

1

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
.
.
(f)
(g)

1
Dust dry: 5-20 min.
Install the partition (Ref. AMM 25-26-42-400-001) .

NOTE :
AES
25-20-00 PB701
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Painting of the Partition with foil refurbishment

(a)
Remove the partition as necessary (Ref. AMM 25-26-42-000-001) .
(b)
Do a visual inspection of the partition.

1
(c)
(d)
MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F)
(e)
(f)
Pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm (5.9 in.) wide strips while the
max 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F) hot air is applied.
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-084)

1

.
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
or
STRUCTURE
.
.
(k)
5.

Dust dry: 5-20 min.
Install the partition (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-862-056-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB701
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - REPAIRS

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-350-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
2
CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-001
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 08-115
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-053
Material No: 19-003
C.
SYRINGE
DESIGNATION
EPOXY ADHESIVE
MASKING TAPE
CORE FILLER AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CURING
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FILLER FOR CORE AND EDGE (2 PARTS)
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-20-00-340-003-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00200-A - Metal Inserts in Honeycomb Core Panel)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-057-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-350-050-A
A.
Repair of Standard Insert-Nut Attachments

MATERIAL/S.
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
(2)
AES
Prepare the repair area:

(a)
Carefully remove the damaged insert and/or the unwanted material from the component.
(b)
Deburr the edges with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(c)
Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a LINT-FREE COTTON
(d)
Fill the repair area with:

. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115)
or
. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115A)
or
. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115B) .
Obey the manufacturers instructions.
(e)
When the adhesive is cured, use a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180) to make the repair
area smooth.
(f)
Drill a hole into the filler. The hole must be:

. 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.) longer than the length
. 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.) wider than the flange diameter
of the new insert.
(g)
Install the insert:

(a)
Install the new insert and hold it in position with the positioning washer (part of the new insert).
(b)
If the insert goes through the component, put BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-074) on the side opposite the positioning washer.
(c)
Use a SYRINGE and fill the area around the insert through the injection hole with BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-001) . When the area is full, the adhesive flows
out of the overflow hole. Obey the manufacturers instructions.
(d)
When the adhesive is cured, remove the positioning washer and, if necessary, the masking tape.
25-20-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(e)
(3)
If necessary, do the repair of the decor foil (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-003-A).
Subtask 25-20-00-350-051-A
B.
Repair of Special Insert-Nut Attachments

MATERIAL/S.
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
(2)
AES

(a)
Carefull remove the damaged insert and/or the unwanted material from the component.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Fill the repair area with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-053) . Obey the manufacturers
instructions.
(e)
When the adhesive is cured, use a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180) to make the repair
area smooth.
(f)
Drill a hole into the filler. The hole must be 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.) wider than the flange diameter
of the new insert.
(g)
Install the insert:

(a)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-001) to the mating surface
of the new insert and put the insert in position.
(b)
Make sure that the surface of the insert is smooth and flush with the surface of the component.
(c)
If necessary, hold the insert in position with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(d)
When the adhesive is cured, remove the masking tape. Obey the manufacturers instructions.
(e)
(3)
If necessary, do the repair of the decor foil (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-003-A).
(4)
Install the new screw (refer to the related IPC of the component).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-862-057-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HONEYCOMB
CORE PANEL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
BC
BC
AD
SECTION
AD
BB
EXAMPLE
STANDARD INSERT
AD
MATERIAL No 08001
AD
1
2
MATERIAL No 16053
HONEYCOMB CORE
SECTION
CC
EXAMPLE
SPECIAL INSERT
MATERIAL No 08001
MATERIAL No 16053
NOTE:
1
INSERT DIAMETER x 1.5
INSERT DIAMETER + 0.5mm (+ 0.02in.)
INSERT LENGTH + 0.5mm (+ 0.02in.)
HONEYCOMB CORE
N_MM_252000_8_CAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

25-20-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
D
EXAMPLE
ADHEVISE
MATERIAL No 08001
POSITIONING
WASHER
INSERT
INJECTION/
OVERFLOW HOLES
PREPREG LAYERS
CORE FILLER
MATERIAL No 16053
HONEYCOMB CORE
PREPREG LAYERS
MASKING TAPE
MATERIAL No 08074
N_MM_252000_8_CAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00200-A SHEET 2

25-20-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-350-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
1
BRUSH - BRISTLED
1
BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL
No specific
No specific
No specific
2
2
1
CHISEL - NON METALLIC

CUTTER - THIN BLADE
GUN - SEALANT
No specific
No specific
No specific
1
1
KNIFE - PUTTY
MARKER - FELT TIP
No specific
No specific
No specific
2
1
1
ROLLER - RUBBER
ROLLER - STEEL
SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE
No specific
No specific
No specific
2
1
1

SPATULA - TOOTHED
TRIMMING PLANE
No specific
VACUUM CLEANER
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-128
Material No: 08-004
Material No: 08-057
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 09-054
Material No: 11-010
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PVC
ADHESIVE SEALANT
PRIMER
MASKING TAPE
SEALANTS
SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART) FOR NTF
Material No: 19-003

No specific
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
AIRFLOOR FLOOR COVERING
No specific
PVC FLOOR COVERING
AES
DESIGNATION
25-20-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00300-A - Example of Silicone NTF Repair)

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00400-A - NTF Information)
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00500-A - Welded Joint Repair)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-058-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-350-052-A
A.
Repair of the Top Layer of the Silicone (AIRFLOOR) NTF

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00300-A - Example of Silicone NTF Repair)
MATERIAL/S.
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
(2)
Cut out the damaged top layer:

CAUTION :
DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL (MYLAR).
CAUTION :
REMOVE THE FLOOR COVERING CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CABIN

FLOOR PANELS.
(a)
Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a LINT-FREE
(b)
Carefully cut out and remove the damaged top layer of the silicone NTF with a CUTTER - THIN
BLADE and a CHISEL - NON METALLIC.
Install the repair patch:

(a)
AES
Make sure that the ambient temperature is between 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00
deg.F).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
Make sure that the ambient humidity is not more than 75%.
(c)
Cut out a repair patch of AIRFLOOR FLOOR COVERING that aligns with the dimensions and
surface structure of the repair area.
NOTE :
(d)
Clean the mating surface of the repair area and the repair patch with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-010) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(e)
Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004) to the
mating surface of the repair area and the repair patch with a SPATULA - TOOTHED.
NOTE :
(3)
There must be a clearance of 2 +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0197 in. or -0.0197 in.)
between the edge of the repair patch and the edge of the repair area.
There must be a clearance of 2 mm (0.0787 in.) between the adhesive and the edge of
the repair area.
(f)
Put the repair patch in position in the middle of the repair area.
(g)
Push the repair patch down with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
(h)
Let the adhesive cure, obey the manufacturs instructions.
Seal the repair area:

(a)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) around the repair area.
(b)
Seal the clearance between the edge of the repair patch and the edge of the repair area with
SEALANTS (Material No: 09-054) , use a SPATULA - NON METALLIC or a GUN - SEALANT.
Obey the manufacturs instructions.
(c)
Remove the masking tape.
(d)
Subtask 25-20-00-350-053-A
B.
Repair of the PVC Floor Covering

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00400-A - NTF Information)
MATERIAL/S.
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)

(a)
AES
Cut a circular or a square repair patch out of the new PVC FLOOR COVERING.
25-20-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(3)
(4)
(b)
Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a LINT-FREE
(c)
Put the repair patch in position. Align the surface structure of the repair patch with the surface
structure of the NTF.
(d)
Make a line around the contour of the repair patch on the NTF with a MARKER - FELT TIP.
Cut out the damaged NTF:

CAUTION :
CAUTION :

FLOOR PANELS.
(a)
Carefully cut out the damaged top layer of the NTF with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(b)
Carefully remove the top layer from the laminate with a CHISEL - NON METALLIC.
(c)
Remove the unwanted adhesive from the laminate with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
Install the repair patch:

(a)
Clean the repair area and the repair patch with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a
(b)
Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004) to the
laminate with a BRUSH - BRISTLED.
(c)
Carefully put the repair patch in position and push it down with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
(d)
Remove the unwanted adhesive with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(e)
If necessary, clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
Seal the repair area:

(a)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) around the repair area,
where you will apply the primer.
(b)
Apply the primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-057) with a
BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL to the clearance around the repair patch.
(c)
Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No: 09-054) to the clearance around the repair
patch.
(d)
Immediately remove the unwanted sealant with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(e)
Subtask 25-20-00-310-050-A
C.
Repair of a Hot Welded Joint

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00500-A - Welded Joint Repair)
MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-20-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Remove the damaged material from the welded joint:

CAUTION :
(2)
(a)
Chamfer the edges of the NTF with a SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE.
(b)
Make sure that the maximum depth of the groove is not more than 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.).
(c)
Remove the unwanted material from the groove, if necessary use a VACUUM CLEANER.
Do the welding procedure:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
FUMES FROM WELDING ARE POISONOUS.
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS. HOT PARTS CAN CAUSE BURNS. IF YOU GET A
BURN, HOLD IT IN COLD WATER FOR 10 MINUTES AND GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : WHEN YOU PUT THE HOT AIR BLOWER DOWN, MAKE SURE THAT YOU PUT IT ON
A HEAT-RESISTANT SURFACE. THE HOT PARTS OF THE BLOWER CAN CAUSE A
FIRE.
CAUTION :
(a)
Cut the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-128) some centimeters/inches
longer than necessary.
(b)
Put the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-128) into the speed welding nozzle.
(c)
Set the working temperature on the HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700
DEG F) between 160 deg.C (320.00 deg.F) and 200 deg.C (392.00 deg.F). Obey the manufacturs
instructions when you use the hot air blower.
(d)
Move the speed welding nozzle along the groove with light pressure and constant speed.
(e)
Let the temperature of the welded joint decrease for at least 10 minutes.
(f)
Remove the unwanted material with a KNIFE - PUTTY or a TRIMMING PLANE.

NOTE :
(3)
The surface must be smooth.
Do an inspection of the welded joint:

(a)
AES
MAKE SURE THAT:

THE TEMPERATURE OF THE HOT AIR BLOWER IS NOT TOO HIGH
THE BLOWER DOES NOT MOVE TOO SLOWLY ALONG THE WELD.
HIGH TEMPERATURES OR SLOW MOVEMENT OF THE HOT AIR BLOWER CAN BURN
THE MATERIAL.
Make sure that the welded joint is clean and in the correct condition.
25-20-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
5.
Use a ROLLER - STEEL with pressure to make sure that there is no separation between the
welding material and the NTF.
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-862-058-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
MATERIAL No 09054
NONTEXTILE FLOOR
COVERING TOP LAYER
REPAIR PATCH
GLASS FIBER
REINFORCED PLASTIC
2mm 0.5mm
0.08in. 0.02in.
FLOOR
PANEL
MATERIAL No 08004
COLOUR CODE TABLE

NONTEXTILE FLOOR COVERING
SEALANT MATERIAL No 09054
CODE No
COLOUR
COLOUR CODE
8.3 FSW 7097

8.8 FSW 7075
8.14 FSW 7082
8.15 FSW 7088
8.16 FSW 7053
8.17 FSW 7016
8.18 FSW 7065
8.20
8.21 FSW 7049
8.24
DARK BROWN
PACIFIC BLUE
GREY 429
DARK GREY
BLUE GREY
AMAZONAS
QUARZ GREY
RED VIOLET
MARINO
BLACK BLUE
DA46533SF83
DA46533SF88
DA46533SF814
DA46533SF815
DA46533SF816
DA46533SF817
DA46533SF818
DA46533SF820
DA46533SF821
DA46533SF824
N_MM_252000_8_CAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Example of Silicone NTF Repair
25-20-00 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STEP 1 TURN THE REPAIR PATCH
ALIGN THE SURFACE STRUCTURE AND
TRANSFER/ MARK THE CUT OUT
160mm MAX
(6.3 in)
STEP 2 MOVE THE REPAIR PATCH

ALIGN THE SURFACE STRUCTURE AND
TRANSFER/ MARK THE CUT OUT
STEP 3 CUT THE DAMAGED AREA
OR
A
N_MM_252000_8_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

NTF Information
25-20-00 PB801
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STEP 4 CAREFULLY USE THE CHISEL IN

ORDER TO SEPERATE THE TOP LAYER
FROM THE LAMINATE
RECOMMENDEND ANGLE OF 10 15
1015
ANGLE MORE THAN 15 WILL DESTROY THE

LAMINATE AND POSSIBLY THE
MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL
SECTION
AA
EXAMPLE
GLASS FIBER REINFORCED

PLASTIC
NONTEXTILE FLOOR COVERING

TOP LAYER
MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL (MYLAR)
FLOOR PANEL
N_MM_252000_8_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00400-A SHEET 2

NTF Information
25-20-00 PB801
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STEP 1
NONTEXTILE FLOOR COVERING EXAMPLE
TRIANGLE
STEP 2
BC
WELDING ROD
MATERIAL No 05128
NONTEXTILE FLOOR
COVERING EXAMPLE
SPEED WELDING NOZZLE

HOT AIR BLOWER
STEP 3 SMOOTH SURFACES ONLY
SPATULAR TRIMMING KNIFE
STEP 4
WELDED ROD
TRIMMING PLANE
NOTE:
1
MELTING RANGE 168 C TO 188 C (334.4 F TO 370.4 F)

N_MM_252000_8_BAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Welded Joint Repair
25-20-00 PB801
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DEFECTIVE WELDED JOINT

60 70
REPAIRED NEW WELDED JOINT

MATERIAL No 05128
1.5mm 1mm
(0.06in. 0.04in.)
REMOVED WELDED JOINT
50.0mm (2.0in.)
LENGTH OF NEW WELDED JOINT
BEGINNING OR END OF A WELDED JOINT
50.0mm (2.0in.)
WELDED JOINT ALREADY IN PLACE
NONTEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
EXAMPLE
STEEL ROLLER
WELDED JOINT
NOTE:
2
MAXIMUM 2.5mm (0.1in.)

N_MM_252000_8_BAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00500-A SHEET 2

Welded Joint Repair
25-20-00 PB801
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-350-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
1
CUTTER - THIN BLADE
1
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-104
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL, SELF ADHESIVE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-28-43-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-059-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-350-054-A
A.

(1)
Carefully cut out the damaged area of the Moisture Barrier Foil with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE and
remove it. Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to the help the removal procedure.
NOTE :
(2)
Cut out a patch of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-104) with the
applicable dimensions.
NOTE :
(3)
5.
A circular cutout helps the repair proceudure.
The repair patch must have an overlap of 25 mm (0.9843 in.) at all edges.
Install the repair patch (Ref. TASK 25-28-43-400-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-942-050-A
A.
Close-up
(1)
AES
25-20-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
items.
Subtask 25-20-00-862-059-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-350-005-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
1
GUN - SEALANT
1
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
WEDGE - NON METALLIC
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 19-002
DESIGNATION
MASKING TAPE
SEALANTS
LOW DENSITY FUEL TANK SEALANT.
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
Material No: 19-003

No specific

PROFILE ABS5310-01
Material No: 09-002D

Material No: 11-010
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-44-000-001-A
25-23-44-400-001-A
AIPC 25-23-44
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00600-A - Aluminum Profile)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-060-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-20-00-020-050-A
B.
AES
Remove the lower sidewall-panel you will repair from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-350-055-A
A.
Preparation for the Installation

(1)
If necessary remove the damaged profile with a WEDGE - NON METALLIC.
(2)
Remove the remaining sealant from the lower sidewall-panel with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(3)
Transfer the length of the damaged profile to the new semi-finished material PROFILE ABS5310-01,
(Ref. AIPC 25-23-44).
(4)
Cut the semi-finished material ABS5310-01 to the correct length and identify the new profile with the
part number of the removed profile.
Subtask 25-20-00-350-056-A
B.
Installation of the New Profile

MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
(1)
Clean the mating surface of the sidewall-panel and the new profile with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(2)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-002D) with a GUN - SEALANT to seal the new profile along the
radius and the edge.
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00600-A - Aluminum Profile)
NOTE :
5.
It is necessary to obey the manufacturers instructions for the sealant gun.
(3)
Put two cords SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. (Material No: 19-002) in the sealant,
one along the radius and one along the edge.
(4)
Install the new profile on the lower sidewall-panel.
(5)
Hold the new profile in position with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074)
.
(6)
Let the sealant cure for a minimum of 10 hours.
(7)
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-420-050-A
A.
Install the lower sidewall-panel in the aircraft (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-20-00-862-060-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ALUMINUM PROFILE
SEALANT
MATERIAL No 09002D
SEALANT
MATERIAL No 09002D
N_MM_252000_8_AZM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Aluminum Profile
25-20-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-340-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
1
CHISEL - NON METALLIC
No specific
No specific
No specific
No specific
1
1

No specific
SPATULA - PLASTIC
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-050
Material No: 05-057
Material No: 05-109
Material No: 05-110
Material No: 08-004
Material No: 08-008
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 08-116
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 11-006
Material No: 11-010
AES
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
GLASSCLOTH
SPECIAL MATERIALS
MICROBALLOONS
SPECIAL MATERIALS
LAMINATE, A/C INTERIOR
SPECIAL MATERIALS
GILLFAB LAMINATE, CARGO LINER
ADHESIVE SEALANT
POLYESTER FILLER
ADHESIVE STRUCTURAL FLEXIBLE
MASKING TAPE
LAMINATING RESIN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL ALCOHOL
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
25-20-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 16-045
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
STRUCTURE PAINTS
SEALANT PORE FILLER
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-20-00-370-006-A
25-24-41-960-001-A

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00700-A - Seal - OHSC)

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00800-A - Bottom Panel - OHSC)
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00900-A - Handrail - OHSC)
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-01000-A - Handrail Attachment - OHSC)
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-01100-A - Partition/Stiffener - OHSC)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-861-061-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-340-053-A
A.
Bonding of the Seal on the OHSC

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00700-A - Seal - OHSC)
MATERIAL/S.
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
AES
(1)
Open the related door (1).
(2)
If necessary, remove the seal (2).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Clean the repair area and the seal with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a LINT-FREE
(4)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004) to the bonding area. Refer to
the manufacturers instructions for the correct procedure.
(5)
Put the seal (2) in position and carefully push it on the structure of the OHSC.
(6)
(7)
Close the door (1).
Subtask 25-20-00-340-054-A
B.
Repair of the Bottom Panel of the OHSC

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00800-A - Bottom Panel - OHSC)
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
(1)
Remove the equipment and the brackets/supports from the related OHSC as necessary.
(2)
Cut out a patch of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-110) with the dimensions of the related
bottom panel.
(3)
Drill access holes into the repair patch (1) that align with the inserts in the bottom panel.
(4)
Clean the mating surfaces of the damaged bottom panel and the repair patch (1) with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(5)
(a)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-017A) to the mating surfaces
with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(b)
Carefully put the repair patch (1) in position and apply pressure to the repair area.
(c)
Apply a bead of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004) around the
repair patch (1).
Install the brackets/supports and the equipment of the related OHSC as necessary.
Subtask 25-20-00-340-055-A
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
AES
25-20-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DO NOT SMOKE.
C.
Repair of the Handrail Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-00900-A - Handrail - OHSC)
(1)
Open the door of the OHSC.
(2)
Remove the handrail assembly (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-960-001-A).
(3)
Rub the damaged area with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280).

NOTE :
If the damage goes through the handrail assembly, you must rub the two sides.
(4)
Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-006) and a LINT-FREE COTTON
(5)
If the damage goes through the handrail assembly, apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-074) to the side opposite the damaged area.
(6)
Use a SPATULA - PLASTIC to fill the damaged area.

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
If the damage goes through the handrail assembly, fill the damaged area with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-017A) .
(b)
Fill the damaged area with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-045) .
(c)
(d)
If necessary, remove the masking tape.
(e)
(7)
Paint the repair area (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006-A).
(8)
Install the handrail assembly (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-960-001-A).
(9)
(10) Close the door of the OHSC.

Subtask 25-20-00-340-056-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
25-20-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
D.
Repair of the OHSC Handrail Attachment

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-01000-A - Handrail Attachment - OHSC)
(1)
Carefully remove the damaged material.
(2)
Cut out a repair patch of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-109) that is as large as possible to
cover the damaged area.
(3)
Make the mating surfaces smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(4)
Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-006) or CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-003) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(5)
Immediately dry the repair area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(6)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-010A) to the mating surfaces and
put the repair patch in position on the hand rail.
(7)
Remove the unwanted adhesive with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(8)
Hold the repair patch in position with masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(9)
When the adhesive is cured, remove the masking tape.
(10) Drill new attachment hole(s) into the handrail that align with the hole(s) in the OHSC.
(11) Drill hole(s) with a diameter of 15 mm (0.5906 in.) in the distance A of 23 mm (0.9055 in.) away from
the available holes.
(12) Deburr the holes and install the clip nut.
Subtask 25-20-00-340-057-A
E.
Repair of an OHSC Partition or a Stiffener

(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-01100-A - Partition/Stiffener - OHSC)
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
(1)
Carefully remove the damaged profile from the partition or the stiffener with a CHISEL - NON
METALLIC.
(2)
Remove the unwanted material with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280).
(3)
Fill the damaged area of the partition or the stiffener with:

or
. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115B) .
(4)
Mix the filler with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-057) until it is sufficiently thick for
application.
(5)
Let the filler cure and remove the unwanted material with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280).
(6)
Use a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 280) to make the mating surfaces along the edges of the partition or
the stiffener rough ( 20 mm (0.7874 in.) from the edge).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
Use BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-116) or SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No: 05-050) to give protection to the filled surface and the edges of the partition or the
stiffener.
(8)
Put the laminate on the surface around the edge of the partition or stiffener (not more than 20 mm
(0.7874 in.) from the edge).
(9)
Let the laminate cure.
(10) Paint the repair area (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006-A).

5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-862-061-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
MATERIAL No 08004
N_MM_252000_8_ERM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Seal - OHSC
25-20-00 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z200
Z200
B
B
FR43
FR65
B
B
FR24
FR43
A
EXAMPLE
B
1
EXAMPLE
3
2
A
2
MATERIAL No 08017A
MATERIAL No 08017A
NOTE:
1
ACCESS HOLES FOR INSERTS AS NECESSARY
DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE TO STOWAGE BOTTOM
MADE OF MATERIAL No 05110

N_MM_252000_8_CCA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Bottom Panel - OHSC
25-20-00 PB801
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE HANDRAIL ASSEMBLY
HANDRAIL
ASSEMBLY
A
SECTION
AA
FILLER
A
DAMAGE AREA
NOT THROUGH
DAMAGE GOES THROUGH THE HANDRAIL ASSEMBLY

HANDRAIL
ASSEMBLY
SECTION
BB
FILLER
DAMAGE AREA
MATERIAL REMOVED
ADHEVISE
MASKING TAPE
N_MM_252000_8_ATM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Handrail - OHSC
25-20-00 PB801
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HANDRAIL ASSEMBLY
A
A
EXAMPLE
STEP 1
STEP 2
REPAIR PATCH
MATERIAL No 05109
REPAIR PATCH
AREA OF
DAMAGE
TRANSFER FROM
OVERHEAD STOWAGE
COMPARTMENT
N_MM_252000_8_HAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-01000-A SHEET 1

Handrail Attachment - OHSC
25-20-00 PB801
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
STIFFENER
A
B
C
C
C
C
SECTION
CC
EXAMPLE
1
B
EXAMPLE
PARTITION
2
3
PREPREG LAYERS
C
C
NOTE:
1
15 20mm (0.6 0.8in.)
MATERIAL No 08008 OR 08115B
MATERIAL No 08116 OR 05050

N_MM_252000_8_FAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-01100-A SHEET 1

Partition/Stiffener - OHSC
25-20-00 PB801
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-370-006-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
2
No specific
No specific
NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16 IN)
No specific
PAPER - MASKING
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-046
Material No: 16-047
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
MASKING TAPE
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
PRIMER
STRUCTURE PAINTS
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-13-00-370-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-860-056-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-370-066-A
A.
Repair of the Paint Coating of the Internal Cockpit Surfaces

(1)
AES
For the repair of the cockpit internal paint-coatings refer to (Ref. TASK 25-13-00-370-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-20-00-370-067-A
IRRITANTS.
B.
Repair of the Paint Coating of Cabin Glass-reinforced Plastic Components

NOTE :
The procedure that follow agrees with the JAR/FAR. 25.853 heat release/smoke density component
repairs to the passenger compartment.
NOTE :
The procedure is approved for the repair of surfaces smaller than 24 in.2 (154.84 cm2).
(1)
Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth
(2)
Apply PAPER - MASKING and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) to
the adjacent components and areas.
(3)
Make the surface smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(4)
Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

MATERIAL/S.
(5)
(6)
If necessary use pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-046) to make the surface smooth:
(a)
Apply the pore filler several times to optimize the surface.
(b)
Let the pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-046) time to cure.
(c)
Make the painted surface smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(d)
Clean the smooth surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
Prepare a mixture for a smooth finish:

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Mix the top coat STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047) with hardener and thinner.
NOTE :
(b)
AES
Obey the reaction and the pot life time, before you use the mixture.
The temperature must be between 15 DEG.C (59.00 DEG.F) and 30 DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F),
relative humidity 35-75% .
25-20-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
(c)
For a smooth finish apply the mixture in 1-2 cross coats with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD
PAINT and a NOZZLE DIA 1.5 MM (1/16 IN).
(d)
The coat thickness of a smooth finish must be between 0.05 mm (0.0020 in.) and 0.1 mm (0.0039
in.).
(e)
The smooth finish is dust dry after 15 minutes, transport dry after 25 minutes, and fully dry after
7 days at room temperature.
Prepare a mixture for a textured finish.

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
NOTE :
(8)
(b)
relative humidity 35-75%.
(c)
For a textured finish apply the mixture in 1-4 cross coats with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD
(d)
The coat thickness of a textured finish must be between 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.) and 0.09 mm
(0.0035 in.).
(e)
The textured finish is dust dry after 20 minutes, transport dry after 8 hours, and fully dry after 7
days at room temperature.
(f)
If necessary you can make the cure faster when you add heat 60 DEG.C (140.00 DEG.F) to the
surface.
(g)
The textured finish is then transport dry after 40 minutes and fully dry after 12 hours.
Remove the masking tape and the masking paper from the adjacent components or areas.
Subtask 25-20-00-370-068-A
IRRITANTS.
C.
Repair of the Paint Coating of Thermoplastic Components and Aluminum Parts in the Cabin
NOTE :
The procedure that follow agrees with the JAR/FAR 25.853 heat release/smoke density component
repairs to the passenger compartment.
NOTE :
The procedure is approved for repair of surfaces smaller than 24 in.2 (154.84 cm2).
(1)
AES
Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth
25-20-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Apply PAPER - MASKING and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) to
the adjacent components and areas.
(3)
Make the surface smooth with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(4)
Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .

MATERIAL/S.
(5)
(6)
If necessary use pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-046) to make the surface smooth.
(a)
Apply the pore filler several times to optimize the surface.
(b)
Let the pore filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-046) time to cure.
(c)
(d)
Clean the smooth surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
Prepare a mixture for a textured finish:

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
NOTE :
(7)
5.
(b)
relative humidity 35-75%.
(c)
For a textured finish apply the mixture in 1-4 cross coats with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD
(d)
The coat thickness of a textured finish must be between 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.) and 0.09 mm
(0.0035 in.).
(e)
The textured finish is dust dry after 20 minutes, transport dry after 8 hours and fully dry after 7
days at room temperature.
(f)
If necessary you can make the cure faster when you add heat 60 DEG.C (140.00 DEG.F) to the
surface.
(g)
The textured finish is then transport dry after 40 minutes and fully dry after 12 hours.
Remove the masking tape and the masking paper from the adjacent components or areas.
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-860-057-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
If necessary, install the component in the aircraft (refer to the related AMM chapter).
(2)
(3)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-340-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
2
BRUSH - NON METALLIC
No specific
No specific
No specific
No specific
1
2
2
ELECTRIC IRON
GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN
GLOVES - INSULATED
No specific
No specific
No specific
1
1
MARKER - CHALK, STICK

NEEDLE
No specific
No specific
No specific
2
1
1
ROLLER - RUBBER
SYRINGE
No specific
VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 0.4 BAR (6 PSI)
No specific
WATER - SOAPY SOLUTION
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-074
Material No: 19-003

No specific
No specific
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
DECORFOIL
EPOXY ADHESIVE
FABRIC TAPE PRESSURE SENSITIVE
REACTION ADHESIVE,CYANOACRYLATE BASED
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
08-617 - EC-1357
BOSCODUR
No specific
BOSTIK 7132R
Material No: 08-001

Material No: 08-038
Material No: 08-125
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 11-010
AES
25-20-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-860-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-20-00-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
If necessary, remove the component from the aircraft (refer to the related chapter of the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual).
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-340-050-A
A.
Removal of Air Bubbles under the Decor Foil

MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Examine the decor foil and use a MARKER - CHALK, STICK to put circular marks around the bubbles
(repair area).
(2)
Use a NEEDLE to make holes in the bubbles and remove the air.
(3)
Wait some minutes until the decor foil has its initial shape.
(4)
Use a SYRINGE and fill the repair area with:

or
or
Start at the center of the repair area.
(5)
If necessary, also apply adhesive into holes around the repair area.
(6)
Let the adhesive cure for approximately 20 seconds.
(7)
Carefully apply pressure to the decor foil with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
Start at the center of the repair area.
(8)
Let the air and the unwanted adhesive flow out of the hole(s).
(9)
Immediately remove the unwanted adhesive with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(10) If necessary, remove the unwanted cured adhesive:
AES
(a)
Put a tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-038) on the repair
area.
(b)
Make the tape moist with a WATER - SOAPY SOLUTION.
(c)
Remove the tape after 4-6 hours.
25-20-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(d)
Remove the unwanted adhesive with a moist LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No:
19-003) .
(11) Make the surface smooth with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Start at the center of the repair area.
(12) Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a LINT-FREE COTTON
Subtask 25-20-00-340-051-A
B.
Replacement of Decor Foil Attached with Heat Activated Adhesive

DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
Make sure that the ambient temperature is between 20 deg.C (68.00 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F)
at a relative humidity of 35-75%.
(2)
Remove the damaged decor foil:

WARNING : THE AIRFLOW CAN BE HOT.
- HOT AIR CAN CAUSE BURNS.
(3)
(a)
Put on GLOVES - INSULATED to do the procedure.
(b)
Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with a HOT AIR BLOWER MAX
OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to a maximum of 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F). Apply the
hot air until you can lift the edge of the decor foil.
(c)
Slowly pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm (5.9055 in.) wide strips
while you apply the hot air with a maximum of 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F).
(d)
Remove the unwanted adhesive with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(e)
Install the new decor foil:

(a)
AES
Install the decor foil with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-006A) ,
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-006B) or BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-125) :
1
Put on GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN to do the procedure.
Mix 2 parts of
or
. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-006B)
or
and 1 part of CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) .
25-20-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3
Apply the adhesive to the repair area and to the decor foil with a BRUSH - NON
METALLIC.
Let the adhesive become dry for a minimum of 12 hours at room temperature, or for 45
minutes at 70 DEG.C (158.00 DEG.F).
Cut the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-074) to the correct dimensions.
Put the decor foil in position on the repair area.
Bond the decor foil to the repair area with a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 0.4 BAR (6
PSI) at a temperature of 90 DEG.C (194.00 DEG.F) and a pressure of 0.4 bar (5.8015 psi)
for 5 minutes.
Let the temperature decrease to approximately 40 DEG.C (104.00 DEG.F).
Remove the vacuum equipment.

NOTE :
(b)
If you apply the decor foil to small areas, you can use an ELECTRIC IRON. A
temperature of 90 DEG.C (194.00 DEG.F) and moderate hand pressure are
sufficient.
Install the new decor foil with BOSTIK 7132R:

1
Mix 16 parts of BOSTIK 7132R and 1 part of BOSCODUR.
Apply the adhesive to the repair area and to the decor foil with a BRUSH - NON
METALLIC.
NOTE :
The maximum potlife of the mixture is 2 hours.
Let the adhesive become dry for 15 minutes at room temperature.
Put the decor foil in position on the repair area.
Bond the decor foil to the repair area with a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 0.4 BAR (6
PSI) at a temperature of 80 deg.C (176.00 deg.F) and a pressure of 0.4 bar (5.8015 psi) for
5 minutes.
Subtask 25-20-00-340-052-A
C.
Replacement of Decor Foil Attached with Pressure Sensitive Adhesive

DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
25-20-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Make sure that the ambient temperature is between 20 deg.C (68.00 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F)
at a relative humidity of 35-75%.
(2)
Remove the damaged decor foil:

WARNING : THE AIRFLOW CAN BE HOT.
- HOT AIR CAN CAUSE BURNS.
(3)
5.
(a)
Put on GLOVES - INSULATED to do the procedure.
(b)
Increase the temperature at the edge of the decor foil with a HOT AIR BLOWER MAX
OPERATING 370 DEG C (700 DEG F) to a maximum of 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F). Apply the
hot air until you can lift the edge of the decor foil.
(c)
Slowly pull the decor foil from the component in approximately 150 mm (5.9055 in.) wide strips
while you apply the hot air with a maximum temperature of 100 deg.C (212.00 deg.F).
(d)
Remove the unwanted adhesive with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(e)
Install the new decor foil:

(a)
(b)
Apply
or
. 08-617 - EC-1357
to the repair area with a BRUSH - NON METALLIC.
(c)
(d)
Remove the protective layer from the decor foil and put the decor foil in position on the repair
area.
(e)
Push the decor foil on the repair area with a ROLLER - RUBBER to prevent formation of wrinkles
or air bubbles. Start at the center of the repair area.
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
If necessary, install the component in the aircraft (refer to the related chapter of the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual).
Subtask 25-20-00-860-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-340-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 19-003

No specific
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
Abrasive paper, 180 grade
No specific
Abrasive paper, 240 grade
Material No: 11-003
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-862-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-45-000-002-A
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-003-A
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-004-A
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-005-A
Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-005-A
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-006-A
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-007-A
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-008-A
Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT Passenger/Crew Door
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-860-052-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove the damaged door frame lining(s):

. (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-340-058-A
A.

AES
25-20-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
5.
Make the bonding areas on the doorframe lining and on the flap rough (only make the resin layer rough,
not the fabric):
(a)
Make the bonding areas rough with Abrasive paper, 240 grade.
(b)
Make the bonding areas rough with Abrasive paper, 180 grade.
(2)
Clean the bonding areas with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a LINT-FREE COTTON
(3)
Bond the support to the flap with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-010A)
.
(4)
Let the adhesive cure. Obey the manufacturers instructions.
(5)
Bond the support to the door frame lining with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No: 08-010A) .
(6)
Let the adhesive cure. Obey the manufacturers instructions.
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-860-053-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
Install the door frame lining(s):

. (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008-A) (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-20-00-340-005-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
PAPER - ABRASIVE (GRADE 200)
No specific
PAPER - MASKING
No specific
No specific
1
1

SYRINGE
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-050
Material No: 08-008
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 08-115
Material No: 08-116
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 20-032
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
GLASSCLOTH
POLYESTER FILLER
MASKING TAPE
LAMINATING RESIN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
RESIN (EPOXY)
REFERENCE
24-42-00-862-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-20-00-340-003-A
25-20-00-370-006-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-20-00-991-01200-A - Type 2 Damage)

AES
25-20-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-20-00-860-054-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-20-00-210-050-A
A.
Identification of the Damage Limits

(1)
Damage type 1 (minor damage without crack in the surface):

. The minimum allowed distance between the damage and the edge of the component is 50.80 mm
(2.0 in.).
. The minimum allowed distance between the damage and the brackets is 101.60 mm (4.0 in.).
. The maximum allowed diameter of the damaged area is 10.16 mm (0.4 in.).
. The maximum allowed number of defects on the panel is 10.
. The maximum allowed number of defects in an area of 103.22 cm sq. (16.0 in. sq.) is 5.
. The minimum allowed distance between the defects is 20.32 mm (0.8 in.).
(2)
Damage type 2 (crack in the surface):

(2.0 in.).
. The maximum allowed length of the crack is 30.48 mm (1.2 in.).
(3)
Damage type 3 (single-sided surface breakthrough with honeycomb damage):

(2.0 in.).
(4)
Damage type 4 (single or double-sided surface breakthrough with honeycomb damage):

(2.0 in.).
Subtask 25-20-00-010-051-A
B.
Preparation
(1)
If necessary, remove the damaged lining(s).

(a)
Refer to the applicable AMM procedure.
Subtask 25-20-00-340-059-A
C.

AES
25-20-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
Repair the damage type 1:

MATERIAL/S.
(2)
(a)
Apply PAPER - MASKING and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-074) around the area that you want to repair.
(b)
Carefully remove the decor layer from the damaged area:

. Remove the foil (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-003-A).
. Remove the paint (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006-A).
(c)
Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and LINT-FREE
(d)
Use a SPATULA - NON METALLIC and apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-008) to the surface of the repair area.
(e)
Let the filler cure.
(f)
Make the repair area smooth with a PAPER - ABRASIVE (GRADE 200).
(g)
Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and LINT-FREE COTTON
(h)
Apply the decor layer on the repaired area:

. Apply the foil (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-340-003-A).
. Apply the paint (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-370-006-A).

MATERIAL/S.
AES
(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)
Stop-drill the ends of the crack.
(e)
Fill a SYRINGE with REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE STRUCTURE (Material No:
20-032) .
(f)
Slowly put the resin (2) with the syringe through the crack into the honeycomb core.
(g)
Stop the syringe when the resin comes out of the crack.
25-20-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(h)
Remove the unwanted resin with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and LINT-FREE
(i)
Let the resin cure.
(j)
(k)
(l)
(Material No: 08-008) (1) to the surface of the repair area.
(m) Let the filler cure.
(3)
(n)
(o)
(p)


MATERIAL/S.
(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)
Cut out the prepreg layer to up to 10.16 mm (0.4 in.) over the edge of the damaged area.
(e)
Cut out the damaged honeycomb core.
(f)
(g)
Fill the gap of the removed honeycomb core with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-115) (2).
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
Apply a new top layer (1) on the repaired area:

NOTE :
AES
The overlap of the new layer can be up to 25.40 mm (1.0 in.).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
(l)
The minimum thickness of the new top layer is the thickness of the top layer which is
used for this component.
Apply an aluminum or prepreg top layer with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-017A)
or
Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-050) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-116) .
Let the core filler and the adhesive cure.
(m) Make the repair area smooth with a PAPER - ABRASIVE (GRADE 200).
(4)
(n)
(o)
(Material No: 08-008) to the surface of the repair area.
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)


MATERIAL/S.
AES
(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)
Cut out the prepreg layer:

. On the front side of the panel over the edge of the damaged area
. On the backside of the panel up to 25.40 mm (1.0 in.) over the edge of the damaged area.
(e)
Cut out the damaged honeycomb core up to 25.40 mm (1.0 in.) over the edge of the damaged
area.
(f)
25-20-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(g)
Apply a new top layer (1) on the front side of the repaired area:
NOTE :
Apply an aluminum or prepreg top layer to the gap with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-017A) .
or
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-116) to the gap.
(h)
Fill the gap of the removed honeycomb core with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-115) (2).
(i)
Apply a new top layer (1) on the back side of the repaired area:
NOTE :
The overlap of the new layer can be up to 25.40 mm (1.0 in.).
NOTE :
Apply an aluminum or prepreg top layer with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-017A)
or
(j)
Let the core filler and the adhesive cure.
(k)
Clean the surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a LINT-FREE
(l)
(Material No: 08-008) (3) to the surface of the repair area.
(m) Let the filler cure.

(n)
(o)
(p)

Subtask 25-20-00-410-052-A
D.

(1)
If removed, install the repaired panel(s).

(a)
(2)
AES
Refer to the applicable AMM procedure.
25-20-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-20-00-860-055-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-20-00 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_252000_8_DAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-01200-A SHEET 1

Type 2 Damage
25-20-00 PB801
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
10.16mm
(0.4in.)
10.16mm
(0.4in.)
10.16mm
(0.4in.)
DAMAGED AREA
10.16mm
(0.4in.)
SECTION
AA
EXAMPLE
10.16mm
(0.4in.)
10.16mm
(0.4in.)
25.40mm
(1.0in.)
25.40mm
(1.0in.)
1
2
N_MM_252000_8_DBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-01300-A SHEET 1

Type 3 Damage
25-20-00 PB801
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
25.40mm
(1.0in.)
25.40mm
(1.0in.)
25.40mm
(1.0in.)
DAMAGED AREA
25.40mm
(1.0in.)
SECTION
AA
EXAMPLE
25.40mm
(1.0in.)
25.40mm
(1.0in.)
N_MM_252000_8_DCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-20-00-991-01400-A SHEET 1

Type 4 Damage
25-20-00 PB801
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The passenger seats are located in the passenger compartment between FR21 thru FR66.
AES
25-21-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
A.
Seat Layout
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-21-00-12900-IY - Seat Layout Component Location - AES02/VX02 (Aerolineas de Columbia))
AES
25-21-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
Description
A.
Passenger Seats
The passenger seats are installed on the seat tracks of the cabin floor structure. Quick release fittings at the
front and the rear legs hold the seats in position. Plastic covers are fitted into the seat tracks to cover the
exposed track sections.
** On A/C 005-099
B.
In-Seat Power-Supply System (ISPSS)

(Ref. Fig. 25-21-00-13100-E - PED Power Supply - Component Location)
The ISPSS supplies 110V AC/60 Hz to the electrical outlets of the passenger seats.
. You can connect Portable Electrical Devices (PED), such as portable computers or music players to these
electrical outlets.
. There is no electric power supply to the PED power outlet during take-off and landing.
. The flight crew or cabin crew can, at all times, remove the electric power supply from the electrical outlets
through a single override switch.
** On A/C ALL
C.
AES
Special Passenger Seats

The passenger seats installed in the emergency exit area are of special design. No other passenger seats are
permitted in this area.
For the seat pans:
. The maximum distance permitted between the seat pans is 1 in. (25.4 mm).
. The seat pan support has sufficient strength to prevent the hands or feet to move through or get caught.
For LH seats:
. The latch of the folding table turns only counterclockwise to the open position.
For RH seats:
. The latch of the folding table turns only clockwise to the open position.
25-21-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
4.
Power Supply
A.
AES
In-Seat PED-Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 25-21-00-17600-D - PED Power Supply - Schematic)
Busbar 200XP supplies 115VAC, 400Hz to the interface connectors of the seats. Circuit breakers 50HP, 51HP
and 52HP protect the circuits.
Busbar 602PP supplies 28VDC to the master control unit (MCU) 55HP. Circuit breaker 53HP protects the
circuit.
The circuit breakers are located on Panel 2000VU.
The in-seat power-supply unit (ISPSU) supplies 110VAC/60Hz to each seat power outlet.
25-21-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
A.
Passenger Seats
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-21-00-15400-A - Economy-Class Seats - Example)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-21-00-15400-AV - Seat Description - Tourist Class - Example)
(Ref. Fig. 25-21-00-15300-BK - Seat Description - Business Class - Example)
** On A/C ALL
(1) The passenger seats have:
. A framework
. Upholstered seat pans
. Upholstered backrest assemblies
. Armrest assemblies
. Seatbelts
. Folding tables
. Pockets.
There are different passenger seats available.
(a) Seat Framework
The seat framework holds the upholstered seat pans, backrests and the armrests.
A baggage bar is fitted to the front framework legs. This prevents forward movement of the baggage,
which is kept below the seats. A stowage for life vests is found below each seat.
(b) Seat Pan
The seat pans are installed to the seat framework. They are upholstered and not foldable or adjustable.
(c) Backrest Assembly
The upholstered backrest assembly of each seat can be adjusted to the sleeping position or to the fully
upright position.
(d) Armrest Assembly
The upholstered armrest assemblies have a hydraulic recline button control and an ashtray. You can
fold the inner armrests between the backrests.
If installed, the entertainment control is in the center armrest (Ref. 23-33-00).
(e) Seat Belt Assembly
Each seat has a seat belt assembly. The seat belt assembly is attached to the seat framework and has
a buckle to lock and adjust the seat belt length.
(f) Folding Table Assembly
The folding table assembly folds into a recess in the backrest for stowage. It has movable arms which
are attached on the seat frame.
Some seat units have an in-armrest table assembly. If the in-armrest table assembly is not in use, keep
it inside the armrest under the upholstered arm cap. The in-armrest table is attached to the armrest
structure.
(g) Literature Pocket
Each seat backrest has a literature pocket. Each literature pocket contains an air-sickness bag and a
safety instruction card.
AES
25-21-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
6.

(Ref. Fig. 25-21-00-17600-D - PED Power Supply - Schematic)
The PED power system starts to operate as soon as the busbar 200XP is supplied with 115V AC.
The master control unit 55HP controls the power supply to the related seat group.
A green LED installed on each power outlet of the related passenger seats indicates that PED power is available.
It is possible to switch off the PED power at any time with the PED power switch installed in the forward cabin
area.
The LED installed on each power outlet of the related passenger seats changes from green to red to indicate that no
PED power is available.
An additional indication light is installed at the aisle side of each seat group to indicate that a passenger uses the
PED power supply.
AES
25-21-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5900MM
5901MM
5902MM
5903MM
5750MM
5751MM
5762MM
5763MM
5752MM
5753MM
5758MM
5759MM
5761MM
5760MM
ZONE 230
** On A/C 005-099
5765MM
ZONE 250
5764MM
ZONE 240
5755MM
5754MM
5756MM
5757MM
N_MM_252100_0_EZF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-12900-IY SHEET 1

Seat Layout Component Location - AES02/VX02
(Aerolineas de Columbia)
25-21-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
FR44
SEAT
INTERFACE
CONNECTOR
Z210
Z220
Z230
A
MCU
2000VU
FR33
FR28
PED
POWER
SWITCH
(ON/OFF)
SEAT
INTERFACE
CONNECTOR
FR1
MCU
55HP
(REF 252134)
COVER
N_MM_252100_0_VHH0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-13100-E SHEET 1

PED Power Supply - Component Location
25-21-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
HEADREST
ASSEMBLY
EXAMPLE
BACKREST ASSEMBLY
FOODTRAY
ASSEMBLY
SEAT CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
ASHTRAY
PCU
SEAT BELT
BOTTOM
CUSHION
CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
A
B
ENDBAY
ASSEMBLY
SEAT ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)
REF 233300
BAGGAGE
BAR
C
SEAT
FRAME
ASSEMBLY
LIFEVEST POUCH
(LOCATED UNDER SEATPAN)
N_MM_252100_0_EZGA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-15300-BK SHEET 1

25-21-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
FRONT TRACK
FITTING
LOCK SCREW
UNLOCKED
AFT
TRACK FITTING
TRACK LOCK
ANTI RATTLE NUT

LOCKED
STUD
SEAT TRACK
SEAT ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)
(SEE 233300)
PED POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
(SEE 252142)
N_MM_252100_0_EZGA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-15300-BK SHEET 2

25-21-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
TOURIST CLASS SEATS

EXAMPLE
HEADREST
BACKREST
SEAT BELT
FIXED
ARMREST
BACKREST CONTROL
BUTTON
FOLDING TABLE
FOLDING
ARMREST
ARMREST
LIFE VEST
POUCH
BAGGAGE BAR
SEAT FRAME
A
D
G
H
K
N
B
E
F
J
L
P
N_MM_252100_0_AGNA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-15400-A SHEET 1

25-21-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
A
EXAMPLE
ANTI RATTLE NUT
EXAMPLE
STUD
TRACK LOCK
TRACK FITTING
SEAT TRACK
SEAT TRACK
COVER
C
EXAMPLE
STOP WASHER
N_MM_252100_0_AGNA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-15400-A SHEET 2

25-21-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
TRACK LOCK
ANTI RATTLE NUT
TRACK FITTING
STUD
COVER
COVER
SEAT TRACK
SEAT TRACK
F
G
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
TRACK LOCK
TRACK FITTING
ANTI RATTLE NUT
STUD
COVER
SEAT TRACK
COVER
SEAT TRACK
N_MM_252100_0_AGNA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-15400-A SHEET 3

25-21-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
H
EXAMPLE
ANTI RATTLE NUT

STUD
SEAT
TRACK
COVER
J
EXAMPLE
TRACK LOCK
LOCKING SPRING
PLUNGER
TRACK FITTING
COVER
SEAT TRACK
N_MM_252100_0_AGNA_04_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-15400-A SHEET 4

25-21-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
K
EXAMPLE
STUD
ANTI RATTLE NUT
STUD
COVER
SEAT TRACK
L
EXAMPLE
LOCK BOLT
TRACK FITTING
UNLOCKED
TRACK LOCK
LOCKED
SEAT TRACK
N_MM_252100_0_AGNA_05_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-15400-A SHEET 5

25-21-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N
EXAMPLE
SEAT TRACK
ANTI RATTLE NUT
STUD
COVER
EXAMPLE
TRACK LOCK
SEAT FRAME
TRACK FITTING
Q
LOCKING DEVICE OPEN
LOCK
TRACK
FITTING
COVER
SEAT TRACK
N_MM_252100_0_AGNA_06_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-15400-A SHEET 6

25-21-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
HEADREST
WINGS
BACKREST
EXAMPLE
SEAT BELT
ARMREST
FOOD TRAY
SEAT CUSHION
LIFE VEST
POUCH
BAGGAGE BAR
FRAME WORK
SEAT ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)
REF 233300
PCU (PASSENGER
CONTROL UNIT)
A
RECLINE
CONTROL
N_MM_252100_0_EZHA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-15400-AV SHEET 1

25-21-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
A
EXAMPLE
ANTI RATTLE
NUT
STUD
COVER
SEAT TRACK
B
EXAMPLE
LOCK NUT
UNLOCKED
AFT
TRACK FITTING
TRACK LOCK
LOCKED
SEAT TRACK
N_MM_252100_0_EZHA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-15400-AV SHEET 2

25-21-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
200XP
SHED BUS
115VAC
400HZ
602PP
SHED BUS
28VDC
50HP
115VAC
PHASE A INPUT
51HP
115VAC
PHASE B INPUT
52HP
115VAC
PHASE C INPUT
28VDC INPUT
53HP
AC GROUND
2000VU
CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX
CHASSIS GROUND
ON
PED ACTIVE
PED POWER
DISABLE
56HP
PED POWER
DISABLE
MH
PED POWER
DISABLE
MK
RR
70VU 18LP
ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHT TEST
1805VD
187VU
WR
PED POWER
DISABLE
PAX
PERSONAL
ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY
19WR CABIN
PRESSURE
OFF
103VU
115VAC A
115VAC B
115VAC C
LU
MR
NEUTRAL
DATA OUT
90VU 22CV
SFFC NO 2
54HP
56VU COCKPIT
MR
115VAC A
115VAC B
115VAC C
MR
NEUTRAL
DATA OUT
90VU 21CV
SFFC NO 1
LY
5LY
MR
115VAC A
115VAC B
115VAC C
MR
NEUTRAL
DATA OUT
55HP MASTER
CONTROL UNIT
N_MM_252100_0_ACAA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-17600-D SHEET 1

25-21-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
ISPSU
MR
TO A/C
INTERFACE
115VAC 400HZ
IN SEAT POWER
SUPPLY UNIT
OUTLET
UNIT
110VAC
60HZ
SEAT ASSEMBLY
NOTE:
1
MK = 233300
MH = 233600
RR = 233700
MR = 252100
LU = 333400
LY = 333700
WR = 352300
PASSENGER MUSIC ENTERTAINMENT

PASSENGER VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT
PASSENGER AM/FM RADIO SYSTEM FACILITY
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEAT
FWDAFT CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
LOGO LIGHTS
CONTROL AND INDICATING
N_MM_252100_0_ACAA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-00-17600-D SHEET 2

25-21-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-21-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the In-Seat Power-Supply System (PED Power Supply)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
Z289H0010110
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
MULTIMETER - STANDARD
1
LOAD UNIT-MOBILE,SEAT
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-861-053-A
A.
4.

Procedure
Subtask 25-21-00-710-053-H
A.
Operational Test of the PED Power Supply:

(1)
In the FWD cabin area:

. Make sure that the PED power ON/OFF switch is in the OFF position.
(2)
Connect a MULTIMETER - STANDARD with an applicable interface cable or a LOAD UNITMOBILE,SEAT (Z289H0010110) to the PED power outlet unit.
(3)
On the related passenger seat:

. Make sure that the connector of the test equipment is fully inserted, if not the power outlet will not
operate.
NOTE :
AES
The red LED (if installed) of the seat power outlet is on, the multimeter shows 0 VAC.
25-21-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Do this test:
ACTION
1.In the FWD cabin area:
. Set the PED power ON/OFF switch to the ON
position.
2.In the FWD cabin area:
. Set the PED power ON/OFF switch to the OFF
position.
(5)
5.
RESULT
the seat power outlet:
The green LED (if installed) comes on
The multimeter shows 110 +15-6VAC.
the seat power outlet:
The red LED (if installed) comes on.
The multimeter shows 0 VAC.
Disconnect the multimeter from the power outlet of the passenger seat.
NOTE :
(6)
At
.
.
At
.
.
The red LED (if installed) of the power outlet stays on until the aircraft electrical network is deenergized.
Close-up
Subtask 25-21-00-862-053-A
A.
AES

25-21-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-21-00-210-001-A
Detailed Inspection of Seat to Floor Attachment and General Visual Inspection of Seats Structure
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-21-00-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF SEAT TO FLOOR ATTACHMENT AND GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF
SEAT STRUCTURE
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-21-00-210-050-A
A.
5.
Visual Inspection of the Passenger Seats

(1)
Make sure that the seat structure e.g. legs, beams, seat pan and backrest, as far as visible, are not
damaged or cracked.
(2)
Make sure that the seat attach fittings are in the correct condition. Make sure that the attach fittings
are not cracked or missing.
(3)
Make sure that the seat assembly is correctly installed on the aircraft structure.
Close-up
Subtask 25-21-00-210-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Subtask 25-21-00-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-21-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-21-00-210-002-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of Seat Belts Attachment, Seat Belts and Locks Check of Locks
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-21-00-02-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF SEAT BELT ATTACHMENT, SEAT BELT AND LOCK. CHECK OF LOCK
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-00-861-051-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-21-00-210-052-A
A.
5.
Visual Inspection/Check Passenger-Seats Seat Belts

(1)
Make sure that the seat belt attachments, the seat belts and the buckles are in the correct condition.
(2)
Make sure that the operation of the seat belt locking/unlocking system is correct.
Close-up
Subtask 25-21-00-210-053-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Subtask 25-21-00-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-21-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MASTER CONTROL UNIT - SEAT POWER SUPPLY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-21-34-000-001-A
Removal of the Master Control Unit (MCU)
FIN 55HP
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-21-34-991-00100-E - Master Control Unit (MCU))

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-34-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-21-34-865-056-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
53HP
B03
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
Subtask 25-21-34-010-050-A
C.
Get Access
(1)
AES
Open the door of the related overhead stowage compartment.
25-21-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-21-34-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Master Control Unit (MCU) 55HP

(1)
Release the fasteners (2) and remove the cover (1).
(2)
Disconnection of the Electrical Connectors:
(3)
(a)
Release the spring latches (12).
(b)
Remove the blanking cap (9).
(c)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (8), (10) and (11).
(d)
Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
Hold the MCU (3) tightly, remove the screws (4), (6), the washers (5), (7) and the MCU (3).
Subtask 25-21-34-560-050-B
B.
AES
Removal of the Programming Module (PM) 100HP

(1)
Push the two clamps (13) at the same time and remove the PM (14) from the MCU (3).
(2)
Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
25-21-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
55HP
Z230
A
A
FR31
FR30
8
J4
8
J5
J2
J3
9
B
J1
6
7
2
N_MM_252134_4_USA2_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-34-991-00100-E SHEET 1

25-21-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
B
EXAMPLE
MASTER CONTROL UNIT
C
J7
J6
55HP
J8
10
12
RETAINER
11
PUSH TO RELEASE
13
EXAMPLE
PROGRAMMING MODULE
14 100HP
13
PUSH
TO RELEASE
N_MM_252134_4_USA2_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-34-991-00100-E SHEET 2

25-21-34 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-21-34-400-001-A
Installation of the Master Control Unit (MCU)
FIN 55HP
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-007
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A
DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-21-00-710-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-34-861-051-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the door of the related overhead stowage compartment is open.
Subtask 25-21-34-865-055-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
53HP
B03
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-21-34-560-051-B
A.
AES
Installation of the Programming Module (PM) 100HP

25-21-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
(2)
Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.
(3)
Connect the PM (14) to the MCU (3).
Subtask 25-21-34-420-050-A
B.
Installation of the Master Control Unit (MCU) 55HP

DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
Hold the MCU (3) in position, install the washers (5) and the screws (4).
(2)
Install the washer (7) and the screw (6) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
(3)
Connection of the Electrical Connectors:

MATERIAL/S.
CAUTION :
(4)
MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE CONNECTOR IN
THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED
MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-007) to the electrical
connectors (8) and (10).
(d)
Connect the electrical connectors (8), (10) and (11).
(e)
Lock the electrical connector (11) with the spring latches (12).
(f)
Install the blanking cap (9).
Installation of the cover (1):

(a)
(b)
Hold the cover (1) in position and lock the fasteners (2).
Subtask 25-21-34-869-050-A
C.
Close the related CBs for each MCU

(1)
AES
Make sure that you close all the related CBs for each MCU at the same time.
25-21-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-21-34-865-054-A
D.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
53HP
B03
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
Subtask 25-21-34-710-050-A
E.
Operational Test
(1)
5.
Do the Test (Ref. TASK 25-21-00-710-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-21-34-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Close the door of the related overhead stowage compartment.
(2)
Subtask 25-21-34-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-21-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT - PASSENGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-21-41-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
B.
WRENCH - GROOVE NUT
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-074
C.
DESIGNATION
MASKING TAPE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-28-41-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-21-41-991-00200-A - Passenger Seats - Electrical Connections)

(Ref. Fig. 25-21-41-991-00600-S - Passenger Seats)
(Ref. Fig. 25-21-41-991-00600-AH - Passenger Seats)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-41-860-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-21-41-865-103-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
AES
READING
READING
READING
READING
READING
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
FIN
LOCATION
25-21-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
2000VU
PASSENGER READING LIGHT
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
FIN
LOCATION
1LW
G01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-21-41-010-055-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
Make sure that:

. The folding tables are in the folded position
. The seat backrests are in the vertical position
. If folding legrests are installed, they are in the extended position.
(2)
If there is an In-Seat Power-Supply System (ISPS) installed, disconnect the electrical connectors:
(3)
(4)
AES
(a)
Release the fasteners (7) and open or remove the cover (8).
(b)
Disconnection of the electrical connectors:

1
Disconnect the electrical connectors (13) and (14).
Cut and discard the cable ties and remove the electrical cables from the seat structure.
Put a CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
If there is a Passenger Entertainment System installed, disconnect the electrical connectors:

(a)
Release the fasteners (7) and open or remove the cover (8).
(b)

1
Release the spring latches (10) and disconnect the electrical connectors (11), (12).
Cut and discard the cable ties and remove the electrical cables from the seat structure.
If there is an Emergency Escape-Path Marking-System (EEMPS) installed, disconnect the electrical

connectors:
(a)
Remove the applicable seat-track covers (5) from the seat tracks.
(b)
Push the quick-release studs (3) and remove the proctection cap (4).
25-21-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
If necessary, remove the related carpet (6) (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-000-001-A).
(d)

1
Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
Remove the electrical cables (2) and attach it to the seat structure with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) .
Subtask 25-21-41-020-052-A
B.
Removal of the Passenger Seats in the Tourist Class Area

** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
AES
(1)
Remove the applicable seat-track covers (4) from the seat tracks.
(2)
Put marks on the seat tracks to show the position of the seat assembly (1) for installation.
(3)
Loosen the anti-rattle nuts (2) with a WRENCH - GROOVE NUT.
(4)
Loosen the screws (6) to release the track fittings (5) from the seat tracks.
(5)
Move the seat assembly (1) forward or rearward to release the front studs (3) and the track fittings (5)
from the seat tracks.
(6)
Carefully lift the seat assembly (1) from the seat tracks and remove it.
25-21-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
TO SEAT FRAME
D
EXAMPLE
3
6
13
SEAT TRACK
14
15
B
EXAMPLE
8
C
EXAMPLE
C
7
8
9
10
12
11
7
N_MM_252141_4_BAF1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Passenger Seats - Electrical Connections
25-21-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
B
A
2
3
SEAT TRACK
B
EXAMPLE
UNLOCKED
5
6
7
LOCKED
SEAT TRACK
N_MM_252141_4_ABF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-41-991-00600-S SHEET 1

Passenger Seats
25-21-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
B
EXAMPLE
SEAT TRACK
6
UNLOCKED
LOCKED
SEAT TRACK
N_MM_252141_4_ABH0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-41-991-00600-AH SHEET 1

Passenger Seats
25-21-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-21-41-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
1
WRENCH - GROOVE NUT
Torque wrench: range to between 30.00 and 220.00 LBF.IN (0.34 and 2.60
M.DAN)
REFERENCE
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
Tie Wrap
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)
23-33-00-740-002-A
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the

Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
** On A/C 005-099
25-21-00-710-002-A
25-28-41-400-001-A
AIPC 11-32-52
11-32-25-00
INTERIOR PLACARDS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-21-41-991-01700-A - Front Stud - Installation Limits)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-21-41-860-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that:

. The folding tables are in the folded position
. The seat backrests are in the vertical position
. If folding legrests are installed, they are in the extended position.
25-21-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-21-41-865-104-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
2000VU
PASSENGER
2000VU
PASSENGER
2000VU
PASSENGER
2000VU
PASSENGER
2000VU
PASSENGER
2000VU
PASSENGER
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
READING
READING
READING
READING
READING
READING
FIN
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-21-41-560-050-A
A.
Preparation for Installation

(1)
(2)
(3)
Make sure that all placards of the retained/new components are in the correct position and in good
condition.
(4)
If necessary install new placards. Refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A), (Ref. 11-32-25-00) and
(Ref. AIPC 11-32-52).
(5)
Make sure that the seat tracks are clean and in the correct condition.
(6)
Make sure that the studs are correctly installed in the front legs of the seat assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 25-21-41-991-01700-A - Front Stud - Installation Limits)
Subtask 25-21-41-420-050-S
B.
Installation of the Passenger Seats in the Tourist Class Area

** On A/C 003-004
AES
25-21-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
(1)
Put the seat assembly (1) in position on the seat tracks.
(2)
Make sure that the track fittings (5) and the front studs (3) are correctly engaged in the seat tracks.
(3)
Move the seat assembly (1) forward or rearward to align it with the marks on the seat tracks.
(4)
Torque the screws.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO PLAY BETWEEN THE SEATLOCKS AND THE SEAT
TRACKS.
IF THE SEAT BECOMES LOOSE, IT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PASSENGERS OR
DAMAGE TO THE SEAT.
(a)
TORQUE the screws (6) to between 50 and 70 LBF.IN (0.57 and 0.79 M.DAN).
(5)
Tighten the anti-rattle nuts (2) with your fingers and then 1/8 to 1/4 more with a WRENCH GROOVE NUT.
(6)
Install the seat-track covers (4) on the seat tracks.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-21-41-410-054-A
C.
Close Access
(1)
If there is an In-Seat Power-Supply System (ISPS) installed, connect the electrical connector(s)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Connection of the electrical connector(s)

CAUTION :
(2)
AES
MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE

CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
Connect the electrical connector(s) (13), (14).
(d)
Attach the wire with Tie Wrap to the seat structure.
(e)
Close the cover (7) and push the quick-release studs (8) into the locked position.
(f)
If there is an Passenger Entertainment System installed, connect the electrical connector(s)

(a)
(b)
25-21-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)

CAUTION :
(3)
MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE

CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
Connect the electrical connector(s) (11), (12) and engage the spring latches (10).
(d)
Attach the wire with Tie Wrap to the seat structure.
(e)
Close the cover (8) and push the quick-release studs (7) into the locked position.
(f)
If there is an Emergency Escape-Path Marking System (EEPMS) installed, connect the electrical
connector(s)
(a)
(b)
(c)

1
Connect the electrical connector(s) (1).
(d)
Put the wire in position and if the carpet was removed, put the carpet in position (Ref. TASK
25-28-41-400-001-A).
(e)
Install the protection cap (4) and push the quick-release studs (3) into the locked position.
(f)
Install the applicable seat-track covers (5) on the seat tracks.
(g)
Subtask 25-21-41-710-051-A
D.
Do the BITE test of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-21-41-710-056-A
E.
Do the operational test of the in-seat power-supply system (Ref. TASK 25-21-00-710-002-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-21-41-710-052-A
F.
Do the Test of the Passenger Seats with Mechanically Operating Functions

NOTE :
This test is only necessary for the seats, that were installed in the installation procedure.
NOTE :
The legrest test is only applicable for seats that have a legrest installed.
ACTION
1.Put the backrest in the reclined position:
. Push and hold the related control button and, at the
same time, push the backrest rearward.
2.Put the backrest in the vertical position:
. Push and hold the related control button.
3.Put the legrest in the extended position:
. Push and hold the related control button.
AES
RESULT
.
The backrest moves to its reclined position.
The backrest moves to its vertical position.
The legrest moves to its extended position.
25-21-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
4.Put the legrest in the retracted position:
. Push and hold the related control button and, at the
same time, push the legrest down.
5.
RESULT
.
The legrest moves to its retracted position.
Close-up
Subtask 25-21-41-862-052-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-21-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
WRENCH
ANTIRATTLE NUT
FRONT STUD
A
SEAT
TRACK
SECTION
CORRECT INSTALLATION
AA
INCORRECT INSTALLATION
EXAMPLE
FRONT LEG
FRONT LEG
ANTIRATTLE NUT
TIGHTENED TO
THE SEAT TRACK
ANTIRATTLE NUT
TIGHTENED TO
THE SEAT TRACK
SEAT TRACK
FRONT STUD
FRONT STUD
NOTE: MAKE SURE THAT THE FRONT STUD IS CORRECTLY

INSTALLED IN THE FRONT LEG BEFORE
YOU INSTALL THE SEAT ASSEMBLY ON THE SEAT TRACK.
N_MM_252141_4_HCV0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-41-991-01700-A SHEET 1

Front Stud - Installation Limits
25-21-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-21-42-000-001-A
Removal of the In-Seat Power-Supply Unit
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-21-42-991-00100-A - PED Power Unit (Converter))

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-42-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-21-42-865-053-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
53HP
B03
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-21-42-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the PED Power Unit (Converter) (5)

(1)
Release the quick release fasteners (1) and remove the shroud (2).
(2)
Disconnect the bonding strap (6).
CAUTION :
AES
MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT
THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
25-21-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(4)
(5)
AES
Disconnection of the Electrical Connectors (3)

(a)
Disconnect the electrical connectors P1 and P2 (3).
(b)
Disconnection of the Electrical Connectors (8)

(a)
Release the spring latches (7) and disconnect the electrical connectors (8) from the PED power
unit (converter) (5).
(b)
Pull the studs (4) and remove the PED power unit (converter) (5).
25-21-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
F/C SEAT
EXAMPLE
PED POWER
OUTLET SOCKET
T/C SEAT
EXAMPLE
PED POWER
OUTLET SOCKET
N_MM_252142_4_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-21-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
BONDING STRAP
INBOARD
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
1
SUPPORT
1
6
BONDING STRAP
D
OUTBOARD
1
SEE 233346
D
D
SUPPORT
TO PED POWER
OUTLET SOCKET
EXAMPLE OF
CONNECTOR
WITH CLIPS
7
5
RETAINING
PLATE
P2
5
P1
RETAINING
PLATE
N_MM_252142_4_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-21-42-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-21-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-21-42-400-001-A
Installation of the In-Seat Power-Supply Unit
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A
DESIGNATION
tanks)-
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-21-00-710-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-21-42-860-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-21-42-865-054-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
53HP
B03
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
Subtask 25-21-42-865-057-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
AES
25-21-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU
2000VU
4.
DESIGNATION
PES MUSIC AFT
PES MUSIC-CTL
FIN
22MK
21MK
LOCATION
D04
D01
Procedure
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-21-42-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the PED power unit (converter) (5)

(1)
Put the PED power unit (converter) (5) in position and attach it with the studs (4).
(2)
Connect the Electrical Connectors

CAUTION :
(a)
(b)
(c)
Connect the electrical connectors (3):

. P1 to the socket J1,
. P2 to the socket J2.
CAUTION :
(3)
REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE CONNECTOR IN
THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED
MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.
(d)
Connect the electrical connectors (8).

. Connect the electrical connectors (8) as identified during the removal procedure and lock
them with the spring latches (7).
(e)
Connect the bonding straps (6) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Install the cover (2)

(a)
(b)
Put the cover (2) in position and attach it with the quick release fasteners (1).
Subtask 25-21-42-865-055-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
53HP
B03
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
AES
25-21-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-21-42-710-050-A
C.
Operational Test
(1)
5.
Do the operational test of the (PED) power-outlet of the passenger seat (Ref. TASK 25-21-00-710-002A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-21-42-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-21-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
Cabin attendant seats are installed in the cabin for the cabin attendants to use during take-off and landing.
AES
25-22-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
FIN
6104MM
6106MM
6108MM
6120MM
** On A/C 005-099
CABIN ATTENDANT SEAT

PADDING
ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
200
200
200
240
6100MM
6101MM

200
200
AES
PANEL
25-22-00 PB001
ATA REF.
25-22-43
25-22-41
25-22-41
25-53-51
25-22-41
25-22-41
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
Description
The cabin-attendant seats (CAS) are installed in the areas of the passenger/crew doors and emergency exits.
The floor mounted cabin-attendant seats are installed on the seat tracks or on the cabin floor-structure (hardpoint
mounted).
The wall mounted cabin-attendant seats are installed on:
. the lavatory walls
. the galley walls
. the stowage walls.
AES
25-22-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Interface
The cabin-attendant seats have handset/cradles which are available as an option.
The handset/cradles have interfaces with:
. the Cabin Intercomunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00-00).
AES
25-22-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
A.
The cabin-attendant seats have:

(Ref. Fig. 25-22-00-17800-A - Cabin Attendant Seat, Free Standing)
(Ref. Fig. 25-22-00-17900-A - Cabin Attendant Seat, Wall Mounted)
(Ref. Fig. 25-22-00-18000-A - Cabin Attendant Seat, Swivel)
.
.
.
.
.
.
A seat frame
A backrest with a cushion
A seatpan with a cushion
A headrest with a cushion
A stowage compartment
A restraint system.
(Ref. Fig. 25-22-00-18100-A - Restraint System)
(1) Seat Frame:

The seat frame, which includes two side frames and a backrest framework, is made of light alloy.
(2) Headrest:
The headrest has a foam cushion which is covered with a fabric seat-cover.
(3) Backrest:
The backrest has a foam cushion which is covered with a fabric seat-cover.
(4) Seatpan:
The seatpan is made of a light alloy and has a foam cushion with a fabric seat-cover. The seat pan is spring
loaded to return the seat to the retracted position when it is not in use.
(5) Restraint System:
(Ref. Fig. 25-22-00-18400-A - Restraint System)
The restraint system is divided into a seat belt assy and a shoulder harness.
Each cabin-attendant seat has a seat belt assy and a shoulder harness with a center buckle. The shoulder
harness uses inertia reels to automatically pull it in when the seat is not in use. Static type shoulder
harnesses are available as an option.
(6) Stowage Compartment:
Each CAS has a stowage compartment which has a spring-loaded latch door.
The stowage compartment can be used to stow emergency equipment.
AES
25-22-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DELETED
AES
25-22-00 PB001
Page
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DELETED
AES
25-22-00 PB001
Page
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF FREE
STANDING CABIN
ATTENDANT SEAT
HEADREST
SHOULDER HARNESS
SEAT FRAME
BACK REST
SEAT BELT
SEAT PAN
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
N_MM_252200_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-00-17800-A SHEET 1

Cabin Attendant Seat, Free Standing
25-22-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF
WALL MOUNTED
HEADREST
SHOULDER HARNESS
SEAT FRAME
BACK REST
SEAT BELT
SEAT PAN
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
CABIN FLOOR
N_MM_252200_0_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-00-17900-A SHEET 1

Cabin Attendant Seat, Wall Mounted
25-22-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HANDSET
REF 237344
HEADREST
RESTRAIN SYSTEM
BACKREST
ASSEMBLY
LOCKING PIN
HINGE
ASSEMBLY
SEAT FRAME
SEAT PAN
LOCKING DEVICE
SEAT PAN
RELEASE LEVER
STOWAGE
ACCESS FLAP
NOTE:
1
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_252200_0_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-00-18000-A SHEET 1

Cabin Attendant Seat, Swivel
25-22-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
BUCKEL /
FASTENER
BACK REST CUSHION (REMOVED)
N_MM_252200_0_BBB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-00-18100-A SHEET 1

Restraint System
25-22-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE 4 POINT RESTRAINT
SYSTEM WITH REELS (SELFREELING)
GUIDE
GIRT
ATTACH FITTING
REEL
A
GIRT ADJUST BUCKLE
A
LOCK CLIP
TURNBUCKLE
GIRT
QUICK SNAP
FITTING (ALTERNATIVE)
N_MM_252200_0_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-00-18400-A SHEET 1

Restraint System
25-22-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE 4 AND 5 POINT STATIC
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
GIRT
ATTACH FITTING
RESTRAIN CLIP
LOCK CLIP
A
SNAP BUCKLE
A
GIRT
NOTE:
1
GIRT ADJUST BUCKLE 5 POINT

RESTRAINT SYSTEM ONLY
QUICK SNAP
N_MM_252200_0_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-00-18400-A SHEET 2

Restraint System
25-22-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-00-040-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-20-03A
Cabin Attendant Seat
MMEL 25-20-03B
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
3.
QTY
1
WARNING NOTICE(S)
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-052-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-00-040-050-A
A.
5.

(1)
Safety the affected seat in its stowed position or remove it.
(2)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the seat.
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-00-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Make an entry in the logbook.
25-22-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-00-440-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-20-03A
MMEL 25-20-03B
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-053-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-00-440-050-A
A.

(1)
5.
Put the seat back to its initial configuration.
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-00-862-052-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-22-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-00-210-001-A
Detailed Inspection of Seat Attachment and General Visual Inspection of Seat Structure
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-22-00-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF SEAT ATTACHMENT AND GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF SEAT
STRUCTURE
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-00-210-050-A
A.
5.
Detailed Inspection of the Seat Attachment and General Visual Inspection of the Seat Structure
(1)
Make sure that the structure of the seats is not damaged or cracked.
(2)
Make sure that the fittings are correctly installed.
(3)
Make sure that the holes, the bolts and the screws are in the correct condition and have no corrosion.
(4)
Make sure that the seat assemblies are not loose.
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-00-210-051-A
A.
Subtask 25-22-00-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-22-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-00-210-002-A
Detailed Inspection of Seat Belt Attachment, Seat Belt and Lock. Check of Lock
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-22-00-02-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF SEAT BELT ATTACHMENT, SEAT BELT AND LOCK. CHECK OF LOCK
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-22-00-991-00100-A - Seat-Belt Webbing Life)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-00-861-051-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-00-210-052-A
A.
Detailed Inspection/Check of the Cabin-Attendant Seat-Belts

(1)
Make sure that the metal attach fitting and buckles have no cracks or other damage.
(2)
Make sure that the seat-belt buckle locks/unlocks correctly.
(3)
Make sure you can adjust the length of the seat belt correctly.
(4)
For seats with a restraint system with inertia reel(s):
(5)
(a)
Make sure you can pull out the shoulder harnesses smoothly and that they automatically go back
into their reels.
(b)
Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and it unlocks when you release the
tension.
Make sure that you can read the markings.
Subtask 25-22-00-220-050-A
B.
Visual Inspection/Check of the Cabin-Attendant Seat-Belts Webbing

(Ref. Fig. 25-22-00-991-00100-A - Seat-Belt Webbing Life)
(1)
Do
.
.
.
.
.
.
AES
a check of the webbing for:

Damaged stitching
Damage marks
Broken fabric threads
Chafe marks
Felting (felting is when the webbing has become less compact, has a soft
texture and is thicker)
Fray marks (fray marks show when fibres in the webbing are broken)
25-22-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
(2)
5.
: There are four classes of web fray:

. Class 1: The webbing has fraying across the full width
. Class 2: Each side of the webbing has fraying but the fraying is not
continuous across the full width
. Class 3: Only one side of the webbing has fraying
. Class 4: The fraying is the result of a small cut or clear edge break
Replace the seat belts:

. If the thickness of the lap belt or inertia reel webbing increases more than 1.9 mm (0.075 in.).
. If the web edge is cut or torn deeper than 2.5 mm (0.1 in.).
. If the fraying is more than 10% of the web width
. If the amount of fraying is more than 203.2 mm (8 in.) of the web length
. If there are more than 15 broken threads in other locations than the edge
. If more than 30 stitches in the stitch-pattern are broken.
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-00-210-053-A
A.
Subtask 25-22-00-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-22-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE 4 POINT RESTRAINT
SYSTEM WITH REELS (SELFREELING)
GUIDE
GIRT
ATTACH FITTING
REEL
GIRT ADJUST BUCKLE
A
LOCK CLIP
TURNBUCKLE
GIRT
QUICK SNAP
N_MM_252200_6_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-22-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE 4 AND 5 POINT STATIC

RESTRAINT SYSTEM
QUICK SNAP
NOTE:
1
5 POINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM ONLY
N_MM_252200_6_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-00-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-22-00 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
APPROXIMATOLY 30 STICHES
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
CLASS IV
CLASS III
CLASS II
CLASS I
%OF 3000 LB. STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR FRAYED AND AGED WEBBING
1845 WEBBING
1655 WEBBING
T1200WEBBING
(THIN NYLON .045+/.003) (THICK NYLON .060+/.005)

FRAY CLASS
(POLYESTE 0.45+/.004)
I I
III
IV
I I
III
IV
I I
III
IV
MEAN
79
77
129
89
76
85
147
160
140
129
148
158
MINIMUM
61
69
108
83
55
67
123
152
130
130
138
127
SHOULDER MATERIAL
LAP BELT
OTHER APPLICATIONS
N_MM_252200_6_AAMA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-00-991-00100-A SHEET 3

25-22-00 PB601
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT, WALL MOUNTED REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-41-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-22-41-991-00100-A - Wall-Mounted Single Cabin Attendant-Seat)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-861-050-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
If you remove a cabin-attendant seat which does not have a handset installed, continue from step 4. A.
Subtask 25-22-41-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM
162RH
M07
LIGHT-ATTND WORK
1LZ
J03
2000VU
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-41-020-051-A
A.
Removal of the Single-Seat Assembly

(1)
AES
Get access:
(a)
Remove the seat upholstery (6).
(b)
Open the access flap and remove all the equipment from the stowage compartment of the seat.
25-22-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(3)
AES
Disconnect the electrical connector:

(a)
Disconnect the electrical connector (3).
(b)
Remove the seat assembly:

(a)
Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (4).
(b)
Close the access flap.
(c)
Remove the seat assembly (2) and the washers (1).
25-22-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
REF 237344
2
NOTE:
ACCESS FLAP
4
IF INSTALLED
5
N_MM_252241_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Wall-Mounted Single Cabin Attendant-Seat
25-22-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-41-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
M.DAN)
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-065
C.
DESIGNATION
DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-860-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Make sure that the stowage compartment of the seat is empty.
(3)
If you install a cabin-attendant seat which does not have a handset installed, continue from step 4. A.
Subtask 25-22-41-865-051-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
LIGHT-ATTND WORK
1LZ
J03
2000VU
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-41-560-050-A
A.

(1)
AES
25-22-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(3)
Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are in the correct position and in
good condition.
(4)
If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A) and (Ref. 11-32-25-00).
Subtask 25-22-41-420-050-A
B.
Installation of the Single-Seat Assembly

(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the seat:

(a)
Attach the washers (1) to the lavatory wall with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-065) to help the installation procedure.
(b)
Put the seat assembly (2) in position and install the washers (4) and the bolts (5).
(c)
TORQUE all the bolts (5) to between 122 and 158 LBF.IN (1.38 and 1.79 M.DAN).
(d)
Install the seat upholstery (6).
Connect the electrical connector:

(a)
(b)
(c)
Connect the electrical connector (3).
Close access:
(a)
Install the removed equipment in the stowage.
(b)
(c)
Close the access flap.
Subtask 25-22-41-865-052-A
C.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
LIGHT-ATTND WORK
1LZ
J03
2000VU
FIN
LOCATION
Subtask 25-22-41-710-050-A
D.
Do this operational handset test for the applicable cabin-attendant seat.

NOTE :
Only do this test if a handset is installed.
ACTION
1.In the cabin at the related attendant station:
RESULT
In the cabin at the given attendant station:
5.
lift the handset from the handset cradle and speak.
the volume and clarity of the voice is correct.
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-41-410-050-A
A.
AES
25-22-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-22-41-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-22-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-41-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-22-41-991-00300-A - Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s))

(Ref. Fig. 25-22-41-991-00400-A - Restraint System)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-861-051-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-41-020-053-A
A.

(1)
Pull the headrest (4) up and remove it.
(2)
Open the seat pan (2) and put some type of weight on it to hold it in the open position.
(3)
Remove the backrest cushions (3).

NOTE :
The burrstrips attach the cushions to the seat structure.
(4)
Remove the bolts (10), the nuts 12, the washers (11) and release the restraint system assy (1).
(5)
Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the inertia reel(s) (7).
(6)
Remove the screws (6), the strap guides (5) and restraint system assy (1).
Subtask 25-22-41-020-054-A
B.

(1)
Open the seat pan (2) and put some type of weight on it to hold it in the open position.
(2)
Remove the backrest cushion (3).

NOTE :
AES
The burrstrips attach the cushion to the seat structure.
(3)
Remove the bolts (8), the nuts (9) and the washers (7).
(4)
Remove the screws (5), the headrest (4), the bracket (6), the restrainer (10) and the restraint system
(1).
25-22-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
6
6
5
B
EXAMPLE
7
C
B
C
12
9
8
11
2
C
EXAMPLE
10
N_MM_252241_4_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-41-991-00300-A SHEET 1

25-22-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
9
4
6
8
1
10
AB
B
EXAMPLE
ALTERNATIVE
1
A
B
2
QUICK SNAP
N_MM_252241_4_ABB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-41-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Restraint System
25-22-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-41-400-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-41-860-051-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-41-210-052-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 25-22-41-420-052-A
B.

(1)
Put the restraint system assy (1) in position and install it with the strap guides (5) and the screws (6).
(2)
Install the inertia reel(s) (7) with the washers (9) and the screws (8).
(3)
Install the bolts (10), the restraint system assy (1), the washers (11) and the nuts (12).
(4)
Install the backrest cushions (3).

NOTE :
(5)
Put the the headrest (4) in the installing position and push it down until you hear a clicking sound.
(6)
Remove the weight from the seatpan (2) and put it in the close position.
Subtask 25-22-41-420-053-A
C.
AES

25-22-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Install the restraint system (1) on the bracket (6) and fasten the restrainer (10) to the restraint system
(1).
(2)
Put the bracket (6) with the restraint system (1) and the headrest in the installing position and install
the screws (5).
(3)
Install the bolts (8), the washers (7) and the nuts (9).
(4)
Install the backrest cushion (3).

NOTE :
(5)
Remove the weight from the seatpan (2) and put it in the close position.
Subtask 25-22-41-710-051-A
D.
Operational Test:
ACTION
1.In the cabin at the related cabin attendant seat:
RESULT
In the cabin at the given cabin attendant seat:
the shoulder part must lock.
the shoulder part must move freely onto the inertia rail.
you must hear a clicking sound.
.
.
pull the shoulder part of the restraint system with a

sudden movement.
pull the shoulder part of the restraint system and
release it.
put the fastener into the buckle.
Subtask 25-22-41-710-052-A
E.
Operational Test:
ACTION
1.In the cabin at the related cabin attendant seat:
RESULT
In the cabin at the given cabin attendant seat:
pull the shoulder part of the restraint system.
the retainer must lock the restraint system.
put the fastener into the buckle.
you must hear a clicking sound.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-41-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Subtask 25-22-41-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-22-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT FREE STANDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-42-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-22-42-991-00100-A - Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-22-42-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 25-22-42-010-050-A
C.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove all of the equipment from the stowage compartment of the seat.
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-42-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Seat Assembly (Hard Point mounted)

(1)
Pull the end of the synthetic cord to loosen the sealant.
(2)
Open the access flap of the seat assembly (1) and disconnect the electrical connector (6).
25-22-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(3)
(4)
Remove the bolts (2) and the washers (3) and the seat assembly (1).
(5)
Remove and discard the packings (4).
(6)
If necessary remove the bushes (5).
(7)
Remove the old sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
25-22-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
1 REFER TO 237344
EXAMPLE
6
2
MATERIAL No 04002
EXAMPLE
MATERIAL No 09016
ACCESS FLAP
SYNTHETIC CORD
MATERIAL No 05016
4
5
NOTE:
1
IF INSTALLED
B
N_MM_252242_4_AMM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat
25-22-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-42-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-002
Material No: 19-002
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GRAPHITED MINERAL GREASE
SEALANTS
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 09-016

Material No: 11-003
C.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
4
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-22-09-01-120
packings
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-860-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
25-22-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-22-42-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-42-560-050-A
A.

(1)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Clean the component interface and the floor covering with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003)
(2)
(3)
condition.
(4)
If necessary install new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A) and (Ref. 11-32-25-00).
Subtask 25-22-42-420-050-A
B.
AES
Installation of the Free-Standing Seat Assembly

(1)
Put the bushes (5) in position and install the new (IPC-CSN 25-22-09-01) packings (4) .
(2)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-002) to the bolts (2).
(3)
Put the seat assembly (1) in position and install the washers (3) and the bolts (2).
(4)
TORQUE the bolts (2) to between 2.69 and 3.22 M.DAN (19.84 and 23.75 LBF.FT).
(5)

(a)
(b)
25-22-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
(6)
(7)
Close the access flap of the seat assembly (1).
(8)
Seal the seat/floor contact area:

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a)
Put the SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. (Material No: 19-002) into the area
between the seat assembly and the cabin floor, add a length of approx. 100 mm (4.0 in.).
(b)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) into the area between the seat assembly and the cabin
floor.
(c)
Make a loop in the end of the cord and press the loop into the sealant.
NOTE :
The loop is made to help the next removal procedure.
Subtask 25-22-42-865-052-A
C.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
5.
FIN
LOCATION
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-42-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the removed equipment in the stowage compartment of the seat.
(2)
Subtask 25-22-42-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-22-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-42-000-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-861-054-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-42-020-054-A
A.

NOTE :
Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is installed.
(1)
Pull the seat pan (4) down and hold it in the open position.
(2)
Removal of the Shoulder Harness

(a)
Remove the backrest cushions (2) and (3).

NOTE :
(3)
The backrest cushions are attached to the seat structure with a burr strip (e.g. VELCRO).
(b)
Pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the screws (5).
(c)
Hold the headrest (1) in position and remove the screws (5) and the strap guide (6).
(d)
Remove the shoulder harness (7) from the seat structure.
(e)
Remove the screws (9) and the inertia reel (8).
Removal of the Belt Assy

(a)
Remove the bolt (11), the belt assy (10) and the spacer (12).
Subtask 25-22-42-020-055-A
B.

(1)
Pull the seat pan (4) down and hold it in the open position.
(2)

NOTE :
AES
The backrest cushion is attached to the seat structure with a burr strip.
25-22-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the structure (2).
NOTE :
AES
It is not necessary, to remove the headrest (1).
(4)
Remove the bracket (6) from the restraint system (5).
(5)
Remove the restraint system (5) from the structure (2).
(6)
Remove the bolt (9), the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7).
25-22-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
1
5
6
A
7
B
EXAMPLE
8
7
CD
B
CD
C
EXAMPLE
12
D
EXAMPLE
ALTERNATIVE
11
10
10
QUICK SNAP
N_MM_252242_4_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-42-991-00500-A SHEET 1

25-22-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
2
3
B
EXAMPLE
BC
BC
C
EXAMPLE
ALTERNATIVE
8
QUICK SNAP
N_MM_252242_4_ABB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-42-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Restraint System
25-22-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-42-400-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-42-860-052-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-42-210-054-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Subtask 25-22-42-420-054-A
B.

NOTE :
(1)
Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is removed.
Installation of the Shoulder Harness

(a)
Put the inertia reel (8) in position and install the screws (9).
(b)
Pull the shoulder harness (7) up through the seat structure and put it in position.
NOTE :
(c)
Put the strap guide (6) in position and install the screws (5).
(d)
Push the headrest (1) down until you hear a click.
(e)
Install the backrest cushions (2) and (3).

NOTE :
(2)
AES
The backrest cushions are attached to the structure with a burr strip.
Installation of the Belt Assy

(a)
(3)
You can use a cord to pull up the shoulder harness through the seat structure.
Put the spacer (12) and the belt assy (10) in position and install the bolt (11).
Put the seat pan (4) in the closed position.
25-22-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-22-42-420-055-A
C.

(1)
Put the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7) in position and install the bolt (9).
(2)
Put the restraint system (5) in position an pull it down through the structure (2).
(3)
Install the bracket (6).
(4)
Push the headrest (1) down, until you hear a click.
(5)

NOTE :
(6)
The backrest cushion is attached to the structure with a burr strip.
Put the seat pan (4) in the closed position.
Subtask 25-22-42-710-051-A
D.
Do the Test of the Restraint System.

NOTE :
Only do this test if a inertia reel is installed.
(1)
Make sure that the buckle locks/unlocks correctly.
(2)
Make sure that you can adjust the length of the belt assy correctly.
(3)
Make sure that you can pull out the shoulder harness smoothly and that it goes back into its inertia reel
automatically.
(4)
Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and that it unlocks when you release the
tension.
Subtask 25-22-42-710-052-A
E.

NOTE :
5.
Do this test if no inertia reel is installed.
(1)
(2)
Make sure that you can adjust the length of the belt assy correctly.
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-42-410-053-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Subtask 25-22-42-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-22-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT - CABIN ATTENDANT SWIVEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-43-000-001-A
FIN 6104MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-22-43-991-00100-A - Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-861-052-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-22-43-865-050-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
FIN
LOCATION
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 25-22-43-010-053-A
C.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove all of the equipment from the stowage compartment of the swivel seat.
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-43-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Seat Assembly

(1)
AES
Get and pull the end of the synthetic cord to loosen the sealant between the seat assembly and the
cabin floor.
25-22-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(2)
Open the access flap of the seat assembly (1) and remove the emergency equipment.
(3)
(4)
(5)
Remove the bolts (5) and (6), the washers (4) and the spacers (7).
(6)
Remove the seat assembly (1).
(7)
(8)
(9)
Remove the old sealant from the floor with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
25-22-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
1
REF 237344
EXAMPLE
8
LOCKING PIN
CATCH
5
4
SEAT PAN
RELEASE LEVER
B
EXAMPLE
ACCESS FLAP
3
5
A
C
EXAMPLE
C
MAT. No. 09016
REF 256500
NOTE:
1
IF INSTALLED
SYNTHETIC CORD
MAT. No. 05016
N_MM_252243_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-43-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Cabin Attendant Swivel-Seat
25-22-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-43-400-001-A
FIN 6104MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-002
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 19-002
C.
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
GRAPHITED MINERAL GREASE
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-860-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Subtask 25-22-43-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-22-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-43-560-050-A
A.

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Clean the component interface and the floor covering with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) .
(2)
(3)
condition.

MATERIAL/S.
(4)
If necessary install new placards, (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A) and (Ref. 11-32-25-00).
Subtask 25-22-43-420-050-A
B.
AES
Installation of the Seat Assembly

(1)
Install the bushes (2) and the new packings (3) (for the packing P/N refer to the applicable figure in
IPC 25-22-09).
(2)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-002) on the bolts (5) and (6).
(3)
Put the seat assembly (1) in position and install the washers (4), the spacers (7) and the bolts (5) and
(6).
(4)
TORQUE the bolts (5) and (6) to between 2.69 and 3.22 M.DAN (19.84 and 23.75 LBF.FT).
(5)

(a)
(b)
(c)
(6)
(7)
If necessary install the emergency equipment.
(8)
Close the access flap of the seat assembly (1).
25-22-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(9)
Cut the synthetic fiber cord SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. (Material No: 19-002)
to the necessary length.
NOTE :
The cord must be 100 mm (4.0 in.) longer to make a loop in the end of the cord. This step is
done to help the next removal procedure.
(10) Put the cord in position between the seat assembly and the cabin floor.
MATERIAL/S.
(11) Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to the area between the cabin floor and the seat assembly.
(12) Put the loop of the fiber cord into the sealant.
Subtask 25-22-43-865-052-A
C.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
FIN
LOCATION
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 25-22-43-710-050-A
D.
Do the operational test of the handset for the applicable cabin-attendant seat.
ACTION
1.In the cabin, at the related attendant station:
RESULT
In the cabin, at the given attendant station:
5.
lift the handset from the handset cradle and speak.
the volume and clarity of the voice is correct.
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-43-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the removed equipment in the stowage compartment of the seat.
(2)
Subtask 25-22-43-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-22-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-43-000-005-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-861-053-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-43-020-056-A
A.
NOTE :
Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is installed.
(1)
Put the swivel seat in the fold out position.
(2)
Pull the seat pan (4) down into the locking device.
(3)
Removal of the Shoulder Harness

(a)
Remove the backrest cushions (2) and (3).

NOTE :
(4)
The backrest cushions are attached to the seat structure with burr strips (e.g. VELCRO).
(b)
Carefully pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the screws (5).
(c)
Hold the headrest (1) in position and remove the screws (5).
(d)
Remove the strap guide (6).
(e)
Remove the shoulder harness (7) from the seat structure.
(f)
Remove the screws (9) and the inertia reel (8).
Removal of the Belt Assy

(a)
Remove the bolt (11), the belt assy (10) and the spacer (12).
Subtask 25-22-43-020-057-A
B.
AES

(1)
Put the swivel seat in the fold out position.
(2)
Pull the seat pan (3) down into the locking device.
25-22-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)

NOTE :
(4)
Carefully pull the headrest (1) up, until you get access to the structure (2).
NOTE :
AES
The backrest cushion is attached to the seat structure with burr strips (e.g. VELCRO).
It is not necessary, to remove the headrest (1).
(5)
Remove the bracket (6).
(6)
Remove the restraint system (5) from the structure (2).
(7)
Remove the bolt (9), the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7).
25-22-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
1
REF 332700
REF 237344
A
EXAMPLE
5
1
ELECTRICAL
HARNESS
A
B
EXAMPLE
BC
C
EXAMPLE
ALTERNATIVE
QUICK SNAP
FITTING
(ALTERNATIVE)
NOTE:
1
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_252243_4_AEE0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-43-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Restraint System
25-22-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-22-43-400-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-860-053-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-43-210-055-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Subtask 25-22-43-420-055-A
B.
NOTE :
(1)
Only do this procedure if an inertia reel is removed.
Installation of the Shoulder Harness

(a)
Put the inertia reel (8) in position and install the screws (9).
(b)
Pull the shoulder harness (7) up through the seat structure and put it in position.
NOTE :
(c)
Put the strap guide (6) in position and install the screws (5).
(d)
Pull the headrest (1) down carefully until you hear a click.
(e)
Install the backrest cushions (2) and (3).

NOTE :
(2)
AES
The backrest cushions are attached to the structure with burr strip.
Installation of the Belt Assy

(a)
(3)
You can use a cord to pull up the shoulder harness through the seat structure.
Put the spacer (12) and the belt assy (10) in position and install the bolt (11).
Open the locking device and put the swivel seat back to the fold in position.
25-22-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-22-43-420-056-A
C.

(1)
Put the restraint system (8) and the spacer (7) in position and install the bolt (9).
(2)
Put the restraint system (5) in position an pull it down through the structure (2).
(3)
Install the bracket (6).
(4)
Pull the headrest (1) down carefully until you hear a click.
(5)

NOTE :
(6)
The backrest cushion is attached to the structure with burr strip.
Open the locking device and put the swivel seat back to the fold in position.
Subtask 25-22-43-710-053-A
D.

NOTE :
Only do this test if a inertia reel is installed.
(1)
(2)
Make sure that you can adjust the lenght of the belt assy correctly.
(3)
Make sure that you can pull out the shoulder harness smoothly and that it goes back into its inertia reel
automatically.
(4)
Make sure that the shoulder harness locks when you pull hard and that it unlocks when you release the
tension.
Subtask 25-22-43-710-054-A
E.

NOTE :
5.
Do this test if no inertia reel is installed.
(1)
(2)
Make sure that you can adjust the lenght of the belt assy correctly.
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-43-410-054-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Subtask 25-22-43-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-22-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-22-43-960-001-A
Replacement of the Wall Mounted Head Padding
FIN 6120MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-22-43-991-00800-A - Head Padding)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-22-43-861-054-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-22-43-960-050-A
A.
Removal/Installation of the Head Padding

(Ref. Fig. 25-22-43-991-00800-A - Head Padding)
(1)
(2)
5.
Remove the head padding

(a)
Push-up and release the head padding (1) from the studs (2).
(b)
If necessary remove the studs (2) from the lavatory wall.
Install the head padding

(a)
Install the studs (2) if necessary.
(b)
Put the head padding (1) in position and push it down to lock it on the studs (2).
Close-up
Subtask 25-22-43-862-053-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-22-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Z260
EXAMPLE
1
6120MM
FR69
B
FR64
A
1
UNLOCKED
LOCKED
KEY PLATE
FOAM PADDING
LAVATORY WALL
N_MM_252243_4_AFR5_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-22-43-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Head Padding
25-22-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The linings and furnishings are installed in the cabin to give different parts of the cabin and different components a
cover and accessories. The linings and furnishings include:
. Ceiling panels (Ref. 25-23-41)
. Ceiling panels (utility areas) (Ref. 25-23-42)
. Upper sidewall panels (Ref. 25-23-43)
. Lower sidewall panels (Ref. 25-23-44)
. Door frame linings (Ref. 25-23-45)
. Door linings (Ref. 25-23-46)
. Emergency exit linings (Ref. 25-23-47)
. Cove-light panels (Ref. 25-23-48).
AES
25-23-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-12300-A - Panels - Component Locations)
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-12400-B - Linings/Panels - Component Locations)
AES
25-23-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
The cabin linings are formed to the contour of the fuselage. They are installed to give a cover to these parts:
. The fuselage structure
. The thermal acoustic insulation
. The components of the electrical system
. The components of the air conditioning and ventilation system.
The linings are divided into these primary groups:
. Ceiling panels
. Sidewall panels
. Door and door frame linings.
Sealing strips fill the spaces between the panels. Each lining has an identity number (Ref. 06-41-53-00).
A.
Ceiling Panels
The ceiling panels are made of synthetic honeycomb material. They are installed along the full length of the
cabin and the utility area.
(1) Cabin Area
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-14700-A - Ceiling Panels - Cabin Area)
The ceiling panels in the cabin area are installed between the left and the right overhead stowage
compartments and have fluorescent lamps. The ballast units are part of the lamp units and are attached to
the ceiling panels. Filler strips are installed in the area between the panels. The ceiling panels are attached
to the overhead stowage compartments with attachment rails and latches.
(2) Utility Area
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-14800-A - Ceiling Panels - FWD Utility Area)
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-14900-A - Ceiling Panels - AFT Utility Area)
The ceiling panels are installed between the center ceiling support and the door frame linings. They are
attached to mounting rails with assembly seals and fasteners.
B.
Sidewall Panels
(1) Cove-Light Panel
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-15000-A - Cove-Light Panels)
The cove-light panels are installed between the overhead stowage compartments and the upper sidewall
panels. They are attached to the attachment rails on the overhead stowage compartments with assembly
seals. The bracket of the panels are engaged in fittings, behind the upper edges of the upper sidewall
panels.
(2) Upper Sidewall Panels
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-15100-A - Upper Sidewall Panels)
The upper sidewall panels are made of synthetic honeycomb material.They have molded plastic window
frames. The panels are installed on special attachment fittings (YO-YO-Rollers). There are different types
of panels, for example with or without a window, 2-frame panels.
Some of the panels have different equipment installed in them, for example emergency exit markers,
electrical sockets.
(3) Lower Sidewall Panels
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-15200-A - Lower sidewall panels)
The lower sidewall panels have two parts:
. The decorative panels
. The metallic base panels.
AES
25-23-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The metallic base panels and the decorative panels make a channel for the cabin air conditioning supply.
Self-adhesive sound-insulation foam is installed in the channel.
(a) Decorative Panels
The decorative panels are made of NOMEX honeycomb material with pre-impregnated phenolic
fiberglass. Decorative foil or fabric is used to cover the front surface. Fasteners attach the upper part
of the decorative panels to the attachment fittings mounted on the fuselage structure. Screws attach
the bottom part of the decorative panel to the metallic base panel.
(b) Metallic Base Panels
Quick-release pins attach the lower part of the metallic base panels to the cabin floor structure.
Decompression doors are installed in the metallic base panels. Hinges attach the doors to the upper
part of the panels. A silicon rubber locking device holds each door in the closed position. If a rapid
decompression occurs in the cabin or cargo compartment, the doors will automatically open (Ref.
25-68-00-00).
C.
Door and Door Frame Linings

The door and door frame linings are made of synthetic material. Screws attach the panels to brackets on the
frames in the door areas. Seals are bonded to the edges of each lining. Covers, in the passenger/crew service
doors and frame linings, give a cover for example for the door locking hooks.
(1) Passenger/Crew Door Linings and Frame Linings
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-15300-A - Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Linings)
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-15400-A - Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Linings)
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-15500-A - Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings)
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-15600-A - Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings)
(2) Emergency Exit Hatch Linings
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-00-15700-A - Lining - Emergency-Exit-Hatch Lining)
AES
25-23-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
CEILING PANELS
(REF.252341)
COVE LIGHT PANELS
(REF.252348)
UPPER
SIDEWALL PANELS
(REF.252343)
LOWER SIDEWALL
PANELS
(REF.252344)
N_MM_252300_0_ABA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Panels - Component Locations
25-23-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
CEILING PANELS
AFT UTILITY AREA
(REF. 252342)
EMERGENCY EXIT
HATCH LININGS
(REF. 252347)
DOOR/DOOR FRAME
LININGS
(REF. 252347)
CEILING PANELS
FWD UTILITY AREA
(REF. 252342)
FR70
FR68
FR66
FR41
FR38
FR20
FR14
FR16
N_MM_252300_0_CCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-12400-B SHEET 1

Linings/Panels - Component Locations
25-23-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
Z200
B
A
A
CEILING PANEL
A
LATCH
CEILING PANEL
CEILING PANEL
ATTACH RAIL
N_MM_252300_0_CAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-14700-A SHEET 1

Ceiling Panels - Cabin Area
25-23-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR14
FR20
A
EXAMPLE
PULLEY ASSEMBLY
B
C
ASSEMBLY
SEAL
B
F
EXAMPLE
MOUNTING
RAIL
F
F
A
E
F
C
F
E
F
F
D
TRIM
PANEL
D
E
ASSEMBLY
SEAL
FASTENER
MOUNTING
RAIL
MOUNTING
STRUCTURE
A
N_MM_252300_0_CBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-14800-A SHEET 1

Ceiling Panels - FWD Utility Area
25-23-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
261BC
Z260
FR65
FR68
262BC
261CC
PULLEY ASSEMBLY
262CC
E
G
E
B
EXAMPLE
F
E
D
D
ASSEMBLY
SEAL
F
FASTENER
MOUNTING
RAIL
A
N_MM_252300_0_CCMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-14900-A SHEET 1

25-23-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
F
EXAMPLE
FR68
FR66
TRIM PANEL
N_MM_252300_0_CCMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-14900-A SHEET 2

25-23-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
PULLEY ASSEMBLY
B
EXAMPLE
D
EXAMPLE
BONDING STRAP
C
EXAMPLE
COVE LIGHT
PANEL
UPPER SIDEWALL PANELS
A
OVERHEAD STOWAGE
COMPARTMENTS
COVE LIGHT
PANEL
N_MM_252300_0_BAP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-15000-A SHEET 1

Cove-Light Panels
25-23-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
C
EXAMPLE
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
EXAMPLE
BONDING STRAP
EXAMPLE
YOYO ROLLER
COVE LIGHT
PANEL
UPPER SIDEWALL PANEL
BRACKET
N_MM_252300_0_BBP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-15100-A SHEET 1

Upper Sidewall Panels
25-23-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
B
FASTENER
DECORATIVE PANEL
A
ATTACHMENT FITTINGS
C
METALLIC BASE PANELS
QUICK RELEASE PINS

N_MM_252300_0_BCP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-15200-A SHEET 1

Lower sidewall panels
25-23-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z831
(Z841)
LINING
DOOR GUIDE ARM
C
LINING
DOOR LOCKING
MECHANISM
VIEWING WINDOW
(DOOR ACTUATOR PRESSURE GAUGE)
LINING
DOOR ACTUATOR
A
D
C
DOOR SUPPORT ARM
COVER
DOOR LOCKING
MECHANISM
WINDOW LINING
B
E
LINING
DAMPER CYLINDER
ATTACHMENT
LINING
RELEASE MECHANISM
EMERGENCY ESCAPE
FACILITIES
N_MM_252300_0_AVMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-15300-A SHEET 1

25-23-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
COVER
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
DOOR SUPPORT ARM
COVER
DOOR STRUCTURE
C
EXAMPLE
E
EXAMPLE
LINING
D
EXAMPLE
YOYO
ROLLER
HANDLE
COVER
N_MM_252300_0_AVMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-15300-A SHEET 2

25-23-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LINING
DOOR GUIDE ARM
Z832
(Z842)
VIEWING WINDOW
(DOOR ACTUATOR PRESSURE GAUGE)
LINING
DOOR ACTUATOR
DOOR SUPPORT ARM
COVER
C
DOOR LOCKING
MECHANISM
WINDOW LINING
B
LINING
DAMPER CYLINDER
ATTACHMENT
LINING
RELEASE MECHANISM
EMERGENCY ESCAPE
FACILITIES
C
C
N_MM_252300_0_AQMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-15400-A SHEET 1

25-23-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
COVER
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
DOOR SUPPORT ARM
COVER
DOOR STRUCTURE
C
EXAMPLE
E
EXAMPLE
LINING
D
EXAMPLE
YOYO
ROLLER
HANDLE
COVER
N_MM_252300_0_AQMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-15400-A SHEET 2

25-23-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z221
Z222
A
EXAMPLE OF ATTACHMENT
TO AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE
LINING
ATTACH
BRACKET
YOYO ROLL
B
EXAMPLE OF
HANDLE
ATTACHMENT
C
C
N_MM_252300_0_AJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-15500-A SHEET 1

Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings
25-23-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z261
Z262
A
LINING
ATTACH
BRACKET
YOYO ROLL
B
EXAMPLE OF
HANDLE
ATTACHMENT
C
C
N_MM_252300_0_ALM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-15600-A SHEET 1

Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings
25-23-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z240
A
B
EXAMPLE
NOTE:
HATCH INSTALLED
A
C
COVER FLAP
B
C
EMERGENCY
EXIT HATCH
C
C
LINING
ATTACHMENT EXAMPLE
LINING
B
ATTACHMENT EXAMPLE
LINING
EMERGENCY
EXIT HATCH
EMERGENCY
EXIT HATCH
N_MM_252300_0_AWQ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-00-15700-A SHEET 1

Lining - Emergency-Exit-Hatch Lining
25-23-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANELS - CEILING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-41-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
06-41-53-00
FUSELAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-41-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-41-865-053-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
4.
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
DESIGNATION
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-FWD
PWR-CEILING-FWD
FIN
307LG
304LG
306LG
305LG
LOCATION
H08
H07
H06
H05
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-41-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Ceiling Panel (4)

NOTE :
AES
The panel identification/location is found in (Ref. 06-41-53-00).
(1)
Open the left and right overhead compartment doors below the ceiling panel.
(2)
Open the access doors (2) in the left and right overhead stowage compartments.
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) left and right at the access doors (2).
(4)
25-23-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Close the overhead stowage compartment doors.
(6)
Open the two quick release fasteners (5) at the left side of the ceiling panel (4).
(7)
Push the left side of the ceiling panel (4) up.
(8)
Move the ceiling panel (4) to the left and out of the spring fasteners (3).
(9)
Move the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the right side down.
(10) Make sure the right side of the ceiling panel (4) is clear from the overhead stowage compartments.
(11) Remove the ceiling panel (4).
AES
25-23-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z200
B A
B
B
A
A
5
B
A
1
2
C
EXAMPLE
N_MM_252341_4_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Ceiling Panels
25-23-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-41-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
33-21-00-710-001-A
33-51-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the General Illumination

Operational Test of the Emergency Lights

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-41-860-051-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-41-865-054-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
DESIGNATION
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-FWD
PWR-CEILING-FWD
FIN
307LG
304LG
306LG
305LG
LOCATION
H08
H07
H06
H05
Subtask 25-23-41-560-050-A
C.
4.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Make sure that the ceiling panel (4) is in good condition.
(5)
Make an inspection of the air conditioning outlet ducts.
(6)
Make sure that the quick release fasteners (5) and spring fasteners (3) are in good condition.
(7)
Make sure that the fluorescent lights and the electrical connectors are serviceable.
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-41-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Ceiling Panel

(1)
AES
Make sure that the overhead stowage compartment doors are closed.
25-23-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Put the ceiling panel (4) at an angle with the left side up above the overhead stowage compartments.
(3)
Move the ceiling panel (4) as far as possible to the left.
(4)
Lift the right side of the ceiling panel (4) above the overhead stowage compartment.
(5)
Move the ceiling panel (4) to the right and into the spring fasteners (3).
(6)
Put the electrical connectors (1) through the access doors (2).
(7)
Put the pins of the quick release fasteners (5) in position.
(8)
Pull the ceiling panel (4) down and lock the quick release fasteners (5).
(9)
Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(10) Connect the electrical connectors (1).

(11) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.
(12) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.
(13) Close the access doors (2).
(14) Close the stowage compartment doors.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-41-865-055-A
A.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
DESIGNATION
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-FWD
PWR-CEILING-FWD
FIN
307LG
304LG
306LG
305LG
LOCATION
H08
H07
H06
H05
Subtask 25-23-41-710-050-A
B.
Do the operational test on the passenger cabin lights (Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
33-51-00-710-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-41-862-050-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-23-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANELS - CEILING UTILITY AREA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-42-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-42-991-00100-B - Ceiling Panels Forward Utility Area)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-42-865-050-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
DESIGNATION
LIGHT-CABIN ENTRY
FIN
308LG
LOCATION
J02
Subtask 25-23-42-865-057-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
4.
DESIGNATION
DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 25-23-42-020-050-B
A.
AES
Removal of the Ceiling Panel (1)

25-23-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CAUTION :
DO NOT LET THE PANEL HANG ON THE ELECTRICAL WIRES. IF THE PANEL HANGS ON
ELECTRICAL WIRES, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.
(1)
Hold the panel (1) in position and release the quick-release fasteners (15).
(2)
Carefully lower the panel (1), disconnect the electrical connector (16) and remove the panel (1).
(3)
Subtask 25-23-42-020-052-B
B.
Removal of the Ceiling Panel(s) (2) and/or (3)

CAUTION :
DO NOT LET THE PANEL HANG ON THE ELECTRICAL WIRES. IF THE PANEL HANGS ON
ELECTRICAL WIRES, IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.
(1)
Be careful when you remove the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (3), because other furnishings decrease the
available work area.
(2)
Remove the assembly seal (13) from the mounting rail (14).
(3)
Hold the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and release the quick-release fasteners (15).
(4)
Carefully lower the panel(s) (2) and/or (3), disconnect the electrical connector (16) and remove the
panel(s) (2) and/or (3).
(5)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-42-020-053-A
C.
Removal of the Ceiling Panel(s) (4) and/or (7)

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
(1)
(2)
Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) inboard and off the mounting rail (14).
(3)
Lower the inboard edge(s) of the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) and pull the outboard edge(s) out of
the mounting bracket.
(4)
Carefully remove the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-42-020-060-A
D.
Removal of the Ceiling Panel (5) and the Trim Panel (6)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
(1)
(2)
Carefully remove the ceiling panel (5) from the mounting rail (14).
(3)
Do the next steps through the openings where the ceiling panels (4), (7) and (5) were installed:
(a)
AES
Disconnect the electric connector (8).
25-23-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
AES
(b)
(c)
Hold the trim panel (6) and remove the nuts (11), the bolts (9) and the washers (10).
Carefully remove the trim panel (6) from the mounting structure (12).
25-23-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Z220
10
12
FR24
11
FR11
14
13
B
EXAMPLE
PULLEY ASSEMBLY
C
221AC
EXAMPLE
F
1
E
221BC
B
F
D
B
A
5
222BC
7
N_MM_252342_4_AABA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-42-991-00100-B SHEET 1

25-23-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
E
D
15
F
8
PUSH TO LOCK
PUSH TO RELEASE
16
6
5
3
4
N_MM_252342_4_AABA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-42-991-00100-B SHEET 2

25-23-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-42-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-42-991-00500-A - Ceiling Panels AFT Utility Area)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-42-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
4.
DESIGNATION
LIGHT-CABIN ENTRY
FIN
308LG
LOCATION
J02
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-42-020-055-A
A.
Removal of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5)

(1)
(2)
Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) inboard and off the mounting rail (8).
(3)
Lower the inboard edge of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) and pull the assembly brackets (10) out of
the mounting slots (11).
(4)
Carefully remove the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5).
Subtask 25-23-42-020-058-A
B.
Removal of the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4)

(1)
Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and push and release the fasteners (9).
NOTE :
AES
Two safety straps hold each ceiling panels in two different open positions.
(2)
Carefully lower the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) until the first safety strap (13) stops the travel.
(3)
Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the first safety strap (13) from the bracket (16).
25-23-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Carefully lower the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) until the second safety strap (14) stops the travel.
(5)
Get access to the electrical connector (15) through the opening behind the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or
(4).
(6)
(7)
(8)
Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the second safety strap (14) from the bracket (16).
(9)
Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and remove the screws (12) that attach them to the hinges.
(10) Carefully remove the panel(s) (3) and/or (4).

Subtask 25-23-42-020-059-A
C.
AES
Removal of the Trim Panel (1)

(1)
Remove the bolts (17) and the washers (18) from the panel (1) through the openings behind the ceiling
panels (2) and (5).
(2)
Lower the trim panel (1) and get access to the electrical connector (6) 7243VC.
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connector (6) 7243VC.
(4)
(5)
Carefully remove the trim panel (1).
25-23-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
261BC
Z260
FR65
FR68
262BC
261CC
262CC
EXAMPLE
E
H
F
5
E
D
C
7
9
8
6 7243VC
N_MM_252342_4_ADMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-42-991-00500-A SHEET 1

25-23-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
F
E
FR68
FR66
11
12
13
10
15
14
G
H
G
3
1
17
18
17
18
16
N_MM_252342_4_ADMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-42-991-00500-A SHEET 2

25-23-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-42-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
REFERENCE
23-72-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
23-72-51-820-001-A
Adjustment of the Cameras
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
33-21-00-710-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-860-051-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Subtask 25-23-42-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
DESIGNATION
LIGHT-CABIN ENTRY
FIN
308LG
LOCATION
J02
Subtask 25-23-42-865-058-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
25-23-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-42-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Ceiling Panel (5) and the Trim Panel (6)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
(1)
Put the trim panel (6) on the mounting structure (12) and hold it in position.
(2)
Do the next steps through the openings where the ceiling panels (4), (7) and (5) were installed:
(a)
Put the washers (10) in position and install the bolts (9) and the nuts (11).
(b)
(c)
(d)
(3)
Put the ceiling panel (5) in position and attach it to the mounting rail (14).
(4)
Install the assembly seal (13) in the mounting rail (14). Use the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
CORD (98A25207503000).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-42-420-051-A
B.
Installation of the Ceiling Panel(s) (4) and/or (7)

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
(1)
Hold the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) and carefully push the outboard edge(s) into the mounting
bracket.
(2)
Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (4) and/or (7) inboard and attach it/them to the mounting rail (14).
(3)
CORD (98A25207503000).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 25-23-42-420-052-B
C.
AES
Installation of the Ceiling Panel(s) (2) and/or (3)

(1)
Be careful when you install the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (3), because other furnishings decrease the
available work area.
(2)
(3)
Lift the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) and connect the electrical connector(s) (16).
(4)
Put the panel(s) (2) and/or (3) in position and lock the quick-release fasteners (15).
(5)
CORD (98A25207503000).
25-23-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-23-42-420-053-B
D.
5.
Installation of the Ceiling Panel (1)

(1)
(2)
Lift the panel (1) and connect the electrical connector (16).
(3)
Carefully put the panel (1) in position and lock the quick-release fasteners (15).
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-42-865-053-A
A.
PANEL
2000VU
DESIGNATION
LIGHT-CABIN ENTRY
FIN
308LG
LOCATION
J02
Subtask 25-23-42-865-059-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 25-23-42-820-050-A
C.
Do the adjustment of the cameras

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 23-72-51-820-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 25-23-42-710-050-B
D.
Do the operational test on the ceiling lights in the forward utility area
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001-A).
(1)
Do the operational test of the anti-hijack camera-monitoring-system (Ref. TASK 23-72-00-710-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-42-862-050-A
E.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-42-400-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
** On A/C 005-099
25-26-41-000-003-A
33-21-00-710-001-A


3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-42-860-052-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(2)
Make sure the aft curtain and curtain rail are removed
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003-A), if required.
(3)
(4)
(5)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-23-42-865-054-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
4.
DESIGNATION
LIGHT-CABIN ENTRY
FIN
308LG
LOCATION
J02
Procedure
AES
25-23-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-23-42-420-062-A
A.
Installation of the trim panel (1)

(1)
Put and hold the trim panel (1) in position on the mounting structure (8) .
(2)
Through the openings for the ceiling panels (2) and (5), do the steps (a) to (d).
(a)
Install the bolts (17) and washers (18).
(b)
(c)
(d)
Connect the electrical connector (6) 7243VC.
Subtask 25-23-42-420-054-A
B.
Installation of the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4)

(1)
Hold the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) in position next to the hinges.
(2)
(3)
Attach the second safety strap (14) to the bracket (16) on the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4).
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Push the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) up and attach the safety strap (13) to the bracket (16).
(8)
Close the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4) and hold in position.
(9)
Push in the fasteners (9) that are attached to the ceiling panel(s) (3) and/or (4).
(10) Make sure the fasteners (9) are flushed with the celing panels.
Subtask 25-23-42-420-055-A
C.
5.
Installation of the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5)

(1)
Hold the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) and carefully push the assembly brackets (10) into the
mounting slots (11).
(2)
Carefully move the ceiling panel(s) (2) and/or (5) outboard and attach them on the mounting rail (8).
(3)
Install the assembly seal (7) into the mounting rail (8). Use the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
CORD (98A25207503000)
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-42-865-055-A
A.
PANEL
2000VU
DESIGNATION
LIGHT-CABIN ENTRY
FIN
308LG
LOCATION
J02
Subtask 25-23-42-710-051-A
B.
Do the operational test on the ceiling lights in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK 33-21-00-710-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-42-862-051-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-42-960-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
CUTTER - THIN BLADE
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-010
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-000-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-001-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-42-991-00700-A - Entry Cover)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-42-861-053-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-42-010-057-A
B.
4.
Remove the related ceiling panel, (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-42-960-050-A
A.

(Ref. Fig. 25-23-42-991-00700-A - Entry Cover)
NOTE :
AES
The contour of the entry light cover has space on each side to let the cover engage in the ceiling
panel. The cover is attached to the panel with adhesive to prevent lateral movement.
25-23-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Carefully remove all adhesive (3) with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

NOTE :
5.
It is also possible to apply heat to the adhesive with a light source and then remove the adhesive
by hand.
(2)
Disengage the entry light cover (2) from the ceiling panel (1).
(3)
Remove the remaining adhesive (3) from the ceiling panel (1) with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(4)
Clean the ceiling panel (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) .
(5)
Carefully engage the new entry light cover (2) in the ceiling panel (1).
(6)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025B) (3) at an interval of 50mm
(2 in.) around the contour of the entry light cover (2) and attach the cover to the ceiling panel (1).
(7)
Let the adhesive (3) fully cure.
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-42-410-052-A
A.
Install the related ceiling panel, (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002-A).
Subtask 25-23-42-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-23-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
A
A
1
Z260
A
EXAMPLE
FR69
FR65
EXAMPLE
N_MM_252342_4_AAP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-42-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Entry Cover
25-23-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANELS - UPPER SIDEWALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-43-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-43-991-00100-A - Panel 3-Frame)

(Ref. Fig. 25-23-43-991-00400-A - Panel 2-Frame with a Seal)
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-43-991-00700-A - Panel 3-Frame End)
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-43-991-00800-A - Panel 2-Frame Filler)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-861-050-A
A.
Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-43-010-051-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Fold down the backrests of the passenger-seats in the area where you want to remove the sidewall-panel
(1).
Subtask 25-23-43-865-056-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-43-020-050-A
A.
Removal of a 3-Frame Sidewall-Panel

NOTE :
AES
The removal procedure is applicable for the LH and RH sidewall-panels.
(1)
Record the location of the sidewall-panel(s) (1) you want to remove.
(2)
With a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL push the clips in the holes of the decor-cover (7) to release the decorcover (7).
(3)
Remove the decor-cover (7) and the decor-panel (6).
25-23-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Remove the screws (5) and the washers (3) and (4).
(5)
Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels.
(6)
Lift the sidewall-panel (1), release the yo-yo roller from the brackets and remove it.
Subtask 25-23-43-020-052-A
B.
Removal of a 2-Frame Sidewall-Panel attached with a Seal

NOTE :
(1)
(2)
(3)
Pull the lining strips (2) down and out from between the sidewall panel (1) and the adjacent panel.
(4)
Subtask 25-23-43-020-054-A
C.
Removal of a 3-Frame Sidewall End-Panel

NOTE :
(1)
(2)
With a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL push the clips in the holes of the decor-cover (6) to release the decorcover (6).
(3)
Remove the decor-cover (6) and the decor-panel (5).
(4)
(5)
Remove the caps (8) and the screws (7).
(6)
Pull the lining strip (2) down and out from between the sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panel.
(7)
Subtask 25-23-43-020-055-A
D.
Removal a 2-Frame Filler Sidewall-Panel

NOTE :
AES
The removal procedure is applicable for the LH and RH sidewall panels.
(1)
(2)
Remove the caps (3) and the screws (4).
(3)
Pull the lining strip (2) down and out from between the sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels.
(4)
25-23-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
2FRAME
3FRAME
FR66
FR21
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
YOYO ROLLER
6
3
BRACKET
4
5
4
5
6
7
A
2
NOTE:
1
LH SHOWN, RH SIMILAR
N_MM_252343_4_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-43-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Panel 3-Frame
25-23-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
3FRAME
2FRAME
FR66
EXAMPLE
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
FR21
A
EXAMPLE
YOYO ROLLER
SEAL
A
2
BRACKET
N_MM_252343_4_AAB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-43-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Panel 2-Frame with a Seal
25-23-43 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
3FRAME
2FRAME
EXAMPLE
FR66
A
FR21
1
2
A
EXAMPLE
3
4
YOYO ROLLER
7
8
7
8
5
6
BRACKET
N_MM_252343_4_AAC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-43-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Panel 3-Frame End
25-23-43 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
3FRAME
2FRAME
FR66
EXAMPLE
FR21
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
A
A
EXAMPLE
YOYO ROLLER
2
4
3
1
A
4
3
BRACKET
N_MM_252343_4_AAE0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-43-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Panel 2-Frame Filler
25-23-43 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-43-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 16-047
C.
QTY
AR TAPE - MASKING
DESIGNATION
STRUCTURE PAINTS
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
30
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
11-32-25-81-010
placard
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
12-21-12-100-004-A
Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
11-32-25-00
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-43-991-00500-A - Panel 3-Frame - Identification Marking)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-860-051-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the backrests of the passenger seats, in the area where you removed the sidewall
panel(s), are folded down.
Subtask 25-23-43-865-054-A
B.
AES
25-23-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-43-210-051-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-23-43-560-050-A
IRRITANTS.
CAUTION :
B.
USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION
OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Preparation of Component Replacement

(Ref. Fig. 25-23-43-991-00500-A - Panel 3-Frame - Identification Marking)
(1)
Examine the markings on the left and right sidewall-panels at FR35/FR35.8 to FR36 and FR46 to FR47.
NOTE :
(2)
Make sure that the markings on the left and right sidewall-panels at FR35/FR35.8 to FR36 and FR46 to
FR47 are in a good condition.
(3)
If necessary, install new placards or paint new markings on the sidewall-panels.
(4)
If you paint a new marking:
(5)
AES
These markings (dark color triangles) identify the windows through which the flight crew can
look at the external slat/flap position-markings.
(a)
Clean the area (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004-A).
(b)
Measure the distances and make marks (Refer to detail B).
(c)
Apply TAPE - MASKING to the area adjacent to the marks you made.
(d)
Paint a new marking on the sidewall-panel and use STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047)
If you install a new placard:

(a)
Clean the area (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004-A).
(b)
Measure the distances and make marks (Refer to detail C).
(c)
Install the new (IPC-CSN 11-32-25-81) placard (30) adjacent to the marks you made (Ref. TASK
11-00-00-400-007-A) (Ref. 11-32-25-00).
25-23-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-23-43-420-050-A
C.
Installation of a 3-Frame Sidewall-Panel

NOTE :
The installation procedure is applicable for the LH and RH sidewall-panels.
(1)
Put the sidewall-panel (1) in position as recorded in the removal procedure.
(2)
Move the sidewall-panel (1) down and engage the yo-yo rollers in the brackets.
(3)
Put the lining strips (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels, and make sure that
they are correctly engaged.
(4)
Make sure that the sidewall-panels are aligned to each other.
(5)
Install the washers (3), (4) and the screws (5).
(6)
Clean the decor-panel (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004-A).
(7)
Put the decor-panel (6) and the decor-cover (7) in position and make sure that the decor-cover (7) is
correctly engaged.
Subtask 25-23-43-420-051-A
D.
Installation of a 2-Frame Sidewall-Panel with a Seal attached

NOTE :
(1)
(2)
(3)
Push the lining strip (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panel and make sure that
(4)
(5)
Install the screws (4) and the washers (3).
Subtask 25-23-43-420-053-A
E.
Installation of a 3-Frame End-Panel

NOTE :
AES
(1)
(2)
(3)
Put the lining strips (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels, and make sure that
(4)
(5)
Install the screws (7) and the plugs (8).
(6)
Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
(7)
Clean the decor-panel (5) (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004-A).
(8)
Put the decor-panel (5) and the decor-cover (6) in position and make sure that the decor-cover (6) is
correctly engaged.
25-23-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-23-43-420-054-A
F.
Installation of a 2-Frame Filler-Panel

NOTE :
(1)
(2)
(3)
Push the lining strip (2) up between the sidewall-panel (1) and the adjacent panels, and make sure that
(4)
(5)
Install the screws (4) and the covers (3).
Subtask 25-23-43-865-055-A
G.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-43-862-051-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-23-43 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
A
FLAPS
A
A
B
C
FR47
FR46
SLATS
1
FR36
FR35
FR35.8
C
SOLUTION WITH
PLACARD
FR35
FR35.8
FR46
FR36
FR47
10.0mm
(0.395in.)
B
(1.97in.)
50.0mm
20.0mm
(0.79in.)
SOLUTION WITH
PAINTED MARKING
20.0mm
50.0mm
NOTE:
(1.97in.)
(0.79in.)
VALID FOR A321
N_MM_252343_4_AAF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-43-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Panel 3-Frame - Identification Marking
25-23-43 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-43-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-43-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-43-991-01300-A - Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s))

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-861-051-A
A.
Subtask 25-23-43-010-052-A
B.
4.
Remove the related Upper Sidewall Panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-43-020-059-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the screws (3) and the washers (2) and the window fairing assembly (1).
(2)
Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the screws (9).
(3)
Release the clips (10) and disengage the attachment frame (6) from the frame window fairing (4).
(4)
Move the blind (5) out of the guide-blind (11) and remove it.
25-23-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
A
6
11
3
5
10
9
8
7
N_MM_252343_4_SAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-43-991-01300-A SHEET 1

Blinds on the Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-43-400-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-862-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-43-000-001-A
25-23-43-400-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-43-860-052-A
A.
4.
Make sure that the Upper Sidewall Panel(s) is(are) removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-43-210-052-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Subtask 25-23-43-420-060-A
B.
5.

(1)
Put the blind (5) in the guide-blind (11).
(2)
Put the attachment frame (6) in position and attach it to the frame window fairing (4) with the clips
(10).
(3)
Install the washers (8), the screws (9) and the nuts (7).
(4)
Put the window fairing assembly (1) in position and install the washers (2) and the screws (3).
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-43-410-052-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the Upper Sidewall panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-43-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-44-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-21-41-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-44-991-00100-A - Lower Sidewall Panels - Installation)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-44-861-053-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-44-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
If necessary remove the passenger seats in the area of the panels you will remove. (Ref. TASK
25-21-41-000-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-44-020-050-A
A.
AES
Remove the panel (2)

(1)
Use a punch to release the center pins of the quick release pins (1).
(2)
Pull the lower edge of the panel (2) away from the compartment wall.
(3)
Pull the panel (2) down and remove the fasteners (3) from the attachment fittings (4).
(4)
25-23-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
Z200
A
B
A
A
4
1
N_MM_252344_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-44-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Lower Sidewall Panels - Installation
25-23-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-44-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-21-41-400-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-44-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-44-420-050-A
A.
5.
Installation of the Panel (2)

(1)
(2)
Engage the fasteners (3) in the attachment fittings (4) and install the panel (2).
(3)
Install the quick release pins (1).
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-44-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
If necessary install the passenger seats removed for access (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-44-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANELS - LOWER SIDEWALL - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-44-210-001-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Lower Sidewall Panel and of the Area Behind the Lower Sidewall Panel for Foreign
Material Accumulation.
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-23-31-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF LOWER SIDE WALL PANEL AND OF AREA BEHIND LOWER SIDE WALL
PANEL FOR FOREIGN MATERIAL ACCUMULATION.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-44-000-001-A
25-23-44-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-44-991-00300-A - Lower Sidewall Panels)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-44-861-052-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-44-010-053-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove the lower sidewall panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-44-210-052-A
A.
Visual Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-44-991-00300-A - Lower Sidewall Panels)
NOTE :
AES
Remove one lower sidewall panel in the FWD, MID and AFT passenger cabin.
Alternate sidewall panel is recommended at the next inspection.
Interval may be adjusted according to operator experience.
(1)
Do a detailed visual inspection of the lower sidewall panel and of the area behind the lower sidewall
panel for:
. Foreign material accumulation
. Dust contamination
(eg. clothing fibers, exfoliated skin and nicotine).
(2)
If you find foreign material, remove more adjacent panels and do a visual inspection.
(3)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area if necessary.
25-23-44 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-44-410-053-A
A.
Install the lower sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-44-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-23-44 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
Z200
EXAMPLE
LOWER SIDEWALL PANEL
NOTE: THIS LOWER SIDEWALL PANEL CONFIGURATION

IS FOR A NONCUSTOMIZED
AIRCRAFT (NO GALLEYS, LAVATORIES
AND STOWAGES).
N_MM_252344_6_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-44-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Lower Sidewall Panels
25-23-44 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LINING - DOOR FRAME - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-45-000-005-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC
1
PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC
No specific
SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
33-51-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Cabin Emergency Lights
33-51-13-000-001-A
Removal of the Cabin Wall-Mounted Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-000-001-A
Removal of the Emergency Exit Sign
52-10-00-010-001-A
Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-45-991-00600-B - Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left Side)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-45-860-055-A
B.

(1)
In the cockpit:
(a)
(2)
On the FAP 120RH:

(a)
(3)
Make sure that the switch EMER EXIT LT 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF position.
Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER is in the OFF position.
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the panels 25VU and 120RH, to tell persons not to operate the
switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
Subtask 25-23-45-010-053-A
C.
Get Access
(1)
AES
Open the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001-A).
25-23-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
(2)
Remove the emergency exit sign 41WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001-A).
(3)
Remove the cabin emergency light 21WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-000-001-A).
(4)
Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL1 (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-45-020-055-B
A.
Removal of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221RW, 221SW, 221VW,
(1)
Remove the lining 221SW:

CAUTION :
(2)
(a)
Disconnect the electrical connector (19) from the electrical harness.
(b)
Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(c)
Loosen the clamp (6) and disconnect the hose (5).
(d)
Put PLUG - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the disconnected line ends.
(e)
Hold the lining 221SW in position.
(f)
Remove the caps (3), the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2) and (7) and remove the lining
221SW.
Remove the lining 221EW:

(a)
Remove the handgrip:

CAUTION :
(3)
(5)
Put a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL with a flat blade between the handgrip cover (9) and the
handgrip (14).
Carefully push the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the direction of the arrows and
remove the handgrip cover (9).
Remove the screws (11) and (12), the plates (13), the spacer (15) (if installed) and the
handgrip (14).
(c)
Lift the lining 221EW to release the attach brackets (24) from the yo-yo rolls (25) and remove the
lining 221EW.
Remove the lining 221BW:

Remove the screws (1), (27) and (30), the washers (2), (26) and (31) and remove the lining
221BW.
Remove the lining 221AW:

(a)
(b)
Lift the lining 221AW to release the attach brackets (24) from the yo-yo rolls (25) and remove
the lining 221AW.
Remove the lining 221FW:

(a)
AES
(b)
(a)
(4)
DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
Remove the screws (16) and the washers (17) and the latch-hook (18).
25-23-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
(6)
Remove the lining 221VW:

(a)
(7)
Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and the lining 221VW.
Remove the lining 221CW:

(a)
(8)
Remove the screws (29) and the washers (28) and remove the lining 221FW.
Remove the screws (29) and the washers (28) and remove the lining 221CW.
Remove the lining 221RW:

(a)

CAUTION :
(b)
AES
handgrip (14).
handgrip (14).
Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and remove the lining 221RW.
25-23-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
G
EXAMPLE
FR16
221VW
EXAMPLE
221EW
FR20
221FW
F
A
A
D
K
221SW
Z221
D
H
L
221BW
221RW
H
H
2
1
221AW
221CW
A
5
C
B
EXAMPLE
221SW
7
8
4
3
7
8
N_MM_252345_4_CAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-45-991-00600-B SHEET 1

Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, left
Side
25-23-45 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
LOCKED
13
11
10
10
9
9
UNLOCKED
15
14
13
12
G
EXAMPLE
19
17
16
17
16
18
NOTE:
1
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_252345_4_CAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-45-991-00600-B SHEET 2

Side
25-23-45 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
LINING 2 4
ATTACH
BRACKET
26
28
27
29
25
YOYO ROLL
L
K
EXAMPLE
31
26
28
29
27
30
N_MM_252345_4_CAMA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-45-991-00600-B SHEET 3

Side
25-23-45 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-45-400-006-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
1
WARNING NOTICE(S)
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-002-A
20-21-11-911-001-A
DESIGNATION
Installation of the Decals
Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
33-51-00-710-008-A
33-51-11-400-001-A
Operational Test of the Emergency Lighting in the Cabin with the EMER EXIT
LT Switch
Installation of the Cabin Emergency Light
33-51-13-400-001-A
Installation of the Cabin Wall-Mounted Emergency-Exit-Markers
33-51-16-400-001-A
Installation of the Emergency Exit Sign
35-23-00-710-001-A
Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
52-10-00-410-001-A
Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-053-A
A.
AES

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(2)
Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the off position.
(3)
Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the off position.
(4)
Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position on the panels 25VU and 120 RH to tell
persons not to operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
(5)
(6)
(7)
25-23-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-23-45-865-059-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
122VU
LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT
3WL
V07
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-45-420-056-B
A.
Installation of the door frame linings 221AW, 221BW, 221CW, 221EW, 221FW, 221RW,221SW, 221VW,
(1)
Unless specified, TORQUE al nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A).
(2)
Install the lining 221RW:

(a)
Put the lining 221RW in position and install the screws (1) and the washers (2), but do not
tighten the screws (1).
(b)
Install the handgrip:

1
(3)
(c)
(d)
Install the handgrip cover (9). Make sure that the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover engage
correctly. Press the handgrip cover into position until you hear a click.
Install the lining 221CW:

(a)
(4)
(6)
(7)
Put the lining 221VW in position and install the screws (1) and the washers (2).
Install the lining 221FW:

(a)
Put the lining 221FW in position and install the screws (29) and the washers (28).
(b)
Put the latch hook (18) in position and install the screws (16) and the washers (17).
Install the lining 221AW:

(a)
Put the lining 221AW in position and engage the attach brackets (24) in the yo-yo rolls (25).
(b)
Install the lining 221BW:

(a)
(8)
Put the lining 221CW in position and install the screws (29) and the washers (28).
Install the lining 221VW:

(a)
(5)
Put the lining 221BW in position and install the screws (1), (27) and (30) and the washers (2),
(26) and (31).
Install the lining 221EW:

(a)
Put the lining 221EW in position and engage the attach brackets (24) in the yo-yo rolls (25).
(b)
(c)

1
AES
Put the spacer (15) (if installed), the handgrip (14), the plates (13) and the screws (11)
and (12) in position. TORQUE the screws (11) and (12) to 0.8 M.DAN (70.80 LBF.IN).
25-23-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
2
(9)
Install the lining 221SW:

(a)
Put the lining 221SW in position and install the screws (1), (4) and (8), the washers (2) and (7),
but do not tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8).
(b)
Make sure that there is a clearance of 2.0 +0.0 -0.5 mm (0.08 +0.00 -0.02 in.) at each side of
the oxygen container doors (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001-A).
(c)
Tighten the screws (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
(d)
Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends.
(e)
Connect the hose (5) and tighten the clamp (6).
(f)
Connect the electrical connectors:

1
Subtask 25-23-45-942-054-A
B.
Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.
Subtask 25-23-45-865-067-A
C.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
122VU
3WL
V07
Subtask 25-23-45-710-056-A
D.
5.
Do the operational test of the cabin emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-008-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-45-410-053-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit marker 90WL1 (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the cabin emergency light 21WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-11-400-001-A).
(4)
Install the emergency exit sign 41WL (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001-A).
(5)
Close the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-45-210-068-A
B.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
condition.
25-23-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
If necessary install new placards, refer to (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-002-A) and (Ref. 11-32-25-00)
Subtask 25-23-45-862-051-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-45 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-45-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
1
No specific
No specific
AR
1
B.

SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
33-51-11-000-001-A
33-51-13-000-001-A
33-51-16-000-001-A
52-10-00-010-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-45-991-00300-B - Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door, right Side)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-052-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-45-010-051-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Open the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001-A).
(2)
(3)
(4)
Subtask 25-23-45-865-068-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
4.
DESIGNATION
VACU CLEANER SKT-CAB-Z222
FIN
1ME
LOCATION
F07
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-45-020-052-B
A.
AES
Removal of the door frame linings 222RW, 222SW, 222VW, 222UW, 222TW,
25-23-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Remove the lining 222SW:

CAUTION :
(2)
(a)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (19) from the electrical harness.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Hold the lining 222SW in position.
(f)
222SW.
Remove the lining 222UW:

(a)

CAUTION :
(3)
handgrip (14).
handgrip (14).
Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the latch hook (18).
(c)
Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lining 222UW.

Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and remove the lining 222VW.
Remove the lining 222TW:

(a)
(5)
(b)
(a)
(4)
Remove the caps (3), the screws (4) and (1), the washers (2) and remove the lining 222TW.
Remove the lining 222RW:

(a)

CAUTION :
AES
handgrip (14).
25-23-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3
AES
handgrip (14).
(b)
Remove the cap (3), the screws (4) and (1) and the washers (2).
(c)
Carefully tilt the lining to remove the nuts (22) and the socket (23).
(d)
Remove the lining 222RW.
25-23-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR16
222VW
A
G
C
FR20
222SW
222UW
EXAMPLE
A
Z222
A
D
F
B
A
D
2
1
222RW
222TW
A
B
B
EXAMPLE
A
C
6
222SW
4
3
7
8
7
8
N_MM_252345_4_DAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-45-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door,
right Side
25-23-45 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
LOCKED
10
13
11
10
9
9
UNLOCKED
F
E
15
14
13
12
H
22
17
16
17
16
G
23
18
EXAMPLE
19
NOTE:
1
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_252345_4_DAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-45-991-00300-B SHEET 2

Door Frame Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Door,
right Side
25-23-45 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-45-400-007-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-002-A
20-21-11-911-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
33-51-11-400-001-A
33-51-13-400-001-A
33-51-16-400-001-A
35-23-00-710-001-A
52-10-00-410-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-051-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Subtask 25-23-45-865-065-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
1ME
LOCATION
F07
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-45-420-058-B
A.
AES
Installation of the door frame linings 222RW, 222SW, 222TW, 222UW, 222VW
25-23-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A).
(2)
Install the lining 222RW:

(a)
Put the socket (23) in position and install the nuts (22).
(b)
Put the lining 222RW in position.
(c)
Install the screws (1), (4) and the washers (2), but do not tighten the screws (1) and (4).
(d)

1
(3)
(e)
Tighten the screws (1) and (4) and install the cap(s) (3).
(f)
Install the lining 222TW:

(a)
(4)
(6)
AES
Put the lining 222TW in position and install the screws (1) and (4), the washers (2) and the caps
(3).

(a)
(5)
Put the lining 222VW in position and install the screws (1) and the washers (2).
Install the lining 222UW:

(a)
Put the lining 222UW in position and install the screws (1) and the washers (2).
(b)
(c)

1
Install the lining 222SW:

(a)
Put the lining 222SW in position and install the screws (1), (4) and (8) and the washers (2) and
(7), but do not tighten.
(b)
(c)
Tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8) and install the caps (3).
(d)
(e)
(f)

1
25-23-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-45-410-054-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-marker 90WL2 (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-400-001-A).
(3)
(4)
(5)
Close the FWD passenger/crew door, Zone 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-45-210-069-A
B.

(1)
(2)
(3)
condition.
(4)
Subtask 25-23-45-862-052-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-45-000-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
1
No specific
No specific
AR
1
B.

SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
REFERENCE
23-73-13-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
23-73-22-000-001-A
23-73-44-000-001-A
Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel

Removal of the Handset/Cradle
24-42-00-861-001-A
33-51-11-000-001-A
33-51-13-000-001-A
33-51-16-000-001-A
52-10-00-010-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-45-991-00400-B - Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left Side)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-053-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-45-010-054-A
B.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Open the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 832 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001-A).
(2)
Remove the attendant indication panel 320RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-000-001-A).
(3)
Remove the AFT attendant panel 126RH (Ref. TASK 23-73-13-000-001-A).
(4)
Remove the handset cradle 330RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-44-000-001-A).
(5)
(6)
(7)
25-23-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-23-45-865-063-A
C.
PANEL
2001VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
5ME
LOCATION
F06
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-45-020-057-B
A.
Removal of the door frame linings 261VW, 261UW, 261TW, 261WW

(1)

CAUTION :
(2)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Hold the lining 261VW in position.
(f)
261VW.

(a)
(3)
Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lining 261UW.

(a)
(b)

CAUTION :
AES
handgrip (14).
handgrip (14).
(c)
(d)
Carefully tilt the lining, remove the nuts (20) and disengage the socket (21).
(e)
Remove the lining 261TW.
25-23-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Remove the lining 261WW:

(a)
(b)

CAUTION :
(c)
AES
handgrip (14).
handgrip (14).
Remove the lining 261WW.
25-23-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR66
G
A
EXAMPLE
261UW
FR68
261VW
F
A
Z261
D
1
261TW
261WW
B
B
EXAMPLE
6
261VW
4
3
7
8
7
8
N_MM_252345_4_AABA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-45-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left
Side
25-23-45 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
20
EXAMPLE
11
13
10
21
15
14
EXAMPLE
13
12
SECTION
19
EE
LOCKED
10
F
9
UNLOCKED
17
17
NOTE:
1
IF INSTALLED
16
16
18
N_MM_252345_4_AABA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-45-991-00400-B SHEET 2

Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, left
Side
25-23-45 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-45-400-008-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-002-A
20-21-11-911-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-13-400-001-A
Installation of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
23-73-22-400-001-A
23-73-44-400-001-A
Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel

Installation of the Handset/Cradle
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
33-51-11-400-001-A
33-51-13-400-001-A
33-51-16-400-001-A
35-21-41-400-001-A
35-23-00-710-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-054-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Subtask 25-23-45-865-066-A
B.
PANEL
2001VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
5ME
LOCATION
F06
25-23-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-45-560-050-A
A.

(1)
Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001-A) on the door frame lining
261VW.
Subtask 25-23-45-420-060-B
B.
Installation of the door frame linings 261WW, 261TW, 261UW, 261VW

(1)
(2)

(a)
Put the socket (21) in position and install the nuts (20).
(b)
Put the lining 261TW in position.
(c)
(d)

1
(3)
(e)
(f)
correctly. Push the handgrip cover in position until you hear a click.
(g)
Install the lining 261WW:

(a)
Put the lining 261WW in position.
(b)
(c)

1
(4)
AES
(d)
(e)
correctly. Push the handgrip cover into position until you hear a click.

(a)
(5)

(a)
Put the lining 261VW in position and install the screws (1), (4) and (8) and the washers (2) and
(7), but do not tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8).
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
25-23-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(f)
5.

1
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-45-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Install the handset cradle 330RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-44-400-001-A).
(6)
Install the AFT attendant panel 126RH (Ref. TASK 23-73-13-400-001-A).
(7)
Install the attendant indication panel 320RH9 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-45-210-070-A
B.

(1)
(2)
(3)
condition.
(4)
Subtask 25-23-45-862-053-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-45-000-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
1
No specific
B.
SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
33-51-11-000-001-A
33-51-13-000-001-A
33-51-16-000-001-A
52-10-00-010-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-45-991-00500-B - Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right Side.)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-054-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-45-010-052-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Open the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001-A).
(2)
(3)
(4)
Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit marker 90WL8 (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-45-020-054-B
A.
Removal of the door frame linings 262VW, 262UW, 262TW, 262WW.

(1)

CAUTION :
AES
(a)
(b)
25-23-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Hold the lining 262VW in position.
(f)
262VW.

(a)
(3)
Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2) and the lining 262UW.

(a)
(b)

CAUTION :
(4)
handgrip (14).
Carefully push the the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the direction of the arrows and
handgrip (14).
(c)
(d)
Carefully tilt the lining, remove the nuts (22) and disengage the socket (23) .
(e)
Remove the lining 262TW.
Remove the lining 262WW:

(a)
(b)

CAUTION :
(c)
AES
handgrip (14).
Carefully push the the lugs (10) of the handgrip cover (9) in the direction of the arrows and
handgrip (14).
Remove the lining 262WW.
25-23-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR66
EXAMPLE
G
A
262UW
FR68
A
D
262VW
F
A
Z262
2
262TW
A
262WW
B
A
EXAMPLE
6
262VW
4
3
7
8
7
8
N_MM_252345_4_AACA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-45-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right
Side.
25-23-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
LOCKED
10
13
11
10
9
9
UNLOCKED
15
14
13
12
G
EXAMPLE
19
17
16
17
16
18
NOTE:
1
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_252345_4_AACA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-45-991-00500-B SHEET 2

Door Frame Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Door, right
Side.
25-23-45 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-45-400-005-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-002-A
20-21-11-911-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
33-51-11-400-001-A
33-51-13-400-001-A
33-51-16-400-001-A
35-23-00-710-001-A
52-10-00-410-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-45-420-061-B
A.
AES
Installation of the door frame linings 262WW, 262TW, 262UW, 262VW

(1)
Unless specified, TORQUE al nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A).
(2)

(a)
Put the the lining 261TW in position.
(b)
25-23-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)

1
(3)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Install the lining 262WW:

(a)
Put the the lining 262WW in position.
(b)
(c)

1
(4)
5.
(d)
(e)

(a)
(5)

(a)
Put the lining 262VW in position and install the screws (1), (4) and (8) and the washers (2) and
(7), but do not tighten the screws (1), (4) and (8).
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)

1
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-45-410-052-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Close the AFT passenger/crew door, Zone 842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001-A).
25-23-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-23-45-210-071-A
B.

(1)
(2)
(3)
condition.
(4)
Subtask 25-23-45-862-050-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-45-960-802-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-001
B.
DESIGNATION
EPOXY ADHESIVE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-45-000-002-A
25-23-45-000-003-A
25-23-45-400-007-A
25-23-45-400-008-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-45-991-01500-A - Flap of the Vacuum Cleaner Socket)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-45-861-056-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-45-010-056-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
If necessary, remove the door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002-A) and/or (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-003-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-45-960-051-A
A.

(Ref. Fig. 25-23-45-991-01500-A - Flap of the Vacuum Cleaner Socket)
EYES :
MINUTES.
AES
25-23-45 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Remove the flap of the vacuum cleaner socket:

(a)
(2)
If necessary, remove the hinge of the vacuum cleaner socket:

(a)
(3)
Remove the screws (4), the nuts (1), the washers (2) and the hinge (3).
If removed, install the hinge of the vacuum cleaner socket:

(a)
(4)
Remove the screws (9), the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the flap (6) with the support (5).
Put the hinge (3) and the washers (2) in position and install the screws (4) and the nuts (1).
Install the flap of the vacuum cleaner socket:

MATERIAL/S.
5.
(a)
If necessary, apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-001) to the
support (5) and put it in position on the flap (6).
(b)
Put the support (5) with the flap (6) in position on the hinge (3).
(c)
Put the washers (8) in position and install the screws (9) and the nuts (7).
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-45-410-057-A
A.
If removed, install the door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007-A) and/or (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-008-A).
Subtask 25-23-45-862-055-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-23-45 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
1
2
A
9
4
5
8
7
N_MM_252345_4_LAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-45-991-01500-A SHEET 1

Flap of the Vacuum Cleaner Socket
25-23-45 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LINING - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-46-000-001-A
Removal of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
831AZ, 831DZ, 841AZ, 841DZ

C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-44-000-012-A
52-10-00-010-001-A
52-73-21-000-001-A
Removal of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light of the FWD Passenger/Crew

Door
Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light Panel of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
52-73-22-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-46-991-00100-A - Door Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Doors)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-861-050-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-46-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Open the passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001-A).
(2)
Remove the cabin escape facilities:

(a)
AES
For 831AZ and 841AZ: Remove the escape slide (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-000-002) or the escape
slide-raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012-A).
25-23-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Remove the lights:

(a)
For 831DZ and 841DZ: Remove the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light (Ref. TASK
52-73-21-000-001-A) and the CABIN PRESSURE warning- light (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-000-001A).
Subtask 25-23-46-865-050-A
C.

PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT
15WN
P11
121VU
EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND
13WN
P10
121VU
EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX
48WV
P05
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED
POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
Subtask 25-23-46-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Linings

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Remove the grip (15) and the lining 831FZ (841FZ) (8):
(a)
Remove the screws (14), the washers (13) and the grip (15).
(b)
Remove the related screws (4) and the related washers (3).
(c)
Turn the brackets down.
(d)
Carefully release the lining (8) from the yo-yo rolls and remove it.
Remove the lining 831GZ (841GZ) (9):

(a)
Disconnect the rod (7) from the lining (9).
(b)
Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).
(c)
Remove the pin (5).
(d)
Remove the lining (9).
Remove the lining 831EZ (841EZ) (2):

(a)
(b)
Remove the handgrip (26) and the lining 831DZ (841DZ) (12):
CAUTION :
AES
DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
(a)
Carefully push the lugs (22) of the grip cover (21) to the unlocked position and remove the grip
cover (21).
(b)
Remove the screws (23) and (25), the washers (24) and the handgrip (26).
(c)
Remove the spacer (27) and the lining (28).
(d)
25-23-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(e)
(5)
(6)
(7)
AES
Remove the handle plate (19) and lining 831CZ (841CZ) (1):
(a)
Remove the screw (16), the washer (17) and the handle plate (19) from the emergency control
handle (18).
(b)
(c)
Remove the lining 831BZ (841BZ) (10):

(a)
(b)
Remove the lining 831AZ (841AZ) (11):

(a)
(b)
25-23-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z831
(Z841)
1
831CZ
(841CZ)
E F
2
831EZ
(841EZ)
G
E
15
H
B
E
13
10
831BZ
(841BZ)
14
12
831DZ
(841DZ)
E
D
C
8
831FZ
(841FZ)
11
831AZ
(841AZ)
9
831GZ
(841GZ)
A
EXAMPLE
N_MM_252346_4_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-46-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-23-46 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
4
3
2
10
3
4
E
EXAMPLE
C
EXAMPLE
3
4
8
YOYOROLL
LOOSEN
SCREW
TURN
BRACKET
5
6
9
DOOR
SUPPORT
ARM
3
4
EXAMPLE
N_MM_252346_4_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-46-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-23-46 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
J
EXAMPLE
22
LOCKED
UNLOCKED
21
19
18
17
16
H
EXAMPLE
24
21
23
22
22
22
27
28
NOTE:
25
24
26
1
MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE PLATE IS INSTALLED

SO THAT THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE WILL
RETRACT INTO THE RECESS IN THE DOOR PANEL.
N_MM_252346_4_AAMA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-46-991-00100-A SHEET 3

25-23-46 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-46-000-003-A
Removal of the Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-10-00-010-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-46-991-00500-A - Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-861-052-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-46-010-056-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Open the related Passenger/Crew Door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-46-020-052-A
A.
AES
Removal of the blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors

(1)
(2)
Remove the screws (4) the washers (3) and the lining assembly (1).
(3)
(4)
If necessary, remove the screws (8), the springs (9) and the washers (7).
(5)
Remove the slide guide (10) and the blind (11).
25-23-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z831
(Z841)
3
4
1
A
EXAMPLE
10
11
6
5
N_MM_252346_4_SAA1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-46-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
25-23-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-46-400-003-A
Installation of the Blinds on the Passenger/Crew Doors
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
52-10-00-410-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-860-053-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-46-210-056-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Subtask 25-23-46-420-052-A
B.
5.
Installation of the Blinds on the Passenger/crew Doors

(1)
Put the blind (11) with the slide guide (10) in position.
(2)
(3)
If removed, install the washers (7), the springs (9) and the screws (8).
(4)
Put the lining assembly (1) in position and install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
(5)
Install the lining (2).
(6)
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-46-410-054-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Close the passenger/Crew Door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-46-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-23-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-46-400-001-A
Installation of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
831AZ, 831DZ, 841AZ, 841DZ

C.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
6
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-23-01-01-200
cotter pin
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-002-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-62-44-400-007-A
52-10-00-410-001-A
52-73-21-000-001-A
Removal of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light of the FWD Passenger/Crew

Door
Installation of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light of the FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light Panel of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
52-73-21-400-001-A
52-73-22-000-001-A
52-73-22-400-001-A
Installation of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light Panel of the FWD

Passenger/Crew Door
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-860-051-A
A.

(1)
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-23-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Make sure that the lights are removed:

(a)
For 831DZ and 841DZ: Make sure that the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light (Ref. TASK
52-73-21-000-001-A) and the CABIN PRESSURE warning-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-000-001-A)
are removed.
Subtask 25-23-46-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
15WN
P11
121VU
13WN
P10
121VU
48WV
P05
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-46-210-054-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
condition.
(4)
Subtask 25-23-46-420-050-A
B.
Installation of the Linings

(1)
Install the lining 831AZ (841AZ) (11):

(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Install the linings 831BZ (841BZ) (10) and 831DZ (841DZ) (12):
(a)
Engage the linings (10) and (12) on the yo-yo rolls and install the related washers (3) and the
related screws (4).
(b)
Make sure that you can move the door window-shade correctly.
Install the handgrip (26):

(a)
Put the lining (28) in position.
(b)
Install the spacer (27), the handgrip (26), the washers (24) and the screws (23) and (25).
(c)
TORQUE the screws (23) and (25) to between 0.8 and 0.9 M.DAN (70.80 and 79.65 LBF.IN).
(d)
Install the grip cover (21) on the handgrip (26). Make sure that the lugs (22) of the grip cover
(21) engage correctly and that you hear a click.
Install the lining 831CZ (841CZ) (1) and the handle plate (19):
(a)
AES
Engage the lining (11) on the yo-yo rolls and install the related washers (3) and the related screws
(4).
(4).
25-23-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
Put the handle plate (19) of the emergency control handle (18) in position and install the washer
(17) and the screw (16).
(c)
Make sure that the handle plate (19) is installed correctly.

NOTE :
(5)
Install the lining 831EZ (841EZ) (2):

(a)
(6)
(7)
(8)
5.
The emergency control handle (18) must move into the recess in the door panel.
(4).
Install the lining 831GZ (841GZ) (9):

(a)
Put the lining (9) in position and install the pin (5).
(b)
Safety the pin (5) with a new (IPC-CSN 25-23-01-01) cotter pin (6) .
(c)
Connect the rod (7) to the lining (9).
Install the lining 831FZ (841FZ) (8):

(a)
(b)
Turn the brackets into position and install the related washers (3) and the related screws (4).
(c)
Put the grip (15) in position and install the washers (13) and the screws (14).
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-46-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the cabin escape facilities:

(a)
(3)
Install the lights:

(a)
(4)
For 831AZ and 841AZ: Install the escape slide (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-400-006) or the escape slideraft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007-A).
For 831DZ and 841DZ: Install the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-400-001A) and the CABIN PRESSURE warning-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-400-001-A).
Do the special precautions after work on the doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-46-865-054-A
B.
PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
15WN
P11
121VU
13WN
P10
121VU
48WV
P05
Subtask 25-23-46-862-050-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-46-000-002-A
Removal of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
832AZ, 832DZ, 842AZ, 842DZ

C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-44-000-012-A
52-10-00-010-001-A
52-73-21-000-002-A
Removal of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
52-73-22-000-002-A
Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light Panel of the Aft

Passenger/Crew Door
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-46-991-00200-A - Door Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Doors)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-46-010-053-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Open the passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001-A).
(2)
Remove the cabin escape facilities:

(a)
(3)
AES
For 832AZ and 842AZ: Remove the escape slide (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-000-002) or the escape
slide-raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012-A). indicator-light or
Remove the lights:

(a)
For 832DZ and 842DZ:
(b)
Remove the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-000-002-A) and the CABIN
PRESSURE warning- light (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-000-002-A).
25-23-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-23-46-865-052-A
C.

PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
15WN
P11
121VU
13WN
P10
121VU
48WV
P05
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-46-020-051-A
A.
Remove the Linings

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Remove the grip (27) and the lining 832FZ (842FZ) (8):
(a)
Remove the screws (26), the washers (25) and the grip (27).
(b)
(c)
Loosen the related screws and turn the brackets down (Refer to detail D).
(d)
Remove the lining 832GZ (842GZ) (9):

(a)
Disconnect the rod (7) from the lining (9).
(b)
(c)
Remove the pin (5).
(d)
Remove the lining 832EZ (842EZ) (2):

(a)
(b)
Remove the handgrip (24) and the lining 832DZ (842DZ) (21):
CAUTION :
(5)
(a)
Carefully push the lugs (28) of the handgrip cover (22) with your fingers in the direction of the
arrows and remove the handgrip cover (22).
(b)
Remove the screws (17) and (23), the washers (18) and the handgrip (24).
(c)
Remove the spacer (19) and the lining (20).
(d)
(e)
Remove the handle plate (14) and the lining 832CZ (842CZ) (1):
(a)
AES
DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE COVER AS THIS CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RETAINER.
Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the screw (15) and the handle plate (14) from the
emergency control handle (16).
25-23-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(6)
(7)
AES
(b)
(c)
Remove the lining 832BZ (842BZ) (10):

(a)
(b)
Remove the lining 832AZ (842AZ) (11):

(a)
(b)
25-23-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
Z832
(Z842)
1
832CZ
(842CZ)
G
26
2
832EZ
(842EZ)
F
F
C
21
832DZ
(842DZ)
27
25
10
832BZ
(842BZ)
8
832FZ
(842FZ)
F
F
D
9
832GZ
(842GZ)
11
832AZ
(842AZ)
G
F
4
3
NOTE:
1
MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE PLATE IS INSTALLED

SO THAT THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE WILL
RETRACT INTO THE RECESS IN THE DOOR PANEL.
N_MM_252346_4_AANA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-46-991-00200-A SHEET 1

25-23-46 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
C
EXAMPLE
10
3
4
3
4
D
3
4
LOOSEN
SCREW
3
4
TURN
BRACKET
DOOR SUPPORT ARM

6
EXAMPLE
YOYO
ROLLER
N_MM_252346_4_AANA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-46-991-00200-A SHEET 2

25-23-46 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
H
EXAMPLE
LOCKED
22
UNLOCKED
18
28
23
22
19
20
24
18
17
28
N_MM_252346_4_AANA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-46-991-00200-A SHEET 3

25-23-46 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-46-400-002-A
Installation of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
832AZ, 832DZ, 842AZ, 842DZ

C.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
6
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-23-04-01-260
cotter pin
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-002-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-62-44-400-007-A
52-73-21-000-002-A
Removal of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
52-73-21-400-002-A
Installation of the SLIDE ARMED Indicator-Light of the Aft Passenger/Crew

Door
Removal of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light Panel of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
52-73-22-000-002-A
52-73-22-400-002-A
Installation of the CABIN PRESSURE Warning Light Panel of the Aft

Passenger/Crew Door
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-46-860-052-A
A.
AES

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
(3)
(4)
25-23-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Make sure that the lights are removed:

(a)

1
Make sure that the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-000-002-A) and
the CABIN PRESSURE warning-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-000-002-A) are removed.
Subtask 25-23-46-865-053-A
B.
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
15WN
P11
121VU
13WN
P10
121VU
48WV
P05
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-46-420-051-A
A.
Installation of the linings:

(1)
Install the lining 832AZ (842AZ) (11)

(a)
(2)
Engage the lining (11) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
Install the linings 832BZ (842BZ) (10) and 832DZ (842DZ) (21)
(a)
Engage the linings (10) and (21) to the yo-yo rolls and install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
NOTE :
(3)
Install the handgrip

(a)
(b)
Install the spacer (19), the handgrip (24), the washers (18), and the screws (17) and (23).
(c)
TORQUE the screws to between 0.8 and 0.9 M.DAN (70.80 and 79.65 LBF.IN)
(d)
Install the grip cover (22) to the handgrip (24).

NOTE :
(4)
(a)
(b)
Put the handle plate (14) of the emergency control handle (16) in position and install the screw
(15), the washer (13) and the nut (12).
Make sure that the handle plate is installed so that the emergency control handle will
retract into the recess in the door panel.
Install the lining 832EZ (842EZ) (2)

(a)
AES
Make sure that the lugs (28) of the grip cover (22) engage correctly up until you hear a
click.
Install the lining 832CZ (842CZ) (1)
NOTE :
(5)
Make sure that you can move the door window-shade correctly.
25-23-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(6)
(7)
5.
Install the lining 832GZ (842GZ) (9)

(a)
Put the lining (9) in position and install the pin (5).
(b)
Safety the pin (5) with the new:

. (IPC-CSN 25-23-04-01) cotter pin (6)
(c)
Connect the rod (7) to the lining (9).
Install the lining 832FZ (842FZ) (8)

(a)
(b)
Turn the bracket into position and install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
(c)
(d)
Put the grip (27) in position and install the washers (25) and the screws (26).
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-46-410-053-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the cabin escape facilities:

(a)
(2)
For 832AZ and 842AZ: Install the escape slide (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-400-006) or the escape slideraft (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007-A).
Install the lights:

(a)

Install the SLIDE ARMED indicator-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-21-400-002-A) and the CABIN
PRESSURE warning-light (Ref. TASK 52-73-22-400-002-A).
Subtask 25-23-46-210-055-A
B.

(1)
(2)
(3)
condition.
(4)
Subtask 25-23-46-865-055-A
C.
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
15WN
FIN
P11
LOCATION
121VU
13WN
P10
121VU
48WV
P05
Subtask 25-23-46-862-051-A
D.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LINING - EMERGENCY EXIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-47-000-001-A
NOTE :
1.
The removal and installation of the linings is the same for all the emergency exit hatches.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-21-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-47-991-00100-A - Lining - Emergency Exit Hatch)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-070-A
A.
Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-47-010-051-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove the emergency exit hatch (1) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-47-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Lining (2)

(1)
AES
Remove the screws (3), (5) and the washers (4), (6) that attach the lining (2) to the emergency exit
hatch (1) and remove it.
25-23-47 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4
3
6
5
1
1
EXAMPLE
B
B
A
B
A
B
N_MM_252347_4_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-47-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Lining - Emergency Exit Hatch
25-23-47 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-47-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-010
C.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR SPRING BALANCE 5 DAN (12 LBF)
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PLASTIC CLEANER
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
52-10-00-410-001-A
52-21-11-000-001-A
52-21-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-71-13-400-001-A
Installation of the Proximity Switches

(Ref. Fig. 25-23-47-991-01700-B - Cover Flap)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-077-A
A.
4.

(1)
Make sure that the access platform is in position on the emergency exit hatches.
(2)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(3)
Make sure that the emergency exit hatch is removed. (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001-A)
(4)
Make sure that the emergency exit hatch is put on an applicable fixture.
(5)
(6)
(7)
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-47-420-050-A
A.
AES
Installation of the Lining (2)

25-23-47 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
(2)
If necessary clean the window pane(s).
(3)
(a)
Make sure that the window panes are free from abrasive particles.
(b)
Clean the window pane with a weak solution of soap and water. Use a clean sponge and or
chamois leather.
(c)
Remove the soap solution with clean warm water.
(d)
Dry the components with clean chamois leather.
(e)
If stains or dirt marks stay, you must remove them with plastic cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS
(f)
Mix 7-parts plastic cleaner SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-010) with 60-parts of water.
(g)
Apply the plastic cleaner solution to the window pane.
(h)
Remove the plastic cleaner with clean water.
(i)
Apply anti-static treatment to the window pane.
(j)
Let the window pane dry.
(k)
Do a check and make sure that the window pane is dry. Polish it with a clean, lint-free cloth.
Put the lining (2) in position on the emergency exit hatch (1) and install the washers (4), (6) and the
screws (3), (5).
Subtask 25-23-47-410-071-A
B.
Install the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-47-420-127-B
C.
Installation of the Cover Flap (1)

(1)
(2)
Engage the brackets (3) of the cover flap (1) and push the cover flap (1) onto the lining (9).
(3)
Make sure that the fastener (5) engages correctly to the aircraft structure.
(4)
If adjustment of the fastener (5) is necessary, loosen the screws (6) or (8) and move the adjustment
plate (7) to its correct position. Tighten the screws (6) or (8).
Subtask 25-23-47-720-050-B
D.
Test
(1)
Do the test of the opening force of the cover flap (1):

NOTE :
AES
The test procedure is the same for all emergency exit hatches.
(a)
Attach a SPRING BALANCE 5 DAN (12 LBF) (2) to the grip of the cover flap (1).
(b)
Pull the spring scale (2) inboard, at a right angle to the cover flap (1).
(c)
Make sure that the force which is necessary to open the cover flap (1) is 4.0 +1.0 daN or -1.0
daN (8.9924 +2.2481 lbf or -2.2481 lbf).
(d)
If adjustment is necessary, move the arms of the fastener (5) together.
(e)
Make sure that the proximity sensor of the door warning system has the correct target value (Ref.
TASK 52-71-13-400-001-A).
25-23-47 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-47-410-065-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001-A)
(3)
Subtask 25-23-47-862-061-A
B.
AES
25-23-47 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z240
A
EXAMPLE
NOTE:
HATCH INSTALLED
A
2
C
EXAMPLE
3
1
N_MM_252347_4_ABP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-47-991-01700-B SHEET 1

Cover Flap
25-23-47 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-47-000-002-A
Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
No specific
AR
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-21-41-000-001-A
33-51-13-000-001-A
33-51-16-000-001-A
52-21-11-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-47-991-00200-A - Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (241CW) and 241LW (241LW))
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-861-069-A
A.
Subtask 25-23-47-865-051-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
122VU
3WL
V07
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-47-010-050-B
A.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Remove the related emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF position.
(3)
Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the OFF position.
(4)
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the panels 25VU and 120RH to tell persons not to operate the
switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
(5)
Remove the related passenger seat, if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001-A)
(6)
Remove the wall-mounted emergency exit-markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-000-001-A).
25-23-47 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
Remove the emergency exit sign 42WL (43WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-000-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-47-020-051-A
B.
Remove the Upper Sidewall Panel Assembly 241CW, (242CW) and/or 241LW, (242LW)
NOTE :
The removal procedure for the left and the right upper sidewall panel assembly (referred to as the
assembly) is the same.
(1)
Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the supports (3).
(2)
Temporarily attach the supports (3) to the aircraft structure.
(3)
Push the clips in the five holes of the decor cover (12) to release the decor cover (12).
(4)
Remove the decor cover (12).
(5)
Remove the inner window pane (11).
(6)
Pull the lining strip (8) and/or (15) down and remove it.
(7)
Pull the lining strip (13) up and remove it.
(8)
Remove the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-000-001-A).
(9)
(10) Remove the screws (10) and the washers (9).

(11) Lift the assembly 241CW, (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14) to release it from the brackets (7)
and from the yo-yo rollers.
(12) Remove the assembly 241CW, (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14).
AES
25-23-47 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
C
4
5
FR41
FR36
B
EXAMPLE
3
2
1
N_MM_252347_4_AGPA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-47-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (241CW) and 241LW
(241LW)
25-23-47 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR36
C
EXAMPLE
FR37
FR38
FR39
6
241CW
(242CW)
7
8
D
FR41
9
10
11
12
42WL
(43WL)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
2WN1
(2WN2)
A
15
13
14
241LW
(242LW)
D
EXAMPLE
YOYO ROLLER
BRACKET
N_MM_252347_4_AGPA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-47-991-00200-A SHEET 2

Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241CW (241CW) and 241LW
(241LW)
25-23-47 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-47-400-002-A
Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
CHAMOIS LEATHER
1
GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-010
Material No: 19-003
C.
SPONGE
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PLASTIC CLEANER
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-21-41-400-001-A
33-51-13-400-001-A
33-51-16-400-001-A
52-21-11-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-47-860-075-B
A.

(1)
Make sure that the access platform is in position on the related emergency exit hatches.
(2)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Subtask 25-23-47-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
2WL
LOCATION
H06
25-23-47 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1WL
FIN
H05
LOCATION
122VU
3WL
V07
Subtask 25-23-47-210-057-B
C.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Make sure that the switch 4WL on the panel 25VU is in the OFF position.
(2)
Make sure that the switch LIGHT EMER on the panel 120RH is in the OFF position.
(3)
Make sure that the warning notices are in position on the panels 25VU and 120RH to tell persons not to
operate the switches 4WL and LIGHT EMER.
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-47-420-051-A
A.
Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assembly 241CW (242CW) and/or 241LW (242LW)
NOTE :
The installation procedure for the left and the right upper sidewall panel assembly (referred to as the
assembly) is the same.
(1)
Put the assembly 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14) in position on the brackets (7)
and on the yo-yo rollers. Push the assembly down.
(2)
Make sure that the assembly 241CW (242CW) (6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14) engages correctly.
(3)
Put the washers (9) in position and install the screws (10).
(4)
(5)
Put the lining strip (13) in position and push it down between the assemblies 241CW (242CW) (6) and
241LW (242LW) (14).
(6)
Make sure that the lining strip (13) engages correctly.
(7)
Put the lining strip (8) and/or (15) in position on the the lower end of the assembly 241CW (242CW)
(6) and/or 241LW (242LW) (14) and the adjacent panel. Push the lining strip up.
(8)
Make sure that the lining strip (8) and/or (15) engages correctly.
(9)
Install the cabin wall-mounted emergency-exit-markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-400-001-A).
(10) If necessary, clean the inner window pane (11) and the inboard surface of the outer window pane:
AES
(a)
Clean the window panes with clean warm water.
(b)
Make sure that the window panes are free from abrasive particles.
(c)
Clean the window panes with a weak solution of soap and water. Use a clean SPONGE and /or
CHAMOIS LEATHER.
(d)
Remove the soap solution with clean warm water.
(e)
Dry the components with a clean CHAMOIS LEATHER.
(f)
If necessary, remove remaining contamination with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-010)
.
(g)
Remove the plastic cleaner with clean water.
(h)
Apply anti-static treatment to the window panes.
(i)
Mix 7 parts of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-010) with 60 parts of water.
25-23-47 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(j)
Apply the plastic cleaner solution to the window panes.
(k)
Let the window panes dry.
(l)
Make sure that the window panes are dry and polish them with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(11) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(12) Put on GLOVES - COTTON, LINT-FREE, CLEAN before you touch the window panes.
(13) Install the inner window pane (11) and the decor cover (12).
(14) Make sure that the decor cover (12) engages correctly.
(15) Put the supports (3) and the washers (2) in position and install the screws (1).
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-47-865-053-A
A.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
122VU
3WL
V07
Subtask 25-23-47-942-050-B
B.
Remove the warning notices from the panels 25VU and 120RH.
Subtask 25-23-47-410-061-B
C.
Close Access
(1)
Install the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001-A).
(2)
Install the passenger seat if removed (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-47-410-050-B
D.
Close Access
(1)
Install the emergency exit sign 42WL (43WL) (Ref. TASK 33-51-16-400-001-A)
(2)
Install the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001-A)
(3)
Install the passenger seat, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001-A)
(4)
Install the wall-mounted emergency exit-markers (Ref. TASK 33-51-13-400-001-A)
Subtask 25-23-47-862-062-B
E.
AES
25-23-47 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL - COVE LIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-48-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-48-991-00100-A - Cove Light Panels)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-48-861-051-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-48-020-050-A
A.
AES
Remove the Cove Light Panel (3)

(1)
Remove the seal (4).
(2)
Move the cove light panel (3) inboard and lift the flange (2) off the rail (1).
(3)
Lower the inboard edge of the cove light panel (3), but not more than 100 mm (3.9 in.).
(4)
Disconnect the bonding strap (8).
(5)
Lift the cove light panel (3) to disengage the bracket (6) from the fitting (5).
(6)
Remove the cove light panel (3).
25-23-48 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
Z200
AA
"x"
C
1
A
4
C
EXAMPLE
D
EXAMPLE
7
6
5
N_MM_252348_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-48-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Cove Light Panels
25-23-48 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-48-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-48-860-050-A
A.

NOTE :
4.
The installation procedure for the LH/RH cove light panel is the same.
(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-48-420-051-A
A.
AES
Installation of the Cove Light Panel (3)

(1)
(2)
Engage the brackets (6) of the cove light panel (3) in the fitting (5).
(3)
Connect the bonding strap (8) to the cable socket (7).
(4)
Align the flange (2) with the rail (1).
(5)
Engage the flange (2) on the rail (1).
(6)
Make sure that the dimension X is 10 +2 mm or -2 mm (0.3937 +0.0787 in. or -0.0787 in.).
(7)
Install the seal (4) if removed into the rail (1). Use PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
(98A25207503000).
25-23-48 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-48-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-23-48 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-23-48-960-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
CUTTER - THIN BLADE
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-010
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
ADHESIVE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-960-001-A
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-23-48-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-23-48-991-00200-A - Light Screen)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-23-48-861-052-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-48-010-051-A
B.
4.
Remove the related cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-23-48-960-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. Fig. 25-23-48-991-00200-A - Light Screen)
NOTE :
The procedure for the replacement of the entry light covers is given in (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-960-001A).
NOTE :
The contour of the light screen has space on each side to let the screen engage in the cove light panel.
The light screen is attached to the panel with adhesive to prevent lateral movement.
25-23-48 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Carefully remove all adhesive (3) with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

NOTE :
5.
It is also possible to apply heat to the adhesive with a light source and then remove the adhesive
by hand.
(2)
Disengage the light screen (2) from the cove light panel (1).
(3)
Remove the remaining adhesive (3) from the cove light panel (1) with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(4)
Clean the cove light panel (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) .
(5)
Carefully engage the new light screen (2) in the cove light panel (1).
(6)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004A) (3) at an interval of 50mm
(2 in.) around the contour of the light screen (2) and attach the light screen to the cove light panel (1).
(7)
Let the adhesive (3) fully cure.
Close-up
Subtask 25-23-48-410-050-A
A.
Install the cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-23-48-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-23-48 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
COVE LIGHT
PANEL
1
A
A
EXAMPLE
B
EXAMPLE
SCREEN LIGHT
2
N_MM_252348_4_AAP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-23-48-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Light Screen
25-23-48 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The overhead stowage compartments (OHSC) are installed above the left and right seat rows with reference to the
cabin layout of the aircraft.
AES
25-24-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-00-12700-A - Overhead Stowage Compartments - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-00-12800-A - Overhead Stowage Compartment)
AES
25-24-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-00-12700-A - Overhead Stowage Compartments - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-00-12800-A - Overhead Stowage Compartment)
The overhead stowage compartments (OHSC) have a box structure and are of different lengths:
- spacer
- 1-frame pitch
- 2-frame pitch
- 3-frame pitch and
- 4-frame pitch.
Each OHSC has:
- one or more doors with a handle/latch assembly for each door
- a handgrip along its length
- hinge mechanisms that attach the door to the OHSC
- a gas filled damper strut on each hinge mechanism (spacer OHSC only on one hinge) for a controlled door
operation
- upper attachment brackets
- lower attachment brackets.
- mounting rails for the installation of the passenger service/information unit (PSUI) and the emergency oxygen
container (Ref. 25-25-11).
Brackets connect the OHSC to each other.
Brackets and turnbuckles attach the OHSC to the fuselage structure.
Cabin temperature control sensors are installed between the OHSC with reference to the cabin layout (Ref.
21-63-17).
AES
25-24-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
OVERHEAD STOWAGE
COMPARTMENT
(REF 252441)
N_MM_252400_0_ACA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-00-12700-A SHEET 1

Overhead Stowage Compartments - Component Location
25-24-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
F
DOOR
E
D
HANDLE/LATCH
ASSY
UPPER
ATTACHMENT
FITTING
DAMPER
STRUT
C
HINGE
MECHANISM
RISER DUCTS
(REF 212100)
FLOURESCENT TUBE
(REF 332100)
BRACKET
EXAMPLE
UPPER OHSC
CONNECTION
MOUNTING RAILS
FOR PSIU
(REF 252511)
A
B
EXAMPLE
LOWER OHSC
CONNECTION
TURNBUCKLE
EXAMPLE
TEMPERATURE CONTROL SENSOR
(REF 216317)
B
OHSC
EXAMPLE
LOWER OHSC CONNECTION
WITH A TURNBUCKLE
D
EXAMPLE
UPPER OHSC
CONNECTION
C
EXAMPLE
LOWER OHSC
CONNECTION
OHSC
N_MM_252400_0_ADA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-00-12800-A SHEET 1

Overhead Stowage Compartment
25-24-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
OVERHEAD STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-24-00-710-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-00-991-00100-A - Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-00-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-24-00-820-051-A
A.
Adjust the Doors

(Ref. Fig. 25-24-00-991-00100-A - Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Doors)
(1)
(2)
AES
Alignment of the door with the adjacent doors:

(a)
Open the applicable door.
(b)
Loosen the screws (4).
(c)
Move the door to align it with the adjacent doors.
(d)
(e)
Close the door.
(f)
Make sure that the door is aligned with the adjacent doors.
Adjustment of the gap between the doors:

(a)
Open the door.
(b)
(c)
Move the door forward or aft, as necessary.
(d)
(e)
Close the door.
(f)
Make sure that the distance between the doors is 10 +2 mm or -2 mm (0.3937 +0.0787 in. or
-0.0787 in.).
25-24-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(4)
Adjustment of the door keeper:

(a)
Open the door.
(b)
(c)
Move the door keeper (6), as necessary.
(d)
(e)
Close the door.
(f)
Make sure that the door locks correctly and the two hooks fully engage. If the hooks are not fully
engaged, move the keeper to inboard (A/C aisle) position (steps (a), (b), (c)) and proceed with
step (d).
Adjustment of the door opening angle:

(a)
Open the door.
(b)
Loosen the bolts (1).
(c)
Move the support (2) until the bottom lip of the door is 1962 +10 -0 mm (77.24 +0.40 -0.00 in.)
above the floor.
NOTE :
5.
The bottom lip of a door at FR20/21 and FR65/66 must be 1933 +10 -0 mm (76.10
+0.40 -0.00 in.) above the floor.
(d)
Tighten the bolts (1).
(e)
Make sure that the door locks correctly.
Close-up
Subtask 25-24-00-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
items.
(2)
Close the overhead stowage-compartment door.
Subtask 25-24-00-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-24-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DOOR
EXAMPLE
A
A
10,0 2mm
(0,3937 0,0787in.)
DOOR
1
"Y"
ABOVE
FLOOR
A
4
1
6
3
DOOR
NOTE:
+ 10.0
+ 0.3937i n . )
" Y " = 1 9 3 3 0 . 0 mm(76.1024
0.0
AT FR20/21 AND FR65/66.
AT ALL OTHER POSITIONS
+ 10.0
+ 0.3937i n . )
" Y " = 1 9 6 2 0 . 0 mm(77.2441
0.0
N_MM_252400_5_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-24-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-24-00-710-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-48-400-001-A
25-24-41-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-00-991-00200-A - Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC))

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-00-861-051-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-24-00-820-052-A
A.
5.
Adjustment of the Distance between the a/c Structure and the OHSC (1)
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-00-991-00200-A - Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment (OHSC))
(1)
Make sure that the distance A (between the bracket-edge (3) and the bracket rear-edge (2)) is in the
limits given in the table (view C).
(2)
Is necessary adjust the distance A with the turnbuckle (4):

(a)
Loosen the lock-nut (5).
(b)
Hold the bottom of a OHSC (1) with a hand to turn the turnbuckle body (6) easier.
(c)
Turn the turnbuckle body (6) clockwise or counterclockwise until the distance A is in the limits
given in the table (view C).
(d)
Tighten the lock-nut (5).
Close-up
Subtask 25-24-00-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
items.
(2)
Install cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001-A).
(3)
If necessary, tighten the attached parts of the OHSC (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-24-00-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-24-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
2
A
1
FRAME
DISTANCE A
NUMBER
C20C61
mm
in.
405.50.5
(15.9650.020)
C53
394.50.5
(15.5310.020)
C64
371.50.5
(14.6260.020)
LAV. WALL
C64/C65
365.00.5
(14.3700.020)
30mm(1.181in.)
BEFORE C65
350.50.5
(13.7990.020)
C66
320.00.5
(12.5980.020)
5
6
4
N_MM_252400_5_AHS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment
(OHSC)
25-24-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COMPARTMENT - SIDEWALL OVERHEAD STOWAGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-24-41-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
No specific
B.
STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT)
REFERENCE
21-24-19-000-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Individual Air Outlet
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-25-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information Unit(s)

(PSIU)
33-21-11-000-001-A
35-21-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Ballast Unit, Lampholder and Fluorescent Tube

(Ref. Fig. 25-24-41-991-00100-A - 2, 3 and 4-Frame Stowage Compartments)

(Ref. Fig. 25-24-41-991-00500-A - Cabin Temperature Sensor Casing - Removal/Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-41-991-01200-A - 1-Frame Stowage Compartments/Spacer Bins)
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-41-991-01300-A - Spacer Bin at FR38/FR39)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-24-41-865-054-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
AES
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
DESIGNATION
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-FWD
PWR-CEILING-FWD
FIN
307LG
304LG
306LG
305LG
LOCATION
H08
H07
H06
H05
25-24-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
DESIGNATION
PWR-WINDOW-AFT
PWR-WINDOW-AFT
PWR-WINDOW-FWD
PWR-WINDOW-FWD
FIN
302LG
301LG
303LG
300LG
LOCATION
H04
H03
H02
H01
Subtask 25-24-41-010-050-C
C.
Get Access
(1)
Put a STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT) adjacent to the stowage compartment you will remove.
(2)
Make sure that the stowage compartment is empty.
(3)
Remove the ceiling panels adjacent to the stowage compartment (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001-A).
(4)
Remove the cove light panels adjacent to the stowage compartment (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
(5)
Remove the fluorescent tubes (Ref. TASK 33-21-11-000-001-A).
(6)
Remove the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
(7)
Remove the MCD (Movable Class Divider) rail, if installed (Ref. AMM 25-26-43-000-012) .
Subtask 25-24-41-010-051-B
D.
4.
Remove the Passenger Service Equipment.

(1)
Remove the passenger service/information unit (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001-A).
(2)
Remove the passenger reading light-panel (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001-A).
(3)
Remove the individual air-outlet panel (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-24-41-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the 2,3 and 4-frame stowage compartments.

(1)
(2)
AES
Remove the lower attachments.

(a)
Disengage the panel (2) from the attachment rail (1), pull it down and remove it.
(b)
Remove the screw (46), the washer (47), the nut (48) and disconnect the bonding strap (6).
(c)
If necessary remove the clamps (3) and disconnect the hoses (4).
(d)
Remove the nuts (32), the washers (31), (30) and the screws (29).
(e)
Remove the lock-pins (20), the washers (19) and the pins (18) and (21).
(f)
Remove the nuts (40), the washers (38), (39), (43) and the screws (37), (41) and (42).
Remove the upper attachments.

(a)
Open the stowage compartment doors (5) for access.
(b)
Remove the split-rings (9), the washers (8) (Ref. Detail A and B).
(c)
Remove the nuts (27) the washers (25) and (26) (Ref. Detail Hand J).
(d)
Record the position and the number of the washers (28) for the installation procedure.
(e)
Support the stowage compartment and remove the pins (7) and (10) (Ref. Detail A and B)
or remove the screws (24), (36) and the washers (25), (26) and (28) (Ref. Detail H and J)
25-24-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(f)
Remove the stowage compartment.

NOTE :
The cabin temperature sensor casing (3) is installed between two overhead stowage
compartments (1) and (2). If you must remove one or both of these overhead stowage
compartments (1) and/or (2), do these steps:

(g)
Loosen the clamp (5).
(h)
Remove the hose (6) from the cabin temperature sensor (4) outlet pipe.
(i)
Remove the screws (7), and remove the screen (8) from between the overhead stowage
compartments (1) and (2).
NOTE :
The cabin temperature sensor casing (3) stays attached to its overhead stowage
compartment (2).
Subtask 25-24-41-020-051-A
B.
Removal of the 1-frame stowage compartments/spacer bins.

(1)
(2)
Remove the pin-locks (20), the washers (19) and the pins (18).
(3)
Remove the nut (48), the washer (47), the screw (46) and disconnect the bonding strap (6).
(4)
(5)
Remove the split-ring (9) and the washer (8) (Ref. Detail B).
(6)
Remove the nuts (27) and the washers (25) and (26) (Ref. Detail A and G).
(7)
Record the position and the number of the washers (28) for the installation procedure.
(8)
Support the stowage/spacer bin and remove the pin (7) (Ref. Detail B) and/or the bolts (24), (36)
and the washers (25), (26) and (28) (Ref. Detail A and G).
(9)
Remove the stowage/spacer bin.
Subtask 25-24-41-020-052-A
C.
AES
Removal of the spacer bin FR38/ FR39.

(1)
Remove the nuts (32), the washers (31) and (30) and the screws (29).
(2)
Remove the pin-locks (20), the washers (19) and the pins (18).
(3)
(4)
Remove the nut (48), the washer (47), the screw (46) and disconnect the bonding strap (6).
(5)
Remove the nut (27), the split-ring (9) and the washers (8) and (28).
(6)
Record the position and the number of the washers (26) and (28) for the installation procedure .
(7)
Support the spacer bin and remove the pin (7), the screw (24), the washers (25), (26), (28) and the
spacer bin.
25-24-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
AJ
5
C
B
AH
EF
4
K
3
C
D
EXAMPLE
19
D
4
20
3
EG
21
A
EXAMPLE
9
8
EXAMPLE
4 FRAME
STOWAGE ONLY
29
30
7
10
9
31
32
N_MM_252441_4_BBMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-24-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
37
EXAMPLE
FOR 2 OR 3 FRAME STOWAGE
COMPARTMENTS ONLY
38
18
19
37
38
40
20
39
38
18
41
39
42
40
19
43
20
21
39
40
19
20
46
47 6
48
ONLY C66 IF A
3 FRAME STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
IS INSTALLED
18
J
CONNECTION WITH
SPACER BIN ONLY
24
19
20
26
28
25
H
END STOWAGES ONLY
28
27
25
26
26
28
25
27
36
N_MM_252441_4_BBMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-41-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-24-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
3
B
5
7
2
N_MM_252441_4_AJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-41-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Cabin Temperature Sensor Casing - Removal/Installation
25-24-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
27
FRAME 64 ONLY
25
26
A
B
EXAMPLE
A
G
28
36
B
ONLY C20
IF INSTALLED
H
46
E
F
47 6
E
F
48
CONNECTION WITH FRAME

STOWAGE COMPARTMENT ONLY
24
26
28
25
44
45
EXAMPLE
28
26
25
27
EXAMPLE
37
EXAMPLE
38
51
52
18
18
20
19
53
39
54
40
19
20
N_MM_252441_4_AYM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-41-991-01200-A SHEET 1

1-Frame Stowage Compartments/Spacer Bins
25-24-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR39
29
30
A
E
46
B
FR38
31
32
47 6
48
D
22
23
24
26
28
25
49
50
28
18
26
19
20
28
27
C
7
8
9
N_MM_252441_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-41-991-01300-A SHEET 1

Spacer Bin at FR38/FR39
25-24-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-24-41-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A
DESIGNATION
tanks)-
** On A/C 003-004
21-24-19-400-001-A
** On A/C 005-099
Installation of the Individual Air Outlet
23-36-34-400-001-A
Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
23-73-64-400-001-A
Installation of the Reading Light
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-41-400-001-A
25-23-48-400-001-A
25-24-00-710-002-A
25-25-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information Unit(s)

(PSIU)
33-21-11-400-001-A
35-21-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Ballast Unit, Lampholder and Fluorescent Tube


3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-24-41-860-050-A
A.
AES

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
25-24-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-24-41-865-055-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
DESIGNATION
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-FWD
PWR-CEILING-FWD
PWR-WINDOW-AFT
PWR-WINDOW-AFT
PWR-WINDOW-FWD
PWR-WINDOW-FWD
FIN
307LG
304LG
306LG
305LG
302LG
301LG
303LG
300LG
LOCATION
H08
H07
H06
H05
H04
H03
H02
H01
Subtask 25-24-41-210-051-A
C.
Make an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(1)
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-24-41-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the 2,3 and 4-frame stowage compartments.

(1)
Install the upper attachments.

(a)
Put the stowage compartment in position and install the pins (7) and (10) (Ref. Detail A and
B) or/and the screws (24), (36) and the washers (25), (26) and (28) (Ref. Detail H and
J).
NOTE :
(b)
(2)
Install the washers (8) and the split-rings (9) and/or the washers (25), (26) and the nuts (27).
Install the lower attachments.

(a)
Install the screws (37), (41) and (42), the washers (38), (39) and (43) and the nuts (40).
(b)
Torque the screws (42) to between 0.80 and 0.90 m.daN (70.79 and 79.64 lbf. in)
(c)
Torque the nuts (40) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79 lbf. in)
(d)
Put the turnbuckles in position and install the pins (18) and (21), the washers (19) and the lockpins (20).
(e)
Install the screws (29), the washers (30), (31) and the nuts (32).
(f)
Torque the nuts (32) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79 lbf. in)
(g)
Put the bonding-strap (6) in position and install the screw (46), the washer (47) and the nut (48).
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A)
(h)
Install the panel (2) on the attachment rail (1) and push it onto the handrail.
(i)
If necessary, connect the hoses (4) and install the clamps (3).
NOTE :
AES
You must install the washers as recorded in the removal procedure.
The cabin sensor temperature casing (3) is installed between two overhead stowage
compartments (1) and (2). If you install one or more of these overhead stowage
compartments (1) and/or (2), do these steps:
25-24-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(j)
Connect the hose (6) to the outlet pipe of the cabin temperature sensor (4) and tighten the clamp
(5).
(k)
Install the screen (8), the screws (7) on the sidewalls of the overhead stowage compartments (1)
and (2).
Subtask 25-24-41-420-051-A
B.
Installation of the 1-frame stowage compartments/spacer bins.

(1)
Install the upper attachments.

(a)
Put the stowage/spacer bin in position and install the pin (7) (Ref. Detail B), the screws (24)
(Ref. Detail G) and (36) (Ref. Detail A) and the washers (25), (26) and (28).
NOTE :
(2)
(b)
Install the washers (8), (25) and (26), the split-ring (9) and the nut(s) (27).
(c)
(d)
Torque the screws (44) to between 0.80 and 0.90 daNm (70.79 and 79.64 lbf. in)
Install the lower attachments.

(a)
Install the screws (37), the washers (38) and (39) and the nuts (40).
(b)
Torque the nuts (40) to between 0.70 and 0.80 daNm (61.94 and 70.79 lbf. in)
(c)
Put the turnbuckles in position and install the pins (18), the washers (19) and the pin-locks (20).
(d)
(e)
(f)
Put the bonding-strap (6) in position and install the screw (46), the washer (47) and the nut (48)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Subtask 25-24-41-420-052-A
C.
Installation of the spacer bin FR38/FR39.

(1)
Put the spacer bin in position and install the pin (7), the screw (24) and the washers (25), (26) and
(28).
NOTE :
(2)
Install the washers (8) and (28), the split-ring (9) and the nut (27).
(3)
(a)
(4)
Put the turnbuckles in position and install the pins (18), the washers (19) and the pin-locks (20).
(5)
(a)
(6)
AES
Put the bonding-strap (6) in position and install the screw (46), the washer (47) and the nut (48) (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
25-24-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-24-41-820-051-A
D.
Adjustment of the Overhead Stowage Compartments

(1)
5.
If necessary, adjust the distance between a/c structure and OHSC (Ref. TASK 25-24-00-710-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-24-41-410-050-B
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the emergency oxygen container (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the fluorescent tube (Ref. TASK 33-21-11-400-001-A).
(4)
Install the cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001-A).
(5)
Install the ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001-A).
(6)
Install the MCD (Movable Class Divider) rail, if removed (Ref. AMM 25-26-43-400-012) .
(7)
Remove the stepladder.
(8)
items.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-24-41-410-051-B
B.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the individual air-outlet panel (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the passenger reading light-panel (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-400-001-A).
(4)
Install the passenger service/information units (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001-A).
(5)
(6)
items.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-24-41-410-051-D
B.
AES
Install the Passenger Service Equipment.

(1)
Install the passenger reading-light panel (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-400-001-A).
(2)
Install the passenger service/information units (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the System Control Unit (SCU) (Ref. TASK 23-36-34-400-001-A).
(4)
(5)
items.
(6)
25-24-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-24-41-865-056-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
CAB
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
DESIGNATION
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-AFT
PWR-CEILING-FWD
PWR-CEILING-FWD
PWR-WINDOW-AFT
PWR-WINDOW-AFT
PWR-WINDOW-FWD
PWR-WINDOW-FWD
FIN
307LG
304LG
306LG
305LG
302LG
301LG
303LG
300LG
LOCATION
H08
H07
H06
H05
H04
H03
H02
H01
Subtask 25-24-41-862-050-A
D.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-24-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-24-41-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-41-991-01500-A - Door - Overhead Stowage-Compartment)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-861-051-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-24-41-020-062-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door (referred to as door)

(1)
Open the applicable door (1) and hold it so that it does not fall.
(2)
Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3), and carefully remove the door (1).
25-24-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
N_MM_252441_4_DSC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-41-991-01500-A SHEET 1

Door - Overhead Stowage-Compartment
25-24-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-24-41-400-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-24-00-710-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-860-051-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-24-41-420-062-A
A.
Installation of the Door

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Put the door (1) in position and align the holes in the door with the holes in the hinge (4).
(5)
Install the screws (2) and the washers (3) and torque the screws (2) to between 0.22 and 0.26 M.DAN
(19.47 and 23.01 LBF.IN).
Subtask 25-24-41-820-050-A
B.
Adjustment of the Door

(1)
5.
If necessary, adjust the distance between the doors (1) (Ref. TASK 25-24-00-710-001-A), refer to Para.
4. A. (2).
Close-up
Subtask 25-24-41-862-051-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-24-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-24-41-000-004-A
Removal of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-41-991-01600-A - Latch Assembly - Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door)

(Ref. Fig. 25-24-41-991-01700-A - Latch Assembly - Spacer)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-861-052-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-24-41-020-064-A
A.
Removal of the Latch assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door.

(1)
Open the overhead bin door (1).
(2)
(3)
Remove the latch assembly (4).
(4)
Close the overhead bin door (1).
Subtask 25-24-41-020-065-A
B.
AES
Removal of the Latch Assembly of the Spacer.

(1)
Open the door (1).
(2)
Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and the cover (4).
(3)
Remove the latch assembly (5).
(4)
Remove the screws (6) and the washers (7) and the bracket (8).
(5)
Close the door (1).
25-24-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
2
3
N_MM_252441_4_BLR1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-41-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Latch Assembly - Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door
25-24-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
A
EXAMPLE
7
6
6
7
5
8
3 2
N_MM_252441_4_BLR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-41-991-01700-A SHEET 1

Latch Assembly - Spacer
25-24-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-24-41-400-003-A
Installation of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-860-053-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-24-41-420-064-A
A.
Installation of the Latch Assembly of the Overhead Stowage-Compartment Door.

(1)
Open the overhead bin door (1).
(2)
Put the latch assembly (4) in position.
(3)
(4)
Close the overhead bin door (1).
Subtask 25-24-41-420-065-A
B.
5.
Installation of the Latch Assembly of the Spacer.

(1)
Open the door (1).
(2)
Put the bracket in position and install the screws (6) and (7).
(3)
Put the latch assembly (5) and the cover (4) in position.
(4)
Install the washers (3) and screws (2).
(5)
Close the door (1).
Close-up
Subtask 25-24-41-862-053-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-24-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-24-41-960-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-25-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information Unit(s)

(PSIU)
25-25-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information Unit(s)

(PSIU)
(Ref. Fig. 25-24-41-991-01900-A - Handrail)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-24-41-861-054-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-24-41-960-051-A
A.

(Ref. Fig. 25-24-41-991-01900-A - Handrail)
(1)
(2)
5.
Remove the handrail:

(a)
Carefully remove the filler panel (1) (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-000-001-A).
(b)
Remove the screws (4), the washers (3) and carefully remove the handrail (2).
Install the handrail:

(a)
Carefully put the handrail (2) in position and install the the washers (3) and the screws (4).
(b)
Carefully install the filler panel (1) (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001-A).
(c)
Close-up
Subtask 25-24-41-862-055-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-24-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
4
3
N_MM_252441_4_KFR2_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-24-41-991-01900-A SHEET 1

Handrail
25-24-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER SERVICE INFORMATION UNITS (PSIU) DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The Passenger Service/Information Units (PSIUs) are installed in the passenger service channel to give service and
information to the passengers.
AES
25-25-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
AES
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
25-25-00-12300-A
25-25-00-12400-A
25-25-00-12500-A
25-25-00-12600-A
Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU) - Component Location)

Fresh Air Outlet Panel (PSU) - Component Location)
Reading Light Panel (PSU) - Component Location)
Class Divider Assy - Component Location)
25-25-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
The PSIUs are installed in the passenger service supply channels. The passenger service supply channels are located
on the bottom side of the overhead stowage compartments.
The PSIUs are hung from the attachment rails and held in position with the section hose. Clamping blocks are
installed in different positions to stop the PSIUs move in a FWD/AFT direction. The spaces between the PSIUs are
filled with blank filler panels. The filler panels have different dimensions. This is to let you position the PSIUs
correctly to agree with customer seat layouts.
NOTE :
For description and operation of the PSIUs installed in the lavatories, refer to 25-45-00.
Each PSIU has two primary units:

. the Passenger Service Unit (PSU), installed above each seat row
. the Passenger Information Unit (PIU), installed above each second seat row.
Video units can be installed in the service channels for visual entertainment of the passengers (Ref. 23-36-00-00).
AES
25-25-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
For the power supply of the reading lights and the lighted signs, refer to 33-20-00.
AES
25-25-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
The PSIUs have interfaces with:
.
.
.
.
the
the
the
the
air conditioning system (Ref. 21-00-00-00)

communication system (Ref. 23-00-00-00)
lighting system (Ref. 33-20-00-00)
oxygen system (Ref. 35-20-00-00).
For access to these system interfaces remove the related PSIU panels and/or the adjacent filler panels.
AES
25-25-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
A.
Passenger Service Units (PSUs)

Each PSU has:
.
.
.
.
an attendant call panel (Ref. 23-73-00-00),

a reading light panel (Ref. 33-25-00-00),
a fresh air outlet panel (Ref. 21-24-00-00),
an emergency oxygen mask container (Ref. 35-20-00-00).
(1) Attendant Call Panel

Each Panel has:
.
.
.
.
an attendant call/reset push button,

reading light ON/OFF switches,
lighted seat numbers and seat row number,
lighted SMOKER/NO SMOKER sign.
(2) Reading Light Panel

The number of reading lights on each reading light panel agrees with the customer seat layout. Each
reading light is adjustable and can be switched ON or OFF independently with its related switch. The
Reading light switches are located on the attendant call panel.
(3) Fresh Air Outlet Panel
The number of fresh air outlets on each fresh air outlet panel agrees with the customer seat layout. Each
fresh air outlet is adjustable and can be opened or closed independently.
(4) Emergency Oxygen Mask Container
The number of emergency oxygen masks in each container agrees with the customer seat layout. The
oxygen masks fall from the container immediately, if there is a sudden decrease in cabin pressure.
B.
Passenger Information Units (PIUs) (Ref. 23-73-00)

Each PIU is a single panel which has:
.
.
.
a loudspeaker,
a lighted sign FASTEN SEAT BELT,
a lighted sign NO SMOKING.
The PIUs are installed only above every second seat row.
AES
25-25-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7.

The PSIUs can be operated by the Passengers/attendants as follows:
A.
Attendant Call
To call an attendant the attendant call/reset pushbutton must be pushed. This gives a signal tone and a visual
sign on the attendant call panel. The attendant call/reset pushbutton also comes on.
To cancel the call the attendant call/reset pushbutton must be pushed again.
B.
Lighted Signs and Loudspeakers

For information about the seat numbers and seat row numbers, the FASTEN SEAT BELT and NO SMOKING
signs, and the loudspeakers of the PSIUs refer to 23-30-00 and 33-20-00.
C.
Fresh Air Outlets

To open the fresh air outlet, turn the nozzle ring to the left. Then you can adjust the fresh air stream when you
turn the nozzle housing. To close the fresh air outlet, turn the nozzle ring to the right.
D. Reading Lights
A reading light comes on, when you push the related switch on the attendant call panel. The light goes off,
when you push the switch again.
AES
25-25-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
Z200
A
EXAMPLE
A
ATTENDANT CALL PANEL
REF. 237300
LOUDSPEAKER
REF. 237300
EMERGENCY OXYGEN MASK

CONTAINER
REF. 352000
PSU
PIU
PSIU
FILLER
PANEL
NO SMOKING/
FASTEN SEAT BELT SIGN
REF. 237300
B
CLAMPING BLOCK
SECTION HOSE
ATTACHMENT
RAIL
N_MM_252500_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-25-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU) - Component
Location
25-25-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
Z200
A
A
B
EXAMPLE
FRESH AIR
OUTLET PANEL
REF. 212400
PSU
B
CLAMPING BLOCK
SECTION HOSE
ATTACHMENT
RAIL
N_MM_252500_0_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-25-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Fresh Air Outlet Panel (PSU) - Component Location
25-25-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
Z200
A
READING
LIGHT PANEL
REF. 332500
EXAMPLE
PSU
B
CLAMPING BLOCK
SECTION HOSE
ATTACHMENT
RAIL
N_MM_252500_0_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-25-00-12500-A SHEET 1

Reading Light Panel (PSU) - Component Location
25-25-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
Z200
A
EXAMPLE
SECTION HOSE
CLASS DIVIDER
ASSY.
REF. 252511
ATTACHMENT
RAIL
CLASS DIVIDER
ASSY.
N_MM_252500_0_FAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-25-00-12600-A SHEET 1

Class Divider Assy - Component Location
25-25-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER SERVICE/INFORMATION UNIT (PSIU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-25-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
21-24-19-000-001-A
23-73-51-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Individual Air Outlet
Removal of the Loudspeaker
23-73-63-000-001-A
Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign from the Passenger Service
Information Unit and the C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
23-73-64-000-001-A
Removal of the Reading Light
24-42-00-861-001-A
35-21-41-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-25-11-991-00100-A - Filler Panel)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-25-11-861-052-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-25-11-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Filler Panels:

(1)
Remove the section hose (3) from the mounting rail (4).
(2)
Release and remove the filler panel (1).
(3)
Loosen the screws (5), release and remove the class-divider-bracket (2).
(4)
If installed, and necessary open/remove the passenger service information units (PSIUs) as follows:
(a)
Remove the Loudspeakers (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-000-001-A).
(b)
Remove the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs (Ref. TASK 23-73-63-000-001-A).
(c)
Remove the Reading Lights (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-000-001-A)
(d)
Remove the Individual Air outlet (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-000-001-A)
(e)
Remove the Emergency Oxygen Containers (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A)
25-25-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
A
1
3
1
B
5
3
PULLEY ASSEMBLY
PULLEY ASSEMBLY
N_MM_252511_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-25-11-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Filler Panel
25-25-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-25-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
21-24-19-400-001-A
23-73-51-400-002-A
DESIGNATION
Installation of the Individual Air Outlet
Installation of the Loudspeaker
23-73-63-400-001-A
Installation of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign in the Passenger Service

Information Unit and the C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
23-73-64-400-001-A
Installation of the Reading Light
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
35-21-41-400-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-25-11-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Procedure
Subtask 25-25-11-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Filler Panel(s):

(1)
(2)
AES
If opened/removed install the passenger service/information units (PSIUs) as follows:

(a)
Install the Loudspeakers (Ref. TASK 23-73-51-400-002-A).
(b)
Install the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs (Ref. TASK 23-73-63-400-001-A).
(c)
Install the Reading Lights (Ref. TASK 23-73-64-400-001-A).
(d)
Install the Emergency Oxygen Containers (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001-A).
(e)
Install the Individual Air Outlet 4150 HM (Ref. TASK 21-24-19-400-001-A).
25-25-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(3)
Put the filler panel (1) in position and engage it to the mounting rail (4).
(4)
Put the class-divider-bracket in position engage it to the mounting rail and tighten the screws (5).
(5)
Install the related seal (3) on the mounting rail (4) , use the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
(98A25207503000).
(6)
Make sure that the seal is not expanded.
(7)
Make sure that there is a gap of 2 +0 mm or -0.5 mm (0.0787 +0.0000 in. or -0.0197 in.) on each side
of the emergency oxygen container.
Close-up
Subtask 25-25-11-862-053-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-25-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
Dividers are installed to divide the utility areas and the passenger seating areas in the cabin.
AES
25-26-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-26-00-12300-A - Dividers - Component Location)
AES
25-26-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
A.
Curtains
Curtains divide the utility areas from the passenger seating area.
The curtains hang on hooks which slide in light alloy rails. Brackets attach the rails to the galleys, lavatories,
stowage compartments and/or the overhead stowage compartments.
B.
Partitions (if installed)

The partitions can be installed in the cabin between FR20 and FR66. Special fittings attach the partitions to the
seat tracks of the cabin and on top to the overhead stowage compartment or the ceiling.
Each partition is made of a composite structure material and has a decorative cover. The edges of the partitions
have a light alloy profile.
The supports which hold the attach fittings are bonded into the composite structure of the partition.
C.
Movable Class Divider (if installed)

The movable class divider has a center part and two lateral parts with curtains. The single beam class divider is
a mono block. You can relocate the parts in the cabin without tools quickly.
(1) Center class divider
A quick release mechanism attaches the beam of the center part on top of the overhead stowage
compartments.
Curtains are attached to the curtain rail of the beam with hooks.
(2) Lateral class divider
A quick release mechanism attaches each of the lateral supporting beams to the connection panels installed
in the lower part of the overhead stowage compartments.
Curtains are attached to the curtain rail of the beam with hooks.
No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt signs are installed in each supporting beam and electrically connected to the
aircraft system via the connection panels.
The connection panels are located at each seat row between frames 22 and 64 except in the area of the
emergency exits.
(3) Single beam class divider
The single beam class divider slides along rails that are attached below overhead stowage compartments.
Curtains are attached to the curtain rail of the single beam class divider.
AES
25-26-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
Z260
2
Z220
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
4
Z200
EXAMPLE
Z200
5
1
5
EXAMPLE
3
Z200
5
3
5
3
NOTE:
1
PARTITIONS
CURTAINS
CENTER AND LATERAL

CLASS DIVIDER (MOVABLE)
SINGLE BEAM CLASS DIVIDER (MOVABLE)
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
N_MM_252600_0_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-26-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Dividers - Component Location
25-26-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CURTAINS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-26-41-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-22-000-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel
25-26-41-000-013-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-26-41-991-00100-AS - Forward Cabin Divider)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-26-41-010-074-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove the forward curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-26-41-020-050-Z
A.
Removal of the Curtain Rails

(1)
AES
Remove the curtain rail (1):

(a)
Remove the screw (9) and the end cap (10).
(b)
Hold the curtain rail (1) in position.
(c)
Remove the screws (13), (14) and (16), the bracket (15) and the curtain rail (1).
(d)
Remove the fittings (11) and (17) from the curtain rail (1).
(2)
Remove the attendant indication panel 320RH1 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-000-001-A).
(3)
Remove the end panels (7) of the overhead stowage compartments:

(a)
Open the doors (3) of the overhead stowage compartments on the left and the right side.
(b)
(c)
Pull the end panels (7) inboard to release them from the holders (4). Then remove the end panels
(7).
25-26-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
(5)
(6)
AES
Remove the curtain rail (2):

(a)
Remove the retaining ring (22) and the washer (21).
(b)
Hold the curtain rail (2) in position.
(c)
Loosen the screws (25) and remove the curtain rail (2).
(d)
Remove the screws (25) and the fittings (27) and (12).
Remove the brackets:

(a)
Remove the screws (18) and the brackets (8).
(b)
Remove the screws (19) and the bracket (20).
(c)
Remove the screws (23), the washers (24) and the bracket (26).
Remove the screws (30), the washers (29) and the straps (28).
25-26-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Z220
Z230
2
1
EXAMPLE
FR24
3
4
FR12
6
5
EXAMPLE
4
7
320RH1
3
4
6
5
7
N_MM_252641_4_BUWA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-26-41-991-00100-AS SHEET 1

25-26-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
14
13
EXAMPLE
15
12
16
11
16
8
EXAMPLE
19
8
18
1
17
18
10
17
20
2
EXAMPLE
21
22
25
F
EXAMPLE
26
27
29
30
2
27
25
28
24
23
N_MM_252641_4_BUWA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-26-41-991-00100-AS SHEET 2

25-26-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-26-41-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
** On A/C 005-099
23-73-22-400-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel

24-42-00-862-001-A
25-26-41-000-013-A
25-26-41-400-013-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-26-41-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)
(2)
Make sure that the forward curtains are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-26-41-210-065-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-26-41-420-075-Z
B.
AES
Installation of the Curtain Rails:

(1)
Put the straps (28) and the washers (29) in position and install the screws (30).
(2)
Install the brackets:

(a)
Put the bracket (20) in position and install the screws (19).
(b)
Put the bracket (26) and the washers (24) in position and install the screws (23).
(c)
Put the brackets (8) in position and install the screws (18).
25-26-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
5.
Install the curtain rail (2):

(a)
Put the fittings (12) and (27) in position.
(b)
Put the curtain rail (2) in position and install the screws (25).
(c)
Install the washer (21) and the retaining ring (22).
Install the curtain rail (1):

(a)
Put the fittings (11) and (17) in position.
(b)
Put the curtain rail (1) in position.
(c)
Put the bracket (15) in position and install the screws (13), (14) and (16).
(d)
Put the end cap (10) in position and install the screw (9).
Install the end panels (7):

(a)
Install the end panels (7) on the holders (4) of the overhead stowage compartments.
(b)
(c)
Close the doors (3) of the overhead stowage compartments.
Install the attendant indication panel 320RH1 (Ref. TASK 23-73-22-400-001-A).
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-26-41-410-060-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the forward curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-013-A).
(2)
(3)
Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are in the correct position and in a
good condition.
(4)
Subtask 25-26-41-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-26-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-26-41-000-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-26-41-000-013-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-26-41-991-00300-M - Aft Utility-Area Divider)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-26-41-010-075-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove the aft curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-26-41-020-054-L
A.
Removal of the Curtain Rail(s):

NOTE :
AES
If more than one curtain rail is installed, the removal procedure for all the curtain rails is the same.
(1)
Remove the screws (2) and the curtain rail (1).
(2)
Remove the fittings (3) from the curtain rail (1).
(3)
Remove the screws (5) and the brackets (4).
(4)
Remove the screw (7), the washer (8) and the strap (6).
25-26-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Z260
A
A
B
FR70
A
EXAMPLE
FR64
4
3
1
6
8
7
N_MM_252641_4_BRN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-26-41-991-00300-M SHEET 1

Aft Utility-Area Divider
25-26-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-26-41-400-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-26-41-000-013-A
25-26-41-400-013-A
11-32-25-00
(Ref. Fig. 25-26-41-991-00300-M - Aft
3.

Utility-Area Divider)
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-860-051-A
A.
4.

(1)
(2)
Make sure that the aft curtains are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-26-41-210-066-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-26-41-420-053-L
B.
Installation of the Curtain Rail(s):

NOTE :
AES
If more than one curtain rail is removed, the installation procedure for all the curtain rails is the same.
(1)
Put the strap (6) and the washer (8) in position and install the screw (7).
(2)
Put the brackets (4) in position and install the screws (5).
(3)
Put the fittings (3) in position.
(4)
Put the curtain rail (1) in position and install the screws (2).
25-26-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-26-41-410-061-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the AFT Curtains (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-013-A)
(2)
(3)
good condition.
(4)
Subtask 25-26-41-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-26-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-26-41-000-013-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-26-41-991-01600-A - Curtains)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-861-055-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-26-41-010-073-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Get access to the cabin.
Procedure
Subtask 25-26-41-020-076-A
A.
Removal of the curtain(s)

(1)
AES
Removal of the curtains from the curtain rails.

(a)
Remove the screw(s) (3), the cover plate(s) (4) and the cover clip(s) (6) (if installed).
(b)
Release the end stop(s) (5).
(c)
Move the curtain (2) with the gliders (7) and the end stop(s) (5) out of the curtain rail(s) (1).
25-26-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2
5
A
1
4 2
A
EXAMPLE
7
6
1
3 2
5
2
1
IF INSTALLED
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_252641_4_DAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-26-41-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Curtains
25-26-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-26-41-400-013-A
FIN 6375MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-41-860-053-A
A.

(1)
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-26-41-210-067-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-26-41-420-076-A
B.
Installation of the curtain(s)

(1)
5.
Install the curtain(s).

(a)
Engage the gliders (7) with the curtain(s) (2) into the curtain rail(s) (1).
(b)
Install and lock the end stop(s) (5).
(c)
Install the cover clip(s) (6) and the cover plate(s) (4) with the screw(s) (3) ( if removed).
Close-up
Subtask 25-26-41-410-062-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
good condition.
(3)
25-26-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-26-41-862-054-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-26-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PARTITIONS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-26-42-000-005-A
Removal of a Partition (Zone 230)
FIN 6389MM, 6389MM1
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-26-41-000-013-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-26-42-991-00500-S - Class-Divider Partition)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-42-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-26-42-010-059-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
Remove the curtain from the center class divider, if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013-A).
Subtask 25-26-42-865-074-A
C.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT
168RH
M13
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT
167RH
M12
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID
166RH
M11
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID
165RH
M10
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD
164RH
M09
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-26-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD
163RH
FIN
M08
LOCATION
122VU
3WL
V07
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
20MH
C01
** On A/C 005-005
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-26-42-020-056-O
WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR INJURE
PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
A.
Removal of the Partitions

NOTE :
(1)
(2)
AES
The procedure to remove the partitions (1) is the same.
Remove the partitions:

(a)
Remove the covers (10).
(b)
Remove the nuts (4) and the washers (5).
(c)
Hold the partitions (1) in position.
(d)
Lift the partitions (1) until it is free of the lower supports (7) and the stoppers (6) and remove
the partitions (1) with the support tubes (3) out of the panels (2).
Remove the lower supports:

(a)
Pull the syntetic fiber cord (8) and remove the sealant from the seat tracks (9).
(b)
Remove the stoppers (6) and the lower support (7).
25-26-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Z230
A
B
A
1
C
C
C
EXAMPLE
4
5
6
10
7
MAT. NO.
04004
9
3
3
8
MAT. NO. 19002
MAT. NO. 09018
N_MM_252642_4_BRD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-26-42-991-00500-S SHEET 1

Class-Divider Partition
25-26-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-26-42-400-005-A
Installation of a Partition (Zone 230)
FIN 6389MM, 6389MM1
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
DESIGNATION
Material No: 19-002
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 09-019

Material No: 11-003
C.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
20-21-11-911-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-26-41-000-013-A
25-26-41-400-013-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-42-860-051-A
A.
AES

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the curtain from the Center Class Divider is removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013-A).
25-26-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-26-42-865-075-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
122VU
3WL
V07
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
20MH
C01
** On A/C 005-005
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-26-42-210-057-A
A.

(1)
Clean the seat tracks:

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-26-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Clean the seat tracks with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) , a cloth LINT-FREE
COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC .
(2)
(3)
(4)
Subtask 25-26-42-420-054-O
B.
Installation of the Partitions:

(1)
(2)
Install the lower supports:

(a)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) on the lower supports (7) and the stoppers (6)
and install them in the seat tracks (9).
(b)
Put the cords (8) SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. (Material No: 19-002) in
position in the seat tracks (9).
(c)
Make a loop at one end of the cords (8).
(d)
Apply sealants to the seat tracks (9).

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
IN YOUR EYES :
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND
15 MINUTES.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
1
(e)
AES
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) in position in the seat tracks (9) on a length of
25.4 mm (1.0000 in.).
Push the loop into the sealant.
NOTE :
Be careful that you do not cause damage to the electrical equipment when you install the
partition.
NOTE :
The procedure to install the partitions (1) is the same.
25-26-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Installation of the Partition :

(a)
Put the partition (1) with the tubes (3) in position in the panels (2).
(b)
Make sure that the partitions (1) are in a vertical position.
(c)
Install the washers (5) and the nuts (4).
(d)
Install the covers (10).
Subtask 25-26-42-865-076-A
C.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
122VU
3WL
V07
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
20MH
C01
** On A/C 005-005
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-26-42-410-056-A
A.
Install the curtain on the Center Class Divider (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-013-A).
(1)
good condition.
(2)
Subtask 25-26-42-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-26-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DIVIDER - CLASS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-26-43-000-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-26-41-000-013-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-26-43-991-00400-A - Center Class Divider)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-43-861-055-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-26-43-010-066-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the curtain from the center class divider (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-013-A).
(2)
Make sure that the overhead stowage doors are closed.
Procedure
Subtask 25-26-43-020-053-B
A.
AES

(1)
Lift and turn the lever (2) to loosen the class divider (1).
(2)
Remove the class divider (1).
25-26-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
EXAMPLE
1
2
N_MM_252643_4_AAQ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-26-43-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Center Class Divider
25-26-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-26-43-400-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
B.
DESIGNATION
LUBRICANTS
SOLID FILM LUBRICANT AIR DRYING
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
7
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-26-43-01-200
spring pin
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-26-43-991-01200-A - Center Class Divider - Assembly)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-26-43-860-053-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Make sure that the overhead stowage doors are closed.
Procedure
Subtask 25-26-43-560-053-B
A.
Disassembly of the Center Class Divider

(1)
AES
Preparation for a Component Replacement

(Ref. Fig. 25-26-43-991-01200-A - Center Class Divider - Assembly)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Remove and discard the spring pin (7).
(d)
Carefully remove the grip (6), the spring (8) and the washer (9).
(e)
Remove the screws (4) and the guide rail (5).
25-26-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(f)
Remove the nut (15), the spring-washer (16) and the washer (17).
(g)
Remove the damper assembly (10).
(h)
(i)
Remove the screws (18) and (19) and the washers (20).
(j)
Remove the guide rail (21).
Assembly of the Center Class Divider

(a)
Put the guide rail (21) in position and install the washers (20) and the screws (18) and (19)
(b)
Put the guide rail (5) in position and install the screws (4).
(c)
Install the grip (6):

1
Put the damper assembly (10) in position.
Make sure that the grip (6) is in the correct position and put it through the hole in the
guide rail (5) and the damper assembly (10).
Install the spring (8) and the washer (9).
Put the grip (6) through the other hole in the damper assembly (10) and the guide rail (5).
Compress the spring (8) with the washer (9) and install a new (IPC-CSN 25-26-43-01)
spring pin (7) .
(d)
Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No: 06-001A) to the bracket (14).
(e)
Install the bracket (14):
(f)
Make sure that the nut (11), the spring-washer (12) and the washer (13) are in position.
Put the bracket (14) into the guide rail (21).
Put the threaded rod of the damper assembly through the hole in the bracket (14).
Install the washer (17), the spring-washer (16) and the nut (15).
Make sure that the dimension X is 38 mm (1.4961 in.).
Put the bracket (3) in position and install the washers (2) and the screws (1).
Subtask 25-26-43-420-053-A
B.

(1)
Put the class divider (1) with the attachment strips (4) in position.
(2)
Turn and lower the lever (2) to attach the class divider (1).
Subtask 25-26-43-210-051-A
C.
5.
Make sure that the placards CURTAIN MUST BE OPEN DURING TAKE OFF AND LANDING are installed
on each side of the center class divider.
Close-up
Subtask 25-26-43-862-053-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-26-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
A
1
2
C
X
19
20
20
19
4
18
8
5
21
17
16
10
15
11
13
14
12
7
6
NOTE:
1 "X" = 38 mm (1.4960 in.)
N_MM_252643_4_CCN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-26-43-991-01200-A SHEET 1

Center Class Divider - Assembly
25-26-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
A.
Stowages
There are different stowage devices for the ancillary equipment.
The stowage devices are installed at different locations in the cabin.
AES
25-27-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
A.
Stowages
(Ref. Fig. 25-27-00-13200-BE - Stowages - Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------6579MM
STOWAGE LH
231
25-27-44
6580MM
STOWAGE RH
232
25-27-44
6601MM
DOGHOUSE LH
261
25-27-46
6600MM
DOGHOUSE RH
262
25-27-46
-----EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT STOWAGES
260
25-27-15
AES
25-27-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
A.
Stowages
The stowage basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich panels are covered with Glassfibre
Reinforced Plastic (GFRP) plates. Extrusions are bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Bonded edge profiles,
stainless-steel kick strips and rub strips are installed to protect the stowages where applicable. The stowages are
attached to the seat tracks with fittings and to the aircraft structure with tie-rods.
AES
25-27-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3
3
Z260
1
1
6580MM
6579MM
Z230
FR69
6600MM
FR64
2
6601MM
2
FR22
FR11
NOTE:
1
STOWAGE (REF 252744)
DOGHOUSE (REF 252746)
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT STOWAGE (REF 252715)
N_MM_252700_0_BET0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-27-00-13200-BE SHEET 1

Stowages - Component Location
25-27-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
STOWAGE - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT L AND R REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-27-15-000-001-A
Removal of an Emergency Equipment Stowage
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 25-27-15-991-00300-B - Emergency Equipment Stowage)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-15-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 25-27-15-010-054-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
Remove the emergency equipment from the emergency equipment stowage.
Procedure
Subtask 25-27-15-020-056-A
A.
AES
Remove the emergency equipment stowage.

(1)
(2)
Carefully remove the emergency equipment stowage (1).
25-27-15 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z260
EXAMPLE
FR69
A
FR64
2
3
N_MM_252715_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-27-15-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Emergency Equipment Stowage
25-27-15 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-27-15-400-001-A
Installation of an Emergency Equipment Stowage
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-15-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)
Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Make sure that the equipment is removed from the emergency equipment stowage.
(3)
Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the removal task.
Procedure
Subtask 25-27-15-420-054-A
A.
5.
Install the emergency equipment stowage.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Carefully put the emergency equipment stowage (1) in position.
(4)
Close-up
Subtask 25-27-15-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the emergency equipment in the emergency stowage .

NOTE :
AES
Make sure that the emergency equipment is complete.
25-27-15 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-27-15-862-050-A
B.
AES

25-27-15 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
STOWAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-27-44-000-002-A
Removal of a Stowage FWD LH (Zone 231)
FIN 6580MM, 6579MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
** On A/C 005-099
25-26-41-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-27-44-991-00100-CA - Stowage)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-27-44-861-056-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-27-44-010-058-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Remove and identify the equipment which is kept in the stowage.
(2)
If necessary, remove the forward curtain and curtain rail

** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-27-44-865-124-A
C.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
122VU
3WL
V07
CAB LIGHT PWR-WINDOW-FWD
303LG
H02
2000VU
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-27-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
53HP
B03
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-27-44-020-058-CA
A.
Removal of the Stowage 6579MM

(1)
Open the door (2).
(2)
Remove the screws (3) and the cover (4).
(3)
Remove the screws (6) and the upper attachments (5).
(4)
Remove the screws (7) and the covers (8).
(5)
Remove the bolts (9), the washers (10) and the cover plates (11).
(6)
Remove the spacers (12).
(7)
Record the number and the location of the spacers (12).
(8)
Remove the inner eccentric-bushes (13), the outer eccentric-bushes (14) and the fittings (15).
(9)
Carefully lift the stowage (1) and remove it.
(10) Remove the spacers (16).

(11) Record the number and the location of the spacers (16).
(12) Record the position of the seat-track fittings (17).
(13) Pull the synthetic fiber-cords (19) and remove the sealant from the seat tracks (18).
(14) Remove the seat-track fittings (17) from the seat tracks (18).
AES
25-27-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6580MM
6579MM
Z230
EXAMPLE
A
FR22
3
FR11
7
8
C
9
10
11
12
MAT. NO.
04012
13
14
B
1
1
15
5
16
5
17
18
6
MAT. NO.
04004
19
MAT. NO. 19002
MAT. NO. 09019
N_MM_252744_4_FHT0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-27-44-991-00100-CA SHEET 1

Stowage
25-27-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-27-44-400-002-A
Installation of a Stowage FWD LH (Zone 231)
FIN 6580MM, 6579MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
DESIGNATION
Material No: 19-002
COMMON GREASES
COMMON GREASES
PURE MINERAL VASELINE OR PETROLATUMSEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 04-012

Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-003
C.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
20-21-11-911-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-860-053-A
A.
AES

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the stowage is empty.
25-27-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-27-44-865-125-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
122VU
3WL
V07
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
303LG
H02
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
53HP
B03
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-27-44-210-070-A
A.

(1)
Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor panels:

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(a)
AES
Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor panels with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) , a
lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a SCRAPER NON METALLIC.
(2)
(3)
(4)
25-27-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-27-44-420-058-CA
B.
Installation of the Stowage 6579MM

(1)
Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws

(Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A).
(2)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the seat-track fittings (17) and put them in the
seat tracks (18) as recorded in the removal procedure.
(3)
Seal the seat tracks:

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Cut the synthetic fiber-cords (19) SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. (Material
No: 19-002) to the necessary length.
NOTE :
The cords (19) must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area that you will seal.
(b)
Put the cords (19) in the seat tracks (18).
(c)
Make a loop at one end of each of the cords (19).

NOTE :
This step is to make the next removal procedure easier.
(d)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the seat tracks (18) for a length of 30 mm (1.2 in.).
(e)
Push the loops into the sealant.
(4)
Carefully put the stowage (1) in position.
(5)
Put the spacers (16) in position as recorded in the removal procedure.
(6)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-012) to the eccentric bushes (13) and (14).
(7)
Put the fittings (15), the outer eccentric-bushes (14) and the inner eccentric-bushes (13) in position.
(8)
Turn the eccentric-bushes (13) and (14) clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the horizontal position
of the stowage (1).
(9)
Put the spacers (12) in position as recorded in the removal procedure.
(10) Put the cover plates (11) and the washers (10) in position, and install the bolts (9).
(11) Put the covers (8) in position and install the screws (7).
(12) Put the cover (4) in position and install the screws (3).
(13) Put the upper attachments in position and install the screws (6).
(14) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are in the correct position and in
good condition.
(15) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A) and (Ref. 11-32-25-00).
(16) Close the door (2).
AES
25-27-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-27-44-865-126-A
C.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2WL
H06
49VU
1WL
H05
122VU
3WL
V07
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
303LG
H02
2000VU
** On A/C 005-099
PED
53HP
B03
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PED
PED
50HP
51HP
52HP
B06
B05
B04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-27-44-710-071-A
D.
5.
Do these Tests
(1)
Do a test of the stowage catches and latch assemblies for satisfactory function.
(2)
Do a test of the stowage door(s) and door hinges for free movement.
Close-up
Subtask 25-27-44-410-055-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the equipment in the stowage as identified in the removal procedure.
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the stowage door(s) is (are) closed and locked.
Subtask 25-27-44-862-055-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-27-44 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-27-44-000-003-A
Removal of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 232)
FIN 6579MM, 6580MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-861-054-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-27-44-010-052-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Remove and identify the equipment which is kept in the stowage.
Subtask 25-27-44-865-061-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
** On A/C 003-004
FOR FIN 6580MM
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
300LG
H01
PES VIDEO CABIN-LH

PES VIDEO-CTL
22MH
21MH
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
20MH
C01
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-27-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-27-44-020-053-AE
A.
Removal of the Stowage 6580MM

(1)
Open the door (2).
(2)
Remove the screws (3) and the cover (4).
(3)
Remove the screws (6) and the upper attachments (5).
(4)
(5)
Remove the bolts (9), the washers (10) and the cover plates (11).
(6)
Remove the spacers (12).
(7)
Record the number and the position of the spacers (12).
(8)
Remove the inner eccentric-bushes (13), the outer eccentric-bushes (14) and the fittings (15).
(9)
Carefully lift the stowage (1) and remove it.
(10) Remove the spacers (16).

(11) Record the number and the position of the spacers (16).
(12) Record the position of the seat-track fittings (17).
(13) Pull the synthetic fiber-cords (19) and remove the sealant from the seat tracks (18).
(14) Remove the seat-track fittings (17) from the seat tracks (18).
AES
25-27-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-27-44-400-003-A
Installation of a Stowage FWD RH (Zone 232)
FIN 6579MM, 6580MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
DESIGNATION
Material No: 19-002
COMMON GREASES
COMMON GREASES
PURE MINERAL VASELINE OR PETROLATUMSEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 04-012

Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-003
C.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
20-21-11-911-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-44-860-054-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the stowage is empty.
Subtask 25-27-44-865-062-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
300LG
LOCATION
H01
25-27-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
FOR FIN 6580MM
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
PES VIDEO CABIN-LH

PES VIDEO-CTL
22MH
21MH
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
20MH
C01
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-27-44-210-056-A
A.

(1)
Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor panels:

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Clean the seat tracks and/or the floor panels with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) , a
lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a SCRAPER NON METALLIC.
(2)
(3)
(4)
Subtask 25-27-44-420-051-AE
B.
AES
Installation of the Stowage 6580MM

25-27-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws

(Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A).
(2)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the seat-track fittings (17) and put them in the
seat tracks (18) as recorded in the removal procedure.
(3)
Seal the seat tracks:

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Cut the synthetic fiber-cords (19) SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. (Material
No: 19-002) to the necessary length.
NOTE :
The cords (19) must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area that you will seal.
(b)
(c)

NOTE :
(d)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the seat tracks (18) for a length of 30 mm (1.2 in.).
(e)
Push the loops into the sealant.
(4)
Carefully put the stowage (1) in position.
(5)
Put the spacers (16) in position as identified in the removal procedure.

(a)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-012) to the eccentric bushes (13) and (14).
(6)
Put the fittings (15), the outer eccentric-bushes (14) and the inner eccentric-bushes (13) in position.
(7)
Turn the eccentric-bushes (13) and (14) clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the horizontal position
of the stowage (1).
(8)
Put the spacers (12) in position as identified in the removal procedure.
(9)
Put the cover plates (11) and the washers (10) in position, and install the bolts (9).
(10) Put the covers (8) in position and install the screws (7).
(11) Put the cover (4) in position and install the screws (3).
(12) Put the upper attachments in position and install the screws (6).
(13) Make sure that all of the placards of the retained/new components are in the correct position and in
good condition.
(14) If necessary install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A) and (Ref. 11-32-25-00).
(15) Close the door (2).
Subtask 25-27-44-865-063-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
** On A/C 003-004
FOR FIN 6580MM
2000VU
2000VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
300LG
H01
PES VIDEO CABIN-LH

PES VIDEO-CTL
22MH
21MH
C02
C01
25-27-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
20MH
C01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-27-44-710-073-A
D.
5.
Do these Tests
(1)
Do a test of the stowage catches and latch assemblies for satisfactory function.
(2)
Do a test of the stowage door(s) and door hinges for free movement.
Close-up
Subtask 25-27-44-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the equipment in the stowage as identified in the removal procedure.
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the stowage door(s) is(are) closed and locked.
Subtask 25-27-44-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-27-44 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DOG HOUSE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-27-46-000-001-A
FIN 6600MM, 6601MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-21-41-000-001-A
25-27-00-00
(Ref. Fig. 25-27-46-991-00100-P - Doghouse)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-46-861-050-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
For the location of the component, refer to Para. Component Location (Ref. 25-27-00-00).
Subtask 25-27-46-010-052-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Record and remove the equipment which is kept in the doghouse.
(2)
If necessary, remove the seat row forward of the doghouse (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-27-46-020-051-Q
A.
Removal of the Doghouse(s)

NOTE :
AES
The procedure for the left and/or right doghouse is the same.
(1)
Make sure that the drawer lock (9) is in the unlock position.
(2)
Release the drawer latch (8) and pull the drawer (10) until it stops.
(3)
Remove the screws (7) and remove the drawer (10) from the guiderail (11).
(4)
(5)
(6)
Lift the doghouse (1) away from the seat track fittings (5) and the stoppers (4) and remove it.
(7)
Record the position of the seat track fittings (5) for the installation procedure.
25-27-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(8)
AES
Remove the seat track fittings (5) and the stoppers (4) from the seat tracks.
25-27-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
EXAMPLE
2
3
Z200
B
1 6600MM
5
1 6601MM
10
7
12
11
11
NOTE:
7
1
ACCORDING TO CUSTOMER LAYOUT

N_MM_252746_4_AAG0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-27-46-991-00100-P SHEET 1

Doghouse
25-27-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-27-46-400-001-A
FIN 6600MM, 6601MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
20-21-11-911-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-21-41-000-001-A
25-21-41-400-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-27-46-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the doghouse is empty.
(3)
If necessary, make sure that the seat row forward of the doghouse is removed (Ref. TASK
25-21-41-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-27-46-210-053-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-27-46-420-050-Q
B.
Installation of the Doghouse(s)

(1)
Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A)
NOTE :
AES
The procedure for the left and/or right doghouse is the same.
(2)
Put the seat track fittings (5) and the stoppers (4) in position as recorded in the removal procedure.
(3)
Put the doghouse (1) on the seat track fittings (5) and the stoppers (4).
25-27-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(4)
Install the washers (3) and nuts (2) and tighten it.
(5)
Install the cover (12).
(6)
Install the drawer (10) on the guiderail (11) and install the screws (7).
(7)
Push the drawer (10) into the doghouse (1) untill it stops and lock it with the drawer lock (9).
Close-up
Subtask 25-27-46-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
If removed, install the seat row forward of the doghouse (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001-A).
(2)
Install the equipment in the doghouse as identified during the removal procedure.
(3)
(4)
good condition.
(5)
If necessary, install new placards, (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A) and (Ref. 11-32-25-00).
Subtask 25-27-46-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-27-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FLOOR COVERING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The floor covering is installed in the cabin. The cabin is divided into:
. The passenger area
. The utility (wet) areas.
AES
25-28-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-00-12300-A - General Arrangement of the Floor Covering)
AES
25-28-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
A.
The floor covering gives passenger-comfort, soundproofing and is the protection for the floor panels and the
floor structure. The floor covering is slip-resistant and made of fire-resistant material.
There is:
. The textile floor covering (TF) in the passenger area
. The textile floor covering (TF) / non textile floor covering (NTF) in the utility (wet) area.
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-00-12300-A - General Arrangement of the Floor Covering)
B.
Passenger Area
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-00-13700-A - Example of the Cabin Floor Covering)
The floor of the passenger area in the cabin has pieces of textile floor covering on it.
(1) Seat-Track Area:
Plastic covers are installed on the seat tracks. They make an overlap on the carpet and hold the carpet
edges. The plastic covers are installed to give a smooth surface to the carpet at the seat tracks.
(2) Floor-Panel Area:
Double-sided adhesive tape or dispersion-adhesive attaches the textile floor covering to the floor panels. The
double-sided adhesive tape is installed around the outer edges of the textile floor-covering pieces. The
dispersion-adhesive is on all of the bottom surface of the textile floor covering.
Also all floor-panel cross-joints have double-side adhesive tape on them.
The tape is installed:
. In the seat area 300 mm (11.8110 in.) apart
. In the aisle area 100 mm (3.9370 in.) apart.
C.
Utility (Wet) Area

(Ref. Fig. 25-28-00-13700-A - Example of the Cabin Floor Covering)
(1) The floor of each cabin utility (wet) area has a cover of textile floor covering (TF) and/or non textile floor
covering (NTF) . Floors in the galleys and near the passenger doors have usually a cover of NTF. The floor
panels of the utility (wet) area have a layer of Adhesive Foil (MYLAR). This gives protection to the floor
structure from liquids that can cause corrosion. Adhesive film attaches the floor covering to the floor
panels. There are cut-outs for the floor attachments of the cabin furnishings. The edges and the cut-outs of
the non textile floor covering are sealed with sealant.
There are different procedures to close the gap between the NTF sections:
. Sealing procedure
. Welding procedure.
(2) Utility (wet) area zone:
Areas that are frequently in touch with liquids are defined as wet areas and these are:
. Door entrance area with a minimum of 2 frame bays forward and aft of the door
. Galley areas with a minimum of 1 frame bay forward and aft of the galley outline
. Lavatory areas with a minimum of 1 frame bay forward and aft of the lavatory outline.
Utility (wet) areas have a cover of Adhesive Foil (MYLAR) -full floor width in transverse direction- .
(a) Seat-Track Area:
Corrosion inhibitor spray is applied to the seat tracks in (wet) areas . In areas of all seat track length
under the Adhesive Foil (MYLAR), the seat tracks crowns are filled fully with corrosion preventive
compound. Spacer-strips are installed on the seat tracks to give protection to the corrosion preventive
compound.
AES
25-28-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b) Floor-Panel Area:
The Adhesive Foil (MYLAR) is attached to the floor panels. This is a moisture barrier and gives
protection to the aircraft structure from liquids. The (MYLAR) foil has an overlap of each other by 50
mm (1.9685 in.). Adhesive film attach the NTF to the (MYLAR) foil. Adhesive double-sided tape
attaches the TF to the (MYLAR) foil.
(c) Joint Strips:
Stainless-steel cover-strips are installed across the aisles to cover the joints between the textile and the
non textile floor coverings. The attachment screws are installed with anti-corrosion paste.
AES
25-28-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
NOTE:
1
PASSENGER AREA
UTILITY (WET) AREA

N_MM_252800_0_BAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-00-12300-A SHEET 1

General Arrangement of the Floor Covering
25-28-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT/ UTILITY (WET) AREA
CARPET / NON TEXTILE

FLOOR COVERING JOINTS
SEAT TRACK AREA

SEAT TRACK COVER
DOUBLE SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING (NTF)
(REF.252842)
JOINT STRIP
TEXTILE FLOOR
COVERING (CARPET)
(REF.252841)
SEALING COMPOUND
DOOR SILL
2
1
DOUBLE SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
FLOOR PANEL
ADHESIVE FOIL
(MYLAR)
(REF.252843)
NOTE:
1
PASSENGER AREA
UTILITY (WET) AREA
EXAMPLE
SEAT TRACKS IN UTILITY (WET) AREA
SPACERSTRIP
ADHESIVE FOIL (MYLAR)
FLOOR COVERING
SEAT TRACK FILLED WITH

CORROSION PREVENTIVE
FILLING COMPOUD
(REF. 517513)
N_MM_252800_0_BAMM_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-00-13700-A SHEET 1

Example of the Cabin Floor Covering
25-28-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COVERING - FLOOR, TEXTILE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-28-41-000-001-A
FIN 6350MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
AR CAP - BLANKING
1
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-21-41-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-41-991-00100-A - Textile Floor-Covering (TF))

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-41-861-050-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-28-41-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove the passenger seats as necessary.

(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-28-41-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Textile Floor-Covering (TF)

(1)
Disconnection of the Electrical Connector(s), if installed:

CAUTION :
AES
(a)
Push the quick-release studs (3) and remove the protection cap (4).
(b)
(c)
25-28-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Remove the screws (6) and the joint-strips (7).
(3)
Remove the seat-track covers (8) as necessary.
CAUTION :
(4)

Removal of the TF:

(a)
Carefully lift a corner of the TF (5) and pull it horizontally away from the floor-panels.
CAUTION :
(b)
AES

FLOOR PANELS.
Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to make the removal procedure easier.
25-28-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
Z200
A
A
B
EXAMPLE
IF INSTALLED
A
C
1
2
FR11
2
3
C
EXAMPLE
OF INSTALLATION
EXAMPLE
OF INSTALLATION
2
5
NOTE:
1
AREA OF TF
AREA OF NTF (REF 252842)
9
10
N_MM_252841_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Textile Floor-Covering (TF)
25-28-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-28-41-400-001-A
FIN 6350MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
2
ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific
No specific
1
AR
No specific
B.

VACUUM CLEANER
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 08-084
Material No: 08-102
Material No: 08-118
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
POLYESTER FILM TAPE (TRANSPARENT)
DISPERSION-ADHESIVE
CARPET TAPE
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-21-41-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-41-991-00200-A - Floor Panel Protection Tape)

(Ref. Fig. 25-28-41-991-00300-A - Installation of Double-Sided Adhesive Tape)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-41-860-050-A
A.

(1)
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-28-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
4.
Make sure that the TF area is free from equipment and furnishings.
Procedure
Subtask 25-28-41-160-050-A
A.
Clean Component Interface and/or Adjacent Area

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Clean the floor-panel area and the top of the seat-tracks with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(2)
If necessary, use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the old adhesive tape from the floor-panels.
CAUTION :
(3)

Make sure that the work area is free from dust and other particles. If necessary use a VACUUM
CLEANER.
Subtask 25-28-41-210-050-A
B.
Inspection of the Component

(1)
Do a visual inspection of the floor-panels.

(a)
Make sure that:

. The floor-panels are in good condition
. The floor-panels are correct installed
. All gaps around the floor-panels are filled with sealant.
(b)
If necessary correct the floor-panel installation
Subtask 25-28-41-560-050-A
AES
25-28-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
IRRITANTS.
C.
Textile Floor-Covering Preparation

NOTE :
(1)
This work-step is only applicable for installation of textile floor-covering with dispersion-adhesive.
If necessary apply new dispersion-adhesive to the bottom side of the textile floor-covering (TF):
(a)
Make sure that the lighting in the work-room is bright and that the work-room is free from dust.
(b)
Make sure that the ambient room temperature is between 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C
(86.00 deg.F).
(c)
Make sure that the maximum relative room humidity is not more than 75%.
NOTE :
(d)
You must monitor the ambient room temperature and the ambient humidity of the workroom with suitable instruments.
Make sure that the textile floor-covering is clean and in the correct condition.

MATERIAL/S.
(e)
Apply 120 g (4.23 oz) (fluid weight) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-102) per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2) with an application device to the bottom side of the textile floorcovering.
NOTE :
You must apply (fluid weight) 150 g (5.29 oz) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-102) per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2) when you install heavy textile
floor-covering with a rough bottom-structure.
(f)
Move the application-device cross-wise over the surface to make sure that you apply the
dispersion-adhesive equally to the textile floor-covering.
(g)
Let the dispersion-adhesive layer become stable and dry for a minimum of 16 h:
. At a room temperature between 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F)
. At a maximum relative room humidity of 75%.
Subtask 25-28-41-560-051-A
D.
Seat-Track Preparation
(1)
Seat-tracks areas which stay free from seats or seat-track covers must be filled with a section (Detail C).
(2)
Installation of the section:

(a)
Cut the section (4) in the required length.
(b)
Put the section (4) into the seat-track (3).
Subtask 25-28-41-560-052-B
E.
AES
Installation of the Adhesive Tapes on the Floor Panels

(1)
Make sure that the lighting in the work area is bright.
(2)
Make sure that the ambient temperature in the work area is between 18 deg.C (64.40 deg.F) and 30
deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
25-28-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Make sure that the ambient humidity in the work area is not more than 75 %.
NOTE :
(4)
Installation of the floor panel protection-tape:

(a)
(5)
You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient humidity of the work area with
suitable instruments.
Unwind the protection-tape (2) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-084) from the roll and install it at all the sealed floor panel gaps.
Installation of the double-sided adhesive tape on the floor panels:

(Ref. Fig. 25-28-41-991-00300-A - Installation of Double-Sided Adhesive Tape)
NOTE :
The double-sided tape has different adhesive strength on each side. The weaker adhesive side
must be put on the floor panel and the stronger adhesive side on the floor-covering.
NOTE :
Do not follow this work-step, when the textile floor-covering (TF) is attached with DispersionAdhesive.
(a)
Unwind the double-sided tape (6) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-118) from the roll. Do not remove the protective paper of the tape in this work-step.
(b)
Apply the double-sided tape (6) parallel in longitudinal direction to the floor panels (7) (with the
weaker adhesive side to the floor panel).
NOTE :
Refer to the table of maximum distance between double-sided adhesive tape.
(c)
With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the tape (6) onto the floor panels (7). Move the rubber
roller rearwards and forwards for a better bond.
(d)
Apply additional double-sided tape (6) at all TF (5) cross-joints in lateral direction.
Subtask 25-28-41-420-050-A
F.
Installation of the Textile Floor-Covering (TF)

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
(2)
Install TF attached with dispersion-adhesive (9):

NOTE :
AES
This work step is not applicable, if the TF is attached with double-sided tape.
(a)
Put the TF (5) in position.
(b)
Make sure that the TF (5) is in the correct position.
25-28-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
Push the TF (5) down with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
(d)
Move the rubber roller on the TF (5) in all directions.

NOTE :
(e)
In areas with no satisfactory adhesion (e.g. at the edges, at floor-covering joints,...), apply more
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-118) (10) the floor panels.
NOTE :
(f)
(3)
This step is necessary for a satisfactory bond of the dispersion-adhesive (9) to the floor
panels.
The double-sided tape has a different adhesive strength on each side. The weaker adhesive
side must be on the floor panel and the stronger adhesive side on the TF.
If you replace only a part of the TF:

1
Make sure that the new TF (5) has the same thickness as the adjacent (remaining) TF.
If necessary, apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-118) (10)
to the bottom surface of the adjacent (remaining) TF (5) to put the height difference to the
minimum.
Install TF attached with double-sided tape (10):

NOTE :
This work step is not applicable, if the TF is attached with dispersion-adhesive.
(a)
Put the TF (5) in position.
(b)
Make sure that the TF (5) is in the correct position.
(c)
Lift the TF (5) and remove the protective paper from the double-sided tape (10).
(d)
Push the TF (5) down to make sure that there is a good bond with the floor panels.
(e)
If you replace only a part of the TF:

1
Make sure that the new TF (5) has the same thickness as the adjacent (remaining) TF.
If necessary, apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-118) (10)
to the bottom surface of the adjacent (remaining) TF (5) to put the height difference to the
minimum.
NOTE :
(4)
The double-sided tape has a different adhesive strength on each side. The weaker
adhesive side must be on the floor panel and the stronger adhesive side on the TF.
Install the joint-strips:

MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND A MASK.
(a)
Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the screws (6).
(5)
Put the joint-strips (7) in position and install the screws (6).
(6)
TORQUE the screws (6) to 0.4 M.DAN (35.40 LBF.IN).
(7)
Install the seat-track covers (8).
(8)
If installed, connect the electrical connector(s):

CAUTION :
AES
25-28-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(9)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Connect the electrical connector(s) (1).
Put the protection cap (4) in position and lock the quick-release studs (3).
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-28-41-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the passenger seats.

(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001-A).
(2)
Subtask 25-28-41-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-28-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF INSTALLATION
MAT. No 08084
2
MAT. No 08084
2
SEAT TRACK
3
1
FLOOR PANEL
1
FLOOR PANEL
MAT. No 08084
2
MAT. No 08084
2
SEAT TRACK
3
1
FLOOR PANEL
1
FLOOR PANEL
4
SECTION
NOTE:
1
SEE IPC 252809

N_MM_252841_4_CAAA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Floor Panel Protection Tape
25-28-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR11
FR70
EXAMPLE
1
NOTE:
1
BETWEEN FWD DOOR AND AFT DOOR
MAXIMAL DISTANCE BETWEEN DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE
INSTALLATION AREA
AISLE/TROLLY/WALK AREA
max 100mm (3.9 inch)
SEAT AREA
max 300mm (11.8 inch)
EXAMPLE
FLOORPANEL
PROTECTION TAPE
TEXTILE FLOOR
COVERING
5
DOUBLESIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE 6
6
DOUBLESIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
7
FLOOR PANEL
SEAT TRACK
N_MM_252841_4_CAAC_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-41-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Installation of Double-Sided Adhesive Tape
25-28-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COVERING - FLOOR NON TEXTILE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-28-42-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
** On A/C 003-004
33-51-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Marking Light of the Floor-Proximity Emergency-Escape Path

(LSI)
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-00100-A - Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed)

(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-00100-E - Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed)
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-00600-A - Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-00600-E - Nontextile Floor Covering - NTF and GFRP Installation)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-28-42-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Disconnect the electrical connector of the floor path marking if necessary

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001-A).
AES
25-28-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the NTF Assy (1)

** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
(1)
Remove the screws (11) and the joining strip (12).
(2)
Remove the sealant around the door sill with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3)
Remove the screws (13) and the threshold (14).
(4)
Remove the sealant (15) around the NTF with a non-metallic scraper.
CAUTION :
(5)

FLOOR PANELS.
Remove the NTF assy (1), the film (2), and the foil (4) from the floor panel (6). Use a SCRAPER NON METALLIC to help the removal procedure.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION :
(a)
AES

Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) .
25-28-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE OF
NON TEXTILE FLOOR COVERING (NTF)
IN THE UTILITY ARAE
2
Z200
E
E
EXAMPLE
1 NTF
1 NTF
B
4
FR11
15
MAT.No.
09054
C
EXAMPLE OF
DOORSILL INSTALLATION
MAT. No.
05002
WALL
5
14
5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
13
B
EXAMPLE
NTF / CARPET
JOINT OF
INSTALLATION
12
11
GAP 5.0mm + 2.0mm
(0.2in. + 0.08in.)
1
NOTE:
AES
DIRECTION OF JOINTS OF THE NTF
AREA OF NTF
NTF IN FWD UTILITY AREA SHOWN

NTF IN ALL OTHER UTILITY AREAS SIMILAR
THERE IS NO NTF UNDER TOILET UNITS
REF COLOR CODE TABLE
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER
Processed
5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
MAT.No.
09054
1
NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
( REF 252841 )
N_MM_252842_4_ABAA_01_00
25-28-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
COLOR CODE TABLE

NTF
SEALANT MAT. No 09054
CODE No
COLOR
COLOR CODE
8.3 FSW 7097
DARKBROWN
FLOORSIL 283
8.8 FSW 7057
PACIFIC BLUE
FLOORSIL 288
8.14 FSW 7082
GREY
FLOORSIL 2814
8.15 FSW 7088
DARK GREY
FLOORSIL 2815
8.16 FSW 7053
BLUE GREY
FLOORSIL 2816
8.17 FSW 7016
AMAZONAS
FLOORSIL 2817
8.18 FSW 7065
QUARZ GREY
FLOORSIL 2818
8.20
GREY MED
FLOORSIL 2820
8.21 FSW 7049
MARINO
FLOORSIL 2821
8.24
BLACK BLUE
FLOORSIL 2824
N_MM_252842_4_ABAA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00100-A SHEET 2

Processed
25-28-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
D
EXAMPLE
OF THE NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
GAP
"WULFMEYER"
PROCESSED
NTF ASSY
+1.5mm
3.0mm 0.5mm
(0.12in +0.06in)
(0.02in)
1 NTF ASSY
(GFRP ATTACHED)
2 ADHESIVE FILM
500.00mm
(19.69in)
MAT. No 08082
4 ADHESIVE FOIL
(MYLAR)
50.00mm
OVERLAP (01.97in)
3 TAPE FOR PROTECTING

FLOOR PANEL EDGE
102.00mm
(4.02in)
MAT. No 08084
6 FLOOR PANEL
E
EXAMPLE
END OF SEAT TRACK
MAT. No 09016
7
NOTE:
10
SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL ITEM (2) TO ITEM (1)
2. INSTALL ITEM (7) AND (8) TO ITEM (10)
5. INSTALL ITEM (4) TO ITEMS (3) AND (6)
6. INSTALL THE NTF ASSY (1) TO THE FLOOR PANEL (6)
8
MAT. No 19002
N_MM_252842_4_ABAA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00100-A SHEET 3

Processed
25-28-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
EXAMPLE OF
IN THE UTILITY ARAE
2
Z200
E
E
EXAMPLE
1 NTF
1 NTF
B
4
FR11
15
MAT.No.
09054
C
EXAMPLE OF
MAT. No.
05002
WALL
5
14
5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
13
B
EXAMPLE
NTF / CARPET
JOINT OF
INSTALLATION
12
11
GAP 5.0mm + 2.0mm
(0.2in. + 0.08in.)
1
NOTE:
AES
AREA OF NTF

FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00100-E SHEET 1

Processed
5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
MAT.No.
09054
1
NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
( REF 252841 )
N_MM_252842_4_CBAA_01_00
25-28-42 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
COLOR CODE TABLE

NTF
CODE No
COLOR
COLOR CODE
8.3 FSW 7097
DARKBROWN
FLOORSIL 283
8.8 FSW 7057
PACIFIC BLUE
FLOORSIL 288
8.14 FSW 7082
GREY
FLOORSIL 2814
8.15 FSW 7088
DARK GREY
FLOORSIL 2815
8.16 FSW 7053
BLUE GREY
FLOORSIL 2816
8.17 FSW 7016
AMAZONAS
FLOORSIL 2817
8.18 FSW 7065
QUARZ GREY
FLOORSIL 2818
8.20
GREY MED
FLOORSIL 2820
8.21 FSW 7049
MARINO
FLOORSIL 2821
8.24
BLACK BLUE
FLOORSIL 2824
N_MM_252842_4_CBAA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00100-E SHEET 2

Processed
25-28-42 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
D
EXAMPLE
OF THE NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
+1.5mm
3.0mm 0.5mm
GAP
(0.12in +0.06in )
(0.02in.)
1 NTF ASSY
(GFRP ATTACHED)
"WULFMEYER"
PROCESSED
NTF ASSY
2 ADHESIVE FILM
500.00mm
(19.69in.)
MAT. NO. 08082
4 ADHESIVE FOIL
(MYLAR)
MAT. NO. 08104
OVERLAP 50.00mm
(01.97in.)
6 FLOOR PANEL
MAT.NO
04022
11
9
E
EXAMPLE
END OF SEAT TRACK
NOTE:
MAT.NO
09016
7
1 . INSTALL ITEM (2) TO ITEM (1)
2 . INSTALL ITEMS (7) AND (8) TO ITEM (10)
3 . INSTALL ITEM (9) AND (11) IN TO ITEM (10)
10
MAT.NO
19002
8

5 . INSTALL THE NTF (1) TO THE FLOOR PANEL (6)
N_MM_252842_4_CBAA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00100-E SHEET 3

Processed
25-28-42 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE OF
IN THE UTILITY ARAE
2
Z200
E
E
EXAMPLE
1 NTF
1 NTF
B
4
FR11
15
MAT.No.
09054
C
EXAMPLE OF
MAT. No.
05002
WALL
5
14
5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
13
B
EXAMPLE
NTF / CARPET
JOINT OF
INSTALLATION
12
11
GAP 5.0mm + 2.0mm
(0.2in. + 0.08in.)
1
NOTE:
AES
AREA OF NTF

FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00600-A SHEET 1

5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
MAT.No.
09054
1
NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
( REF 252841 )
N_MM_252842_4_ACAA_01_00
25-28-42 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
COLOR CODE TABLE

NTF
CODE No
COLOR
COLOR CODE
8.3 FSW 7097
DARKBROWN
FLOORSIL 283
8.8 FSW 7057
PACIFIC BLUE
FLOORSIL 288
8.14 FSW 7082
GREY
FLOORSIL 2814
8.15 FSW 7088
DARK GREY
FLOORSIL 2815
8.16 FSW 7053
BLUE GREY
FLOORSIL 2816
8.17 FSW 7016
AMAZONAS
FLOORSIL 2817
8.18 FSW 7065
QUARZ GREY
FLOORSIL 2818
8.20
GREY MED
FLOORSIL 2820
8.21 FSW 7049
MARINO
FLOORSIL 2821
8.24
BLACK BLUE
FLOORSIL 2824
N_MM_252842_4_ACAA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00600-A SHEET 2

25-28-42 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
+1.5mm
3.0mm 0.5mm
GAP
EXAMPLE
OF THE NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
(0.12in +0.06in.)
(0.02in.)
1 NTF
2 ADHESIVE FILM
500.00mm
CONVENTIONAL
NTF ASSY
(19.69in.)
MAT.No 08082
5 GFRP
2 ADHESIVE FILM
500.00mm
(19.69in.)
MAT.No 08082
4 ADHESIVE FOIL
(MYLAR)
OVERLAP 50.00mm
(01.97in.)
3 TAPE FOR PROTECTING

FLOOR PANEL EDGE
102.00mm
(4.02in.)
MAT.No 08084
6 FLOOR PANEL
NOTE:
1.
INSTALL ITEM (2) TO ITEM (1)
2.
INSTALL ITEM (5) TO ITEM (1) AND (2)
3.
4.
INSTALL ITEM (7) AND (8) TO ITEM (10)
5.
6.
7.
INSTALL ITEM (4) TO ITEM (3) AND (6)
8.
INSTALL ITEM NTF ASSY (1) TO THE FLOOR PANEL (6)
E
EXAMPLE
END OF SEAT TRACK
MAT.No
09016
7
10
MAT.No
19002
8
N_MM_252842_4_ACAA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00600-A SHEET 3

25-28-42 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
EXAMPLE OF
IN THE UTILITY ARAE
2
Z200
E
E
EXAMPLE
1 NTF
1 NTF
B
4
FR11
15
MAT.No.
09054
C
EXAMPLE OF
MAT. No.
05002
WALL
5
14
5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
13
B
EXAMPLE
NTF / CARPET
JOINT OF
INSTALLATION
12
11
GAP 5.0mm + 2.0mm
(0.2in. + 0.08in.)
1
NOTE:
AES
AREA OF NTF

FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00600-E SHEET 1

5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
MAT.No.
09054
1
NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
( REF 252841 )
N_MM_252842_4_CAAA_01_00
25-28-42 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
COLOR CODE TABLE

NTF
CODE No
COLOR
COLOR CODE
8.3 FSW 7097
DARKBROWN
FLOORSIL 283
8.8 FSW 7057
PACIFIC BLUE
FLOORSIL 288
8.14 FSW 7082
GREY
FLOORSIL 2814
8.15 FSW 7088
DARK GREY
FLOORSIL 2815
8.16 FSW 7053
BLUE GREY
FLOORSIL 2816
8.17 FSW 7016
AMAZONAS
FLOORSIL 2817
8.18 FSW 7065
QUARZ GREY
FLOORSIL 2818
8.20
GREY MED
FLOORSIL 2820
8.21 FSW 7049
MARINO
FLOORSIL 2821
8.24
BLACK BLUE
FLOORSIL 2824
N_MM_252842_4_CAAA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00600-E SHEET 2

25-28-42 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
D
EXAMPLE
OF THE NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
+1.5mm
3.0mm 0.5mm
GAP
(0.12in +0.06in )
(0.02in.)
1 NTF
2 ADHESIVE FILM
500.00mm
CONVENTIONAL
NTF ASSY
(19.69in.)
MAT. NO. 08082
5 GFRP
2 ADHESIVE FILM
500.00mm
(19.69in.)
MAT. NO. 08082
4 ADHESIVE FOIL
(MYLAR)
MAT. NO. 08104
OVERLAP 50.00mm
(01.97in.)
6 FLOOR PANEL
MAT.NO
04022
11
9
E
NOTE:
EXAMPLE
END OF SEAT TRACK
MAT.NO
09016
7

10

4 . INSTALL ITEMS (7) AND (8) TO ITEM (10)
5 . INSTALL ITEM (9) AND (11) IN TO ITEM (10)
MAT.NO
19002
8

7 . INSTALL THE NTF (1) TO THE FLOOR PANEL (6)
N_MM_252842_4_CAAA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-00600-E SHEET 3

25-28-42 PB401
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-28-42-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
1
PAPER - MASKING
4
ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific
No specific
2
3
B.
DESIGNATION

VACUUM CLEANER
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 08-057
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 08-082
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SYNTH. HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PRIMER
MASKING TAPE
ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE
** On A/C 003-004
Material No: 08-084

** On A/C 005-099
Material No: 08-104
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 09-036

SEALANTS
SEALANTS
POLYSULFIDE SEALANT ADHESION PROMOTER
SEALANTS
SILICONE SEALANT (1 PART)
Material No: 09-054
SEALANTS
Material No: 11-026
CLEANING AGENTS
STORAGE PRESERVATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, TEMPORARY
Material No: 15-004

Material No: 15-008
AES
25-28-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 19-002
DESIGNATION
Material No: 19-003

No specific

SECTION DAN262CC
C.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
** On A/C 003-004
4
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
ADHESIVE FOIL
D.
25-28-09-20-030
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-42-00-862-001-A
33-51-12-000-001-A

(LSI)
33-51-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Marking Light of the Floor-Proximity Emergency-Escape Path

(LSI)

(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-02300-A - Alternative and approved NTF)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Make sure that the NTF area is free from equipment and furnishings.
(3)
Make sure that the electrical connectors of the floor path markings are disconnected
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001-A)
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-160-053-A
A.

** On A/C 003-004
AES
25-28-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
(1)
Clean the seat tracks and the NTF-Covering installation area:

DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION :

(a)
Clean the seat tracks (10), the component interface and the adjacent area with a CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) , a soft cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b)
CLEANER.
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
NOTE :
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-914-054-A
B.
Sealants
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-02300-A - Alternative and approved NTF)
NOTE :
(1)
A list of alternative and approved NTF covering is available in the table.
Use SEALANTS (Material No: 09-054) or SEALANTS (Material No: 09-036) for all NTF coverings. For
non-silicone NTF coverings, also use BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-057)
(Primer 1217).
NOTE :
AES
Only Airfloor (Metzeler) is made from silicone material.
25-28-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-28-42-560-052-A
C.
Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film on the new NTF-Covering Assy (WULFMEYER processed) attached
with GFRP (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced-Plastic)
NOTE :
Follow this procedure only when the NTF is attached to the GFRP.
NOTE :
It is recommended that two persons do this procedure.
(1)
(2)
Installation of the self-adhesive Film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-082)
(2) on the new NTF (1) (GFRP attached):
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(b)
(c)
Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film (2) from the roll and remove the
protective paper.
(d)
Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the NTF (1) and install it with a soft cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and light pressure of your hand. Work from the
middle of the self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.
(e)
With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto the NTF (1).
NOTE :
(f)
Move the rubber roller rearwards and forwards and around the edges for a better bond.
Do the steps (2)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film
(2).
Subtask 25-28-42-560-053-A
D.
Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film on the Conventional NTF and the GFRP (Glass-Fiber-ReinforcedPlastic).
NOTE :
Follow this procedure only, when the NTF (1) is not attached to the GFRP (5). (Conventional NTF
floor covering)
NOTE :
(1)
AES
25-28-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(2) on the new NTF (1):
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a)

(b)
(c)
protective paper.
(d)
Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the NTF (1) and install it with a soft cotton cloth LINT-FREE
COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a light pressure of your hand. Work from the
(e)
NOTE :
(f)
(3)
(2).
Installation of the NTF on the GFRP:

DO NOT SMOKE.
(a)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area. Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) .
(b)
(c)
On the installation side of the NTF-covering (1) remove 100 mm (3.9370 in.) protective paper
from the self-adhesive film (2).
(d)
Align the NTF (1) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
NOTE :
(e)
AES
Do the steps (3)(c) thru (d) until you have installed all of the NTF (1) on the GFRP (5).
25-28-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
(2) on the GFRP (5):
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a)

(b)
(c)
Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the new self-adhesive film from the roll and remove the protective
paper.
(d)
Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the GFRP (5) and install it with a soft cotton cloth LINT-FREE
(e)
With a ROLLER - RUBBER press down the self-adhesive film (2) onto the GFRP (5).
NOTE :
(f)
Do the steps (4)(c) thru (e) until you have installed all of the GFRP (5) with the adhesive film
(2).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-28-42-560-052-E
C.
Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film on the new NTF-Covering Assy (WULFMEYER processed) attached
NOTE :
Follow this procedure only, when the NTF is attached to the GFRP.
NOTE :
(1)
(2)
(2) to the new NTF (1) (GFRP attached):
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
25-28-42 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)

(b)
(c)
protective paper.
(d)
middle of the self-adhesive film (2) towards the sides.
(e)
NOTE :
(f)
(2).
Subtask 25-28-42-560-053-E
D.
Installation of the Self-Adhesive-Film on the Conventional NTF and the GFRP (Glass-Fiber-ReinforcedPlastic).
NOTE :
Follow the procedure only, when the NTF (1) is not attached to the GFRP (5).
NOTE :
(1)
(2)
(2) to the new NTF (1):
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
(a)

(b)
(c)
protective paper.
(d)
Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the NTF (1) and install it with a soft cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a light pressure of your hand. Work from the
25-28-42 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(e)
NOTE :
(f)
(3)
Do the steps (2)(d) thru (f) until you have installed all of the NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film
(2).
Installation of the NTF on the GFRP:

DO NOT SMOKE.
(4)
(a)
11-026) .
(b)
(c)
(d)
Align the NTF (1) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Move the rubber
roller backwards and forwards and around the edges for a better bond.
(e)
Do the steps (3)(c) thru (d) until you have installed all of the NTF (1) to the GFRP (5).
(2) on the GFRP (5):
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
(a)

(b)
(c)
paper.
(d)
Align the self-adhesive film (2) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a soft cotton cloth and a
light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle of the self-adhesive film (2) to the sides.
25-28-42 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(e)
NOTE :
(f)
(2).
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-28-42-160-052-A
E.
Preparation of the Seat Tracks and the Floor Panels for the Installation of the NTF Covering
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
Prepare the seat tracks (10):

(a)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) . If necessary, use a VACUUM CLEANER
(b)
(c)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-028B) in the seat tracks (10), in the areas where you will
apply the sealant (7).
(d)
Seal the seat tracks (10):

1
Cut the SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. (Material No: 19-002) (8) to
the necessary length.
NOTE :

NOTE :
(2)
AES
The cord must be 50 mm (1.9685 in.) longer than the area that you will seal.
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) (7) in the seat tracks (10), only in the areas where
you applied the adhesive promoter.
Push the loops into the sealant (7).
Apply corrosion preventive compounds in the seat tracks (10):

(a)
08-074) around the seat tracks (10), where you will apply corrosion preventive compounds.
(b)
Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-004) in the seat tracks (10).
(c)
(d)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) in the seat tracks (10).
25-28-42 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(4)
(5)
(e)
Cut the SECTION DAN262CC (9) to the necessary length and push it into the grease. Do this
only in trolley compartments without own floor panels and in areas where persons walk. Do not do
this if the seat track is less than 50 mm (1.9685 in.) and not in areas where furnishings will be
installed.
(f)
Remove the unwanted grease with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC. Do this on the top of the seat
tracks (10) to get a flush surface.
(g)
Make sure that the complete seat track (10) is filled with COMMON GREASES (Material No:
04-022) where you will install the adhesive foil (4).
(h)
Remove the masking paper and masking tape from the floor panels.
Prepare the floor panels (6):

(a)
Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If necessary, use a VACUUM
CLEANER.
(b)

(c)
Install the adhesive tape (width 102.0 mm (4.0158 in.)) (3) on the floor panels (6):
(a)
Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-084) (3) from the roll and remove the protective paper.
(b)
Align the adhesive tape (3) to the floor panel (6) and install it with a LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a light pressure of your hand.
(c)
Make sure that the surface of the adhesive tape (3) is smooth on the floor panels (6), use a
ROLLER - RUBBER.
(d)
Do the steps (4) (a) thru (c) until you fully installed the adhesive tape (3).
Install the self-adhesive foil (4) on the floor panels (6):

NOTE :
We recommend that two persons do this procedure.
(a)
Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of (IPC-CSN 25-28-09-20) ADHESIVE FOIL (4) (4) from the roll
and remove the protective paper.
(b)
Remove the protective paper from the adhesive tape (3) on the floor panels (6).
(c)
Install the adhesive foil (4) with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and with
a light pressure of your hand.
(d)
Make sure that the surface of the adhesive foil (4) is smooth on the floor panels (6). Work from
the middle of the adhesive foil (4) to the sides.
(e)
With a ROLLER - RUBBER, press the adhesive foil (4) on the floor panels (6).
(f)
Move the rubber roller forward and rearward and around the edges for a better bond.
(g)
For the installation of one more piece of adhesive foil (4), do the steps (5)(a) thru (f) again.
(h)
Make sure that the adhesive foil (4) has an overlap of 50 mm (1.9685 in.) with the adhesive foil
(4) which you already installed.
Subtask 25-28-42-420-055-A
F.
AES
Installation of the NTF Assy on the Floor Panel

25-28-42 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
Make sure that there are no dust or other particles on the component. If necessary, use a VACUUM
CLEANER.
(2)
Install the NTF assy:

(a)

(b)

NOTE :
(c)
Carefully put the NTF assy (1) in position and align it with the floor panels (6).
(d)
Make sure that there is a space of 5.0 +2.0 mm or -2.0 mm (0.1969 +0.0787 in. or -0.0787 in.)
between the NTF assy (1) and the equipment (toilet, galley etc.).
(e)
Make sure that there is a space of 3.0 +1.0 mm or -0.5 mm (0.1181 +0.0394 in. or -0.0197 in.)
between the NTF assies (1).
(f)
Remove 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of the protective paper from the NTF assy (1).
NOTE :
(3)
Install the NTF assy (1) on the adhesive foil (4) with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) and a light pressure of your hand. Make sure that the NTF assy (1) is in the correct
position.
(h)
Install the NTF assy (1) with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Start the work from the middle of the NTF
assy (1). Then move the ROLLER to the sides, rearward and forward and around the edges for a
better bond.
(i)
Do the steps (2) (c) thru (f) again and install all the NTF assies (1) on the floor panel (6).
(j)
If the floor path marking-light is removed, put it in position (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001-A).
(k)
If necessary, make the cut outs for the furnishing location points.
Apply primer:
(a)
The following procedure is only applicable for PU or PVC NTF-covering. It is not permitted to
use it for silicone NTF.
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-057) into the space between
the NTF assies (1) and/or the space between the NTF assies (1) and the equipment (toilet,
galley, etc.).
Apply sealant (15):

(a)
AES
We recommend that you do this on a corner of the NTF assy (1).
(g)
NOTE :
(4)
Refer to the color code table on sheet 2.
25-28-42 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-054) around the NTF assy (1), into the space
between the NTF assies (1) and into the space between the NTF assies (1) and the equipment. If
necessary, seal the space around the floor path marking-light (Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001-A).
NOTE :
(5)
(6)
The curing time for the sealant, for 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to 3 mm (0.1181 in.) thickness, is
24 hours.
Install the cover strip (12):

(a)
Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the screws (11).
(b)
Install the cover strip (12) with the screws (11).
Install the threshold (14):

(a)
(b)
Install the threshold (14) with the screws (13).
(c)
Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-054) (15) around the threshold (14) and into the
space between the NTF assy (1) and the equipment.
NOTE :
The curing time for the sealant, for 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to 3 mm (0.1181 in.) thickness, is
24 hours.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-28-42-160-052-C
E.
Preparation of the Seat Tracks and the Floor Panels for the Installation of the NTF Covering
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
Prepare the seat tracks (10):

(a)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) . If necessary, use a VACUUM CLEANER.
(b)
(c)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-028B) in the seat tracks (10), in the areas where you will
apply the sealant (7).
(d)

1
Cut the SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. (Material No: 19-002) (8) to
the necessary length.
NOTE :
AES
The cord must be 50 mm (1.9685 in.) longer than the area that you will seal.
25-28-42 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3

NOTE :
(2)
(3)
(4)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) (7) in the seat tracks (10), only in the areas where
you applied the adhesive promoter.
Apply corrosion preventive compounds in the seat tracks (10):

(a)
08-074) around the seat tracks (10), where you will apply corrosion preventive compounds.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) in the seat tracks (10).
(e)
Cut the SECTION DAN262CC (9) to the necessary length and push it into the grease (11). Do
this only in trolley compartments without own floor panels and in areas where persons walk. Do
not do this if the seat track is less than 50 mm (1.9685 in.) and not in areas where furnishings will
be installed.
(f)
Remove the unwanted grease (11) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC. Do this on the top of
the seat tracks (10) to get a flush surface.
(g)
Make sure that the complete seat track (10) is filled with COMMON GREASES (Material No:
04-022) (11) where you will install the adhesive foil (4).
(h)
Prepare the floor panels (6):

(a)
Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If necessary, use a VACUUM
CLEANER .
(b)

(c)
Install the self-adhesive foil (4) on the floor panels (6):

NOTE :
AES
(a)
Unwind 100 mm (3.9370 in.) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-104) (4) from the roll and remove the protective paper.
(b)
Install the adhesive foil (4) with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and with
a light pressure of your hand.
(c)
Make sure that the surface of the adhesive foil (4) is smooth on the floor panels (6). Work from
the middle of the adhesive foil (4) to the sides.
(d)
With a ROLLER - RUBBER, press the adhesive foil (4) on the floor panels (6).
(e)
Move the ROLLER - RUBBER forward and rearward and around the edges for a better bond.
(f)
For the installation of one more piece of adhesive foil (4), do the steps (5)(a) thru (e) again.
(g)
Make sure that the adhesive foil (4) has an overlap of 50 mm (1.9685 in.) with the adhesive foil
(4) which you have already installed.
25-28-42 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-28-42-420-055-E
F.
Installation of the NTF Assy to the Floor Panel

DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If necessary use a VACUUM CLEANER.
(2)
Installation of the NTF Assy:

(a)

(b)

NOTE :
(c)
(d)
Carefully put the NTF assy (1) in position and align it with the floor panels (6).
NOTE :
Make sure that you leave a gap of 5.0 +2.0 mm or -2.0 mm (0.1969 +0.0787 in. or
-0.0787 in.) between the NTF assy (1) and the interior equipment (toilet, galley etc.).
NOTE :
Make sure that you leave a gap of 3.0 +1.0 mm or -0.5 mm (0.1181 +0.0394 in. or
-0.0197 in.) between the NTF-covering sheets.
Remove 100 mm (4 in.) of the protective paper from the NTF assy (1).
NOTE :
(3)
We recommend that you do this on a corner of the NTF assy (1).
(e)
Install the NTF-covering to the adhesive-foil (4) with a soft cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a light pressure of you hand. Make sure that the NTFcovering is in the correct position.
(f)
Install the NTF assy (1) with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Work from the middle of the NTF assy (1)
to the sides, backwards and forwards and around the edges for a better bond.
(g)
Do the steps (3) (c) thru (f) until you have installed all of the NTF assy (1) to the floor panel
(6).
(h)
If the floor path marking was removed, put it in position (Ref. AMM 33-51-12-400-001) .
(i)
Make the cut outs for the furnishing location points if necessary.
Apply primer:
NOTE :
(a)
AES
It is recommended that two persons do this procedure
The following procedure is only applicable for PU or PVC NTF-Covering. No It is not permitted
to use it for silicone NTF.
Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-057) into the space
between the NTF-covering sheets and/or NTF-covering and interior equipment (toilet, galley,
etc.).
25-28-42 PB401
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Apply Sealant (15):

NOTE :
(a)
(5)
(6)
5.
Refer to the color code table on sheet 2.
Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No: 09-036) around the NTF assy (1), to the gap
between the NTF panels and the gap between NTF and interior equipment. If necessary seal the
gap around the floor path marking (Ref. AMM 33-51-12-400-001) .
Installation of the Cover Strip (12):

(a)
(b)
Installation of the threshold (14):

(a)
(b)
(c)
Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No: 09-036) (15) around the threshold (14) and on
the gap between the NTF assy and the interior equipment.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Connect the electrical connectors of the floor path marking

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001-A)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-28-42 PB401
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
WULFMEYER
PART NUMBER
TOP LAYER
SUPPLIER
SUPPLIERS PART NUMBER

OLD PN
NEW PN
473641200WTxx
473649721WTxx
473649800WTxx
473652900WTxx
473675600WTxx
473675615WTxx
473675620WTxx
473841700WTxx
473877100WTxx
473C67980WTxx
477649000WTxx
477649200WTxx
477675600WTxx
477678300WTxx
477678900WTxx
477679800WTxx
477679900WTxx
497B64840WTxx
497B64900WTxx
497B67560WTxx
497B67830WTxx
497B67890WTxx
497B67980WTxx
497G67700WTxx
497H67700WTxx
497F84170WTxx
490678900WTxx
490A64900WTxx
493C64900WTxx
495M81860WTxx
495M83970WTxx
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
BATIFLEX / GERFLOR
WULFMEYER
PART NUMBER
TOP LAYER
SUPPLIER
NTF TYPE
47S010319WSxx
4700S4206WSxx
4700S7965WSxx
4700S8080WSxx
4700S5614WSxx
4700S6972WSxx
4700S2688WSxx
4700S3104WSxx
4700S3364WSxx
4700S4196WSxx
4700S5580WSxx
4700S5848WSxx
4700S5864WSxx
47S099212WSxx
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
SCHNELLER
93R/S010319
90R/S4206
92R/S7965
30R/S8080
92R/S5614
93R/S6972
S2688
S3104
90R/S3364
90R/S4196
30R/S5580
S5848
S5864
90R/S0099201200
AERMAT 9500B
AERMAT 9500B
AERMAT 9500B
AERMAT 9500B
AERMAT 9500BP
AERMAT 9500BP
PANFLOR
AERMAT 9000
AERMAT 9000
AERMAT 9000
AERMAT 9000
AERMAT 9000
AERMAT 9000
AERMAT 9000
473641200
473649721
473649800
473652900
473675600
473675620
473841700
473877100
473C67980
47764900
477649200
477675600
477678300
477678900
477679800
477679900
497B6484
497B6490
497B6756
497B6783
497B6789
497B6798
497G6770
497H6770
497F84170
473C6412
473C6497
473C6529
473E6756
473C6756
473F8417
473F87710
473C6798
477B6490
477B6492
477B6756
477B6783
477B6789
477B6798
477B6799
490A6490
493C6490
495M81860
495M83970
NTF TYPE
OLD PN NEW PN
AVR160
AVR160
AVR160
AVR160
AVR160
AVR160
AVR160
AVR160
AVR160
AVR160
AVR280
AVR280
AVR280
AVR280
AVR280
AVR280
AVR280
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR300
AVR300
AVR302
REMARK
QUALIFIED AS PER
WQ10486
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
AVR282
QUALIFIED AS PER
WQ10487
AVR302
QUALIFIED AS PER
WQ10488
REMARK
QUALIFIED AS PER
WQ10491
N_MM_252842_4_SJLA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-02300-A SHEET 1

25-28-42 PB401
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
WULFMEYER
PART NUMBER
TOP LAYER
SUPPLIER

OLD PN
NEW PN
470401343WBxx
BENECKEKALIKO
470401222WBxx
470401330WBxx
470401337WBxx
470401365WBxx
BENECKEKALIKO
BENECKEKALIKO
BENECKEKALIKO
BENECKEKALIKO
WULFMEYER
PART NUMBER
TOP LAYER
SUPPLIER
470LC2183WLxx
470LC2187WLxx
470LC2191WLxx
470LC2193WLxx
LONSEAL
LONSEAL
LONSEAL
LONSEAL

OLD PN
NEW PN
AFVxxxxDA8xx
AFVxxxxDS10xx
AFVxxxxDA19xx
AFVxxxxRxx
AFRxxxxDA8xx
AFRxxxxDS10xx
AFRxxxxDA19xx
AFRxxxxRxx
FFU/401343/V3
FFULLxxxx
BCV/401222
VNPLL/401330
FFL/401337
FFL/401365
NTF TYPE
REMARK
FLIGHT FLOOR PLUS QUALIFIED AS PER

WQ10490
FF CLASSIC
FF+
QUALIFIED AS PER
WQ10487
FF CLASSIC
FF+

OLD PN
NEW PN
NTF TYPE
REMARK
LONCOIN 2183
LONCOIN 2187
LONCOIN 2191
LONCOIN 2193
LONCOIN II
LONCOIN II
LONCOIN II
LONCOIN II
QUALIFIED AS PER
WQ10492
SUPPLIER
NTF TYPE
REMARK
METZELER
METZELER
METZELER
METZELER
AIRFLOOR 74, DA8

AIRFLORR 74, DS10
AIRFLOOR 74, DA19
AIRFLOOR 74, R
QUALIFIED AS PER CMOOO48
N_MM_252842_4_SJLA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-02300-A SHEET 2

25-28-42 PB401
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-28-42-000-005-A
Removal of NTF (Welding Procedure)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
** On A/C 003-004
33-51-12-000-001-A

(LSI)
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-01100-A - Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER Processed)

(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-01200-A - Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - Conventional Processed)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-861-054-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-28-42-010-054-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Disconnect the electrical connector of the floor path marking if necessary

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001-A).
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-020-052-A
A.
AES
Removal of the NTF Assy

25-28-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Remove the screws (11) and the joining strip (12).
(2)
Remove the sealant around the door sill with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3)
Remove the screws (13) and the threshold (14).
(4)
Removal of the sealant:
CAUTION :

FLOOR PANELS.
(5)
Remove the sealant (15) around the NTF with a non-metallic scraper.
(6)
Remove the NTF assy (1), the film (2) and the moisture barrier foil (4) from the floor panel (6). Use a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to help the removal procedure.
MATERIAL/S.
CAUTION :
(a)
AES

11-026) .
25-28-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF
IN THE UTILITY ARAE
2
Z200
E
E
EXAMPLE
1 NTF
1 NTF
2
4
FR11
15
MAT.No.
09054
C
EXAMPLE OF
MAT. No.
05002
WALL
5
14
5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
13
B
EXAMPLE
NTF / CARPET
JOINT OF
INSTALLATION
12
11
GAP 5.0mm + 2.0mm
(0.2in. + 0.08in.)
1
NOTE:
AES
AREA OF NTF

FIGURE 25-28-42-991-01100-A SHEET 1

Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - WULFMEYER
Processed
5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
MAT.No.
09054
1
NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
( REF 252841 )
N_MM_252842_4_DAAA_01_00
25-28-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
D
EXAMPLE
OF THE NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
+
GAP 1.5mm 1.00mm
+
(0.06in 0.04in.)
3
"WULFMEYER"
PROCESSED
NTF ASSY
1 NTF ASSY
(GFRP ATTACHED)
2 ADHESIVE FILM
500.00mm
(19.69in.)
MAT. NO. 08082
4 MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL
(MYLAR)
MAT. NO. 08104
OVERLAP 50.00mm
(01.97in.)
6 FLOOR PANEL
E
SECTION
FF
9
MAT.NO
09016
7
EXAMPLE
30 o
MAT.NO
04022
11
EXAMPLE
END OF SEAT TRACK
WELD SEAM
3 NTF ASSY
4
10
6 FLOOR PANEL
MAT.NO
19002
8
N_MM_252842_4_DAAA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-01100-A SHEET 2

Processed
25-28-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
COLOR CODE TABLE

NTF
CODE No
COLOR
COLOR CODE
8.3 FSW 7097
DARKBROWN
FLOORSIL 283
8.8 FSW 7057
PACIFIC BLUE
FLOORSIL 288
8.14 FSW 7082
GREY
FLOORSIL 2814
8.15 FSW 7088
DARK GREY
FLOORSIL 2815
8.16 FSW 7053
BLUE GREY
FLOORSIL 2816
8.17 FSW 7016
AMAZONAS
FLOORSIL 2817
8.18 FSW 7065
QUARZ GREY
FLOORSIL 2818
8.20
GREY MED
FLOORSIL 2820
8.21 FSW 7049
MARINO
FLOORSIL 2821
8.24
BLACK BLUE
FLOORSIL 2824
N_MM_252842_4_DAAA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-01100-A SHEET 3

Processed
25-28-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF
IN THE UTILITY ARAE
2
Z200
E
E
EXAMPLE
1 NTF
1 NTF
2
4
FR11
15
MAT.No.
09054
C
EXAMPLE OF
MAT. No.
05002
WALL
5
14
5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
13
B
EXAMPLE
NTF / CARPET
JOINT OF
INSTALLATION
12
11
GAP 5.0mm + 2.0mm
(0.2in. + 0.08in.)
1
NOTE:
AES
AREA OF NTF

FIGURE 25-28-42-991-01200-A SHEET 1

Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) - Conventional
Processed
5
MAT.No. 09054
SEALANT
15
MAT.No.
09054
1
NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
( REF 252841 )
N_MM_252842_4_DABA_01_00
25-28-42 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
D
EXAMPLE
OF THE NON TEXTILE
FLOOR COVERING
+
GAP 1.5mm 1.00mm
+
(0.06in 0.04in.)
1 NTF
F
F
2 ADHESIVE FILM
500.00mm
3
CONVENTIONAL
NTF ASSY
(19.69in.)
MAT. NO. 08082
5 GFRP
2 ADHESIVE FILM
500.00mm
(19.69in.)
MAT. NO. 08082
4 MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL
(MYLAR)
MAT. NO. 08104
OVERLAP 50.00mm
(01.97in.)
6 FLOOR PANEL
E
SECTION
FF
9
MAT.NO
09016
7
EXAMPLE
30 o
MAT.NO
04022
11
EXAMPLE
END OF SEAT TRACK
WELD SEAM
3 NTF ASSY
4
10
6 FLOOR PANEL
MAT.NO
19002
8
N_MM_252842_4_DABA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-01200-A SHEET 2

Processed
25-28-42 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
COLOR CODE TABLE

NTF
CODE No
COLOR
COLOR CODE
8.3 FSW 7097
DARKBROWN
FLOORSIL 283
8.8 FSW 7057
PACIFIC BLUE
FLOORSIL 288
8.14 FSW 7082
GREY
FLOORSIL 2814
8.15 FSW 7088
DARK GREY
FLOORSIL 2815
8.16 FSW 7053
BLUE GREY
FLOORSIL 2816
8.17 FSW 7016
AMAZONAS
FLOORSIL 2817
8.18 FSW 7065
QUARZ GREY
FLOORSIL 2818
8.20
GREY MED
FLOORSIL 2820
8.21 FSW 7049
MARINO
FLOORSIL 2821
8.24
BLACK BLUE
FLOORSIL 2824
N_MM_252842_4_DABA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-01200-A SHEET 3

Processed
25-28-42 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-28-42-400-004-A
Installation of NTF (Welding Procedure)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
1
BRUSH - BRISTLED, SMALL
No specific
No specific
No specific
No specific
1
3
1
PAPER - MASKING
ROLLER - RUBBER
ROLLER - RUBBER, FOAM
No specific
No specific
No specific
2
1
1

SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE
No specific
VACUUM CLEANER
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-128
Material No: 08-057
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 08-082
Material No: 08-104
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 09-054
Material No: 11-026
AES
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SPECIAL MATERIALS
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PVC
PRIMER
MASKING TAPE
SEALANTS
SEALANTS
POLYSULFIDE SEALANT ADHESION PROMOTER
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
25-28-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 15-004
Material No: 19-002
DESIGNATION
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 15-008
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-42-00-862-001-A
** On A/C 003-004
33-51-12-000-001-A

(LSI)
33-51-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Marking Light of the Floor-Proximity Emergency-Escape Path

(LSI)

(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-01300-A - Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - Welding Procedure)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-860-053-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Make sure that the NTF area is free from equipment and furnishings.
(3)
Make sure that the electrical connectors of the floor path markings are disconnected
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-000-001-A)
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-160-057-A
A.

AES
25-28-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Clean the seat tracks and the NTF-Covering installation area:

MATERIAL/S.
CAUTION :

(a)
Clean the seat tracks (10), the component interface and the adjacent area with a CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) , a soft cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material
No: 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b)
CLEANER.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
NOTE :
Subtask 25-28-42-560-055-A
IRRITANTS.
B.
AES
Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film to the new NTF-Covering Assy (WULFMEYER processed) attached
25-28-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
Follow this procedure only when the NTF is attached to the GFRP.
NOTE :
(1)

MATERIAL/S.
(2)
(2) to the new NTF (1) (GFRP attached):
(a)

(b)
(c)
protective paper.
(d)
middle of the of the self-adhesive film (2) towards the sides.
(e)
NOTE :
(f)
Move the rubber roller backwards and forwards and around the edges for a better bond.
(2).
Subtask 25-28-42-560-056-A
IRRITANTS.
C.
Installation of the Self-Adhesive Film to the Conventional NTF and the GFRP (Glass-Fiber-ReinforcedPlastic).
NOTE :
Follow this procedure only, when the NTF (1) is not attached to the GFRP (5). (Conventional NTF
floor covering)
NOTE :
(1)
AES
25-28-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(2) to the new NTF (1):
MATERIAL/S.
(a)

(b)

MATERIAL/S.
(c)
Apply the primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-006B) to the
NTF with a ROLLER - RUBBER, FOAM.
(d)
protective paper.
(e)
Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the NTF (1) and install it with a soft cotton cloth LINT-FREE
(f)
NOTE :
(g)
(3)
Do the steps (2)(d) thru (f) until you have installed all of the NTF (1) with the self-adhesive film
(2).
Installation of the NTF to the GFRP:

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
11-026) .
(b)
(c)
(d)
Align the NTF (1) with the GFRP (5) and install it with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
NOTE :
(e)
(4)
Do the steps (3)(c) thru (d) until you have installed all of the NTF (1) to the GFRP (5).
(2) to the GFRP (5):
MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-28-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)

(b)
(c)
paper.
(d)
Align the self-adhesive film (2) to the GFRP (5) and install it with a soft cotton cloth LINT-FREE
(e)
NOTE :
(f)
(2).
Subtask 25-28-42-160-056-A
D.
Preparation of the Seat Tracks and the Floor Panels for the Installation of the NTF-Covering.
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Preparation of the Seat Tracks (10):

MATERIAL/S.
(a)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) . If necessary use a VACUUM CLEANER.
(b)

MATERIAL/S.
(c)
Apply adhesive-promoter SEALANTS (Material No: 09-028B) to the seat track (10).
NOTE :
AES
Add to previous step, where the sealant (7) will be applied.
25-28-42 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(d)

MATERIAL/S.
1
Cut the synthetic fibre-cord SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. (Material
No: 19-002) (8) to the required length.
NOTE :

NOTE :
(2)
The cord must be 50 mm (2 in.) longer than the area that you will seal.
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) (7) in the seat tracks (10). Apply the sealant (7)
only in the area of the adhesive promoter in the seat tracks (10).
Apply corrosion preventive compounds into the seat tracks (10):

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
08-074) around the seat tracks (10) where you will apply corrosion preventive compounds.
(b)
Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-004) into the seat tracks (10).
(c)
Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-008) into the seat tracks (10).
(d)
Apply the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) into the seat tracks (10).
(e)
Cut the section (9) to the required length and push it into the grease. Do this only in areas where
persons walk and not in areas where furnishings will be installed.
(f)
Remove the unwanted grease with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC. Do this at the top of the seat
track (10) to get a flush surface.
NOTE :
(g)
(3)
Make sure that the complete seat track (10) is filled with COMMON GREASES (Material
No: 04-022) where the adhesive foil (4) will be installed above the seat track (10).
Preparation of the Floor Panel (6):

MATERIAL/S.
AES
(a)
Make sure that the component is free from dust and particles. If necessary use a VACUUM
CLEANER .
(b)

(c)
25-28-42 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Installation of the Moisture Barrier Foil (4) on the floor panel (6):
NOTE :
(a)
Unwind the moisture barrier foil BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-104) (MYLAR) (4) from the roll and cut the (MYLAR) (4) to the required length.
NOTE :
Make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is in good condition and has no
damage (e.g. cracks, folds, holes,...)
(b)
Remove the protective paper and install the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4) on the floorpanels (6). Install it with a soft cotton cloth and with a light pressure of your hand. Work from
the middle and press towards the edges to prevent formation of wrinkles or air pockets.
(c)
With a rubber roller press the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4) onto the floor-panels (6).
NOTE :
(d)
Move the rubber roller forwards and backwards and around the edges for a better bond
and a smooth surface.
For the installation of one more piece of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (3) do the steps (a)
thru (c).
NOTE :
You must make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4) has an overlap of 50
mm (2.0 in.) on (MYLAR) foil (4) which you have already installed.
Subtask 25-28-42-420-057-A
E.
Installation of the NTF Assy to the Floor Panel (Welding Procedure)

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Make sure that the installation area is free from dust and particles. If necessary use a VACUUM
CLEANER.
(2)
Installation of the NTF Assy:

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
AES

25-28-42 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)

NOTE :
(3)
(c)
Carefully put the NTF assy (10) in position.
(d)
Make the cut outs for the furnishing location points as necessary.
NOTE :
You must leave a gap of 5.0 +2.0 mm or -2.0 mm (0.1969 +0.0787 in. or -0.0787 in.)
between the NTF assy (10) and the interior equipment (toilet, galley etc.).
NOTE :
You must leave a gap of 1.5 +1.0 mm or -1.0 mm (0.0591 +0.0394 in. or -0.0394 in.)
between the NTF-covering sheets.
(e)
Remove the protective paper from the NTF assy (10) and install it to the Moisture Barrier Foil
(MYLAR) (4) / Floor Panels (6).
(f)
Install the NTF-covering on the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (4) with a soft cotton cloth
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a light pressure of your hand. Work
from the middle of the NTF and press towards the edges to prevent wrinkles or air pockets.
(g)
Install the NTF assy (10) with a ROLLER - RUBBER. Work from the middle of the NTF assy
(10) to the sides, backwards and forwards and around the edges for a better bond.
(h)
Do the steps (3) (c) thru (g) until you have installed all of the NTF assy (10) to the floor panel
(6).
Preparation of Welding area:

(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-01300-A - Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - Welding Procedure)
CAUTION :
(a)
Chamfer the edges of the NTF-covering at the joints with a SCRAPER - TRIANGLE SHAPE.
Make a groove in the shape of a V with an angle of approximately 30[ on the NTF edges. A
stainless steel or aluminium flexible ruler will help to make a straight groove.
NOTE :
(b)
The depth of the groove must not be deeper than 2/3 of the floor covering thickness.
Remove loose particles out from the groove. Use VACUUM CLEANER if the necessary.
WARNING : WHEN YOU PUT THE HOT AIR BLOWER DOWN, MAKE SURE THAT YOU PUT IT ON A
HEAT-RESISTANT SURFACE. THE HOT PARTS OF THE BLOWER CAN CAUSE A FIRE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. FUMES
FROM WELDING ARE POISONOUS.
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH HOT PARTS. HOT PARTS CAN CAUSE BURNS. IF YOU GET A BURN,
HOLD IT IN COLD WATER FOR 10 MINUTES AND GET MEDICAL AID.
(4)
Welding procedure:
NOTE :
AES
You must obey the manufactures instructions when you use the hot air blower.
(a)
Set the working temperature of the HOT AIR BLOWER MAX OPERATING 370 DEG C (700
DEG F) between 160 deg.C (320.00 deg.F) and 200 deg.C (392.00 deg.F).
(b)
Cut the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-128) some centimeters / inches
longer than the necessary length.
25-28-42 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
Welding procedure with speed welding nozzle (Step 2):

CAUTION :
(d)
Put the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-128) into the inlet of the
speed welding nozzle.
Move the speed welding nozzle with light pressure and constant speed along the groove.
Welding procedure with hand roller (Step 2A):

CAUTION :
(e)
MAKE SURE THAT:

HIGH TEMPERATURES OR SLOW MOVEMENT OF THE HOT AIR BLOWER CAN
BURN THE MATERIAL.
MAKE SURE THAT:

HIGH TEMPERATURES OR SLOW MOVEMENT OF THE HOT AIR BLOWER CAN
BURN THE MATERIAL.
Put the end of the welding rod SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-128) into the
groove.
Point the hot air blower directly at the lifted part of the welding rod.
Push the welding rod into the groove with a hand roller. Use a light pressure.
At the same time, move the hot air blower and the hand roller along the groove at a
constant speed.
When the welding rod is sufficiently cool, remove the unwanted weld with a spatular trimming
knife. Make a smooth surface.

MATERIAL/S.
(5)
Apply primer:
NOTE :
(6)
The following procedure is only applicable for PUR or PVC NTF-Covering. It is not permitted to
use it for Silicone NTF. Apply the primer only where the sealant (15) will be applied.
(a)
Make sure that the NTF surface is dry, dust and oil free. If necessary clean the surface with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(b)
Install a BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) around the edges and
cut-outs of the NTF sheets, where the primer will be applied.
(c)
Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-057) with a BRUSH BRISTLED, SMALL:
. Into the space between the NTF-assy (10) and interior equipment
. Around all outer NTF contours equipment (toilet, galley, etc.).
. Around all cut-outs.
Apply Sealant (15):

MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-28-42 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
(a)
Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No: 09-054) to:

. All outer NTF contours
. The gap between NTF and interior equipment (toilet, galley, etc.).
. All cut outs
Refer to the Color Code Table
(b)
Remove the unwanted sealant with a SPATULA - NON METALLIC immediately.
(c)
Installation of the Cover Strip (12):

MATERIAL/S.
(8)
(a)
(b)
Installation of the threshold (14):

MATERIAL/S.
5.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No: 09-054) (15) around the threshold (14).
Close-up
Subtask 25-28-42-410-057-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Connect the electrical connectors of the floor path marking

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 33-51-12-400-001-A)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-28-42-862-054-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-28-42 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STEP1
TRIANGLE
STEP2
WELDING ROD
MAT NO. 05128
SPEED WELDING NOZZLE
STEP3
STEP4
(SMOOTH SURFACES ONLY)
SPATULAR TRIMMING KNIFE
WELDED ROD
TRIMMING PLANE
N_MM_252842_4_DACA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-01300-A SHEET 1

Non-Textile Floor-Covering (NTF) - Welding Procedure
25-28-42 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-28-42-960-001-A
Replacement of the Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-02200-A - Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories)
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-057
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 08-082
Material No: 09-054
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
QTY
1
ROLLER - RUBBER
2
1
VACUUM CLEANER
DESIGNATION
PRIMER
MASKING TAPE
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-42-991-02200-A - Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories)
AES
25-28-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-42-861-056-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-28-42-020-055-A
A.
Removal of the NTF

DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
Remove the sealant (3) around the NTF (1) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2)
Make sure that you do not damage the lavatory floor pan when you remove the NTF.
(3)
Carefully lift a corner of the NTF (1) and pull it from the floor panel.
(4)
Remove the NTF (1) and the adhesive film (2) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
Subtask 25-28-42-160-059-A
B.

(1)
Cleaning with Cleaning Agents:

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a non metallic scraper, CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(2)
Use a VACUUM CLEANER to clean the work area from dust and other particles.
(3)
(4)
(5)
Make sure that the ambient humidity is not more than 75%.
NOTE :
You must monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient humidity in the work area with
applicable instruments.
Subtask 25-28-42-420-060-A
C.
Installation of the new NTF

(1)
AES
Make sure that the distance A is between 1 mm (0.04 in.) and 2 mm (0.08 in.).
25-28-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Cut the NTF (1) to the correct dimension.
(3)
Install the adhesive film BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-082) (2) to the
NTF (1).
(4)
Remove the protective foil from the adhesive film (2).
(5)
Install the NTF (1) to the lavatory floor pan with a light pressure of your hand.
(6)
Make sure that the position of the NTF (1) is correct.
(7)
Move a ROLLER - RUBBER forward and backward on the NTF (1) to make sure that it is correctly
attached to the lavatory floor pan.
(8)
Sealing of the Edges of the NTF:

MATERIAL/S.
(9)
5.
(a)
Apply primer BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-057) to the edges of
the NTF (1).
(b)
Apply masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) around
the area you want to seal.
(c)
Apply the sealant SEALANTS (Material No: 09-054) (3) on the primer.
(d)
Remove unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC immediately.
(e)
Close-up
Subtask 25-28-42-862-056-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-28-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
A
B
LAVATORY
FLOOR
EXAMPLE
SECTION
BB
A
1
LAVATORY FLOOR
N_MM_252842_4_LAV0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-42-991-02200-A SHEET 1

Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF) in the Lavatories
25-28-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PROTECTION - FLOOR, MOISTURE BARRIER FOIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-28-43-000-001-A
Removal of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-004
C.
QTY
1
CUTTER - THIN BLADE
1
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-28-41-000-001-A
25-28-42-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-28-43-991-00100-A - Installation of Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR))

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-43-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-28-43-010-050-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Make sure that the Textile Floor Covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-000-001-A) and/or the Non-Textile
Floor Covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-42-000-001-A) is removed.
(2)
Make sure that the area of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is free from equipment and furnishings.
Procedure
Subtask 25-28-43-020-050-A
AES
25-28-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
IRRITANTS.
A.
Removal of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)

CAUTION :

FLOOR PANELS.
(1)
Carefully cut the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE around the
contour of the floor panel.
(2)
Remove the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) from the floor panel (2). Use a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC to help the removal procedure.

MATERIAL/S.
(3)
AES
11-004) .
25-28-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE OF UTILITY (WET) AREA
MYLAR INSTALLATION
1
C
C
BB
SECTION
BB
EXAMPLE OF
MYLAR OVERLAP
D
1
MOISTURE BARRIER
FOIL (MYLAR)
MAT. No 08104
2
FLOOR PANEL
50.00mm
(2.0in.)
NOTE:
1
UTILITY (WET) AREA
PASSENGER AREA
N_MM_252843_4_AAAA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-43-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-28-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
CC
EXAMPLE
SEAT TRACKS IN UTILITY (WET) AREA

(MYLAR)
MATERIAL No 08104
ADHESIVE TAPE
1
MATERIAL No 08084
76.00mm (3.0in.)
3
2
FLOOR PANEL
4
SEAT TRACK FILLED WITH:
CORROSIONPREVENTIVE
FILLINGCOMPOUND
MATERIAL No 15005
REF 517513
AND/ OR
SYNTHETIC HIGHPRESSURE
HYDROCARBONGREASE
MATERIAL No 04022
SECTION
DD
EXAMPLE

(MYLAR)
MATERIAL No 08104
1
2
FLOOR PANEL
N_MM_252843_4_AAAA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-28-43-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-28-43 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-28-43-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
1
ROLLER - RUBBER
1
No specific
AR
B.
DESIGNATION
VACUUM CLEANER
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-084
DESIGNATION
Material No: 08-104

CLEANING AGENTS
Material No: 11-004

Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
CLEANING AGENTS
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-28-41-400-001-A
25-28-42-400-001-A
51-75-13-916-002-A
Repair to a layer of Corrosion Preventive Compound

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-28-43-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)
(2)
Make sure that the area of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is free from equipment and furnishings.
Procedure
AES
25-28-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
IRRITANTS.
Subtask 25-28-43-160-050-A
A.

(1)
Clean the floor panels and the MYLAR-Covering installation area:

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Clean the floor panels (2), the component interface and the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) , a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b)
CLEANER.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Make sure that you monitor the ambient temperature and the ambient humidity of the work area with
applicable instruments.
Subtask 25-28-43-560-050-A
B.

(1)
(2)
AES
Inspect the Corrosion Preventive Filling Compound Application.

(a)
Make sure that:

. The corrosion preventive filling compound is in good condition (cracks are not permitted)
. The complete seat track crown is filled with corrosion preventive filling compound
. The top surface of the seat track (4) has a thin layer of COSMOLINE
. The equipment attachment points are installed.
(b)
If necessary, correct the application of Corrosion Preventive Filling Compound (Ref. TASK
51-75-13-916-002-A).
Inspect the Floor Panels:

(a)
Do a detailed visual inspection of the floor panels.
(b)
Make sure that the floor panels have no damage, scratches, dents and holes.
(c)
Make sure that the floor panels are correctly fastened on the floor structure.
25-28-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Installation of the Adhesive Tape: (Detail C)

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Clean the contact areas of the adhesive tape (3) with a lint-free cotton cloth, LINT-FREE
COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-004) .
(b)
Install the adhesive tape (3) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-084)
on the center of the seat track.
Subtask 25-28-43-420-050-A
C.
Installation of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) on the Floor Panels.

(1)
Installation of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-104) (1) on the floor panels (2):
(a)
Unwind the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) from the roll and cut the (MYLAR) (1) to the
necessary length.
(b)
Make sure that the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) is in good condition and has no damage
(example: cracks, folds, holes, ...).
(c)
Remove the protective paper and install the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) on the floorpanels (2). Install it with a soft cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No:
19-003) and with a light pressure of your hand. Work from the middle and press to the edges to
prevent formation of wrinkles or air pockets.
CAUTION :
(d)
Press the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) onto the floor panels (2) with a ROLLER RUBBER.
(e)
Move the rubber roller forwards and rearwards and around the edges for a better bond and a
smooth surface.
(f)
For the installation of one more piece of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) do the steps (a)
thru (e).
NOTE :
5.
The Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR) (1) must have an overlap of 50 mm (2.0 in.) on
(MYLAR) foil (1) which you have already installed. (Detail B).
Close-up
Subtask 25-28-43-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
If necessary, install the non-textile floor covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-42-400-001-A) and/or the textile
floor-covering (Ref. TASK 25-28-41-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-28-43-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-28-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The electrical service supply-system is installed to supply electrical power to sockets which you can use for electrical
equipment.
AES
25-29-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-29-00-12400-A - Sockets for Vacuum Cleaner)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------7ME
WALL SOCKET
222 831
13ME
WALL SOCKET
261 831
AES
25-29-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
(Ref. Fig. 25-29-00-12400-A - Sockets for Vacuum Cleaner)
The electrical service supply-system in the passenger cabin is divided into 2 sections:
. the FWD cabin system,
. the AFT cabin system.
AES
A.
The FWD Cabin System

The FWD cabin system has a circuit breaker panel 2000VU and an electrical socket 7ME.
The FWD cabin system is connected to the circuit breaker panel 2000VU.
The circuit breaker panel 2000VU is installed on the ceiling near the FWD passenger/crew door.
. The electrical socket 7ME is installed on the RH side of the passsenger/crew door.
B.
The AFT Cabin System

The AFT cabin system has a circuit breaker panel 2001VU and an electrical socket 13ME.
The AFT cabin system is connected to the circuit breaker panel 2001VU.
The circuit breaker panel 2001VU is installed on the ceiling near the AFT passenger/crew door.
. The electrical socket 13ME is installed on the RH side of the passsenger/crew door.
25-29-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 25-29-00-16600-A - Vacuum Cleaner Sockets - Power Supply)
The busbar 214XP nad 212XP supply 115 V AC, 400 Hz to each wall-socket. Each wall-socket has an isolated
electrical circuit and is independently protected by a 10 A circuit breaker. The circuit breakers are installed on the
circuit breaker panels 2000VU and 2001VU.
AES
25-29-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2001VU
Z260
2000VU
7ME
Z220
FR70
13ME
FR65
FR21
FR14
A
EXAMPLE
SOCKET
7ME/13ME
115V AC
N_MM_252900_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-29-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Sockets for Vacuum Cleaner
25-29-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1ME
ELECTRICAL
SERVICE SUPPLY
214XPA
BUS 2
115VAC
7ME
2000VU
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
5ME
ELECTRICAL
SERVICE SUPPLY
212XPC
BUS 2
115VAC
13ME
2001VU
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
N_MM_252900_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-29-00-16600-A SHEET 1

Vacuum Cleaner Sockets - Power Supply
25-29-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-29-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Electrical Service Supply System
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-29-00-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-29-00-865-050-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2001VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
1ME
5ME
LOCATION
F07
F06
Procedure
Subtask 25-29-00-710-050-A
A.
Operational Test of the Electrical Service Supply-System

(1)
Do the test of the electrical service supply-system.

NOTE :
The test is the same for all wall sockets.
ACTION
At the related wall socket:
. Connect a MULTIMETER - STANDARD to the wall
socket.
At the related wall socket:
. Disconnect the multimeter from the wall socket.
AES
RESULT
On the multimeter:
. The multimeter shows 115VAC.
25-29-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-29-00-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-29-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
BUFFET AND GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The galleys are installed in the utility areas. The function of the galleys is to keep and prepare food and hot and cold
drinks.
Different installation configurations of the galleys are possible
AES
25-30-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-30-00-12300-A - Galley Locations)
AES
25-30-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
A.
AES
Galleys
Forward Galleys (Ref. 25-31-00-00):
The forward galleys are installed in the FWD utility area of the aircraft.
Aft Galleys (Ref. 25-33-00-00):
The aft galleys are installed in the Aft utility area of the aircraft.
Galley Equipment (Ref. 25-35-00-00):
The galley equipment is installed to prepare and keep food and drinks for the passengers and crew.
Some galleys only keep food and drinks. Other galleys contain electrically operated equipment for the
preparation of food and drinks.
25-30-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
The galley supply system supplies electrical power to the galleys (Ref. 24-56-00).
AES
25-30-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
If applicable the galleys have interfaces with:
. the water/waste system (Ref. 38-00-00-00),
. the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00-00),
. the galley supply system (Ref. 24-56-00-00).
AES
25-30-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
AREA OF
AFT GALLEYS
REF. 253300
EXAMPLE
Z 260
AREA OF
FWD GALLEYS
REF. 253100
Z220
Z230
N_MM_253000_0_AAS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-30-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Galley Locations
25-30-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
BUFFET AND GALLEY - SERVICING

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-30-00-920-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-30-00-02-)
REMOVE AND DISCARD FILTER ELEMENT
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 19-028
B.
DESIGNATION
PARTICULATE AIR FILTER
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-35-00-010-001-A
25-35-00-410-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-30-00-991-00500-A - Galley Air-Filter Element)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-30-00-861-059-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-30-00-010-052-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
If necessary, remove the contents which are kept in the galley.
(2)
If necessary, remove the galley equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-010-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-30-00-920-051-A
A.
Replacement of the Galley Air Filter(s)

(Ref. Fig. 25-30-00-991-00500-A - Galley Air-Filter Element)
(1)
Remove the grill or the grill with filter pad from the air extraction duct.
(2)
Remove and discard the filter pad/discard the grill with filter pad.
NOTE :
(3)
AES
Because of galley type and/or galley vendor, there are two types of filters.
On one type, it is necessary to replace all the grill assembly with filter pad.
On the other type, it is only necessary to replace the filter pad.
25-30-00 PB301
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(4)
(5)
If applicable, cut the new filter pad PARTICULATE AIR FILTER (Material No: 19-028) to the correct
size.
(6)
Put the new filter pad in position.
(7)
Install the grill/grill with filter pad on the air extraction duct.
(8)
Close-up
Subtask 25-30-00-410-063-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
If necessary, install the galley equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-410-001-A).
(3)
items.
Subtask 25-30-00-862-059-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-30-00 PB301
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2 GRILL WITH
FILTER
OVEN
FASTENER
2 FILTER
GRILL
OVEN
FASTENER
NOTE :
1
GALLEY AIREXTRACTION FILTER ELEMENTS ARE ONLY INSTALLED IN

GALLEYS THAT ARE EQUIPPED WITH OVENS.
THE FILTER ELEMENT IS INSTALLED NEAR THE OVEN.

N_MM_253000_3_ABA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-30-00-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Galley Air-Filter Element
25-30-00 PB301
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-30-00-960-001-A
Replacement of the Galley Water-Filter Elements (if installed)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
No specific
AR
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 19-003
C.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
DESIGNATION
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
5
filter cartridge
IPC-CSN
25-31-01-99-010
filter cartridge
25-31-01-99-020
filter cartridge
25-31-01-99-025
filter cartridge
25-31-01-99-026
filter cartridge
25-31-01-99-027
5
3
3
3
filter cartridge
gasket
gasket
gasket
25-31-01-99-028
25-31-01-99-030
25-31-01-99-040
25-31-01-99-041
D.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-35-15-000-001-A
25-35-15-400-001-A
38-10-00-614-001-A

Pressurization of the Potable Water System from a Ground Air Supply
38-10-00-614-002-A
Depressurization of the Potable Water System
(Ref. Fig. 25-30-00-991-00600-A - Galley Water Filter)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-30-00-861-053-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
25-30-00 PB301
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-30-00-860-050-A
B.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A PRESSURIZED
SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO WORK ON IT.
(1)
Depressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002-A).
Subtask 25-30-00-941-055-A
C.
Safety Precautions
(1)
On the water service panel:

(a)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the potable water
system.
Subtask 25-30-00-010-056-A
D.
Get Access
NOTE :
(1)
4.
A placard shows the location of the water filter.
Remove this equipment if installed and if necessary:

(a)
The coffee maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-000-001-A).
(b)
The beverage maker (Ref. AMM 25-35-21-000-001) .
(c)
The hot cup (Ref. AMM 25-35-25-000-001) .
(d)
The hot jug (Ref. AMM 25-35-25-000-002) .
(e)
The water heater (Ref. AMM 25-35-27-000-001) .
(f)
The refrigerator (Ref. AMM 25-35-29-000-001) .
(g)
The access panel.
Procedure
Subtask 25-30-00-960-051-A
A.
Replacement of the Galley Water-Filter Cartridge

(Ref. Fig. 25-30-00-991-00600-A - Galley Water Filter)
(1)
Close the potable-water shut-off valve of the galley potable-water system.
(2)
Open the water faucet in the galley to release the water pressure.
(3)
Get access to the galley water filter.
(4)
If applicable, open the air vent (1) on the filter top (2).
(5)
Put a CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE below the filter shell (6).
(6)
Release the nut (7) and remove the clamp (4).
(7)
Remove the filter top (2).
(8)
Remove and discard the gasket (3).
(9)
Remove and discard the filter cartridge (5) from the filter shell (6), if necessary.
(10) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.
(11) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(12) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
AES
25-30-00 PB301
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(13) Make sure that the inner side of the filter shell (6) is clean.
(14) Install
. for
. for
. for
. for
. for
. for
the
the
the
the
the
the
EVERPURE SYSTEM the

ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC2
ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC3
ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC3
ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC3
ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC3
new (IPC-CSN 25-31-01-99) filter cartridge (5) or

the new (IPC-CSN 25-31-01-99) filter cartridge (5) or
RSA3 the new (IPC-CSN 25-31-01-99) filter cartridge (5) or
SCA3 the new (IPC-CSN 25-31-01-99) filter cartridge (5) or
TOA3 the new (IPC-CSN 25-31-01-99) filter cartridge (5) or
NDA3 the new (IPC-CSN 25-31-01-99) filter cartridge (5) .
(15) Install
. for the EVERPURE SYSTEM the new (IPC-CSN 25-31-01-99) gasket (3) or
. for the ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC2 the new (IPC-CSN 25-31-01-99) gasket (3) or
. for the ECOLOGY SYSTEM AC3 the new (IPC-CSN 25-31-01-99) gasket (3) .
(16) Install the filter top (2).
(17) Put the clamp (4) in position and tighten the nut (7).
Subtask 25-30-00-790-050-A
B.
Leak Check
(1)
Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-001-A).
(2)
In the galley:
(a)
Put the water shut-off valve to the OPEN position.
(b)
Open the potable water faucet to bleed the system (to evacuate the black water from the new
cartridge).
(c)
If necessary, open the water-boiler faucets to bleed each boiler and do a check of the flow of
water.
(d)
Examine the water filter for leaks.

NOTE :
5.
Leaks are not permitted.
(3)
Release the pressure from the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002-A).
(4)
Remove the container.
(5)
Dry the work area with a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
Close-up
Subtask 25-30-00-410-058-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install this equipment if removed:

(a)
The access panel.
(b)
The refrigerator (Ref. AMM 25-35-29-400-001) .
(c)
The coffee maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-400-001-A).
(d)
The beverage maker (Ref. AMM 25-35-21-400-001) .
(e)
The hot cup (Ref. AMM 25-35-25-400-001) .
(f)
The hot jug (Ref. AMM 25-35-25-400-002) .
(g)
The water heater (Ref. AMM 25-35-27-400-001) .
25-30-00 PB301
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-30-00-942-057-A
B.
Safety Precautions
(1)
Remove the warning notices from:

- the water service panel.
Subtask 25-30-00-862-053-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-30-00 PB301
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
2
N_MM_253000_3_HAX0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-30-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Galley Water Filter
25-30-00 PB301
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
BUFFET AND GALLEY - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-30-00-210-001-A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Galley Attachment Points
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-30-00-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF ATTACHMENT POINTS
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-41-400-001-A
25-23-45-000-002-A
25-23-45-000-003-A
25-23-45-000-004-A
25-23-45-400-005-A
25-23-45-400-007-A
25-23-45-400-008-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-30-00-991-00100-AX - Attachment Points of the FWD Galley)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-30-00-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-30-00-010-051-A
B.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Remove the galley trolleys.
(2)
Remove the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of the forward galley (Ref. TASK
25-23-41-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002-A).
(3)
Remove the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of the aft galley (Ref. TASK
25-23-41-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003-A).
(4)
Get access to the galley attachment points.

25-30-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
(a)
Remove the screws (2) and the pelmet (1).
(b)
Remove the screws (3) and the access plate (4).
(c)
(d)
Remove the screws (11) and the access plate (12).
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Remove the screws (23) and the access plates (22).
(i)
(j)
Procedure
Subtask 25-30-00-210-050-A
A.
Examine the Attachment Points

(1)
(2)
5.
Examine the upper attachment points. Use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE if necessary.
(a)
Make sure that the rods and the attach fittings are in the correct condition.
(b)
Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are in the correct condition.
(c)
Make sure that the quick-release pins are in the correct condition.
(d)
Make sure that the bolts, the nuts, the supports, the rods and the attach fittings are correctly
installed.
Examine the lower attachment points.

(a)
Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are in the correct condition.
(b)
Make sure that the mounting points are in the correct condition.
(c)
Make sure that the supports, the bolts and the nuts are correctly installed.
Close-up
Subtask 25-30-00-410-050-D
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
Install the access covers.

(a)
Install the covers (27) and the screws (26).
(b)
(c)
Install the access plates (22) and the screws (23).
(d)
Install the pelmet (20) and the screws (21).
(e)
(f)
(g)
Install the access plate (12) and the screws (11).
(h)
25-30-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(i)
Install the access plate (4) and the screws (3).
(j)
(2)
Install the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of the forward galleys (Ref. TASK
25-23-41-400-001-A), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007-A).
(3)
Install the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of the aft galley (Ref. TASK
25-23-41-400-001-A), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005-A), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008-A).
(4)
(5)
Move the galley trolleys into the galley(s) and lock them in position.
Subtask 25-30-00-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-30-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR13
1
Z230
FR16
Z220
E
2
EXAMPLE
C
E
10
B
EXAMPLE
5
9
12
11
C
EXAMPLE
FR23
FR20
N_MM_253000_6_BDC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-30-00-991-00100-AX SHEET 1

Attachment Points of the FWD Galley
25-30-00 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
BUFFET AND GALLEY - REPAIRS

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-30-00-340-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-30-00-861-062-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-30-00-340-050-A
A.

(1)
Do the necessary repairs as specified in the related galley CMM.

NOTE :
5.
Refer to the AMM INTRODUCTION, para. 2. Manual Breakdown Arrangement and Numbering
System, for general repair information.
Close-up
Subtask 25-30-00-862-062-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-30-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FORWARD GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The forward galleys are installed in the forward utility area.
AES
25-31-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-31-00-12300-A - Forward Galley Location)
AES
25-31-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
There are two optional configurations of galley, these are the:
. wet unit galley
. dry unit galley.
AES
A.
Wet Unit Galley

The function of the wet unit galley is to keep and/or prepare food and hot or cold drinks. This galley has
electrical equipment, a potable water supply and waste water equipment.
The galley can hold full and/or half size trolleys and containers. The galley can also have stowage compartments
for coats, equipment etc..
B.
Dry Unit Galley

The function of the dry unit galley is to keep food and drink in storage. This galley has no system supplies or
equipment. The galley can hold full and/or half size trolleys and containers. The galley can also have stowage
compartments for coats, equipment, equipment etc..
25-31-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-31-00-15200-AB - Galley Power Supply - General)
The galley electrical supply
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. 24-56-00-00) connects to terminal blocks in the forward utility area.
Circuit breakers in the galley control panel give electrical safety to the galley electrical equipment.
AES
25-31-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
If applicable, each galley has an interface with:
. the water waste system (Ref. 38-00-00-00)
. the lavatory/galley ventilation system (Ref. 21-23-00-00)
. the galley supply system (Ref. 25-56-00).
AES
25-31-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
(Ref. Fig. 25-31-00-18300-A - Galley Installation - Example)
AES
A.
Galley
The galley basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich panels are made from NOMEX with
fiberglass cover plates. Extrusions are bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Edge profiles, stainless-steel kick
strips and rub-strips are installed to protect the galley where applicable. The main galley attachment points are
hard point and/or seat rail attachments on the floor and tie rod attachments at the upper fuselage structure.
B.
Pelmet
The pelmet is a cover structure on the top of the galley. Behind the pelmet are all the top galley connections.
25-31-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
GALLEY 1
6475MM
(REF 253141)
ALTERNATIV (REF 253142)
Z220
FR24
FR12
N_MM_253100_0_AAC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Forward Galley Location
25-31-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
BUN WARMER
(IF INSTALLED)
HOT CUP
(IF INSTALLED)
WORK LIGHTS
(IF INSTALLED)
OVEN
(IF INSTALLED)
OVEN
(IF INSTALLED)
OVEN
(IF INSTALLED)
BOILER
(IF INSTALLED)
POTABLE WATER HEATERS
(IF INSTALLED)
HOT JUG
(IF INSTALLED)
AIRCRAFT POWER SUPPLY

115/200V 400HZ 15KVA
(REF 245600)
HOT JUG
(IF INSTALLED)
COFFEE MAKER
(IF INSTALLED)
WATER PUMP
(IF INSTALLED)
COFFEE MAKER
(IF INSTALLED)
TRASH COMPACTOR
(IF INSTALLED)
XFMR/RECT
(IF INSTALLED)
28VDC
FREEZER/CHILLER/REFRIGERATOR
(IF INSTALLED)
CONTROL PANEL
FORWARD GALLEY
N_MM_253100_0_AAX0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-00-15200-AB SHEET 1

Galley Power Supply - General
25-31-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF GALLEY
UPPER ATTACHMENT
PELMET
SANDWICH
PANELS
RUBSTRIP
KICKSTRIP
EDGE
PROFILE
B
EXAMPLE OF SEAT
RAIL ATTACHMENT
A B
A B
EXAMPLE OF HARD
POINT ATTACHMENT
N_MM_253100_0_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-00-18300-A SHEET 1

25-31-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-31-41-000-001-A
FIN 6475MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR PLUG - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-45-000-002-A
** On A/C 005-099
25-26-41-000-001-A
38-10-00-614-002-A

52-51-11-000-001-A
53-16-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Cockpit Door

Removal of the Mount Fitting at FR 14
(Ref. Fig. 25-31-41-991-03800-U - Electrical Connections - G1)

(Ref. Fig. 25-31-41-991-01400-AR - Galley Supply Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 25-31-41-991-01800-X - Upper Attachment - G1)
(Ref. Fig. 25-31-41-991-01900-Y - Lower Attachment - G1)
(Ref. Fig. 25-31-41-991-05200-A - Splitline - Electrical Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 25-31-41-991-05300-B - Splitline - Supply Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 25-31-41-991-02000-A0 - Splitline Connections - G1)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-31-41-861-057-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-31-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-31-41-941-050-A
B.
Safety Precautions
(1)
On the AIR COND panel 30VU:

(a)
Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton switches are
in the OFF position.
NOTE :
(b)
For the APU BLEED the ON legend is off.

For the ENG 1/2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
For the PACK 1/2 the OFF legends are on.
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate these pushbutton switches.
(2)
On the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in
position to tell persons not to connect the ground air supply.
(3)

(a)
sytem.
Subtask 25-31-41-865-109-A
C.

PANEL
122VU
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
FIN
LOCATION
7MC
S28
122VU
AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY
6HU
U19
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D
2MC
AD04
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F
16MC
AC10
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C
1MC
AE10
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-31-41-860-062-A
D.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A PRESSURIZED
SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO WORK ON IT.
AES
25-31-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
De-pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002-A).
Subtask 25-31-41-010-056-A
E.
Get Access
(1)
If necessary, remove the contents and the equipment from the galley.
(2)
Remove the curtain and curtain rail, if installed

** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001-A).
(3)
Remove the ceiling panels

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001-A) and the door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002-A) in the
area of the galley.
4.
(4)
Remove the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-001-A).
(5)
If a cockpit door camera is installed, remove the hinge-mount fitting (Ref. TASK 53-16-11-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-31-41-020-062-B0
A.
Removal of the Galley Unit

(1)
Remove the Power Supply

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.
CAUTION :
(2)
THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(a)
Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (6).
(b)
Loosen the screws (6) and remove the cover (7).
(c)
Remove the nuts (5) and the wires (4).
(d)
Remove the nuts (3), the washers (2) and release the clamps (1) from the wires.
(e)
(f)
Release the clamps (10) from the wires.
(g)
Remove the nuts (13), the bolts (11), the washers (12) and the bonding straps (14).
Disconnect the Potable and Drain Water Connections

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO WORK
ON IT.
AES
25-31-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(4)
(5)
(a)
Open the door (1).
(b)
Remove the screws (2) and the access panel (3).
(c)
Push up the insulation (11), loosen the nut (9) and disconnect the potable water pipe (10) from
the fitting (8).
(d)
Push up the insulation (4), remove the clamps (6) and disconnect the drain pipe (5) from the pipe
(7).
(e)
Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
Disconnect the Air Connections

(a)
Remove the clamps (16) and disconnect the exhaust air hose (17) from the hose (15).
(b)
Remove the clamp (12) and disconnect the air supply hose (14) from the hose (13).
(c)
Remove the Upper Attachments

(a)
Release the quick-release fasteners (3) and remove the panel (4).
(b)
(c)
(d)
Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the bolts (9).
(e)
Remove the tie rods (10) from the aircraft structure.
(f)
Remove the nuts (11), the washers (12) and the bolt (13).
(g)
Remove the tie rods (10) from the brackets (16).
(h)
Remove the nuts (17), the bolts (14) and the washers (15).
(i)
Remove the brackets (16).
Remove the Lower Attachments

WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
AES
(a)
Remove the screws (2) and the strips (1).
(b)
(c)
Remove the bolts (15), the washers (14) and the plates (13).
(d)
Remove the eccentric plugs (11) and the eccentric bushes (12).
(e)
Carefully lift the galley from the blocks (4) and move it to the center of the aircraft.
(f)
Record the number and position of the shims (3) and remove them.
(g)
(h)
Remove the blocks (4).
(i)
(j)
Remove the bushes (6).
25-31-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-31-41-020-050-AY
B.
Disconnect the Galley Splitline

NOTE :
This procedure is only necessary if you must remove the galley from the cabin.
NOTE :
The galley splitline bolts and screws are painted red.
(1)
Disconnect the Splitline Electrical Connections

CAUTION :
(2)
(3)
THEM.
(a)
Release the quick-release fasteners (6) and remove the covers (7).
(b)
(c)
Remove the wires (3) from the terminal blocks (8).
(d)
Remove the screws (2) and the clamps (1).
Disconnect the Splitline Supply Connections

(a)
Remove the screw (2) and the clamp (3).
(b)
Remove the screws (5) and the clamps (6).
(c)
Disconnect the exhaust hose (4) from the galley structure.
(d)
Disconnect the air supply hose (1) from the galley structure.
(e)

AES
(a)
Remove the bolts (1).
(b)
Remove the bolts (2), and the strips (4).
(c)
Remove the bolts (5) and the strips (6).
(d)
Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(e)
Carefully separate the galley modules (3) and (7) and remove them from the aircraft.
25-31-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
E
FR16
EXAMPLE
FR15
FR18
GALLEY 1
6475MM
2
1
FR15
STGR2
STGR3
FR16
STGR4
C
A
TO GALLEY 1
6475MM
FR18
2752VT
N_MM_253141_4_ABFA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-41-991-03800-U SHEET 1

25-31-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4
5
D
7
10
EXAMPLE
11
14
12
10
13
N_MM_253141_4_ABFA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-41-991-03800-U SHEET 2

25-31-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
A
GALLEY 1
6475MM
11
5
6
10
A
B
12
17
16
13
14
15
N_MM_253141_4_ACB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-41-991-01400-AR SHEET 1

Galley Supply Connections
25-31-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
A
EXAMPLE
2
7
3
4
5
10
8
9
11
12
GALLEY 1
6475MM
17
12
15
13
15
14
16
N_MM_253141_4_BAG0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-41-991-01800-X SHEET 1

25-31-41 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
GALLEY 1
6475MM
15
14
13
12
11
10
4
5
6
N_MM_253141_4_ACZ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-41-991-01900-Y SHEET 1

25-31-41 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
GALLEY 1
6475MM
1
3
4
5
8
2
3
8
7
6
4
5
3
7
6
N_MM_253141_4_EZA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-41-991-05200-A SHEET 1

Splitline - Electrical Connections
25-31-41 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
6475MM
GALLEY 1
3
2
N_MM_253141_4_DZC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-41-991-05300-B SHEET 1

25-31-41 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
GALLEY 1
6475MM
1
2
7
2
4
1
3
2
2
6
5
4
2
N_MM_253141_4_AGJ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-31-41-991-02000-A0 SHEET 1

25-31-41 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-31-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Forward Galley Unit
FIN 6475MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 19-010
B.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
5
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
ADHESIVE SEALANT
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-31-01-01-030
packings
C.
REFERENCE
12-33-21-618-001-A-01
12-33-21-618-001-A-02
DESIGNATION
Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
Pre-conditioning with the APU
20-21-11-911-001-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

tanks)-
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-41-400-001-A
25-23-45-000-002-A
25-23-45-400-007-A
** On A/C 005-099
25-26-41-000-001-A
25-26-41-400-001-A
25-31-41-000-001-A

38-10-00-614-001-A
38-10-00-614-002-A
52-51-11-000-001-A
52-51-11-400-001-A

Installation of the Cockpit Door
53-16-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Mount Fitting at FR 14
AES
25-31-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-31-41-860-054-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Make sure that:

(a)

. The APU BLEED, the ENG1/2 BLEED and the PACK 1/2 pushbutton switches are in the
OFF position.
NOTE :
(3)

For the ENG1/2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
(b)
The warning notice to tell persons not to operate these pushbutton switches is in position.
(c)
On the High Pressure (HP) and the Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors the warning notice is in
(d)
On the water service panel, the warning notice is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the
potable water system.
Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized.

ON IT.
(a)
Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002-A).
(4)
Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty and all equipment is removed.
(5)
Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-001-A).
(6)
Make sure that the ceiling panels and the door frame linings in the area of the galley are removed
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002-A).
AES
(7)
Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-001-A).
(8)
If a cockpit door camera is installed, make sure that the hinge-mount fitting is removed (Ref. TASK
53-16-11-000-001-A).
25-31-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-31-41-865-110-A
B.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
122VU
FIN
LOCATION
7MC
S28
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D
2MC
AD04
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F
16MC
AC10
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C
1MC
AE10
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-31-41-560-053-A
C.
Preparation of the Replacement Component

NOTE :
To move the galley through the aircraft door it is necessary to disconnect the galley splitline (Ref.
TASK 25-31-41-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-31-41-210-050-A
D.
4.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Procedure
Subtask 25-31-41-420-050-AY
A.
Connect the Galley Splitline

NOTE :
This procedure is only necessary if you removed the galley from the cabin.
(1)
Unless specified torque all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A).
(2)
Connect the Galley at the Splitline

AES
25-31-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(a)
(b)
Carefully lift the galley modules (3) and (7) and put them in position in the aircraft.
(c)
Put the strips (4) in position and install the bolts (2) and (1).
(d)
Put the strips (6) in position and install the bolts (5).
Connect the Electrical Connections

CAUTION :
(4)
(a)
Put the wires (3) in position in the clamps (1) and install the screws (2).
(b)
Put the wires (3) in position in the terminal blocks (8) and install the washers (4) and the nuts
(5).
(c)
Put the covers (7) in position and install the quick-release fasteners (6).
Install the Splitline Supply Connections

(a)
Put the clamps (6) in position on the exhaust air hose (4) and install the screws (5).
(b)
Put the clamp (3) in position on the air supply hose (1) and install the screw (2).
Subtask 25-31-41-420-062-B0
B.
Installation of the Galley Unit

NOTE :
(1)
Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws. (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A)
Install the Lower Attachments

(a)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the bushes (6).
(b)
Install the bushes (6) in the floor hardpoints.
(c)
Install the new (IPC-CSN 25-31-01-01) packings (5) .
(d)
Put the blocks (4) in position on the hardpoints.
(e)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the threads of the bolts (8).
(f)
Install the bolts (8) and the washers (7).
(g)
Install the shims (3) on the blocks (4).
(h)
Carefully lift the galley and put it in position on the blocks (4) and the shims (3).
(i)
Install the eccentric plugs (11) and the eccentric bushes (12).
NOTE :
AES
If necessary, turn the eccentric plugs (11) and the eccentric bushes (12) until the holes in
the galley align with the holes in the blocks (4).
(j)
Install the plates (13).
(k)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the threads of the bolts (15).
25-31-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(l)
Install the bolts (15) and the washers (14).
(m) Put the covers (9) in position and install the screws (10).
(n)
(2)
Install the strips (1) and the screws (2).
Install the Upper Attachments

(a)
Put the brackets (16) in position and install the bolts (14), the washers (15) and the nuts (17).
(b)
Put the tie rods (10) in position on the brackets (16) and install the bolts (13), the washers (12)
and the nuts (11).
(c)
Put the tie rods (10) in position on the aircraft structure and install the bolts (9), the washers (8)
and the nuts (7).
OR BLIND YOU.
(d)
(3)
If necessary, remove and adjust the tie rods (10).

1
Remove and discard the lockwire.
Loosen the locknut.
Adjust the tie rod end until the bolts (13) and (9) can easily be installed.
Tighten the locknut.
Make sure that the tie rod end is in safety.
Safety the locknut with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material
No: 19-010) .
(e)
Install the access panel (5) and the screws (6).
(f)
Install the panel (4) and fasten the quick-release fasteners (3).
(g)
Put the pelmet (1) in position and install the screws (2).
Connect the Air and Water Connections

ON IT.
(4)
(a)
Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(b)
Install the potable water pipe (10) on the fitting (8) and tighten the nut (9).
(c)
Connect the drain pipe (5) on the pipe (7) and tighten the clamps (6).
(d)
Connect the hose (15) to the exhaust air hose (17) and tighten the clamps (16).
(e)
Connect the hose (13) to the air supply hose (14) and tighten the clamp (12).
Connect the Power Supply.

CAUTION :
AES
25-31-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Install the bolts (11), the washers (12) and the nuts (13) to connect the bonding straps (14) (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
(b)
Put the clamps (1) in position on the wires and install the washers (2) and the nuts (3).
(c)
Put the clamps (10) in position on the wires and install the bolts (8), the washers (9) and the
clamps (10).
(d)
Refer to the match marks and put the wires (4) in position.
(e)
Install the nuts (5).
(f)
Put the cover (7) in position and install the screws (6).
OR BLIND YOU.
(g)
(5)
Safety the screws (6) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .
Seal the Splitline Joints

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Apply new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004A) into all the
splitline joints.
Subtask 25-31-41-720-050-A
C.
Do a Test of the Bonding of the Galley and the Galley Electrical Equipment (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Subtask 25-31-41-865-111-A
D.
PANEL
122VU
122VU
AES
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
FIN
LOCATION
7MC
S28
5HU
U21
25-31-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
6HU
U19
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D
2MC
AD04
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F
16MC
AC10
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C
1MC
AE10
122VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-31-41-942-051-A
E.
Safety Precautions
(1)
Remove the warning notice(s) from:

- the HP ground connector
- the LP ground connector
- the AIR COND panel 30VU
Subtask 25-31-41-710-051-A
F.
Operational Test of the Galley Systems

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Do a check of the air supply (if installed) and air extraction system:
(3)
AES
(a)
Do the pre-conditioning with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-02), or the HP ground
connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-01).
(b)
Turn the individual air outlet clockwise until it is in the closed position.
(c)
Air must not come out from the individual air outlet.
(d)
Examine all the air hoses and the connections for leaks.
(e)
Repair all leaks.
(f)
Turn the individual air outlet counterclockwise until it is in the open position.
(g)
Make sure that different airflow is possible when you turn the individual air outlet.
(h)
Make sure that air is extracted through the galley exhaust.
Do a check of the potable water and drain system:

(a)
(b)
Examine all the potable water pipes for leaks.
(c)
Repair all leaks.
(d)
Operate the water faucet and make sure that water flows.
(e)
Let the water flow until it is clean.
25-31-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
(f)
Examine the drain pipe for leaks.
(g)
Repair all leaks.
(h)
Do an operational test of the galley electrical system:

(a)
On the galley electrical panel, make sure that all the circuit breakers are closed.
ACTION
RESULT
1.In the flight compartment, on the overhead panel 35VU: On the galley electrical panel:
.
Push (on) the pushbutton switch 2XA GAllEY.
The POWER indicator light comes on.
2.On the galley electrical panel:
In the galley:
Set the WORKLIGHT switch to the ON position.
The galley worklight comes on.
Set the WORKLIGHT switch to the OFF position.
The galley worklight goes off.
3.In the flight compartment, on the overhead panel 35VU: On the galley electrical panel:
.
5.
Push (off) the pushbutton switch 2XA GALLEY.
The POWER indicator light goes off.
Close-up
Subtask 25-31-41-410-055-AT
A.
Close Access
(1)
Close Access to the Lower Connections

(a)
Put the insulation (4) of the drain pipe (7) in position.
(b)
Put the insulation (11) of the potable water pipe (10) in position.
(c)
Put the access panel (3) in position and install the screws (2).
(d)
Close the door (1).
(2)
Install the galley equipment.
(3)
(4)
Install the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-400-001-A).
(5)
Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001-A) and the door frame linings (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-007-A) in the area of the galley.
(6)
Install the curtain rail and the curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-31-41-862-055-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-31-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AFT GALLEY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The aft galleys are installed in the aft utility area.
AES
25-33-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-33-00-12300-A - Aft Galley Locations)
AES
25-33-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
There are two optional configurations of galley, these are the:
. wet unit galley
. dry unit galley.
AES
A.
Wet Unit Galley

The function of the wet unit galley is to keep and/or prepare food and hot or cold drinks. This galley has
electrical equipment, a potable water supply and waste water equipment.
The galley can hold full and/or half size trolleys and containers. The galley can also have stowage compartments
for coats, equipment etc..
B.
Dry Unit Galley

The function of the dry unit galley is to keep food and drink in storage. This galley has no system supplies or
equipment. The galley can hold full and/or half size trolleys and containers. The galley can also have stowage
compartments for coats, equipment etc..
25-33-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-33-00-15200-H - Galley Power Supply General)
The galley electrical supply
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. 24-56-00-00) connects to terminal blocks in the aft utility area.
Circuit breakers in the galley control panel give electrical safety to the galley electrical equipment.
AES
25-33-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
If applicable each galley has an interface with:
. the water waste system (Ref. 38-00-00-00),
. the galley supply system (Ref. 25-56-00).
AES
25-33-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
(Ref. Fig. 25-33-00-18200-A - Galley Installation - Example)
AES
A.
Galley
The galley basic structure is made from sandwich panels. The sandwich panels are made from NOMEX with
fiberglass cover plates. Extrusions are bonded and/or riveted to the panels. Edge profiles, stainless-steel kick
strips and rub-strips are installed to protect the galley where applicable. The main galley attachment points are
hard point and/or seat rail attachments on the floor and tie rod attachments at the upper fuselage structure.
B.
Pelmet
The pelmet is a cover structure on the top of the galley. Behind the pelmet are all the top galley connections.
25-33-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
GALLEY 5
6483MM
(REF 253341)
ALTERNATIVE (REF 253345)
Z250
Z260
FR70
FR63
N_MM_253300_0_ACN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-33-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Aft Galley Locations
25-33-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
BUN WARMER
(IF INSTALLED)
HOT CUP
(IF INSTALLED)
WORK LIGHTS
(IF INSTALLED)
OVEN
(IF INSTALLED)
OVEN
(IF INSTALLED)
OVEN
(IF INSTALLED)
BOILER
(IF INSTALLED)
POTABLE WATER HEATERS
(IF INSTALLED)
HOT JUG
(IF INSTALLED)
AIRCRAFT POWER SUPPLY

115/200V 400HZ 15KVA
(REF 245600)
HOT JUG
(IF INSTALLED)
COFFEE MAKER
(IF INSTALLED)
WATER PUMP
(IF INSTALLED)
COFFEE MAKER
(IF INSTALLED)
TRASH COMPACTOR
(IF INSTALLED)
XFMR/RECT
(IF INSTALLED)
28VDC
FREEZER/CHILLER/REFRIGERATOR
(IF INSTALLED)
CONTROL PANEL
AFT GALLEY
N_MM_253300_0_AAX0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-33-00-15200-H SHEET 1

Galley Power Supply General
25-33-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
UPPER
ATTACH
FITTING
PELMET
GALLEY
EXAMPLE
EQUIPMENT
RACK
GALLEY
STRUCTURE
STOWAGE
A
B
A
A
TROLLEY
STOWAGE
B
EXAMPLE
A
A
STOWAGE
DRAIN
VALVE
A
EXAMPLE OF
FLOOR FITTING
POTABLE
WATER
FILTER
NOTE:
FOR THE GALLEY EQUIPMENT
REFER TO 253500
FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE
AIR CHILLERS REFER TO 253400
N_MM_253300_0_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-33-00-18200-A SHEET 1

25-33-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-33-41-000-002-A
FIN 6483MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR PLUG - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
REFERENCE
12-24-38-680-001-A
DESIGNATION
Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical Power)
24-42-00-861-001-A
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-45-000-003-A
25-23-45-000-004-A
** On A/C 005-099
25-26-41-000-003-A
25-35-00-00
(Ref. Fig. 25-33-41-991-02200-U - Electrical connections - G5)
(Ref. Fig. 25-33-41-991-00600-AV - Supply Connections - G5)
(Ref. Fig. 25-33-41-991-01400-Z - Splitline Connections - G5)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-33-41-861-052-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-33-41-680-050-A
B.
AES
Drain the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001-A).
25-33-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-33-41-865-094-A
C.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
122VU
FIN
LOCATION
7MC
S28
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A
3MC
AF04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B
12MC
AD09
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E
14MC
AF09
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-33-41-010-052-A
D.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the contents which are kept in the galley, if necessary.
(2)
Remove the galley equipment (Ref. 25-35-00-00).
(3)
Remove the curtain and curtain rail, if installed

** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003-A).
(4)
Remove the ceiling panels

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001-A) and the door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004-A) and
(Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003-A) in the area of the galley.
Subtask 25-33-41-941-050-A
E.
Safety Precautions
(1)

(a)
Make sure that the APU BLEED, ENG 1 BLEED, ENG 2 BLEED, PACK 1 and PACK 2
pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.
NOTE :
(b)
(2)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate these pushbutton switches.

(a)
AES

For the ENG 1 BLEED and ENG 2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
For the PACK 1 and PACK 2 the OFF legends are on.
system.
25-33-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
4.
On the High Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in
position to tell persons NOT to supply the ground air.
Procedure
Subtask 25-33-41-020-059-BA
A.
Removal of the Galley Unit

(1)
Remove the Power Supply

OR BLIND YOU.
(a)
Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (6).
(b)
Loosen the screws (6) and remove the cover (7).
CAUTION :
(2)
THEM.
(c)
Remove the nuts (5) and the wires (4).
(d)
Remove the nuts (3), the washers (2) and release the clamps (1) from the wires.
(e)
Remove the bolts (10), the washers (9) and release the clamps (8) from the wires.
(f)
Remove the nuts (11), the bolts (14), the washers (13) and the bonding straps (12).
Disconnect the Potable and Drain Water Connections

ON IT.
(3)
(4)
AES
(a)
(b)
Loosen the nut (13) and disconnect the potable water pipe (14) from the fitting (12).
(c)
Remove the clamps (10) and disconnect the pipe (9) from the water drain pipe (11).
(d)
Disconnect the Air Supply Connections

(a)
Remove the clamp (7) and disconnect the hose (8) from the air supply hose (6).
(b)
Remove the clamps (4) and disconnect the hose (3) from the exhaust air hose (5).
(c)
Remove the Upper Attachments

(a)
(b)
Remove the screws (2) and the access panels (1).
25-33-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
(c)
Remove the bolts (7), the washers (6), the nuts (5) and disconnect the tie rods (8) from the
aircraft structure.
(d)
Remove the bolts (11), the washers (10), the nuts (9) and disconnect the tie rods (8) from the
brackets (14).
(e)
Remove the bolts (12), the washers (13), the nuts (15) and the brackets (14).
Remove the Lower Attachments

(a)
Remove the screws (2) and the strips (1).
(b)
Remove the screws (16) covers (15).
(c)
Remove the bolts (3), the washers (4), the plates (5) and the shims (6).
(d)
Remove the eccentric bushes (7) and the eccentric plugs (8).
(e)
(f)
Carefully lift the galley off the blocks (10) and move it to the center of the aircraft.
(g)
Remove the shims (9).

NOTE :
Identify the position and number of the shims for the installation procedure.
(h)
(i)
Remove the blocks (10).
(j)
(k)
Remove the bushes (12).
Subtask 25-33-41-020-052-BA
B.

NOTE :
This procedure is only necessary if you must remove the galley from the cabin.
NOTE :
The galley splitline screws and bolts are painted red.
(1)
(2)
Disconnect the Supply Connections

(a)
Remove the clamp (9) and disconnect the exhaust air pipe (10) from the manifold (14).
(b)
Loosen the nut (2) and disconnect the water spigot (1).
(c)
loosen the nut (4) and disconnect the fitting (5) from the pipe (3).
(d)
Remove the clamp (7) and disconnect the drain pipe (8) from the sink drain (6).
(e)
Remove the clamps (12) and disconnect the hoses (11) from the air supply hose (13).
Disconnect the Galley at the Splitline

AES
25-33-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(a)
Remove the screws (9), the washers (10) and the fittings (3) and (1).
(b)
(c)
Remove the screws (6) and (7) and the washers (5) and (8).
(d)
(e)
Carefully separate the galley modules (2), (4) and (13) and remove them from the aircraft.
25-33-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR68
A
GALLEY 5
EXAMPLE
6483MM
D
FR69
B
E
2
3
1
2
STGR4
FR68
STGR5
STGR6
A
C
D
D
7200VT
TO GALLEY 5
6483MM
FR69
A
N_MM_253341_4_AABA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-33-41-991-02200-U SHEET 1

25-33-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4
5
6
7
D
EXAMPLE
E
EXAMPLE
14
13
12
9
10
11
N_MM_253341_4_AABA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-33-41-991-02200-U SHEET 2

25-33-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
GALLEY 5
6483MM
A
2
A
1
3
8
9
7
14
13
10
11
12
N_MM_253341_4_CWT0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-33-41-991-00600-AV SHEET 1

Supply Connections - G5
25-33-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
A
4
2
1
5
3
A
6
7
8
2
1
GALLEY 5
6483MM
9
10
15
10
13
11
13
12
14
N_MM_253341_4_ALV0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-33-41-991-01200-X SHEET 1

25-33-41 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
GALLEY 5
EXAMPLE
6483MM
2
1
2
B
3
EXAMPLE
7
8
16
15
14
13
10
11
12
N_MM_253341_4_DDG0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-33-41-991-01300-Y SHEET 1

25-33-41 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
GALLEY 5
6483MM
B
A
C
D
13
14
C
11
EXAMPLE
12
12
11
9
6
10
7
8
N_MM_253341_4_BZD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-33-41-991-03200-B SHEET 1

25-33-41 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
1
GALLEY 5
6483MM
10
2
9
10
9
10
9
11
12
10
9
4
13
8
7
5
6
5
6
7
8
N_MM_253341_4_AHM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-33-41-991-01400-Z SHEET 1

25-33-41 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-33-41-400-002-A
Installation of the Aft Galley Unit
FIN 6483MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.

Material No: 11-003
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
ADHESIVE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
11
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
C.
QTY
1
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-33-04-01-030
packings
D.
REFERENCE
12-15-38-613-001-A
DESIGNATION
Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft Electrical Power Available)
12-33-21-618-001-A-01
12-33-21-618-001-A-02
Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

Pre-conditioning with the APU
20-21-11-911-001-A
20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

tanks)-
21-23-00-720-002-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
Functional Test of an Air Extraction Point

24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-41-400-001-A
25-23-45-000-003-A
25-23-45-000-004-A
AES
25-33-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-23-45-400-005-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-45-400-008-A
** On A/C 005-099
25-26-41-000-003-A
25-26-41-400-003-A
25-33-41-000-002-A

25-35-00-410-001-A
38-10-00-614-001-A
38-10-00-614-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-33-41-860-051-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Make sure that all the galley compartments are empty.
(3)
Make sure that:

(a)

. The PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the OFF position.
NOTE :

For the ENG 1/2 BLEED the OFF legends are on.
(b)
The warning notice to tell persons not to operate these pushbutton switches is in position.
(c)
On the High Pressure (HP) and the Low Pressure (LP) ground connectors the warning notice is in
(d)
On the water service panel, the warning notice is in position to tell persons not to pressurize the
(4)
Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002-A).
(5)
Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003-A).
AES
25-33-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(6)
Make sure that the ceiling panels in the area of the galley are removed
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001-A).
(7)
Make sure that the door frame linings in the area of the galley are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-004-A) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003-A).
Subtask 25-33-41-865-095-A
B.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
122VU
FIN
LOCATION
7MC
S28
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D
2MC
AD04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A
3MC
AF04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B
12MC
AD09
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E
14MC
AF09
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F
16MC
AC10
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C
1MC
AE10
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-33-41-560-052-A
A.
Preparation of the Replacement Component

(1)
If necessary, disconnect the galley at the splitline and move it through the aircraft door (Ref. TASK
25-33-41-000-002-A).
Subtask 25-33-41-210-054-A
B.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
25-33-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-33-41-420-052-BA
C.
Connect the Galley Splitline

NOTE :
This procedure is only necessary if you removed the galley from the cabin.
NOTE :
Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A).
(1)
Connect the Galley at the Splitline

(2)
(a)
(b)
Carefully lift the galley modules (13), (4) and (2) and put them in position.
(c)
Put the brackets (1) and (3) in position and install the bolts (9) and the washers (10).
(d)
Install the screws (6) and (12) and the washers (5) and (11).
(e)
install the bolts (7) and the washers (8).
Connect the Supply Connections

(a)
Connect the exhaust air pipe (10) to the manifold (14) and install the clamp (9).
(b)
Connect the water spigot (1) and tighten the nut (2).
(c)
Connect the pipe (3) to the fitting (5) and tighten the nut (4).
(d)
Connect the drain pipe (8) to the sink drain (6) and tighten the clamp (7).
(e)
Connect the hoses (11) to the air supply hose (13) and tighten the clamps (12).
Subtask 25-33-41-420-059-BA
D.
Installation of the Galley Unit

NOTE :
(1)
Unless specified TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws. (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A)
Install the Lower Attachments

AES
(a)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004A) to the bushes (12).
(b)
Install the bushes (12) in the floor hardpoints.
(c)
Install new (IPC-CSN 25-33-04-01) packings (11) .
(d)
Put the blocks (10) in position on the hardpoints.
(e)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004A) to the bolts (14).
(f)
Install the washers (13) and the bolts (14).
(g)
Install the shims (9) on the blocks (10).
(h)
Carefully lift the galley and put it in position on the blocks (10).
25-33-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(i)
Install the eccentric plugs (8) and the eccentric bushes (7).
NOTE :
If necessary turn the eccentric plugs (8) and the eccentric bushes (7) until the holes align
and the galley touches all the blocks (10).
(j)
Install the shims (6).
(k)
Install the plates (5).
(l)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004A) to the bolts (3).
(m) Install the bolts (3) and the washers (4).
(2)
(n)
(o)
Install the strips (1) and the screws (2).
Install the Upper Attachments

(a)
Put the brackets (14) in position and install the bolts (12) the washers (13) and the nuts (15).
(b)
Put the tie rods (8) in position on the brackets (14) and install the bolts (11), the washers (10)
and the nuts (9).
(c)
Put the tie rods (6) in position on the structure and install the bolts (7), the washers (10) and the
nuts (5).
(d)
If necessary, remove and adjust the tie rods (8).

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(3)
Remove and discard the lockwire.
Loosen the locknut.
Adjust the tie rod end until the bolts (7) and (11) can easily be installed.
Tighten the locknut.
Make sure that the tie rod end is in safety.
Safety the locknut with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material
No: 19-010) .
(e)
(f)
Put the access panels (1) in position and install the screws (2).
Connect the Potable and Drain Water Connections

ON IT.
(4)
AES
(a)
(b)
Connect the potable water pipe (14) to the fitting (12) and tighten the nut (13).
(c)
Connect the water drain pipe (9) to the pipe (11) and tighten the clamps (10).
Connect the Air Connections

25-33-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
(a)
(b)
Connect the exhaust air hose (3) to the hose (5) and tighten the clamps (4).
(c)
Connect the fresh air hose (8) to the hose (6) and tighten the clamp (7).
Connect the Power Supply

CAUTION :
(a)
Put the bonding straps (12) in position and install the washers (13), the bolts (14) and the nuts
(11) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
(b)
Put the clamps (8) in position on the wires.
(c)
Install the washers (9) and the bolts (10).
(d)
Put the clamps (1) in position on the wires and install the nuts (3) and the washers (2).
(e)
Put the wires (4) in position and install the nuts (5).
(f)
Put the cover (7) in position and install the screws (6).
OR BLIND YOU.
(g)
(6)
Safety the screws (6) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .
Seal the Splitline Joints of the Galley Unit

(a)
Remove the old sealant of the splitline joints with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

MATERIAL/S.
(b)
Clean the splitline joints with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a LINT-FREE
(c)
Apply new BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004A) into all the
splitline joints.
Subtask 25-33-41-720-050-A
E.
Do a Test of the Bonding of the Galley and the Galley Electrical Equipment (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A).
Subtask 25-33-41-865-096-A
F.
PANEL
122VU
122VU
AES
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
FIN
LOCATION
7MC
S28
5HU
U21
25-33-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
6HU
U19
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A
3MC
AF04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B
12MC
AD09
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E
14MC
AF09
122VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-33-41-942-050-A
G.
Safety Precautions
(1)
Remove the warning notices from:

- the HP ground connector
- the LP ground connector
- the AIR COND panel 30VU
Subtask 25-33-41-613-055-A
H.
Fill the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-001-A).
Subtask 25-33-41-710-052-E
J.
Operational Test of the Galley Systems

(1)
Make sure that the aircraft electrical power is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Do a check of the water system:

(a)
(b)
Examine all the potable water pipes for leaks.

NOTE :
(c)
Operate the water faucet and make sure that water flows.
(d)
Examine the drain hose for leaks.

NOTE :
(e)
(3)
AES
Do a check of the electrical system:

(a)
Push the pushbutton switch 2XA GALLEY on the overhead panel 35VU in the flight
compartment.
(b)
Make sure that the POWER indicator light on the galley electrical panel comes on.
(c)
Make sure that all the circuit breakers on the galley electrical panel are closed.
(d)
Operate each electrical unit/component for a short time to make sure that it is serviceable.
25-33-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(e)
(4)
5.
For example, the galley worklight:

1
Push the worklight switch ON, the switch illuminates: the worklight goes ON.
Push the worklight switch again, the switch-brightness goes out: the worklight goes OFF.
(f)
Release the pushbutton switch 2XA GALLEY on the overhead panel 35VU in the flight
compartment.
(g)
Make sure that the POWER indicator light on the galley electrical panel goes off.
Do a check of the air supply- and the air exhaust systems:

(a)
Do the pre-conditioning with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-02) or do the preconditioning through the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001-A-01).
(b)
Do the functional test of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-23-00-720-002-A), leave the
electrical circuits energised if the test is over.
(c)
Turn the individual air outlet clockwise until it is in the closed position.
(d)
Air must not come out from the individual air outlets.
(e)
Examine all the air pipes and the connections for leaks.
(f)
Repair all leaks.
(g)
Turn the individual air outlet counterclockwise until it is in the open position.
(h)
Make sure that different airflow is possible when you turn the individual outlet.
Close-up
Subtask 25-33-41-410-052-AY
A.
Close Access
(1)
Close access to the Lower Connections

(a)
(b)
Put the panel (1) in position and install the screws (2).
(2)
Install the galley equipment (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-410-001-A).
(3)
Install the ceiling panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001-A) and the door frame linings (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-400-005-A) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008-A) in the area of the galley.
(4)
Install the curtain rail and curtain, if removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-003-A).
Subtask 25-33-41-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-33-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The galley equipment is installed to keep and prepare food and drinks for the passengers and the crew and to store
waste materials.
AES
25-35-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-35-00-14000-A - Example of Galley Equipment)
AES
25-35-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
There are different types of galleys, storage galleys and preparation galleys.
AES
A.
Storage Galleys
The storage galleys are only used to keep food, drinks and unwanted materials and have:
. Food trolleys,
. Waste trolleys,
. Food and drinks containers.
B.
Preparation Galleys
The preparation galleys are used to prepare the food and the drinks and have this electrically operated items (if
installed):
. Trash-Compactor(s)
. Oven(s)
. Oven Control Module(s)
. Coffee-maker(s)
. Beverage-Maker(s)
. Bun-warmer(s)
. Roll-Warmer(s)
. Hot-cup(s)
. Hot-jug(s)
. Water-heater(s)
. Refrigerator(s)
. Wine-Chiller(s)
. Hot-plate(s)
25-35-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
The galley power supply system (Ref. 24-56-00-00) supplies the electrical equipment in the preparation galleys with
115 VAC.
AES
25-35-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
The galley equipment has interfaces with:
. the potable water system (Ref. 38-10-00-00),
. the wastewater drain system (Ref. 38-30-00-00),
. the galley power supply (Ref. 24-56-00-00).
AES
25-35-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
A.
AES
Galley Equipment
Oven:
The oven has a control box to select the temperature and time of operation, to heat the meals.
Water Heater:
The water heater heats water supplied from the potable water system. (Ref. 38-10-00)
Hot Jug:
The hot jug keeps the drinks at a stable temperature.
Hot Cup:
The hot cup is used to heat the beverages.
Coffee Maker:
The coffee maker prepares and keeps the coffee at a high temperature in a container, or in a coffee jug on a hot
plate. The potable water system (Ref. 38-12-00) supplies water to the coffee maker.
The coffee maker has hot or hot and cold water faucets installed.
Trolley:
The trolley has trays or drawers for storage.
Waste Trolley:
The waste trolley has a waste container with a flap.
Container:
The container is used to keep trays, drawers, beverages and food.
25-35-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
WATER HEATER
(REF 253527)
COFFEE MAKER
(REF 253515)
BEVERAGE MAKER
(REF 253521)
OVEN
(REF 253519)
SINK
HOT CUP
(REF 253525)
REFRIGERATOR
(REF 253529)
WASTE BOX
TROLLEYS
TRASH COMPACTOR
(REF 253511)
N_MM_253500_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-35-00-14000-A SHEET 1

Example of Galley Equipment
25-35-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-00-010-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
25-35-15-000-001-A
25-35-19-000-003-A
25-35-34-000-001-A
3.
DESIGNATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-35-00-010-073-F
A.
Removal of the Coffee Maker(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-35-00-010-076-B
B.
Removal of the Steam-Oven(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-000-003-A).
Subtask 25-35-00-010-089-A
C.
AES
Removal of the Galley Control-Panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-000-001-A).
25-35-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-00-410-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
25-35-15-400-001-A
25-35-19-400-003-A
25-35-34-400-001-A
3.
DESIGNATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-35-00-410-072-F
A.
Installation of the Coffee Maker(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-15-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-35-00-410-075-B
B.
Installation of the Steam-Oven(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-19-400-003-A).
Subtask 25-35-00-410-088-A
C.
AES
Installation of the Galley Control-Panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-35-34-400-001-A).
25-35-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-35-01A
Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
WARNING NOTICE(S)
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-052
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
SELF ADHESIVE ALUMINIUM TAPE
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-35-00-991-00100-A - Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-077-A
A.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-35-00-040-050-A
A.
Deactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

(1)
Seal the opening of the waste chute with self adhesive tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(2)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the waste compartment.
(3)
Open the access door of the waste compartment:

(a)
5.
Make sure that the waste container is empty.
Close-up
Subtask 25-35-00-410-067-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the access door of the waste compartment.
25-35-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
AES
25-35-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
WASTE CHUTE
FLAPPER DOOR
C
WASTE COMPARTMENT
A
ACCESS DOOR
C
EXAMPLE
4
CONTAINER
5
6
B
B
EXAMPLE
1
2
7
N_MM_253500_4_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-35-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
25-35-00 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-35-01A
Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door
2.

A.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-078-A
A.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-35-00-440-050-A
A.
Reactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

(1)
Remove the warning notice and the aluminium tape.
(2)
If necessary, remove the damaged flapper-door:
(3)
5.
(a)
Open the access door.
(b)
Remove the waste container.
(c)
Remove the bolt (3), the washer (2) and disconnect the bonding strap (1).
(d)
Remove the bolt (6), the washer (5), the nut (4), the screws (7) and the flapper-door (8).
Install a new flapper-door:

(a)
Put the new flapper-door (8) in position and install the screws (7), the washer (5), the bolt (6)
and the nut (4). Tighten the screws (7), the bolt (6) and the nut (4).
(b)
Connect the bonding strap (1) and install the washer (2) and the bolt (3).
(c)
Make sure that the flapper-door:

. Operates correctly
. Is aligned with the surface
. Closes and seals fully.
(d)
Put the waste container in position.
(e)
Close the access door.
Close-up
Subtask 25-35-00-410-068-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
25-35-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
GALLEY EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-00-710-013-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
24-56-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Galley Supply
38-10-00-614-001-A
38-10-00-614-002-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-062-A
A.

Subtask 25-35-00-865-085-A
B.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
7MC
S28
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D
2MC
AD04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A
3MC
AF04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B
12MC
AD09
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E
14MC
AF09
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F
16MC
AC10
122VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
AES
25-35-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C
1MC
LOCATION
AE10
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-35-00-860-051-A
C.
4.

(1)
Make sure that the related galley is supplied with electrical power (Ref. TASK 24-56-00-710-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the coffee maker on the galley control panel is(are)
closed.
(3)
Procedure
Subtask 25-35-00-710-064-I
WARNING : OPEN THE WATER FAUCET OR THE WATER DRAIN CAREFULLY AND SLOWLY. THE TANK IS
PRESSURIZED AND STEAM OR VERY HOT WATER CAN COME OUT OF THE NOZZLE. HOT
WATER OR STEAM IS DANGEROUS (IT CAN BURN YOU).
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS WHEN YOU
DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
A.
Do the Operational Test of the Coffee-Maker
ACTION
RESULT
1.At the coffee-maker:

. Put the cup shelf below the brew head.
. Put an empty server into the coffee-maker and lock
the brew handle in the down position.
2.At the galley:
. Close the potable water shutoff-valve.
. Push the ON/OFF pushbutton.
4.At the galley:
. Open the potable water shutoff-valve.
At the coffee-maker:
. The ON/OFF and TEST/LOW WATER indicators
come on.
. The unit fills with water and after a short time the
TEST/LOW WATER indicator goes off.

. Push and hold the TEST/LOW WATER pushbutton.
All indicators come on as long as the pushbutton is

pressed.
Push the HOT PLATE pushbutton.
Push the HOT PLATE pushbutton.
.
.
.
The HOT PLATE indicator comes on.

The warmer plate becomes warm.
The HOT PLATE indicator goes off.
.
.
After approximately 3 minutes.

Push the BREW pushbutton.
.
.
.
Lift the brew handle.
The HOT WATER indicator comes on.

The BREW indicator comes on.
The brew operation starts and the server fills with hot
water.
After a short time, the brew operation stops.
AES
25-35-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Lock the brew handle in the down position and push
the BREW pushbutton.
.
.
Push and hold the HOT WATER pushbutton.
Release the HOT WATER pushbutton.
.
.
Wait until the BREW indicator goes off.
Remove and empty the server. Put the empty server

back into the coffee-maker and lock the brew handle
in the down position.
Push the ON/OFF pushbutton.
5.
RESULT
The brew operation starts again and the server fills with
hot water.
The BREW indicator goes off and the brew operation
stops. Water flows from the faucet into the server.
The brew operation starts again and the server fills with
hot water.
The brew operation is complete and the server is filled
with hot water.
All indicators go off.
Close-up
Subtask 25-35-00-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Put all related CB and switches to their initial configuration.
(2)
Make sure that the coffee maker is in its initial configuration.
(3)
(4)
Subtask 25-35-00-862-062-A
B.
AES

25-35-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-00-710-016-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
38-10-00-614-001-A
38-10-00-614-002-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-00-861-065-A
A.

Subtask 25-35-00-865-088-A
B.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
7MC
S28
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D
2MC
AD04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A
3MC
AF04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B
12MC
AD09
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E
14MC
AF09
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F
16MC
AC10
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C
1MC
AE10
122VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
AES
25-35-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-35-00-860-065-A
C.
4.

(1)
Make sure that the pushbutton GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU is in the ON position (the
white OFF indicator does not come on).
(2)
Make sure that the related CB of the steam oven on the galley control panel is closed.
(3)
Procedure
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-35-00-710-067-C
A.
Do the Operational Test of the Steam-Oven:
ACTION
1.At the galley:
. Close the potable-water shut-off valve.
2.On the steam-oven:
. Push the OVEN/ON pushbutton to the on position.
.
Push the OVEN/ON pushbutton to the off position.
3.At the galley:

. Open the potable-water shut-off valve.
. Push the OVEN/ON pushbutton to the on position.
RESULT
On
.
.
.
.
the steam-oven:
The OVEN/ON indicator comes on.
The NO WATER indicator comes on.
The OVEN/ON indicator goes off.
The NO WATER indicator goes off.
On the steam-oven:
. The OVEN/ON indicator comes on.
. The blower operates. An usual noise from the blower is
heard. Any unusual noise is not permitted.
. The heater comes on and the temperature will increase.

. Push the STEAM/ON pushbutton to the on position.
On the steam-oven:
. The STEAM/ON indicator comes on.
The LOW indicator comes on.
.
.
After a short time, the CYCLE indicator comes on.

After a short time, the CYCLE indicator goes off.
Set the LOW/HIGH temperature pusbutton to the

LOW position.
NOTE :
.
Do not operate an empty oven for more than 5

minutes in the HIGH mode.
Set the timer to max. 5 minutes.

. Push the STEAM/ON pushbutton to the off position.
.
Do step 5 thru 6 again for each available temperature.
Push the OVEN/ON pushbutton.
AES
On the steam-oven:
. The STEAM/ON indicator goes off.
.
.
The blower stops.

All indicators go off.
25-35-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-35-00-710-067-G
A.

NOTE :
This test is applicable for P/N 4323100-00-6622.
ACTION
On the oven control module (OCM):
. The green LED above the ON/OFF pushbutton
flashes.
. Push the ON/OFF pushbutton.
On
.
.
.
.
.
the OCM:
The display shows the customer programs.
Set and operate the customer programs.
Operate customer program PRESET for 1 minute.
Operate customer program LOW for 2 minutes.
Operate customer program MEDIUM for 2 minutes.
5.
RESULT
On the OCM:
. The green LED above the ON/OFF pushbutton stops
flashing.
. The display indication comes up.
. The display shows the airline logo, software version and
selftest.
. The OCM starts a selftest.
. The selftest must be completed without errors.
ON the OCM:
. The customer programs must be completed without
errors.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-35-00-410-065-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Put all CB and switches to the initial configuration.
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the steam oven is in its initial configuration.
(4)
Subtask 25-35-00-862-076-A
B.
AES

25-35-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COFFEE MAKER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-15-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
2
CAP - BLANKING
2
PLUG - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.
DESIGNATION
WARNING NOTICE(S)

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
38-10-00-614-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-35-15-991-00200-D - Coffee-Maker attached with single release pin)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-15-861-052-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-35-15-860-058-A
B.
At the related galley on the galley control panel:

(1)
Open, safety and tag the related circuit breaker(s) of the coffee maker.
Subtask 25-35-15-860-050-A
C.
4.

(1)
(2)
On the water service panel, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the potable water system.
Procedure
Subtask 25-35-15-020-051-F
A.
AES
Removal of the Coffee-Maker (attached with a single release pin)

25-35-15 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS WHEN
YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
(1)
Loosen the screw (2) and pull the lever (3) to the unlocked position.
(2)
Removal of the coffee-maker from the galley

ON IT.
AES
(a)
Carefully pull the coffee-maker (1) to disconnect the electrical connector and the potable-water
supply-line.
(b)
Remove the coffee-maker (1) from the galley.
(3)
Set the lever (3) to the locked position and tighten the screw (2).
(4)
(5)
Put PLUG - BLANKING on the disconnected line ends.
25-35-15 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
B
B
3
N_MM_253515_4_BAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-35-15-991-00200-D SHEET 1

Coffee-Maker attached with single release pin
25-35-15 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-15-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
20-21-15-912-001-A
DESIGNATION
Tightening Torques for Electrical Component Fasteners
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-35-00-710-013-A
38-10-00-614-002-A


3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-15-860-055-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the potable water system is de-pressurized (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002-A).
(2)
Make sure that on the water service panel a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to
pressurize the potable water system.
(3)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(4)

(a)
4.
Make sure that the related circuit breaker(s) of the coffee maker is (are) open, safetied and
tagged.
Procedure
Subtask 25-35-15-210-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
25-35-15 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-35-15-420-051-F
B.
Installation of the Coffee-Maker (attached with a single release pin)

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS WHEN
YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
If the lever (3) is in the locked position:

(a)
(5)
Loosen the screw (2) and pull the lever (3) to the unlocked position.
Installation of the coffee-maker at the galley

ON IT.
(6)
(a)
Make sure that the lever (3) is in the unlocked position.
(b)
Carefully put the coffee-maker (1) on the rail (4) and push the coffee-maker (1) into the galley.
(c)
Set the lever (3) to the locked position.
(d)
Make sure that the coffee-maker (1) is correctly locked on the rail (4).
(e)
Unless specified TORQUE the screw (Ref. TASK 20-21-15-912-001-A).
Subtask 25-35-15-860-059-A
C.

(1)
Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close the related circuit breaker(s) of the coffee maker.
Subtask 25-35-15-790-050-A
D.
Leak Test
(1)
Operate the coffee maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-710-013-A).

(a)
Do a leak check of the coffee maker unit and the adjacent area.
(b)
If you find leaks, repair all leaks.
Subtask 25-35-15-710-052-A
E.
5.
Do the operational test of the coffee maker (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-710-013-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-35-15-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Subtask 25-35-15-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-35-15 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
OVEN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-19-000-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
1
CAP - BLANKING
1
PLUG - BLANKING
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
38-10-00-614-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-35-19-991-00300-B - Steam Oven)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-19-861-054-A
A.
Subtask 25-35-19-860-055-A
B.

(1)
Subtask 25-35-19-860-067-A
C.

(1)
4.
Open, safety and tag the circuit breaker(s) of the steam oven.
Procedure
Subtask 25-35-19-020-052-B
A.

(1)
AES
25-35-19 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(3)
Carefully pull the steam oven (2) out of the galley.
(4)
Hold the steam oven in position and disconnect the electrical connector (3).
(5)
Disconnect the Water Supply Line:

ON IT.
(a)
AES
Disconnect the water supply line (4).
(6)
Remove the steam oven (2) from the galley.
(7)
Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected line ends.
(8)
Put PLUG - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors.
25-35-19 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
OVEN
CONTROLLER
4
2
A
3
NOTE:
THE OVENDOOR CAN BE INSTALLED

ON LH OR ON RH SIDE.
THE LH SIDE INSTALLATION IS SHOWN.
N_MM_253519_4_ACA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-35-19-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Steam Oven
25-35-19 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-19-400-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
20-21-11-911-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-30-00-920-001-A
25-35-00-710-016-A
38-10-00-614-002-A


3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-19-860-056-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the potable water system is de-pressurized (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-002-A).
(2)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-35-19-860-068-A
B.

(1)
4.
Make sure that the circuit breaker(s) of the steam oven is (are) open, safetied and tagged.
Procedure
Subtask 25-35-19-420-052-B
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the grill(s) and the housing(s) of the air extraction filter(s) in the area of the
installation-position.
. If necessary clean the grill(s) and the housing(s) with a vacuum cleaner.
. If necessary replace the air extraction filter(s) (Ref. TASK 25-30-00-920-001-A).
25-35-19 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Hold a suitable sized piece of paper to the applicable air extraction inlet(s). The paper will stay in
position at the air extraction inlet(s) by the air suction.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Hold the steam oven (2) in position.
(8)
(9)
Connection of the Water Supply Line:

ON IT.
(a)
(b)
Connect the water supply line (4).
(10) Carefully push the steam oven (2) into the galley.
(11) Install the screws (1).
(12) Torque the screws (1) to 0.69 M.DAN (61.06 LBF.IN) (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A).
Subtask 25-35-19-860-069-A
B.

(1)
Remove the safety tag(s) and clip(s), and close the circuit breaker(s) of the steam oven.
Subtask 25-35-19-710-052-A
C.
5.
Do the operational test of the steam oven (Ref. TASK 25-35-00-710-016-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-35-19-860-058-A
A.

(1)
Subtask 25-35-19-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-35-19 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CONTROL PANEL - GALLEY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-34-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-35-34-991-00100-A - Galley Control-Panel)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-34-861-050-A
A.
Energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-35-34-865-053-A
B.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
7MC
S28
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D
2MC
AD04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A
3MC
AF04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B
12MC
AD09
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E
14MC
AF09
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F
16MC
AC10
122VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
AES
25-35-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C
FIN
1MC
LOCATION
AE10
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-35-34-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Carefully pull the galley control-panel (2) out of the galley.
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (3).
(4)
Remove the galley control-panel (2) from the galley.
(5)
25-35-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
A
2
N_MM_253534_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-35-34-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Galley Control-Panel
25-35-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-35-34-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
ESPM 20-44-00-0
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-35-34-861-051-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the Ground Service Network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-35-34-865-054-A
B.

PANEL
122VU
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
7MC
FIN
S28
LOCATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D
2MC
AD04
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
123VU
AES
25-35-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
123VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A
3MC
FIN
AF04
LOCATION
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B
12MC
AD09
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E
14MC
AF09
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F
16MC
AC10
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C
1MC
AE10
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-35-34-420-050-A
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND THE CAUTIONS INCLUDED IN THE
REFERENCED PROCEDURES.
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Connect the electrical connectors (3) (Ref. ESPM 20-44-00-0).
(5)
Carefully push the galley control-panel (2) into the galley.
(6)
Subtask 25-35-34-865-055-A
B.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR
7MC
S28
ELEC/GALLEY/CTL
1XA
S26
ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL
1XA
S26
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER D
2MC
AD04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER A
3MC
AF04
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER B
12MC
AD09
123VU
AFT GALLEY/FEEDER E
14MC
AF09
123VU
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER F
16MC
AC10
FWD GALLEY/FEEDER C
1MC
AE10
122VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
122VU
** On A/C 005-099
122VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
AES
25-35-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-35-34-861-052-A
C.
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 25-35-34-860-050-A
D.

(1)
On the overhead panel 35VU, push the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA.
(2)
Make sure that the white OFF indicator at the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA does not come on.
Subtask 25-35-34-710-050-A
E.
5.
Do an Operational Test of the Galley Control-Panel

(1)
Close all circuit breakers (4) on the galley control panel (2).
(2)
Do a test of all the electrical galley equipment installed at the related galley, for typical basic functions.
Close-up
Subtask 25-35-34-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
On the overhead panel 35VU, release the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA.
(2)
Make sure that the OFF indicator, on the GALLEY pushbutton 2XA comes on.
(3)
Subtask 25-35-34-862-050-A
B.
AES
De-energize the electrical network

(1)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
(2)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-35-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The lavatories are installed in the cabin for the comfort of the crew and passengers and have washroom facilities.
AES
25-40-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-12300-A - Component Location)
AES
25-40-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
A.
Lavatory Identification
The AMM uses letters and location numbers to identify the lavatories:
. A letter (for example A) is used to identify the type of the lavatory module
. A location number (for example L11) is used to identify the location of the lavatory in the cabin.
The location numbers are used for the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00-00).
(1) There are lavatories installed in:
. The forward area (Ref. 25-41-00-00)
. The aft area (Ref. 25-43-00-00)
(2) The Lavatory location numbers of the forward area are:
. L11 and L13.
(3) The Lavatory location numbers of the aft area are:
. L41 thru L45.
AES
B.
Quantity of Lavatories
A maximum of 4 lavatories can be installed in the aircraft. The vacuum waste-system controller (Ref.
38-31-00-00) causes this limit.
C.
Lavatory Equipment
Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory (Ref. 25-45-00-00).
25-40-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
Electrical power for the different electrical systems in the lavatories is supplied through a single electrical connector.
AES
25-40-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
A.
AES
Lavatory Installation
Tie-rods are used to attach the lavatory ceiling to the aircraft structure and fittings are used to attach the
lavatory floor to the aircraft structure.
The fittings are:
. Hard point fittings. There are provisions for the hard point mounted lavatories in the FWD lavatory area.
. Hard point fittings. There are provisions for the hard point mounted lavatories in the AFT lavatory area.
25-40-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
AFT LAVATORY
AREA
REF 254300
Z250
Z260
EXAMPLE
FWD LAVATORY
AREA
REF 254100
Z220
Z230
N_MM_254000_0_CAC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Component Location
25-40-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LAVATORIES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-820-001-A
FIN 7000MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-007
B.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-00800-A - Adjustment of the Lavatory Doors)

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01100-A - Lavatory Doors - Emergency Opening from the Outside)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-050-A
A.
4.

Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-820-051-A
A.
AES
Adjustment of the Lavatory Single Blade Doors

(1)
Open the lavatory door (6).
(2)
25-40-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Adjust the hinge (5) to get the dimension C clearance between the lavatory door (6) and the door
frame.
(4)
(5)
Close the lavatory door (6).
Subtask 25-40-00-820-050-A
B.
Adjustment of the Lavatory Bi-folding Doors (Standard Option)

(1)
Loosen the grubscrew (2).
(2)
Adjust the nut (3) to get the dimension C clearance between the lavatory door (1) and the door frame.
(3)
Tighten the grubscrew (2).
(4)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-007) to the grubscrew (2).
Subtask 25-40-00-710-050-A
C.
Operational Test of the Lavatory Doors

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01100-A - Lavatory Doors - Emergency Opening from the Outside)
(1)
Do the emergency opening test (from outside of the lavatory):

NOTE :
(a)
Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1).
(b)
Slide the knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows VACANT.
(c)
Open the single bladed door:

1
(d)
5.
Pull the lavatory door (3) open.
Open the Bi-folding door (standard option):

1
(2)
For this test, the lavatory door must be locked from the inside.
Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door latches (5) and pull the lavatory
door (3) fully open outwards.
Do the Door Functional Test:

(a)
Operate the lavatory door (3) and make sure that the door operation is correct.
(b)
Close the lavatory door (3), lock the door latches (5) and do the step (a) again.
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-862-051-A
A.
AES
De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
25-40-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
BIFOLDING DOOR
(EXAMPLE)
C
1
C
2
C
A
B
C
SINGLE BLADE DOOR

(EXAMPLE)
C
4
C
C
NOTE: DIMENSION C=
3.00mm (0.075in.)
MINIMUM
N_MM_254000_2_AAE0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-00800-A SHEET 1

25-40-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
EXAMPLE
A
3
STEP 1
STEP 2
PUSH
OPEN
FOLD
STEP 3
N_MM_254000_2_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-01100-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Doors - Emergency Opening from the Outside
25-40-00 PB201
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-820-002-A
Shimming Procedure for Lavatory Installation
1.
Reason for the Job

If the lavatories are installed on the aircraft floor structure which is not level, it is possible the lavatories will not
align with the adjacent cabin lining clearance-system. This data gives the procedure of shim plate installation below
the lavatory floor.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-082
B.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01200-A - Shim - Lavatory Installation (Hardpoint Attachment))

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01300-A - Shim - Lavatory Installation (Seat Rail Attachment))
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01400-A - Shim Installation)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-053-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-820-052-A
A.
Installation of Lavatory Shim Plates

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01200-A - Shim - Lavatory Installation (Hardpoint Attachment))
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01300-A - Shim - Lavatory Installation (Seat Rail Attachment))
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01400-A - Shim Installation)
NOTE :
The shim plate installation procedure for the lavatory hardpoint attachments and the lavatory seat rail
attachments are almost the same.
(1)
Put the applicable lavatory assembly in position.
(2)
Measure the distance between the aircraft floor structure and the lavatory floor. If the distance is more
than 2.50 mm (0.10 in.), install the shim plates (2) as follows:
NOTE :
AES
The maximum step from each shim plate must not be more than 0.5 mm (0.02 in.).
25-40-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
(3)
Install the shim plates (2).
Measure the lavatory floor to make sure it is level in the lavatory door area, if the lavatory floor is not
level, install the shim plates as follows:
(a)
Position the straight edge on the lavatory floor.
(b)
Measure and note the distance between the straight edge and the lavatory floor.
(c)
Remove the applicable lavatory assembly.
(d)
Install the applicable shim plates (3) to make the lavatory floor level (Refer to Section B-B).
NOTE :
(4)
Put the lavatory assembly in position.
(5)
Do Step (3) again.
(6)
Remove the applicable lavatory assembly.
(7)
Note the shims installed at each location and remove the shims plates (2) and (3).
(8)
Install the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-082) (4) to the aircraft floor
structure.
(9)
Install the applicable shim plates (2) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-082) between each shim plate.
NOTE :
(10) Install the applicable shim plates (3) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-082) between each shim plate.
NOTE :
(11) Put the applicable lavatory assembly in position and make sure it is vertical to the aircraft floor
structure.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-862-054-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-40-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
C
B
C
2
C
SECTION
(0.02in.)
(0.02in.)
0.5mm
0.5mm
LAVATORY
FLOOR
(0.02in.)
0.5mm
B B
3
4
MEASURE THIS
HEIGHT
C
AIRCRAFT
FLOOR PANEL
LENGTH MUST AGREE WITH

CLEARANCE DIMENSION
(0.10in.)
max.2.5mm
2
1
LAVATORY
FLOOR
1
AIRCRAFT
FLOOR PANEL
NOTE
1
BOLT LENGTH MUST AGREE

WITH THICKNESS OF SHIM.
IN AREA OF LAVATORY
ATTACHMENT.
N_MM_254000_2_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-01200-A SHEET 1

Shim - Lavatory Installation (Hardpoint Attachment)
25-40-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
C
A
B
C
2
C
SECTION
(0.02in.)
(0.02in.)
0.5mm
(0.02in.)
0.5mm
LAVATORY
FLOOR
0.5mm
B B
3
4
MEASURE THIS
HEIGHT
C
AIRCRAFT
FLOOR PANEL
(0.10in.)
max.2.5mm
LENGTH MUST AGREE WITH

CLEARANCE DIMENSION
AIRCRAFT
FLOOR PANEL
NOTE
1
BOLT LENGTH MUST AGREE

WITH THICKNESS OF SHIM.
IN AREA OF LAVATORY
ATTACHMENT.
N_MM_254000_2_AJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-01300-A SHEET 1

Shim - Lavatory Installation (Seat Rail Attachment)
25-40-00 PB201
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SHIM PLATE
FOR SEAT RAIL
ATTACHMENT:
15.5mm DIA
(3.54in.)
(0.39in.)
90.0mm
10.0mm DIA
(3.54in.)
90.0mm
SHIM PLATE
FOR HARDPOINT
ATTACHMENT:
(0.61in.)
50.0mm
12.5mm
12.5mm
(0.49in.)
(0.49in.)
(1.97in.)
50.0mm
(1.97in.)
THICKNESS:
THICKNESS:
0.5mm (0.02in.)
1.0mm (0.04in.)
2.0mm (0.08in.)
0.5mm (0.02in.)
1.0mm (0.04in.)
2.0mm (0.08in.)
SCREW OF LAVATORY SUPPLIER

INSTALLATION KIT
NAS 130629
TOTAL THICKNESS
OF SHIMS
0.5mm
1.0mm
1.5mm
2.0mm
2.5mm
(0.02in.) (0.04in.) (0.06in.) (0.08in.) (0.10in.)
NEW SCREW LENGTH

(NAS 1306...)
30.0mm
30.0mm
30.0mm
31.0mm
31.0mm
(1.18in.) (1.18in.) (1.18in.) (1.22in.) (1.22in.)

INSTALLATION KIT
NAS 130414
TOTAL THICKNESS
OF SHIMS
0.5mm
1.0mm
1.5mm
2.0mm
2.5mm
(0.02in.) (0.04in.) (0.06in.) (0.08in.) (0.10in.)
NEW SCREW LENGTH

(NAS 1304...)
15.0mm
16.0mm
16.0mm
15.0mm
15.0mm
(0.59in.) (0.59in.) (0.59in.) (0.63in.) (0.63in.)

INSTALLATION KIT
NAS 130431
TOTAL THICKNESS
OF SHIMS
0.5mm
1.0mm
1.5mm
2.0mm
2.5mm
(0.02in.) (0.04in.) (0.06in.) (0.08in.) (0.10in.)
NEW SCREW LENGTH

(NAS 1304...)
32.0mm
32.0mm
32.0mm
34.0mm
34.0mm
(1.26in.) (1.26in.) (1.26in.) (1.34in.) (1.34in.)
N_MM_254000_2_ALM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-01400-A SHEET 1

Shim Installation
25-40-00 PB201
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LAVATORIES - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-40-01A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-40-01A
Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
D.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01500-A - Flapper Door)
3.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-052
C.
QTY
1
WARNING NOTICE(S)
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-056-A
A.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-040-050-A
A.
AES
Deactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01500-A - Flapper Door)
(1)
Seal the opening of the waste chute with self adhesive tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(2)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the waste compartment.
25-40-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Open the access door of the waste compartment:

(a)
5.
Make sure that the waste container is empty.
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-410-062-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the access door of the waste compartment.
(3)
25-40-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
A
WASTE CHUTE
EXAMPLE
WASTE
COMPARTMENT
EXAMPLE
WASTE CONTAINER
B
EXAMPLE
FLAPPER DOOR
ACCESS DOOR
N_MM_254000_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-01500-A SHEET 1

Flapper Door
25-40-00 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-40-01A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-40-01A
Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

B.
REFERENCE
25-45-15-000-001-A
25-45-15-400-001-A
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-057-A
A.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-440-050-A
A.
5.
Reactivation of the Defective or Missing Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door

(1)
Remove the warning notice and the aluminium tape.
(2)
If necessary, remove the damaged waste chute flap (Ref. TASK 25-45-15-000-001-A).
(3)
Install a new waste chute flap (Ref. TASK 25-45-15-400-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-862-058-A
A.
AES
25-40-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LAVATORIES - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-820-003-A
Adjustment of the Lavatory Door
FIN 6483MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-007
B.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01600-A - Adjustment - Single-Blade Door)

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01800-A - Adjustment - Bi-Folding Door)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-059-A
A.
4.

Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-820-054-A
A.
AES
Adjustment of the Lavatory Single Blade Doors

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01600-A - Adjustment - Single-Blade Door)
(1)
(2)
25-40-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Adjust the hinge (5) to get the dimension C clearance between the lavatory door (6) and the door
frame.
(4)
(5)
Subtask 25-40-00-820-053-A
B.
5.
Adjustment of the Lavatory Bi-folding Doors (Standard Option)

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01800-A - Adjustment - Bi-Folding Door)
(1)
(2)
Adjust the nut (3) to get the dimension C clearance between the lavatory door (1) and the door frame.
(3)
(4)
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-862-060-A
A.
AES
25-40-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
BIFOLDING DOOR
(EXAMPLE)
B
SINGLE BLADE DOOR
(EXAMPLE)
C
C
5
NOTE:
DIMENSION C=3.00mm (0.12in.) MINIMUM
N_MM_254000_5_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Adjustment - Single-Blade Door
25-40-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
2
C
C
EXAMPLE
2
1
NOTE: DIMENSION C=3mm (0.12 in.) MINIMUM

1
TURN TO LOWER OR LIFT THE DOOR
RESULT OF CORRECT LAVATORY SHIMMING

N_MM_254000_5_AFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-01800-A SHEET 1

Adjustment - Bi-Folding Door
25-40-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Lavatory Door
FIN 7000MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01900-A - Single Blade Door Operation)

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-01700-A - Bi-Folding Door Operation)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-060-A
A.
4.

Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-710-051-A
A.
Emergency Opening Test of the Lavatory Doors (from the Outside of the Lavatory)
NOTE :
(1)
(2)
Do the emergency opening procedure of the single bladed door:

(a)
Lift the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1) and move the knob (2) to the side until the indicator
(4) shows VACANT.
(b)
Turn the knob (or the optional lever) and pull the lavatory door (3) open.
Do the emergency opening procedure of the bi-folding door (standard option):

(a)
AES
Lift up the spring loaded LAVATORY cover (1) and move the knob (2) to the side until the
indicator (4) shows VACANT.
25-40-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door latches (5) and pull the lavatory door (3)
fully open outwards.
Subtask 25-40-00-710-052-A
B.
5.
Operational Test of the Lavatory Doors

(1)
(2)
Close the lavatory door (3), lock the door latches (5).
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-862-061-A
A.
AES
25-40-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
3
A
2
LATCH
B
EXAMPLE
NORMAL
OPEN
DOOR
LATCH
CATCH
DOOR KNOB
NOTE:
1
OR OPTIONAL LEVER
N_MM_254000_5_AHM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-01900-A SHEET 1

Single Blade Door Operation
25-40-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
EXAMPLE
2
3
A
4
LATCH
STEP 1
B
PUSH
3
STEP 2
5
3
OPEN
STEP 4
FOLD
STEP 3
3
5
N_MM_254000_5_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-01700-A SHEET 1

Bi-Folding Door Operation
25-40-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LAVATORIES - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-210-001-A
Detailed Inspection of the Waste Compartment Including Waste Flap and Operational Check of Waste Flap
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-40-00-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF WASTE COMPARTMENT INCLUDING WASTE FLAP AND OPERATIONAL
CHECK OF WASTE FLAP
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION
1
MIRROR - INSPECTION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-00100-A - Lavatory Waste Container and Waste Chute with Flap)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-010-050-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Open the applicable lavatory door.
(2)
Open the waste container access-door.
(3)
Remove and clean the waste container.
Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-210-050-A
A.
Detailed Inspection of the Waste Compartment, the Waste Flap and Operational Check of the Waste Flap
(1)
AES
Visually examine the waste container compartment, the waste container and the waste flap for:
. distortion,
. cracks,
. corrosion,
. signs of fire damage,
. contamination.
25-40-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(2)
With a MIRROR - INSPECTION and a LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION, visually examine the waste
chute for:
. distortion,
. corrosion,
. signs of fire damage,
. contamination.
(3)
Operate the waste flap to make sure that the waste flap closes and seals correctly.
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the waste container.
(3)
Close the waste container access-door.
(4)
Close the lavatory door.
25-40-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
A
WASTE CHUTE
EXAMPLE
C
EXAMPLE
CONTAINER
COMPARTMENT
(WASTE BOX)
REF. 254517
WASTE CONTAINER
B
EXAMPLE
WASTE FLAP
(IN CLOSED POSITION)
REF. 254515
ACCESS DOOR
REF. 254518
N_MM_254000_6_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Waste Container and Waste Chute with Flap
25-40-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-210-002-A
Detailed Inspection of the Lavatory Attachment Points
FIN 7002MM
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-40-00-02-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF ATTACHMENT POINTS
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION
No specific
B.
MIRROR - INSPECTION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
221AC, 221EW, 261BC, 261CC
C.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-000-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-001-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
25-23-45-000-005-A
25-23-45-400-006-A
35-21-41-000-001-A
35-21-41-400-001-A
51-76-11-300-001-A
Repair of the Sealing
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-00200-A - Lavatory Attachment Points)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-054-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-40-00-010-052-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
For the FWD lavatory.

(a)
AES
Remove the ceiling panel 221AC in the forward utility area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A).
25-40-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
Remove the door-frame lining panel 221EW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005-A).
(c)
Open the oxygen service panel in the lavatory (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
(d)
Open the flap of the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
(e)
Remove the emergency equipment from the stowage of the CAS as necessary.
(f)
Remove the cover from the wall fitting on the lavatory passage wall.
Subtask 25-40-00-010-053-A
C.
Get Access
(1)
4.
For the AFT lavatories.

(a)
Open the flap of the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
(b)
Remove the emergency equipment from the stowage of the CAS as necessary.
(c)
Remove the ceiling panels 261CC 261BC in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).
(d)
Remove the covers from the lower attachment points as necessary.
Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-210-051-A
A.
Visual Inspection of the Lavatory Attachment Points.

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-00200-A - Lavatory Attachment Points)
NOTE :
(1)
Visually examine the upper attachment points and the brace assemblies for:
. correct installation,
. corrosion,
. cracks,
. contamination,
. installation of the quick release pins,
. safety of the locknuts.
(2)
Visually examine the lower attachment points for:

. cracks,
. corrosion,
. correct installation,
. contamination.
(3)
Make sure that the sealing is in good condition.

(a)
5.
You will need a MIRROR - INSPECTION and a LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION for the inspection
procedure.
If necessary do a repair of the sealing (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
For the FWD lavatory.

(a)
Install the cover on the wall fitting on the lavatory passage wall.
(b)
Install the emergency equipment in the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
(c)
(d)
Close the flap of the CAS stowage.
25-40-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(e)
Close the oxygen service panel in the lavatory (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001-A).
(f)
Install the door-frame lining panel 221EW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006-A).
Install the ceiling panel 221AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-40-00-410-052-A
B.
Close Access
(1)
For the AFT lavatories.

(a)
Install the ceiling panels 261CC 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002-A).
(b)
Install the emergency equipment in the stowage of the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
(c)
(d)
Close the flap of the CAS stowage.
(e)
Install the covers on the lower attachment points.
Subtask 25-40-00-862-055-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-40-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
LAVATORY
STRUCTURE
UPPER
ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENT
BOLT
MAT. NO 15008
(PROTECTION WAX)
FITTING
A
A
B
COVER 1
EXAMPLE
A
RETAINER
LOWER
ATTACHMENT
POINTS
LOWER
ATTACHMENT
POINTS
C
EXAMPLE
QUICK RELEASE
PIN
QUICK RELEASE
PIN
TIE ROD
ASSEMBLY
LOCK NUT
LAVATORY
STRUCTURE
AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE
2
NOTE:
1
IF INSTALLED
SAFETIED WITH MAT. NO 19010
LAVATORY "A" ONLY IF INSTALLED
LOCK NUT
N_MM_254000_6_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Attachment Points
25-40-00 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-210-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-40-00-04-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF LAVATORY FLOOR PAN
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-00300-C - Lavatory Floor Pan)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-061-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-210-057-A
A.

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-00300-C - Lavatory Floor Pan)
(1)
Do the visual inspection of the floor pan in all lavatories:

(a)
5.
Make sure that there are no cracks:

. In the floor bottom in the area around the NTF
. In the vertical panels of the floor pan with special attention to the radius.
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-862-062-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-40-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
A
INSPECTION AREA
VERTICAL PANELS
INSPECTION
AREA
NTF
N_MM_254000_6_ADM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-00300-C SHEET 1

Lavatory Floor Pan
25-40-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-220-001-A
Detailed Inspection of Lavatory Wall
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-40-00-03-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF LAVATORY WALL
NOTE:- REFER TO ISB 25-1365 FIGURE 1 SHEET 1 FLOW CHART FOR FURTHER DETAILS
- TASK NOT APPLICABLE IF COMPOSITE REPAIR I.A.W.
CMM ACCOMPLISHED REFER TO ISB 25-1365 FIGURE 1 SHEET 1 FLOW CHART FOR FURTHER DETAILS.
NOTE :
2.
Refer to ISB 25-1365 figure 1, sheet 1 flow chart, for further details.
Task NOT applicable if composite repair I.A.W. CMM accomplished, refer to ISB 25-1365 figure 1, sheet 1
flow chart, for further details.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
** On A/C
POST SB 25-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-055-A
A.

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 25-40-00-861-055-B
A.
4.
Procedure
** On A/C
POST SB 25-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 25-40-00-220-050-A
A.
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Lavatory Walls for Corrosion

(1)
AES
Do the detailed visual inspection of the affected areas as specified in ISB 25-1365.
25-40-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 25-40-00-220-050-B
A.
General Information
(1)
5.
The detailed visual inspection of the lavatory walls for corrosion is not necessary because of the new
honeycomb material introduced with modification 31574 K7442.
Close-up
** On A/C
POST SB 25-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 25-40-00-862-056-A
A.

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
AES
25-40-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LAVATORIES - REPAIRS
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-340-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
No specific
No specific
No specific
1
1
CUTTER - THIN BLADE

PLIERS - NOSE, SOFT, LONG
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-051
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 08-084
Material No: 08-103
Material No: 11-006
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-011
No specific
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
EPOXY RESIN
MASKING TAPE
REPAIR KIT FOR WASHBASIN
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL ALCOHOL
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
SCOTCH BRITE PADS
DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit
WOODEN BLOCK

ZONE/ACCESS
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

D.
REFERENCE
12-21-12-100-009-A
AES
ZONE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin in the Lavatories
25-40-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-45-15-000-001-A
25-45-15-400-001-A

25-45-17-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02100-A - Waste Chute Flap)
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02000-A - Waste Flap Area)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-062-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-330-050-A
A.
Removal of Scratches
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
Scratches deeper than 0.3 mm (0,012 in.) have to be repaired as convenient to the customer:
. In the customers work shop with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-103)
or
. In the manufacturers work shop.
(2)
Remove the scratches up to a depth of 0.3mm (0.012 in.) with an abrasive/emery cloth.
NOTE :
(a)
(3)
The grade of grain of the abrasive/emery cloth depends on the depth of the scratches.
Make the repair area smooth with a:

. CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180)
. CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 240)
. CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400)
. or
use the SCOTCH BRITE PADS SCOTCH BRITE PADS (Material No: 19-011) .
Clean and polish the wash basin (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-009-A).
Subtask 25-40-00-340-051-A
B.
AES
Repair of the Waste-Chute Flap

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02100-A - Waste Chute Flap)
25-40-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
Remove the waste-chute flap (Ref. TASK 25-45-15-000-001-A).
(2)
Use a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400) to remove the old bonding material from the hinge (1) and
the waste-chute flap (4) (Step 1).
(3)
Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) to clean the bonding surfaces of the hinge (1) and the waste-chute flap
(4).
(4)
Install the screws (3) on the hinge (1) and put the hinge (1) to the loaded position (Step 2).
(5)
Put the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-084) (2) 10 mm (0.4 in.) wide
around the hinge (1) until the tape holds it in the loaded position.
(6)
Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-051) to the surface of the
hinge (1) to be bonded.
(7)
Put the hinge (1) in position and tighten the screws (3).
(8)
Put the waste-chute flap (4) in position from under the wash basin and hold it.
(9)
Cut the tape (2) and allow the hinge (1) to come against the waste-chute flap (4) (Step 3).
NOTE :
Part of the tape will stay with the hinge.
NOTE :
The bond between the joints will take approximately 2 hours to dry.
(10) Visually examine the waste-chute flap (4) to make sure it is engaged correctly.
(11) Use the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) to remove unwanted bonding material.
(12) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the waste-chute flap for 2
hours.
(13) Install the waste box (Ref. TASK 25-45-17-400-001-A).
(14) Install the damper as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-45-15-400-001-A).
(15) Push and release the waste-chute flap (4) to make sure it operates correctly.
Subtask 25-40-00-340-052-A
C.
Repair of the Waste Flap Area

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02000-A - Waste Flap Area)
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
25-40-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)

(a)
Push the waste flap (1) and set it in the open position.
(b)
Transfer the contour of the replacement part (3), item of the DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit to
the damaged area of the wash basin (2).
(c)
Carefully remove the unwanted material with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.

NOTE :
(2)
(d)
Chamfer the lower contoured edge of the replacement part (3).
(e)
Put the replacement part (3) in position on the wash basin (2) and make sure that it has the
correct dimensions.
Install the Replacement Part:

(a)
Make sure that the ambient temperature of the repair area is not less than 18 deg.C (64.40
deg.F).
(b)
Clean the mating surfaces of the repair with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-006) and a
lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(c)
Put the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) in position on the
lower surface of the wash basin (2).
(d)
Apply the prepared adhesive, part of the DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit to the repair area of the
wash basin.
NOTE :
(e)
Put the replacement part (3) in position with a light pressure and set it with a PLIERS - NOSE,
SOFT, LONG or a WOODEN BLOCK.
(f)
Let the repair cure at a

20 deg.C (68.00 deg.F)
25 deg.C (77.00 deg.F)
30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F)
NOTE :
(g)
AES
The material thickness of the replacement part (3) is 4.0 mm (0.16 in.).
temperature of:
for 6 hours,
for 4 hours,
for 3 hours
Remove the pliers or the wooden block and the masking tape.
(3)
Make the repair area smooth with:

. The abrasive paper, grain 180
and
. The abrasive fleece
parts of the DCIN900 VARICOR repair kit.
(4)
Clean and polish the wash basin (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-009-A).
(5)
Release the flap (1) and make sure that it closes correctly.
25-40-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-942-055-A
A.
Close-up
(1)
(2)
items.
Subtask 25-40-00-862-063-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-40-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
ACCESS
DOOR
4
FLAP
ASSEMBLY
INSTALLED
STEP 1
SPRING
UNLOADED
EXAMPLE
HINGE
REMOVED
STEP 2
MAT No 08051
SPRING
LOADED
BONDING SURFACE
2
MAT No 08084
3
N_MM_254000_8_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-02100-A SHEET 1

Waste Chute Flap
25-40-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
B
2
N_MM_254000_8_GAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-02000-A SHEET 1

Waste Flap Area
25-40-00 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
STEP1 INDENTIFY THE DAMAGE
3
DAMAGE
C
STEP2 TRANSFER THE CONTOUR OF
THE REPLACEMENT PART
DAMAGED AREA
TO BE REMOVED
N_MM_254000_8_GAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-02000-A SHEET 2

Waste Flap Area
25-40-00 PB801
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STEP3 REMOVE THE DAMAGE
DAMAGED
AREA
REMOVED
STEP4 CHAMFER THE LOWER EDGE

OF THE REPLACEMENT PART
STEP5 STEP FIT CHECK
N_MM_254000_8_GAMA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-02000-A SHEET 3

Waste Flap Area
25-40-00 PB801
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STEP4 INSTALL THE REPLACEMENT PART
MAT. NO 08074
ADHESIVE VARICOR
MAT. NO 08074
BLOCK
PUSH AND HOLD

IN POSITION
N_MM_254000_8_GAMA_04_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-02000-A SHEET 4

Waste Flap Area
25-40-00 PB801
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-340-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-051
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
C.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
DESIGNATION
EPOXY RESIN
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-45-22-000-001-A
25-45-22-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02200-A - Spacer - Toilet Shroud)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-064-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-010-060-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-40-00-340-054-A
B.
Installation of a Spacer on the Toilet Shroud

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02200-A - Spacer - Toilet Shroud)
MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-40-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Use a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400) to remove old bonding material from the toilet shroud (1)
and the spacer (2).
(2)
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) to clean the surfaces on the toilet shroud (1) and the spacer (2) to be
bonded.
(3)
Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-051) to the surfaces on the
spacer (2) to be bonded.
(4)
Put the spacer (2) in position on the toilet shroud (1).

NOTE :
(5)
The bond between the joints will take approximately 2 hours to dry.
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) to remove unwanted bonding material.
Subtask 25-40-00-410-063-A
C.
Close Access
(1)
5.
Install the toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-400-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-942-057-A
A.
Close-up
(1)
(2)
items.
Subtask 25-40-00-862-065-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-40-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
B
B
B
BONDING
SURFACE
N_MM_254000_8_BCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-02200-A SHEET 1

Spacer - Toilet Shroud
25-40-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-340-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-125
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
No specific
C.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
DESIGNATION
REACTION ADHESIVE,CYANOACRYLATE BASED
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
Buffer PN 11593
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02300-A - Toilet Seat)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-063-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-340-053-A
A.
Repair of the Toilet Seat (Buffer Replacement)

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02300-A - Toilet Seat)
WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN YOU DO
THIS TASK.
MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-40-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Lift the toilet seat cover (1) and the toilet seat (2).
(2)
Remove the old adhesive from the toilet seat (2) wit a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(3)
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) to clean the area to be repaired on the toilet seat (2).
(4)
Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-125) to the surface of the new
Buffer PN 11593 (3) to be bonded.
(5)
Install the new buffer (3) on the toilet seat (2).

NOTE :
5.
The minimum time for the adhesive to bond is 1 minute at 23 +3 deg.C or -3 deg.C (73.40
+5.40 deg.F or -5.40 deg.F).
(6)
Use the LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) to remove any unwanted adhesive.
(7)
Lower the toilet seat (2) and make sure the fit between the seat (2) and the toilet shroud (4) is correct.
(8)
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use the toilet seat for approximately 1
hour.
(9)
Carefully lower the toilet seat cover (1).
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-942-056-A
A.
Close-up
(1)
(2)
items.
Subtask 25-40-00-862-064-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-40-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
1
A
4
BONDING
SURFACE
N_MM_254000_8_BEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-02300-A SHEET 1

Toilet Seat
25-40-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-40-00-340-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
2
No specific
CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific
DRILL DIA 4,7 MM (0.185 IN)
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-056
Material No: 05-109
Material No: 08-025
Material No: 08-026
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-047
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
GLASSCLOTH
SPECIAL MATERIALS
LAMINATION RESIN AND HARDENER
ADHESV/SEALNT 1 PART, RTV SILICON RUBBER
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
Material No: 19-003

No specific

Material LN 40606-40
No specific
POLYCARBONATE DAN 197,DAN 198
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-45-18-000-001-A
25-45-18-400-001-A
25-45-19-000-001-A
25-45-19-400-001-A
25-45-22-000-001-A
AES
25-40-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-45-22-400-001-A
25-45-26-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-45-26-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02400-A - Floor Pan)

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02500-A - Floor Pan - Peventive Pads)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-40-00-861-065-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-40-00-010-061-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
If necessary, remove the lavatory items that follow:

. The access door (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-000-001-A)
. The lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001-A)
. The toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-000-001-A)
. The lining (Ref. TASK 25-45-26-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-40-00-340-055-A
A.
Repair of the Crack(s) or Damage on the Lavatory Floor Pan (Non-textile Floor Cover, behind the Toilet
Shroud and below the Washbasin)
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
IF YOU DO:
RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION :
(1)
AES
MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Preparation for the repair:

(a)
Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
(b)
25-40-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
(2)
If the crack(s) is/are longer than 710 mm (28 in.),

or 2 cracks at less than 51 mm (2 in.) from each other are present, replace the floor pan.
Do the repair:
(a)
Stop-drill the ends of the cracks with a DRILL DIA 4,7 MM (0.185 IN)
(b)
Remove the unwanted material with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(c)
(d)
(e)
Fill the repair area with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) .
(f)
Remove the unwanted adhesive from the repair area with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(g)
(h)
Cut a patch of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-056) sufficient in dimension to cover
the repair area.
(i)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-001C) on the SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No: 05-056) and install the patch on the repair area.
(j)
Let the repair cure for 1 hour.
(k)
(l)
(3)
If necessary, apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047) to the repair area.
(4)
Subtask 25-40-00-340-056-A
B.
Repair of Crack(s) or Damage on the Vertical Panel of the Floor Pan

IF YOU DO:
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION :
AES
25-40-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Clean the damaged area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth
(a)
Stop-drill the ends of crack(s) with a DRILL DIA 4,7 MM (0.185 IN)
(b)
Remove the unwanted material with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE.
(c)
(2)
(3)
Fill the damaged area with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) .
(a)
Remove the unwanted adhesive from the repair area with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(4)
(5)
Cut a patch of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-109) sufficient in dimension to cover the
damaged area.
(6)
Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) on the SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No: 05-109) and install the patch on the damaged area.
(7)
Allow the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-025) to cure for 1 hour.
(a)
(8)
(9)
If necessary, apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047) to the repair area.
Subtask 25-40-00-340-057-A
C.
Replacement of the Damaged Sealant around the Non-textile Floor Covering (NTF)
IF YOU DO:
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION :
AES
(1)
Carefully remove damaged sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2)
25-40-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-026) to the damaged area
around the NTF covering.
(a)
Remove the unwanted sealant from the repair area with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(4)
Let the sealant cure for 1 hour.
(5)
Subtask 25-40-00-340-058-A
D.
Installation of Preventive Pads (Floor Pan Removed)

(Ref. Fig. 25-40-00-991-02500-A - Floor Pan - Peventive Pads)
IF YOU DO:
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION :
(1)
If necessary stop-drill the ends of crack(s) with a DRILL DIA 4,7 MM (0.185 IN).
(2)
Make the necessary number of pads with a dimension of 2 in. x 2 in. (50 mm x 50 mm) from:
. Laminate Material LN 40606-40
or
. POLYCARBONATE DAN 197,DAN 198
or similar.
(a)
(3)
(4)
Bond the pads to the floor pan with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-017A) and let the adhesive harden.
(a)
5.
Paint the pads with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047) .
Close-up
Subtask 25-40-00-410-064-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
If necessary, install the lavatory items that follow:

. The access door (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-400-001-A)
. The lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001-A)
25-40-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
The toilet shroud (Ref. TASK 25-45-22-400-001-A)

The lining (Ref. TASK 25-45-26-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-40-00-862-066-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-40-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
B
C
A
B
SEALANT
SECTION
SECTION
BB
1
75.0mm
(3 in.)
MAX. 3.0mm
(0.12 in.)
2.0mm
(0.08 in.)
LAVATORY
FLOORPAN
NOTE:
REPAIR OF THE CRACKS OR

DAMAGE ON THE LAVATORY FLOORPAN
(3 in.)
MATERIAL No 08025
75.0mm
NTF
VERTICAL
PANEL
45
45
(0.12 in.)
MATERIAL No 05056
MATERIAL No 08001C
EXAMPLE
MAX. 3.0mm
CC
EXAMPLE
CHAMFER 1.0mm x 1.0mm

(0.04in. x 0.04in.)
MATERIAL No 05109
REPAIR OF THE CRACKS OR

DAMAGE ON THE VERTICAL PANEL
OF THE LAVATORY FLOORPAN
MATERIAL No 08025
N_MM_254000_8_BLR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-02400-A SHEET 1

Floor Pan
25-40-00 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
AA
PAD
4.0mm
(0.157 in.)
A
PADS 50.0mm x 50.0mm
(1.969 in. x 1.969 in.)
N_MM_254000_8_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-40-00-991-02500-A SHEET 1

Floor Pan - Peventive Pads
25-40-00 PB801
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FORWARD LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The forward lavatories are installed in the forward utility area.
AES
25-41-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-00-12300-D - Lavatory Locations)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-00-12300-A - Lavatory Location)
AES
25-41-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-00-13500-A - Lavatory Installation - Example)
A.
General Characteristics
The lavatories are installed as set or movable units. The set lavatories are hard point mounted in the floor
structure. The movable lavatories are attached to the seat rails in the variable installation areas at 1 inch
intervals. A tie-rod attaches the upper attachment point of the lavatory to the aircraft structure. Each lavatory
has a single blade door or as an option, a bi-folding door can be installed on specific lavatories.
B.
Structure
The lavatory is assembled as a modular unit, with a ceiling, sidewalls, rearwall and floorpan. The basic structure
is made from sandwich panels. Extrusions are bonded and/or attached with screws to the panels. Kickstrips and
corner strips are installed to prevent damage to the lavatory.
C.
Lavatory Equipment
Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory for the comfort of the passengers and crew (Ref.
25-45-00-00).
D. Lavatory Doors
(1) Single Blade Door
A single blade door that opens out is installed on the lavatory unit.
Lavatories installed near an exit will have the lavatory door installed so it will not hinder evacuation of the
passengers.
To let the door open without blockage, a minimum clearance of 21 in. (0.53 m) is required.
(2) Bi-folding Door
A bi-folding door that opens in and closes automatically can be installed on specific lavatories, as an option.
(3) For details of the door(s) (Ref. 25-45-00-00).
AES
25-41-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Z220
5050MM
REF. 254141
LAVATORY A, L11
N_MM_254100_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Location
25-41-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Z220
5101MM
REF. 254141
LAVATORY A, L11
N_MM_254100_0_ACN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-00-12300-D SHEET 1

Lavatory Locations
25-41-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF LAVATORY
A
A
PELMET
CEILING
EXAMPLE OF
UPPER CONNECTION
AIR
EXTRACTION
DUCT
HOUSING
AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE
DOOR
BC
TIE ROD
BC
LAVATORY
STRUCTURE
BC
KICK STRIP
BC
C
EXAMPLE OF
HARD POINT
LOWER CONNECTION
B
EXAMPLE OF
SEAT RAIL
LOWER CONNECTION
LAVATORY
STRUCTURE
LAVATORY
STRUCTURE
FITTING
COVER
COVER
SEAT RAIL
N_MM_254100_0_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-00-13500-A SHEET 1

25-41-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LAVATORY A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-41-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Lavatory A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
No specific
No specific
No specific
1
AR
AR
ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-16

PLUG - BLANKING
No specific
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-074
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
MASKING TAPE

ZONE/ACCESS
200
812
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
D.
REFERENCE
12-24-38-680-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-12-000-002-A
23-73-18-000-001-A
Removal of the Forward Attendant Panel

Removal of the Programming and Test Panel
24-42-00-861-001-A
25-22-41-000-001-A
25-23-42-000-001-A

25-23-45-000-005-A
25-45-19-000-001-A
26-17-15-000-001-A
Removal of the Lavatory Smoke Detector
35-21-41-000-001-A
38-31-41-000-001-A
Removal of a Toilet Assembly
AES
25-41-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
52-41-00-010-002-A
DESIGNATION
Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-51-11-000-001-A
ESPM 20-25-41-0
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-00300-I - Electrical Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-02900-A - Schematic of Connector 2743VC-A and Release Latches)
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-00300-L - Electrical Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-00300-O - Electrical Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-00200-G - Hose and Tube Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-02700-B - Hose Connection - Air Extraction)
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-01300-A - Ceiling Supports)
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-01700-A - Door Sill)
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-00500-A - Lavatory Subassemblies)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-41-41-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-41-41-680-051-A
B.

(1)
Drain the potable water system (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001-A).
(2)
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to do the servicing of the potable water
system.
Subtask 25-41-41-865-050-A
C.

PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
163RH
M08
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
2000VU
POT/WASTE WIP HEATER LINE
1DW
A02
2000VU
POT/WASTE WIP HEATER CTL
2DW
A01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
WATER SYS
LAV-FWD-HOT WATER-A
LAV FWD-OCCUPIED
LAV LIGHT
1MA
1MB
1WJ
1LQ
D06
F02
F01
J01
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX
E01
AES
25-41-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
2001VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
1MT
LOCATION
B01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-41-41-010-066-A
D.
Get Access
(1)
Open the lateral avionics-compartment access-door 812 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A).
(2)
Remove the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-001-A).
(3)
Remove the programming and test panel (Ref. TASK 23-73-18-000-001-A).
(4)
Remove the FAP (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-000-002-A).
(5)
Remove the lavatory smoke detector 1WQ (Ref. TASK 26-17-15-000-001-A).
(6)
Remove the forward passenger/crew door-frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005-A).
(7)
Remove the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-001-A).
(8)
Remove the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001-A).
(9)
Remove the forward utility-area ceiling-panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A).
(10) Remove the emergency oxygen container 29WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
(11) Remove the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001-A).
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 25-41-41-020-064-I
A.
Disconnection of the Aircraft-Interface Electrical Connections

(1)
In the lavatory, on the outboard wall:

(a)
Remove the access panel (1) and disconnect the electrical connector 7200VC-A (2).
NOTE :
(2)
On the lavatory wall:

(a)
AES
Spring loaded catches hold the panel in position.
Disconnect the electrical connector 2791VC-A (3).
(3)
(4)
Remove the electrical harnesses from the lavatory structure:

(a)
Remove the screws (7), the washers (6), the spacers (4), the electrical harness (8) and the clamps
(5).
(b)
Remove the tie-wraps (11) and the electrical harness (9).
(c)
Attach the electrical harnesses (8) and (9) to the aircraft structure with BONDING AND
25-41-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Disconnect the electrical harness of the cockpit door release-latches:

CAUTION :
(6)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Disconnect the related electrical wires of the release latches 30MQ, 31MQ and 32MQ from the
electrical connector 2743VC-A (15)
and (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41-0).
Remove the electrical harness (10) from the aircraft structure:

(a)
Remove the nuts (14), the screws (13), the washers (12) and disconnect the bonding connectors
8007VN and 8008VN.
(b)
(c)
Attach the electrical harness (10) to the lavatory wall with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
** On A/C 006-006
Subtask 25-41-41-020-064-L
A.

(1)

(a)
(2)
Remove the access panel (1) and disconnect the electrical connectors 7200VC-A (2) and 7420VCA (3).

(a)
(3)
(4)

(a)
Remove the screws (7), the washers (6), the spacers (4), the electrical harnesses (8) and (9) and
the clamps (5).
(b)
** On A/C 007-099
Subtask 25-41-41-020-064-O
A.

(1)
(2)

(a)
Remove the caps (11), drill out the rivets (12) and remove the access panel (1).
(b)
Disconnect the electrical connectors 7200VC-A (2) and 7420VC-A (3).

(a)
(3)
AES
25-41-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
(5)

(a)
Remove the screws (7), the washers (6), the spacers (4), the electrical harnesses (8) and (9) and
the clamps (5).
(b)
Disconnect the electrical harness of the cockpit door release-latches:

CAUTION :
(a)
(b)
(c)
Disconnect the related electrical wires of the release latches 30MQ, 31MQ and 32MQ from the
and (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41-0).
(6)
Remove the electrical harness (16) from the aircraft structure:

(a)
Remove the nuts (13), the screws (11), the washers (12) and disconnect the bonding connectors
8007VN and 8008VN.
(b)
(c)
Attach the electrical harness (16) to the lavatory wall with BONDING AND ADHESIVE
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-41-41-020-060-G
B.
Removal of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines

WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE
WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
(1)
Disconnect the potable water and waste water drain lines:

(a)
Open the access door and put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the connections you will
disconnect.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS CLEAN
AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN CAUSE
CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS
WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION
FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
AES
(b)
Remove and discard the cable ties where necessary.
(c)
Behind the lavatory, if necessary remove the insulation from the hoses.
(d)
Loosen the nut (1) and remove the potable water tube (2).
25-41-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(e)
CAUTION :
(2)
(3)
(4)
MAKE MATCH MARK ON THE WASTE WATER AND AIR OUTLET HOSES AND ON
THEIR RELATED CONNECTIONS.
IF YOU CONNECT ONE OF THESE HOSES TO THE CONNECTION OF THE OTHER
HOSE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(f)
Loosen the clamps (3) and remove the waste water drain hose (4).
(g)
Disconnect the ventilation hose (10):

(a)
Loosen the clamp (11) and remove the hose (10).

(b)
Make match marks on the components that you disconnect/remove to record the
connections/positions. This is important for the subsequent installation.
Remove the panel (5):

(a)
Remove the sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel attached components with a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b)
Remove the screws (6) and (8), the washers (7) , the panel (5) and the rubber strip (9).
Remove the container and close the access door.
Subtask 25-41-41-020-065-B
C.
Disconnection of the Air Extraction Tube

(1)
Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the air extraction hose (1) from the tube (3).
(2)
Subtask 25-41-41-010-072-A
D.
Removal of the Ceiling Supports (If necessary)

(1)
(2)
Carefully move the plate (7) to get access to the support (4).
(3)
Remove the nuts (2), the bolts (1) and the supports (4) and (8).
(4)
Remove the bolts (9), the washers (10) and the support (3).
Subtask 25-41-41-020-066-A
E.
Removal of the Lavatory Module

(1)
(2)
Remove the door sill:

(a)
Remove the screws (1) and the door sill (2).
(b)
Remove the old sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
Remove the lower attachments:

(a)
AES
In the lateral avionics compartment LH at FR16:

. Remove the bolt (7) and the washer (8).
25-41-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(b)
In the cockpit:
. Open the flap (9), loosen the fasteners (10) and remove the container (11).
. Remove the screws (13) and the plate (12).
(c)
Remove the sealant from around the angle plate (14) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(d)
Remove the screws (15), the washers (16) and the angle plate (14).
(e)
Remove the covers (4), the bolts (1) and if necessary, the bushes (2) and (3).
Remove the upper attachments:

(a)
(4)
Remove the quick-release pins (17) and disconnect the tie rod (19) from the aircraft structure.
Remove the lavatory module:

(a)
Carefully lift the lavatory module and move it to the center of the forward utility area.
(b)
(c)
Subtask 25-41-41-020-067-A
F.
Disassembly of the Lavatory Module (To Remove it from the Aircraft)

(1)
Disconnect the electrical connections:

(a)
AES
Disconnect the wires of the electrical harness (13) from the terminal 7330VT with the ELEC
CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-16, (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41-0).
(2)
Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (9) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3)
(4)
Remove the lavatory assembly from the floor pan (9).
(5)
(6)
Remove the cap (8) and the screw (7).
(7)
(8)
Divide the lavatory subassemblies (1) and (2).
(9)
Remove the lavatory subassemblies (1), (2) and (9) from the aircraft.
25-41-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
FR12
FR14
A
Z221
LAVATORY
OUTBOARD WALL
SPRING
CLIP
CATCH
D
G
D
PUSH TO RELEASE
120RHA
2791VC
G
110RHA
G
G
C
EXAMPLE
3
2791VCA
G
7200VCA
2
G
25MQA
N_MM_254141_4_BKQA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-00300-I SHEET 1

25-41-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
E
FR14
FR13
F
FR14
10
2743VCA
10
13
11 1
8008VN
12
15
2743VCA
ELECTRICAL
RELEASE STRIKE
REF 525112
14
8007VN
FR13
TO ELECTRICAL
RELEASE STRIKES
EXAMPLE
4
5
9
5
6
NOTE:
7
1
INSTALLED AS NECESSARY
N_MM_254141_4_BKQA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-00300-I SHEET 2

25-41-41 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
T
S
15
8
VCC
GROUND
R
Q
P
11
1
2
DATA0
DATA1
N
M
3
4
DATA2
DATA3
W
K
9
10
LED1
LED2
25MQA
KEYPAD
J
I
H
2
G
30MQ
UPPER RELEASE
LATCH
E
D
C
F
B
31MQ
CENTER RELEASE
LATCH
A
Z
Y
2
X
2743VCA
32MQ
LOWER RELEASE
LATCH
LAVATORY WALL
NOTE:
1
WIRES TO BE DISCONNECTED / CONNECTED
REF 525112
N_MM_254141_4_CJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-02900-A SHEET 1

Schematic of Connector 2743VC-A and Release Latches
25-41-41 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 006-006
FR12
FR14
EXAMPLE
Z221
LAVATORY
OUTBOARD WALL
1
SPRING
CLIP
CATCH
B
7200VCA
2
7420VCA
3
EXAMPLE
D
8
D
120RHA
D
110RHA
D
D
D
D
25MQA
N_MM_254141_4_AASA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-00300-L SHEET 1

25-41-41 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 006-006
D
EXAMPLE
4
5
9
5
6
7
E
PUSH TO RELEASE
2791VC
10
2791VCA
NOTE:
1
N_MM_254141_4_AASA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-00300-L SHEET 2

25-41-41 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 007-099
FR12
FR14
Z221
LAVATORY
OUTBOARD WALL
11
D
1
12
EXAMPLE
B
8
120RHA
7200VCA
2
110RHA
EXAMPLE
7420VCA
3
B
B
B
NOTE:
1
B
25MQA
N_MM_254141_4_AMPA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-00300-O SHEET 1

25-41-41 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 007-099
PUSH TO RELEASE
FR14
FR13
2791VC
13
2743VCA
10
2791VCA
FR14
ELECTRICAL
RELEASE STRIKE
REF 525112
13
14 1
8008VN
18
16
15
2743VCA
17
8007VN
FR13
TO ELECTRICAL
RELEASE STRIKES
NOTE:
1
N_MM_254141_4_AMPA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-00300-O SHEET 2

25-41-41 PB401
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7
6
5
6
7
A
9
B
2
1
4
10
POTABLE WATER SUPPLY
11
WASTE WATER SUPPLY
AIR OUTLET SUPPLY

NOTE:
INSULATION NOT SHOWN
N_MM_254141_4_ADM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-00200-G SHEET 1

Hose and Tube Connections
25-41-41 PB401
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR12
FR14
Z221
A
EXAMPLE
LAVATORY CEILING
NOTE:
1
AIRCRAFT INTERFACE
PART OF LAVATORY
N_MM_254141_4_AJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-02700-B SHEET 1

Hose Connection - Air Extraction
25-41-41 PB401
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
FR24
2
8
FR16
FR14
6 5
B
1
9
10
4
7
N_MM_254141_4_DAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-01300-A SHEET 1

Ceiling Supports
25-41-41 PB401
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
A
1
MAT. No. 05002
2
MAT. No. 09036
N_MM_254141_4_BAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-01700-A SHEET 1

Door Sill
25-41-41 PB401
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
6
5
13
7330VT
1
4
3
CONNECTOR
FLUSH CONTROL UNIT
11
10
D
12
F
F
11
D
E
10
12
10
11
N_MM_254141_4_BLMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-00500-A SHEET 1

25-41-41 PB401
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
G
EXAMPLE
7330VT
13
7
8
H
H
CONNECTIONS 7330VT
1
1
2
3
4
5
SECTION
SECTION
FF
EE
SECTION
DD
MAT. No
09016
MAT. No
09016
NOTE:
1
2
MAT. No
09016
NOT INSTALLED
FOR GASEOUS EMERGENCY
OXYGEN SYSTEM
N_MM_254141_4_BLMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-00500-A SHEET 2

25-41-41 PB401
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-41-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Lavatory A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
No specific
ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-16
No specific
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific
LBF.FT)
No specific
LBF.FT)
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-001
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 09-036
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 15-008
Material No: 19-010
** On A/C 007-099
No specific
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
WHEEL BEARING MINERAL GREASE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
SEALANTS
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
rivets NSA5420-410
tie-wraps

ZONE/ACCESS
200
812
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

D.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
6
AES
ZONE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
packing
IPC-CSN
25-41-01-05-180
25-41-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
E.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
12-24-38-680-001-A
** On A/C 003-005 007-099

20-28-00-912-004-A

tanks)-
21-21-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Individual Air Outlet
21-23-00-720-002-A
23-73-00-710-003-A

Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System
23-73-00-710-005-A
Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system
23-73-00-710-007-A
Operational test of the passenger call system
23-73-00-710-017-A
Operational test of the cabin signs
23-73-12-000-002-A
23-73-12-400-002-A
23-73-18-000-001-A
Removal of the Forward Attendant Panel

Installation of the Forward Attendant Panel
Removal of the Programming and Test Panel
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-20-00-350-003-A
25-22-41-000-001-A
25-22-41-400-001-A
25-23-42-000-001-A

25-23-42-400-001-A
25-23-45-000-005-A
25-23-45-400-006-A
25-28-42-000-001-A
25-28-42-400-001-A
25-45-19-000-001-A
25-45-19-400-001-A
25-45-22-400-001-A
26-17-00-710-001-A

Operational Test of the Lavatory Smoke-Detection System
26-17-15-000-001-A
Removal of the Lavatory Smoke Detector
26-17-15-400-001-A
Installation of the Lavatory Smoke Detector
33-24-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighting LQ
33-26-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Lavatory Lighted Signs WJ
33-27-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Cabin Attendant Work-Light
33-51-00-710-007-A
35-21-41-000-001-A
Operational Test of the Emergency Lighting in the Cabin with the LIGHT
EMER Pushbutton Switch
35-21-41-400-001-A
35-23-00-710-001-A
AES
25-41-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
38-12-00-710-002-A
DESIGNATION
Operational Test of the Potable Water-Distribution System (with a Ground AirSupply Cart)
38-12-00-710-004-A
38-13-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of a Potable Water Heater

Operational Test of the Quantity Indicating System
38-30-00-410-002-A
38-31-00-710-009-A
Installation of the Toilet Drain Lines

Operational Test of the Toilet Unit
38-31-41-000-001-A
38-31-41-400-001-A
Installation of a Toilet Assembly
38-32-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Waste/Water Drain System
52-51-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Cockpit Door Lock System (CDLS)
52-51-11-000-001-A
52-51-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Cockpit Door
ESPM 20-25-41-0
ESPM 20-33-00-0
11-32-25-00
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-01600-A - Waste Water and Air Hose Connection)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-41-41-860-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Make sure that the potable water system is drained (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the lateral avionics compartment.
(4)
Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to do the servicing of the
(5)
Make sure that the lateral avionics-compartment access-door 812 is open.
(6)
Make sure that the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-001-A).
(7)
Make sure that the programming and test panel is removed (Ref. TASK 23-73-18-000-001-A).
(8)
Make sure that the FAP is removed (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-000-002-A).
25-41-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(9)
Make sure that the forward passenger/crew door-frame linings are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-005-A).
(10) Make sure that the cockpit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-000-001-A).
(11) Make sure that the lavatory door is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001-A).
(12) Make sure that the forward utility-area ceiling-panels are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A).
(13) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container 29WR is removed (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
(14) Make sure that the lavatory smoke detector is removed (Ref. TASK 26-17-15-000-001-A).
(15) Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-41-41-860-055-A
B.

(1)
If necessary, examine the Non-Textile Floor (NTF) covering.

(a)
If the conditions of the NTF is not satisfactory, repair it (Ref. TASK 25-20-00-350-003-A).
(b)
If you cannot repair the NTF, replace it (Ref. TASK 25-28-42-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK
25-28-42-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-41-41-865-051-A
C.
PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
163RH
M08
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
2000VU
1DW
A02
2000VU
2DW
A01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
WATER SYS
LAV-FWD-HOT WATER-A
LAV FWD-OCCUPIED
LAV LIGHT
1MA
1MB
1WJ
1LQ
D06
F02
F01
J01
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
** On A/C 003-004
E01
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
B01
AES
1MT
25-41-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-41-41-210-051-A
A.

(1)
Remove the sealant.

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Remove the unwanted sealant from the floor panel and floor attach components with a SCRAPER
- NON METALLIC and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) if necessary.
(2)
Make an inspection of the component and the adjacent area.
(3)
(4)
Make sure that the placards of the retained/new components are in the correct position and in good
condition.
(a)
If necessary install new placards.

. (Ref. 11-32-25-00).
. (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A).
Subtask 25-41-41-420-063-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
B.
Assembly of the Lavatory Module

(1)
In the forward utility area of the aircraft:

(a)
AES
Put the lavatory walls (1) and (2) together and install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
25-41-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(b)
(c)
Install the screw (7) and the cap (8).
(d)
Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor pan (9).
(e)
Install the washers (11), the screws (10) and the screws (12).
(f)
Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) around the edges of the floor pan (9).
Connect the electrical connections:

(a)
Connect the wires of the electrical harness (13) to the terminal 7330VT with the ELEC
CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-16, (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41-0).
Subtask 25-41-41-420-064-A
C.
Installation of the Lavatory

(1)
(2)
Preparation for installation:

(a)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-001) to the bush (5) and the new (IPC-CSN
25-41-01-05) packing (6) and put them in position.
(b)
Apply the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-001) to the bolts (1) and (7).
Install the lavatory assembly:

(a)
Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bushes (3) and (2) and the bolts (1).
(b)
TORQUE the bolts (1) to 0.5 M.DAN (44.25 LBF.IN).
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
AES
(c)
Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-008) to the bolts (1).
(d)
In
.
.
.
.
(e)
In the lateral avionics compartment LH at FR16:

. install the washer (8) and the bolt (7).
(f)
TORQUE the bolt (7) to 0.5 M.DAN (44.25 LBF.IN).
the cockpit:
put the plate (12) in position and install the screws (13)
put the container (11) in position and lock the fasteners (10)
close the flap (9).
25-41-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(g)
Put the sealing angle (14) in position and install the washers (16) and the screws (15).
(h)
Apply a bed of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) around the edges of the sealing angle (14).
(i)
Put the tie rods (19) in position and install the quick release pins (17)
(j)
If necessary adjust the tie rods:

. Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknuts (18)
. Adjust the tie rod (19) until you can install the quick release pins (17).
. Make sure that the rod ends are in safety.
. Tighten the locknuts (18) and safety them with stainless steel lockwire LOCKWIRE
STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .

MATERIAL/S.
(3)
(4)
Install the door sill:

(a)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-036) in the area of the door sill.
(b)
Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the screws (1).
(c)
Put the door sill (2) in position and install the screws (1).
(d)
Torque the screws (1) to between 0.37 and 0.42 M.DAN (32.74 and 37.17 LBF.IN).
Install the toilet drain-line behind the lavatory (Ref. TASK 38-30-00-410-002-A).
Subtask 25-41-41-410-065-A
D.
Installation of the Ceiling Supports (If removed)

(1)
Put the support (3) in position and install the washers (10) and the bolts (9).
(2)
Put the supports (4) and (8) in position and install the bolts (1) and the nuts (2).
(3)
Carefully put the plate (7) in position and install the washers (6) and the screws (5).
Subtask 25-41-41-420-058-G
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM AT
THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
E.
Installation of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines

(1)
(2)
Install the panel (5).
(3)
(a)
(b)
Put the panel (5) and the new rubber strip (9) in position and install the washers (7) and the
screws (6) and (8).
Install the potable water tube (2).

WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS
WITH SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION
FROM TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
AES
25-41-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS CLEAN
AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN CAUSE
(4)
(5)
(a)
(b)
Put the tube (2) in position and connect the nut (1).
(c)
TORQUE the nut (1) to 5.9 M.DAN (43.51 LBF.FT).
Install the waste water drain hose (4).

(a)
(b)
When you connect/install the components, refer to the match marks made
during the removal procedure.
(Ref. Fig. 25-41-41-991-01600-A - Waste Water and Air Hose Connection)
(c)
Put the hose (4) in position and tighten the clamp (3).
Install the ventilation hose (10).

(a)
(b)
Put the hose (10) in position and tighten the clamp (11).
(6)
(7)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 25-41-41-420-061-I
F.
Connection of the Aircraft-Interface Electrical Connections

(1)
Install the electrical harnesses on the lavatory structure (Ref. ESPM 20-33-00-0):
(a)
(2)
Put the electrical harnesses (8) and (9) in position and install the clamps (5), the spacers (4), the
washers (6) and the screws (7).
Connect the electrical Connectors 7200VC-A and 2791VC-A.

(a)
(b)
(c)
On
.
.
.
the lavatory outboard wall:

Connect the electrical connector 7200VC-A (2).
Install the access panel (1).
NOTE :
(d)
(3)

. Connect the electrical connector 2791VC-A (3).
Connect the electrical harness of the cockpit door release-latches:

CAUTION :
AES
Spring clips hold the panel in position.
25-41-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Attach the electrical harness (10) on the aircraft structure with tie-wraps (11) as necessary.
(b)
Put the bonding connectors 8007VN and 8008VN in position and install the washers (12), the
screws (13) and the nuts (14)
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
(c)
(d)
(e)
Connect the related electrical wires of the release latches 30MQ, 31MQ and 32MQ to the
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
and (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41-0).
(f)
** On A/C 006-006
Subtask 25-41-41-420-061-L
F.

(1)
(2)
(a)
(b)
Install tie-wraps (10) as necessary.
Connect the electrical connectors 7200VC-A, 7420VC-A and 2791VC-A.

(a)
(b)
(c)
On
.
.
.

Connect the electrical connectors 7200VC-A (2) and 7420VC-A (3).
Install the access panel (1).
NOTE :
(d)
Spring clips hold the panel in position.

** On A/C 007-099
Subtask 25-41-41-420-061-O
F.

(1)
(a)
AES
25-41-41 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(3)
Connect the electrical Connectors 7200VC-A, 7420VC-A and 2791VC-A.

(a)
(b)
(c)
On
.
.
.
(d)


Connect the electrical connectors 7200VC-A (2) and 7420VC-A (3).
Put the access panel (1) in position, install the rivets NSA5420-410 (12) and the caps (11).
Connect the electrical harness of the cockpit door release-latches:

CAUTION :
(a)
Attach the electrical harness (13) on the aircraft structure with tie-wraps (14) as necessary.
(b)
Put the bonding connectors 8007VN and 8008VN in position and install the washers (16), the
screws (18) and the nuts (17) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
(c)
(d)
(e)
Connect the related electrical wires of the release latches 30MQ, 31MQ and 32MQ to the
and (Ref. ESPM 20-25-41-0).
(f)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-41-41-420-062-B
G.
Connection of the Air Ventilation Tube

(1)
(2)
(3)
Connect the air extraction hose (1) to the tube (3) and install the clamp (2).
Subtask 25-41-41-410-064-A
H.
Installation of the Cockpit Door and the Miscellaneous Lavatory Equipment

(1)
Install the cockpit door (Ref. TASK 52-51-11-400-001-A).
(2)
Install the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-400-001-A).

NOTE :
AES
Do not install the toilet shroud at this time.
(3)
Install the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001-A).
(4)
(5)
Install the lavatory smoke detector (Ref. TASK 26-17-15-400-001-A).
(6)
Install the forward attendant panel (FAP) (Ref. TASK 23-73-12-400-002-A).
25-41-41 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-41-41-865-052-A
J.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
121VU
FIN
LOCATION
163RH
M08
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
2000VU
1DW
A02
2000VU
2DW
A01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
WATER SYS
LAV-FWD-HOT WATER-A
LAV FWD-OCCUPIED
LAV LIGHT
1MA
1MB
1WJ
1LQ
D06
F02
F01
J01
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
** On A/C 003-004
E01
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
B01
1MT
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-41-41-710-050-B
K.
Do an Operational Test of the Lavatory Systems

(1)
Do
.
.
.
.
.
(a)
an operational test of these water/waste-water systems:

The potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-002-A)
The potable water quantity indicating system (Ref. TASK 38-13-00-710-001-A)
The potable water heater (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-004-A)
The waste-water drain system (Ref. TASK 38-32-00-710-002-A)
the vacuum toilet unit (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-710-009-A).
Make sure that there are no leaks.
NOTE :
AES
(2)
Do the functional test of the lavatory air extraction system (Ref. TASK 21-23-00-720-002-A).
(3)
Do the operational test of the individual air outlet system (Ref. TASK 21-21-00-710-002-A) if necessary.
(4)
Do
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
an operational test of these electrical systems:

The passenger address system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-005-A)
The cabin and flight crew interphone-system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-003-A)
The lavatory call lights (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-007-A)
The lavatory smoke detection (Ref. TASK 26-17-00-710-001-A)
The lavatory lighting (Ref. TASK 33-24-00-710-001-A)
The lavatory emergency lighting (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-007-A)
The lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-26-00-710-001-A)
The cabin attendant work-lights (Ref. TASK 33-27-00-710-001-A)
The return to seat sign (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-017-A)
25-41-41 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
The passenger emergency-oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 25-41-41-710-057-A
L.
Test of the Cockpit Door Locking System

(1)
Do the operational test of the cockpit door locking system

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 52-51-00-710-002-A).
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-41-41-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the forward utility-area ceiling-panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the forward passenger/crew door frame-lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-006-A).
(4)
Install the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-400-001-A).
(5)
(6)
Close the lateral avionics compartment door 812.
(7)
Remove the warning notice(s).
(8)
Subtask 25-41-41-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-41-41 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
WASTE WATER SUPPLY
AIR OUTLET SUPPLY
N_MM_254141_4_AFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-41-41-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Waste Water and Air Hose Connection
25-41-41 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DELETED
AES
25-41-41 PB401
Page
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AFT LAVATORIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The aft lavatories are installed in the AFT utility area.
AES
25-43-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-00-12300-A - Lavatory Locations)
AES
25-43-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-00-13500-A - Lavatory Installation - Example)
A.
General Characteristics
The lavatories are installed as set or movable units. The set lavatories are hard point mounted in the floor
structure. The movable lavatories are attached to the seat rails in the variable installation areas at 1 inch
intervals. A tie-rod attaches the upper attachment point of the lavatory to the aircraft structure. Each lavatory
has a single blade door or as an option, a bi-folding door can be installed on specific lavatories.
B.
Structure
The lavatory is assembled as a modular unit, with a ceiling, sidewalls, rearwall and floorpan. The basic structure
is made from sandwich panels. Extrusions are bonded and/or attached with screws to the panels. Kickstrips and
corner strips are installed to prevent damage to the lavatory.
C.
Lavatory Equipment
Different items of equipment are installed in each lavatory for the comfort of the passengers and crew (Ref.
25-45-00-00).
D. Lavatory Doors
A single blade door that opens out is installed on the lavatory unit.
Lavatories installed near an exit will have the lavatory door installed so it will not hinder evacuation of the
passengers.
To let the door open without blockage, a minimum clearance of 21 in. (0.53 m) is required.
(2) Bi-folding Door
A bi-folding door that opens in and closes automatically can be installed on specific lavatories, as an option.
(3) For details of the door(s) (Ref. 25-45-00-00).
AES
25-43-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z260
LAVATORY E, L44
5103MM
REF 254342
FR70
5102MM
REF 254341
FR63
LAVATORY D, L43
N_MM_254300_0_ACP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Locations
25-43-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF LAVATORY
A
AIR EXTRACTION
DUCT
CEILING
EXAMPLE OF
HARD POINT
LOWER CONNECTION
PELMET
HOUSING
AC
LAVATORY
STRUCTURE
DOOR
COVER
AC
AC
B
KICK STRIP
AC
AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE
EXAMPLE OF
UPPER CONNECTION
TIE ROD
C
EXAMPLE OF
SEAT RAIL
LOWER CONNECTION
LAVATORY
STRUCTURE
LAVATORY
STRUCTURE
FITTING
COVER
SEAT RAIL
N_MM_254300_0_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-00-13500-A SHEET 1

25-43-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LAVATORY D - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-43-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Lavatory D
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
No specific
No specific
AR
AR
PLUG - BLANKING
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
161CW, 161DW, 251AX, 251BX,
251CX, 251JC, 261BC
** On A/C 005-099
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
261DW, 261FW, 261HW

** On A/C 003-004
261TW, 261UW, 261VW
C.
REFERENCE
12-24-38-680-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
25-22-42-000-001-A
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-43-000-001-A
25-23-44-000-001-A
25-23-45-000-003-A
25-23-48-000-001-A
** On A/C 005-099
25-26-41-000-003-A
25-45-19-000-001-A
AES

25-43-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-55-12-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-55-12-000-003-A
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65
35-21-41-000-001-A
38-31-19-000-001-A
38-31-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Toilet Flush Switch

(Ref. Fig. 25-43-41-991-00200-B - Upper Connections)

(Ref. Fig. 25-43-41-991-02200-A - Waste Water and Air Hose Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-41-991-01500-E - Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-41-991-00400-B - Upper and Lower Attachments)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-41-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-43-41-680-050-A
B.

(1)
(2)
system.
Subtask 25-43-41-865-050-A
C.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
11WQ
C06
49VU
79WL
H07
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
2000VU
2DW
A01
2000VU
2001VU
2001VU
** On A/C 003-004
LAV LIGHT
LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED
LAV AFT-HOT WATER
1LQ
11WJ
2MB
J01
B04
C02
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
1MT
B01
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-43-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-43-41-010-072-A
D.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the free-standing cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-42-000-001-A).
(2)
Remove the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002-A).
(3)
Remove the ceiling panel 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001-A).
(4)
Remove the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
(5)
Remove the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
(6)
Remove the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
(7)
Remove the door frame lining-panels 261TW 261UW 261VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003-A).
(8)
(9)
In the lavatory:
(a)
Remove the emergency oxygen container 31WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
(b)
Remove the toilet assembly (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001-A).
(10) In the aft cargo compartment:

(a)
Remove the partition 161DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001-A).
(b)
Remove the sidewall panel 161CW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003-A).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-43-41-010-072-U
D.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the curtain and the curtain rail (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003-A).
(2)
Remove the free-standing cabin-attendants seat/s (Ref. TASK 25-22-42-000-001-A).
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
25-23-42-000-002-A).
(7)
(8)
Remove the door frame lining-panels 261DW 261FW 261HW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003-A).
(9)
(10) In the lavatory:

(a)
(b)
AES
(a)
Remove the partition 161DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001-A).
(b)
Remove the sidewall panel 161CW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003-A).
25-43-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-41-020-058-B
A.
Disconnection of the Electrical and Ventilation Connections

(1)
(2)
Disconnect the electrical connection:

(a)
On the lavatory ceiling, disconnect the electrical connector 7202VC-A (6).
(b)
Disconnect the ventilation lines:

(a)
Loosen the clamp (4) and remove the hose (5) from the air-extraction line.
(b)
Behind the lavatory, loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the sleeve (3) from tube (1).
(c)
Subtask 25-43-41-930-050-A
B.
Marking of the Ventilation, the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain Connections
(1)
Make match marks on the components that you disconnect/remove to record their
connection/positions.
NOTE :
This is important for the subsequent installation.
Subtask 25-43-41-020-062-E
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP
AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS
DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS CLEAN AND
APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF
THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
C.
Removal of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines

(1)
Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) below the connections you will disconnect.
(2)
Disconnect/remove the potable-water lines:

(a)
Remove the nut (8), the washer (9) and disconnect the bonding straps (7).
(b)
Loosen the nut (5) and disconnect the potable-water tube (6) from the fitting (4).
(c)
Loosen the nuts (5) and remove the potable-water hose (10).
(d)
CAUTION :
AES
MAKE MATCH MARK ON THE WASTE WATER AND AIR OUTLET HOSES AND ON THEIR
RELATED CONNECTIONS.
25-43-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
IF YOU CONNECT ONE OF THESE HOSES TO THE CONNECTION OF THE OTHER HOSE,
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(3)
(4)
Disconnect the waste-water drain-line:

(a)
Loosen the clamp (2) and disconnect the sleeve (3) from the drain tube (1).
(b)
Subtask 25-43-41-020-060-C
D.
Removal of the Lavatory Module

(1)
(2)
(3)
AES
Remove the upper and lower attachments:

(a)
Remove the wall fitting cover (84).
(b)
Remove the bolts (82).
(c)
Above the lavatory ceiling, remove the quick release pin (85).
(d)
Lift and move the lavatory assembly to the aft utility area.
(e)
(f)
Disconnect the lavatory internal electrical connections:

(a)
Remove the toilet flush switch 51MG2 (Ref. TASK 38-31-19-000-001-A).
(b)
Open the sanitary-cabinet access door.
(c)
(d)
(e)
Remove the screws (17), the washers (18) and the bracket (16).
(f)
Remove and discard the cable ties (21) from the electrical harness (19) where necessary.
(g)
Remove the electrical harness (19) from the lavatory wall assembly (1).
(h)
Temporarily attach the electrical harness (19) on the ceiling panel of the wall assembly (2).
(i)
Close the sanitary-cabinet access door.
Remove the sub-assemblies:

(a)
Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (11).
(b)
(c)
Lift and remove the lavatory assembly from the floor panel assembly (11).
(d)
Remove the screws (8), (6) and (9) and the washers (5) and (10).
(e)
(f)
(g)
Remove the sub-assemblies (1), (2) and (11) from the aircraft.
25-43-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR64
EXAMPLE
FR65
A
EXAMPLE
B
2
INDIVIDUAL AIR
A
B
EXAMPLE
5
4
C
EXAMPLE
AIR EXTRACTION
6
7202VCA
N_MM_254341_4_ACN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-41-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Upper Connections
25-43-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
2
1
WASTE WATER DRAIN
AIR OUTLET SUPPLY
NOTE:
1
HOSE P/N A212XXX
HOSE P/N A383XXX

N_MM_254341_4_AFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-41-991-02200-A SHEET 1

Waste Water and Air Hose Connections
25-43-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR64
FR65
A
EXAMPLE
B
A
ACCESS DOOR
B
EXAMPLE
3
2
1
5
10
5
6
WASTE
WATER
POTABLE
WATER
7
4
7
SHUTOFF
VALVE
N_MM_254341_4_ANR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-41-991-01500-E SHEET 1

25-43-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR64
FR65
A
B
B
B
C
B
EXAMPLE
MAT.NO
05005D
81
A
82
83
D
EXAMPLE
85
MAT.NO
05005D
81
LOCKNUT
86
82
84
ROD END
83
N_MM_254341_4_BJN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-41-991-00400-B SHEET 1

Upper and Lower Attachments
25-43-41 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-43-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Lavatory D
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
1
No specific
DESIGNATION
WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific
LBF.FT)
No specific
LBF.FT)
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 08-004
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SPECIAL MATERIALS
SPECIAL MATERIALS
ADHESIVE SEALANT
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
cable ties

ZONE/ACCESS
200
251AX, 251BX, 251CX, 251JC,
261BC, 261TW, 261UW, 261VW
** On A/C 005-099
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
161CW, 161DW, 261DW, 261FW,

261HW
D.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
112
AES
DESIGNATION
cable ties
IPC-CSN
24-92-04-90-230
25-43-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FIG.ITEM
83
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-43-04-07-200
packing
E.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
12-24-38-680-001-A
20-28-00-912-004-A

tanks)-
21-21-00-710-002-A
21-23-00-720-002-A
23-73-00-710-005-A

24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-20-00-350-003-A
25-22-42-000-001-A
25-22-42-400-001-A
25-23-41-000-001-A
25-23-41-400-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
25-23-43-000-001-A
25-23-43-400-001-A
25-23-44-000-001-A
25-23-44-400-001-A
25-23-45-000-003-A
25-23-45-400-008-A
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-23-48-400-001-A
25-26-41-000-003-A
25-26-41-400-003-A
25-27-46-400-001-A

25-28-42-000-001-A
25-28-42-400-001-A
25-45-19-000-001-A
25-45-19-400-001-A
25-45-22-400-001-A
25-55-12-000-001-A

25-55-12-000-003-A
25-55-12-400-001-A
25-55-12-400-003-A
Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65
AES
25-43-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
26-17-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
33-24-00-710-001-A
33-26-00-710-001-A
33-51-00-710-007-A
35-21-41-000-001-A
35-21-41-400-001-A
35-23-00-710-001-A
38-12-00-710-002-A
38-12-00-710-004-A
38-31-00-710-009-A
38-31-19-400-001-A
38-31-41-000-001-A

Installation of the Toilet Flush Switch
38-31-41-400-001-A
38-32-00-710-002-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric
Pump
11-32-25-00
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-41-991-02100-A - Door Sill and Sealant)
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-41-991-02000-A - Pelmet)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-43-41-860-051-O
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons:

. Not to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(4)
Make sure that the free-standing cabin-attendant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-22-42-000-001-A).
(5)
Make sure that the cove light panel 251CX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
(6)
Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 251BX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
(7)
Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 251AX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
(8)
Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC and the trim panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A) in the aft
utility area are removed.
(9)
Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001-A).
25-43-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(10) Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 261TW 261UW 261VW are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-003-A).
(a)
Make sure that the emergency oxygen container is removed (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
(b)
Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001-A).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-43-41-860-051-U
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons:

. Not to do the servicing of the potable water system.
(4)
Make sure that the free-standing cabin-attendants seat/s is/are removed (Ref. TASK 25-22-42-000-001A).
(5)
Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003-A).
(6)
(7)
Make sure the upper sidewall panel 251BX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
(8)
Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 251AX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
(9)
(10) Make sure that the ceiling panel 251JC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001-A).
(11) Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 261DW 261FW 261HW are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-003-A).
(a)
Make sure that the emergency oxygen container is removed (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
(b)
Make sure that the toilet assembly is removed (Ref. TASK 38-31-41-000-001-A).
(14) Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(a)
Make sure that the partition 161DW is removed (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001-A).
(b)
Make sure that the sidewall panel 161CW is removed (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-41-860-052-A
B.

(1)
AES

(a)
(b)
25-28-42-400-001-A).
25-43-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-43-41-865-051-A
C.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
FIN
LOCATION
11WQ
C06
49VU
79WL
H07
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
2000VU
2DW
A01
2000VU
2001VU
2001VU
** On A/C 003-004
LAV LIGHT
LAV AFT-HOT WATER
1LQ
11WJ
2MB
J01
B04
C02
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
1MT
B01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-41-210-050-A
D.

(1)

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(a)
AES
Remove the old sealant from the floor panel and the floor-panel attach components with a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and if necessary with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010)
and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(2)
(3)
25-43-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
condition.
(a)
4.
If necessary install new placards.

. (Ref. 11-32-25-00).
. (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-43-41-420-055-B
A.
Assembly of the Lavatory Module

(1)
(2)
Install the sub-assemblies:

(a)
Put the wall assemblies (1) and (2) in position the aft utility area.
(b)
Install the washers (5) and (10) and the screws (8), (6) and (9).
(c)
(d)
Install the screw (7).
(e)
Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor panel assembly (11).
(f)
Install the washers (13) and the screws (12) and (14).
(g)
Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) around the floor panel assembly (11) inside of
the lavatory assembly.
Connect the lavatory internal electrical connections:

(a)
Put the electrical harness (19) in position on the wall assembly (1) and attach it with cable ties as
necessary.
(b)
Install the toilet flush switch 51MG2 (Ref. TASK 38-31-19-400-001-A).
(c)
Open the sanitary-cabinet access door.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
Close the sanitary-cabinet access door.
Subtask 25-43-41-420-056-A
B.
Installation of the Upper Attachments

(1)
Put the tie-rod(s) (77) in position and install the quick release pin(s) (76).
(2)
If necessary adjust the tie-rod (77):

OR BLIND YOU.
AES
(a)
Remove and discard the lock wire and loosen the locknuts.
(b)
Turn the tie-rod (77) until you can install the quick release pin (76).
25-43-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
Make sure that the rod ends are in safety.
(d)
Tighten the locknuts and safety them with stainless steel ock wire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .
Subtask 25-43-41-930-051-A
C.
Marking on the Ventilation, the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain Connections.
(1)
When you connect/install the components, refer to the match marks made during the removal
procedure.
Subtask 25-43-41-420-061-E
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP
AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE IS
DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF
THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
D.
Installation of the Potable Water and Waste Water Lines

(1)
(2)
Connect the potable-water lines:

(a)
(b)
Put the potable-water tube (6) and the hose (10) in position and connect the nuts (5) to the
fittings (4).
(c)
TORQUE all the nuts (5) to 5.9 M.DAN (43.51 LBF.FT).
(d)
Make sure that the hose (10) is not twisted.
(e)
Put the bonding straps (7) in position and install the washer (9) and the nut (8) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).
Connect the waste-water drain-line:

(a)
procedure.
(b)
(c)
Put the sleeve (3) and the clamp (2) in position on the drain tube (1).
(d)
Make sure that the end of the sleeve (3) is aligned with the painted mark on the drain tube (1).
(e)
Tighten the clamp (2).

MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-43-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(f)
Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004) to the ends of the
sleeve (3).
Subtask 25-43-41-420-063-A
E.
Assembly of the Lavatory D

(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the subassemblies.

(a)
Put the lavatory subassemblies (128) and (131) in the center of the aircraft aisle.
(b)
Put the lavatory sub-assemblies together and install the washers (129) and the screws (130).
(c)
Install the screw (127) in the door side frame.
(d)
Remove the temporary attachment from the ventilation hose (47) and the ceiling panel (101).
(e)
Install the screws (126), the screws (124) and the washers (125) in the ceiling panel (101).
(f)
Put the lavatory assembly in position on the floor pan (121).
(g)
Install the screws (124), the screws (122) and the washers (123).
Connect the electrical connections.

(a)
Remove the temporary attachment from the cable assembly (110).
(b)
Put the cable assembly in position on the mounts (108) and install the new cable ties (109).
(c)
Remove the blanking caps and connect the cable assembly (110) to the flush switch (102).
(d)
Open the sanitary cabinet door (61).
(e)
(f)
Attach the bonding strap (113) to the cable assembly (105) with the new cable ties . (114) where
necessary.
(g)
Put the cable assembly (105) in position on the mounts (111) and install the new (IPC-CSN
24-92-04-90) cable ties (112) .
(h)
Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector (106).
Connect the air supply.

(a)
Remove the blanking plugs and put the clamp (48) and the ventilation hose (47) in position on
the ventilation tube (44).
(b)
(c)
Put the clamp (52) in position on the ventilation tube (47) and install the spacer (49), the washer
(50) and the screw (51).
(d)
Remove the blanking plugs and put the air extraction hose (41) and the clamp (42) in position on
the tube assembly (43).
NOTE :
AES
Make sure that the air extraction hose (41) and the tube assembly (43) are clear and
clean.
(e)
(f)
Remove the blanking plugs and put the clamp (45) and the ventilation hose (46) in position on
the ventilation tube (44).
(g)
25-43-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Install the upper and lower attachments.

(a)
Apply the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004A) to the bolts (82) and the new (IPC-CSN
25-43-04-07) packing (83) .
(b)
Put the new packing (83) in position at the attachment point locations.
(c)
Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bolts (82) in the fittings (81).

MATERIAL/S.
(d)
Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005D) to the bolts (82).
(e)
Install the wall fitting cover (83).
(f)
Put the brace assembly (86) in position.
(g)
If necessary adjust the brace assembly (86).

1
Remove and discard the lock wire and loosen the locknut.
Adjust the rod end until you can install the quick-release pin (85).
Make sure that the rod end is in safety.
Tighten the locknut and safety it with stainless steel lock wire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
Subtask 25-43-41-420-064-A
F.
Installation of the Door Sill and the Pelmet

(1)

(Ref. Fig. 25-43-41-991-02100-A - Door Sill and Sealant)
MATERIAL/S.
(2)
(3)
AES
(a)
Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to the floor pan inside the lavatory.
(b)
(c)
Put the doorsill (22) in position and install the screws (21).
(d)
TORQUE the screws (21) to between 0.37 and 0.42 M.DAN (32.74 and 37.17 LBF.IN).
Apply the sealant:

(a)
Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) (22) to the floor pan and the floor panel at the
lavatory door opening.
(b)
Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004) (24) to the joint at
the side wall (25) and the washbasin surround (26).
Install the pelmet:

(Ref. Fig. 25-43-41-991-02000-A - Pelmet)
25-43-41 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
NOTE :
(b)
Make sure that the washers (3) are correctly positioned on the pelmet before tightening
the screws.
Put the pelmet top (2) in position and install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
Subtask 25-43-41-420-058-B
G.
Connection of the Electrical and Ventilation Connections

(1)
(2)
Connect the electrical connection:

(a)
(b)
(c)
On the lavatory ceiling, connect the electrical connector 7202VC-A (6).
Connect the ventilation lines:

(a)
(b)
Connect the hose (5) to the air-extraction line and install and tighten the clamp (4).
(c)
Behind the lavatory, connect the sleeve (3) to the tube (1) and tighten the clamp (2).
Subtask 25-43-41-410-072-A
H.
Installation of the Miscellaneous Lavatory Equipment

(1)

NOTE :
(2)
Install the emergency oxygen container 31WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the lavatory Door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-43-41-865-052-A
J.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
11WQ
C06
49VU
79WL
H07
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
2000VU
2DW
A01
2000VU
2001VU
2001VU
** On A/C 003-004
LAV LIGHT
LAV AFT-HOT WATER
1LQ
11WJ
2MB
J01
B04
C02
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
1MT
B01
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-43-41 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-41-710-050-E
K.
Operational Test of the Lavatory Systems

(1)
Do
.
.
.
(a)
a test of these water/waste systems:

The toilet system (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-710-009-A).
NOTE :
5.
(2)
Do a functional test of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-23-00-720-002-A).
(3)
(4)
Do
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(5)
Make sure that the lavatory auxiliary light is on.

The potable water heater (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-004-A)
The lavatory smoke detection (Ref. TASK 26-17-00-710-001-A)
The lavatory call light (Ref. AMM 23-73-00-710-024)
The passenger emergency-oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001-A).
Close-up
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-43-41-410-071-O
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the ceiling panel 251JC (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the ceiling panel 261BC in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002-A).
(4)
Install the door-frame lining panels 261TW 261UW 261VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008-A).
(5)
Install the lower sidewall panel 251AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001-A).
(6)
Install the upper sidewall panel 251BX (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001-A).
(7)
Install the cove light panel 251CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001-A).
(8)
Install the curtain rail and the curtain (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-003-A).
(9)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-43-41-410-071-U
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
25-43-41 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Install the door-frame lining panels 261TW 261UW 261VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-008-A).
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Install the doghouse. (Ref. TASK 25-27-46-400-001-A)
(9)
Install the free-standing cabin-attendants seat/s. (Ref. TASK 25-22-42-400-001-A)
(10) Install the curtain rail and the curtain (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-003-A).
(a)
Install the partition 161DW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001-A).
(b)
Install the sidewall panel 161CW (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-003-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-41-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-43-41 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR65
FR64
Z260
A
B
26
21
25
24
B
23
22
SECTION
BB
MATERIAL NO. 09016
22
N_MM_254341_4_BCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-41-991-02100-A SHEET 1

Door Sill and Sealant
25-43-41 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR64
FR65
Z260
A
EXAMPLE
5
4
3
2
5
3
N_MM_254341_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-41-991-02000-A SHEET 1

Pelmet
25-43-41 PB401
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DELETED
AES
25-43-41 PB401
Page
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DELETED
AES
25-43-41 PB401
Page
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LAVATORY E - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-43-42-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
No specific
No specific
No specific
AR
AR
1
PLUG - BLANKING
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
251JC, 252AX, 252BX, 262BC,
262TW, 262UW, 262VW
** On A/C 005-099
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
252FX
** On A/C 003-004
252CX
C.
REFERENCE
12-24-38-680-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
25-22-41-000-001-A
25-22-43-000-001-A
25-23-41-000-001-A

25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-43-000-001-A
25-23-44-000-001-A
25-23-45-000-004-A
25-23-48-000-001-A
** On A/C 005-099
25-26-41-000-003-A
AES
25-43-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-27-46-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-45-19-000-001-A
35-21-41-000-001-A
38-31-41-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-42-991-01600-A - Waste Water and Air Connections)

(Ref. Fig. 25-43-42-991-01400-C - Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections)
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-42-991-01700-A - Door Sill and Pelmet)
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-42-991-00200-A - Hose Connections - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-42-991-01800-A - Lower and Upper Attachments)
(Ref. Fig. 25-43-42-991-01900-A - Electrical Connections)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-42-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-43-42-680-050-A
B.

(1)
(2)
system.
Subtask 25-43-42-865-050-A
C.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
11WQ
C06
49VU
79WL
H07
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
2000VU
2DW
A01
2000VU
2001VU
2001VU
** On A/C 003-004
LAV LIGHT
LAV AFT&MID HOT WATER
1LQ
11WJ
9MB
J01
B04
B03
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
1MT
B01
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-43-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-43-42-010-072-M
D.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the curtain and the curtain rail (Ref. AMM 25-26-41-000-003) .
(2)
(3)
Remove the cabin attendant swivel-seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-43-000-001-A).
(4)
25-23-42-000-002-A).
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10) Remove the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001-A).

(a)
(b)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-43-42-010-072-V
D.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the curtain and the curtain rail (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003-A).
(2)
Remove the cabin-attendant swivel-seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-43-000-001-A).
(3)
(4)
Remove the doghouse forward of the lavatory E (Ref. TASK 25-27-46-000-001-A).
(5)
25-23-42-000-002-A).
(6)
(7)
(8)
Remove the cove light panel 252FX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
(9)
(10) Remove the lower sidewall panel 252AX (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
(11) Remove the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-000-001-A).
AES
(a)
Remove the emergency oxygen container 34WR (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
(b)
25-43-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-42-930-050-A
A.
Marking of the Ventilation, the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain Connections
(1)
Make match marks on the components that you disconnect/remove to record their
connection/positions.
NOTE :
This is important for the subsequent installation.
Subtask 25-43-42-020-058-C
B.
Disconnection of the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain Connections

(Ref. Fig. 25-43-42-991-01400-C - Potable/Waste Water Tube Connections)
(1)
Open the sanitary cabinet door (41).
(2)
Disconnect the potable water connections:
APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN CAUSE
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH
SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET
WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
(3)
(4)
Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the water connections that you will
disconnect.
(a)
Disconnect the nuts (43) and (44) and remove the potable water tube (42).
(b)
Loosen the nut and disconnect the potable water tube (49).
(c)
Remove the nut (47), the washer (46) and disconnect the bonding straps (45) and (48).
(d)
Disconnect the waste-water drain connection:

(a)
Remove the clamp (51) and disconnect the sleeve (52) from the tube (50).
(b)
CAUTION :
AES
MAKE MATCH MARK ON THE WASTE WATER AND AIR OUTLET HOSES AND ON
THEIR RELATED CONNECTIONS.
IF YOU CONNECT ONE OF THESE HOSES TO THE CONNECTION OF THE OTHER
HOSE, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
25-43-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
Subtask 25-43-42-020-056-E
C.

(1)
Remove the pelmet:

(a)
(2)
Remove the door sill:

(a)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Remove the screws (3), the washers (4) and the pelmets (5 and (6).
Remove the screws (1), the door sill (2) and the old sealant.
Disconnect the electrical connector:

(a)
Above the lavatory ceiling, disconnect the electrical connector 7216VC-A (30).
(b)
Disconnect the air supply line:

(a)
Loosen the clamp (32) and disconnect the sleeve (31) from the tube assembly (33).
(b)
Behind the lavatory, loosen the clamp (35) and disconnect the lavatory ventilation hose (34) from
the tube assembly (36).
(c)
Remove the upper and the lower attachments:

(a)
Remove the covers (66) and the bolts (62).
(b)
Remove the quick-release pins (64) and disconnect the tie-rod (65) from the aircraft structure.
(c)
Move the lavatory assembly to the center of the aft utility area.
(d)
Subtask 25-43-42-020-057-E
D.
Disassembly of the Lavatory E

(1)
AES
Disconnect the electrical connections:

(a)
(b)
(c)
Remove and discard the cable ties (84) from the mounts (83).
(d)
Remove the screws (89), the washers (90) and remove the bracket (88).
(e)
Remove and discard the cable ties (85) which attach the bonding strap (81) to the electrical cable
(82).
(f)
Close the sanitary cabinet door (41).
(g)
Disconnect the electrical connectors from the flush switch (80).
(h)
(i)
Remove and discard the cable ties (92) from the mounts (91) behind the lavatory rear wall (94).
(j)
Temporarily attach the cable assembly (93) to the top of the lavatory ceiling panel (79).
25-43-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(3)
AES
Disconnect the ventilation hose:

(a)
Remove the screws (31), the washers (30), the clamps (29) and the spacers (28).
(b)
Loosen the clamp (32) and disconnect the ventilation hose (34) from the ventilation tube (33).
(c)
Disassemble the lavatory:

(a)
Remove the sealant from around the floor pan (100) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b)
Remove the screws (103), the screws (101) and the washers (102).
(c)
Remove the lavatory assembly from the floor pan (100).
(d)
Temporarily attach the ventilation hose (34) to the lavatory ceiling (79).
(e)
Remove the screws (123), the screws (121) and the washers (122).
(f)
(g)
Remove the screws (126), the washers (127), the screws (129) and the washers (130).
(h)
Divide the lavatory subassemblies (125) and (128).
(i)
Remove the lavatory subassemblies from the aircraft.
25-43-42 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
2
1
WASTE WATER DRAIN
AIR OUTLET SUPPLY
NOTE:
1
HOSE P/N A212XXX
HOSE P/N A383XXX

N_MM_254342_4_AFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-42-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Waste Water and Air Connections
25-43-42 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR66
FR65
A
41
52
51
50
43
42
49
44
48
47
45
46
N_MM_254342_4_ANR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-42-991-01400-C SHEET 1

25-43-42 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR66
FR65
A
A
3
Z260
3
4
5
1
MAT. No 05002
B
EXAMPLE
2
MAT. No 09036
N_MM_254342_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-42-991-01700-A SHEET 1

Door Sill and Pelmet
25-43-42 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR66
FR64
A
30
7216VC
31
32
33
B
34
35
36
N_MM_254342_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-42-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Hose Connections - Component Location
25-43-42 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR66
FR65
C
D
B
B
B
EXAMPLE
61
62
63
A
D
EXAMPLE
C
EXAMPLE
61
62
64
66
LOCKNUT
63
65
ROD END
N_MM_254342_4_BGN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-42-991-01800-A SHEET 1

Lower and Upper Attachments
25-43-42 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR65
FR66
A
79
D
D
D
D
D
41
80
B
A
B
EXAMPLE
85
D
EXAMPLE
93
81
94
84
83
92
82
91
C
86
89
90
88
87
N_MM_254342_4_BJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-42-991-01900-A SHEET 1

25-43-42 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR66
FR65
SECTION
SECTION
BB
CC
MAT. NO.
09016
MAT. NO.
09016
102
101
E
100
100
100
103
SECTION
103
102
DD
101
MAT. NO.
09016
101
102
100
N_MM_254342_4_BLMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-42-991-02000-A SHEET 1

25-43-42 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
121
122
79
H
123
34
129
124
130
128
125
127
126
N_MM_254342_4_BLMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-43-42-991-02000-A SHEET 2

25-43-42 PB401
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-43-42-400-001-A
Installation of the Lavatory E
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
1
No specific
No specific
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-022
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 09-036
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SPECIAL MATERIALS
SPECIAL MATERIALS
SEALANTS
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
packings NAS 1611-209

ZONE/ACCESS
200
251JC, 252AX, 252BX, 262BC,
262TW, 262UW, 262VW
** On A/C 005-099
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
252FX
** On A/C 003-004
252CX
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
AES
DESIGNATION
25-43-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
12-24-38-680-001-A
DESIGNATION
21-21-00-710-002-A
21-23-00-720-002-A
23-73-00-710-005-A

23-73-00-710-007-A
Operational test of the passenger call system
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-20-00-350-003-A
** On A/C 005-099
25-22-41-000-001-A
25-22-41-400-001-A
25-22-43-000-001-A
25-22-43-400-001-A
25-23-41-000-001-A

25-23-41-400-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
25-23-43-000-001-A
25-23-43-400-001-A
25-23-44-000-001-A
25-23-44-400-001-A
25-23-45-000-004-A
25-23-45-400-005-A
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-23-48-400-001-A
25-26-41-000-003-A
25-26-41-400-003-A
25-27-46-000-001-A

25-27-46-400-001-A
25-28-42-000-001-A
25-28-42-400-001-A
25-45-19-000-001-A
25-45-19-400-001-A
25-45-22-400-001-A
26-17-00-710-001-A

33-24-00-710-001-A
33-26-00-710-001-A
33-51-00-710-007-A
35-21-41-000-001-A
35-21-41-400-001-A
AES
25-43-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
35-23-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
38-12-00-710-002-A
38-12-00-710-004-A
38-30-00-010-002-A
38-31-00-710-009-A

Removal of the Toilet Drain Lines
38-31-41-000-001-A
38-31-41-400-001-A
38-32-00-710-002-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-43-42-860-050-B
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Make sure that the curtain and the curtain rail are removed (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-000-003-A).
(5)
Make sure that the cabin attendant swivel-seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-22-43-000-001-A).
(6)
Make sure that the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat is removed (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-000-001-A).
(7)
Make sure that the doghouse forward of the lavatory is removed (Ref. TASK 25-27-46-000-001-A).
(8)
(9)
(10) Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 262VW 262UW 262TW are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-004-A).
(11) Make sure that the cove light panel 252FX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
(12) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 252BX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
(13) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 252AX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
(15) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container 34WR is removed (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
AES
25-43-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(17) Make sure that the toilet drain line behind the lavatory is removed (Ref. TASK 38-30-00-010-002-A).
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-43-42-860-050-L
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Make sure that the curtain and curtain rail are removed (Ref. AMM 25-26-41-000-003) .
(7)
(8)
Make sure that the door frame lining-panels 262TW 262UW 262VW are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-45-000-004-A).
(9)
Make sure that the upper sidewall panel 252BX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
(10) Make sure that the lower sidewall panel 252AX is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
(12) Make sure that the emergency oxygen container is removed (Ref. TASK 35-21-41-000-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-42-860-052-A
B.

(1)

(a)
(b)
25-28-42-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-43-42-865-051-A
C.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
11WQ
C06
49VU
79WL
H07
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
AES
FIN
LOCATION
25-43-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
DESIGNATION
2DW
FIN
A01
LOCATION
2000VU
2001VU
2001VU
** On A/C 003-004
LAV LIGHT
1LQ
11WJ
9MB
J01
B04
B03
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
1MT
B01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-42-210-050-A
D.

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
4.
(1)
Remove the old sealant from the floor panel and the floor attach components with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
(2)
Clean the area with LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) .
(3)
(4)
(5)
condition.
(6)
If necessary install new placards:

. (Ref. 11-32-25-00)
. (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-43-42-930-051-A
A.
Marking on the Ventilation, the Potable Water and Waste-Water Drain Connections.
(1)
AES
procedure.
25-43-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-43-42-420-059-E
B.
Assembly of the Lavatory E

(1)
(2)
(3)
Assemble the lavatory:

(a)
Put the lavatory subassemblies (125) and (128) in position on the floor pan (100).
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Install the washers (127), the screws (126) and the washers (130) and the the screws (129).
(f)
Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) around the floor panel assembly (100) inside
of the lavatory assembly.
Connect the ventilation hose:

(a)
(b)
Connect the ventilation hose (34) to the ventilation tube (33) and install and tighten the clamp
(32).
(c)
Install the screws (31), the washers (30), the clamps (29) and the spacers (28).
Connect the electrical connections:

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Close the sanitary cabinet door (41).
(f)
Connect the electrical connectors to the flush switch (80).
Subtask 25-43-42-420-061-E
C.
Installation of Lavatory E
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-43-42 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
(2)
Install the lower attachments:

(a)
Apply the COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-022) to the new packings NAS 1611-209 (63)
and the bolts (62).
(b)
Put the packings (63) in position at the lavatory lower attach-points.
(c)
Put the lavatory assembly in position and install the bolts (62) in the wall fitting (61).
(d)
TORQUE the bolts (62) to to 0.5 M.DAN (44.25 LBF.IN).
(e)
Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-005D) to the bolts (62).
Install the upper attachments:

(a)
Connect the tie-rod (65) to the aircraft structure and install the quick release pin (64).
(b)
If necessary adjust the tie-rod:

(3)
(4)
(5)
AES
Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the locknuts.
Adjust the tie-rod until you can install the quick release pin (64).
Make sure that the rod ends are in safety.
Tighten the locknuts and safety them with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED
0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .
Connect the lavatory ventilation:

(a)
(b)
Put the sleeve (31) and the clamp (32) in position on the tube assembly (33).
(c)
(d)
Put the lavatory ventilation hose (34) and the clamp (35) in position on the tube assembly (36).
(e)

(a)
(b)
(c)
Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector 7216VC-A (30).

(a)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-036) to the area of the door sill as necessary.
(b)
(c)
Put the door sill (2) in position and install the screws (1).
(d)
Torque the screws to between 0.37 and 0.42 M.DAN (32.74 and 37.17 LBF.IN).
25-43-42 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(e)
(6)
Remove the unwanted sealant with a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
Install the pelmet:

(a)
Put the pelmets (6) and (5) in position and install the washers (4) and the screws (3).
Subtask 25-43-42-410-072-A
D.
Install the Miscellaneous Lavatory Equipment

(1)

NOTE :
(2)
(3)
Install the lavatory door (Ref. TASK 25-45-19-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-43-42-865-052-A
E.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
11WQ
FIN
C06
LOCATION
49VU
79WL
H07
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
122VU

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU

6HU
U19
2000VU
2DW
A01
2000VU
2001VU
2001VU
** On A/C 003-004
LAV LIGHT
1LQ
11WJ
9MB
J01
B04
B03
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
1MT
B01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-42-710-050-B
F.
Operational Test of the Lavatory Systems

(1)
Do
.
.
.
an operational test of these water/waste systems:

The toilet unit (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-710-009-A).
(2)

NOTE :
(3)
AES
Do a functional of an air extraction point (Ref. TASK 21-23-00-720-002-A).
25-43-42 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(4)
(5)
Do
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

The lavatory water heater (Ref. TASK 38-12-00-710-004-A)
The passenger emergency-oxygen system (Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001-A)
The lavatory smoke detection system (Ref. TASK 26-17-00-710-001-A)
The lavatory call light (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-007-A).
Close-up
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-43-42-410-071-M
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Install the door frame lining-panels 262TW 262UW 262VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005-A).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-43-42-410-071-X
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the ceiling panel 262BC and the trim panel in the aft utility area (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002A).
(3)
(4)
Install the door frame lining-panels 262TW 262UW 262VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005-A).
(5)
Install the cove light panel 252FX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001-A).
(6)
(7)
(8)
Install the wall-mounted cabin-attendant seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-41-400-001-A).
(9)
Install the cabin attendant swivel-seat (Ref. TASK 25-22-43-400-001-A).
(10) Install the doghouse forward of lavatory E (Ref. TASK 25-27-46-400-001-A).

(11) Install the curtain rail and the curtain (Ref. TASK 25-26-41-400-003-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-43-42-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-43-42 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
RAZOR SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
An electrical razor socket is installed in each lavatory.
AES
25-44-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-44-00-12300-A - Razor Supply System - Component Location.)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2MT
STATIC INVERTER
263
831
25-44-41
3MT1
SOCKET-RAZOR LAV A
2036VU 221
831
3MT2
SOCKET-RAZOR LAV D
2036VU 261
831
3MT3
SOCKET-RAZOR LAV F
2036VU 261
831
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-44-00-12300-B - Razor Supply - Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------10MT
MINI INVERTER
---200
---25-44-41
AES
25-44-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-44-00-12300-A - Razor Supply System - Component Location.)
The razor supply system has:
. a circuit breaker,
. a static inverter,
. a razor socket in each lavatory (US/European type).
The circuit breaker (1MT) is installed on the panel 2001 VU and protects the system.
The static inverter (2MT) is installed near the panel 2001 VU in the AFT cabin overhead-compartment in Zone 263.
The razor sockets (3MT) are installed in the service cabinets of each lavatory.
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-44-00-12300-B - Razor Supply - Component Location)
The mini inverter 10MT and a razor power outlet-socket (115V/60HZ) are installed in the service cabinet of each
lavatory.
AES
25-44-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-44-00-14500-A - Electrical - Schematic)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-44-00-14500-I - Power Supply - Schematic)
The service bus 212XP supplies 115V AC/400Hz through the circuit breakers (1MT) to a contact in the razor outlet
sockets. When a plug is put into a socket, the contact closes and the power is supplied to the static inverter (2MT).
The static inverter (2MT) supplies 110V/60Hz to the razor power-outlet socket.
AES
25-44-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
A.
Static Inverter
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-44-00-16000-A - Static Inverter)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-44-00-16000-B - Static Inverter)
AES
25-44-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
2001VU
STATIC INVERTER
2MT
A
SERVICE CABINET
EXAMPLE
FR69
FR64
LAVATORY EXAMPLE
A
RAZOR SOCKET
115V/60HZ
N_MM_254400_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-44-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Razor Supply System - Component Location.
25-44-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
EXAMPLE
A
SERVICE CABINET
EXAMPLE
POWER SUPPLY
115VAC/400HZ
REF. 332400
MINI INVERTER 10MT
RAZOR SOCKET
115V/60HZ
N_MM_254400_0_BBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-44-00-12300-B SHEET 1

Razor Supply - Component Location
25-44-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
115V AC
1MT
3A
212XP
AC BUS
2001VU
US
E
US
3MT1
VU
110V 60HZ
40VA
LAV A
2MT STATIC INVERTER
US
US
US
US
3MT2
LAV D
3MT3
VU
LAV F
VU
N_MM_254400_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-44-00-14500-A SHEET 1

Electrical - Schematic
25-44-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
115VAC
E
US
E
US
RAZOR
SOCKET
110V/60HZ
IN 115V/400HZ
RETURN
IN 115V/400HZ
RETURN
OUT RETURN
10MT MINI INVERTER

LAVATORY
SERVICE CABINET
NOTE:
1
REF 332400
N_MM_254400_0_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-44-00-14500-I SHEET 1

Power Supply - Schematic
25-44-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE
TOP CASE
ATTACHMENT
LUG
PRINTED
CIRCUIT
BOARD
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
BOTTOM CASE
N_MM_254400_0_CAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-44-00-16000-A SHEET 1

Static Inverter
25-44-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
LOCK SPRING
PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD
LOCK SPRING
D SUB RECEPTACLE
(9 POLE)
N_MM_254400_0_CAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-44-00-16000-B SHEET 1

Static Inverter
25-44-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
RAZOR SUPPLY - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-44-00-710-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-44-00-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-44-00-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
** On A/C 003-004
LAV LIGHT
1LQ
J01
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
1MT
B01
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-44-00-710-050-A
A.

(1)
Do the test of the razor supply system:

NOTE :
AES
The test is the same for all lavatories
25-44-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
In the related lavatory:
- connect a MULTIMETER - STANDARD to the razor
outlets.
(2)
5.
RESULT
At the razor outlets:
- the multimeter shows 110/220+15-5 VAC, 60Hz
Disconnect the multimeter from the razor outlets.
Close-up
Subtask 25-44-00-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-44-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
STATIC INVERTER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-44-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Static Inverter - Razor Supply
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING

ZONE/ACCESS
200
** On A/C 003-004
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
261CC
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-42-000-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-44-41-991-00100-A - Static Inverter - Razor Supply)

(Ref. Fig. 25-44-41-991-00100-B - Mini Inverter - Razor Supply)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-44-41-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-44-41-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
AES
Remove the ceiling panel 261CC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).
25-44-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-44-41-865-059-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
** On A/C 003-004
LAV LIGHT
DESIGNATION
1LQ
FIN
J01
LOCATION
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
1MT
B01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-44-41-865-056-A
D.
PANEL
2000VU
4.
DESIGNATION
LAV LIGHT
FIN
1LQ
LOCATION
J01
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-44-41-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Static Inverter 2MT

(1)
Disconnect the electrical connector (4)
(2)
(3)
Remove the screws (2), the washers (1) and the static inverter (3).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-44-41-020-050-B
A.
AES
Removal of the Mini Inverter 10MT

(1)
Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3) and carefully lower the housing (1).
(2)
Unlock the spring latches (4) and disconnect the electrical connector (5)
(3)
(4)
Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the mini inverter (8).
25-44-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
2MT
Z260
A
261CC
A
EXAMPLE
FR69
STRG 3
FR68
STRG 4
FR65
FR68
B
B
EXAMPLE
1
2
4
1
2
N_MM_254441_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-44-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Static Inverter - Razor Supply
25-44-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
EXAMPLE
SERVICE CABINET
EXAMPLE
2
B
10MT
1
3
2
B
EXAMPLE
6
7
8
RETAINER
4
N_MM_254441_4_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-44-41-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Mini Inverter - Razor Supply
25-44-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-44-41-400-001-A
Installation af the Static Inverter - Razor Supply
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
200
** On A/C 003-004
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
261CC
C.
REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-004-A
DESIGNATION
tanks)-
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
25-44-00-710-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-44-41-860-050-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the ceiling panel 261CC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-44-41-860-050-B
A.

(1)
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-44-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-44-41-865-060-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
** On A/C 003-004
LAV LIGHT
1LQ
J01
2001VU
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
1MT
B01
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-44-41-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Static Inverter 2MT

(1)
Put the static inverter (3) in position and install the washers (1) and the screws (2) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Connect the electrical connector (4)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-44-41-420-050-B
A.
Installation of the Mini Inverter 10MT

(1)
Put the mini inverter (8) in position and install the washers (7) and the screws (6) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004-A).
(2)
(3)
Connect the electrical connector.

CAUTION :
(4)
CAREFULLY PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS BOTTOM PLATE ONLY. IF YOU PUT
THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS END, YOU CAN CAUSE INTERNAL DAMAGE.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Connect the electrical connector (5) and close the spring latches (4).
Install the housing.

(a)
(b)
Put the housing (1) in position and install the washers (3) and the screws (2).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-44-41-865-061-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
AES
DESIGNATION
LAV LIGHT
FIN
1LQ
LOCATION
J01
25-44-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
2001VU
DESIGNATION
LAV SHAVER SOCKET
FIN
1MT
LOCATION
B01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-44-41-865-058-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
DESIGNATION
LAV LIGHT
FIN
1LQ
LOCATION
J01
Subtask 25-44-41-710-050-A
D.
Test of the Razor Supply System

(1)
5.
Do the test of the razor supply system (Ref. TASK 25-44-00-710-001-A)
Close-up
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-44-41-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the ceiling panel 261CC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002-A)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-44-41-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
25-44-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LAVATORY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The lavatory equipment is installed for the comfort of the passengers and the crew.
AES
25-45-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-00-12300-A - Lavatory Equipment - Component Location)
AES
25-45-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
A.
AES
Lavatory Interior Equipment

The lavatory has as standard:
. A toilet shroud
. A mirror
. A washbasin cabinet
. A liquid soap dispenser.
. An auxiliary light
. A light unit
. A handgrip
. A coat hook
. Two ashtrays
. A service cabinet.
and as an option:
. A baby nursing table
. A toilet seat cover dispenser
. Stretcher access
. A water cup dispenser
. A perfume holder.
25-45-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
The only electrical system which is specially installed in the lavatories is the razor supply system (Ref. 25-44-00-00).
AES
25-45-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
The lavatory equipment has interfaces with:
. the cabin air distribution and recirculation system (Ref. 21-21-00-00),
. the passenger address and entertainment system (Ref. 23-30-00-00),
. the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00-00),
. the electrical power system (Ref. 24-00-00-00),
. the lavatory smoke-detection system (Ref. 26-17-00-00),
. the lavatory fire-extinguishing system (Ref. 26-25-00-00),
. the lavatory lighting system (Ref. 33-24-00-00),
. the lavatory lighted signs system (Ref. 33-26-00-00),
. the passenger oxygen system (Ref. 35-20-00-00),
. the potable water system (Ref. 38-10-00-00),
. the waste disposal system (Ref. 38-30-00-00).
AES
25-45-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
A.
Toilet Unit Shroud

A decorative shroud is installed over the toilet unit (Ref. 38-31-41) and includes the toilet seat and the seat
cover.
B.
Mirror
The mirror is attached above the washbasin.
C.
Washbasin Cabinet
The washbasin Cabinet has:
. two toilet paper roll holders,
. a hot/cold water faucet (Ref. 38-12-41),
. a waste chute with a spring loaded flap.
The washbasin cabinet has a door that gives access to:
. the washbasin drain lines (Ref. 38-31-00-00),
. the potable water faucet supply lines (Ref. 38-12-00-00),
. the potable water heater (Ref. 38-12-16),
. the waste container,
. the waste container fire extinguisher (Ref. 26-25-00-00).
The waste container is connected to the waste chute.
D. Auxiliary Light Unit.

The auxiliary light unit (Ref. 33-51-14) is installed in each lavatory.
The light is on all the time the aircraft is supplied with electrical power (Ref. 33-51-00-00).
E.
Light Unit.
The light unit/units (Ref. 33-24-00-00) are installed in each lavatory. They are controlled by the lavatory doorlock microswitch (Ref. 33-24-00-00).
F.
Handgrip
handgrip/s are installed in each lavatory to give the lavatory user help, if necessary.
G.
Coat Hook
The coat hook is installed on the inside of each lavatory door. When it is not in use the coat hook folds up.
H. Ashtrays
The ashtrays are installed internally and externally on each lavatory.
J.
Service Cabinet
The service cabinet has:
. an individual air outlet (Ref. 21-23-00-00),
. a loudspeaker (passenger address system) (Ref. 23-73-51),
. a dispenser for towels, sickbags, etc,
. a razor socket (Ref. 25-44-00-00),
. a lighted sign RETURN TO SEAT and/or NO SMOKING (Ref. 23-73-62),
. a call button (Ref. 23-73-00-00).
K.
Baby Nursing Table

A baby nursing table is installed in each lavatory. The nursing table is attached to a lavatory wallpanel above
the toilet unit shroud. For use, unlock and fold down the nursing table on to its support, which is attached to a
lavatory wallpanel.
L.
Lavatory Doors
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-00-21800-A - Single Blade Door)
AES
25-45-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
A single blade door that opens outwards is installed on the lavatory unit. The lavatory door is made from a
sandwich panel. Extrusions are bonded and/or attached with screws to the door panel.
Lavatories located near an exit will have the lavatory door installed so it will not hinder evacuation of the
passengers.
To let the door open without obstruction, a minimum of 21 in. (0.53 m) is required.
Installed in the door are:
. a lock with a vacant/occupied indicator. The lock operates a microswitch,
. a latch,
. an ashtray,
. a coat hook,
. air inlet grills,
. a kick strip.
(2) Bi-folding Door
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-00-22000-A - Bi-folding Door)
A bi-folding door that opens inwards and closes automatically can be installed on specific lavatories, as an
option.
The lavatory doors are made from sandwich panels. Extrusions are bonded and/or attached with screws to
the door panel.
Installed in the door are:
. a lock with a vacant/occupied indicator. The lock operates a microswitch,
. a handle,
. an ashtray,
. a coat hook,
. air inlet grills,
. kick strips.
AES
25-45-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7.

A.
AES
Lavatory Doors - Emergency Opening (from the outside of the lavatory)

Single-blade door
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-00-23400-A - Lavatory Single Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside)
. lift up the spring loaded cover,
. slide the knob to the side until the VACANT indicator is shown,
. operate the door latch and pull the door open.
Bi-folding doors (if installed)
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-00-23500-A - Lavatory Bi-folding Door - Emergency Opening from the outside)
. lift up the spring loaded cover,
. slide the knob to the side until the VACANT indicator is showm,
. push the door open and disengage the latches,
. fold the door to the fully open position
25-45-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF LAVATORY
USUAL EQUIPMENT
EMERGENCY
OXYGEN CONTAINER
REF.352141
AIR DISTRIBUTION
REF.212100
AIR EXTRACTION
REF.212300
SMOKE DETECTOR
REF.261700
SERVICE CABINET
REF.254512
AUXILIARY LIGHT
REF.335114
MIRROR
REF.254513
LIGHT REF.332400
WATER FAUCET
REF.381241
1 WASH BASIN
BABY NURSING TABLE
REF.254525
LINING
REF.254526
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
REF.262500
WASTE CHUTE WITH FLAP
REF.254515
HAND GRIP
REF.254523
ASH TRAY
REF.254516
TOILET ASSY
REF.383141
WASTE BOX
REF.254517
WATER HEATER
REF.381216
TOILET SHROUD
REF.254522
ACCESS DOOR
REF.254518
DOOR
REF.254519
DOOR LOCK
REF.254521
DOOR MICROSWITCH
REF.254533
NOTE:
1
FOR STAINLESS STEEL REF. 383243

FOR PLASTIC REF. 254538
N_MM_254500_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Equipment - Component Location
25-45-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
OUTSIDE
COAT HOOK
(INSIDE)
SPRING
LOADED COVER
EMERGENCY
OPENING KNOB
A
DOOR LOCK
ASSEMBLY
ASHTRAY
(INSIDE)
LATCH
C
AIR INLET GRILL
(INSIDE/OUTSIDE)
KICKSTRIP
(OUTSIDE)
VACANT/OCCUPIED
INDICATOR
DOOR LATCH
DOOR LOCK
ASSEMBLY
DOOR BLADE
INSIDE/OUTSIDE
EXAMPLE
NORMAL
OPEN
FASTENER
SLOTTED
HOLES
DOOR
LATCH
PIANO
HINGE
DOOR KNOB
(OR LEVER)
DOOR BLADE
N_MM_254500_0_BEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-00-21800-A SHEET 1

Single Blade Door
25-45-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
DAMPER
C
D
COAT HOOK
(INSIDE)
DOOR FITTING
B
EXAMPLE
OUTSIDE
SPRING
LOADED COVER
B
ASHTRAY
(INSIDE)
DOOR LOCK
ASSEMBLY
HANDLE
(INSIDE)
EMERGENCY
OPENING KNOB
AFT
DOOR BLADE
FWD DOOR
BLADE
AIR INLET GRILL

(INSIDE/OUTSIDE)
KICKSTRIP
(OUTSIDE)
E
PIANO HINGE
D
E
LOWER HINGE
VACANT/OCCUPIED
INDICATOR
DOOR LATCH
UPPER GUIDE
PIN
DOOR LOCK
ASSEMBLY
LOCK
UNLOCK
C
UPPER
HINGE PIN
ADJUSTMENT
NUT
UNLOCK
LOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOWER GUIDE
PIN
HINGE FITTING
GUIDE FITTING
N_MM_254500_0_BFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-00-22000-A SHEET 1

Bi-folding Door
25-45-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
SPRING
LOADED
COVER
KNOB (IN LOCKED POSITION)
A
B
INDICATOR
DOOR LATCH
DOOR
B
EXAMPLE
NORMAL
OPEN
DOOR
LATCH
CATCH
DOOR KNOB
N_MM_254500_0_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-00-23400-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Single Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the
Outside
25-45-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
SPRING LOADED
A
COVER
KNOB
INDICATOR
DOOR LATCH
DOOR
B
STEP 2
LATCH
STEP 1
B
PUSH
OPEN
DISENGAGE
LATCHES
DISENGAGE
LATCHES
FOLD
STEP 3
LATCH
DISENGAGE
LATCHES
N_MM_254500_0_BBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-00-23500-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Bi-folding Door - Emergency Opening from the
outside
25-45-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABINET - SERVICE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Door of the Service Cabinet
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
24-42-00-861-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-12-991-00200-A - Service Cabinet Door)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-12-861-050-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-12-020-050-B
A.
AES
Removal of the Service Cabinet Door

(1)
Open the service cabinet door (1) and remove the dispenser (2).
(2)
Remove the screws (3), the washers (4) and the nuts (5) from the upper and lower door stops (6).
(3)
Remove the screws (7), the washers (8), the hinge (9) and the service cabinet door (1).
25-45-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
LAVATORY
A
EXAMPLE
A
C
B
2
D
D
4
5
B
EXAMPLE
9
8
C
SPRING
BALANCE
REF 237362
EXAMPLE
3
9
4
5
6
N_MM_254512_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-12-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Service Cabinet Door
25-45-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Door of the Service Cabinet
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
SPRING BALANCE 10 DAN (24 LBF)
No specific
B.
LBF.FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-12-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the aircaft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref.
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-12-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-12-420-050-B
B.
AES
Installation of the Service Cabinet Door

25-45-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(1)
Put the hinge (9) together with the service cabinet door (1) on the lavatory wall and install the screws
(7) and the washers (8).
(2)
Put the upper and lower door stops (6) in position on the cabinet door (1) and install the screws (3),
the washers (4) and the nuts (5).
(3)
Put the dispenser (2) into the service cabinet.
(4)
Put the SPRING BALANCE 10 DAN (24 LBF) in position and close the service cabinet door (1).
(5)
Pull the SPRING BALANCE 10 DAN (24 LBF) to open the cabinet door (1). The strength necessary to
open the door must not be more than to 2.5 M.DAN (18.44 LBF.FT).
(6)
If necessary, adjust the screws (9) until you get the correct strength to open the cabinet door (1).
(7)
Close the cabinet door (1).
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-12-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MIRROR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-13-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-13-991-00100-A - Lavatory Mirror)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-13-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-13-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the screws (5) and if necessary the angle (4) from the lavatory wall.
(2)
Lift the lavatory mirror (1) and remove it from the screws (2).
(3)
Remove the screws (6) and the mirror attachment brackets (7) from the lavatory mirror (1).
25-45-13 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
AB
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
AB
C
C
EXAMPLE
D
1
AB
C
D
EXAMPLE
4
C
D
D
2
N_MM_254513_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-13-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Mirror
25-45-13 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-13-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-13-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-13-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-13-420-050-A
B.
5.

(1)
Position the mirror attachment brackets (7) on the Lavatory mirror (1) and install the screws (6).
(2)
Install the lavatory mirror (1) with the attachment brackets (7) on the screws (2) and the foam plates
(3).
(3)
Install the screw (5) and if necessary the angle (4).
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-13-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-13 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DISPENSER - SOAP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-14-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-14-991-00100-A - Liquid Soap Dispenser)
3.
DESIGNATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-14-020-050-G
A.
AES

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-14-991-00100-A - Liquid Soap Dispenser)
(1)
Turn the pump assembly (1) with your fingers counter-clockwise and remove it from the soap outlet (2).
(2)
(3)
Remove the knurled nut (5) and the soap bottle (6).
(4)
Remove the nut (4), the soap outlet (2) and the seal (3) from the wash basin assembly.
25-45-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
4
2
10
8
3
DIFFERENT TYPE SOAP CONTAINER AVAILABLE
N_MM_254514_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-14-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Liquid Soap Dispenser
25-45-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-14-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
liquid soap
liquid soap PN 83-182 - Supplier CWF Chemie Frankfurt GmbH.
No specific
No specific
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-862-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-14-991-00200-A - Fill Soap Dispenser)

3.
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-14-613-050-A
CAUTION :
A.
DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING AGENTS THAT
CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION OF DISINFECTANT.
THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE QUICKLY.
Fill the Soap Dispenser

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-14-991-00200-A - Fill Soap Dispenser)
(1)
Turn the cover (2) counterclockwise to release it from the shank (3) (refer to Step 1).
(2)
Carefully lift and remove the cover (2) together with the spout (1) and the tube (4) from the shank (3)
(refer to Step 2).
(3)
Fill the soap dispenser with liquid soap through the shank (3) (refer to Step 3).
NOTE :
4.
For maximum performance of the liquid soap dispenser use the liquid soap PN 83-182 - Supplier
CWF Chemie Frankfurt GmbH..
If you use an equivalent liquid soap, it must have the viscosity of <30mPa/S.
(4)
Carefully put the cover (2) together with the spout (1) and the tube (4) on the shank (3).
(5)
Turn the cover (2) clockwise until it is locked in position on the shank (3).
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-14-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
1
A
2
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 3
N_MM_254514_4_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-14-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Fill Soap Dispenser
25-45-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DELETED
AES
25-45-14 PB401
Page
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DELETED
AES
25-45-14 PB401
Page
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FLAP - WASTE CHUTE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-15-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-15-991-00100-B - Waste Chute Flap (Plastic))

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-15-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1226 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-45-15-020-050-B
A.
Removal of the Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)

(1)
Open the access door (2) and remove the waste container (3).
(2)
(3)
Remove the waste chute flap (1) from the hinge (4).
NOTE :
AES
The waste chute flap must be removed from under the wash basin.
25-45-15 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1226 FOR A/C 003-004
1
EXAMPLE
A
4
B
1
B
B
5
6
N_MM_254515_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-15-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)
25-45-15 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-15-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
AR GAGE - FEELER
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-15-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-15-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1226 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-45-15-420-050-B
B.
AES
Installation of the Waste Chute Flap (Plastic)

(1)
Get access from under the wash basin and put the waste chute flap (1) in position on the hinge (4).
(2)
Install the screws (6) and the washers (5). TORQUE the screws to between 0.22 and 0.38 M.DAN
(19.47 and 33.63 LBF.IN).
25-45-15 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
5.
Use the GAGE - FEELER and measure the dimension B between the waste chute flap (1) and the wash
basin, this must be 1.0 mm (0.0394 in.). If necessary, adjust as follows:
(a)
Loosen the screws (6) and adjust the waste chute flap (1) until you get dimension B.
(b)
TORQUE tighten the screws (6) to between 0.22 and 0.38 M.DAN (19.47 and 33.63 LBF.IN).
(4)
Install the waste container (3) and close the access door (2).
(5)
Push the waste chute flap (1) and make sure it operates correctly.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-45-15-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-15 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ASH TRAY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-16-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-16-991-00100-A - Ash Tray)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-16-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-16-020-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-16-991-00100-A - Ash Tray)
(1)
Remove the ash tray (1) from the ash tray shell (2).
(2)
Remove the screws (3) and the ash tray shell (2) from the Lavatory wall.
25-45-16 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
2
1
N_MM_254516_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-16-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Ash Tray
25-45-16 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-16-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-16-991-00100-A - Ash Tray)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-16-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-16-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-16-420-050-A
B.
5.

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-16-991-00100-A - Ash Tray)
(1)
Put the ash tray shell (2) in position on the lavatory wall.
(2)
(3)
Install the ash tray (1) on the ash tray shell (2).
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-16-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-16 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
WASTE BOX - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-17-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-45-18-000-002-A
26-25-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Fire Extinguisher Bottle
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-17-991-00100-A - Waste Box)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-17-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-17-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
If necessary, open the access door (2) on the lavatory front wall.
(2)
Open the access door (1) inside the lavatory and if necessary remove it (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-000-002A).
(3)
Remove the waste container (7).
(4)
Remove the fire extinguisher (11) (Ref. TASK 26-25-41-000-001-A).
(5)
Remove the screws (4), the washers (5), the nuts (6) and the waste chute (3).
(6)
Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the waste container console (10).
25-45-17 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
1
4
2
11
8 9
5
6
8 9
10
9 8
N_MM_254517_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-17-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Waste Box
25-45-17 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-17-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-45-18-400-002-A
26-25-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Fire Extinguisher Bottle

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-17-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-17-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-17-420-050-A
B.
AES

(1)
Put the waste container console (10) in position and install the screws (8) and the washers (9).
(2)
Put the waste chute (3) on the waste container console (10) and install the screws (4), the washers (5)
and the nuts (6).
(3)
Install the fire extinguisher (11) (Ref. TASK 26-25-41-400-001-A).
(4)
Install the waste container (7).
(5)
If necessary, close the access door (2) on the lavatory front wall.
(6)
Install the access door (1) inside the lavatory if removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-18-400-002-A).
25-45-17 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-17-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-17 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACCESS DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-18-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-18-991-00100-A - Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-18-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Release the latch (4) and open the access door (1).
(2)
Remove the screws (2), the access door (1) and the section (3).
25-45-18 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
3
2
N_MM_254518_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-18-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall
25-45-18 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-18-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-18-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-18-420-050-A
B.

(1)
Put the section (3) and the access door (1) in position on the lavatory front wall.
(2)
(3)
Close the access door (1).
Subtask 25-45-18-710-050-A
C.
Operational Test of the Access Door on the Lavatory Front Wall

(1)
AES
Open and close the access door (1) and make sure the door locks correctly in the closed position, if
necessary adjust as follows;
(a)
Open the access door (1), loosen the screws (2) and adjust the door until it locks correctly.
(b)
25-45-18 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-18-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-18 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-18-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-18-991-00200-A - Access Door Inside the Lavatory)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-861-051-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-18-020-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
Release the latch (5) and open the access door (4).
(2)
(3)
Remove the access door (4) together with the support (1).
(4)
Remove the support (1).
(5)
Remove the door bolts (2) and the bushes (3) from the access door (4).
25-45-18 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
A
1
2
3
6
4
3
2
N_MM_254518_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-18-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Access Door Inside the Lavatory
25-45-18 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-18-400-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-18-860-051-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-18-210-051-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-18-420-051-A
B.
Installation of the Access door Inside the Lavatory

(1)
Install the bushes (3) and the door bolts (2) on the access door (4).
(2)
Put the support (1) on the upper door bolt (2).
(3)
Put the access door (4) in position and install the lower door bolt (2) on the angle (6).
(4)
Position the support (1) and install the screws (8) and the washers (7).
(5)
Subtask 25-45-18-710-051-A
C.
AES
Operational Test of the Access Door Inside the Lavatory

25-45-18 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
5.
Open and close the access door (4) and make sure that the door locks correctly, if necessary adjust as
follows;
(a)
Turn the door bolts (2) to adjust the position of the access door (4) until the door locks correctly.
(b)
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-18-862-051-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-18 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DOOR - LAVATORY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-19-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-19-991-00200-A - Lavatory Single-Blade Door)

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-19-991-00100-A - Lavatory Bi-folding Door)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-19-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-19-020-051-A
A.
Removal of the Lavatory Single Blade Door

(1)
Open the lavatory single blade door (1).
(2)
Remove the screw (2) and the washer (6) and disconnect the door stop (3).
(3)
Remove the screws (4) and the lavatory single blade door (1).
Subtask 25-45-19-020-050-A
B.
AES
Removal of the Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)

(1)
Release the door latches (5) and open the lavatory bi-folding door (1).
(2)
Release the damper (2) from the lavatory wall bracket (3).
(3)
Loosen the screw (4) until you can slide down and disengage the upper pivot pin of the bi-folding door
(1) from the door frame.
(4)
Remove the bi-folding door (1).
(5)
Remove the screws (10) and (11) and the fitting (9).
25-45-19 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(6)
AES
Remove the screws (13) and the guide (12).
25-45-19 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
3
A
1
6
2
1
C
SLOTTED
HOLES
NOTE:
DIMENSION C=3.00mm (0.12in.) MINIMUM
1
N_MM_254519_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-19-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Single-Blade Door
25-45-19 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3
EXAMPLE
A
2
D
B
A
DOOR IN FULLY
OPEN POSITION
B
1
ENGAGE
DISENGAGE
D
D
C
E
DOOR IN CLOSED
POSITION
LOCK
5 2
UNLOCK
1
UNLOCK
5 2
LOCK
6
13
7
13
12
10
11
8
9
NOTE:
DIMENSION E=3.00mm (0.12in.) MINIMUM
1
A QUARTER TURN TO THE UNLOCK POSITION

N_MM_254519_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-19-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Bi-folding Door
25-45-19 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-19-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-007
B.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-19-991-00500-A - Lavatory Single-Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside)
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-19-991-00300-A - Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option) - Emergency Opening from the Outside)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-19-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-19-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-19-420-051-A
B.
AES
Installation of the Lavatory Single Blade Door

(1)
Put the lavatory single blade door (1) in position and install the screws (4).
(2)
Put the door stop (3) in position and install the washer (6) and the screw (2).
25-45-19 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Measure the dimension C clearance between the lavatory door (1) and the door frame. This must be 3.0
mm (0.12 in.) minimum. If necessary, adjust the door (1) as follows:
(a)
(b)
(c)
Adjust the hinge (5) to get dimension C upper and lower clearance between the lavatory door (1)
and the door frame.
(d)
(e)
Close the Lavatory door (1).
Subtask 25-45-19-420-050-A
C.
Installation of the Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)

(1)
Put the guide (12) in position and install the screws (13).
(2)
Put the fitting (9) in position and install the screws (10) and (11).
(3)
Put the lavatory bi-folding door (1) in position and make sure that the lower door pivot pin (8) inserts
correctly into the fitting (9).
(4)
Slide the screw (4) upwards to engage the upper pivot pin of the door (1) to the door frame and tighten
the screw (4).
(5)
Connect the damper (2) to the lavatory wall bracket (3).
(6)
Close the lavatory bi-folding door (1).
(7)
Lock the upper and the lower door latches (5).
(8)
Measure the dimension E clearance between the lavatory door (1) and the door frame. This must be 3.0
mm (0.12 in.) minimum.
(9)
If necessary, adjust the door as follows:

(a)
(b)
Adjust the nut (7) to set the dimension E clearance between the lavatory door (1) and the door
frame.
(c)
(d)
Subtask 25-45-19-710-050-A
D.
Operational Test of the Emergency Opening (from outside of the lavatory) of the Lavatory Door(s).
NOTE :
(1)
(2)
Do the test of the single bladed door:

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-19-991-00500-A - Lavatory Single-Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the Outside)
(a)
(b)
Slide the Knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows VACANT.
(c)
Operate the door latch and pull the lavatory door (3) open.
Do the test of the bi-folding door (standard option):

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-19-991-00300-A - Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option) - Emergency Opening
from the Outside)
(a)
AES
25-45-19 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(b)
Slide the knob (2) to the side until the indicator (4) shows VACANT.
(c)
Push the lavatory door (3) open and/or release the door latches (5) and pull the lavatory door (3)
fully open outwards.
(d)
Close the lavatory door (3) and lock the door latches (5).
(e)
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-19-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-19 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
3
A
2
4
3
DOOR LATCH
B
EXAMPLE
NORMAL
OPEN
DOOR
LATCH
CATCH
DOOR KNOB
N_MM_254519_4_ADM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-19-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Single-Blade Door - Emergency Opening from the
Outside
25-45-19 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
EXAMPLE
A
3
STEP 1
STEP 2
PUSH
OPEN
FOLD
STEP 3
N_MM_254519_4_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-19-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Bi-folding Door (Standard Option) - Emergency
Opening from the Outside
25-45-19 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-19-960-001-A
Replacement of a Lavatory Door Damper
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-19-991-00400-A - Lavatory Door Damper - Sidewall Mounted)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-19-861-051-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-19-960-050-A
A.
Replace the Lavatory Door Damper - Sidewall Mounted

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-19-991-00400-A - Lavatory Door Damper - Sidewall Mounted)
(1)
(2)
Remove the lavatory door damper (6) as follows:

(a)
Open the Lavatory door (1).
(b)
Remove the pin (4), the washer (3), the bolt (2) and disconnect the door damper (6) from the
door backet (5).
(c)
If fitted, remove the pin (7), the washer (8) and the bolt (9).
(d)
Disconnect the door damper (6) from the sidewall bracket (10) and remove the door damper (6).
Install the lavatory door damper (6) as follows:

(a)
Put the door damper (6) in position on the door bracket (5) and install the bolt (2), the washer
(3) and the pin (7).
(b)
Put the door damper (6) in position on the sidewall bracket (10) and install the bolt (9), the
washer (8) and the pin (7) if removed.
(c)
Subtask 25-45-19-710-051-A
B.
Do the Operational Test of the Lavatory Door and Lavatory Door Damper
(1)
AES
Open and close the lavatory door and make sure that:
. the door damper operates smoothly and correctly,
25-45-19 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
5.
the lavatory door when closed is aligned with the lavatory contour.
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-19-862-051-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-19 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
10
9
2
WALL
SIDE
DOOR
SIDE
5
8
7
3
4
N_MM_254519_4_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-19-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Door Damper - Sidewall Mounted
25-45-19 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LOCK - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-21-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-21-991-00100-A - Door Lock - Bi-folding Door (Standard Option))

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-21-991-00200-A - Door Lock - Single Blade Door)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-21-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-21-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Remove the screws (3) and the section (5).
(3)
Remove the screws (4) and the knob (2).
(4)
Lift the spring loaded cover (8) and remove the knurled pin (7) and the screws (6).
(5)
Remove the door lock (1) and the spring loaded cover (8) from the lavatory door (9).
(6)
25-45-21 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
2
A
EXAMPLE
3
LATCH LEVER
A
LATCH
LATCH
1
4
DOOR PANEL
N_MM_254521_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-21-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Door Lock - Bi-folding Door (Standard Option)
25-45-21 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
LATCH LEVER
LATCH
3
1
4
8
4
DOOR PANEL
N_MM_254521_4_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-21-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Door Lock - Single Blade Door
25-45-21 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-21-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-21-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-21-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-21-420-050-A
B.
AES

(1)
(2)
Put the spring loaded cover (8) and the door lock (1) in position in the lavatory door (9).
(3)
Lift the spring loaded cover (8) and install the screws (6) and the knurled pin (7).
(4)
Install the screws (4) and the knob (2).
(5)
Put the section (5) in position and install the screws (3).
(6)
Operate the door lock (1) and make sure it operates correctly.
(7)
25-45-21 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-21-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-21 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-21-000-002-A
Removal of the Door Latch
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-21-991-00300-A - Door Latch - Knob Type)

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-21-991-00400-A - Door Latch - Lever Type)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-21-861-051-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-21-020-051-A
A.
Removal of the Door Latch with Knob

(1)
Remove the retaining ring (1) and the plate (2).
(2)
(3)
Remove the knob (5), the spindle assy (10), the trim nut (9) and the decorative plate (8).
(4)
Remove the screws (6) and the decorative plate (7).
(5)
(6)
Remove the screws (11) and the door latch (12).
Subtask 25-45-21-020-052-A
B.
AES
Removal of the Door Latch with Handle

(1)
Remove the plugs (1) and the screws (2).
(2)
Remove the handles (3) and (4) and the spacers (9).
(3)
Remove the screws (6) and the plates (5).
(4)
Remove the spacer (7) and the shaft (8).
(5)
(6)
Remove the screws (11) and the door latch (12).
25-45-21 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
10
EXAMPLE
13
14
12
11
4
3
5
6
DOOR PANEL
2
1
N_MM_254521_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-21-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Door Latch - Knob Type
25-45-21 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE
3
2
9
13
10
7
11
12
9
2
DOOR PANEL
N_MM_254521_4_BBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-21-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Door Latch - Lever Type
25-45-21 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-21-400-002-A
Installation of the Door Latch
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-21-860-051-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-21-210-051-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-21-420-051-A
B.
AES
Installation of the Door Latch with Knob

(1)
Put the door latch (12) in position and install the screws (11).
(2)
Put the decorative plate (7) in position and install the screws (6).
(3)
Put the spindle assy (10), the trim nut (9), the decorative plate (8) and the knob (5) in position and
install washer (4) and the Screw (3).
(4)
Close and open the lavatory door and make sure that the door latch (12) operates correctly.
(5)
Put the plate (2) in position and install the retaining ring (1).
(6)
(7)
(8)
Close the lavatory door.
25-45-21 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-45-21-420-052-A
C.
Installation of the Door Latch with Lever

(1)
Put the door latch (12) in position and install the screws (11).
(2)
Install the spacer (7) and the shaft (8).
(3)
Put the plates (5) in position and install the screws (6).
(4)
Install the spacers (9), the handles (3) and (4) and the screws (2).
(5)
(6)
(7)
Install the plugs (1).
(8)
(9)
(10) Close the lavatory door.

5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-21-862-051-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-21 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SHROUD - TOILET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-22-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 19-003
C.
QTY
1
GLOVES - RUBBER
DESIGNATION
DISINFECTANTS
DISINFECTANT LIQUID GENERAL PURPOSE
DISINFECTANTS
DISINFECTANT LIQUID GNAL PURPOSE

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
D.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-22-991-00100-B - Toilet Shroud and Seat)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-22-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN YOU DO THIS
TASK.
Subtask 25-45-22-020-050-B
A.
Removal of the Toilet Shroud for the Vacuum Toilet

(1)
AES
Put on GLOVES - RUBBER.
25-45-22 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Clean the toilet seat and the shroud with DISINFECTANTS (Material No: 14-006B) or
DISINFECTANTS (Material No: 14-006C) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(3)
Remove the screws (2) and the toilet shroud (1).
Subtask 25-45-22-020-052-B
B.
AES
Removal of the Toilet Seat and the Seat Cover

(1)
Remove the nuts (6) and the washers (5) and remove the seat (4) and the seat cover (3) from the
shroud (1).
(2)
If nesessary remove the pivot fittings (7) and disengage the seat cover (3) from the seat (4).
25-45-22 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
A
B
EXAMPLE
3
4
5
6
N_MM_254522_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-22-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Toilet Shroud and Seat
25-45-22 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-22-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
DISINFECTANTS
DISINFECTANT LIQUID GENERAL PURPOSE
DISINFECTANTS
DISINFECTANT LIQUID GNAL PURPOSE

Material No: 19-003
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

C.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
11-32-25-00
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-22-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-22-210-050-A
A.

(1)

WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN
YOU DO THIS TASK.
CAUTION :
AES
25-45-22 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
(2)
Clean the areas with DISINFECTANTS (Material No: 14-006B) or DISINFECTANTS (Material
No: 14-006C) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
NOTE :
(3)
Replace cadmium treated screws NAS1102-08-12 with corrosion resistant steel screws
MS24693C52.
Subtask 25-45-22-420-052-B
B.
Installation of the Toilet Seat and the Seat Cover

(1)
Engage the seat cover (3) and the seat (4) and install the pivot fittings (7).
(2)
Put the seat (4) and the seat cover (3) in position on the shroud (1) and install the washers (5) and
nuts (6).
Subtask 25-45-22-420-050-B
C.
Installation of the Toilet Shroud for the Vacuum Toilet

(1)
(2)
Put the toilet shroud (1) in position and install the screws (2).
NOTE :
(3)
good condition.
(a)
5.
Make sure you install corrosion resistant steel screws MS24693C52.
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-22-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-22 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
HAND GRIP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-23-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-23-991-00100-A - Hand Grip)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-23-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-23-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Support the hand grip (1) and remove the pins (2).
(2)
Remove the hand grip (1).
25-45-23 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
C
C
C
C
A
B
1
B
1
C
C
SECTION
CC
C
C
N_MM_254523_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-23-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Hand Grip
25-45-23 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-23-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-23-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-23-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-23-420-050-A
B.
5.

(1)
Put the hand grip (1) on the special screws (3).
(2)
Install the pins (2). If the pin holes are not aligned, do the following;
(a)
Remove the grip handle (1).
(b)
Adjust the special screws (3).
(c)
Do para B. (2) again.
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-23-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-23 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DISPENSER - SEAT COVER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-24-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-24-991-00100-A - Seat Cover Dispenser)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-24-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-24-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Push the seat cover dispenser (1) up and remove the dispenser from the holder (2).
(2)
Remove the screws (3) and the holder (2) from the lavatory wall.
25-45-24 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF
LAVATORY
3
1
N_MM_254524_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-24-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Seat Cover Dispenser
25-45-24 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-24-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-24-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-24-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-24-420-050-A
B.
5.

(1)
Put the holder (2) in position on the lavatory wall and install the screws (3).
(2)
Push the seat cover dispenser (1) into the holder (2).
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-24-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-24 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
TABLE - BABY NURSING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-25-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-25-991-00100-A - Baby Nursing Table (Lavatory A))

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-25-991-00100-B - Baby Nursing Table (Lavatory A))
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-25-991-00200-A - Baby Nursing Table)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-25-861-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-45-25-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

(1)
Release the latch (6) and open the baby nursing table (1).
(2)
(3)
Carefully remove the baby nursing table (1).
(4)
Remove the screw (7), the latch (6), the spacers (5) and the tube (4).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-45-25-020-050-B
A.
AES
Removal of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

(1)
(2)
25-45-25 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(4)
Remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and the support (7).
(5)
Remove the screws (3), the latch (2) and the tape (1).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-45-25-020-051-A
B.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Remove the screws (6), the washers (7) and the support (8)
(5)
Remove the screws (2) and the latch (1).
25-45-25 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NOTE:
1
FOR LAVATORY A ONLY

N_MM_254525_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-25-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-45-25 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
1
2
3
8
4
5
6
7
NOTE:
1
FOR LAVATORY A ONLY

N_MM_254525_4_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-25-991-00100-B SHEET 1

25-45-25 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
6
7
8
N_MM_254525_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-25-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Baby Nursing Table
25-45-25 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-25-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-25-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-25-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-45-25-420-050-A
B.
Installation of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

(1)
Put the tube (4) with the spacers (5) in position and install the latch (6) with the screw (7).
(2)
Put the baby nursing table (1) in position and install the screws (3) and the washers (2) to secure the
hinge to the lavatory L/H side wall.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-45-25-420-050-B
B.
AES
Installation of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

25-45-25 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Put the tape (1) in position and install the latch (2) with the screws (3).
(2)
Put the support (7) in position and install the screws (5) with the washers (6).
(3)
Put the baby nursing table (4) in position and install the screws (8) to secure the hinge to the lavatory
rear wall.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-45-25-420-051-A
C.

(1)
Put the latch (1) in position and install the screws (2).
(2)
Put the support (8) in position and install the screws (6) with the washers (7).
(3)
Put the baby nursing table (4) in position and install the screws (3) to secure the hinge to the lavatory
rear wall.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-45-25-710-050-A
D.
Operational Test of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

(1)
Baby nursing table installed on the lavatory L/H side wall.

(a)
Open and close the baby nursing table (1) and make sure that the table locks correctly in the
closed position, if necessary adjust as follows;
(b)
(c)
Adjust the lacht (6) until the baby nursing table (1) locks correctly.
(d)
Tigten the screws (7).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-45-25-710-050-B
D.
Operational Test of the Baby Nursing Table (For Lavatory A only)

(1)
Baby nursing table installed on the lavatory rear wall

(a)
Open and close the baby nursing table (4) and make sure that the table locks correctly in the
closed position, if necessary adjust as follows;
(b)
(c)
Adjust the latch (2) until the baby nursing table (4) locks correctly.
(d)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-45-25-710-051-A
E.
Operational Test of the Baby Nursing Table

(1)
AES
Baby nursing table installed on the lavatory rear wall

(a)
Open and close the baby nursing table (4) and make sure that the table with the hook (5) locks
correctly in the closed position, if necessary adjust as follows;
(b)
25-45-25 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(c)
Adjust the latch (1) until the baby nursing table (4) locks correctly.
(d)
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-25-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-25 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LINING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-26-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-45-38-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-26-991-00100-B - Wash Basin Lining)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-26-861-050-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-45-26-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove the wash basin (Ref. TASK 25-45-38-000-001-A) or the stainless steel wash basin assembly
(Ref. AMM 38-32-43-000-002) .
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-26-020-050-B
A.
AES
Remove the Lining

(1)
Remove the rollers (6), the screws (5) and the roller bracket (4).
(2)
Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and the lining (1).
25-45-26 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3
2
A
EXAMPLE
N_MM_254526_4_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-26-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Wash Basin Lining
25-45-26 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-26-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-45-38-000-001-A
25-45-38-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-26-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the wash basin (Ref. TASK 25-45-38-000-001-A) or the stainless steel wash basin
assembly (Ref. AMM 38-32-43-000-002) is removed.
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-26-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-26-420-050-B
B.
AES

(1)
(2)
Put the lining (1) in position and install the washers (3) and the screws (2).
(3)
Put the roller bracket (4) in position and install the screws (5).
(4)
Install the rollers (6) on the roller bracket (4).
25-45-26 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-26-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the wash basin (Ref. TASK 25-45-38-400-001-A) or the stainless steel wash basin assembly (Ref.
AMM 38-32-43-400-002) .
Subtask 25-45-26-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-26 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MICROSWITCH - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-33-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
AR ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-22
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-33-991-00100-A - Door Microswitch)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-33-861-050-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-45-33-865-050-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2001VU
4.
DESIGNATION
LAV FWD-OCCUPIED
LAV LIGHT
FIN
1WJ
1LQ
11WJ
LOCATION
F01
J01
B04
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-33-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Open the lavatory door (1) to gain access to the door microswitch (4).
(2)
25-45-33 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Disconnect the Electrical Connector

(a)
Carefully release the door microswitch (4) from the door frame.
(b)

NOTE :
AES
Use the Insertion/Extraction tool ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL

M15.570-22 to disconnect the electrical connector (3) type B.
(4)
Remove the door microswitch (4).
(5)
25-45-33 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
BC
2
1
C
3
CONNECTOR TYPE "A"
CONNECTOR TYPE "B"
N_MM_254533_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-33-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Door Microswitch
25-45-33 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-33-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL M15.570-22

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
33-24-00-710-001-A
33-26-00-710-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-33-860-050-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-45-33-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2001VU
4.
DESIGNATION
LAV FWD-OCCUPIED
LAV LIGHT
FIN
1WJ
1LQ
11WJ
LOCATION
F01
J01
B04
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-33-210-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
25-45-33 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-45-33-420-050-A
B.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Connect the Electrical Connector

(a)

NOTE :
(b)
Use the Insertion/Extraction tool ELEC CONTACTS INSERTION EXTRACTION TOOL

M15.570-22 to connect the electical connector (3) type B.
Carefully position the door microswitch (4) on the door frame.
(4)
(5)
(6)
Subtask 25-45-33-865-052-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2001VU
DESIGNATION
LAV FWD-OCCUPIED
LAV LIGHT
FIN
1WJ
1LQ
11WJ
LOCATION
F01
J01
B04
Subtask 25-45-33-710-050-A
D.
5.
Operational of the Door Microswitch

(1)
Do an operational test of the lavatory lighting (Ref. TASK 33-24-00-710-001-A).
(2)
Do an operational test of the lavatory lighted signs (Ref. TASK 33-26-00-710-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-33-862-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-33 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
WASH BASIN - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-38-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
AR PLUG - BLANKING
AR SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-45-13-000-001-A
25-45-14-000-001-A
25-45-25-000-001-A

38-12-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Water Faucet
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-38-991-00100-A - Wash Basin)
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-38-991-00300-A - Toilet Roll Holder)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-38-861-050-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-45-38-010-050-A
B.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Remove the lavatory mirror (Ref. TASK 25-45-13-000-001-A).
(2)
Remove the water faucet (Ref. TASK 38-12-41-000-001-A).
(3)
If fitted, remove the baby nursing table (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-000-001-A).
(4)
Remove the soap dispenser (Ref. TASK 25-45-14-000-001-A).
25-45-38 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-38-020-050-A
A.

(1)
Open the access door (1) and push the clips (3) to release the toilet roll holder (4) from the lining (2).
(2)
Remove the waste box from under the waste chute (6).
(3)
Remove the spring clips (9), the spacers (7), the pin (8) and disconnect the damper (4).
(4)
Remove the screws (5) and the waste chute (6).
(5)
Remove the clamp (13), the clamp (10) and disconnect the hoses (12) and (11).
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10) Remove the screws (16).

(11) Use the SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the sealant from the wash basin (2).
(12) Remove the wash basin (2).
AES
25-45-38 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
SEALANT
2
4
9
9
7
7
3
2
D
F
D
E
6
16
C
13
10
D
12
2
2
11
15
14
N_MM_254538_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-38-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Wash Basin
25-45-38 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
1
A
2
3
TOP
NOTE:
1
PUSH TO RELEASE
N_MM_254538_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-38-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Toilet Roll Holder
25-45-38 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-45-38-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-004
B.
DESIGNATION
ADHESIVE SEALANT

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
20-21-11-911-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-45-13-000-001-A
25-45-13-400-001-A
25-45-14-000-001-A
25-45-14-400-001-A

25-45-25-000-001-A
25-45-25-400-001-A
38-12-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Water Faucet
38-12-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Water Faucet
(Ref. Fig. 25-45-38-991-00200-A - Drain Valve Control Assembly)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-45-38-860-050-A
A.
AES

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(2)
Make sure that the:

. lavatory mirror is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-13-000-001-A),
. water faucet is removed (Ref. TASK 38-12-41-000-001-A),
. baby nursing table is removed as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-000-001-A),
. soap dispenser is removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-14-000-001-A).
25-45-38 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-45-38-210-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-45-38-560-050-A
B.
Preparation of a Replacement Component

(Ref. Fig. 25-45-38-991-00200-A - Drain Valve Control Assembly)
(1)
(2)
Remove the drain-valve control assembly (2) as follows:

(a)
Open the access door (1).
(b)
Loosen the locknut (5) and the screw (6).
(c)
Loosen the locknut (3) and remove the stud (4).
(d)
Remove the nut (9) and the washer (10) from the valve body (8).
(e)
Remove the drain-valve control assembly (2) from the wash basin.
(f)
Remove the seal (11).
Install the drain-valve control assembly (2) as follows:

NOTE :
(a)
Install the seal (11) on the valve body (8).
(b)
Put the drain-valve control assembly (2) in position on the wash basin and install the washer (10)
and the nut (9).
NOTE :
Make sure that the drain-valve (2) connects with the control arm (7).
(c)
Install the stud (4) and tighten the locknut (3).
(d)
Tighten the screw (6) and the locknut (5).
(e)
Operate the drain-valve control assembly (2) and make sure it functions correctly.
Subtask 25-45-38-420-050-A
C.

NOTE :
AES
(1)
Put the wash basin (2) in position and install the screws (16).
(2)
(3)
(4)
Put the waste chute (6) in position and install the screws (5).
(5)
Put the damper (4) in position on the waste chute (6) and install the pin (8), the spacers (7) and the
spring clips (9).
(6)
(7)
Make sure that the hoses (11) and (12) are clean and clear of blockage.
25-45-38 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(8)
Connect the hoses (11) and (12) to the wash basin (2) and install the clamps (10) and (13).
(9)
(10) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-004) in the distance between the
lavatory wall and the wash basin (2).
(11) Put the toilet roll holder (4) in position on the lining (2) and push the holder (4) until the clips (3) lock
in the lining (2).
(12) Close the access door (1).
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-45-38-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the soap dispenser (Ref. TASK 25-45-14-400-001-A).
(2)
Install the baby nursing table if removed (Ref. TASK 25-45-25-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the water faucet (Ref. TASK 38-12-41-400-001-A).
(4)
Install the lavatory mirror (Ref. TASK 25-45-13-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-45-38-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-45-38 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
2
8
11
10
9
4
3
12
7
6
5
N_MM_254538_4_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-45-38-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Drain Valve Control Assembly
25-45-38 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-11200-B - Forward and Aft Lower Holds)
In the lower deck of the aircraft, there are two lower holds (FWD hold and AFT hold) which are divided into three
underfloor cargo compartments. The FWD hold is referred to as the FWD cargo compartment. A divider net divides
the AFT hold into two cargo compartments. They are referred to as the AFT cargo compartment and the Bulk cargo
compartment. The Bulk cargo compartment has tiedown/attachment points for the Bulk door nets and for the nets
and straps which keep the bulk cargo in place.
AES
25-50-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
System Description
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-11300-B - Forward Cargo Compartment)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-11400-C - Aft Cargo Compartment)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-11500-A - BULK Cargo Compartment)
A.
FWD and AFT Lower Holds

The FWD lower hold (FWD cargo compartment) is in Zone 130 between STA977(FR24A) and
STA1483(FR34). A hydraulically operated cargo door which opens to the outside is installed on the right side of
the aircraft between STA977(FR24A) and STA1163(FR28). The cargo door gives access to the FWD cargo
compartment.
The AFT lower hold (AFT cargo compartment and Bulk cargo compartment) is in Zones 150/160 between
STA2136(FR47) and STA3101(FR65). The AFT cargo compartment is between STA2136(FR47) and
STA2776(FR59). A hydraulically operated cargo compartment door (AFT cargo door) which opens to the
outside, is installed on the lower right side of the aircraft. The AFT cargo door is between STA2430(FR52A)
and STA2616(FR56) and gives access to the AFT cargo compartment.
The Bulk cargo compartment is in Zone 160 between STA2776(FR59) and STA3101(FR65). A divider net with
a screen is installed at STA2776(FR59) and isolates the Bulk cargo compartment from the AFT cargo
compartment. A manually operated door (Bulk door) which opens to the inside, is installed on the lower right
side of the aircraft. The Bulk door is between STA2830(FR60) and STA2936(FR62) and gives access to the
Bulk cargo compartment.
B.
Cargo Compartments
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-13400-C - Loading Capacity of the Cargo Compartments)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-13500-B - Loading Sections of FWD Cargo Compartment)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-13600-D - Loading Sections of Aft Cargo Compartment)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-13800-D - Nets and Attachment Elements - Forward Cargo Compartment)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-13900-D - Nets and Attachment Elements - Aft Cargo Compartment)
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have floor panels and linings. The linings keep smoke in the
compartments and prevent damage to the lines and electrical wires. Each cargo compartment has items which
make a restraint system. The restraint system permits the loading of loose baggage and bulk cargo in the FWD
and AFT cargo compartments. The divider nets give each cargo compartment loading sections. The FWD cargo
compartment has three sections, the AFT cargo compartment has four sections. This permits to load only a part
of each cargo compartment.
C.
Bulk Loading
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-13800-D - Nets and Attachment Elements - Forward Cargo Compartment)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-13900-D - Nets and Attachment Elements - Aft Cargo Compartment)
The FWD and AFT cargo compartments have items installed which permit to load bulk cargo. The items which
permit bulk loading are:
. tie down/attachment points,
. multiple attachment points,
. divider nets/door nets,
. load placards,
. protection devices for the rapid decompression panels.
AES
25-50-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Each cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and multiple attachment points. The tie down
points are for the attachment of the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items of bulk cargo. It is
always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points
are also for the attachment of the divider nets.
There are two types of divider nets, A1 and A2. The divider net A1 has a screen and is installed in the AFT
cargo compartment at FR59. The divider net A2 is installed in the FWD cargo Compartment at FR31. The
divider nets divide the cargo compartments into sections.
The door nets are installed near the FWD, AFT and BULK cargo-compartment doors. The door nets prevent
damage to the cargo compartment doors and keep the door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets have
stanchions which give them a strong contour. The door nets must always be installed after cargo is loaded or
unloaded. The multiple attachment points are for the attachment of the door nets to the cargo compartment
floor. The attachment points are for the connection of the stanchions to the cargo compartment ceiling.
The tie down/attachment items permit an easy and quick removal and installation of the nets and straps. For
the load/unload procedure, the nets are removed/installed as necessary.
D. Bulk Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-14100-E - nets and attachment Elements - BULK Cargo Compartment)
A divider net isolates the BULK cargo compartment from the aft cargo compartment.
The BULK cargo compartment is for passenger luggage and bulk cargo. The BULK cargo compartment has tiedown points and attachment points. The tie-down points are for the nets and straps which keep bulk loads and
luggage in place. It is always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or small items of bulk cargo.
The attachment points are for the installation of the divider and door nets. The door nets have stanchions which
give the door nets a solid contour. The door nets prevent damage to the Bulk door and keep the door area clear
of any luggage or cargo. The tie-down points and attachment points permit an easy and quick installation and
removal of the straps and nets. The door nets must always be installed after loading/unloading.
E.
Linings and Floor Panels

The linings and floor panels in the FWD and AFT lower holds prevent damage to the aircraft structure. The
linings are made of flame-resistant synthetic material. The floor panels are of sandwich construction and have
non-slip surfaces.
F.
Cargo Compartment Lighting

Each lower hold has a lighting system which fluorescent lamps which are installed in the center of the cargo
compartment ceiling. Toggle switches installed at the doors of the cargo compartments control the lighting
system.
G.
Loading Area Lights

The loading area lights are spotlights installed in the ceiling panels at the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment
doors. The intensity of the lights of the loading area permits you to read labels on loading equipment near a
cargo-compartment door.
AES
25-50-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STA2776/FR59
STA3101/FR65
STA977/FR24A
STA1483/FR34 STA2136/FR47
FWD LOWER HOLD

Z130
AFT LOWER HOLD

Z150/160
BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR

AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT
FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT
FORWARD COMPARTMENT
AFT COMPARTMENT
BULK COMPARTMENT
CARGO DOORS IN OPEN POSITION

N_MM_255000_0_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-11200-B SHEET 1

Forward and Aft Lower Holds
25-50-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z130
DOOR NET A
2508MM
DIVIDER NET A2
2506MM
STA1483/FR34
STA1323/FR31
STA1163/FR28
FLOOR PANELS
PARTITION WALL
STANCHION
STA977/FR24A
SIDEWALL
LINING
DOOR NET C
2507MM

FLOOR PANELS
N_MM_255000_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-11300-B SHEET 1

25-50-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z160
Z150
STA2776/FR59
SIDEWALL LINING
DOOR NET A
STA2616/FR56
2608MM
DOOR NET B
DIVIDER NET A1
2610MM
2607MM
STA2430/FR52A
STA2296/FR50
STA2136/FR47
STANCHION
DIVIDER NET A2
2606MM
FLOOR PANELS
N_MM_255000_0_AFU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-11400-C SHEET 1

25-50-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z160
DOOR NET, TYPE D
SIDEWALL LINING
STA3101/FR65
PARTITION WALL
STA2936/FR62
STA2829/FR60
FLOOR PANELS
STA2776/FR59
DOOR NET, TYPE D

DOOR NET
TYPE E
EN
M
RT
MP
GO
LK
CO
R
CA
BU
STANCHION
N_MM_255000_0_BGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-11500-A SHEET 1

BULK Cargo Compartment
25-50-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STA2776/FR59
STA3101/FR65
STA977/FR24A
STA1483/FR34 STA2136/FR47
FWD LOWER HOLD

Z130
FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
AFT LOWER HOLD

Z150/160
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT
PASSENGER LUGGAGE
BULK CARGO
N_MM_255000_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-13400-C SHEET 1

Loading Capacity of the Cargo Compartments
25-50-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z130
SECTION 13
SECTION 12
SECTION 11
FWD CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR
N_MM_255000_0_BLU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-13500-B SHEET 1

Loading Sections of FWD Cargo Compartment
25-50-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z160
Z150
SECTION 51
SECTION 42
SECTION 41
SECTION 32
SECTION 31
AFT CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR
N_MM_255000_0_BNF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-13600-D SHEET 1

Loading Sections of Aft Cargo Compartment
25-50-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STA1483/FR34
STA1323/FR31
STA1163/FR28
Z130
DA
A
E
A
STA997/FR24A
A
C
A A
E
A
A B
A A
A
A
D
TIE DOWN POINT
TIE DOWN POINT
C
ATTACHMENT POINT
MULTIPLE
ATTACHMENT
POINT
MULTIPLE ATTACHMENT POINT

N_MM_255000_0_AGF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-13800-D SHEET 1

Nets and Attachment Elements - Forward Cargo
Compartment
25-50-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STA2776/FR59
D
A
STA2616/FR56
CA
A
STA2430/FR50A
C A
STA2296/FR50
E
D
E
STA2136/FR47
E
D
A
A
E
D
TIE DOWN POINT
MULTIPLE
ATTACHMENT
POINT
TIE DOWN POINT
ATTACHMENT POINT
MULTIPLE
ATTACHMENT
POINT
N_MM_255000_0_AJF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-13900-D SHEET 1

Nets and Attachment Elements - Aft Cargo Compartment
25-50-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z160
STA3101/FR65
STA2936/FR62
STA2829/FR60
STA2776/FR59
B
T
EN
M
RT
MP
CO
RG
LK
CA
BU
A
B
TYPICAL ATTACHMENT/TIE DOWN POINT
TYPICAL ATTACHMENT/TIE DOWN POINTS
N_MM_255000_0_ANX0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-14100-E SHEET 1

nets and attachment Elements - BULK Cargo Compartment
25-50-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-200-001-A
Visual Inspection of the Cargo Compartment and the Components of the Cargo Loading System
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.
CAUTION :
1.
MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF
THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that all components of the cargo loading system are in the correct condition.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM
No specific
AR
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-001
C.

ZONE/ACCESS
130
150
AES
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
NO LONGER AVAILABLE
ZONE DESCRIPTION
FWD CAR COMPT AFT BULKHEAD OF AVNCS COMP
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT FWD PRESS BULKHEAD
25-50-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
D.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-001-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric
Pump
25-50-00-300-001-A
Repair of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets (for corrective action)
SRM 51740000
3.
(for corrective action)
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-060-C
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door(s) and install the actuator safety locks (Ref.
TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the FWD and/or AFT cargo
compartment door(s).
Subtask 25-50-00-865-119-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-210-050-C
A.
Visual Inspection of the Components of the Cargo Compartment

(1)
Door Nets and Divider Nets

(a)
Examine the webbing of the door nets and the divider nets (refered to as the nets) for:
. cuts, twists, fraying, chafing, wear and broken stitches
. damaged stitch patterns at the web intersections
. areas where the web fibers are broken
. dirt and contamination.
1
(b)
Examine the fittings and the metal parts of the nets for:
. missing and damaged fittings
. corrosion of the metal parts
. broken stitches or damaged stitch patterns where the parts attach to the web
. correct operation.
1
(c)
AES
If you find corrosion, you must remove it (Ref. SRM 51740000).
Examine the stanchions of the nets (if installed) for:

. dents and damage to the tube
. corrosion of the metal parts
. loose, missing and damaged metal loops and connectors
. correct operation of the telescopic section and the end fittings.
1
(d)
If you find dirt and/or contamination, clean the webbing with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, MEDIUM, warm water and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-001) .
If you find corrosion, you must remove it (Ref. SRM 51740000).
Examine the identification labels of the nets:

. look for loose, missing and damaged identification labels
. make sure that you can read the data on the identification labels.
25-50-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(e)
Examine the rubber coated fabric and/or mesh screen of the nets (if installed):
. look for cuts, missing areas and other damage
. make sure that the screen is correctly attached to the webbing.
(f)
If you find damage to the nets, you must refer to the AMM (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-300-001-A) for
the class of the damage and the necessary corrective action.
NOTE :
(2)
(3)
5.
If the damage you find is classed as allowable damage:

. the strength of the net is not decreased
. it is permitted for the net to stay installed in the aircraft
. it can be used without limits to the weight and position of the installed cargo
. repair of the net is recommended, but not mandatory
. you must make marks on the damage that you do not repair to help with subsequent
inspections.
Net Attachment Points

(a)
Examine all the net attachment points and the adjacent areas for cracks, corrosion and other
damage.
(b)
Make sure that the net attachment points are correctly attached.
Floor Panels
(a)
Examine the floor panels for corrosion and other damage.
(b)
Make sure that the floor panels are correctly attached to the structure.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-860-050-A
A.
Subtask 25-50-00-865-120-A
B.
Subtask 25-50-00-410-050-C
C.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door(s) (Ref.
TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
25-50-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-200-002-A
Visual Check of Cargo Compartment Decompression, Lining, Floor Panels and Pressure Compensation Valve
CAUTION :
1.
BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSPECT THE SEALING OF THE CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS,
SIDEWALL PANELS, CEILING PANELS, BALL MATS, PARTITION WALLS, FLOOR PANELS AND COVER
PLATES.
MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENTS ARE CORRECTLY SEALED. PRESSURE LEAKS
THROUGH THE CARGO COMPARTMENT CAN CAUSE A DECREASE IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE
FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM, IF A FIRE OCCURS.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-50-00-01-)
VISUAL CHECK OF CARGO COMPARTMENT DECOMPRESSION, LINING, FLOOR PANELS AND PRESSURE
COMPENSATION VALVE
To make sure that the cargo compartment is airtight.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
130
150
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
BULK CARGO COMPARTEMENT AFT BULKHEAD
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-54-12-300-001-A

Information
25-54-12-400-002-A
52-30-00-080-001-A
Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-480-001-A
Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
25-50-00-200-024-A

Information (for corrective action)
25-50-00-340-002-A
Repair of the Flanges of the Cargo-Compartment Decompression Panels (for

corrective action)
51-76-11-300-001-A
Repair of the Sealing (for corrective action)
AES
25-50-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
53-22-14-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels (for corrective
action)
53-22-14-400-001-A
Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels (for corrective

action)
53-42-14-000-001-A
Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels Zone 150 (for corrective

action)
53-42-14-400-001-A
Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels Zone 150 (for

corrective action)
SRM 530200
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-00600-A - Decompression Panel)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-061-C
A.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
Open the forward and/or aft cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(3)
Install the safety lock on the actuator on the forward and/or aft cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-001-A).
(4)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the forward and/or aft cargo
Subtask 25-50-00-865-127-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-210-057-A
A.
General Visual Inspection of the Decompression, Lining and Floor Panels

(1)
(2)
AES
Decompression panels:
(a)
Examine each decompression panel for cracks and other damage.
(b)
If a decompression panel is damaged, refer to (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A) (Ref. TASK

25-50-00-340-002-A).
(c)
Make sure that each decompression panel has a seal installed, missing seals are not permitted.
(d)
Make sure that the seal of each decompression panel is in the correct condition.
(e)
Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct position.
Lining panels:
(a)
Examine each lining panel for cracks and other damage.
(b)
If a lining panel is damaged, refer to (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A).
(c)
Make sure that each lining panel has a seal installed, missing seals are not permitted.
(d)
Make sure that the seal of each lining panel are in the correct condition.
(e)
Make sure that each lining panel is in the correct position.
25-50-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(f)
(3)
5.
Make sure that the linings panels are correctly attached:

1
Tighten the loose fasteners to the correct torque value (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A).
If necessary, replace the fasteners.
Missing fasteners are permitted for the ceiling, sidewall and partition lining panels if:
. There are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining panels.
. Not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of the lining panel.
Install the fastener if it is missing (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-300-001-A).
Floor panels:
(a)
Examine each floor panel for:

. Impact damage
. Deep scratches
. Cracks
. Deformation
. Delamination.
(b)
If a floor panel is damaged, do a repair (Ref. SRM 530200) or replace the panel (Ref. TASK
53-22-14-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-000-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 53-22-14-400-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 53-42-14-400-001-A).
(c)
Make sure that the floor panels are correctly installed.
(d)
Make sure that the sealant at the floor panel joints is in the correct condition.
(e)
If the sealant is damaged, repair it (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-860-051-A
A.
Subtask 25-50-00-865-128-A
B.
Subtask 25-50-00-410-060-C
C.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Remove the safety lock on the actuator of the forward and/or aft cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-080-001-A).
(3)
Close the forward and/or aft cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
25-50-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1. DECOMPRESSION PANEL
(INSTALLED)
A
SECTION
AA
EXAMPLE (INSTALLED)
CEILING
PANEL
TAPE
SLIDE
AREA
FIREBLOCKER
DECOMPRESSION
PANEL
LATCH
FRAME
N_MM_255000_6_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Decompression Panel
25-50-00 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-200-025-A
Detailed Inspection of Divider Nets, Door Nets and Net Attachment Points
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-50-00-16-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF DIVIDER NETS, DOOR NETS AND NET ATTACHMENT POINTS
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)

ZONE/ACCESS
150
160
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-50-00-200-001-A
Visual Inspection of the Cargo Compartment and the Components of the Cargo
Loading System
52-30-00-080-001-A
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-860-078-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-50-00-010-112-A
B.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Open the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Install the safety locks on the actuator(s) of the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref.
TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
25-50-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
(3)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the forward
and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s).
(4)
Set the light switch of the forward and/or aft cargo compartment to the ON position.
(5)
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the control panel(s) of the cargo loading system to tell persons not
to use it.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-210-110-A
A.
Visual Inspection of the Cargo Compartment Components

WARNING : WEAR GLOVES TO AVOID INJURY TO HANDS.
5.
(1)
Examine each door and divider net for deterioration and other damage (broken webbing, cuts and
broken stitching) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the nets are correctly attached to the net attachment points.
(3)
Examine each net attachment point and the adjacent area for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
(4)
Examine all single stud fittings of the nets for broken or damaged springs and for correct function.
(5)
Make sure that the net assembly is serviceable for flight.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-105-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Remove the safety lock(s) from the actuator of the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s).
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001-A).
(3)
Close the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(4)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-50-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - CLEANING/PAINTING

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-370-001-A
Refurbishment of Cargo Compartment Linings
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE
SPECIAL MATERIALS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
3
No specific
No specific
3
3
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-046
Material No: 16-047
Material No: 19-003
C.

DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
PRIMER
STRUCTURE PAINTS
STRUCTURE PAINTS
TOPCOAT
STRUCTURE PAINTS
STRUCTURE PAINTS
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
AES
25-50-00 PB701
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-54-12-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
Information
25-54-12-000-002-A
25-54-12-000-003-A
25-54-12-400-001-A
25-54-12-400-002-A
25-54-12-400-003-A
25-55-12-000-001-A
25-55-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-000-003-A
25-55-12-400-001-A
25-55-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/FR65
25-55-12-400-003-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-860-080-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 25-50-00-910-051-A
B.
General
CAUTION :
(1)
4.
MAKE A RECORD OF THE REFURBISHMENT OF EACH COMPONENT TO MAKE SURE

THAT THIS DATA IS AVAILABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENTS. IF THIS DATA IS
MISSING, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SUBSEQUENT REFURBISHMENT WILL NOT AGREE
WITH THE HEAT RELEASE REQUIREMENTS.
If necessary, make sure that all damaged areas are repaired before painting (Ref. TASK
25-50-00-200-024-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-370-050-A
A.
Painting of the Cargo Compartment Sidewall-Panels

NOTE :
It is important to prevent a mixed application with water-based and solvent-based products during:
. Refurbishment
. Drying time.
(1)
Remove the sidewall panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-003-A) (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-000-003-A).
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the sidewall panel(s):

CAUTION :
AES
COMPONENTS.
25-50-00 PB701
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CAUTION :
(3)

(a)
See if a paint layer is applied or not.
(b)

(c)

. Carefully remove the unwanted paint with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400) to a layer
Prepare for paint application:

(a)
Carefully sand the surfaces with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(b)

MATERIAL/S.
(4)
If necessary apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-046) to make the surface smooth:
(a)
Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-046) several times to optimize the surface.
(b)
Let the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-046) time to cure.
(c)
(d)

MATERIAL/S.
(5)

(a)
(6)
AES

. STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047)
or
. STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047A)
or
. STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047B)
or
. STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-047C)
. with a GUN - AIR SPRAY, STANDARD PAINT to the panel surface.
. Dust dry: 5-20 min.
. Transport dry: 5-8 h
25-50-00 PB701
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
Installation dry: 10-14 h.
(7)
Install the sidewall panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-003-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-003-A).
(8)
Make sure that the paint layer can fully dry during 10 days at room temperature.
(a)
Do not sand or paint the paint layer during this time.
Subtask 25-50-00-370-051-A
B.
Painting of the Ceiling Panel(s)

NOTE :
. Refurbishment
. Drying time.
(1)
Remove the ceiling panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002-A) (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-000-002-A).
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the ceiling panel(s):
(3)
CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :

(a)
(b)

(c)


(a)
MATERIAL.
(b)

MATERIAL/S.
(4)
AES
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
25-50-00 PB701
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MATERIAL/S.
(5)

(a)

or
or
or
(6)
. Installation dry: 10-14 h.
(7)
Install the ceiling panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002-A).
(8)
(a)
Subtask 25-50-00-370-052-A
C.
Painting of the Partition Wall Panel(s)

NOTE :
(1)
Remove the partition wall panel(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-000-001-A).
(2)
Do a visual inspection of the partition wall panel:
(3)
CAUTION :
COMPONENTS.
CAUTION :

(a)
(b)

(c)


(a)
AES
. Refurbishment
. Drying time.
25-50-00 PB701
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MATERIAL.
(b)

MATERIAL/S.
(4)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

MATERIAL/S.
(5)

(a)
(6)
. Installation dry: 10-14 h.
(7)
Install the partition wall panel(s) (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001-A) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001-A).
(8)
(a)
5.

or
or
or
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-860-081-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-50-00 PB701
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CARGO COMPARTMENTS - REPAIRS

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-300-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
MARKER - INDELIBLE
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
CMM 25-52-28
CMM 25-52-28
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-01500-A - Example of a Door Net)

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-01600-A - Example of a Divider Net)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-01700-A - Repair of the Webbing)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-01800-A - Repair of the Rubber Coated Fabric)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-861-051-A
A.
Energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-50-00-010-092-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
AES
and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s).
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Open the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s) and install the actuator safety locks (Ref.
TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(3)
If a cargo loading system (CLS) is installed in the cargo compartments:

. put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the control panel of each CLS to tell persons not to use it.
Subtask 25-50-00-020-058-A
C.
Removal of the Door Net and/or Divider Net (Referred to as the net)
(1)
4.
Remove the defective net from its cargo compartment and send it to the overhaul or repair shop.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-210-098-A
A.
Inspection and Classes of Damage of the Door Nets and the Divider Nets
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-01500-A - Example of a Door Net)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-01600-A - Example of a Divider Net)
(1)
AES
Do an inspection of the defective net:

(a)
Examine the webbing for:

. Cuts, twists, fraying, chafing, wear and broken stitches
. Damaged stitch patterns at the web intersections
. Areas where the web fibers are damaged
. Dirt and contamination.
(b)
Examine the fittings and the metal parts for:

. Missing and damaged fittings
. Corrosion of the metal parts
. Damaged stitches or stitch patterns where the fittings attach to the webbing
. Correct operation.
(c)
Examine the stanchions (if installed) for:

. Dents and damage to the tube
. Corrosion of the metal parts
. Loose, missing and damaged metal loops and connectors
. Correct operation of the telescopic section and the end fittings.
(d)
Examine the identification label(s):

. Look for loose, missing and damaged identification label(s)
. Make sure that you can read the data on the identification label(s).
(e)
Examine the rubber coated fabric and/or the mesh screen (if installed):
. Look for cuts, missing areas and other damage
. Make sure that the screen is correctly attached to the webbing.
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Find the class of the damage to the net

(a)
Refer to the table below for the class of the damage:
Component
Webbing
Damage
- Dirt and contamination
that you can remove.
--------------------------- Small areas where the
web fibers are damaged
from wear or chafing.
--------------------------- Damaged stitches or
stitch patterns at the
web intersections. Not
more than two damaged
flag stitch patterns
at the intersections
are permitted.
Class of Damage
- Allowable
------------------------ Minor
------------------------ Minor
(3)
If you find damage that is classed as allowable damage:

. The strength of the net is not decreased
. It is permitted to install the net in the aircraft
. It can be used without limits to the weight and position of the installed cargo
. Repair or replacement of the net is recommended, but not mandatory
. You must make marks on the damage that you do not repair immediately, for subsequent inspection
and repair.
(4)
If you find damage that is classed as minor damage:

. The strength of the net can be decreased
. A net or stanchion (if installed) can only be used in the aircraft with limits to the weight and
position of the installed cargo
. You must refer to the Aircraft Weight and Balance Manual for the limits to be used for each type of
damage
. Repair or replacement of the net is recommended, but not mandatory
. You must make marks on the damage that you do not repair immediately, for subsequent inspection
and repair
. You must attach a tag to the net to tell personnel the limits of the net.
(5)
If you find damage that is classed as major damage:

. The net is unservicable
. You must attach a tag to the net to tell personnel that the net is unservicable
. The net can only be repaired at the net manufacturers or at a workshop that is approved for these
repairs by the local Aviation Authority.
Subtask 25-50-00-350-050-A
B.

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-01700-A - Repair of the Webbing)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-01800-A - Repair of the Rubber Coated Fabric)
NOTE :
AES
The nets can only be repaired at the net manufacturers or at a workshop that is approved for these
repairs by the local Aviation Authority.
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Repair materials
(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
AES
You must only use materials approved by the net manufacturer for the repair of the nets. These
materials are (Ref. CMM 25-52-28):
. Sewing thread, part number ST10-0800402 or ST20-0801201
. Webbing, part number TW20-0512701
. Fabric, part number TF60-0524122
General repair data

(a)
You can connect double flag-stitch patterns with a loose thread, to give a continuous pattern. The
distance between stitch patterns must not be more than 20.0mm (0.8 in.).
(b)
If the thread breaks, you must cut the ends of the thread and start to stitch again. Make sure
that you overlap the cut stitches by more than 25.0mm (1.0 in.).
(c)
All cut ends of the webbing must be heat-sealed to stop fraying.
Repair of worn or broken stitching

(a)
Remove the damaged stitches and the remaining stitches of the stitch pattern.
(b)
Replace the stitches with stitches of the initial thread type and stitch pattern.
Replacement of the metal fittings:

(a)
Remove the stitches necessary to free the component.
(b)
Put the replacement component in its correct installation position.
(c)
Attach the component with stitches of the initial thread type and stitch pattern.
Repair of the webbing:

(a)
Cut and remove the damaged area of the webbing, plus 15.0mm (0.6 in.) at each side.
(b)
Make a repair section from webbing of the initial type and dimensions.
(c)
Make sure that the repair section overlaps the removed area sufficiently for a double flag stitchpattern at each side.
(d)
Make sure that the ends of the repair section are not less than 15.0mm (0.6 in.) from the
adjacent webbing intersections.
(e)
Attach the repair section with stitches of the correct thread type and stitch pattern.
Repair of the rubber coated fabric (referred to as the fabric):

(a)
Cut and remove the damaged area of the fabric, plus 25.0mm (1.0 in.) around the damage.
(b)
Make a repair patch from fabric of the initial type and thickness.
(c)
Make sure that the repair patch overlaps the removed area by a minimum of 16.0mm (0.636 in.).
(d)
Attach the repair patch with two rows of stitches (6-8 stitches for each 25.0mm (1.0 in.)). The
inner row of stitches must be approximately 3.0mm (0.118 in.) from the edges of the removed
area of damage. The outer row of stitches must be approximately 3.0mm (0.118 in.) from the
edges of the repair patch.
Repair of a damaged or missing identification label (referred to as the label):

(a)
A missing label must be replaced with a label with the initial data.
(b)
If you cannot read the data on the label easily, you must write over the initial data with a
MARKER - INDELIBLE.
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(8)
Repair of a damaged stanchion:

(a)
5.
The only repairs that you can do to the stanchions are to replace the plunger, the locking base
and the metal loops or connectors. Refer to the CMM (Ref. CMM 25-52-28) for more data.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-420-059-A
A.
Installation of the Door Net and/or Divider Net

(1)
Install the door net and/or divider net in the applicable cargo compartment.
Subtask 25-50-00-410-086-A
B.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the actuator safety locks and close the forward and/or aft cargo-compartment door(s) (Ref.
TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(4)
Subtask 25-50-00-862-051-A
C.
AES
De-energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-50-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STANCHION
ORING
IDENTIFICATION
LABEL
D
ADJUSTABLE
FITTING
A
EXAMPLE
ADJUSTABLE
FITTING
WEBBING
FLOOR
FITTING
FABRIC
PLUNGER
SNAP LATCH
SINGLE FLAG
STITCH PATTERN
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
E
TUBE
STANCHION
(IF INSTALLED)
LOOP
SCREW
C
EXAMPLE
B
EXAMPLE
CONNECTOR
(IF INSTALLED)
DOUBLE FLAG
STITCH PATTERN
FLOOR
FITTING
LOCKING
BASE
N_MM_255000_8_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-01500-A SHEET 1

Example of a Door Net
25-50-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
WEBBING
ADJUSTABLE
FITTING
ADJUSTING
BUCKLE
IDENTIFICATION
LABEL
HOOK
FABRIC
FLOOR
FITTING
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
B
EXAMPLE
SINGLE FLAG
STITCH PATTERN
ADJUSTABLE
FITTING
SINGLE FLAG
STITCH PATTERN
DOUBLE FLAG
STITCH PATTERN
HOOK
FLOOR
FITTING
N_MM_255000_8_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Example of a Divider Net
25-50-00 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF A REPAIR WHERE THERE
IS SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE BETWEEN
THE WEBBING INTERSECTIONS
DAMAGED AREA
REPAIR WEBBING
"B"
2
"A"
1
AFTER REPAIR
BEFORE REPAIR
"B"
EXAMPLE OF
SINGLE FLAG
STITCH
20mm
(0.8 in.)
20mm
(0.8 in.)
EXAMPLE OF A REPAIR WHERE THERE
IS NOT SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE BETWEEN
THE WEBBING INTERSECTIONS
DAMAGED AREA
REPAIR WEBBING
"A"
1
BEFORE REPAIR
D
AFTER REPAIR
EXAMPLE OF
DOUBLE FLAG
STITCH
20mm
(0.8 in.)
MAX
NOTE:
FOR DIMENSION "A": REMOVE AREA OF DAMAGE

PLUS 15mm (0.6 in.) FROM EACH SIDE.
FOR DIMENSION "B": NOT LESS THAN 15mm (0.6 in.)

FROM ADJACENT INTERSECTIONS, AFTER REPAIR.
20mm
(0.8 in.)
LOOSE THREAD
N_MM_255000_8_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-01700-A SHEET 1

Repair of the Webbing
25-50-00 PB801
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
OUTER COVER
STITCHING
CUT OUT
AREA
AREA OF
DAMAGE
A
MINIMUM
25mm
(1.0 in.)
REPAIR
PATCH
SECTION
AA
REPAIR PATCH
OUTER COVER
3.0mm
10mm
3.0mm
3.0mm
10mm
3.0mm
(0.12 in.)
(0.4 in.)
(0.12 in.)
(0.12 in.)
(0.4 in.)
(0.12 in.)
N_MM_255000_8_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-01800-A SHEET 1

Repair of the Rubber Coated Fabric
25-50-00 PB801
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-200-024-A
Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core - General Repair/Protection Information
1.
Reason for the Job

This task gives general information for the repairs/protection of the cargo-compartment lining and guidelines to
select the appropriate method, in relation to the damage type and dimensions.
It is applicable to:
. Sidewall panels
. Ceiling panels
. Partition panels
. Decompression panels (but not flange repair)
. Frame 24 decompression panels
. Frame 24A protection panels.
NOTE :
2.
The cargo door linings are not made of honeycomb and the repairs included in this chapter are not applicable
for these linings.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-50-00-340-001-A
Protection of Cargo Compartment Linings with S-Glass Patch - All Cargo

25-50-00-340-002-A
25-50-00-340-003-A
Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings
with Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-340-004-A
25-50-00-340-005-A
Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
25-50-00-340-006-A
Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
25-50-00-340-007-A
Replacement of Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and

Partition Panel
Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment
Inings with Honeycomb Core
25-50-00-340-008-A
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-50-00-340-009-A
DESIGNATION
Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment
25-50-00-340-010-A
Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but Not Ceiling Panels
25-50-00-340-011-A
Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo
25-50-00-340-012-A
25-50-00-340-013-A
Stainless Steel-Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo

25-50-00-340-014-A
Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method (Damage Not Through from
the Edge) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
25-54-11-000-001-A
25-54-11-400-001-A
25-54-12-000-001-A
25-54-12-000-002-A
25-54-12-000-003-A
25-54-12-400-001-A
25-54-12-400-002-A
25-54-12-400-003-A
25-55-11-000-001-A
25-55-11-000-002-A
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/FR59
25-55-11-000-003-A
Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/FR59
25-55-11-400-001-A
25-55-11-400-002-A
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment -FR47/FR59
25-55-11-400-003-A
Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/FR59
25-55-12-000-001-A
25-55-12-000-002-A
25-55-12-000-003-A
25-55-12-400-001-A
25-55-12-400-002-A
25-55-12-400-003-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
Pump
Removal of the Support Struts
52-30-00-860-002-A
53-43-11-000-001-A
53-43-11-400-001-A
SRM 53020002
SRM 532300
SRM 534300
11-35-25-00
AES
Installation of the Support Struts
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
11-36-25-00
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02300-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch - General Information)

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-01900-A - Procedure Identification Chart)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02000-A - CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage to the Edge)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02200-A - CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Through)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02100-A - CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Not Through)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-861-052-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-50-00-010-096-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Open the related cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-910-050-A
A.
General Information
NOTE :
The repair of decompression panel flanges and floor panel are not included in this procedure.
(1)
For the repair of the decompression panel flange:

. (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-002-A)
(2)
For the protection procedure of the cargo compartment linings (S-glass protection patch on the view
side):
. (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-001-A).
(3)
For the repair of floor panel:

. (Ref. SRM 53020002).
Subtask 25-50-00-210-106-A
B.
General Procedure
NOTE :
(1)
AES
Dents in the skin of the lining panel that have compressed honeycomb and delamination but no cracks
are not damage. But if these dents are in the area of the panel edge filler, they are damage to the
edge.
Find the damage type:

(a)
Damage to the edge(s).

(b)
Damage through the panel.

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02200-A - CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Through)
(c)
Damage not through the panel

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02100-A - CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Not Through)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
(2)
Measure the damaged area:

L: Length of the damage
W: Width of the damage
D: Diameter of the damage
NOTE :
(3)
L is the larger dimension for damage through the lining and damage not through the lining. For
damage to the edge:
. W is the damage length perpendicularly to the edge.
. L is the damage length along the edge.
Find the applicable repair method:

(a)
Do the repair in less than 100 flight hours if the damage not through has:
. A maximum diameter of 30 mm (1.18 in.)
or
. A maximum length of 200 mm (7.87 in.) and a maximum width of 25 mm (0.98 in.).
(b)
Do
.
.
.
the repair immediately if:

The damage goes through the panel.
The edge(s) is damaged.
The dimension(s) are more than the limits for the repair in less than 100 flight hours.
NOTE :
A repair of the dents (without cracks) in the skin of the outer side of the lining panel is
necessary if the dents are in the area of the edge filler.
If the area of the edge filler is damaged, this is a damage to the edge.
(c)
The total damaged area of a lining panel must be less than 25% of its surface.
(d)
If the damage is more than the permitted limits, replace the panel (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-007A).
Subtask 25-50-00-020-060-A
C.
Removal of the Damaged Lining(s)

(1)
AES
Remove the damaged linings if necessary for the selected repair procedure.
(a)
Forward cargo compartment:

. (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-003-A)
(b)
Aft
.
.
.
.
.
.
cargo compartment:
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-003-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-50-00-210-107-A
D.

(1)
(2)
Examine the support struts behind the removed linings and replace them if necessary:
(a)
Forward cargo compartment

. (Ref. SRM 532300)
(b)
Aft
.
.
.
cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 53-43-11-000-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 53-43-11-400-001-A)
(Ref. SRM 534300)
Make sure that all the equipment components are not damaged and in correct condition.
Subtask 25-50-00-340-050-A
E.
Repair of the Damaged Lining(s)

(1)
AES
Do the repair of the damaged lining(s) as described in the tasks that follow:
.
Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-003-A)
Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-004-A)
Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-005-A)
Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings
with Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-006-A)
Replacement of Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and Partition Panel
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-007-A)
Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-008-A)
Speed Patches Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-009-A)
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core, but not Ceiling Panels
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-010-A)
Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-011-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-012-A)
Stainless Steel-Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with
Honeycomb Core
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-013-A)
Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method (Damage Not Through from the Edge) - All
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-014-A)
Subtask 25-50-00-420-061-A
F.
Installation of the Repaired Lining(s) if they are removed to do the Repair Procedure.
(1)
Install the repaired linings:

(a)

. (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-003-A)
(b)
Aft
.
.
.
.
.
.
cargo compartment:
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-003-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-003-A)
Subtask 25-50-00-918-050-A
G.

(1)
5.
If necessary, install new placards on the repaired linings.

(a)
Procedure: (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A).
(b)
Location:
. Forward cargo compartment (Ref. 11-35-25-00)
. Aft cargo compartment (Ref. 11-36-25-00).
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-089-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Close the cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
Subtask 25-50-00-862-053-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-50-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
VIEW SIDE
ADDITIONAL SGLASS PATCH

D2557651900000 + MAT. No. 08001
OR
D2557651900200
OLD
VIEW
SIDE
TEDLAR FOIL
EGLASS SKIN
PHENOLIC HONEYCOMB
EXISTING
PANEL
ASSEMBLY
EGLASS SKIN
TEDLAR FOIL
N_MM_255000_8_EPM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-02300-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch - General
Information
25-50-00 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
NO
MEASURE
L,W,D
YES
W=NO LIMIT
DAMAGE TO
THE EDGE?
L= 250mm
&
W= 25mm
FILLER
255000340003
NO
YES
SPEED PATCH & FILLER TO THE EDGE

255000340014
YES
NO
E2
SPEED PATCHES ON BOTH SIDES

255000340005
SPEED PATCHES ON VISIBLE SIDE

255000340006
(WITHOUT CEILING PANELS)
RIVETED PATCHES & FILLER

255000340011
DAMAGE
THROUGH?
YES
NO
L= 150mm
&
W= 150mm
YES
NO
E1
T1
PATCHES & FILLER

255000340008
SPEED PATCHES & FILLER

255000340010
(WITHOUT CEILING PANELS)
FILLER
255000340003
L= 200mm
&
W= 200mm
YES
NO
PATCH & FILLER

255000340004
SPEED PATCH
255000340009
SPEED PATCH & FILLER

255000340016
STAINLESS STEEL PATCH

255000340013
NT1
FILLER
255000340003
L= 300mm
&
W= 300mm
PATCH & FILLER

255000340004

255000340016

255000340013
PATCH & FILLER

255000340004
YES
SPEED PATCH
255000340009
(L= W)

255000340016

255000340013
YES
NO
W= 152mm
NO
NT3
REPLACE THE PANEL

255000340007
NOTE:
1
NT2
THE TASK IS ONLY APPLICABLE FOR A PAINTED PANEL

N_MM_255000_8_AAB0_01_01
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-01900-A SHEET 1

Procedure Identification Chart
25-50-00 PB801
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
BB
DAMAGED
AREA
PANEL
THE DAMAGE
MAXIMUM DEPTH OF
EXAMPLE
B
HONEYCOMB CORE
PREPREG LAYERS
DAMAGED AREA
DAMAGED TYPE/LIMITS
L (mm)
250
E2
E1
152
25
W (mm)
N_MM_255000_8_DAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-02000-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage to the Edge
25-50-00 PB801
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
DAMAGE TYPE/LIMITS
L (mm)
A
PANEL
T1
DAMAGED AREA
(MATERIAL REMOVED)
150
SECTION
AA
PREPREG
LAYERS
150
W (mm)
FRONT (VIEW) SURFACE
HONEYCOMB CORE
REAR SURFACE
DAMAGED AREA
(MATERIAL REMOVED)
PREPREG
LAYERS
NOTE:
1
THE MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM A DAMAGE TO AN EDGE IS 50 mm ( 1.97 in. )

N_MM_255000_8_DDM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-02200-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Through
25-50-00 PB801
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
LONGITUDINAL SHAPE
CIRCULAR SHAPE
A
L
1
1
DAMAGED AREA
PANEL
1
DAMAGE TYPE/LIMITS
L (mm)
A
DAMAGED AREA
NT3
PANEL
300
SECTION
AA
EXAMPLE
200
NT2
FRONT (VIEW) SURFACE
NT1
152
200
300
W (mm)
REAR SURFACE
HONEYCOMB CORE
NOTE:
1
THE MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM A DAMAGE TO AN EDGE IS 50 mm ( 1.97 in. )
N_MM_255000_8_DEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-02100-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings - Example of Damage Not Through
25-50-00 PB801
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-001-A
Protection of Cargo Compartment Linings with S-Glass Patch - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
ROLLER - RUBBER
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-001
Material No: 08-060
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
No specific
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
EPOXY ADHESIVE
TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE, GLASSCLOTH
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
REINFORCE S-GLASS LAMINAT D2557651900000
REINFORCE S-GLASS LAMINAT D2557651900200

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
25-50-00-340-003-A
with Honeycomb Core
25-54-11-000-001-A
25-54-11-400-001-A
25-54-12-000-001-A
25-54-12-000-002-A
25-54-12-000-003-A
25-54-12-400-001-A
25-54-12-400-002-A
25-54-12-400-003-A
25-55-11-000-001-A
25-55-11-000-002-A
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-55-11-000-003-A
DESIGNATION
25-55-11-400-001-A
25-55-11-400-002-A
25-55-11-400-003-A
25-55-12-000-001-A
25-55-12-000-002-A
25-55-12-000-003-A
25-55-12-400-001-A
25-55-12-400-002-A
25-55-12-400-003-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
11-35-25-00
11-36-25-00
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02700-A - Repair Procedure Identification Chart)

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02800-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-111-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the related cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.
Subtask 25-50-00-020-062-A
B.
Removal of the Related Lining(s)

NOTE :
(1)
AES
This is only necessary if you will do the procedure given in para 4. in the workshop.
Remove the lining(s) as necessary to install a protection patch.

(a)

. (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-003-A)
(b)
Aft
.
.
.
.
.
.
cargo compartment:
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-003-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-003-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-50-00-210-108-A
C.
General Information
(1)
Make sure the linings are clean and in the correct condition.
(a)
4.
If necessary do the repair (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-003-A).
(2)
For material information (Ref. SIL 25-097).
(3)
Select the related procedure A or B, see para. 4. of this task.

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02700-A - Repair Procedure Identification Chart)
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-340-067-A
A.
Procedure A
. Installation of a Protection Patch (Reinforce S-Glass Laminat D2557651900200 with Adhesive).
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02800-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch)
NOTE :
The weight of the lining will increase by 790 g (27.87 oz)

per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2).
NOTE :
Do not use the patch to overlap another protection patch.
(1)
Cut a protection patch of the REINFORCE S-GLASS LAMINAT D2557651900200 to the applicable
dimensions.
(2)
Transfer/drill all holes from the lining before you install the protection patch.
(3)
Clean the mating surface.

DO NOT SMOKE.
(a)
(4)
Clean the mating surface of the lining with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a
Install the protection patch:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION PATCH DOES NOT TOUCH:
THE FASTENERS AND THE WASHERS
THE FLANGES AND H-PROFILES
OF THE DECOMPRESSION PANEL.
IF THE PATCH TOUCHES THESE ITEMS, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
AES
(a)
At a corner of the protection patch, lift a small piece of the protective backing.
(b)
Carefully put the protection patch in position on the view side of the lining.
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
Make sure that all holes are aligned and that there is a sufficient clearance to the adjacent
components (e.g. decompression panel).
NOTE :
A later adjustment is not possible.
(d)
Carefully hold the protection patch, remove the remaining protective backing and put the the
protection patch onto the lining.
(e)
Push the protection patch onto lining with a ROLLER - RUBBER.

NOTE :
(f)
Move the roller from the center to the edges to avoid or remove air bubbles.
Make sure that all interface holes and cutouts are in the correct position so that you can install
the panel and/or the related equipment.
Subtask 25-50-00-340-068-A
B.
Procedure B
. Installation of a Protection Patch (Reinforce S-Glass Laminat D2557651900000) with 2 Component
Adhesive.
NOTE :
The weight of the lining will increase by 690 g (24.34 oz) per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2).
NOTE :
Do not use the patch to overlap another protection patch.
(1)
Cut a protection patch of REINFORCE S-GLASS LAMINAT D2557651900000 to the applicable

dimensions.
(2)
Transfer/drill all holes from the lining before you install the protection patch.
(3)
Clean the mating surfaces:

DO NOT SMOKE.
(a)
(4)
Clean the mating surfaces of the lining and the protection patch with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No:
19-003) .
Apply the adhesive:

MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
(5)
Apply 200 g (7.05 oz) (fluid weight) of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-001) per 1 m2 (10.76 ft.2) to the mating surface of the protection patch with a SCRAPER NON METALLIC.
Install the protection patch:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION PATCH DOES NOT TOUCH:
THE FASTENERS AND THE WASHERS
THE FLANGES AND H-PROFILES
OF THE DECOMPRESSION PANEL.
IF THE PATCH TOUCHES THESE ITEMS, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
(a)
Carefully put the protection patch in position on the view side of the lining.
(b)
Make sure that all holes are aligned and that there is a sufficient clearance to the adjacent
components (e.g. decompression panel).
(c)
If necessary move the protection patch to the correct position.
(d)
Carefully push the protection patch onto lining with a ROLLER - RUBBER.
NOTE :
5.
Move the roller from the center to the edges to avoid or remove air bubbles.
(e)
Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(f)
Make sure that all interface holes and cutouts are in the correct position so that you can install
the panel and/or the related equipment.
(g)
Attach the protection patch in position with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-060) for 3 hours.
(h)
Remove the tape after the adhesive has cured.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-420-063-A
A.
Installation of the Lining(s) if Removed to do the Procedure

(1)
Install the linings.

(a)

. (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A)
. (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-003-A)
(b)
Aft
.
.
.
.
.
.
cargo compartment:
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-003-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-001-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002-A)
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-003-A)
Subtask 25-50-00-918-051-A
B.

(1)
If necessary install new placards to the protected linings.

(a)
AES
Procedure (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A).
25-50-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
Location:
. Forward cargo compartment (Ref. 11-35-25-00)
. Aft cargo compartment (Ref. 11-36-25-00).
Subtask 25-50-00-410-104-A
C.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Close the cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
25-50-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LINING
CONDITION
DAMAGED
?
NO
REF. 255000340001
PROCEDURE A OR B
YES
DENTED
(SKIN NOT CRACKED)
?
YES
FILL DENT(S) WITH

HONEYCOMB FILLER
MATERIAL No 08001
NO
REF. 255000340001
PROCEDURE B
DAMAGE
THROUGH
?
NO
REPAIR DAMAGE
REF. 255000340004
YES
REF. 255000340001
PROCEDURE A OR B
NO PROTECTION
PROCEDURE APPLICABLE
N_MM_255000_8_EQM0_01_01
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-02700-A SHEET 1

Repair Procedure Identification Chart
25-50-00 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
VIEW SIDE
HONEYCOMB CORE
SGLASS PATCH
D2557651900000
MAT. No. 08001 OR
D2557651900200
PROTECTION ON PANEL / LINING SURFACE WITHOUT DAMAGE
VIEW SIDE
HONEYCOMB
CORE
SGLASS PATCH
D2557651900000
OR
D2557651900200
HONEYCOMB
CORE
SGLASS PATCH
D2557651900000
MAT. No. 08001 OR
D2557651900200
FILLER
DAMAGE TO BE REPAIRED AS PER AMM

TASK 250000340004
SURFACE FLAT
DAMAGE NOT REPAIRED
INCORRECT ON DAMAGE NOT THROUGH
CORRECT ON DAMAGE NOT THROUGH
VIEW SIDE
DENT NOT FILLED
FRONT (VIEW)
SURFACE
REAR SURFACE
SGLASS PATCH
HONEYCOMB CORE
FRONT (VIEW) ADHESIVE

SURFACE
MAT. No. 08001
REAR SURFACE
SGLASS PATCH
D2557651900000
HONEYCOMB CORE
DENTS TO BE FILLED WITH ADHESIVE MAT. No. 08001
INCORRECT ON DENT
CORRECT PROTECTION ON DENT
N_MM_255000_8_ELM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-02800-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings, Protection Patch
25-50-00 PB801
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-002-A
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE
SPECIAL MATERIALS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Refer to the AMM task 25-50-00-200-024
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
No specific
No specific
No specific
1
1
CUTTER - THIN BLADE

PLATE - PRESSURE
No specific
VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI)
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-001
Material No: 08-060
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 11-010
AES
DESIGNATION
EPOXY ADHESIVE
SEALING TAPE
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 20-034
No specific
DESIGNATION
GLASS CLOTH FOR LAMINATES
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (DAN 1199-01)
No specific
FOAM TAPE (ABS 5006 4B/4D)
No specific
FOAM TAPE (ABS 5006 6A)
No specific
H-PROFILE
No specific
TAPE (DAN 328-H12)
No specific
prefabricated molding block
No specific
waxed paper
C.

ZONE/ACCESS
130
150
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-54-11-000-001-A
25-54-11-400-001-A
25-54-12-000-002-A
25-54-12-400-002-A
25-55-12-000-002-A
25-55-12-400-002-A
25-68-41-960-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A

Pump
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
SIL 25-097
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-05100-A - Decompression Panel - Flanges - Preparation of the Decompression Panel and the HProfile)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-05200-A - Decompression Panel - Flanges - General Configuration of the H-Profile and the
attached Hardware)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-861-053-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-50-00-010-097-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Open the applicable cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the forward/aft cargocompartment door.
(3)
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the control panel of the forward/aft cargo loading system to tell
persons not to use it.
Subtask 25-50-00-020-061-A
C.
4.
Removal of the Damaged Panels

(1)
Remove the forward cargo-compartment partition at FR24 (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001-A).
(2)
Remove the ceiling panels in the forward cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002-A).
(3)
Remove the ceiling panels in the aft cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002-A).
(4)
Remove the decompression panels (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-350-051-B
A.
Repair of the Flanges of the Decompression Panels

(1)
Repair Solution 1 - Repair of the Flange with Glasscloth

(a)
Remove the sealing tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-005A)
from the rear side of the flange that is damaged.
(b)
Remove the unwanted material from the flange that is damaged.
(c)
Chamfer the edges of the damage with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
(d)
Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) .
(e)
Cut 3 layers of the glasscloth REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE STRUCTURE (Material
No: 20-034) to the correct size.
(f)
Put a prefabricated molding block in position to support the repair.
(g)
Prepare the epoxy adhesive BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-001) .
NOTE :
AES
The manufacturers instructions will give you the correct procedure.
(h)
Put a sheet of waxed paper on the molding block.
(i)
Do the repair:
1
Put the first layer of glasscloth REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE STRUCTURE
(Material No: 20-034) on the repair area.
Apply epoxy adhesive BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-001) to
the glasscloth.
Put the second layer of glasscloth REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE STRUCTURE
(Material No: 20-034) onto the first layer of glasscloth.
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4
the glasscloth.
Put the third layer of glasscloth REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE STRUCTURE
(Material No: 20-034) onto the second layer of glasscloth.
the glasscloth.
Put a sheet of waxed paper onto the repair area.
Put a PLATE - PRESSURE or a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI) on the

repair area.
Remove the unwanted adhesive.

NOTE :
The curing times are given in the manufacturers instructions.
(j)
Make sure that the thickness of the repair is not more than 0.8 mm (0.0315 in.).
(k)
If necessary, correct the thickness with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(l)
If necessary, cut the repair to the correct shape (ref. detail A).
(m) Apply the tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-060) to the rear
side of the repair.
(2)
(n)
Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-005A) to the rear side of
the repair.
(o)
Clean the inner surface of the repaired flange with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003)
and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(p)
Apply a FOAM TAPE (ABS 5006 4B/4D) along the inner surface of the repaired flange. Make
sure that it is flush with the outer edge.
Repair Solution 2 - Repair of the Flange with H-Profiles

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-05100-A - Decompression Panel - Flanges - Preparation of the Decompression
Panel and the H-Profile)
NOTE :
Refer to (Ref. SIL 25-097) for more information.
(a)
Remove the attached hardware from the decompression panel and retain it for reference and
reinstallation.
(b)
Cut the flange of the decompression panel to give space for the replacement flanges made from
the H-PROFILE.
(c)
Make a drilling template of all the holes on the decompression panel and retain it for reference.
(d)
Cut the replacement H-PROFILE to the necessary length.
(e)
Cut the corner joint of the replacement H-PROFILE to 45 degrees.
(f)
Smooth and deburr all cut edges of the H-PROFILE with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 80 - 120).
(g)
Clean the mating surface of the decompression panel and the inner side of the replacement HPROFILE. Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(h)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (DAN 1199-01) to:

. The inner side of the replacement H-PROFILE
. The prepared mating surfaces on the decompression panel.
NOTE :
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(i)
Push the replacement H-PROFILE into position on the compression panel. Do a check of the
alignment and the joint.
(j)
Remove the unwanted adhesive with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a lint-free
(k)
Make sure that the repair area is dry.
(l)
Put the drilling template in position and drill the holes for the attachment hardware into the
decompression panel.
NOTE :
The manufacturers instructions will give you the correct procedure and the correct drill
diameter.
(m) Smooth and deburr all the drilled holes with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 80 - 120).
(3)
(n)
Clean the inner surface of the replacement H-PROFILE with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
(o)
Apply FOAM TAPE (ABS 5006 6A) along the inner surface of the replacement H-PROFILE.
Make sure that the foam tape is flush with the outer edge.
(p)
Install all the retained hardware on the decompression panel.
(q)
Apply TAPE (DAN 328-H12) to all the corner slots.
Repair Solution 3 - Replacement of H-Profiles

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-05200-A - Decompression Panel - Flanges - General Configuration of the HProfile and the attached Hardware)
NOTE :
Refer to (Ref. SIL 25-097) for more information.
(a)
Remove the attached hardware and retain it for reference and reinstallation.
(b)
Disconnect the H-Profile with a CUTTER - THIN BLADE and remove it from the decompression
panel.
NOTE :
(c)
Make a drilling template of all the holes on the decompression panel and retain it for reference.
(d)
Cut the replacement H-PROFILE to the necessary length.
(e)
Cut the corner joint of the replacement H-PROFILE to 45 degrees.
(f)
Smooth and deburr all the cut edges of the H-PROFILE with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 80 120).
(g)
Clean the mating surface of the decompression panel and the inner side of the replacement HPROFILE. Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(h)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (DAN 1199-01) to:

. The inner side of the replacement H-PROFILE
. The prepared mating surfaces on the decompression panel.
NOTE :
AES
(i)
Push the replacement H-PROFILE into position on the decompression panel. Do a check of the
alignment and the joint.
(j)
Remove the unwanted adhesive with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a lint-free
(k)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(l)
Put the drilling template in position and drill the holes for the attachment hardware into the
decompression panel.
NOTE :
The manufacturers instructions will give you the correct procedure and the correct drill
diameter.
(m) Smooth and deburr all the drilled holes with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 80 - 120).
5.
(n)
Clean the inner surface of the replacement H-PROFILE with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
(o)
Apply FOAM TAPE (ABS 5006 6A) along the inner surface of the replacement H-PROFILE.
Make sure that it is flush with the outer edge.
(p)
Install all the retained hardware on the panel.
(q)
Apply TAPE (DAN 328-H12) to all the corner slots.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-420-062-A
A.
Installation of the Panels

(1)
Install the decompression panels (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001-A).
(2)
Install the forward cargo-compartment partition at FR24 (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the ceiling panels in the forward cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A).
(4)
Install the ceiling panels in the aft cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002-A).
Subtask 25-50-00-410-090-A
B.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the applicable cargo compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(3)
Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from the control panel of the forward/aft cargo loading system.
(4)
Subtask 25-50-00-862-052-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-50-00 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1.) CORNER SPLICING
10mm
(0.39 in.)
EXAMPLE
REPAIR
20mm
(0.79 in.)
ALTERNATIVE METHOD
"X%"
2.0mm
(0.079 in.)
DAMAGED
FLANGE
20mm
(0.79 in.)
"X%"
45
B
SECTION
BB
EXAMPLE
MAXIMUM LIMIT OF
THE DAMAGE
3 LAYERS
OF GLASSCLOTH
20mm SPLICING
0.8mm
(0.031 in.)
(0.79 in.)
MAXIMUM LIMIT
OF THE
DAMAGE
20mm
(0.79 in.)
REPAIRED
FLANGE
SPLICED AREA
LIMIT OF
THE DAMAGE
2.) FLANGE AND CORNER SPLICING
SECTION
CC
3 LAYERS
OF GLASSCLOTH
20mm SPLICING
EXAMPLE
(0.79 in.)
2
3
SPLICE
"X%"
LENGTH OF REPAIR
0.8mm
(0.031 in.)
REPAIR
PRESSURE PLATE
"X%"
BLOCK
PANEL
100%
TABLE
NOTE:
"X%"
PERMITTED REPAIR AREA: UP TO 4 CORNERS AND ONE FLANGE WHEN "X%"

IS NOT MORE THAN 25% OF FLANGE LENGTH
PERMITTED REPAIR AREA: UP TO 4 CORNERS AND TWO FLANGES WHEN "X%"

IS NOT MORE THAN 20% OF FLANGE LENGTH
PERMITTED REPAIR AREA: UP TO 4 CORNERS AND FOUR FLANGES WHEN

"X%" IS NOT MORE THAN 15% OF FLANGE LENGTH
100%
N_MM_255000_8_APM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-02600-A SHEET 1

Decompression Panel
25-50-00 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
AA
EXAMPLE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL
A
FLANGE
(TRIMMED AREA)
FLANGE
(TRIMMED AREA)
DECOMPRESSION PANEL
B
TYPICAL ON FOUR CORNERS
HPROFILE
2.0mm
(0.079 in.)
HPROFILE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL
32mm
(1.260 in.)
45
HPROFILE
* NECESSARY LENGTH
OF HPROFILE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL
N_MM_255000_8_GAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-05100-A SHEET 1

Decompression Panel - Flanges - Preparation of the
Decompression Panel and the H-Profile
25-50-00 PB801
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
TYPICAL ON FOUR CORNERS
HPROFILE
2.0mm
(0.079 in.)
B
HPROFILE
10mm
(0.394 in.)
C
45
HPROFILE
SECTION
DECOMPRESSION PANEL
BB
DECOMPRESSION PANEL
EXAMPLE
DECOMPRESSION PANEL
(REAR SIDE)
ADHESIVE
HPROFILE
FOAM TAPE
SECTION
CC
PANEL LATCH
EXAMPLE
CARGO LINER PANEL

DECOMPRESSION PANEL
(REAR SIDE)
ADHESIVE
HPROFILE
WASHER, COUNTERSUNK
SCREW, COUNTERSUNK
FOAM TAPE
N_MM_255000_8_GCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-05200-A SHEET 1

Decompression Panel - Flanges - General Configuration of
the H-Profile and the attached Hardware
25-50-00 PB801
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-003-A
Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-115
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
C.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
D.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-03600-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler - Damage Not Through)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-106-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-057-A
A.
Identification of the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)

(1)
AES
If the length of a damaged area is more than 25 mm (0.98 in.):

. The minimum distance to another damaged area or repaired area in the same panel is 50 mm (1.97
in.)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97 in.), both damaged areas should
be considered as a single damage.
Subtask 25-50-00-340-062-A
B.
Repair of the Core and/or Edge of the Cargo Compartment Lining with Filler
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-03600-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler - Damage Not Through)
(1)
Remove the damaged material from the lining panel.
(2)

MATERIAL/S.
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(3)
Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(4)
Fill the
. BONDING AND ADHESIVE
or
or
or
into the prepared area.
NOTE :
(5)
5.
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115)

COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115A)
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115B)
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115C)
Make the cured repaired area smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-099-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HONEYCOMB CORE
FILLER
EXAMPLE CORE REPAIR
PREPREG LAYERS
VIEW SIDE
HONEYCOMB CORE
A
EXAMPLE EDGE REPAIR
FILLER
NOTE:
A = 50mm (1.97 in.) MIN
N_MM_255000_8_ECM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-03600-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler - Damage Not Through
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-004-A
Patch and Filler Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-075
Material No: 08-076
Material No: 08-077
Material No: 08-115
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
C.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
DESIGNATION
QUICK SETTING EPOXY ADHESIVE KIT
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
D.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02900-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches (AKRO 300) - Damage Not Through)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-098-A
A.
AES
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-050-A
A.

(1)

. the minimum distance to another damaged area or repaired area in the same panel is 50 mm (1.97
in.)
. If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97 in.), both damaged areas should
(2)
Select the appropriate repair kit.

or
or
!------------------------------------!---------------------------------------!
!
Mat.-No.:
! Damage length:
! Damage width:
!
!------------------------------------!---------------------------------------!
!08-075(Akro Fireguard Patch, small) ! 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) ! 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) !
!------------------------------------!---------------------------------------!
!08-076(Akro Fireguard Patch, medium)! 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) ! 152 mm (6.0 in.) !
!------------------------------------!---------------------------------------!
!08-077(Akro Fireguard Patch, large) ! 152 mm (6.0 in.) ! 152 mm (6.0 in.) !
!------------------------------------!---------------------------------------!
NOTE :
The repair patch must overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) minimum in all directions
Subtask 25-50-00-340-051-A
B.
Repair of Cargo Compartment Lining(s) with Patch and Filler.

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-02900-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches (AKRO 300) - Damage Not
Through)
Use
or
or
. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-077) .
NOTE :
If the damage exceeds the dimension of the biggest repair patch, it is allowed to overlap patches in one
direction only.
Make sure that the minimum overlap width is 6.4 mm (0.25 in.).
(1)
Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining panel.
(2)
If necessary remove a portion of the layers of TELDAR film from the repair area at least as large as the
used patch(es).
NOTE :
AES
The lining panel has a TELDAR film if the resin below the white film is of a different color.
(3)
Make the repair smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180) and make sure that all the
gloss finish is
removed.
(4)
Remove the grit and dust from the repair area with the towel supplied in the repair kit(s).
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MATERIAL/S.
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
5.
(5)
(6)
Fill the
or
or
or
it into the prepared area.

(7)
Perform the further work-steps necessary to complete the repair according to the manufacturers
instructions delivered with the repair kit(s).
(8)
Make sure that:

. The repair patch(es) overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) minimum in all directions
(dimension A)
. The reinforcement scrim(s) overlap the repair patch(es) 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) minimum in all
directions (dimension A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-091-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
VIEW SIDE
FIBERGLASS CLOTH
1
PATCH
FILLER
HONEYCOMB CORE
NOTE:
1
AKRO FIREGUARD 300 SERIES
A = 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) MIN

N_MM_255000_8_EAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-02900-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches (AKRO 300) Damage Not Through
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-005-A
Speed Patches (on Both Sides) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
GILLPATCH III

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
D.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-03700-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, 3 Patches - Damage Through)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-099-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-051-A
A.

(1)
Type of repair patch:

. GILLPATCH III
Subtask 25-50-00-340-054-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
B.
Repair of the Lining

(1)
Remove the damaged material from the lining.
(2)
Rework the contour of the damaged area in order to get a regular shape.
NOTE :
This will let you to cut and install the inlay patch correctly.
(3)
Remove the rough edges with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(4)
Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(5)
Cut two repair patches (1) and (3) to the applicable dimensions.
NOTE :
The repair patches must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the damaged area in all directions.
NOTE :
Do not use the patch to overlap another repair.
NOTE :
If the lining panel has a aluminium or titanium cover sheet installed, the repair patch on the view
side of the panel should not overlap the cover sheet.
(6)
Deburr the edges of the two repair patches with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(7)
Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (1).
(8)
Put the patch (1) over the damaged area on the rear side of the panel and push it in position.
(9)
Cut an inlay patch (2) to the dimension of the damaged area.
(10) Remove the protective backing from the inlay patch (2).
(11) From the view (cargo compartment) side of the panel:
(a)
Bond the inlay patch (2) onto the adhesive side of the rear side patch (1)
(b)
Make sure that patch (2) fully covers the adhesive side of the rear side patch (1).
(12) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch (3).
(13) Put the repair patch (3) over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and push it in position.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-092-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
VIEW SIDE
OUTER PATCH 1
PATCH 3
DAMAGED MATERIAL
REMOVED
INLAY PATCH 2
HONEYCOMB CORE
NOTE:
A = 38 mm (1.5 in.) MIN
N_MM_255000_8_EDM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-03700-A SHEET 1

25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-006-A
Speed Patches (on View Side) Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb
Core, but not Ceiling Panels
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
2
No specific
No specific
GUN - RIVET
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-114
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
REPAIR PATCH INTURNESCENT SELF ADHESIVE
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
D.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-101-A
A.
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A).
Subtask 25-50-00-220-052-A
B.

(1)
AES

or
. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-114) (AKRO FIREGUARD AF 800
SERIES)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-340-056-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
A.
Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-114A)
(1)
Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining.
(2)
Remove the rough edges with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(3)
Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(4)

NOTE :
(5)
Make sure that all components behind the lining you will repair are not damaged.
Cut two repair patches to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE :
The repair patch (1) must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the damaged area in all directions.
NOTE :
The repair patch (2) must be 50 mm (2.0 in.) larger than repair patch (1) in all directions.
NOTE :
(6)
Deburr the edges of the two repair patches with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(7)
(8)
Put the patch (1) over the damaged area and push it in position.
(9)
(10) Put the repair patch (2) over the patch (1) and push it in position.
Subtask 25-50-00-340-057-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
B.
Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-114)
NOTE :
(1)
Remove the unwanted material from the panel.
(2)
Make the repair area smooth and deburr it with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(3)
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003)
(4)
(5)
Cut a patch to the applicable dimensions.

NOTE :
The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the damaged area in all directions. It is
not allowed to overlap patches.
(6)
Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 320 - 400).
(7)
Remove the protective backing from the repair patch if necessary.

NOTE :
(8)
Put the patch over the damaged area and push it into position.
NOTE :
(9)
The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the damaged area in all directions.
Transfer/drill the holes from the repair patch to the top layer of the panel.
(10) Install the steel blind rivets (part of the repair kit) with a GUN - RIVET.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-094-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
VIEW SIDE
PATCH 2
PATCH 1
DAMAGED
MATERIAL
REMOVED
HONEYCOMB CORE
NOTE:
A = 38 mm (1.5 in.) MIN
B = 50 mm (2.0 in.) MIN
SIDEWALL, PARTITION AND PROTECTIVE PANELS
N_MM_255000_8_EHM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-04100-A SHEET 1

25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-007-A
Replacement of Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel, Side Wall Panel and Partition Panel
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
CUTTER - THIN BLADE
No specific
KNIFE - SHARP
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-053
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FILLER FOR CORE AND EDGE (2 PARTS)

ZONE/ACCESS
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

D.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
Information
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-100-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-340-055-A
A.
Replacement of a Panel
(1)
Remove all anchor-nuts, clip-nuts and other items from the damaged panel.

MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CAUTION :
MAKE SURE THAT THE THICKNESS OF THE NEW PANEL IS THE SAME AS THE
THICKNESS OF THE REMOVED PANEL. IF IT IS NOT THE SAME, THERE WILL NOT BE
SUFFICIENT FIRE-PROTECTION IN THE CARGO COMPARTMENT.
(2)
Cut the semi-finished replacement material (according to the SIL 25-097) with a CUTTER - THIN
BLADE or a KNIFE - SHARP to the necessary dimension.
(3)
Ddeburr the edges and make them smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(4)
Use the removed panel as a template and transfer all the holes from the removed panel to the
replacement panel.
(5)
Drill and deburr the holes.
(6)
Remove the honeycomb-core to a minimum depth of 6 mm (0.24 in.) from along the edges you have
cut.
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(7)
Clean the replacement panel with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(8)
Apply the filler STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-053) into the edges and let the filler harden.
(9)
Deburr the edges and make them smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(10) Install all the removed anchor-nuts, clip-nuts and other items to the replacement panel.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-093-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-008-A
Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Inings with Honeycomb Core
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-075
Material No: 08-076
Material No: 08-077
Material No: 08-115
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
C.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL

ZONE/ACCESS
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

D.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
Information
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-107-A
A.
AES
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-058-A
A.

(1)
Select the appropriate repair kit.

or
or
!------------------------------------!---------------------------------------!
!
Mat.-No.:
! Damage length:
! Damage width:
!
!------------------------------------!---------------------------------------!
!08-075(Akro Fireguard Patch, small) ! 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) ! 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) !
!------------------------------------!---------------------------------------!
!08-076(Akro Fireguard Patch, medium)! 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) ! 152 mm (6.0 in.) !
!------------------------------------!---------------------------------------!
!08-077(Akro Fireguard Patch, large) ! 152 mm (6.0 in.) ! 152 mm (6.0 in.) !
!------------------------------------!---------------------------------------!
NOTE :
The repair patch must overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) minimum in all directions
Subtask 25-50-00-340-063-A
B.
Repair of the Lining(s) with Patches and Filler
NOTE :
It is not allowed to overlap patches.
NOTE :
If the lining panel has a aluminium or titanium cover sheet installed, the repair patch on the view side
of the panel should not overlap the cover sheet.
(1)
Carefully remove the damaged material from the lining panel.
(2)
If necessary remove a portion of the layers of TELDAR film from the repair area at least as large as the
used patches.
NOTE :
The lining panel has a TELDAR film if the resin below the white film is of a different color.
(3)
Make the repair area smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180) and make sure that all the
gloss finish is removed.
(4)
Remove the grit and dust from the repair area with the towel supplied in the repair kit(s).

MATERIAL/S.
EYES :
MINUTES.
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
IRRITANTS.
(5)
(6)
Install the repair patch

or
or
. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-077) .
(a)
Install the repair patch on one side of the damaged panel.
(b)
instructions delivered with the repair kit.
(c)
Make sure that:

. The repair patch overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) minimum in all directions
. The reinforcement scrim overlap the repair patch 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) minimum in all
directions.
(d)
Fill the
or
or
or
NOTE :
5.

(e)
Install the repair patch on the other side of the damaged panel.
(f)
instructions delivered with the repair kit.
(g)
Make sure that:

. The repair patch overlap the damaged area 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) minimum in all directions
. The reinforcement scrim overlap the repair patch 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) minimum in all
directions.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-100-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-009-A
Speed Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
1
BLANKET - HEAT
No specific
No specific
GUN - RIVET
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-066
Material No: 08-083
Material No: 08-113
Material No: 08-114
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
RAPID HOT-MELT PATCH
REPAIR PATCH SELF ADHESIVE
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
D.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-03900-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch - Damage Not Through)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-102-A
A.
AES
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-053-A
A.

(1)

in.)
(2)
Types of repair patch

. AKRO FIREGUARD (800 Series) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-114)
. GILLFAB 1367A-013 and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-066)
Subtask 25-50-00-340-058-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
B.
Repair of the Panel with Repair Patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-114A)
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-03900-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch - Damage Not Through)
NOTE :
(1)
Remove the damaged area from the panel.
(2)
Make the repair smooth and deburr it with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(3)
(4)
(5)

NOTE :
(6)
Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(7)
Remove the protective backing from the repair patch if necessary.

NOTE :
AES
The repair patch must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the damaged area in all directions. It is
not allowed to overlap patches.
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(8)
Put the patch over the damaged area and push it into position.
NOTE :
(9)
For ISOVOLTA RHM patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-083) only:
(a)
Use a BLANKET - HEAT between 100 DEG.C (212 DEG.F) and 110 DEG.C (230 DEG.F)
with a soft force to bond the repair patch to the panel.
(10) For AKRO FIREGUARD patch (AF 800 SERIES) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No: 08-114) only:
5.
(a)
Transfer/drill the holes from the repair patch to top layer of the panel.
(b)
Install the steel blind rivets (part of the repair Kit) with a GUN - RIVET.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-095-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
VIEW SIDE
DAMAGED MATERIAL
REMOVED
PATCH
HONEYCOMB CORE
NOTE:
A = 38 mm ( 1.5 in. ) MIN
N_MM_255000_8_EFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-03900-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch - Damage Not Through
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-010-A
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core, but
Not Ceiling Panels
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-066
Material No: 19-003

No specific
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
GILLFAB 1367A-013
No specific
GILLFAB 1367P-013

Material No: 08-115
Material No: 11-010
C.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
D.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-03800-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches - Damage Through)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-108-A
A.
AES
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-059-A
A.

(1)
Types of repair patch

. GILLFAB 1367P-013
. GILLFAB 1367P-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-066)
. GILLFAB 1367A-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
Subtask 25-50-00-340-064-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
B.
Repair of the Panel

NOTE :
(1)
(2)
Smooth and deburr the repair with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(3)
Clean the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint free cotton cloth
(4)
(5)

NOTE :
NOTE :
The overlap of patches is not allowed.
(6)
(7)
Remove the protective backing from the repair patch.

NOTE :
AES
(8)
Put the patch over the damaged area on the rear side and push it into position.
(9)
Fill the
or
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115A)

or
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115B)
or
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115C)
NOTE :
(10) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(11) Cut another patch to the applicable dimensions.
NOTE :
NOTE :
(12) Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(13) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch.
NOTE :
(14) Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and push it into position.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-101-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
VIEW SIDE
PATCH
FILLER
PATCH
HONEYCOMB CORE
NOTE:
A = 38 mm (1.5 in.) MIN
N_MM_255000_8_EBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-03800-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler and Patches - Damage
Through
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-011-A
Patches, Filler and Rivets Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
1
BLANKET - HEAT
No specific
No specific
GUN - FASTENER
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-083
Material No: 19-003

No specific
DESIGNATION
RAPID HOT-MELT PATCH
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
3.3 mm (0.128 in.) to 3.5 mm (0.137 in.) drill.
No specific
CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 06 U)
No specific
CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 07 U)
No specific
Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 06 U)
No specific
Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 07 U)
Material No: 08-115

Material No: 11-010
C.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-04500-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch/Rivets - Damage Through)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-105-A
A.
AES
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-056-A
A.

(1)

Subtask 25-50-00-340-061-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
B.
AES
Repair of the Panel

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-04500-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch/Rivets - Damage Through)
(1)
Remove the damaged material from the panel.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Cut two patches BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-083) to the applicable
dimensions.
NOTE :
The repair patches must be 38 mm (1.5 in.) larger than the damaged area in all directions.
NOTE :
NOTE :
If the lining panel has a aluminium or titanium cover sheet installed, the repair patch on the view
side of the panel should not overlap the cover sheet.
(6)
Deburr the edges of the patches with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(7)
Use a BLANKET - HEAT between 100 DEG.C (212.00 DEG. F) and 110 DEG.C (230.00 DEG.F) with
a soft force to bond the first repair patch to the rear side of the panel.
(8)
Fill the
or
or
or

25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
(9)
Use a BLANKET - HEAT between 100 DEG.C (212 DEG.F) and 110 DEG.C (230 DEG.F) with a soft
force to bond the second repair patch to the view (cargo compartment) side of the panel.
(10) From the view (cargo compartment) side of the panel:

(a)
Drill holes along the edges of the patch, through the entire patch/panel/patch assembly, regularly
spaced with a 3.3 mm (0.128 in.) to 3.5 mm (0.137 in.) drill..
NOTE :
The distance to the edges should not be less than 15 mm (0.5 in.).
NOTE :
The distance between the holes should not be more than 100 mm (3.8 in.).
(11) Install the rivets from the view (cargo compartment) side of the panel with the necessary rivet length.
NOTE :
(a)
5.
In order to select the correct length for the rivets refer to the thickness of the panel with the
patches.
Install the rivets:

. Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 06 U)
or
. Monel Rivet (NAS 1919 M 04 S 07 U)
or
. CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 06 U)
or
. CRES rivets (NAS 1919 C 04 S 07 U)
with the GUN - FASTENER
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-098-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
VIEW SIDE
RIVET
FILLER
PATCH
PATCH
RIVET
HONEYCOMB CORE
NOTE:
A = 38 mm (1.5 in.) MIN
N_MM_255000_8_EKM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-04500-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings, Patch/Rivets - Damage Through
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-012-A
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-066
Material No: 19-003

No specific
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
GILLFAB 1367A-013
No specific
GILLFAB 1367P-013

Material No: 08-115
Material No: 11-010
C.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-103-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-054-A
A.

(1)
AES
Types of repair patch:

. GILLFAB 1367P-013
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
GILLFAB 1367P-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
GILLFAB 1367A-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
Subtask 25-50-00-340-059-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
B.
Repair of the Panel

NOTE :
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

NOTE :
NOTE :
(6)
(7)
Remove the protective backing from the repair patch.

NOTE :
AES
(8)
Put the patch over the damaged area on the rear side and push it into position.
(9)
Fill the
or
or
or

25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
(10) Make sure that the repair area is dry.

(11) Cut another patch to the applicable dimensions.
NOTE :
NOTE :
(12) Deburr the edges of the patch with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(13) Remove the protective backing from the repair patch.
NOTE :
(14) Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and push it into position.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-096-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-013-A
Stainless Steel-Patch Repair Method (Damage Not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-001
Material No: 08-066
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
EPOXY ADHESIVE
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
sheet of Stainless Steel 0.6 mm (0.024 in.) to 2 mm (0.08 in.)
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-04200-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Stainless Steel Patch - Damage Not Through)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-104-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-055-A
A.

(1)

in.)
. If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97 in.), both damaged areas must be
considered as a single damage.
(2)

(a)
AES
You can use the subsequent repair patches to do the repair.

. A sheet of Stainless Steel 0.6 mm (0.024 in.) to 2 mm (0.08 in.)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
with
or
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-001)
or
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-066)
Subtask 25-50-00-340-060-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
B.
Repair of the Panel

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-04200-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Stainless Steel Patch - Damage Not Through)
NOTE :
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

NOTE :
NOTE :
The overlap of patches is not permitted.
(6)
(7)
Apply:
. or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-001)
. or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-066)
on one side of the repair patch.
(8)
Put the repair patch over the damaged area and push it into position.
(9)
Let the repair dry.

NOTE :
(10) Follow the curing recommendations of the selected adhesive.
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-097-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
VIEW SIDE
DAMAGED MATERIAL
REMOVED
PATCH
ADHESIVE
HONEYCOMB CORE
NOTE:
A = 38 mm ( 1.5 in. ) MIN
N_MM_255000_8_EGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-04200-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings, Stainless Steel Patch - Damage Not
Through
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-014-A
Speed Patch and Filler to the Edge Repair Method (Damage Not Through from the Edge) - All Cargo Compartment
1.
Reason for the Job

2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-115
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
No specific
C.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
GILLPATCH III
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-04600-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Damage Not Through from the Edge)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-110-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-061-A
A.

(1)
AES

in.)
. If the distance to another damaged area is less than 50 mm (1.97 in.), both damaged areas must be
considered as a single damage.
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)

. GILLPATCH III
Subtask 25-50-00-340-066-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
B.
Repair of the Panel

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-04600-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Damage Not Through from the Edge)
NOTE :
(1)
Remove the damaged material from the core and the edge of the lining panel.
(2)
Make smooth and deburr the edges of the repair with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
(3)
(4)

NOTE :
(5)
(6)
(7)
Remove the protective foil from the patch.

NOTE :
(8)
Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and push it into position.
(9)
Fill the material:

or
or
or

NOTE :
NOTE :
The quantity of filler used must ensure a minimum width of 10 mm (0.4 in) from the edge.
(10) Make the edge of the cured repaired area smooth with a CLOTH - ABRASIVE (GRADE 120-180).
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-103-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
VIEW SIDE
FILLER TO THE EDGE
PATCH
HONEYCOMB CORE
VIEW SIDE
A
FILLER TO THE EDGE
NOTE:
A = 38 mm ( 1.5 in. ) MIN
B = 10 mm ( 0.4 in. ) MIN
PATCH
B
N_MM_255000_8_BBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-04600-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings, Damage Not Through from the
Edge
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-015-A
Repair of the Flame Retardant Strip - All Cargo Compartment Ceiling Panel with Honeycomb Core
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-340-003-A
3.
DESIGNATION
with Honeycomb Core
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-340-065-A
A.
Repair of the edge(s) of the Cargo Compartment Lining with Filler

(1)
AES
Do the repair of the lining panel edge(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-003-A).
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-50-00-340-016-A
Speed Patches and Filler Repair Method (Damage not Through) - All Cargo Compartment Linings with Honeycomb Core
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-066
Material No: 19-003

No specific
No specific
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
GILLFAB 1367P-013
GILLPATCH III
No specific
emery cloth grade 80-120
No specific
emery cloth grade 80-120.
Material No: 08-113

Material No: 08-115
Material No: 11-010
B.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-024-A
DESIGNATION
Information
(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-04400-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler/Patch - Damage Not Through)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-010-113-A
A.
AES
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-220-063-A
A.
Identify the Damage Limits (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)

(1)

in.)
(2)

. GILLFAB 1367P-013 and double side adhesive tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
. GILLFAB 1367P-013
. GILLPATCH III
Subtask 25-50-00-340-071-A
DO NOT SMOKE.
B.
Repair with Speed Patches and Filler

(Ref. Fig. 25-50-00-991-04400-A - CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler/Patch - Damage Not Through)
NOTE :
(1)
(2)
Make the repair area smooth and deburr it with an emery cloth grade 80-120.
(3)
(4)
(5)

NOTE :
AES
(6)
Deburr the edges of the patch with an emery cloth grade 80-120..
(7)
Fill the
or
or
. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115B)
or
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-115C)

NOTE :
(8)
Install the patch BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-113) or BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-113A) :
(a)
(b)
Remove the protective backing from the patch.

NOTE :
(c)
5.
Put the patch over the damaged area on the view side of the panel and push it into position.
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-410-106-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A)
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
VIEW SIDE
FILLER
PATCH
HONEYCOMB CORE
NOTE:
A = 38 mm ( 1.5 in. ) MIN
N_MM_255000_8_EJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-50-00-991-04400-A SHEET 1

CC Honeycomb Linings, Filler/Patch - Damage Not
Through
25-50-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-50-00-340-019-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR. OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. PUT ON PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING. DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH. DO NOT SMOKE. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT. GET MEDICAL HELP IF
YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 20-003
C.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-50-00-200-024-A

Information
25-50-00-340-004-A
25-54-11-000-001-A
25-54-11-400-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-50-00-861-057-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-50-00-010-116-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Open the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the forward cargo-compartment
door.
(3)
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the control panel of the forward cargo-loading system to tell persons
not to use it.
Subtask 25-50-00-020-064-A
C.
Removal of the Delaminated Protection Panels

(1)
4.
Remove the forward cargo-compartment partition at FR24A (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-50-00-350-054-A
A.

(1)
If there is only delamination, repair the protection panels (Ref. AMM 25-50-00-340-018) .
(2)
If there is a missing core, the damaged area can be repaired:

(a)
Refer to (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-004-A). You must obey the damage limits included in (Ref.
TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A).
. or
(b)
Do the steps that follow if the damaged area is no more than 50% of the panel:
1
Carefully remove the damaged material from the protection panel.
Remove the damaged honey comb (core) from the panel.
Deburr the edges.
Make sure that the rear layer is not damaged.
Smooth the damaged area with emery cloth grade 80-120.
MATERIAL.
6
Clean the repair area with cleaning agent CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a
MATERIAL.
AES
25-50-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
7
Cut a block of honey comb REPAIR MATERIALS FOR COMPOSITE STRUCTURE

(Material No: 20-003) in the size of missing core, height 8,8 mm.
MATERIAL.
8
Bond the block of honey comb on the backside layer of the panel with BONDING AND
MATERIAL.
5.
Bond the top layer on the top side of the block of honey comb with BONDING AND
10
Fill the panel edge with filler (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-340-004-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-50-00-420-065-A
A.
Installation of the Protection Panels

(1)
Install the forward cargo-compartment partition at FR24A (Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-50-00-410-109-A
B.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(3)
Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from the control panel of the forward cargo-loading system.
(4)
Subtask 25-50-00-862-057-A
C.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-50-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CARGO LOADING/RESTRAINT - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C 005-099
1.
General
(Ref. Fig. 25-52-00-11200-F - Unit Load Device - Forward and Aft Cargo Compartment)
The aircraft has three lower deck cargo compartments. They are referred to as the forward cargo compartment, the
aft cargo compartment and the bulk cargo compartment. The forward and aft cargo compartment have nets. When
the nets are installed, they divide the cargo compartments and are referred to as compartment No.1, No.3, No.4 and
No.5. The compartment No.1 is in the forward cargo compartment and the compartments No.3 and No.4 are in the
aft cargo compartment. A separation net isolates the bulk cargo compartment from the aft cargo compartment and
is referred to as compartment No. 5.
The aircraft has provisions in the cargo compartments which lets the operator transport bulk cargo.
The forward and aft cargo compartments have tiedown/attachment points for the nets and straps which keep the
bulk cargo in place, and also to install the door nets.
AES
25-52-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
2.
Component Location
A.

(Ref. Fig. 25-52-00-12800-C - Component Location - Forward Cargo Compartment - Mechanical Components)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2508MM
DOOR NET TYPE A
130 825
2507MM
DOOR NET TYPE C
130 825
2506MM
DIVIDER NET TYPE A2, FR31
130 825
2509MM
DIVIDER NET TYPE C
FR31
130 825
TIE DOWN POINTS
130 825
25-54-41
STANCHION
130 825
B.
AFT Cargo Compartment

(Ref. Fig. 25-52-00-13400-E - Component Location - Aft Cargo Compartment - Mechanical Components)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------DOOR NET TYPE A
150 826
DOOR NET TYPE B
150 826
150 826
DIVIDER NET TYPE C, FR56
150 826
150 826
TIE DOWN POINTS
150 826
STANCHIONS
150 826
C.
Bulk Cargo Compartment

(Ref. Fig. 25-52-00-14000-B - Bulk Compartment - Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2613MM
DOOR NET TYPE D
160 827
25-55-17
2614MM
DOOR NET TYPE E
160 827
25-55-17
STANCHIONS
160 827
25-55-17
2610MM
160 827
25-55-41
TIE DOWN POINTS
160 827
25-55-41
AES
25-52-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
3.
System Description
A.

The forward cargo compartment has items installed which permit the loading of bulk cargo.
(1) The items which permit bulk loading are:
. Tie down/attachment points
. Multiple attachment points
. Divider nets/door nets
. Load placards
. Protection devices for the rapid decompression panels.
The forward cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and multiple attachment points.
The tie down points are for the attachment of the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items of
bulk cargo. It is always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or small items of bulk cargo.
The tie down points are also for the attachment of the divider nets.
The forward cargo compartment has two divider nets (type C and type A2) installed. Divider net type C is
installed at the FR31 and divider net type A2 at FR35.2. The divider nets divide the cargo compartment
into sections.
Door nets type A and C are installed near the forward cargo-compartment door. The door nets prevent
damage to the cargo compartment door and keep the door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets
have stanchions which give them a strong contour. The door nets must always be installed after cargo is
loaded or unloaded.
The multiple attachment points are for the attachment of the door nets to the cargo compartment floor.
The attachment points are for the connection of the stanchions to the cargo compartment ceiling.
The tie down/attachment items permit an easy, quick removal and installation of the nets and straps. For
the load/unload procedure, the nets are removed/installed as necessary.
B.

The aft cargo compartment has items installed which permit the loading of bulk cargo.
The aft cargo compartment has tie down points, attachment points and multiple attachment points. The tie
down points are for the attachment of the straps and/or nets which hold large or small items of bulk cargo. It is
always necessary to use the nets and straps to safety all large or small items of bulk cargo. The tie down points
are also for the attachment of the divider nets.
The aft cargo compartment has three divider nets (type A2, type C and type A1) installed. Divider net type A2
is installed at the FR47.5, the divider net type C at FR53 and divider net type A1 at FR59. The divider nets
divide the cargo compartment into sections.
Door nets type A and C are installed near the aft cargo-compartment door. The door nets prevent damage to
the cargo compartment door and keep the door areas clear of any bulk cargo. The door nets have stanchions
which give them a strong contour. The door nets must always be installed after cargo is loaded or unloaded.
The multiple attachment points are for the attachment of the door nets to the cargo compartment floor. The
attachment points are for the connection of the stanchions to the cargo compartment ceiling.
The tie down/attachment items permit an easy, quick removal and installation of the nets and straps. For the
load/unload procedure, the nets are removed/installed as necessary.
(1) The items which permit bulk loading are:
. Tie down/attachment points
. Multiple attachment points
. Divider nets/door nets
AES
25-52-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
AES
Load placards
Protection devices for the rapid decompression panels.
25-52-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
4.
A.
Components to move and/or restrain the Cargo in the Forward Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-52-00-19500-B - Net and Tie Down Points - Forward Cargo Compartment)
B.
Description of the Components of the Bulk Restraint System in the Forward Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-52-00-19500-B - Net and Tie Down Points - Forward Cargo Compartment)
(1) Divider Nets
The divider nets are installed in the forward cargo compartment to divide the cargo compartment in
sections. The divider nets are of a mesh type, with a mesh size not more than 180 mm (7.09 in.). The
divider nets are attached to net positions for the individual sections. When the divider nets are installed,
they make it possible to transport loose baggage and bulk cargo. The divider nets, when installed, restrict
any movement of the bulk cargo. No special tools are required to remove or install the divider nets. are
required to remove or install the divider nets.
(2) Door Nets
The door nets are installed to prevent damage to the cargo door and to enable a correct cargo door
operation. Stanchions are installed with the door nets to give the nets a firm contour and hold.
The door nets are attached at the lateral compartment linings to the related net attachment points. The
door nets are then passed around the door stanchion to connect with another door net in the middle of the
cargo door area.
The nets are connected to each other by ring connections and snap latches.
(3) Door Net Stanchions
The stanchions are a part of the door nets.
The stanchions have latch mechanism at the bottom and the top to comply with the related attachment
points.
The stanchions are attached to the cargo compartment ceiling and floor.
The stanchions must be installed to help the door nets deflect and resist bulk cargo from preventing door
operating procedures.
(4) Tiedown and Attachment Points
The net tiedown and attachment points are installed in a designated and prearranged position on the
aircraft structure and anchor plates.
The tiedown and attachment points permit an easy and quick removal/installation of the nets without
special tools.
C.
Components to move and/or restrain the cargo in the Aft Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-52-00-23700-C - Net and Tie Down Point - Aft Cargo Compartment)
D. Description of the Components of the Bulk Restraint System in the Aft Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-52-00-23700-C - Net and Tie Down Point - Aft Cargo Compartment)
(1) Divider Nets
The divider nets are installed in the aft cargo compartment to divide the cargo compartment in sections.
The divider nets are of a mesh type, with a mesh size not more than 180 mm (7.09 in.). The divider nets
are attached to net attachment points on the cargo compartment ceiling and floor at designated positions
for the individual sections. When the divider nets are installed, they make it possible to transport loose
baggage and bulk cargo. The divider nets, when installed, restrict any movement of the bulk cargo. No
special tools are required to remove or install the divider nets.
AES
25-52-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2) Door Nets
The door nets are installed to prevent damage to the cargo door and to enable a correct cargo door
The door nets are attached at the lateral compartment linings to the related net attachment points. The
door nets are then passed around the door stanchion to connect with another door net in the middle of the
cargo door area.
(3) Door Net Stanchions
The stanchions have latch mechanism at the bottom and the top to comply with the related attachment
points.
The stanchions must be installed to help the door nets deflect and resist bulk cargo from preventing door
operating procedures.
(4) Tiedown and Attachment Points
special tools.
E.
Description of the Components of the Bulk Restraint System in the Bulk Cargo Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-52-00-28100-B - Bulk Compartment)
(1) The bulk cargo compartment is in Zone 160 between a divider net at FR59 and a fixed partition at FR65.
The bulk cargo compartment is also specified as cargo compartment No.5. The bulk cargo compartment
door which is found between FR60 and FR62 gives access to the cargo compartment No.5.
The bulk cargo compartment has sidewall linings, ceiling panels and furnishings as follows:
(a) Divider Net
A divider net is installed at FR59 to divide the cargo compartments No.4 and No.5. The divider net is
of a mesh type, with a mesh size not more than 180 mm (7.09 in.). The divider net is attached to net
attachment points installed on the cargo compartment ceiling and floor at designated positions. When
the divider net is installed, it is possible to transport loose baggage and bulk cargo. The divider net,
when installed, restrict any movement of the bulk cargo. No special tools are required to remove or
install the divider net.
(b) Door Nets
The door nets are installed to prevent damage to the cargo door and to permit a correct cargo door
The door nets are attached at the lateral compartment linings to the related net attachment points.
The door nets are then passed around the door stanchion to connect with another door net in the
middle of the cargo door area.
(c) Door Net Stanchions
The stanchions have latch mechanism at the bottom and the top to comply with the related
attachment points.
AES
25-52-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The stanchions must be installed to help the door nets deflect and resist bulk cargo from preventing
door operating procedures.
(d) Tiedown and Attachment Points
special tools.
(e) Air Conditioning Outlets
The fixed partition at FR65 has cutouts (outlets) for the air conditioning system of the aft cargo
compartment.
AES
25-52-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
AFT LOWER HOLD

CAPACITY:
CAN BE MIXED
PASSENGER LUGGAGE
BULK CARGO
FWD LOWER HOLD

CAPACITY:
CAN BE MIXED
PASSENGER LUGGAGE
BULK CARGO
PASSENGER LUGGAGE
BULK CARGO
N_MM_255200_0_DAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-52-00-11200-F SHEET 1

Unit Load Device - Forward and Aft Cargo Compartment
25-52-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
FR34
Z130
FR31
SIDEWALL
LINING
FR28
PARTITION
WALL
FLOOR
PANELS
FR24A
DOOR NET C
2507MM
DOOR NET A
DIVIDER NET A2
2508MM
2506MM
DIVIDER NET C
2509MM
STANCHION
N_MM_255200_0_DBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-52-00-12800-C SHEET 1

Component Location - Forward Cargo Compartment Mechanical Components
25-52-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
DIVIDER NET A
2608MM
FR59
DIVIDER NET B
2607MM
STANCHION
FR56
Z150
FR52A
STANCHION
FR47
FLOOR PANELS
CA
FT
RG
CO
PA
M
RT
EN
DIVIDER NET A1
2610MM
DIVIDER NET C
2609MM
DIVIDER NET A2
2606MM
N_MM_255200_0_DCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-52-00-13400-E SHEET 1

Component Location - Aft Cargo Compartment Mechanical Components
25-52-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
DOOR NET D 2613MM

FR65
FR62
FR60
FR59
AIR
CONDITIONING
OUTLETS
PRESSURE
COMPENSATION
VALVE
Z160
FR46
STANCHION
DOOR NET E 2614MM

DIVIDER NET A1 2610MM
Z150
N_MM_255200_0_BXU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-52-00-14000-B SHEET 1

Bulk Compartment - Component Location
25-52-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
FR34
FR31
FR28
Z130
C
2
FR24A
B
B
3
D
1
B B
CT
12
SE
ON
13
IO
SE
ON
I
CT
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
TIE DOWN POINT
EXAMPLE
C
EXAMPLE
TIE DOWN POINT
ATTACHMENT POINT
1.
2.
3.
4.
DOOR NET TYPE C

DOOR NET TYPE A
DIVIDER NET TYPE A2
DIVIDER NET TYPE C
N_MM_255200_0_EXM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-52-00-19500-B SHEET 1

Net and Tie Down Points - Forward Cargo Compartment
25-52-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
FR59
D
FR56
FR52A
D
C
Z150
FR47
D
5
42
SE
O
TI
IO
B
SE
ON
32
IO
I
CT
D
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
TIE DOWN POINT
EXAMPLE
C
EXAMPLE
TIE DOWN POINT
ATTACHMENT POINT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DOOR NET TYPE B

DOOR NET TYPE A
DIVIDER NET TYPE A1
DIVIDER NET TYPE C
DIVIDER NET TYPE A2
N_MM_255200_0_EYM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-52-00-23700-C SHEET 1

Net and Tie Down Point - Aft Cargo Compartment
25-52-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
DOOR NET D 2613MM
AIR
CONDITIONING
OUTLETS
FR65
PRESSURE
COMPENSATION
VALVE
FR62
FR60
FR59
Z160
FR46
STANCHION
DOOR NET E 2614MM

DIVIDER NET A1
2610MM
Z150
A
B
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
ATTACHMENT/TIE DOWN POINT
N_MM_255200_0_BZU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-52-00-28100-B SHEET 1

Bulk Compartment
25-52-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/FORWARD CARGO

COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
** On A/C 003-004
The FWD cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 130 between the fixed partitions FR24A and
FR34. The total volume of the FWD cargo compartment is 547 ft.3 (15.489 m3).
The FWD cargo compartment door, between FR24A and FR28, gives access to the FWD cargo compartment.
The FWD cargo compartment has:
. Left sidewall lining
. Ceiling panel
. Right sidewall lining
. Loading area light
. Rapid decompression panels
. Cargo compartment lighting
. Door net and the divider net
. Tie-down/net attachment points.
** On A/C 005-099
The FWD cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 130 between the fixed partitions FR24A and
FR34. The total volume of the FWD cargo compartment is 547 ft.3 (15.489 m3).
The FWD cargo compartment door, between FR24A and FR28, gives access to the FWD cargo compartment.
The FWD cargo compartment has:
. Ceiling panel
. Smoke detector panel
. Door net and the divider net
. Tie-down/net attachment points.
AES
25-54-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-00-12300-H - Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIXED PARTITION FR24A
131/ 825
132
FIXED PARTITION FR34
131/ 825
132
PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVE
131PW 131 825
LOADING AREA LIGHT
131AC 131 825
33-31-11
CEILING PANEL
131 825
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
131AC/ 131 825
131BC
RH SIDEWALL LINING
132 825
DIVIDER NET
130 825
LH SIDEWALL LINING
131 825
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANELS
131 825
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT
131 825
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-00-12300-I - Component Location of the FWD Cargo Compartment)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIXED PARTITION FR24A
131/ 825
132
131/ 825
132
131PW 131 825
LOADING AREA LIGHT
131AC 131 825
33-31-11
SMOKE DETECTOR PANEL
131BC 131 825
26-16-00
CEILING PANEL
131 825
131AC/ 131 825
131BC
RH SIDEWALL LINING
132 825
DIVIDER NET
130 825
LH SIDEWALL LINING
131 825
131 825
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT
131 825
AES
25-54-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
A.

** On A/C 003-004
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment prevent damage to the aircraft structure.
They are made of flame-resistant synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The sidewall linings and
ceiling panels are attached with quick-release fasteners to:
. the support struts
. the cross beams
. the cargo compartment brackets.
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels are a sandwich construction. They are made of honeycomb core, which is
bonded between prepreg layers.
** On A/C 005-099
The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment prevent damage to the aircraft structure.
They are made of flame-resistant synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The sidewall linings and
ceiling panels are attached with quick-release fasteners to:
. the cross beams
** On A/C ALL
B.
Bulk Loading Placards

Placards for bulk loading instructions are located on the ceiling in the FWD cargo compartment. The placards
tell the minimum clearance allowed between the bulk cargo and the cargo compartment ceiling. The clearance
between the bulk cargo and the compartment ceiling must be kept to prevent an inadvertent operation of the :
- smoke detectors,
- discharge nozzles of the fire extingnisher system.
Also to enable a correct function of the rapid decompression panels.
The clearance must be 51.0 mm (2.0079 in.) minimum.
** On A/C 005-099
C.
Smoke Detector Panel

The FWD cargo compartment is completed with the smoke detection system. The ceiling panel has therefore a
cutout for the smoke detector panel. The smoke detector panel is installed at the center of the ceiling panel
between FR29 and FR30.
** On A/C ALL
D. Rapid Decompression Panels
Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out) are part of the cargo compartment linings. They are
installed in the cutouts of the ceiling panels and the lateral right sidewall lining at FR28.
Catch assemblies hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels are sealed to the ceiling panels and
to the sidewall lining with adhesive tape, (Material No.05-066) .
AES
25-54-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
E.
When it is necessary to repair a decompression panel refer to Chp.250000.
Divider Net and Door Net

There are two types of nets installed in the FWD cargo compartment. The divider net divides the cargo
compartments into sections. The door net prevents damage to the cargo compartment door. The door net and
the divider net are attached to the tie-down and net attachment points.
F.
Tie-Down and Net Attachment Points

Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage structure. These attachment points are
used for:
.
.
G.
the attachment of the door and divider net

the attachment of the straps which hold large or small items of bulk cargo.
Loading Area Light

The loading area light is a spotlight and is installed in the ceiling panel at the FWD cargo compartment door.
The intensity of the loading area light permits to read labels on equipment near the cargo compartment door.
H. Cargo Compartment Lighting

The FWD cargo compartment has a lighting system with neon tubes and is installed in the center of the ceiling
panel. Toggle switches installed at the FWD cargo compartment door control the lighting system.
AES
25-54-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
CEILING PANEL
B
B
LOADING AREA LIGHT
NET ATTACHMENT POINTS

FR34
FIXED PARTITON FR34
RH SIDEWALL LINING
FR31
PRESSURE
COMPENSATION
VALVE
FR28
DOOR NET
FR24A
DIVIDER NET
RAPID
DECOMPRESSION
PANELS
Z130
FIXED PARTITION
FR24A
LH SIDEWALL LINING
N_MM_255400_0_BAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-00-12300-H SHEET 1

25-54-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
SECTION
AA
ADHESIVE TAPE
CEILING PANEL
QUICK RELEASE FASTENER

CEILING PANEL
NET ATTACHMENT POINT
SECTION
BB
ADHESIVE TAPE
CEILING PANEL
CATCH ASSY
RAPID DECOMPRESSION PANEL

ADHESIVE TAPE
SECTION
DD
SECTION
CC
ADHESIVE TAPE
ADHESIVE TAPE
SIDEWALL LINING
ADHESIVE TAPE
CEILING PANEL
SIDEWALL LINING
QUICK
RELEASE
FASTENER
SIDEWALL LINING
ADHESIVE TAPE
N_MM_255400_0_BAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-00-12300-H SHEET 2

25-54-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
CEILING PANEL
B
B
LOADING AREA LIGHT

FR34
FIXED PARTITON FR34
RH SIDEWALL LINING
FR31
PRESSURE
COMPENSATION
VALVE
FR28
DOOR NET
FR24A
DIVIDER NET
RAPID
DECOMPRESSION
PANELS
Z130
FIXED PARTITION
FR24A
LH SIDEWALL LINING
N_MM_255400_0_BAMB_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-00-12300-I SHEET 1

25-54-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
SECTION
AA
ADHESIVE TAPE
CEILING PANEL

CEILING PANEL
SECTION
BB
ADHESIVE TAPE
CEILING PANEL
CATCH ASSY

ADHESIVE TAPE
SECTION
DD
SECTION
CC
ADHESIVE TAPE
ADHESIVE TAPE
SIDEWALL LINING
ADHESIVE TAPE
CEILING PANEL
SIDEWALL LINING
QUICK
RELEASE
FASTENER
SIDEWALL LINING
ADHESIVE TAPE
N_MM_255400_0_BAMB_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-00-12300-I SHEET 2

25-54-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-11-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
No specific
AR
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-001-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-11-991-00200-A - Protection Panels - Forward Cargo Compartment)

(Ref. Fig. 25-54-11-991-00100-A - Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-11-860-051-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the control panel of the forward cargo-compartment
loading-system to tell persons not to use it.
Subtask 25-54-11-865-055-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-11-020-051-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Protection Panels

25-54-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
(2)
Remove the protection panels (2):

(a)
Hold the protection panel (2).
(b)
Remove the screws (4) from the supports (3) and partition walls (1).
(c)
Remove the protection panels (2) with the supports (3).
If necessary, remove the nuts (6), the washers (7), the supports (3) and the screws (5) from the
protection panels (2).
Subtask 25-54-11-020-050-A
B.
AES

(1)
Loosen the studs (1) of the cover assies (2) and remove them.
(2)
Loosen the studs (3) of the cover strip assies (4) and remove them.
(3)
Loosen the studs (5) of the partition panels (6), (7) and (8).
(4)
Remove the partition panels (6), (7) and (8).
25-54-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR33
FR24A
Z130
B
1
D
EXAMPLE
6
1
B
D
EXAMPLE
4
5
3
2
C
D
D
2
D
N_MM_255411_4_PR0T_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-11-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Protection Panels - Forward Cargo Compartment
25-54-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
A
Z130
1
6
2
7
5
8
3
2
4
N_MM_255411_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-11-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-54-11 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-11-400-001-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
CAUTION :
MAKE SURE THAT THE CARGO COMPARTMENT IS CORRECTLY SEALED AFTER YOU REPLACE THE
SEALING OF:
CARGO COMPARTMENT LININGS
SIDEWALL PANELS
CEILING PANELS
PARTITION PANELS.
IF THE SEALING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND A FIRE OCCURS, THE FIRE EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-011
Material No: 11-026
AES
WARNING NOTICE(S)
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
CLEANING AGENTS
25-54-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
C.

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-001-A
52-30-00-860-002-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
Pump

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-11-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the forward cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of
the forward cargo-compartment door.
(3)
Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the control panel of the forward cargocompartment loading system to tell persons not to use it.
Subtask 25-54-11-865-054-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-11-910-050-D
A.

(1)
(2)
If necessary, remove the damaged seal (9) from the partition panels (6), (7) and (8).
(3)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the the CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No: 11-026) .
(4)
Replace the damaged seal (9) on the partition panels (6), (7) and (8).
Subtask 25-54-11-420-050-A
B.
AES

(1)
Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-011) on the seals around each partition
panel.
(2)
Install the partition panels (6), (7) and (8).
(3)
Install the cover strip assies (4).
25-54-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Install the cover assies (2).
(5)
Attach the partition panels (6), (7) and (8) with the studs (1), (3) and (5).
Subtask 25-54-11-420-051-A
C.
Installation of the Protection Panels

(1)
5.
Install the protection panels (2):

(a)
If removed, install the supports (3), the screws (5), the washers (7) and the nuts (6) on the
protection panels (2).
(b)
Put the protection panels (2) in their correct installation positions.
(c)
Install the supports (3) with the screws (4) on the partition walls (1).
Close-up
Subtask 25-54-11-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Subtask 25-54-11-865-056-A
B.
Subtask 25-54-11-860-052-A
C.
AES

(1)
Close the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A)
(2)
items.
25-54-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-12-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-480-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
Subtask 25-54-12-010-050-B
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the forward cargo-compartment door

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Install the safety lock on the actuator of the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-001-A).
(3)
door.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-54-12-865-073-A
B.
AES
25-54-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-12-020-050-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
The removal of each partition panel is the same.
(1)
Loosen the studs (5) of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3).
(2)
Remove the partition panels (1), (2) and (3).
(3)
Loosen the studs (8) of the valve (4).
(4)
Remove the valve (4) and the cover assembly (7).
25-54-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR34
FR24A
Z130
FR34
A
B
132PW
1
131NW
2
131PW
3
E
E
D
D
C
D
N_MM_255412_4_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-12-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-54-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
SECTION
BB
CC
7
6
1
2
3
8
4
9
3
SECTION
SECTION
EE
DD
1
3
1
2
2
3
N_MM_255412_4_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-12-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-54-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-12-400-001-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
CAUTION :
SEALING OF:
SIDEWALL PANELS
CEILING PANELS
PARTITION PANELS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
** On A/C 003-004
No specific
No specific
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-016
AES
DESIGNATION
SEALING TAPE
SEALANTS
25-54-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-010-A
DESIGNATION
Installation of the BSB (DUROFIX) Labels (Material No. 05-136) (Marking with
Reactivable Transfer Label)
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-54-12-300-001-A

Information
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the forward cargo-compartment door is opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the safety lock on the actuator of the forward cargo-compartment door is installed (Ref.
TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the opening of the forward cargocompartment door.
(4)
Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the control panel of the forward cargoloading system to tell persons not to use it.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-54-12-860-050-B
A.

(1)
(2)
Install the safety lock on the actuator of the forward cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-001-A).
(3)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-54-12-865-074-A
B.
AES
25-54-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-12-910-050-C
A.

(1)
Do an inspection of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR34.
(2)
If necessary, repair the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A).
(3)
Do an inspection of the sealing strips (6) and (9) on the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR34 for
damage.
(4)
Make sure that the sealing strips (6) and (9) are correctly installed.
(5)
Replace the damaged sealing strips (6) and (9) on the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR34.
(6)
If necessary, remove the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-005B) from the
partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR34.
(7)
Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (6) and (9) with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(8)
Bond the new sealing strips (6) and (9) with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No: 08-005B) in position.
(9)
Make sure that all the sealing strips (6) and (9) are installed without clearances.
(10) Make sure that all the studs (5) and (8) are correctly installed in their retainer washers.
(11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing, do the missing fastener inspection/repair (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-300-001-A).
(12) Do an inspection of the adjacent aircraft structure for damage.
(13) If the adjacent aircraft structure is damaged, repair it.
(14) Make sure that the mating surfaces of the panels at the adjacent aircraft structure are flat.
(15) Fill the clearances or the holes with the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) and make them flat.
(16) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components are in the correct positions and in
good condition.
(17) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-010-A).
(18) After installation of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3), make sure that:
. All the fasteners are fully tightened.
. There is no clearance between the partition panels and the aircraft structure.
(19) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
AES
25-54-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(20) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
Subtask 25-54-12-420-050-A
B.
5.
Installation of the Forward Cargo Compartment Partition FR34

(1)
Put the valve (4) and the cover assembly (7) in their correct installation position.
(2)
Loosely install the studs (8).
(3)
TORQUE the studs (8) to between 0.055 and 0.060 M.DAN (4.87 and 5.31 LBF.IN).
(4)
Put the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) in their installation positions.
(5)
Loosely install the studs (5) through the panels (1), (2) and (3) and the holes of the structure.
(6)
Close-up
Subtask 25-54-12-410-050-A
A.

(1)
Subtask 25-54-12-865-075-A
B.
AES
25-54-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-12-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-480-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-12-991-00400-A - Ceiling Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-051-B
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock on the actuator of the FWD cargo
compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the FWD cargo-compartment
door.
Subtask 25-54-12-865-067-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-12-020-051-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
The removal of each ceiling panel is the same.
(1)
Remove the joint strip (5) from the ceiling panels (2).
(2)
Support the ceiling panels (2).
(3)
Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) of the ceiling panels (2).
(4)
Remove the ceiling panels (2) from the aircraft structure.
25-54-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR34
A
Z130
FR24
A
FR24
FR25
FR28
FR31
FR34
B
B
131HC
D D
C C
131KC
131LC
131AC
131BC
SECTION
SECTION
BB
DD
131CC
SECTION
CC
3
2
2
N_MM_255412_4_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-12-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Ceiling Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
25-54-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-12-400-002-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
CAUTION :
SEALING OF:
SIDEWALL PANELS
CEILING PANELS
PARTITION PANELS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
** On A/C 003-004
No specific
No specific
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-011
Material No: 08-005
AES
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
-
25-54-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-010-A
DESIGNATION
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-54-12-300-001-A

Information
52-30-00-080-001-A
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
Pump

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-860-051-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Make sure that the safety lock is installed on the actuator of the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref.
TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(3)
(4)
Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the control panel of the forward cargo
loading system to tell persons not to use it.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-54-12-860-051-B
A.
AES

(1)
Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and safety lock is installed on the actuator
of the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001A).
(2)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the opening of the FWD cargocompartment door.
25-54-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-54-12-865-068-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-12-910-051-B
A.

(1)
Do an inspection of the ceiling panels (2).
(2)
If necessary, repair the ceiling panels (2) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A).
(3)
Do an inspection of the sealing strips (1) of the ceiling panels (2).
(4)
Make sure that the sealing strips (1) are not missing.
(5)
Replace the damaged sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2).
(6)
If necessary, remove the damaged BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-005)
from the sealing strips (1) of the related panels.
(7)
Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (1) with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026)
and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(8)
Bond the new sealing strips (1) with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No:
08-005) in position.
(9)
Make sure that all sealing strips (1) are installed without clearance.
(10) Make sure that all the studs (3), (4) and (7) are correctly installed in their retainer washers.
(11) If a stud and/or retainer washer is missing do the missing fastener inspection/repair (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-300-001-A).
(14) Make sure that the contact areas of the panels at the adjacent aircraft structure are flat.
(16) Make sure that that the contact aircraft surfaces continue to be flat when the sealant is applied and dry.
Make them flat, if necessary.
good condition.
(19) After installation of the ceiling panels (2) make sure that:
. There is no clearance between the panels and the aircraft structure.
AES
25-54-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(22) Examine each panel for cracks and other damage.
Subtask 25-54-12-420-051-A
B.
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo Compartment

NOTE :
The installation of each ceiling panel is the same.

(1)
Apply the material:

(a)
5.
Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-011) on the seals around each
ceiling panel (2).
(2)
Put the ceiling panels (2) in their correct installation positions.
(3)
Loosely install the studs (3), (4) and (7) through the ceiling panels (2) and the holes of the structure.
(4)
TORQUE the studs (3),(4) and (7) to between 0.055 and 0.060 M.DAN (4.87 and 5.31 LBF.IN).
(5)
Install the joint strips (5) on the ceiling panels (2).
Close-up
Subtask 25-54-12-410-051-A
A.

(1)
Subtask 25-54-12-865-069-A
B.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-54-12-942-057-A
C.
Close Access
(1)
Remove the safety lock from the actuator of the cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-080-001-A).
(2)
(3)
(4)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-54-12-942-057-B
C.
Close Access
(1)
AES
Remove the actuator safety lock and close the FWD cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-002-A) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001-A).
25-54-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
AES
25-54-12 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-12-000-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-480-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-12-991-00300-A - Sidewall Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-052-B
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock on the actuator of the FWD cargo
compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(2)
door.
Subtask 25-54-12-865-070-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-12-020-052-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
The removal of each sidewall panel is the same.
(1)
Support the sidewall panels (41).
(2)
Loosen the studs (47) of the sidewall panels (41).
(3)
Remove the sidewall panels (41) from the aircraft structure.
25-54-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR34
132KW
132MW
FR30
FR28 132JW
FR24
131SW
131MW
131HW
Z130
131GW
A
EXAMPLE
SECTION
BB
48
47
41
N_MM_255412_4_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-12-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Sidewall Panels - FWD Cargo Compartment
25-54-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-12-400-003-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
CAUTION :
SEALING OF:
SIDEWALL PANELS
CEILING PANELS
PARTITION PANELS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
** On A/C 003-004
No specific
No specific
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-011
Material No: 08-005
AES
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
-
25-54-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-010-A
DESIGNATION
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-54-12-300-001-A

Information
52-30-00-080-001-A
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
Pump

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-860-052-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Make sure that the safety lock is installed on the actuator of the forward cargo-compartment door (Ref.
TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(3)
(4)
Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the control panel of the forward cargo
loading system to tell persons not to use it.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-54-12-860-052-B
A.
AES

(1)
Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and the safety lock is installed on the
actuator of the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A) (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-001-A).
(2)
25-54-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-54-12-865-071-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-12-910-052-C
A.

(1)
Do an inspection of the sidewall panels (41) of the forward cargo compartment.
(2)
If necessary, repair the sidewall panels (41) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A).
(3)
Do an inspection of the sealing strips (48) on the sidewall panels (41) for damage.
(4)
(5)
Replace the damaged sealing strips (48) on the sidewall panels (41).
(6)
(7)
Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and
a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(8)
(9)
Make sure that all the sealing strips are installed without clearance.
(10) Make sure that all the studs (47) are correctly installed in their retainer washers.
25-54-12-300-001-A).
(16) Make sure that the contact surfaces continue to be flat when the sealant is applied and dry. Make them
flat, if necessary.
good condition.
(19) After installation of the sidewall panels (41) make sure that:
AES
25-54-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-54-12-420-052-A
B.
Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward Cargo Compartment

NOTE :
(1)
The installation of each sidewall panel is the same.
Apply the material:

(a)
5.
Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-011) on the seals around each
sidewall panel (41).
(2)
Put the sidewall panel (41) in its installation position.
(3)
Loosely install the studs (47) through the sidewall panel (41) and the holes of the structure.
(4)
Close-up
Subtask 25-54-12-410-052-A
A.

(1)
Subtask 25-54-12-865-072-A
B.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-54-12-942-058-A
C.
Close Access
(1)
Remove the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-001-A).
(2)
(3)
(4)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-54-12-942-058-B
C.
AES
Close Access
(1)
52-30-00-080-001-A) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(2)
25-54-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT REPAIRS

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-12-300-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-052
Material No: 08-060
C.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-002-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
52-30-00-860-002-A
DESIGNATION
Visual Check of Cargo Compartment Decompression, Lining, Floor Panels and
Pressure Compensation Valve
Pump
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-12-991-00600-A - Missing Fastener Inspection)

(Ref. Fig. 25-54-12-991-00700-A - Missing Fastener Repair)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-12-010-055-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
door.
Subtask 25-54-12-865-076-A
B.
AES
25-54-12 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-12-210-051-A
A.
Inspection
(1)
Do an inspection of the lining panels of the FWD cargo-compartment for missing fasteners (Ref. TASK
25-50-00-200-002-A).
(2)
Missing fasteners are permitted on the ceiling, sidewall and the partition lining panels if:
. there are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining panels
. not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of a lining panel.
Subtask 25-54-12-350-050-A
B.
Repair
(1)
If a stud is missing, install a new fastener assembly (stud, washer and lockwasher).
NOTE :
(2)
If it is not possible to install the fastener(s) in the time necessary, seal the stud hole(s) (3) as follows:
. seal the stud hole (3) on the lining panel where the fastener is missing with the BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-060) (4).
NOTE :
(3)
AES
It is necessary to put the stud in the hole and turn it two or three times until the stud is locked.
You can hear a click when the self-locking mechnism engages.
The edge where the fastener is missing must be sealed.
Seal the edge where the fastener is missing as follows:

(a)
If there is sufficient clearance between the panel with the missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
. make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener to the secondary structure (5).
. do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-052) (4) or the
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-060) (4)
. make sure that the tape (4) touches the fasteners adjacent to the two sides of the sealed stud
hole (3).
(b)
If there is not sufficient clearance between the panel with the missing fastener and the adjacent
panel:
. make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener to the adjacent panel.
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-060) (4).
. make sure that the tape (4) touches the primary or secondary structure (5) at two ends of the
edge with the missing fastener.
(c)
If a cover strip (6) is installed between the panel with the missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
. make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener to the adjacent panel across the
cover strip (6).
hole (3).
25-54-12 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
5.
Up to 100 Flight Hours (10 days), a visual inspection of the repair area is necessary once a
week. From 100 Flight Hours to 500 Flight Hours (50 days), it is necessary to do a visual
inspection of the repair area each day. A new fastener assembly must be installed in a
period of 500 flight hours after the installation of the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
Close-up
Subtask 25-54-12-865-077-A
A.
Subtask 25-54-12-410-055-A
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
52-30-00-860-002-A).
(3)
25-54-12 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF PANELS NOT OVERLAPPING

1
1
EXAMPLE OF PANELS WITH COVER STRIP
1
1
6
2
NOTE:
CORNERFASTENERS (MUST BE INSTALLED)
EDGEFASTENERS
N_MM_255412_8_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-12-991-00600-A SHEET 1

25-54-12 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF CORRECT INSTALLED FASTENER ELEMENT
1
2
EXAMPLE OF LOOSENED FASTENER ELEMENT
1
2
EXAMPLE OF MISSING FASTENER ELEMENT
N_MM_255412_8_AAM0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-12-991-00600-A SHEET 2

25-54-12 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE WHERE THERE IS SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE
3
4
EXAMPLE WHERE THERE IS NOT SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE
NOTE:
FASTENERS MUST BE INSTALLED
FASTENERS INSTALLED
FASTENER MISSING
N_MM_255412_8_BAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-12-991-00700-A SHEET 1

25-54-12 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF COVER STRIP
6
5
3
4
NOTE:
FASTENERS INSTALLED
FASTENER MISSING
N_MM_255412_8_BAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-12-991-00700-A SHEET 2

25-54-12 PB801
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-17-000-001-A
Removal of the Net Stanchions in the Forward Cargo Compartment
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-001-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-17-991-00100-A - Stanchion - Door Net - Forward Cargo Compartment)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-17-010-050-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
door.
Subtask 25-54-17-865-053-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-17-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Net Stanchions

(1)
Disconnect the net fittings from the applicable net attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor
and ceiling areas.
(2)
Remove the stanchion (2):

(a)
Turn the locking base (3) counterclockwise to unlock the stanchion from the tiedown point (4).
(b)
Push the stanchion (2) up to release the stanchion locking base (3) from the tiedown point (4).
(c)
Move the lower part of the stanchion (2) away from the tiedown point (4).
25-54-17 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(d)
AES
Move the stanchion (2) down to remove the stanchion plunger from the upper ceiling fitting (1).
25-54-17 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DOOR NET A 2508MM

FR28
FR24A
1
STANCHION
Z130
DOOR NET C
2507MM
N_MM_255417_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-17-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Stanchion - Door Net - Forward Cargo Compartment
25-54-17 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-17-400-001-A
Installation of the Net Stanchions in the Forward Cargo Compartment
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-001-A
52-30-00-860-002-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
Pump

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-17-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the forward cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Subtask 25-54-17-865-054-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-17-910-050-A
A.
Preparation for Installation:

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-54-17-420-050-A
B.
AES
Installation of the Net Stanchions.

(1)
Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the unlocked position.
(2)
Carefully insert the stanchion plunger (2) in the upper ceiling fitting (1).
25-54-17 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(3)
Push the stanchion (2) up and align the stanchion locking base (3) with the tiedown point (4).
(4)
Carefully lower the stanchion (2).
(5)
Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the correct position on the tiedown point (4).
(6)
Turn the stanchion locking base (3) clockwise 90 degrees to attach the stanchion (2) to the tiedown
point (4).
(7)
Make sure that the stanchion (2) is correctly attached.
(8)
Connect the net fittings to the applicable net attachment fittings, if necessary.
Close-up
Subtask 25-54-17-865-055-A
A.
Subtask 25-54-17-410-050-A
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
25-54-17 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - FWD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD Cargo- Compartment
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-001-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-41-991-00100-D - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor Area)
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-41-991-00200-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-41-010-050-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
door.
Subtask 25-54-41-865-053-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-41-020-050-D
A.
AES
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-41-991-00100-D - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor
Area)
25-54-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
(2)
Remove the cargo net(s) (6), if installed:

(a)
Disconnect the net fittings (7) from the applicable net attachment fittings of the cargocompartment floor and ceiling areas.
(b)
Remove the cargo net(s) (6).
Remove the tie-down points (2):

NOTE :
(3)
(4)
(a)
Remove the screws (1) from the tie-down point (2).
(b)
Remove the tie-down point (2) from the structure (3).
Remove the seat-track section (5):

(a)
Remove the screws (4) from the seat-track section (5).
(b)
Remove the seat-track section (5) from the structure (3).

NOTE :
(5)
(7)
The removal procedure for all the tie-down points (9) is the same. Therefore, the removal
procedure for one tie-down point (9) only is given here.
(a)
(b)
Remove the tie-down point (9) from the plug housing (10).
(c)
If necessary, remove the plug housing (10) from the structure (3).
Remove the tie-down fittings (12):

NOTE :
(6)
The removal procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12) is the same. Therefore, the removal
procedure for one tie-down fitting (12) only is given here.
(a)
Remove the screws (11) from the tie-down fitting (12).
(b)
Remove the tie-down fitting (12) from the structure (3).
Remove the tie-down fitting (14):

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(a)
(b)
Subtask 25-54-41-020-051-A
B.
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-41-991-00200-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Ceiling
Area)
(1)

(a)
AES
Disconnect the net fittings (6) from the tie-down and net attachment fittings of the cargocompartment floor and ceiling areas.
25-54-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
(2)
(3)
Remove the stanchion fitting (2):

(a)
Remove the screws (3) from the stanchion fitting (2).
(b)
Remove the stanchion fitting (2) from the structure (1).

NOTE :
(4)
(a)
(b)

NOTE :
AES
(a)
(b)
Remove the tie-down point (9) from the spacer (8).
(c)
If necessary, remove the spacer (8):

1
Remove the screws (11) from the spacer (8).
Remove the spacer (8) from the structure (1).
25-54-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR34
A
FR31
EXAMPLE
FR28
FR26
FR24
D
E
C
D
Z130
AC
F
F
EXAMPLE
3
15
C
EXAMPLE
16
11
EXAMPLE
12
3
7
8
13
3
9
14
10
3
N_MM_255441_4_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-41-991-00100-D SHEET 1

Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD CargoCompartment Floor Area
25-54-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR34
Z130
FR28
FR24A
EXAMPLE
FR24
FR31
FR28
FR24A
D
C
D
B
C
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
1
1
4
11
3
10
7
N_MM_255441_4_AWM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD CargoCompartment Ceiling Area
25-54-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-54-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the FWD Cargo- Compartment
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE

ZONE/ACCESS
130
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-001-A
AES
DESIGNATION
Pump
25-54-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-002-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-41-991-00100-D - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor Area)
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-41-991-00200-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area)
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-41-991-00300-A - Application of Sealants)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-54-41-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is open and safetied with the actuator safety lock
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Subtask 25-54-41-865-054-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-54-41-910-050-B
A.

(1)
(2)
Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the old sealant from the component interface and the
adjacent area.
(3)
Use a lint-free cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) to clean the component interface and the adjacent area.
(4)
(5)
Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the screws which attach the
tie-down and net attachment fittings.
Subtask 25-54-41-420-050-D
B.
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Floor Area
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-41-991-00100-D - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor
Area)
(1)
Install the tie-down points (2):

NOTE :
(2)
(a)
Put the tie-down point (2) in position at the structure (3).
(b)
Install the screws (1) in the tie-down point (2).
Install the seat-track section (5):

(a)
AES
The installation procedure for all the tie-down points (2) is the same. Therefore, the installation
Put the seat-track section (5) in position at the structure (3).
25-54-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
(3)
Install the screws (4) in the seat-track section (5).

NOTE :
(4)
(a)
If removed, put the plug housing (10) in position at the structure (3).
(b)
Put the tie-down point (9) in position at the plug housing (10).
(c)
Install the tie-down fittings (12):

NOTE :
(5)
(6)
The installation procedure for all the tie-down fittings (12) is the same. Therefore, the
installation procedure for one tie-down fitting (12) only is given here.
(a)
Put the tie-down fitting (12) in position at the structure (3).
(b)
Install the screws (11) in the tie-down fitting (12).
Install the tie-down fitting (14):

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(7)
(a)
(b)
Install the cargo net(s) (6), if removed:

(a)
Put the cargo net(s) (6) in position at the applicable net attachment fittings of the cargocompartment floor and ceiling areas.
(b)
Connect the net fittings (7) to the net attachment fittings.
Subtask 25-54-41-420-051-A
C.
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Ceiling Area
(Ref. Fig. 25-54-41-991-00200-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - FWD Cargo-Compartment Ceiling
Area)
(1)
(2)
Install the stanchion fitting (2):

(a)
Put the stanchion fitting (2) in its installation position at the structure (1).
(b)
Install the screws (3) in the stanchion fitting (2).

NOTE :
AES
(a)
Put the tie-down point (4) in its installation position at the structure (1).
(b)
25-54-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)

NOTE :
(a)
(4)
Install the spacer (8), if removed:

1
Put the spacer (8) in its installation position at the structure (1).
Install the screws (11) in the spacer (8).
(b)
Put the tie-down point (9) in its installation position at the spacer (8).
(c)

(a)
Put the cargo net(s) (7) in their installation position at the applicable net attachment fittings of
the cargo-compartment floor and ceiling areas.
(b)
Subtask 25-54-41-390-050-A
D.
(1)
For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in a closed cutout:
(a)
Make sure that the clearance between the plug housing (2) and the cutout in the floor panel (1) is
clean.
(b)
(2)
Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) (3) and fill the clearance between the plug housing
(2) and the cutout in the floor panel (1).
For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in an open cutout:
(a)
Make sure that the clearances between the tie-down fitting (4) and the cutouts in the floor panels
(1) are clean.
(b)
Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) (3) and fill the clearances between the tie-down
fitting (4) and the cutouts in the floor panels (1).
(3)
5.
AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) to remove the unwanted sealant from the component interface and the
adjacent area.
Close-up
Subtask 25-54-41-865-055-A
A.
AES
25-54-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-54-41-410-050-A
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
52-30-00-860-002-A).
(3)
25-54-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR32
FR28
SEALANT
APPLICATION
AREA
FR24
EXAMPLE OF TIEDOWN POINT

INSTALLED IN CLOSED CUTOUT
B
C
A
Z130
D
B
1
1
2
4
3 1
C
INSTALLED IN OPEN CUTOUT
NOTE: SEALANT MAT. NO. 09016
N_MM_255441_4_BCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-54-41-991-00300-A SHEET 1

25-54-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LININGS AND FURNISHINGS/AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
** On A/C 005-099
The AFT cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 150/160 between the fixed partitions FR47 and
FR65. A divider net divides the AFT cargo hold into seperate compartments. They are known as cargo
compartments 3, 4 and 5. The cargo compartment 5 is also known as the BULK cargo compartment. The total
volume of the aft/bulk cargo compartment is 989 ft.3 (28.005 m3).
The AFT cargo compartment door, between FR52A and FR56, gives access to the cargo compartments 3 and 4. The
BULK cargo compartment door, between FR60 and FR62, gives access to the cargo compartment 5.
The aft/bulk cargo compartments have:
. Ceiling panel
. Access panels
. AFT door net
. BULK door net
. Divider net
. Tie-down/net attachment points
. Air conditioning inlets
. Air conditioning outlets.
** On A/C 003-004
The AFT cargo hold is below the passenger compartment in Zone 150/160 between the fixed partitions FR47 and
FR65. A divider net divides the AFT cargo hold into seperate compartments. They are known as cargo
compartments 3, 4 and 5. The cargo compartment 5 is also known as the BULK cargo compartment. The total
volume of the aft/bulk cargo compartment is 989 ft.3 (28.005 m3).
The AFT cargo compartment door, between FR52A and FR56, gives access to the cargo compartments 3 and 4. The
BULK cargo compartment door, between FR60 and FR62, gives access to the cargo compartment 5.
The aft/bulk cargo compartments have:
. Ceiling panel
. Door net
. BULK door net
. Divider nets
. Tie-down/net attachment points
AES
25-55-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
AES
Access panels
Air conditioning inlets
Air conditioning outlets.
25-55-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-00-12300-T - Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo Compartment)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIXED PARTITION FR47
151/ 826/
25-55-11
152 827
161/ 826/
25-55-12
162 827
161DW 161 827
LOADING AREA LIGHT
151CC 151 826
33-34-00
151BC/ 151/ 826/
26-16-00
161BC 161 827
CEILING PANEL
151/ 826/
161 827
151BC/ 151/ 826/
33-34-00
151CC/ 161 827
161AZ
RH SIDEWALL LINING
152/ 826/
162 827
2607MM
DOOR NET FR52A
150 826
2608MM
DOOR NET FR56
150 826
2613MM
DOOR NET FR62
160 827
2614MM
DOOR NET FR60
160 827
2606MM
DIVIDER NET FR50
150 826
2610MM
DIVIDER NET FR59
150/ 826
LH SIDEWALL LINING
151/ 826/
161 827
151/ 826/
161 827
TIE-DOWN/NET ATTACHMENT POINTS
151/ 826/
161 827
ACCESS PANELS
151CW/ 151/ 826
152CW 152
AIR CONDITIONING INLETS
151CW/ 151 827
21-00-00
151DW/
151EW
AIR CONDITIONING OUTLETS
161DW/ 161/ 827
21-00-00
162DW 162
AES
25-55-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
Description and Operation

A.

The sidewall linings and ceiling panels in the AFT cargo hold prevent damage to the aircraft structure. They are
made of flame-resistant synthetic material and permit fast decompression. The sidewall linings and ceiling panels
are attached with quick-release fasteners to:
. the cross beams
B.
Air Conditioning Inlets and Outlets

The sidewall linings and the fixed partition FR65 have cutouts (inlets and outlets) for the air conditioning of the
AFT cargo hold. The air conditioning system moves air into the AFT and the BULK cargo compartment and
keeps it at specified temperatures.
C.
Bulk Loading Placards

Placards for bulk loading instructions are located on the ceiling in the aft and BULK cargo compartment. The
placards tell the minimum clearance allowed between the bulk cargo and the cargo compartment ceiling. The
clearance between the bulk cargo and the compartment ceiling must be kept to prevent an inadvertent operation
of the:
- Smoke detectors,
- Discharge nozzles of the fire extinguisher system.
Also to enable a correct function of the rapid decompression panels.
The clearance must be 51.0 mm (2.0079 in.) minimum.
D. Smoke Detector Panels

The AFT and the BULK cargo compartments are completed with the smoke detection system. The ceiling
panels have therefore two cutouts for the smoke detector panels. They are installed at the center of the ceiling
panels between FR52 and FR53 and between FR62 and FR63.
E.
Access Panels
The sidewall linings installed on the left and right side of the cargo compartment have cutouts. The cutouts are
between the FR47 and FR48. The cutouts are covered with access panels. The access panels are attached to the
sidewall linings with quick-release fasteners.
The access panels gives access to the compress air bottles and to the pressure gauges of the escape slide system.
F.
Rapid Decompression Panels

Rapid decompression panels (blow-in and blow-out) are part of the cargo compartment linings. They are
installed in cutouts of the ceiling panels and lateral right sidewall lining at FR52A and FR56. Catch assemblies
hold them in the cutouts. The rapid decompression panels are sealed to the ceiling panels and to the sidewall
lining with adhesive tape (Material No.05-066).
NOTE :
AES
If it is necessary to repair a decompression panel refer to Topic 25500008.
25-55-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
G.
Divider Net and Door Net

There are two types of nets installed in the aft cargo hold. The divider net at FR59 divides the cargo hold into
the AFT and the BULK cargo compartment. The divider net at FR50 divides the aft cargo compartment in two
sections. The door net prevents damage to the cargo compartment door. The door net and the divider net are
attached to the tie-down and net attachment points.
H. Tie-Down and Net Attachment Points

Screws attach the tie-down and net attachment points to the fuselage structure. These attachment points are
used for:
.
.
J.
The attachment of the door and divider nets

The attachment of the straps which hold large or small items of bulk cargo.
Loading Area Light

The loading area light is a spotlight and is installed in the ceiling panel at the FWD cargo compartment door.
The intensity of the loading area light permit persons to read labels on equipment near the cargo compartment
door.
K.
Cargo Compartment Lighting

The aft cargo hold has a lighting system with neon tubes and is installed in the center of the ceiling panels .
Toggle switches installed at the aft and the BULK cargo compartment door control the lighting system.
AES
25-55-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CEILING PANEL
LOADING AREA
LIGHT
B
B
C
C
FIXED
PARTITION
FR65
PRESSURE
COMPENSATION
FR65
VALVE
AIR
CONDITIONING
OUTLETS
FR62
FR59
FR60
CARGO COMPARTMENT
LIGHTING
FR56
DOOR NET
FR52A
RH SIDEWALL LINING
FR50
Z160
FR47
DOOR NET
DIVIDER
NET
LH SIDEWALL LINING
ACCESS
PANEL
Z150
FIXED
PARTITION
FR47
ACCESS
PANEL
DIVIDER
NET
AIR CONDITIONING
INLETS
RAPID
DECOMPRESSION
PANELS
N_MM_255500_0_BAXA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-00-12300-T SHEET 1

Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo
Compartment
25-55-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
AA
ADHESIVE TAPE
CEILING PANEL

CEILING PANEL
SECTION
BB
ADHESIVE TAPE
CEILING PANEL
CATCH ASSY

ADHESIVE TAPE
SECTION
DD
SECTION
CC
ADHESIVE TAPE
ADHESIVE TAPE
SIDEWALL LINING
ADHESIVE TAPE
CEILING PANEL
SIDEWALL LINING
QUICK
RELEASE
FASTENER
SIDEWALL LINING
ADHESIVE TAPE
N_MM_255500_0_BAXA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-00-12300-T SHEET 2

Component Location of the AFT and BULK Cargo
Compartment
25-55-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-11-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
150
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-480-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-11-991-00100-A - AFT Cargo - Compartment Partition FR47)

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
Subtask 25-55-11-010-050-B
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock on the
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A) actuator of the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-001-A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the AFT cargo-compartment
door. (3)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-11-865-067-A
B.
AES
25-55-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-11-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Safety the partition panels (1), (2) and (3).
(2)
Loosen the studs (5) of the partition panels (1) ,(2), (3).
(3)
Remove the partition panels (1), (2), (3).
25-55-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR59
FR47
Z130
FR47
A
152BW
3
151AW
2
151BW
D
B
C
C
D
B
N_MM_255511_4_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-11-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-55-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
SECTION
BB
CC
4
5
5
1
3
4
1
2
3
SECTION
DD
1
2
2
3
N_MM_255511_4_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-11-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-55-11 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-11-400-001-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
CAUTION :
SEALING OF:
SIDEWALL PANELS
CEILING PANELS
PARTITION PANELS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-011
Material No: 08-005
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
AES
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
25-55-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
C.

ZONE/ACCESS
150
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-010-A
DESIGNATION
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-55-11-300-001-A

Information
52-30-00-080-001-A
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
Pump

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-860-050-B
A.

(1)
Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Install the safety lock on the actuator of the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the opening of the aft cargocompartment door.
Subtask 25-55-11-865-070-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-11-910-050-B
A.
AES

(1)
Do an inspection of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR47.
(2)
If necessary, repair the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A).
(3)
Do an inspection of the sealing strips (4) on the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR47 for damage.
(4)
(5)
Replace the damaged sealing strips (4) on the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) at FR47.
(6)
25-55-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
and LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(8)
(9)
Make sure that all the sealing strips (4) are installed without clearance.
25-55-11-300-001-A).
flat, if necessary.
(17) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components are in their correct positions and in
the good condition.
(19) After installation of the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) make sure that:
11-026) and LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
Subtask 25-55-11-420-050-A
B.
AES
Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Partition FR47

(1)
panel (1), (2) and (3).
(2)
Put the partition panels (1), (2), and (3) in position.
(3)
Make sure that all other attachment holes align with the holes of the structure.
(4)
Put all studs (5) in the holes of the structure.
(5)
Install the partition panels (1), (2) and (3) with the studs (5).
25-55-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(6)
Tighten the studs (5).

NOTE :
5.
You can hear a click when the self-locking mechanism engages.
Close-up
Subtask 25-55-11-865-071-A
A.
Subtask 25-55-11-942-057-B
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Remove the actuator safety lock and close the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-080-001-A) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(3)
25-55-11 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-11-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
150
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-480-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-11-991-00200-A - Ceiling Panels - Aft Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-051-B
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the aft cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A) on
the actuator of the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(2)
door.
Subtask 25-55-11-865-068-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-11-020-051-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
(1)
(2)
Support the ceiling panels.
(3)
Loosen the studs (3),(4) and (7) from the ceiling panels (2).
(4)
Remove the ceiling panels (2).
25-55-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR59
FR47
Z150
FR47
FR50
FR53
FR59
FR56
151CC
B
B
C
151AC
151BC
151HC
151DC
SECTION
DD
SECTION
BB
SECTION
CC
1
2
DECOMPRESSION PANELS
N_MM_255511_4_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-11-991-00200-A SHEET 1

25-55-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-11-400-002-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
CAUTION :
SEALING OF:
SIDEWALL PANELS
CEILING PANELS
PARTITION PANELS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-011
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-026
AES
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SEALING TAPE
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
25-55-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 19-009
C.
DESIGNATION
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY

ZONE/ACCESS
150
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-010-A
DESIGNATION
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-55-11-300-001-A

Information
25-68-41-960-001-A
52-30-00-080-001-A

52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-860-051-B
A.

(1)
Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is opened and the safety lock is installed on the
actuator of the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A) (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)ADJUSTABLE is in position at the opening of the aft cargo-compartment door.
Subtask 25-55-11-865-072-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-11-910-051-B
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
Do an inspection of the sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2) for damage.
(4)
(5)
25-55-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(6)
If necessary, remove the damaged BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-005A)
(7)
and LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY (Material No: 19-009) .
(8)
08-005A) in position.
(9)
25-55-11-300-001-A).
flat, if necessary.
good condition.
(19) After installation of the ceiling panels (2) make sure that:
(20) Examine the decompression panels as follows:
(a)
(b)
Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct condition.
(c)
Make sure the the seal of each decompression panel is in the correct condition.
(21) If necessary, replace the decompression panel(s) and/or the seal(s) (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001-A).
AES
25-55-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
11-026) and LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL OR NICKEL ALLOY (Material No: 19-009) .
Subtask 25-55-11-420-051-A
B.

NOTE :
(1)
Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-011) on the seals around each ceiling
panel (2).
(2)
Put the ceiling panel (2) in position.
(3)
(4)
Put all studs (3), (4) and (7) in the holes of the structure.
(5)
Install the ceiling panel (2) with the studs (3), (4) and (7).
(6)
Tighten the studs (3), (4) and (7).

NOTE :
(7)
5.
Install the joint strips (5) on the ceiling panels (2).
Close-up
Subtask 25-55-11-865-073-A
A.
Subtask 25-55-11-942-058-B
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
52-30-00-080-001-A) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(3)
25-55-11 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-11-000-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
150
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-480-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-11-991-00300-A - Sidewall Panels - Aft Cargo Compartment FR47/FR59)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-052-B
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the aft cargo-compartment door and install the safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A) on
the actuator of the aft cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the aft cargo-compartment
door.
Subtask 25-55-11-865-069-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-11-020-052-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
(1)
(2)
Remove the sidewall panels (41).
25-55-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR59
152FW
FR56
152DW
152CW
FR58
FR52A
152JW
152HW
152GW
FR49
FR47
A
151JW
151HW
151EW
Z150
151DW
151CW
A
EXAMPLE
SECTION
BB
48
47
41
N_MM_255511_4_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-11-991-00300-A SHEET 1

25-55-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-11-400-003-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
CAUTION :
SEALING OF:
SIDEWALL PANELS
CEILING PANELS
PARTITION PANELS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-011
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
AES
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SEALING TAPE
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
25-55-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
C.

ZONE/ACCESS
150
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-010-A
DESIGNATION
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-55-11-300-001-A

Information
52-30-00-080-001-A
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
Pump

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-860-052-B
A.

(1)
Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is opened and the safety lock is installed on the
actuator of the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A) (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-001-A).
(2)
Subtask 25-55-11-865-074-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-11-910-052-C
A.

(1)
Do an inspection of the sidewall panels (41) of the aft cargo compartment.
(2)
(3)
(4)
Make sure that the sealing strips (48) are installed correctly.
(5)
(6)
If necessary, remove the damaged sealing strips (48) from the related panels.
AES
25-55-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
and the LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(8)
08-005A) in position.
(9)
Make sure that all the sealing strips (48) are installed without clearance between their ends.
(10) Make sure that all the studs (47) are installed correctly in the related panels.
25-55-11-300-001-A).
(14) Make sure that the mating surfaces of the panels at the adjacent aircraft structure are flat.
(16) Make sure that the contact surfaces continue to be flat when the sealant is applied and dry. If
necessary, make them flat.
good condition.
(19) After installation of the sidewall panels (41), make sure that:
11-026) and the LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
Subtask 25-55-11-420-052-A
B.

NOTE :
AES
(1)
Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-011) on the seals around each sidewall
panel (41).
(2)
Put the sidewall panel (41) in position.
(3)
Make sure that all the attachment holes align with the holes of the structure.
(4)
Put the studs (47) in the correct position in the holes of the structure.
25-55-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Install the sidewall panel (41) with the studs (47).
(6)
Tighten the studs (47).

NOTE :
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-55-11-865-075-A
A.
Subtask 25-55-11-942-059-B
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
52-30-00-080-001-A) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(3)
25-55-11 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT REPAIRS

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-11-300-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-052
Material No: 08-060
C.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-002-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
52-30-00-860-002-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
Pump

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-11-010-055-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the aft cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
door.
Subtask 25-55-11-865-076-A
B.
AES
25-55-11 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-11-210-051-A
A.
Inspection
(1)
Do an inspection of the lining panels of the AFT cargo-compartment for missing fasteners (Ref. TASK
25-50-00-200-002-A).
(2)
. there are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining panels
. not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of a lining panel.
Subtask 25-55-11-350-050-A
B.
Repair
(1)
If a stud is missing, install a new fastener assembly (stud, washer and lockwasher)
NOTE :
(2)
. seal the stud hole (3) on the lining panel where the fastener is missing with the BONDING AND
NOTE :
(3)
AES

(a)
If there is sufficient clearance between the panel with the missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
. make an overlap from the panel with the stud hole (3) of the missing fastener to the
secondary structure (5).
hole (3).
(b)
If there is not sufficient clearance between the panel with the missing fastener and the adjacent
panel:
. make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener to the next panel
. make sure that the tape (4) touches the primary or secondary structure (5) at the two ends of
the edge with the missing fastener.
(c)
If a cover strip (6) is installed between the panel with the missing fastener and the adjacent panel:
. make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener to the adjacent panel across the
cover strip (6).
. make sure that the tape (4) touches the fastener adjacent to the two sides of the sealed stud
hole (3).
25-55-11 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
5.
Up to 100 Flight Hours (10 days), a visual inspection of the repair area is necessary once a
week. From 100 Flight Hours to 500 Flight Hours (50 days), it is necessary to do a visual
inspection of the repair area each day. A new fastener assembly must be installed in a
period of 500 flight hours after the installation of the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND ADHESIVE
Close-up
Subtask 25-55-11-865-077-A
A.
Subtask 25-55-11-410-055-A
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-002-A).
(2)
(3)
25-55-11 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
EXAMPLE OF PANELS OVERLAPPING WITH COVER STRIP

1
1
5
2
NOTE:

EDGEFASTENERS
N_MM_255511_8_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-11-991-00500-A SHEET 1

25-55-11 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3
4
NOTE:
FASTENERS INSTALLED
FASTENER MISSING
N_MM_255511_8_BAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-11-991-00600-A SHEET 1

25-55-11 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6
5
3
4
NOTE:
FASTENERS INSTALLED
FASTENER MISSING
N_MM_255511_8_BAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-11-991-00600-A SHEET 2

25-55-11 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-12-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-006-A
Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-12-991-00100-D - Aft Cargo Compartment - Partition FR65)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-057-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
Subtask 25-55-12-010-051-B
B.
Get Access
(1)
Open the Bulk cargo-compartment door

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006-A).
AES
(2)
Install the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(3)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the Bulk
25-55-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-12-865-064-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-12-020-051-B
A.
AES

(1)
Loosen the studs (3) of the partition panels (1) and (2).
(2)
Remove the partition panels (1) and (2).
(3)
Loosen the studs (5) of the grills (6).
(4)
Remove the grills (6) from the partition panels (1) and (2).
(5)
Loosen the studs (10) of the valve (8).
(6)
Remove the valve (8) from the partition panels (1) and (2).
25-55-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR65
FR59
Z160
FR65
162DW
161DW
2
B
E
C
E
D
N_MM_255512_4_AAMD_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-12-991-00100-D SHEET 1

25-55-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SECTION
SECTION
BB
CC
1
2
1
2
SECTION
DD
SECTION
EE
11
4
4
10
8
9
2
1
2
N_MM_255512_4_AAMD_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-12-991-00100-D SHEET 2

25-55-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-12-400-001-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
CAUTION :
SEALING OF:
SIDEWALL PANELS
CEILING PANELS
PARTITION PANELS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-011
AES
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SEALING TAPE
25-55-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-004
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
CLEANING AGENTS

ZONE/ACCESS
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-010-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-55-11-300-001-A

Information
52-30-00-080-001-A
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-006-A
52-30-00-860-008-A
Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-050-B
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A)
(2)
Make sure that the Bulk cargo-compartment door is opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006-A).
(3)
Make sure that the actuator safety lock is instlled (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(4)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the opened
Bulk cargo-compartment door.
Subtask 25-55-12-865-067-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-12-910-050-D
A.
AES

25-55-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Do an inspection of the partition panels (1) and (2) at FR65.
(2)
If necessary, repair the partition panels (1) and (2) (Ref. TASK 25-50-00-200-024-A).
(3)
Do
.
.
.
(4)
Make sure that the sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) are not missing.
(5)
Replace damaged sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No: 08-005A) on:
. The partition panels (1) and (2) at FR65
. The valve (8)
. The grills (6).
(6)
from the sealing strips (4), (7) and (9).
an inspection for damage of the sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) on:
The partition panels (1) and (2)
The valve (8)
The grills (6).
(7)
Clean the surfaces for the new sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-004) and the LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(8)
Bond the new sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No: 08-005A) .
(9)
Make sure that all the sealing strips (4), (7) and (9) are installed without clearance.
25-55-11-300-001-A).
flat, if necessary.
good condition.
(19) After the installation of the partition panels (1) and (2) make sure that:
AES
25-55-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
11-026) .
Subtask 25-55-12-420-050-A
B.
Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65.

(1)
Loosely install the valve (8) in the correct position on the partition panel (2) with the studs (10).
(2)
(3)
Loosely install the grills/cover assemblies (6) on the partition panels (1) and (2) with the studs (5).
(4)
(5)
panel (1) and (2).
(6)
Put the partition panels (1) and (2) in position.
(7)
(8)
Put all studs (3) in their correct positions through the holes of the structure.
(9)
Loosely install the partition panels (1) and (2) with the studs (3).
(10) TORQUE the studs (3) to between 0.055 and 0.060 M.DAN (4.87 and 5.31 LBF.IN).
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-55-12-410-050-A
A.

(1)
Subtask 25-55-12-865-068-A
B.
Subtask 25-55-12-942-054-B
C.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008-A).
(3)
(4)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
Subtask 25-55-12-860-059-A
D.

(1)
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-55-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-12-000-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-006-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-12-991-00200-B - Ceiling Panels - Aft Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-058-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-55-12-010-053-C
B.
Get Access
(1)
Open the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006-A).
(2)
(3)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the bulk cargocompartment door.
Subtask 25-55-12-865-065-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-12-020-052-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
25-55-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(1)
(2)
Support the ceiling panels (2).
(3)
Loosen the studs (3), (4) and (7) of the ceiling panels (2).
(4)
Remove the ceiling panels (2) from the aircraft structure.
25-55-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR65
FR59
Z160
FR59
FR65
B
B
C
161BC
161AC
SECTION
DD
SECTION
BB
SECTION
CC
1
2
DECOMPRESSION PANELS
N_MM_255512_4_FCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-12-991-00200-B SHEET 1

25-55-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-12-400-002-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
CAUTION :
SEALING OF:
SIDEWALL PANELS
CEILING PANELS
PARTITION PANELS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-011
AES
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SEALING TAPE
25-55-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS

ZONE/ACCESS
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-010-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-55-11-300-001-A

Information
25-68-41-960-001-A
52-30-00-080-001-A
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-006-A
52-30-00-860-008-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-051-C
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the actuator safety lock is installed (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(4)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the opened Bulk cargocompartment door.
Subtask 25-55-12-865-069-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-12-910-051-B
A.

(1)
AES
25-55-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(3)
Do an inspection of the sealing strips (1) on the ceiling panels (2) for damage.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
08-005A) .
(9)
25-55-11-300-001-A).
flat, if necessary.
(17) Make sure that the placards on the replaced or repaired components are in their positions and in good
condition.
(19) After the installation of the ceiling panels (2) make sure that:
(20) Examine the decompression panels as follows:
(a)
(b)
Make sure that each decompression panel is in the correct condition.
(c)
Make sure the the seal of each decompression panel is in the correct condition.
(21) If necessary, replace the decompression panel(s) and/or the seal(s) (Ref. TASK 25-68-41-960-001-A).
AES
25-55-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
11-026) .
Subtask 25-55-12-420-051-A
B.
Installation of the Ceiling Panels at FR59 thru FR65

NOTE :
(1)
Apply the material:

(a)
5.
Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-011) to the seals around each
ceiling panel (2).
(2)
Put the ceiling panel (2) in its installation position.
(3)
(4)
Put all studs (3), (4) and (7) through the holes of the structure.
(5)
Loosely install the ceiling panel (2) with the studs (3), (4) and (7).
(6)
TORQUE the studs (3), (4) and (7) to between 0.055 and 0.060 M.DAN (4.87 and 5.31 LBF.IN).
(7)
Install the joint strips (5) between the ceiling panels (2).
Close-up
Subtask 25-55-12-410-051-A
A.

(1)
Subtask 25-55-12-865-070-A
B.
Subtask 25-55-12-942-056-B
C.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
Subtask 25-55-12-860-060-A
D.

(1)
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-55-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-12-000-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-006-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-12-991-00300-B - Sidewall Panels - Aft Cargo Compartment FR59/FR65)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-061-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-55-12-010-054-C
B.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the opening of the Bulk cargocompartment door.
Subtask 25-55-12-865-066-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-12-020-053-A
A.

NOTE :
AES
25-55-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(1)
Support the sidewall panels (41).
(2)
(3)
Remove the sidewall panels (41) from the aircraft structure.
25-55-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR65
FR62
FR60
FR59
162BW
162VW
162CW
162UW
162WW
162EW
161CW
161BW
Z160
161AW
A
EXAMPLE
SECTION
BB
48
47
41
N_MM_255512_4_AEF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-12-991-00300-B SHEET 1

25-55-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-12-400-003-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
CAUTION :
SEALING OF:
SIDEWALL PANELS
CEILING PANELS
PARTITION PANELS.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-011
AES
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SEALING TAPE
25-55-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS

ZONE/ACCESS
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-010-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-50-00-200-024-A
25-55-11-300-001-A

Information
52-30-00-080-001-A
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-008-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-860-052-C
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the actuator safety lock is installed (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-001-A).
(4)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the opened Bulk cargocompartment door.
Subtask 25-55-12-865-071-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-12-910-052-C
A.
AES

(1)
Do an inspection of the sidewall panels (41) of the bulk cargo compartment.
(2)
(3)
25-55-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
08-005A) .
(9)
25-55-11-300-001-A).
flat, if necessary.
good condition.
(19) After the installation of the sidewall panels (41) make sure that:
11-026) .
Subtask 25-55-12-420-052-A
B.

NOTE :
AES
25-55-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Apply materials:
(a)
5.
Apply a thick layer of COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-011) to the seals around each
sidewall panel (41).
(2)
Put the sidewall panel (41) in its installation position.
(3)
(4)
Put the studs (47) through the holes of the structure.
(5)
Loosely install the sidewall panel (41) with the studs (47).
(6)
Close-up
Subtask 25-55-12-410-052-A
A.

(1)
Subtask 25-55-12-865-072-A
B.
Subtask 25-55-12-942-057-B
C.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-55-12-860-062-A
D.

(1)
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-55-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LININGS AND PARTITIONS - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT REPAIRS

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-12-300-001-A
Fasteners Missing from the Lining Panels of the BULK Cargo Compartment
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-052
Material No: 08-060
C.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
25-50-00-200-002-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-080-001-A
52-30-00-480-001-A
52-30-00-860-006-A
52-30-00-860-008-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-12-010-056-A
A.
AES
Get Access
(1)
(2)
25-55-12 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the Bulk cargo-compartment
door.
Subtask 25-55-12-865-073-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-12-210-052-A
A.
Inspection
(1)
Do an inspection of the lining panels of the Bulk cargo compartment for missing fasteners (Ref. TASK
25-50-00-200-002-A).
(2)
. There are no fasteners (1) missing at the corners of the lining panels
. Not more than one fastener (2) is missing from an edge of a lining panel.
Subtask 25-55-12-350-050-A
B.
Repair
(1)
If a stud is missing, install a new fastener assembly (stud, washer and lock washer).
NOTE :
(2)
. Seal the hole (3) on the lining panel where the fastener is missing with the BONDING AND
NOTE :
(3)

(a)
(b)
AES
If there is sufficient clearance between the panel with the missing fastener (3) and the adjacent
panel:
1
Make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to the secondary structure
(5).
Do this with the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-052) (4) or
the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-060) (4).
The tape (4) must extend to the next fasteners adjacent to the sealed hole (3).
If there is not sufficient clearance between the panel with the missing fastener (3) and the
adjacent panel:
1
Make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to the next panel.
The tape length must extend to the primary or secondary structure (5) at both ends of the
edge with the missing fastener (3).
25-55-12 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
If a cover strip (6) is installed between the panel with the missing fastener (3) and the adjacent
panel:
1
Make an overlap from the panel with the missing fastener (3) to the adjacent panel through
the cover strip (6).
the tape (4) must extend to the next fasteners adjacent to the sealed hole (3).
NOTE :
5.
Up to 100 Flight Hours (10 days), a visual inspection of the repair area is necessary
once a week. From 100 Flight Hours to 500 Flight Hours (50 days), you must do a
visual inspection of the repair area every day. A new fastener assembly must be
installed within 500 flight hours after the installation of the BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-052) (4) or the BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-060) (4).
Close-up
Subtask 25-55-12-865-074-A
A.
Subtask 25-55-12-410-054-A
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
25-55-12 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
EXAMPLE OF PANELS OVERLAPPING WITH COVER STRIP

1
1
5
2
NOTE:

EDGEFASTENERS
N_MM_255512_8_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-12-991-00500-A SHEET 1

25-55-12 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3
4
NOTE:
FASTENERS INSTALLED
FASTENER MISSING
N_MM_255512_8_BAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-12-991-00600-A SHEET 1

25-55-12 PB801
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6
5
3
4
NOTE:
FASTENERS INSTALLED
FASTENER MISSING
N_MM_255512_8_BAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-12-991-00600-A SHEET 2

25-55-12 PB801
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-17-000-001-A
Removal of the Net Stanchions in the Aft and/or BULK Cargo Compartment
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
150
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-001-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
52-30-00-860-006-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-17-991-00200-A - Stanchion - Door Net - BULK Cargo Compartment)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-17-010-050-B
A.
Get Access
(1)
Open the AFT cargo-compartment door and install the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
door.
(3)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the BULK cargocompartment door.
(4)
Open the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006-A).
Subtask 25-55-17-865-053-A
B.
AES
25-55-17 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-17-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Net Stanchions

(1)
Disconnect the net fittings from the applicable net attachment fittings of the cargo-compartment floor
and ceiling areas.
(2)
Remove the stanchions (2).

NOTE :
AES
The removal procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same. Thus, the removal procedure for
one stanchion (2) only is given here.
(a)
Turn the locking base (3) counterclockwise to unlock the stanchion from the tiedown point (4).
(b)
Push the stanchion (2) up to release the stanchion locking base (3) from the tiedown point (4).
(c)
Move the lower part of the stanchion (2) away from the tiedown point (4). Then move the
stanchion (2) down to remove the stanchion plunger from the upper ceiling fitting (1).
25-55-17 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR65
DOOR NET D 2613MM
FR62
Z160
FR60
FR59
A
STANCHION
2
DOOR NET E 2614MM
DIVIDER NET A1 2610MM
N_MM_255517_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-17-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Stanchion - Door Net - BULK Cargo Compartment
25-55-17 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-17-400-001-A
Installation of the Net Stanchions in the Aft and/or BULK Cargo Compartment
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
150
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-001-A
52-30-00-860-006-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
Pump
52-30-00-860-008-A
52-30-00-860-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-17-860-050-B
A.

(1)
Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open and safetied with the actuator safety lock
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the opening of the AFT cargocompartment door.
(3)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position at the BULK
(4)
Make sure that the BULK cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006-A).
Subtask 25-55-17-865-054-A
B.
AES
25-55-17 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-17-910-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-55-17-420-050-A
B.
Installation of the Net Stanchions.

NOTE :
5.
The installation procedure for all the stanchions (2) is the same. Thus, the installation procedure for
one stanchion (2) only is given here.
(1)
Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the unlocked position.
(2)
Carefully insert the stanchion plunger in the upper ceiling fitting (1).
(3)
Push the stanchion (2) up and align the stanchion locking base (3) with the tiedown point (4).
(4)
Carefully lower the stanchion (2).
(5)
Make sure that the stanchion locking base (3) is in the correct position on the tiedown point (4).
(6)
Turn the stanchion locking base (3) clockwise 90 degrees to attach the stanchion (2) to the tiedown
point (4).
(7)
Make sure that the stanchion (2) is correctly attached.
(8)
Connect the net fittings to the applicable net attachment fittings as required.
Close-up
Subtask 25-55-17-865-055-A
A.
Subtask 25-55-17-410-050-B
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008-A).
(3)
Remove the actuator safety lock and close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-002-A).
(4)
25-55-17 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
TIE DOWN FITTING AND NETS - AFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Tie Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the Aft and Bulk Cargo- Compartments
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
150
160
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-480-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-006-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00100-D - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - Aft Cargo-Compartment Floor Area)
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00200-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area)
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00300-B - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area)
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00400-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-41-010-050-C
A.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Open the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
(3)
door.
(4)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the bulk cargo-compartment door.
(5)
Open the bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006-A).
25-55-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-55-41-865-053-A
B.
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-55-41-020-050-D
A.
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00100-D - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - Aft Cargo-Compartment Floor
Area)
(1)
(2)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(3)
(a)
Remove the nuts (4), and remove the screws (1) from the tie-down point (2).
(b)

NOTE :
(4)
(b)
(c)
Remove the seat-track sections (12):
Remove the nuts (13), and remove the screws (11) from the seat-track section (12).
(b)

(a)
Remove the nuts (16), and remove the screws (14) from the tie-down fitting (15).
(b)

NOTE :
AES
The removal procedure for all the seat-track sections (12) is the same. Therefore, the removal
procedure for one seat-track section (12) only is given here.
(a)
NOTE :
(6)
(a)
NOTE :
(5)
(a)
(b)
25-55-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
(8)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(9)
(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)
(10) Remove the tie-down fitting (30):

(a)
(b)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-55-41-020-050-H
A.
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Area)
(1)
(2)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(3)
(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(4)
(a)
(b)
(c)

NOTE :
(a)
AES
25-55-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
(5)

NOTE :
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(a)
(b)
(10) Remove the tie-down fittings (30):

NOTE :
(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-41-020-051-A
B.
AES
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area of the Aft Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00200-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Ceiling
Area)
25-55-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
(2)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(3)
(a)
(b)
(c)

1

NOTE :
(4)
(a)
(b)
Remove the stanchion fittings (10).

NOTE :
The removal procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10) is the same. Therefore, the removal
procedure for one stanchion fitting (10) only is given here.
(a)
(b)
Subtask 25-55-41-020-052-B
C.
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Floor Area of the Bulk Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00300-B - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor
Area)
(1)
(2)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(3)
(a)
(b)

NOTE :
AES
25-55-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
(a)
(b)
(c)

NOTE :
(5)
(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(6)
(7)
(9)
(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(8)
(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)
Subtask 25-55-41-020-053-A
D.
Removal of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings from the Ceiling Area of the Bulk CargoCompartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00400-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment
Ceiling Area)
(1)
AES

(a)
(b)
25-55-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)

NOTE :
(3)
(a)
(b)
(c)

1

NOTE :
(4)
(a)
(b)
Remove the stanchion fittings (10).

NOTE :
AES
The removal procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10) is the same. Therefore, the removal
procedure for one stanchion fitting (10) only is given here.
(a)
(b)
25-55-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR59
FR56
FR54
FR52
FR50
C
A B
EXAMPLE
HG
FR46
E AD
D
J
E
AE
B
A
E
4
Z150
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
14
15
6
7
C
EXAMPLE
16
3
11
9
12
3
3
10
13
N_MM_255541_4_ACMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-41-991-00100-D SHEET 1

Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - Aft CargoCompartment Floor Area
25-55-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
17
EXAMPLE
18
20
21
3
3
19
22
G
29
EXAMPLE
23
30
24
31
3
26
27
28
25
3
N_MM_255541_4_ACMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-41-991-00100-D SHEET 2

Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - Aft CargoCompartment Floor Area
25-55-41 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR59
FR56
Z150
FR52A
FR50
FR59
FR56
FR46
FR52A
FR50
FR47
D
B
C
EXAMPLE
C
1
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
10
1
1
6
2
11
8
3
5
9
N_MM_255541_4_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT CargoCompartment Ceiling Area
25-55-41 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR65
FR62
FR59
EXAMPLE
B
F
2
Z160
H
F
AC
4
D
EXAMPLE
B
14
EXAMPLE
15
5
3
C
EXAMPLE
16
6
11
7
8
12
9
13
10
N_MM_255541_4_ANMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-41-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK CargoCompartment Floor Area
25-55-41 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
F
EXAMPLE
17
20
21
18
19
22
H
G
26
23
24
27
3
3
28
25
N_MM_255541_4_ANMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-41-991-00300-B SHEET 2

Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK CargoCompartment Floor Area
25-55-41 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR65
FR62
FR59
FR65
A
FR62
FR60
FR59
B
D
Z160
B
D
EXAMPLE
B
EXAMPLE
C
EXAMPLE
10
2
1
11
3
7
5
8
N_MM_255541_4_AUM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-41-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK CargoCompartment Ceiling Area
25-55-41 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-55-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Tie Down and Net Attachment Fittings of the Aft and Bulk Cargo-Compartments
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION :
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 19-003
C.

ZONE/ACCESS
150
160
AES
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
ZONE DESCRIPTION
25-55-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
D.
REFERENCE
52-30-00-080-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
52-30-00-860-006-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-008-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00100-D - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - Aft Cargo-Compartment Floor Area)
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00200-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area)
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00300-B - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor Area)
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00400-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Ceiling Area)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-55-41-860-050-C
A.

(1)
Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is open and safetied with the actuator safety lock (Ref.
TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the bulk cargo-compartment
door.
(4)
Make sure that the bulk cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006-A).
Subtask 25-55-41-865-054-A
B.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-55-41-910-050-B
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Use a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC to remove the unwanted sealant from the component interface and
the adjacent area.
(3)
AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) to clean the component interface and the adjacent area.
(4)
(5)
Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the screws which attach the
tie-down and net attachment fittings.
25-55-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-55-41-420-050-D
B.
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Floor Area of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Area)
(1)

NOTE :
(2)
(a)
(b)
Install the screws (1) and the nuts (4).

NOTE :
(3)
Put the plug housing (9) in position at the structure (3), if removed.
(b)
(c)
Install the seat-track sections (12):
(b)
(7)
(b)

(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
AES
(a)
NOTE :
(6)
The installation procedure for all the seat-track sections (12) is the same. Therefore, the
installation procedure for one seat-track section (12) only is given here.
(a)
NOTE :
(5)
(a)
NOTE :
(4)
25-55-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(8)
(9)
(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)
(10) Install the cargo net(s) (5), if removed:

(a)
(b)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-55-41-420-050-H
B.
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Floor Area of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Area)
(1)

NOTE :
(2)
(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(3)
(b)
(c)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
AES
(a)
NOTE :
(4)
(a)
(b)
25-55-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)

(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(9)
(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(a)
(b)
(10) Install the tie-down fitting (33):

(a)
(b)
(11) Install the tie-down fitting (36):

(a)
(b)
(12) Install the cargo net(s) (5), if removed:

(a)
(b)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-55-41-420-051-A
C.
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Ceiling Area of the Aft Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00200-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - AFT Cargo-Compartment Ceiling
Area)
(1)

NOTE :
AES
25-55-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
(2)

1
Put the spacer (2) in position at the structure (1).
(b)
Put the tie-down point (3) in position at the spacer (2).
(c)

NOTE :
(3)
(4)
(a)
(b)
Install the stanchion fitting (10):

(a)
Put the stanchion fitting (10) in position at the structure (1).
(b)

(a)
(b)
Subtask 25-55-41-420-052-B
D.
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Floor Area of the Bulk Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00300-B - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment Floor
Area)
(1)

NOTE :
(2)
(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(3)
(a)
(b)
(c)

NOTE :
AES
(a)
(b)
25-55-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)

NOTE :
(5)
(6)
(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(7)
(8)
(9)
(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)

(a)
(b)
Subtask 25-55-41-420-053-A
E.
Installation of the Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings in the Ceiling Area of the Bulk Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. Fig. 25-55-41-991-00400-A - Tie-Down and Net Attachment Fittings - BULK Cargo-Compartment
Ceiling Area)
(1)

NOTE :
(a)
(2)

1
Put the spacer (2) in position at the structure (1).
(b)
Put the tie-down point (3) in position at the spacer (2).
(c)

NOTE :
AES
25-55-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
(a)
(b)
Install the stanchion fittings (10):

NOTE :
(4)
The installation procedure for all the stanchion fittings (10) is the same. Therefore, the
installation procedure for one stanchion fitting (10) only is given here.
(a)
Put the stanchion fitting (10) in position at the structure (1).
(b)

(a)
(b)
Subtask 25-55-41-390-050-A
F.
(1)
(2)
(3)
5.
For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in a closed cutout:
(a)
Make sure that the gap between the plug housing (2) and the cutout in the floor panel (1) is
clean.
(b)
Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) (3) and fill the gap between the plug housing (2)
and the cutout in the floor panel (1).
For the tie-down and net attachment fittings installed in an open cutout:
(a)
Make sure that the gaps between the tie-down fitting (4) and the cutouts in the floor panels (1)
are clean.
(b)
Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) (3) and fill the gaps between the tie-down fitting (4)
and the cutouts in the floor panels (1).
AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) to remove the unwanted sealant from the component interface and the
adjacent area.
Close-up
Subtask 25-55-41-865-055-A
A.
Subtask 25-55-41-410-050-C
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008-A).
(3)
(4)
Close the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(5)
25-55-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR65
FR62
Z160
FR59
FR56

INSTALLED IN CLOSED CUTOUT
FR53
FR50
Z150
SEALANT
APPLICATION
AREA
D
1
1
2
1
3 1
C
INSTALLED IN OPEN CUTOUT
NOTE: SEALANT MAT. NO. 09016
N_MM_255541_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-55-41-991-00500-A SHEET 1

25-55-41 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EMERGENCY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The emergency equipment is installed for the safety of the crew and the passengers in an emergency.
For information about portable fire-extinguishers and portable oxygen-equipment:
. Portable fire-extinguishers (Ref. 26-24-00-00).
. Portable oxygen-devices for flight crew (Ref. 35-31-00-00-06).
. Portable oxygen-devices for cabin attendants (Ref. 35-32-00-00).
AES
25-60-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
System Description
The emergency equipment includes:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
AES
Escape facilities - cockpit (Ref. 25-61-00-00)

Escape facilities - cabin (Ref. 25-62-00-00)
Evacuation signalling equipment - WP (Ref. 25-63-00-00)
First aid equipment (Ref. 25-64-00-00)
Miscellaneous emergency equipment (Ref. 25-65-00-00)
Floatation and survival equipment (Ref. 25-66-00-00)
Supplementary medical equipment (Ref. AMM 25-67-00-00)
A rapid-decompression safety system (Ref. 25-68-00-00)
25-60-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ESCAPE FACILITIES - COCKPIT - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
In case of emergency evacuation,the occupants can evacuate the cockpit by opening the sliding windows and using
the escape ropes located above the sliding windows.
AES
25-61-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-61-00-12400-A - Escape Rope - Component Location)
FIN
1MM
2MM
AES
DESCENT DEVICE-EMERGENCY, CAPT
DESCENT DEVICE-EMERGENCY, F/O
PANEL
ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.

DOOR
211
25-61-41
212
25-61-41
25-61-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
Description
(Ref. Fig. 25-61-00-13700-A - Cockpit Evacuation - Emergency Exit)
** On A/C 003-003
When the cabin is not pressurized, each sliding window can be opened using a continuous two-phase control. The
control is located at the rear section of the windshield panel. The windshield panels are provided with an openposition locking system. The dimensions of the exit provided by the open windows enable crew evacuation after a
crash.
A 5.5m long knotted rope is located in a stowage above the sliding windows on either side of the overhead panel.
The cover plate of each stowage is held closed by VELCRO type adhesive tape which enables quick opening. These
stowages are identified by red labels.
** On A/C 004-099
When the cabin is not pressurized, each sliding window can be opened using a continuous two-phase control. The
control is located at the rear section of the windshield panel. The windshield panels are provided with an openposition locking system. The dimensions of the exit provided by the open windows enable crew evacuation after a
crash.
A 5.5m long knotted rope is located in a stowage above the sliding windows on either side of the overhead panel.
The cover plate of each stowage is held closed by spring clips which enables quick opening. These stowages are
identified by red labels.
AES
25-61-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ESCAPE ROPE STOWAGE
DESCENT DEVICEEMERGENCY,
CAPT(F/O) 1MM(2MM)
N_MM_256100_0_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-61-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Escape Rope - Component Location
25-61-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SLIDING WINDOW
GUIDING TRACK
CONTROL HANDLE
EMERGENCY EVACUATION
NORMAL EVACUATION
ESCAPE ROPE STOWAGE
GROUND
N_MM_256100_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-61-00-13700-A SHEET 1

Cockpit Evacuation - Emergency Exit
25-61-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-61-41-000-001-A
Removal of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
FIN 1MM, 2MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-61-41-991-00100-A - Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-61-41-860-050-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-61-41-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Captain and F/O Emergency Descent Device

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Hold the attachment (5).
(6)
Remove the emergency descent device (6).
25-61-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
B
1
1MM
FR11
4
6
4
5
N_MM_256141_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-61-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-61-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-61-41-400-001-A
Installation of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
FIN 1MM, 2MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-61-41-860-051-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 25-61-41-420-050-A
A.
5.
Installation of the Captain anf F/O Emergency Descent Device

(1)
Engage the loop of the emergency descent device (6) in the attachment (5).
(2)
Put the attachment (5) and the screws (4) in the correct position and then TORQUE the screws to
between 0.35 and 0.40 M.DAN (30.97 and 35.40 LBF.IN).
(3)
Install the emergency descent device (6) in its stowage compartment.
(4)
Put the lining (2) in the correct position.
(5)
(6)
Close-up
Subtask 25-61-41-942-050-A
A.
AES
25-61-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DESCENT DEVICE - EMERGENCY - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-61-41-200-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Captain/First Officer Emergency Descent Device
FIN 1MM, 2MM
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-61-41-01-)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF EMERGENCY ESCAPE ROPE AND ROPE ATTACHMENT
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-61-41-020-051-A
A.
4.
Removal of the Ceiling Panel on the Emergency Descent Device

(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the lining panel (2).
Procedure
Subtask 25-61-41-210-050-A
A.
5.
Inspection/Check of the Captain and F/O Emergency Descent Device

(1)
Make sure that the fitting (4) of the emergency descent device and the 2 screws that attach it to the
airframe (frame 11), shows no signs of corrosion or damage.
(2)
Make sure that the loop of the emergency descent device shows no signs of wear.
(3)
Remove the emergency descent device from its housing. Make sure that it is in the correct condition.
Close-up
Subtask 25-61-41-420-051-A
A.
AES
Installation of the Ceiling Panel of the Emergency Descent Device

(1)
Install the emergency descent device in its housing.
(2)
25-61-41 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(3)
(4)
25-61-41 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
B
1
1MM
FR11
4
N_MM_256141_6_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-61-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

25-61-41 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The cabin escape facilities are installed at all aircraft exits, and function as dual-lane or single-lane escape-slides.
They permit quick evacuation for the passengers and the crew in an emergency.
AES
25-62-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-12400-B - Cabin Escape Facilities - Location)
FIN
7500MM
7501MM
7502MM
7503MM
7504MM
7505MM
7506MM
7507MM
AES
ESCAPE SLIDE FWD L
ESCAPE SLIDE FWD R
ESCAPE SLIDE AFT L
ESCAPE SLIDE AFT R
ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING L
ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING R
RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L
RESERVOIR ASSY OWS R
PANEL
ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
831
841
832
842
200
193AT
200
194AT
150
151KW
150
152KW
25-62-00 PB001
ATA REF.
25-62-44
25-62-44
25-62-44
25-62-44
25-62-42
25-62-42
25-62-46
25-62-46
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
A.
Door Escape Facilities

Dual lane escape slide rafts are installed at all cabin doors.
Inflation is automatic if the door is opened with the Emergency Control Handle (ECH) in the ARMED mode.
Manual inflation is possible after the door is opened.
The slide raft has a special move function that permits quick release from a damaged door, for subsequent
inflation at a different door.
B.
Offwing Escape Facilities

Dual lane offwing escape slides are installed above the wings in the left and right wing-to-fuselage fairings.
Inflation is automatic if the emergency exit hatch is opened in the ARMED mode.
A mannual inflation handle is installed at each emergency exit. You get access to the handle after the emergency
exit hatch is removed.
C.
Warning Systems
A door warning system (Ref. 52-70-00-00) is installed at each cabin exit. Part of this system is the emergencyescape-slide warning-system (Ref. 52-73-00-00). This system has an indicator light and an optional buzzer,
which show that the escape slide is in ARMED position. This gives a warning to the person who tries to open a
passenger/crew door or an emergency exit.
A warning light operates immediately an exit is opened in the ARMED mode. An audible warning sound
operates in the cockpit.
D. Directional Guidance Lights

Directional guidance lights are installed on all escape facilities. They are attached to the longitudinal supports
and across the bottom of each inflatable assembly.
E.
Inflation Reservoir - Low Pressure Indication (Optional)

Pressure sensors are installed on all inflation reservoirs, and are connected to the Cabin Intercommunication
Data System (CIDS). Monitoring of the pressure is an optional function (Ref. 23-73-00-00).
AES
25-62-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Interface
The cabin escape facilities have interfaces with:
. The CIDS (optional) (Ref. 23-73-00-00).
. The cabin emergency lighting system (Ref. 33-51-00-00).
. The door warning system (Ref. 52-70-00-00).
AES
25-62-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
A.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
25-62-00-19300-B
25-62-00-19400-A
25-62-00-19500-B
25-62-00-19600-A
25-62-00-19700-A
25-62-00-19700-A
Escape-Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Latch Type))

Offwing Escape Slide System - Component Location/Description)
Inflated Escape Slide/Raft - Component Location)
Inflated Offwing Escape Slide - Component Location)
Escape Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Pin Type))
Escape Slide/Raft Assembly (Quick-Release Pin Type))

The escape slide raft is made of two inflatable chambers, an upper and lower. The chambers are attached
together and each chamber inflates independently from the same inflation reservoir.
The slide rafts have seating for:
.
.
Rated capacity 4 x 44 persons = 176 persons,

Overload capacity 3 x 55 persons = 165 persons (this result accepts that 1 slide raft will not inflate because
of damage).
For customers with a seat layout capacity of more than 165 persons, supplemental life rafts (Ref. 25-66-00-00)
are installed in the cabin.
A survival kit (Ref. 25-66-00-00) is supplied for each slide raft. They are kept in stowage compartments in the
cabin.
NOTE :
The survival kit for the supplemental life raft is kept in the supplemental life raft pack.
Each escape facility has:

. a two chamber inflatable assembly,
. an inflation system,
. a pack asembly,
. a decorative cover.
(1) The two chamber inflatable assembly is made of urethane-coated nylon, which is flame resistant. The
material is cut into panels and bonded together to make the pneumatic tube assemblies and slipway areas.
(2) The inflation system has:
. an inflation reservoir (Nitrogen/Carbon Dioxide),
. a valve/regulator assembly,
. two aspirators.
(a) The inflation reservoir is made of seamless aluminum. A gage shows the inflation reservoir pressure
through a window in the decorative cover.
(b) The valve/regulator assembly controls the gas flow from the inflation reservoir to the aspirator.
(c) The aspirator is made of fiber-reinforced plastic and has:
. an inlet assembly,
. a flexible hose assembly,
. a flapper valve assembly.
AES
The inflation reservoir supplies gas to the inflatable assembly through the aspirator inlet assembly
when the inflation system is activated.
The flexible hose assembly connects the inflation reservoir to the inlet assembly.
25-62-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3
Flapper valves installed in the aspirator operate as a one-way check valve for inlet air. The fast
expansion of gas in the aspirator when the inflation system is activated causes the flapper valves
to open. They open because of the induction effect from gas movement into the inflatable
assembly and let ambient air into the aspirator. System inflation is faster when the air and gas
mix and decreases the size (capacity) necessary for the reservoir.
(3) The pack assembly holds the inflatable assembly and the inflation system in position on the door.
(4) The decorative cover protects the pack assembly when it is installed on the door. It has a color scheme that
agrees with the cabin interior.
B.

(1) The offwing escape slides are made of the the same materials as the door escape-slides. The slide pack is
held in a stowage compartment and the stowage compartment attach-panel completes the wing-to-fuselage
fairing assembly, left and right. Access to the offwing escape slides is through the emergency exits. Each
assembly has a ramp platform and a dual-lane slide. The ramp platform has an inflatable ramp rail to guide
the passengers and crew onto the slide.
(2) The inflation reservoirs are installed in the AFT cargo compartment, behind the sidewall panels 151CW and
152CW. Each inflation reservoir includes a pressure gage and valve/regulator assembly. The valve/regulator
assembly is connected to the release mechanism of an emergency exit with release cables. The release
mechanism is operated when one of the emergency exits is opened.
(3) The inflation procedures for the offwing escape slides are similar to the door escape-slides.
AES
25-62-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.

A.

(1) When the emergency control handle (ECH) is set to ARMED the girt bar connects the inflatable assembly
to the floor attach fittings.
As the door opens the outboard movement of the door pulls the inflatable assembly from the packboard
assembly. As the inflatable assembly is released its starts to fall and a lanyard pulls the reservoir valve (of
the valve/regulator assembly) to open. The reservoir gas supply starts to flow through the flexible hose and
the aspirator inlet assembly.
The inflation procedure takes approximately 3.5s.
(2) If the automatic inflation system does not operate, the reservoir valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) can
be opened with the manual inflation handle.
The manual inflation handle is installed on the girt assembly, and is identified with a RED label, with the
word PULL.
(3) The directional guidance lights come on automatically during the inflation procedure. Electrical power for
the lights is supplied from the cabin emergency-lighting system (Ref. 33-51-00-00).
(4) If an over-water emergency exists, the survival kits (Ref. 25-66-00-00) must be removed from their stowages
and attached to each slide raft. They are connected with a snap-hook to the survival kit attach-loop on the
slide raft girt. The snap-hook is installed on the survival kit pack.
B.

(1) The offwing escape slide inflates when you remove one of the emergency exit hatches. As the exit hatch is
removed the hatch latch-pin engages a release lever installed in the exit fuselage frame. Movement of the
release lever causes a tension in the release cable which opens the reservoir valve (of the valve/regulator
assembly). The initial gas supply releases the blow-out door installed in the stowage compartment attachpanel. It then inflates the offwing escape slide through the flexible hose and aspirator inlet assembly. The
inflation procedure takes approximately 5s.
(2) If the automatic inflation system does not operate the reservoir valve (of the valve/regulator assembly) can
be opened with the manual inflation handle. The manual inflation handle is red in color and can be seen
when the emergency exit hatch is removed.
(3) The directional guidance lights come on automatically during the inflation procedure. Electrical power for
the lights is supplied from the cabin emergency-lighting system (Ref. 33-51-00-00).
AES
25-62-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DUAL LANE SLIDES

OR 44PERSON RAFTS
7500MM/7501MM
EMERGENCY EXITS
DUAL LANE OFFWING

ESCAPE SLIDES
7504MM/7505MM
DUAL LANE SLIDES

OR 44PERSON RAFTS
7502MM/7503MM
N_MM_256200_0_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-12400-B SHEET 1

Cabin Escape Facilities - Location
25-62-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7503MM
Z842
7501MM
Z841
VISUAL
INDICATOR
ARMED/DISARMED
Z832
7502MM
EMERGENCY
CONTROL
HANDLE
Z831
DOOR
CONTROL
HANDLE
7500MM
DOOR SUPPORT ARM
B
C
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
QUICKRELEASE
HANDLES
PRESSURE GAUGE
COVER
ATTACH
STRAPS
NOTE: LOCKPIN STOWAGE

SHOWN IN NEW
LOCATION
PRESSURE GAGE
VIEWING WINDOW
N_MM_256200_0_BCMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-19300-B SHEET 1

25-62-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
PACKBOARD ASSEMBLY
D
INSTALLED
LOCKPIN ASSEMBLY
( FOR MAINTENANCE ONLY )
QUICKRELEASE LATCH
( REMOVAL AND PORTABILITY FUNCTION )
GIRT ASSEMBLY
SLIDE ( RAFT )
PACK ASSEMBLY
7500MM, ( 7501MM )
7502MM, ( 7503MM )
GIRT BAR
FLOOR ATTACH
FITTING
F
GIRT ASSEMBLY ( FABRIC )
E
GIRT BAR
RELEASE STRAP
GIRT BAR
MANUAL INFLATION
HANDLE
TELESCOPIC
END FITTING
GIRT BAR
GIRT BAR
RELEASE STRAP
SURVIVAL KIT
ATTACH LOOP
FLOOR ATTACH
FITTING
SURVIVAL KIT
ATTACH LOOP
NOTE: SHOWN WITH ESCAPE SLIDE
( RAFT ) INFLATED
N_MM_256200_0_BCMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-19300-B SHEET 2

25-62-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z250
Z240
Z150
A
Z190
OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE

STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
193AT(194AT)
ATTACH PANEL
B
SECTION
BLOWOUT
DOOR
BB
BLOWOUT
DOOR
CLOSED
BLOWOUT
DOOR
OPEN
ESCAPE SLIDE
PACK ASSEMBLY
7504MM(7505MM)
WING UPPER SURFACE
N_MM_256200_0_AEMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-19400-A SHEET 1

Offwing Escape Slide System - Component
Location/Description
25-62-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FOR TWO OVERWING

EMERGENCYEXITS
EXAMPLE
STA2296/FR50
FOR FOUR OVERWING

EMERGENCYEXITS
STA2136/FR47
Z240
Z250
STA2296/FR50
STA2136/FR47
STA1810/FR41
Z240
Z250
STA1810/FR41
D
E
E
D
Z140
Z150
D
E
D
EXAMPLE
Z140
Z150
STA1669/FR38
MANUAL INFLATION
HANDLE
STA1753/FR40
STA1669/FR38
RELEASE
LEVER
LATCH PIN
STA2136/FR47
EXAMPLE
STA2189/FR48
EMERGENCY
EXIT HATCH (INSTALLED)
7506MM(7507MM)
INFLATION RESERVOIR
LOCKPIN STOWAGE
POCKET
LOCKPIN ASSEMBLY
PRESSURE GAGE
RESERVOIR ATTACH
STRAPS
VALVE/ REGULATOR
ASSEMBLY
N_MM_256200_0_AEMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-19400-A SHEET 2

Offwing Escape Slide System - Component
Location/Description
25-62-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7503MM
Z843
7501MM
Z841
7502MM
Z833
7500MM
Z831
A
EXAMPLE
SLIDE PACK
SOFT COVER
DUAL LANE SLIDE
OR
44 PERSON RAFT
B
FLEXIBLE
HOSE
UPPER
CHAMBER
INFLATION
RESERVOIR
EXAMPLE
LOWER
CHAMBER
ASPIRATOR
DIRECTIONAL GUIDANCE
LIGHTING HARNESS
FLEXIBLE HOSE
INLET ASSEMBLY
FLAPPER VALVE ASSEMBLY
N_MM_256200_0_BGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-19500-B SHEET 1

Inflated Escape Slide/Raft - Component Location
25-62-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
ASPIRATOR
LH SHOWN
RH SIMILAR
FLEXIBLE HOSE
RAMP PLATFORM
INLET ASSEMBLY
RAMP RAIL
FLAPPER VALVE ASSEMBLY
EMERGENCY
EXIT(OPEN)
A
FLEXIBLE HOSE
DUAL LANE ESCAPE SLIDE

7504MM (7505MM)
DIRECTIONAL GUIDANCE
N_MM_256200_0_AJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-19600-A SHEET 1

Inflated Offwing Escape Slide - Component Location
25-62-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z831
Z841
Z832
Z842
EXAMPLE
VISUAL
INDICATOR
ARMED/DISARMED
EMERGENCY
CONTROL
HANDLE
DOOR
CONTROL
HANDLE
DOOR SUPPORT
ARM
A
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
PRESSURE
GAGE
COVER
ATTACH
STRAPS
C
PRESSURE GAGE
VIEWING WINDOW
N_MM_256200_0_FCMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-19700-A SHEET 1

25-62-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
C
INSTALLED
PACKBOARD ASSEMBLY
LOCKPIN ASSEMBLY
(FOR MAINTENANCE
ONLY)
QUICKRELEASE
PORTABILITY FUNCTION
GIRT ASSEMBLY
SLIDE (RAFT)
PACK ASSEMBLY
7500MM, (7501MM)
7502MM, (7503MM)
GIRT BAR
FLOOR ATTACH
FITTING
NOTE: SHOWN WITH ESCAPE SLIDE

(RAFT) INFLATED
D
GIRT ASSEMBLY
(FABRIC)
GIRT BAR
RELEASE STRAP
GIRT BAR
TELESCOPIC
END FITTING
MANUAL INFLATION
HANDLE
SURVIVAL KIT
ATTACH LOOP
GIRT BAR
GIRT BAR
RELEASE STRAP
FLOOR ATTACH
FITTING
SURVIVAL KIT
ATTACH LOOP
N_MM_256200_0_FCMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-19700-A SHEET 2

25-62-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-481-001-A
FIN 7506MM, 7507MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Installation of the lockpin assembly in the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape-slide.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
150
FOR FIN 7506MM(RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L)
151KW
FOR FIN 7507MM(RESERVOIR ASSY OWS R)
152KW
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-00-820-001-A
Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lockpin in the Regulator Valve Assembly of

the Inflation Reservoir - Offwing Escape-Slide
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-00300-A - Inflation Reservoir - Install/Remove Lockpin Assembly)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-053-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-62-00-010-063-A
B.
AES
Access to the Inflation Reservoir (2)

(1)
Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the AFT cargo-compartment exit.
(3)
Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the ON position.
25-62-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
FOR 7506MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L)

(a)
(5)
FOR 7507MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS R)

(a)
4.
Remove the access panel 151KW.

Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-481-050-A
A.
Installation of the Lockpin

(1)
Safety the inflation reservoir (2):

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN THE
REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL:
DISCHARGE OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
AES
(a)
Remove the lockpin (3) from the pocket (1).
(b)
Install the lockpin (3) in the regulator valve assembly (4).
(c)
If you cannot install the lockpin (3) in the regulator valve assembly (4) refer to (Ref. TASK
25-62-00-820-001-A).
25-62-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z826
152KW
EXAMPLE
FR47
A
1
FR48
Z150
7507MM
151KW
7506MM
B
B
N_MM_256200_2_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Inflation Reservoir - Install/Remove Lockpin Assembly
25-62-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-081-001-A
FIN 7506MM, 7507MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Removal of the lockpin assembly from the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape-slide.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
150
151KW
152KW
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
Pump

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-051-A
A.

(1)
Make sure the ground service is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(3)
Make sure the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position adjacent to the AFT cargo-compartment
exit.
(4)
Make sure the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON position.
(5)

(a)
(6)

(a)
AES
Make sure the access panel 151KW is removed.
Make sure the access panel 152KW is removed.
25-62-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-081-050-A
A.
5.
Removal of the Lockpin Assembly (3)

(1)
Remove the lockpin assembly (3) from the valve/regulator assembly (4).
(2)
Put the lockpin assembly (3) in the pocket (1).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-410-063-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)

(a)
(3)
Install the access panel 151KW.

(a)
(4)
Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
(5)
(6)
Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(7)
items.
Subtask 25-62-00-862-053-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-62-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-820-001-A
Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lockpin in the Regulator Valve Assembly of the Inflation Reservoir - Offwing EscapeSlide
FIN 7506MM, 7507MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN
No specific
AR
SAFETY BARRIER(S)
No specific
AR
SHEET - PLASTIC
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000
2
LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
No specific
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-069
Material No: 05-109
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
TACKY TAPE
SPECIAL MATERIALS

ZONE/ACCESS
150
ZONE DESCRIPTION
D.
REFERENCE
27-50-00-866-009-A
DESIGNATION
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
27-50-00-866-009-A-01
Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-00400-A - Inflation Reservoir - Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock Pin Assembly)
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
Pump
AES
25-62-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-941-059-A
A.
Safety Precautions and Wing Protection

NOTE :
During this adjustment procedure an unwanted deployment can occur. The safety precautions are
necessary to prevent injury to personnel and damage to equipment, if an unwanted deployment occurs.
NOTE :
We recommend that only personnel who know the system do this procedure.
(1)
Wing Protection Procedure:

CAUTION :
(a)
Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft wing.

NOTE :
The protection is a laminate of fiberglass-reinforced polyester SPECIAL MATERIALS

(Material No: 05-109) , which has a minimum thickness of 1.2 mm (0.06 in.). It is thin,
impact resistant and applies the load equally to prevent damage to the wing.
(b)
Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent to the wing, to
help you attach the protection.
(c)
Attach the protection in position:
CAUTION :
(2)
MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS IN POSITION ON THE UPPER SURFACE OF

THE WING.
DEPLOYMENT OF THE OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THIS
AREA.
MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS CORRECLTY ATTACHED WITH TAPE TO

THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
THIS PREVENTS THE SUCTION OF LOOSE MATERIAL INTO THE ASPIRATOR
DURING DEPLOYMENT.
LOOSE MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ASPIRATOR.
(d)
Refer to the FIGURE for the approximate dimensions and position of the protection.
(e)
Use tacky tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-069) and attach the protection on to the
upper surface of the wing.
Ground safety procedure:

WARNING : PUT SAFETY BARRIERS IN POSITION TO KEEP THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE
OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CLEAR. IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
AES
(a)
Below the related offwing escape-slide, make sure that an area with approximately 12.0 m (39.37
ft.) radius is clear of all miscellaneous equipment.
(b)
Put the safety barriers in position.
(c)
Put SHEET - PLASTIC in position where the offwing escape-slide hits the ground.
(d)
Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to go into the area behind the safety
barriers.
25-62-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Cockpit safety procedure:

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE
YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
4.
(a)
Set the slat/flap control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).
(b)
Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the

slat/flap control lever when working near the slats/flaps.
(c)
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the slat/flap control lever to tell persons not to operate the
flaps.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-820-050-A
A.
Adjustment Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-00400-A - Inflation Reservoir - Adjustment Procedure to Install the Lock Pin
Assembly)
(1)

CAUTION :
MAKE SURE THAT THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR IS CLOSED BEFORE

THE RIGHT OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE DEPLOYS.
IF THE DOOR IS NOT CLOSED, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO:
THE INFLATABLE ASSEMBLY
THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR.
(a)
(b)

NOTE :
(c)
You must close the AFT cargo-compartment door to prevent damage to the offwing
escape-slide if an accidental inflation occurs.
Use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to let you see the pulley stop-pin (6) on the right
regulator valve assembly (5).
(2)
Remove the lockpin (3) from the pocket (1).
(3)
Adjustment procedure of the regulator valve assembly:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU TURN THE PULLEY STOP-PIN ONLY IN THE DIRECTION OF
THE BLACK MARK (CLOSED POSITION).
IF YOU TURN THE PULLEY STOP-PIN IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, YOU WILL
START AN UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT SEQUENCE.
THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
AES
25-62-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Put an ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN (8) into the hexagonal socket (9).
(b)
Turn the Allen key (8) in the SAFE direction, to move the pulley stop-pin (6) in the direction of
the BLACK mark (7) (closed position).
NOTE :
5.
When the pulley stop-pin (6) is in the fully closed position, the internal hole aligns with
the installation hole (4).
(4)
Install the lockpin (3) in the installation hole (4).
(5)

(a)
(b)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE back in position adjacent to the AFT
cargo-compartment exit.
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-942-062-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Safety Precautions and Wing Protection

(1)
Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) from the
slat/flap control lever.
(2)
(3)
Remove the safety barriers.
(4)
Remove the plastic sheet from the ground.
(5)
Remove the tacky tape and protection from the upper surface of the wing.
(6)
25-62-00 PB201
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z826
PROTECTION
OVERWING
PANEL
TAPE
152KW
A
A
FIXED
SHROUD
EXAMPLE
Z150
FR47
151KW
7507MM
SPOILER 1
1
7506MM
B
3
B
2
C
4
NOT SAFE
( STARTS
DEPLOYMENT
SEQUENCE )
5
6
7
SAFE
( CLOSED POSITION )
C
7
N_MM_256200_2_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Inflation Reservoir - Adjustment Procedure to Install the
Lock Pin Assembly
25-62-00 PB201
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - SERVICING

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-640-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
1
CAN - OIL
No specific
B.
VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI)
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-027
C.
DESIGNATION
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
SEALANTS

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
FOR FIN 5000WM

151KW, 241CW, 241LW
FOR FIN 5001WM
152KW, 242CW, 242LW
D.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
3
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-62-04-10-070
cotter pin
E.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-62-00-081-001-A
25-62-00-481-001-A
52-21-11-000-001-A
52-21-11-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-01700-A - Flexible Control Assembly)

FOR FIN 5001WM
AES
25-62-00 PB301
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-23-47-000-002-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW, (242CW)
and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-47-400-002-A

(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-063-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-62-00-010-077-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Do the special precautions before work on the offwing escape-slide system (Ref. TASK
25-62-00-481-001-A).
(2)
In the aft cargo compartment:

(a)
(3)
4.
Do not close the access panel(s):

1
FOR 5000WM
151KW
FOR 5001WM
152KW
In the passenger compartment:

(a)
Remove the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001-A).
(b)
Remove the emergency exit-frame linings:

1
FOR 5000WM
remove 241CW 241LW
FOR 5001WM
remove 242CW 242LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-010-078-A
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY/LOCK PIN IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED IN THE REGULATOR
VALVE ASSEMBLY OF THE INFLATION RESERVOIR.
A.
Removal of the Upper and Lower Connection of the Flexible Control Assembly 5000WM (5001WM)
(1)
AES
In the aft cargo compartment at FR47:

(a)
Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled sleeve nut (16).
(b)
Carefully loosen the knurled sleeve nut (16) and remove the collets from the cable joint.
(c)
Disconnect the flexible control assembly (8) from the release cable assembly (14).
25-62-00 PB301
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)

(a)
(b)
Remove the pin (2) and the washers (3) and disconnect the flexible control assembly (8) from the
bellcrank (1).
(c)
Remove and discard the lockwire and loosen the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (6).
(d)
Remove the bolt (9), the washer (5) and the nut (4).
(e)
Remove the bolt (10) and the nut (12) and the flange (11).
(f)
Remove the old sealant from the flange (11), the bolts (9) and (10) and the nuts (4) and (12).
Subtask 25-62-00-640-050-A
B.

(1)

(a)
(2)
(3)
Connect a VACUUM EQUIPMENT 0 TO 1 BAR (15 PSI) to the lower end of the flexible control
assembly 5000WM (5001WM).

(a)
Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-027) into the upper end of the flexible control
assembly 5000WM (5001WM) with a CAN - OIL.
(b)
Operate the flexible control assembly 5000WM (5001WM) several times with your hand to
support the lubricant flow.
(c)
If necessary add more lubricant.

(a)
Subtask 25-62-00-410-071-A
C.
Install the Connections of the Flexible Control Assembly 5000WM (5001WM)

(1)

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
AES
25-62-00 PB301
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SKIN IRRITANTS.
(2)
(a)
Apply the new sealant.

. Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) to the flange attach bolts (9) and (10) and the
nuts (4) and (12).
(b)
Put the flange (11) in position and install and tighten the bolt (10) and the nut (12).
(c)
Install and tighten the bolt (9), the washer (5) and the nut (4).
(d)
Tighten the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (6).
(e)
Connect the flexible control assembly (8) to the bellcrank (1) and install the pin (2) and the
washers (3) and safety with a new (IPC-CSN 25-62-04-10) cotter pin (3) (13).

(a)
Connect the flexible control assembly (8) to the release cable assembly (14). Install the two collets
and tighten the knurled sleeve nut (16).
NOTE :
5.
When you install the collets, the slots in the collets should point to you. This lets you do a
visual check, that the inner cable stays connected while you tighten the knurled sleeve nut
(16).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-410-072-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)

(a)
(b)
Install the emergency exit-frame linings:

1
FOR 5000WM
install 241CW 241LW
FOR 5001WM
install 242CW 242LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-002-A).
Do the special Precautios after work on the offwing escape slide system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001A).
Subtask 25-62-00-862-063-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-62-00 PB301
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z240
5001WM
FR57
Z150
5003WM
152KW
5000WM
A
A
FR47
F
F
FR46
B
151KW
5002WM
FR40
FR39
FR38
7507MM
7506MM
FR47
5002WM
8
5003WM
EXAMPLE
14
FR48
EXAMPLE
15
13
1
3
12
11
3
10
2
4
5
9
5000WM 8
5001WM
6
N_MM_256200_3_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-01700-A SHEET 1

25-62-00 PB301
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
F
EXAMPLE
C
RELEASE LEVER
EXAMPLE
LATCH PIN
8
EMERGENCY
EXIT HATCH
E
E
16
EXAMPLE
FLEXIBLE CONTROL ASSEMBLY
14
8
ASSEMBLY
ATTACH BRACKET
COLLET
CAP
ADAPTER
CABLE END
D
EXAMPLE
VACUUM EQUIPMENT
COLLET
16
KNURLED
SLEEVE NUT
MAT. No 05027
CURSOR
N_MM_256200_3_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-01700-A SHEET 2

25-62-00 PB301
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-040-001-A
Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on PTP) - Pressure Check
FIN 7506MM, 7507MM
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
MMEL 25-62-07A
1.
YES
TEST
YES
SPECIFIC
MHR
TOOLS
NO
00:3
E/T
00:3
NB MEN
1
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-62-07A
Overwing Emergency Exit CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE Message on Flight Attendant Panel (
(Old MMEL ref: 25-60-05-A)-b))
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

No specific
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
150
151KW
152KW
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-00200-A - Pressure Gage - Location)
AES
25-62-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-054-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-62-00-010-064-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the AFT cargo compartment exit.
(3)
(4)

(a)
(5)

(a)
4.

Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-210-063-A
A.
Visual Check of the Pressure Gage

(1)
Make sure that the pressure gage (2) (referred to as gage) shows the correct pressure.
NOTE :
5.
There are two different types of gage (2) (MODEL A and MODEL B). MODEL A has a green
cursor which is temperature sensitive. MODEL B has a needle with an internal mechanism, which
is temperature sensitive. They can give temporary low pressure indications when there are sudden
temperature changes (from a cold to a warm environment). The cursor/needle moves to changes
in temperature faster than the gas can expand in the inflation reservoir.
(2)
The permitted indications for MODEL A are as follows:

. AREA A (green cursor width) shows a correct indication.
. AREA B, which has half the range of AREA A, shows a permitted indication, because of sudden
temperature changes.
(3)
The permitted indications for MODEL B are as follows:

. The GREEN BAND shows a correct indication.
. AREA B, which has a range equal to AREA A, shows a permitted indication, because of sudden
temperature changes.
(4)

. Use an MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to let you see the pressure gage (2) on the left
inflation reservoir (1).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-410-059-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
25-62-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)

(a)
(3)

(a)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
items.
(8)
Subtask 25-62-00-862-054-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-62-00 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR59
152KW
FR46
7507MM
A
151KW
Z150
7506MM
FR47
A
EXAMPLE
FR48
N_MM_256200_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

25-62-00 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
AREA B
GAGE
MODEL A
AREA A
NEEDLE
GREEN CURSOR
AREA B
GAGE
MODEL B
AREA A
RED BAND
GREEN BAND
TEMP.
COMP.
2
NEEDLE
N_MM_256200_4_AAM0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-00200-A SHEET 2

25-62-00 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-040-008-A
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on PTP) - Pressure Check
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-62-06A
Passenger Door SLIDE PRESS LOW Message on Programming and Test Panel (PTP) STATU
(Old MMEL ref: 25-60-05-A)-a))
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-061-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-210-068-A
A.
Visual Inspection
(1)
At the escape-slides/escape-slide rafts at the passenger doors examine the pressure gages.
NOTE :
(2)
Make sure that the pressure gage (referred to as gage) shows the correct pressure.
NOTE :
AES
You can see the pressure gage through the inspection window in the decorative cover.
There are two different types of gage (MODEL A and MODEL B). MODEL A has a green
is temperature sensitive. They can give temporary low pressure indications when there are sudden
temperature changes (from a cold to a warm environment). The cursor/needle moves to changes
in temperature faster than the gas can expand in the inflation reservoir.
(a)

. AREA B, which has half the range of AREA A, shows a permitted indication, because of
sudden temperature changes.
(b)

. AREA B, which has a range equal to AREA A, shows a permitted indication, because of
(c)
If the pressure gage shows an incorrect indication:

1
Let the temperature conditions become stable, then examine the gage (2) again.
If the pressure gage continues to show an incorrect indication:

. Stop the operation of the applicable door.
. Refer to the associated MMEL item.
. Make an entry in the log book.
25-62-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-862-061-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-62-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-040-006-A
Pre-Flight Installation of the Enclosure Door, when the Escape-Slide is Removed
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-62-02B
Overwing Emergency Exit Slide or Slide Raft
(Old MMEL ref: 25-60-02-B))
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
SCREWDRIVER - PHILLIPS HEAD
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000
B.
REFERENCE
27-00-00-480-002-A
DESIGNATION
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-01400-A - Installation of the Enclosure Door)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-064-A
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
A.

NOTE :
AES
The lockpin (3) and the pressure blanking-plug (7) are kept in a pocket, which attaches to the inflation
reservoir (1).
(1)
If the inflation reservoir (1) is charged, install the lockpin (3) in the regulator valve assembly (2).
(2)
Safety the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002-A).
(3)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the slat/flap control lever to tell persons not to operate the flaps,
during the installation procedure.
(4)
Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent to the related enclosure
(4).
(5)
Install the blanking plug (7) on the enclosure connection (8).
25-62-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-040-052-A
A.
Installation Procedure of the Enclosure Door

(1)
Put the lower edge of the enclosure door (5) in the groove in the bottom of the enclosure (4).
(2)
Close the enclosure door (5) on the three ball-lock assemblies (6).
(3)
Push the head of the lockpin (10) with a SCREWDRIVER - PHILLIPS HEAD, then:
. Apply force to the enclosure door (5) adjacent to the lockpin (9)
. Remove the screwdriver
. Continue to push the enclosure door (5) until the lockpin (9) moves quickly back to a flush position
with the surface of the enclosure door (5).
(4)
Do this procedure with each lockpin (9).
(5)
Make an entry in the logbook to record the procedure.
Subtask 25-62-00-869-054-A
B.
System Consequences
(1)
5.
The message SLIDE PRESSURE LOW shows on the programming and test panel (PTP).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-065-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
25-62-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z826
A
194AT
FR47
EXAMPLE
152KW
151KW
A
FR48
Z150
3
193AT
SECTION
5
CC
EXAMPLE
PUSH
10
EXAMPLE
PHILLIPS
SCREWDRIVER
C
9
6
7
N_MM_256200_4_DWE0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-01400-A SHEET 1

Installation of the Enclosure Door
25-62-00 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-440-005-A
Reactivation of the Enclosure
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-62-02B
Overwing Emergency Exit Slide or Slide Raft
(Old MMEL ref: 25-60-02-B))
2.

A.
REFERENCE
25-62-42-000-001-A
25-62-42-400-001-A
25-62-46-000-001-A
25-62-46-400-001-A
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-010-073-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-440-052-A
A.
AES
Reactivation Procedure
(1)
Replace the related inflation reservoir, if discharged (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
25-62-46-400-001-A).
(2)
Replace the related escape-slide enclosure (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
25-62-42-400-001-A).
(3)
Make an entry in the logbook to record the reactivation.
25-62-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Escape-Slide Deployment, FWD/AFT Passenger/Crew Door
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-62-41-04-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF FWD AND AFT PAX/CREW DOOR ESCAPE SLIDES/RAFT DEPLOYMENT.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
SAFETY BARRIER(S)
No specific
No specific
AR
1
SHEET - PLASTIC
STOPWATCH
No specific
AR
VIDEO CAMERA
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D52103500000
SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-069
Material No: 05-109
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
TACKY TAPE
SPECIAL MATERIALS

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
831
FORWARD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
832
AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
841
842

D.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
25-62-44-000-011-A
AES
25-62-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-62-44-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
33-51-00-710-001-A
52-10-00-010-001-A
52-10-00-410-001-A
52-10-00-610-001-A
Replacement of the Diaphragm in the Percussion Mechanism of the Door

Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
52-10-00-614-001-A
Discharging/Charging of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder of the

Passenger/Crew Doors
52-10-00-860-002-A
Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew Door
33-51-00-00
CABIN EMERGENCY LIGHTING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-01000-A - Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-056-A
A.

NOTE :
We recommend that you do the operational test in a maintenance hanger.
(1)
Make sure that the aircraft is energized from external power (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref.
(2)
Do the operational check of the emergency light via the MCDU with the TEST EMER LIGHT SYS
pushbutton (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001-A).
(3)
Install the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (8) in the emergency control-handle (9).
(4)
Make sure that the emergency control-handle is set to the DISARMED/MANUAL position.
(5)
Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001-A) from the passenger
compartment.
(6)
Prevent damage to the fuselage:

CAUTION :
MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS IN POSITION ON THE FUSELAGE BELOW

THE DOOR SILL.
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THIS AREA.
(a)
The protection is a lamination of fiberglass-reinforced polyester SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material

No: 05-109) , which has a minimum thickness of 1.2 mm (0.06 in.). It is thin, resistant and
applies the load equally to prevent damage to the fuselage.
(b)
Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft fuselage.
(c)
Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position to help you attach the
protection.
(d)
Attach the protection material in position:

CAUTION :
AES
MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS CORRECLTY ATTACHED WITH TAPE

TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
DURING DEPLOYMENT.
25-62-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(e)
(7)
Refer to the FIGURE for the dimensions and position of the protection.
Use adhesive tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-069) to attach the protection on
to the surface of the fuselage below the door sill.
If you do a deployment test on the right aft door:

. Make sure that you do not attach the protection on the outflow valve.
Ground safety procedure:

ESCAPE-SLIDE CLEAR.
IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN
OCCUR.
(8)
(9)
(a)
Below the applicable door, make sure that an area with approximately 12.0 m (39.37 ft.) radius is
clear of all miscellaneous equipment.
(b)
(c)
Put SHEET - PLASTIC in position where the escape-slide hits the ground.
(d)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to go into the area behind the safety
barrier.
Push the pushbutton (2), and pull the support arm (3) to get access to the door-damper and
emergency-operation cylinder:
(a)
Record the pressure value shown on the gage to control if the correct pressure is shown. Refer to
the values given in the charging procedure (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-614-001-A).
(b)
Make sure that the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder are armed (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-002-A).
Close the door from the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001-A).
(10) Do a visual check of the pressure gage (11) of the escape-slide:

(a)
NOTE :
AES
There are two different types of gage (11) (MODEL A and MODEL B). MODEL A has a
green cursor which is temperature sensitive. MODEL B has a needle with an internal
mechanism, which is temperature sensitive. They can give temporar pressure indications
when there are sudden temperature changes (from a col a warm environment). The
cursor/needle moves to changes in temperature fas than the gas can expand in the
inflation reservoir.


25-62-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(11) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), set the EMER EXIT LT switch (10) to the ARM
position.
NOTE :
4.
The position of the swicht is important for a satisfactory test of the escape slide. Refer also to
the illustration Cabin Emergency Lighting - Switching Table (Ref. 33-51-00-00).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-710-051-A
A.
Operational Test of the Escape-Slide Deployment

NOTE :
We recommend that you use 2 VIDEO CAMERA and a STOPWATCH to record and measure the
time of the deployment sequence. The operators local authority can make it mandatory to use video
cameras to record the deployment sequence.
(1)
Put the video cameras in position behind the safety barriers; one opposite to the door and one parallel
to the door.
(2)
Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (8) and set the emergency controlhandle (9) to the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position.
(3)
Start the video cameras to record the deployment sequence.

NOTE :
(4)
You must not use the auto-focus function.
Measure the time of the deployment sequence as follows:

(a)
Start the stopwatch while the door starts to move up in the door cut-out.
(b)
Stop the stopwatch when the escape-slide is fully extended and hangs below the horizontal
position. The escape-slide then continues to lower to the ground.
NOTE :
(5)
In usual test conditions (hanger) the complete sequence must not be more than 10
seconds. This complies with JAA 25.809 (f) (1) (ii).
Open the door:

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU SET THE DOOR CONTROL HANDLE TO OPEN. THE
DOOR OPENS WITH SUDDEN FORCE. YOU MUST RELEASE THE DOOR CONTROL
HANDLE TO PREVENT INJURY.
WARNING : IF THE ESCAPE SLIDE DOES NOT INFLATE AUTOMATICALLY, MAKE SURE THAT:
NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT ARE IN THE SLIDE DEPLOYMENT AREA, AND
THE DOOR IS IN ITS FULLY OPEN AND LOCKED POSITION, AND
THE SLIDE IS FULLY RELEASED OUTSIDE THE CABIN,
THEN PULL THE MANUAL HANDLE TO INFLATE THE SLIDE.
(a)
Hold on to the assist handle (4) on the door-frame lining.
(b)
Lift the door control-handle (5) and quickly release it.

NOTE :
(6)
AES
The door opens automatically and locks in the open position. At the same time:
. The deployment (release, unfold and inflation) sequence starts.
. The light harness on the escape-slide comes on automatically.
Put the safety barrier strap (1) in position across the exit.
25-62-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
Stop the video cameras. If necessary, use the video tapes to make an analysis of the deployment
sequence.
(8)
Disconnect the light harness from the cabin emergency lighting:

NOTE :
(a)
This is to prevent unwanted discharge of the battery, which is installed on the emergency-power
supply-unit (EPSU).
Carefully pull the electrical cable (7) to disconnect the quick-release connector (6).
NOTE :
(9)
The quick-release connector (6) is kept below the burr-strip (Velcro).
(b)
The light harness on the escape-slide goes off.
(c)
Record the time of the deployment sequence. Keep this information with the deployed escape-slide after
it is removed for restoration.
(10) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), set the EMER EXIT LT switch (10) to the OFF
position.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-057-A
A.

(1)
Remove the deployed escape-slide (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-000-010) or escape-slide raft (Ref. TASK
25-62-44-000-011-A).
(2)
Replace the diaphragm in the percussion mechanism of the door-damper and emergency-operation
cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-610-001-A).
(3)
Install a serviceable escape-slide (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-400-006) or escape-slide raft (Ref. TASK
25-62-44-400-007-A).
(4)
(5)
(6)
Remove the safety barriers.
(7)
Remove the plastic sheet from the ground.
(8)
Remove the tacky tape and protection from the fuselage.
(9)
(10) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.
AES
25-62-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z831
Z841
Z832
Z842
25VU
TAPE
B
A
C
EXAMPLE
D
9
SIGNS
EMER EXIT LT
EXAMPLE
4
PROTECTION APPROXIMATELY
1.0m x 1.0m (3.28ft. x 3.28ft.)
ON
ARM
OFF
OFF
A
EXAMPLE
10
2
BURRSTRIP
7
NOTE:
1
INSPECTION WINDOW FOR ESCAPESLIDES
INSPECTION WINDOW FOR ESCAPESLIDES RAFTS
DISARMED/MANUAL POSITION
ARMED/AUTOMATIC POSITION
N_MM_256200_5_DAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-01000-A SHEET 1

25-62-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
E
AREA B
GAGE
MODEL A
AREA A
NEEDLE
11
GREEN CURSOR
AREA B
GAGE
MODEL B
AREA A
RED BAND
GREEN BAND
TEMP.
COMP.
11
NEEDLE
N_MM_256200_5_DAM0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-01000-A SHEET 2

25-62-00 PB501
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-710-002-A
FIN 7506MM, 7507MM, 7504MM, 7505MM
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-62-42-03-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF OFF WING EMERGENCY EXIT ESCAPE SLIDE DEPLOYMENT
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
No specific
AR
SAFETY BARRIER(S)
No specific
AR
SHEET - PLASTIC
No specific
No specific
1
AR
STOPWATCH
VIDEO CAMERA
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000
2
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-069
Material No: 05-109
Material No: 08-074
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
TACKY TAPE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
MASKING TAPE

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
830
L PASSENGER/CREW DOORS & EMERGENCY EXITS
840
R PASSENGER/CREW DOORS & EMERGENCY EXITS

151KW
152KW
D.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
AES
DESIGNATION
25-62-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-62-42-000-002-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-42-400-001-A
25-62-46-000-001-A
25-62-46-400-001-A
27-50-00-866-009-A
27-50-00-866-009-A-01
33-51-00-710-001-A
52-21-11-400-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
33-51-00-00
CABIN EMERGENCY LIGHTING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-00800-A - Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-00900-A - Offwing Escape-Slide - Operation)
52-30-00-860-002-A
3.
Pump
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-060-A
A.

(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-00800-A - Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation)
NOTE :
Airbus recommends that you do the operational test in a maintenance hanger.
(1)
(2)
Do the operational check of the emergency light via the MCDU with the TEST EMER LIGHT SYS
pushbutton (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001-A).
(3)
Do a visual check of the inflation reservoir (3):

(a)
Open the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(b)
Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the aft cargocompartment exit.
(c)
(d)
(e)
Examine the pressure gage (6) of the inflation reservoir (3) with a MIRROR INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE.

1
(f)
Record the pressure value shown on the gage (6) to control if the value is correct.
(g)
Make sure that the lock pin (4) is not installed in the regulator valve assembly (5).
CAUTION :
AES
MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS IN POSITION ON THE UPPER SURFACE OF THE
WING.
25-62-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DEPLOYMENT OF THE OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THIS AREA.
(4)
Install the wing protection:

NOTE :
The protection is a lamination of fiberglass-reinforced polyester SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material

No: 05-109) , which has a minimum thickness of 1.2 mm (0.06 in.). It is thin, impact resistant
and applies the load equally to prevent damage to the wing.
(a)
Do not use bubble wrap as protection for the aircraft wing.
(b)
Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent to the wing to
attach the protection.
(c)
Attach the protection material in position:

CAUTION :
(5)
MAKE SURE THAT THE PROTECTION IS CORRECLTY ATTACHED WITH TAPE

TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
DURING DEPLOYMENT.
Refer to the FIGURE for the approximate dimensions and position of the protection.
Use adhesive tape SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-069) to attach the protection to
the upper surface of the wing.
Do the ground safety procedure:

OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE CLEAR. IF YOU DO NOT, INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(a)
Below the applicable offwing escape-slide, make sure that an area with a radius of 12.0 m (39.37
ft.) is clear of all other equipment.
(b)
(c)
Put SHEET - PLASTIC in position where the offwing escape-slide hits the ground.
(d)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to go into the area behind the safety
barrier.
(e)

At the aft cargo-compartment door:
CAUTION :
AES
MAKE SURE THAT THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR IS CLOSED

BEFORE THE RIGHT OFFWING ESCAPE-SLIDE DEPLOYS.
IF THE DOOR IS NOT CLOSED, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO:
THE INFLATABLE ASSEMBLY
THE AFT CARGO-COMPARTMENT DOOR.
25-62-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
1
(6)
Close the aft cargo-compartment door, if you do a test of the right offwing escape-slide
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
Do the cockpit safety procedure:

THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
(a)
Set the slat/flap control-lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).
(b)

slat/flap control-lever when you work near the slats/flaps.
(c)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the slat/flap control-lever to tell persons not to operate the
flaps.
(d)
On the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is set to
the ARM position.
NOTE :
4.
The position of the switch is important for a satisfactory test of the offwing escape slide.
Refer also to the illustration Cabin Emergency Lighting - Switching Table (Ref.
33-51-00-00).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-710-052-A
A.

NOTE :
We recommend that you use 2 VIDEO CAMERA and a STOPWATCH to record and measure the
time of the deployment sequence. The operators local authority can make it mandatory to use video
cameras to record the deployment sequence.
(1)
Put the video cameras in position behind the safety barriers, one opposite to the door and one parallel
to the door.
(2)
Start the video cameras to record the deployment sequence.

NOTE :
(3)
You must not use the auto-focus function.
Measure the time of the deployment sequence as follows:

(a)
Start the stopwatch as the emergency exit-hatch (4) (referred to as hatch) starts to move
inboard.
(b)
Stop the stopwatch when the offwing escape-slide is fully extended and hangs below the horizontal
position. The offwing escape-slide then continues to lower to the ground.
NOTE :
(4)
AES
In usual test conditions (hanger) the complete sequence must not be more than 10
seconds. This complies with JAA 25.807 (a) (7) (ix).
Pull down the cover flap (2) from the hatch (4) and remove it.
25-62-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
WARNING : IF THE ESCAPE SLIDE DOES NOT INFLATE AUTOMATICALLY, MAKE SURE THAT:
NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT ARE IN THE SLIDE DEPLOYMENT AREA, AND
THE ESCAPE HATCH IS REMOVED,
THEN PULL THE MANUAL HANDLE TO INFLATE THE SLIDE.
(5)
Pull down the lever (1) and hold it in this position, then carefully pull the top of the hatch (4) inboard.
NOTE :
The deployment (release, unfold and inflation) sequence starts, and the light harness on the
escape-slide comes on automatically.
(6)
Stop the video cameras. If necessary, use the video tapes to make an analysis of the deployment
sequence.
(7)
Hold the lower handle (3) with your other hand, and lift the hatch (4) away from the opening.
(8)
Keep the hatch (4) in the cabin.
(9)
Stop the power supply to the light harness:

NOTE :
This is to prevent unwanted discharge of the battery, which is installed on the emergency power
supply unit (EPSU).
(a)
Use masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) and attach
a coin to the proximity switch (5).
(b)
The light harness on the offwing escape-slide goes off.
(10) Record the time of the deployment sequence. Keep this information with the deployed offwing escapeslide after it is removed for restoration.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-860-061-A
A.

(1)
Remove the deployed offwing escape-slide and enclosure (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-002-A).
(2)
Remove the discharged inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-000-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that you remove the coin from the proximity switch (5) before you install the hatch.
(4)
Install the hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001-A).
(5)
Install a serviceable offwing escape-slide enclosure (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-400-001-A).
(6)
Install a serviceable inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001-A).
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10) Remove the safety barriers.

(11) Remove the plastic sheet from the ground.
(12) Remove the tacky tape and protection from the upper surface of the wing.
(13) Remove the access platform(s).
(14) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.
AES
25-62-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
25VU
SIGNS
EMER EXIT LT
ON
ARM
OFF
Z826
PROTECTION
OVERWING
PANEL
152KW
TAPE
Z150
151KW
7507MM
FIXED
SHROUD
7506MM
PROTECTION
SPOILER 1 APPROXIMATELY
3.0m x 3.0m
(9.84ft. x 9.84ft.)
FR47
EXAMPLE
B
GREEN CURSOR (GO BAND)
FR48
NEEDLE
B
3
5
NOTE:
1
PERMITTED AREA
6
N_MM_256200_5_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-00800-A SHEET 1

Offwing Escape-Slide Deployment - Preparation
25-62-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z844
EXAMPLE LOCATION
Z834
AB
A
EXAMPLE
FR41
FR40
3
5
B
PULL DOWN THE
COVER FLAP
REMOVE THE COVER
RELEASE THE
LOCKING
MECHANISM
REMOVE THE
EMERGENCY
EXIT HATCH
MOVE THE HATCH

AWAY FROM THE
OPENING
N_MM_256200_5_CAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Offwing Escape-Slide - Operation
25-62-00 PB501
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-780-001-A
Gage System Test
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
25-62-44-000-012-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-44-400-007-A
CMM 25-65-17
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-010-074-A
A.
4.
Remove the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-000-002) or the Escape-Slide Raft PackAssembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-780-050-A
A.
5.
Do the pressure test of the gage system (Ref. CMM 25-65-17).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-410-068-A
A.
AES
Install the Escape-Slide Pack-Assembly (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-400-006) or the Escape-Slide Raft PackAssembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007-A).
25-62-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ESCAPE FACILITIES - CABIN - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-210-001-A
Check Pressure at Door Slide, Slide Raft Pressure Gage (if not connected to CIDS)
FIN 7506MM, 7507MM
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-62-41-01-)
CHECK PRESSURE AT DOOR SLIDE, SLIDE/RAFT PRESSURE GAUGE
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

No specific
B.
AR
MIRROR - INSPECTION

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
800
DOORS
151KW
152KW
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-62-44-000-012-A
25-62-44-400-007-A
25-62-46-000-001-A
25-62-46-400-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-00-991-00100-A - Inflation Reservoir (Pressure Gages) - Component Location)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-861-056-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-62-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-62-00-010-061-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

(a)
(5)

(a)
4.

Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-210-050-A
A.
Visual Inspection
(1)
At the passenger/crew doors and in the aft cargo-compartment, examine the pressure gage (3) of the
inflation reservoirs.
NOTE :
(a)
(2)
You can see the pressure gage (3) through the inspection window in the decorative-cover (1).

Use an MIRROR - INSPECTION to see the gage (3).
NOTE :
There are two different types of gage (3) (MODEL A and MODEL B). MODEL A has a green
is temperature sensitive. They can give incorrect pressure indications when there are sudden
temperature changes (from a cold to a warm environment or from a warm to a cold
environment). The cursor/needle moves to changes in temperature faster or slower than the gas
can expand in the inflation reservoir.
(a)

(b)

(c)
If the gage (3) shows an incorrect indication:

1
Let temperature conditions become stable, then examine the gage (3) again.
If the gage (3) continues to show an incorrect indication, replace the escape-slide/slide raft
pack-assembly and/or inflation reservoir (2).
a
AES
At the doors, replace the escape-slide/slide raft pack-assembly:

. Remove the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-000-002) or the
escape-slide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012-A).
25-62-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
b
5.
Install a new escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-400-006) or escapeslide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007-A).
In the aft cargo-compartment, replace the inflation reservoir (2):

. Remove the inflation reservoir (2) (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-000-001-A).
. Install a new inflation reservoir (2) (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)

(a)
(3)

(a)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Subtask 25-62-00-862-056-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-62-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR59
Z831
Z841
Z832
Z842
152KW
FR46
7507MM
A
151KW
Z150
1
7506MM
B
2
FR47
A
EXAMPLE
1
FR48
NOTE:
1
INSPECTION WINDOW FOR ESCAPESLIDES
INSPECTION WINDOW FOR ESCAPESLIDES RAFTS

N_MM_256200_6_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-62-00 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
EXAMPLE
GAGE
MODEL A
AREA B
AREA A
AREA B
NEEDLE
GREEN CURSOR
AREA B
GAGE
MODEL B
AREA A
RED BAND
GREEN BAND
TEMP.
COMP.
NEEDLE
N_MM_256200_6_AAM0_02_01
AES
FIGURE 25-62-00-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-62-00 PB601
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-750-001-A
Remove Door Escape-Slide/Raft for Hydrostatic Test of Gas Cylinder
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-62-41-02-)
REMOVE DOOR ESCAPE SLIDE/RAFT FOR HYDROSTATIC TEST OF GAS CYLINDER
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
831
832
841
842

B.
REFERENCE
25-62-44-000-012-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-44-400-007-A
CMM 25-65-17
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-020-052-A
A.
4.
Remove the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-000-002) or the escape-slide raft pack-assembly
(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-750-050-A
A.
5.
Do the hydrostatic test of the inflation reservoir (Ref. CMM 25-65-17).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-420-052-A
A.
AES
Install the escape-slide pack-assembly (Ref. AMM 25-62-44-400-006) or the escape-slide raft pack-assembly
(Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007-A).
25-62-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-00-750-002-A
Remove Offwing Escape-Slide Gas Cylinder for Hydrostatic Test
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-62-42-01-)
REMOVE OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE GAS CYLINDER FOR HYDROSTATIC TEST
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
151
152
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
25-62-46-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-46-400-001-A
CMM 25-65-17
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-00-020-053-A
A.
4.
Remove the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-00-750-051-A
A.
5.
Do the hydrostatic test of the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape slide (Ref. CMM 25-65-17).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-00-420-053-A
A.
AES
Install the inflation reservoir of the offwing escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001-A).
25-62-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-42-000-002-A
FIN 7504MM, 7505MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
PLUG - BLANKING
No specific
AR
WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
FOR FIN 7504MM(ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING L)
193AT
FOR FIN 7505MM(ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING R)
194AT
C.
REFERENCE
25-62-42-400-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-46-000-001-A
25-62-46-400-001-A
27-50-00-866-009-A
27-50-00-866-009-A-01
53-35-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
53-35-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
AIPC 53-35-03
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-42-991-00400-A - Offwing Escape Slide - Inflated)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-42-991-00500-A - Offwing Escape-Slide Compartment 7504MM (7505MM))
AES
25-62-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-481-051-A
A.
Safety Precautions before Removal

(1)
In the cockpit:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
(a)
set the the flap/slat control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01),
(b)
install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the

flap/slat control lever when you work near the flaps,
(c)
put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons not to
operate the flaps.
Subtask 25-62-42-941-054-A
B.
Access to the Inflated Offwing Escape Slide

(1)
4.
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position:

(a)
FOR 7504MM (ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING L)

. at the escape slide enclosure 193AT,
(b)
FOR 7505MM (ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING R)

. at the escape slide enclosure 194AT,
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-42-020-051-A
A.
Removal of the Offwing Escape-Slide Assembly 7504MM (7505MM)

(Ref. Fig. 25-62-42-991-00400-A - Offwing Escape Slide - Inflated)
CAUTION :
(1)
Deflate the offwing escape slide (15):

(a)
(2)
KEEP OFF THE INFLATED ESCAPE-SLIDE. IF YOU GO ON IT, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE SURFACE MATERIAL.
Push in the flapper valves (1) of the aspirator (2) and release the pressure from the offwing
escape slide (15).
Disconnect the offwing escape slide (15):

(a)
Disconnect the inflation hose (3) from the stowage compartment assembly (4).
(b)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (5) of the emergency lighting supply-cable:

1
AES
For each connector: hold the two ends of the connector with a finger and a thumb each.
Turn one end of the connector a quarter turn 90 deg (90.0000 deg) and pull it away from
the other end.
(c)
(d)
25-62-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(e)
Loosen the tie-off cord which holds the electrical light cable-assembly on the grommet of the girt.
1
(3)
(4)
Make sure that you do not cut the tie-off cord.

If you cut it, replace the electrical light cable.
Loosen the girt assemblies:

(a)
Hold the slide and release the LOWER girt assembly (6).
(b)
Open the girt flap (9) and find the girt release handle (10).
(c)
Remove the girt release handle (10) from the attach velcro (11).
(d)
Pull the girt release handle (10) to remove the release pin (12).
(e)
Let the lace-up joint (13) open to release the offwing escape-slide girt (14).
(f)
Do step A.(3) again with the FORWAD girt assembly (7) and with the TOP girt assembly (8).
Remove the deflated offwing escape slide:

NOTE :
The ground area where you lower offwing escape slide (15) must be clean and free from sharp
objects.
(a)
Carefully lower the offwing escape slide (15) to the ground.
(b)
Remove the broken frangible links.

NOTE :
(c)
(5)
Roll up the deflated offwing escape slide (15). Start from the bottom end of the slide.
Remove the escape slide enclosure 193AT (194AT):

(a)
Remove and keep the seal attach-plate screws (10) and the countersunk washers (11).
(b)
Remove and keep the seal attach-plate (12) and the seal strips (9).
(c)
Loosen the escape-slide-enclosure studs (17).
(d)
Tilt the top of the escape-slide enclosure (7) outboard and hold it.
(e)
Disconnect the emergency-lighting electrical connector (14).
(f)
Disconnect the inflation hose (16) from the fuselage (15) and remove the escape slide enclosure
(7) from the aircraft.
(g)
(h)
(i)
Make sure that these components are kept together with the escape slide enclosure (7) and the
attached enclosure door (8):
. The seal attach plate (12)
. The seal strips (9)
. The screws (10)
. The countersunk washers (11).
These components are a complete assembly.
NOTE :
AES
The exposed wire of the frangible links can cause damage to the inflatable material when
you roll up the slide.
If components are damaged or you can not find them, an order of the components as
spare parts is possible (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001-A)
and (Ref. AIPC 53-35-03).
25-62-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-42-860-052-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the discharged inflation reservoir/s, 7506MM (7507MM) (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-000-001-A).
(2)
Install the charged inflation reservoir/s, 7506MM (7507MM) (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the offwing escape slide/s, 7504MM (7505MM) (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-400-001-A).
25-62-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7505MM
Z152
A
7504MM
Z151
A
B
15
E
D
OFFWING ESCAPE
SLIDEINFLATED
LH SHOWN
RH OPPOSITE
E
2
1
DUAL LANE
ESCAPE SLIDE
7504MM
7505MM
N_MM_256242_4_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-42-991-00400-A SHEET 1

25-62-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
193AT (194AT)
8
7
C
4
D
5
OFFWING ESCAPE
SLIDE RAMP
(SEEN FROM BELOW)
13
14
ESCAPE SLIDE
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
11
10
12
3
N_MM_256242_4_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-42-991-00400-A SHEET 2

25-62-42 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
194AT
Z826
152KW
151KW
Z150
7507MM
193AT
7505MM
7506MM
FR47
7504MM
A
EXAMPLE
1
FR48
B
B
5
4
N_MM_256242_4_ACMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-42-991-00500-A SHEET 1

25-62-42 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
EXAMPLE
15
16
E
14
17
D
8
9
REF 533511
11
9
REF 533511
10
12
REF 533511
E
11
EXAMPLE
10
SECTION
DD
16
~5.0
EXAMPLE
7
18
13
8
N_MM_256242_4_ACMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-42-991-00500-A SHEET 2

25-62-42 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CRITICAL AREA
DEGREE OF SMOOTHNESS
IN LOF
POSITIVE STEP
AREA A and B
A LOF
NEGATIVE STEP
POSITIVE STEP
NEGATIVE STEP
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
1.5
0.059
1.5
0.059
1.0
0.059
1.0
0.039
PERMISSIBLE MISMATCH/GAPS BELLY FAIRING REMOVABLE PARTS (ACCESS PANELS,

RAPID ACCESS DOORS, SURFACE INSTALLED EQUIPMENT
NOTE:
FOR DEFINITION AND GENERAL MEASURES REFER TO FIGURE 4 AND FIGURE 5

IN SRM, CHAPTER 511000.
CRITICAL AREA
PERIPHERAL GAPS
PERMISSABLE TOLERANCE ON 10
OF LENGTH
IN LOF AND A LOF

MAX.
IN LOF AND A LOF
MIN.
MAX.
mm
in.
mm
in.
AREA A
3.0
0.118
1.0
0.039
AREA B
5.0
0.2
1.0
0.039
MIN.
mm
in.
mm
in.
6.5
0.256
1.5
0.059
PERMISSIBLE MISMATCH/GAPS BELLY FAIRING REMOVABLE PARTS (ACCESS PANELS,

RAPID ACCESS DOORS, SURFACE INSTALLED EQUIPMENT
NOTE: FOR GENERAL SURFACE SMOOTHNESS REQUIREMENT REFER TO FIGURE 8
IN SRM, CHAPTER 511000
N_MM_256242_4_ACMA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-42-991-00500-A SHEET 3

25-62-42 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-42-000-001-A
FIN 7504MM, 7505MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
PLUG - BLANKING
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000
1
No specific

No specific
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
151KW, 193AT
152KW, 194AT
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-00-820-001-A

27-50-00-866-009-A
27-50-00-866-009-A-01
52-30-00-860-001-A
53-35-11-000-001-A
Pump
53-35-11-400-001-A
AIPC 53-35-03
AES
25-62-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-62-42-010-060-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Open the AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the AFT cargo compartment exit.
(3)
(4)

. Remove the access panel 151KW.
(5)

. Remove the access panel 152KW.
(6)
Safety the applicable inflation reservoir (2):

(a)
Remove the lockpin assembly (4) from the pocket (1).
(b)
Install the lockpin assembly (4) in the valve/regulator assembly (3).

NOTE :
(7)
If you cannot install the lockpin assembly (4) in the valve/regulator assembly (3) refer to
(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-820-001-A).
Safety precautions in the cockpit:

THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
(8)
AES
(a)
Set the the flap/slat control lever to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref.
TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).
(b)

flap/slat control lever when you work near the flaps.
(c)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons not to
operate the flaps.

. Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent to the panel 193AT.
25-62-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(9)
4.

. Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent to the panel 194AT.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-42-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Offwing Escape Slide Enclosure

(1)
Remove and keep the seal attach plate screws (10) and the countersunk washers (11).
(2)
Remove and keep the seal attach plate (12) and the seal strips (9).
(3)
Loosen the escape slide enclosure studs (17).
(4)
Move the top of the escape slide enclosure (7) outboard at an angle and hold it.
(5)
Disconnect the emergency lighting electrical connector (14).
(6)
Disconnect the inflation hose (16) from the fuselage union (15).
(7)
(8)
(9)
Remove the escape slide enclosure (7) from the aircraft.
(10) Make sure that all components are kept together which were removed with the escape slide enclosure
(7):
. Seal attach plate (12)
. Seal strips (9)
. Screws (10)
. Countersunk washers (11).
They are made to operate as a complete assembly.
NOTE :
AES
If parts are damaged or get lost, an order of the components as spare parts is possible (Ref.
TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001-A) and (Ref. AIPC 53-35-03).
25-62-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-42-920-001-A
Offwing Escape-Slide - Remove for Restoration
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-62-42-02-)
REMOVE OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE FOR RESTORATION
2.

A.
REFERENCE
25-62-42-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-42-400-001-A
CMM 25-60-58
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-010-058-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove the offwing escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-42-920-051-A
A.
Workshop Procedure
(1)
5.
Do the restoration of the offwing escape-slide and refer to the manufacturers Component Maintenance
Manual (CMM) for the correct procedure:
. For the offwing escape-slide (Ref. CMM 25-60-58).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-42-410-057-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
Install a serviceable or replacement offwing escape-slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-400-001-A).
25-62-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-42-400-001-A
FIN 7504MM, 7505MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific
LBF.FT)
98D27803000000
1
No specific

No specific
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
151KW
152KW
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-62-46-400-001-A
27-50-00-866-009-A
27-50-00-866-009-A-01
33-51-00-710-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
53-35-11-000-001-A
53-35-11-400-001-A
AES
25-62-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
AIPC 53-35-03
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the ground service is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the aft cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position adjacent to the aft cargocompartment exit.
(4)
Make sure that the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON position.
(5)

. Make sure that the access panel 151KW is removed.
(6)

. Make sure that the access panel 152KW is removed.
(7)
Make sure that the applicable inflation reservoir (2) is installed (Ref. TASK 25-62-46-400-001-A) and
safetied:
(a)
(8)
Make sure that the lockpin assembly (4) is installed in the valve/regulator assembly (3).
If the inflation reservoir (2) is removed:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ON THE
DISCONNECTED LINE ENDS. THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN DEPLOY IF THE AIRCRAFT IS
PRESSURIZED AND THE PRESSURE SEAL CAPS ARE NOT INSTALLED.
UNWANTED DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(a)
(9)
Make sure that the pressure seal cap (5) is installed on the bulkhead union (6).
In the cockpit:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
AES
25-62-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Make sure that the flap/slat control lever is set to the 0 position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009A) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A-01).
(b)
Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) is
installed on the flap/slat control lever.
(c)
Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the flap/slat control lever to tell
persons not to operate the flaps.
(10) FOR 7504MM (ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING L)

(a)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position adjacent to
the panel 193AT.
(11) FOR 7505MM (ESCAPE SLIDE OFFWING R)

(a)
4.
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position adjacent to
the panel 194AT.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-42-210-055-A
A.
Detailed Visual Inspection before Installation

(1)
Do a detailed visual inspection of the enclosure door (8) for signs of damage.
(2)
If the enclosure is re-painted:

CAUTION :
(3)
MAKE SURE THAT THE PAINT THICKNESS ON EXTERNALLY INSTALLED SLIDES IS

NOT MORE THAN 0.33 MM. IF THE PAINT LAYER IS THICKER, THERE IS A RISK OF
DAMAGE TO THESE COMPONENTS IF A LIGHTNING STRIKE OCCURS.
(a)
Make sure that the external paint thickness is not more than 0.33 mm (0.0130 in.) .
(b)
If necessary, use a GAGE-THICKNESS, PAINT BORER 518 to measure the external paint
thickness.
Make sure that:

. The enclosure door (8) is flush with the outer surface of the related escape slide enclosure (7).
. All 3 ball lock pins (18) are flush with the outer surfaces of the ball lock mechanisms (13).
. The slide-enclosure ball-lock-pins (18) are clean and free of paint.
NOTE :
If the enclosure door (8) and the ball lock pins (18) are not in the correct position, you must
replace the escape slide enclosure (7).
Subtask 25-62-42-420-052-A
B.
Installation of the Escape Slide Enclosure

NOTE :
AES
If the enclosure door for the offing escape-slide is delivered with black conductive paint, it must be
painted before installation. For the paint in that area you can refer to the customized external painting
drawing. The SRM also specifies the type of materials you must use for different fuselage sections.
(1)
Put the escape slide enclosure (7) in position.
(2)
Tilt the top of the escape slide enclosure (7) outboard and hold it.
(3)
25-62-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Connect the inflation hose (16) to the fuselage union (15) and torque to between 3.0 and 3.2 M.DAN
(22.12 and 23.60 LBF.FT).
The elbow fitting of the inflation hose must have a specified orientation for the correct installation: 5
degree angle to the top side of the enclosure.
(5)
(6)
Connect the emergency-lighting electrical-connector (14).
(7)
Close the escape slide enclosure (7) and tighten the studs (17).
(8)
Put the seal strips (9) and the seal attach plate (12) in position and install the countersunk washers
(11) and the screws (10).
NOTE :
If parts are damaged or you cannot find them, an order of the components as spare parts is
possible (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001-A), (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001-A) and (Ref. AIPC
53-35-03).
Subtask 25-62-42-710-050-A
C.
5.
Do the operational test of the emergency lighting system (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-42-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
In the cockpit:
(3)
(4)
(a)
flap/slat control lever.
(b)
At the applicable inflation reservoir (2):

(a)
Remove the lockpin assembly (4) from the valve/regulator assembly (3).
(b)
Put the lockpin assembly (4) in the pocket (1).

(a)
(5)

(a)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Close the aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
(9)
items.
Subtask 25-62-42-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-62-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SLIDE - ESCAPE, OFFWING - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-62-42-210-002-A
Detailed Inspection of Offwing Escape Slide Container for Cracks and Delamination (from Outside)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific
AR
WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27803000000
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
ZONE/ACCESS
193AT, 194AT
D.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-62-42-000-001-A
25-62-42-400-001-A
27-50-00-866-009-A
27-50-00-866-009-A-01
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-42-991-00600-A - Offwing Escape Slide Container (from outside))

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-42-861-050-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-62-42 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-62-42-010-056-A
B.
Get Access
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
(1)
Set the slat/flap control lever to position 0 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009-A) or (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-009-A-01).
(2)
Intstall the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the slat/flap
control lever when working near the FLaps/slats.
(3)
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the slat/flap control lever to tell persons not to operate the flaps.
(4)
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the inside of the emergency hatches to tell persons not to open the
hatches.
(5)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the escape slide stowagecompartment:
. 193AT on the left side,
. 194AT on the right side.
Subtask 25-62-42-110-050-A
C.
Cleaning Procedure
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
4.
Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) and a LINT-FREE
COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) , if necessary. Make sure the area is dry before you continue.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-42-210-053-A
A.
AES
Detailed Visual Inspection Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 25-62-42-991-00600-A - Offwing Escape Slide Container (from outside))
25-62-42 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Do a detailed visual inspection of the offwing escape slide container, from the outside for cracks and/or
delamination.
(2)
If cracks and/or delamination are found in the inspection area, refer to the permitted damage limits as
follows:
(a)
(b)
(3)
Delamination:
.
one area of damage must be less than 50 cm2 (7.75 in.2),
two or more areas of damage must not be greater than 100 cm2 (15.50 in.2),
Cracks:
.
in AREA 1, one or more cracks must be less than 75.0 mm (3.0 in.),
in AREA 2, one or more cracks must not be greater than 177.8 mm (7.0 in.),
in AREA 3, one or more cracks must not be greater than 177.8 mm (7.0 in.).
If cracks and/or delamination are less than the permitted limits given, the offwing slide container
assembly can stay installed until the next scheduled maintenance check.
NOTE :
5.
The slide manufacturer recommends all areas of damage should be repaired when the offwing
escape slide container is in the workshop for scheduled maintenance.
(4)
If cracks and/or delamination are more than the permitted limits given, the offwing escape slide
container must be replaced.
(5)
Do the subsequent steps:

(a)
Remove the escape slide assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-001-A),
(b)
Install a new escape slide assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-400-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-42-410-054-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
flap/slat control lever.
(3)
(4)
(5)
items.
Subtask 25-62-42-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-62-42 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
194AT
A
193AT
Z190
A
EXAMPLE
AREAS TO BE INSPECTED
AREA 1
AREA 2
AREA 3
N_MM_256242_6_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-42-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Offwing Escape Slide Container (from outside)
25-62-42 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
RELEASE MECHANISM - OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-43-000-001-A
Removal of the Flexible Control Assembly
FIN 5032WM, 5033WM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
241
CENTER PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
242
FOR FIN 5000WM
FOR FIN 5030WM(FLEX.CONTROL ASSY)
151KW, 241CW, 241DW, 241LW,
241MW, 241QW, 241TW, 241UW,
241VW, 241WW
FOR FIN 5001WM
152KW, 242CW, 242DW, 242LW,
242MW, 242QW, 242TW, 242UW,
242VW, 242WW
B.
REFERENCE
21-20-00-010-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Air-Conditioning Distribution Ducts
24-42-00-861-001-A
25-21-41-000-001-A
25-62-00-481-001-A
52-21-11-000-001-A

FOR FIN 5001WM
25-23-43-000-001-A
25-23-44-000-001-A
25-23-47-000-002-A
and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001-A
AES
25-62-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-62-43-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
(2)

(a)
Do the special precautions before work on the offwing escape-slide systems (Ref. TASK
25-62-00-481-001-A).
(b)
Do not close this/these access panel(s):

FOR 5000WM, 5030WM (FLEX.CONTROL ASSY)
151KW

152KW.

(a)
Remove the passenger seats in the area of the emergency exit(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK
25-21-41-000-001-A).
(b)
Remove the emergency exit hatch(es) (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001-A).
(c)
Remove these cove light panels:
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
AES

241DW 241MW 241QW 241TW 241WW

242DW 242MW 242QW 242TW 242WW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
Remove this/these upper sidewall panel(s):

1

241VW

242VW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
Remove this/these lower sidewall panel(s):

1

241UW

242UW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
Remove these emergency exit-frame linings:

1

241CW 241LW

242CW 242LW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002-A).
Remove the air conditioning duct(s) as necessary (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-010-001-A).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-43-020-053-A
A.
Removal of the Flexible Control Assembly 5000WM/5030WM (5001WM/5031WM)

(1)
(2)
(3)
AES
In the aft cargo compartment at FR47:

(a)
Remove and discard the lockwire from the knurled sleeve nut (2).
(b)
Carefully loosen the knurled sleeve nut (2) and remove the collets from the cable joint.
(c)
Disconnect the flexible control assembly (1) from the release cable assembly (21).

(a)
(b)
Remove the pin (4) and the washers (5) and disconnect the flexible control assembly (1) from the
bellcrank (6).
(c)
Remove and discard the related lockwire and loosen the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (8).
(d)
Remove the nut (11), the bolt (9) and the washer (10).
(e)
Remove the nut (13), the bolt (12) and the flange (14).
(f)
Remove the used sealant from the flange (14), the bolts (9) and (12) and the nuts (11) and (13).
(g)
Remove and discard the related lockwire and loosen the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16).
(h)
Remove the nuts (19), the screws (17), the washers (18) and the clamps (20).
Remove the flexible control assembly (1) from the aircraft structure.
25-62-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
5002WM
5003WM
5002WM
5001WM
5031WM
A
EXAMPLE
B
G
5000WM
5030WM 1
FR47
A
5003WM
FR37
5
5
13
14
12
5031WM
5030WM
5001WM
5000WM
1
11
10
7
9
H
EXAMPLE
RELEASE
LEVER
LATCH PIN
19
18
20
17
EMERGENCY
EXIT HATCH
NOTE:
1
180.0mm (7.09in.)
RADIUS MINIMUM
N_MM_256243_4_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-62-43 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
D
B
FR47
FLEXIBLE CONTROL ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
ATTACH
BRACKET

1
COLLET
C
FR47
67.0 2.0mm
(2.640.08in.)
FR47
CAP
15
16
CABLE END
ADAPTER
11.5 1.7mm
(0.450.07in.)
21
TEST TOOL
(PN TLW 101)
COLLET
KNURLED
SLEEVE NUT
2
21
1
CURSOR
TEST TOOL INSTALLATION

LOOSEN THE KNURLED SLEEVE NUT (2) AT FR47
CABLE JOINT AND GET ACCES TO THE COLLETS.
1
REMOVE BOTH COLLETS AND MOVE APART THE

CABLE JOINT.
F
CABLE
JOINT
REMOVE THE CAP AND CONNECT THE TEST TOOL

ADAPTER TO THE CABLE END OF THE FLEXIBLE
CONTROL ASSEMBLY (1).
PUT THE COLLETS IN POSITION AND TIGHTEN THE
TEST TOOL KNURLED SLEEVE NUT.
SET THE TEST TOOL CURSOR TO ZERO.
N_MM_256243_4_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-62-43 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-43-400-001-A
Installation of the Flexible Control Assembly
FIN 5032WM, 5033WM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.

REFERENCE
TLW101
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 19-010
C.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
TEST TOOL-RELEASE CABLE,ESCAPE SLIDE
DESIGNATION
SEALANTS

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
241
242
FOR FIN 5000WM
151KW, 241CW, 241DW, 241LW,
241MW, 241QW, 241TW, 241UW,
241VW, 241WW
FOR FIN 5001WM
152KW, 241VW, 242CW, 242DW,
242LW, 242MW, 242QW, 242TW,
242UW, 242WW
151KW
152KW
D.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
3
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-62-04-10-070
cotter pin
E.
REFERENCE
21-20-00-010-001-A
DESIGNATION
21-20-00-410-001-A
Installation of the Air-Conditioning Distribution Ducts
AES
25-62-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-21-41-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-21-41-400-001-A
25-23-43-400-001-A
25-23-44-400-001-A
25-23-47-400-002-A

(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-400-001-A
25-62-00-081-001-A
25-62-00-481-001-A
52-21-11-000-001-A
52-21-11-400-001-A
52-30-00-860-002-A
Pump

FOR FIN 5001WM
25-23-43-000-001-A
25-23-44-000-001-A
25-23-47-000-002-A
and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-860-051-A
A.

(1)
(2)
AES

(a)
Make sure that the offwing escape-slide system is safe (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001-A).
(b)
Make sure that this/these access panel(s) is/are removed:

1

151KW

152KW.

(a)
Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the emergency exit(s) are removed as necessary
(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001-A).
(b)
Make sure that the emergency exit hatch(es) is/are removed (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001-A).
(c)
Make sure that these cove light panels are removed:

1

241DW 241MW 241QW 241TW 241WW

242DW 242MW 242QW 242TW 242WW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
4.
Make sure that this/these upper sidewall panel(s) is/are removed:

1

241VW

241VW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A).
Make sure that this/these lower sidewall panel(s) is/are removed:

1

241UW

242UW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
Make sure that these emergency exit-frame linings are removed:

1

241CW 241LW

242CW 242LW, (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002-A).
Make sure that the air conditioning duct(s) is/are removed as necessary (Ref. TASK
21-20-00-010-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-43-420-050-A
A.
Install the Flexible Control Assembly 5000WM/5030WM (5001WM/5031WM)

(1)
Put the flexible control assembly (1) in position.
(2)
Make sure that you can see the orientation mark on the flexible control assembly (1).
(3)
Apply new sealant:

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
AES
25-62-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018B) to the flange attach bolts (9) and (12) and the nuts
(11) and (13).
(4)
Put the flange (14) in position and install and tighten the bolt (12) and the nut (13).
(5)
Install and tighten the bolt (9), the washer (10) and the nut (11).
(6)
Tighten the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (8).
(7)
Connect the flexible control assembly (1) to the bellcrank (6) and install the washers (5) and the pin
(4).
(8)
Safety the pin (4) with a new (IPC-CSN 25-62-04-10) cotter pin (3) (3).
(9)
Tighten the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) with your fingers.
(10) Put the clamps (20) in position and install and tighten the washers (18), the screws (17) and the nuts
(19) with your fingers.
NOTE :
Make sure that the conduit of the flexible control assembly at FR47 has a minimum bend radius
of 180.0 mm (7.0866 in.).
(11) At FR47, loosen the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) and adjust the conduit housing to get these
distances:
(a)
Set the distance between the bottom end of the release cable and the bottom end of the conduit
housing to 11.5 +1.7 mm or -1.7 mm (0.4528 +0.0669 in. or -0.0669 in.).
(b)
Set the distance between the bottom end of the conduit housing and the top end of the attach
bracket to 67.0 +2.0 mm or -2.0 mm (2.6378 +0.0787 in. or -0.0787 in.).
(12) Tighten the screws (17) with 2, 8-3, 7 Nm.

(13) Tighten the bracket attach nuts (15) and (16) and safety them with lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS
STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) .
Subtask 25-62-43-410-054-A
B.
Preparation for Adjustment:

(1)

(a)
(2)
Install the emergency exit hatches and put them in the DISARMED/MANUAL position (Ref.
TASK 52-21-11-400-001-A).
In the cargo compartment:

(a)
Remove the cap and connect the TEST TOOL-RELEASE CABLE,ESCAPE SLIDE (TLW101)
adapter to the flexible control assembly.
(3)
Set the test tool cursor to zero.
(4)
Put the forward emergency exit hatch in the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position and remove the hatch
(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001-A).
NOTE :
AES
During the removal of the hatch the flexible control assembly is operated when the latch pin
moves the release lever.
25-62-43 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Make sure that the test tool cursor has moved to show a minimum indication of 50.0 mm (1.97 in.).
(6)
If the test tool cursor shows less than the minimum indication, adjust the flexible control assembly as
follows:
Subtask 25-62-43-820-050-A
C.
Adjustment
(1)
Make sure that the test tool cursor shows a minimum indication of 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.).
(2)
If the test tool cursor shows less than the minimum indication, adjust the flexible control assembly as
follows:
(a)
Install the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001-A).
(b)
Adjust the conduit adjust nuts (7) and (8) on the flexible control assembly to adjust the conduit
length.
(c)
Do steps 4.B.(3) and (4) and 4.C.(1) again.
(3)
Do steps 4.B (3) and (4) and 4.C.(1) and (2) with the rear emergency exit hatch.
(4)
Safety the flange attach bolt (9) to the conduit adjust nut (7) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
(5)
Safety the flange attach nut (11) to the conduit adjust nut (8) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
(6)
Remove the test tool from the flexible control assembly (1).
(7)
Connect the flexible control assembly (1) to the release cable assembly (21). Install the two collets and
tighten the knurled sleeve nut (2).
NOTE :
When you install the collets, the slots in the collets must point to you. This lets you do a visual
check, that the inner cable stays connected while you tighten the knurled sleeve nut (2).
Subtask 25-62-43-710-050-A
D.
Do this test:
5.
(1)
At the lower end of the release lever, try to lift the lever up with one finger. A strong resistance to lever
movement shows that the joint between the flexible control assembly (1) and release cable assembly
(21) is satisfactory.
(2)
A low resistance to lever movement shows that the cable joint is not correct. Loosen the knurled sleeve
nut (2), remove the two collets and make the cable joint again. Do step A again.
(3)
Safety the knurled sleeve nut (2) with lockwirwe LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-43-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
25-62-43 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Install the air conditioning duct (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-410-001-A).
(3)
Install the emergency exit-frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-002-A).
(4)
Install the lower sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001-A).
(5)
Install the upper sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001-A).
(6)
(7)
(8)
Install the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001-A).
(9)
Remove the lockpin assembly from the valve/regulator assembly of the inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK
25-62-00-081-001-A).
(10) FOR 7506MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS L)

(a)
Install the access panel 151KW
(11) FOR 7507MM (RESERVOIR ASSY OWS R)

(a)
(12) Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to the OFF position.
(13) Remove the access platform(s).
(14) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002-A).
AES
25-62-43 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-43-000-002-A
FIN 5002WM, 5003WM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
241
242
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
21-20-00-010-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
25-21-41-000-001-A
25-23-47-000-002-A
and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-62-00-481-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-43-991-00200-B - Rigid Control Assembly)

(Ref. Fig. 25-62-43-991-00200-C - Rigid Control Assembly)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-861-052-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-62-43-010-051-A
B.
4.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Do the special precaution before work on the off-wing escape-slide system (Ref. TASK
25-62-00-481-001-A).
(2)
If necessary remove the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001-A) in the area of the emergency
exits.
(3)
Remove the cove light panels 241KW (242KW) and 241GW (242GW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001A).
(4)
Remove the emergency-exit frame linings 241JW (242JW) and 241FW (242FW) (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-000-002-A).
(5)
Remove the air conditioning duct if necessary to get access to the rigid control assembly (Ref. TASK
21-20-00-010-001-A).
Procedure
25-62-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-62-43-020-054-A
A.
Disconnect the rigid control assembly, as follows:

(1)
(2)
Remove the pin (2), the spacers and space washers (3) and disconnect the rigid control assembly (4)
from the latch lever (5).
(3)
Remove the bracket attach bolts (6) and the nuts (7).
(4)
Remove and discard the cotter pins (8).
(5)
Remove the pins (9), the washers (10) and the handles (11) from the rigid control assembly (4).
(6)
Remove the flange attach bolts (12) and the nuts (13).
(7)
Remove the bolts (14), the nuts (15) and the clamps (16).
(8)
Remove the rigid control assembly (4) from the aircraft structure.
(9)
Remove the old sealant from the bolts (6) and (12) and the nuts (7) and (13).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-62-43-020-054-B
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Remove the pin (2), the spacers and space washers (3) and disconnect the rigid control assembly (4)
from the latch lever (5).
(3)
Remove the bracket attach bolts (6) and the nuts (7).
(4)
Remove the nuts (13) and the bolts (12) and release the handle (11) from the burr-strip (9).
(5)
Remove the bolts (14), the nuts (15) and the clamps (16) and the rigid control assembly (4).
(6)
Remove the old sealant from the bolts (6) and (12) and the nuts (7) and (13).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
5003WM
14
16
5002WM
15
BRACKET
FR41
FR38
4
6
15
20
16
4
12
14
3
2
FLANGE
20
10
17
POINT B
10
13
8 10
B
22
11
POINT A
12
21
FLANGE
23
10
10
24
SECTION
BB
13
8
10
23
11
18
26 19
25
26
N_MM_256243_4_BCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00200-B SHEET 1

25-62-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
5003WM
14
16
A
A
5002WM
15 7
BRACKET
FR41
4
FR38
C
20
16
15
12
3
9
10
14
20
3
2 17
13
POINT B
B
22
POINT A
11
12
21
10
23
24
SECTION
BB
13
C
11
23
18
26
19
25
26
N_MM_256243_4_ACN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00200-C SHEET 1

25-62-43 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-43-400-002-A
Installation of the Rigid Control Assembly
FIN 5002WM, 5003WM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 19-010
B.
DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
1
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-62-04-10-070
cotter pin
** On A/C 003-004
8
cotter pins
C.
25-62-43-01-080
REFERENCE
21-20-00-010-001-A
DESIGNATION
21-20-00-410-001-A
Installation of the Air-Conditioning Distribution Ducts
25-21-41-000-001-A
25-21-41-400-001-A
25-23-47-000-002-A
and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-47-400-002-A

(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-23-48-400-001-A
25-62-00-081-001-A
25-62-00-481-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-62-43-860-052-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
AES
Make sure that the off-wing escape-slide system is safetied (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001-A).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
(2)
Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the emergency exits are removed as necessary (Ref.
TASK 25-21-41-000-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the cove light panels 241KW (242KW) and 241GW (242GW) are removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-48-000-001-A).
(4)
Make sure that emergency-exit frame linings 241JW (242JW) and 241FW (242FW) are removed (Ref.
TASK 25-23-47-000-002-A).
(5)
Make sure that the air conditioning duct is removed as necessary (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-010-001-A).
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 25-62-43-420-051-A
A.
Install the Rigid Control Assembly

(1)
Put the rigid control assembly (4) in position.
(2)
Apply the new sealant:

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the bolts (6) and (12), the nuts (7) and (13).
(3)
Install and tighten the bolts (6) and the nuts (7).
(4)
Install and tighten the bolts (12) and the nuts (13).
(5)
Put the clamps (16) in position and install and tighten the bolts (14) and the nuts (15).
NOTE :
(6)
AES
It is possible for the rigid control assembly (4) to move a small distance at its attachment points
that follow:
. The clamps (16)
. The flanges
. The brackets.
Put the handles (11) in position and install the pins (9) and the washers (10) and safety with new (IPCCSN 25-62-43-01) cotter pins (8) (8).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
Connect the rigid control assembly (4) to the latch lever (5) with the pin (2), the spacers and space
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 25-62-43-420-051-B
A.
Install the Rigid Control Assembly

(1)
Put the rigid control assembly (4) in position.
(2)
Apply the new sealant:

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
(a)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) to the bolts (6) and (12), the nuts (7) and (13) and the
mating surface of the bracket (10).
(3)
Install and tighten the bolts (6) and (12) and the nuts (7) and (13).
(4)
Put the clamps (16) in position and install and tighten the bolts (14) and the nuts (15).
NOTE :
It is possible for the rigid control assembly (4) to move a small distance at its attachment points
that follow:
. The clamps (16)
. The flanges
. The brackets (10).
(5)
Attach the handles (11) to the aircraft structure with the burr-strip (9).
(6)
Connect the rigid control assembly (4) to the latch lever (5) with the pin (2), the spacers and space
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-62-43-820-051-B
B.
AES
Adjust the Release Mechanism

(1)
Move the latch lever (5) to the rear until it touches the latch lever bracket (21) at point A.
(2)
Move the bellcrank (17) to the rear until it touches the latch lever stop-bolt at point B.
(3)
Remove the lockwire from the spring strut adjust-nut (18).
(4)
Adjust the over-center spring strut (19) until the full dimension between the flanges of both end bushes
(26) is 53.00 +0.5 -0.5 (2.09 +0.02 -0.02 in.).
(5)
Safety the spring strut adjust-nut (18) with lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM
DIA (Material No: 19-010) .
25-62-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(6)
If necessary, adjust the rubber ice-protection bellows (25). Make sure that the bellows are correctly
installed over the end bushes (26).
(7)
Remove the lockwire and turn the sleeve adjust nuts (20) until you get a clearance of 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)
at point A. Measure the clearance between the lip of the latch lever (5) and the top of the latch lever
bracket (21).
(8)
Turn the sleeve adjust nuts (20) 5 full turns more in the direction to loosen the linkage of the rigid
control assembly (4).
(9)
Safety the sleeve adjust nuts (20) with lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(10) Remove the lockwire and turn the adjust nuts of the connecting-rod (22) until the release levers (23)
touch the stops (24).
(11) Measure the clearance between the latch lever stop-bolt and the bellcrank (17) at point B. You must
have a clearance of 0.3 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.012 +0.004 -0.004 in.).
(12) If the clearance is not in these limits, do steps (10) and (11) again.
(13) Safety the adjust nuts of the connecting-rod (22) with lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-43-410-052-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the air conditioning duct (Ref. TASK 21-20-00-410-001-A).
(3)
Install the emergency exit-frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-002-A).
(4)
(5)
Install the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001-A).
(6)
Do the special precautions after work on the offwing escape-slide system (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-081-001A).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-43-000-003-A
Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-21-41-000-001-A
25-23-47-000-002-A
and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-62-00-481-001-A
25-80-00-000-001-A
52-21-11-000-001-A

52-30-00-860-001-A
52-73-11-000-003-A
Pump
Removal of the Proximity Switches of the FWD Emergency Exits
52-73-11-000-004-A
Removal of the Proximity Switches of the Aft Emergency Exits
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-43-991-00900-A - Release-Cable Connection)

(Ref. Fig. 25-62-43-991-00300-B - Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-43-991-00400-A - Release-Mechanism Proximity-Detector Assembly)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-43-991-00500-B - Release-Mechanism Tie-Rod Assembly)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-43-991-00600-A - Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-43-991-00700-A - Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-62-43-010-058-A
B.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Open the AFT cargo-compartment door with the yellow electric pump (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the AFT cargo-compartment door.
25-62-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the AFT cargo-compartment door to tell persons not to close the
door.
(4)
Do the special precautions before you work on the offwing escape-slide system(s) (Ref. TASK
25-62-00-481-001-A).
(5)
Remove the passenger seats in the area of the applicable emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK
25-21-41-000-001-A).
(6)
Remove the applicable emergency exit hatches

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001-A).
(7)
Remove the access panels:

NOTE :
Access panel numbers for the RH emergency escape-slide release-mechanism assembly are given
in the brackets.
(a)
Remove the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)

and 241MW (242MW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
(b)
Remove the emergency-exit door-frame linings 241LW (242LW),

214CW (242CW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002-A).
(8)
Remove the insulation blankets in the area that you are working (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001-A).
(9)
Remove the proximity switches 5WN1 and 5WN2

(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-003-A).
(10) Remove the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2

(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-004-A).
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-43-020-056-A
A.
Disconnection of the Release Cable-Assembly

(1)
Remove and discard the lockwire (4) from the knurled sleeve-nut (5).
(2)
Loosen the knurled sleeve-nut (5) fully to get access to the two collets (7).
(3)
Remove and keep the two collets (7).
(4)
Disconnect the release cable-assembly from the flexible control-assembly:

CAUTION :
DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL ASSEMBLY. THIS
CAN CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.
(a)
Carefully remove the end of the release cable-assembly (2) from the related slot of the flexible
control-cable (1).
(b)
Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire into the release cable-assembly (2).
(5)
Remove the protective plug (6) from the pocket (3).
(6)
Put the two collets (7) in their position on the end of the release cable-assembly (2).
(7)
Move the knurled sleeve-nut (5) up and install the protective plug (6).
Subtask 25-62-43-020-055-B
B.
AES
Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
25-62-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
25-62-43-991-00300-B
25-62-43-991-00400-A
25-62-43-991-00500-B
25-62-43-991-00600-A
25-62-43-991-00700-A
Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly)

Release-Mechanism Proximity-Detector Assembly)
Release-Mechanism Tie-Rod Assembly)
Release-Mechanism Lever Assembly)
Release-Mechanism Camshaft Assembly)
(1)
Disconnect the flexible control-cable and the rigid control-cable(s):

(2)
(a)
Remove the cotter pin (7) and the washer (8).
(b)
Discard the cotter pin (7).
(c)
Remove the clevis-pin (9) and the flexible control-cable (11) together with the washers (10).
(d)
Remove the cotter pin (6) and the washer (5).
(e)
Discard the cotter pin (6).
(f)
Record the position of the spacers (2) and (3).
(g)
Remove the clevis-pin (4) and the rigid control-cable(s) (1) together with the spacers (2) and (3).
Remove the release-mechanism proximity-detector assembly(ies)

(referred to as the proximity-detector assembly):
(3)
(a)
Remove the nut(s) (37) and the pin(s) (38).
(b)
Remove the nuts (33), the bolts (35), the washers (34) and the proximity-detector assembly (20).
(c)
Disassemble the proximity-detector assembly:

1
Remove the nut (32) and the serrated-washer (31) from the actuating-rod (22).
Remove the target assembly (30), the rod-guide (29) and the washer (28).
Remove the nut (24) and the washer (23) from the bush (21).
Remove the bush (21).
Carefully remove the actuating-rod (22) from the switch-bracket (36).
Remove the spring (26), the bush (27), the nut (24) and the washer (23) and (25) from the
switch-bracket (36).
Remove the release-mechanism tie-rod assemblies:

AES
(a)
Remove and discard the cotter pins (45).
(b)
Remove the castellated nuts (46) and the washers (47).
(c)
Record the location of the bushes (52) and (53).
(d)
Hold the tie-rod assembly (54), and remove the bolt (50) and the washer (48).
(e)
Release the tie-rod assembly (54) from the lever assembly and remove the bushes (52) and (53).
(f)
(g)
Hold the over-center spring-rod assembly (63) (referred to as the spring-rod assembly) and remove
the bolt (51) and the washer (49).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(h)
Release the spring-rod assembly (63) from the lever assembly and remove the bushes (61) and
(62).
(i)
(j)
Remove the castellated nut (56) and the washer (57).
(k)
(l)
Hold the tie-rod assembly (54) and remove the bolt (58).
(m) Release the tie-rod assembly (54) from the camshaft assembly and remove the bushes (59) and
(60).
(4)
(n)
(o)
Remove the castellated nut (65) and the washer (66)
(p)
(q)
Hold the spring-rod assembly (63) and remove the bolt (68) and the washer (67).
(r)
Release the spring-rod assembly (63) from the bracket (75) and remove the bushes (69) and (70).
(s)
Disassemble the spring-rod assembly:

1
Remove the eye-end fittings (42) and (44) from the bellows (40).
Remove the bushes (41) and the spring (43) from the bellows (40).
(t)
Remove the nut (72) and the bolt (71).
(u)
Remove the nuts (74) and the bolts (73), and the bracket (75) from the frame structure.
Remove the release-mechanism lever assembly:

AES
(a)
Remove the nuts (81), the bolts (80) and the release-mechanism lever assembly (82).
(b)
Remove the lever assembly from the lever bracket:

1
Remove the castellated nut (86), the washer (87) and the bolt (88).
Remove the lever assembly (83) together with the washers (84) from the lever bracket (94).
Remove the bushes (89) and (90).
(c)
Remove and discard the lockwire from the setscrew (93) and the locking device (92).
(d)
Remove the nut (91), the locking device (92) and the setscrew (93).
(e)
Disassemble the lever assembly (83):

1
Carefully remove the double lever (105) together with the bushes (104) and the washers
(103).
Remove the bushes (104) from the double lever (105).
Remove the nuts (99).
Remove the lever (101), the bushes (98) and the washers (97).
Remove the bolts (95) and the washers (96) from the lever (100).
Remove the bushes (102) from the levers (100) and (101).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Remove the release-mechanism camshaft assembly:

(a)
(b)
(c)
Remove the castellated nut (111) and the washer (112).
(d)
Remove the release lever (113) and the spacer (114).
(e)
Remove the stop screw (115).
(f)
Remove the nuts (117), the bolts (116) and the bearing flange (118) from the frame structure.
(g)
Remove and discard the lock-wire from the screws (125) and (128).
(h)
Remove the screw (125), the washer (126) and the release lever (127).
(i)
Disassemble the release lever:

1
Remove the lever (130) from the release lever (127).
(j)
Remove the nuts (122), the bolts (123) and the bearing flange (124) from the frame structure.
(k)
Remove the camshaft assembly (121) together with the bearing flanges (118) and (124).
(l)
Remove the bearing flanges (118) and (124) from the shaft ends of the camshaft assembly (121).
(m) Disassemble the camshaft assembly:

1
Remove the bush (144).
Carefully pull the shaft (130) out of the camshaft (135).
Remove the lever (142) from the camshaft:

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE LEVER FROM THE CAMSHAFT.
THE LEVER IS CONNECTED TO THE TORSION-SPRING, AND THE
TENSION OF THE TORSION-SPRING WILL CAUSE SUDDEN MOVEMENT
OF THE LEVER. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR
a
AES
Remove the lever (142) from the camshaft (135).
Remove the torsion spring (140) and the washers (139) from the camshaft (135).
Remove the levers (132) and (137) together with the bush (134) from the camshaft (135).
Remove the washers (133) and (136) from the camshaft (135).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR47
EXAMPLE
152KW
FR48
B
2
Z150
7507MM
151KW
7506MM
C
1
6
SLOT
7
FR47
7
2
1
5
C
4
5
2
N_MM_256243_4_AKM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Release-Cable Connection
25-62-43 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR41
EXAMPLE
FR38
7
10
2
9
6
3
5
10
11
1
4
2
N_MM_256243_4_BDM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
25-62-43 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
27
FR41
26
25
FR40
20
32
31
24
20
28
FR39
22
23
30
21
FR38
29
REF 527311
33
34
35
36
MAT. NO.
09019
34
B
37
38
38
37
N_MM_256243_4_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Release-Mechanism Proximity-Detector Assembly
25-62-43 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
41
MAT. NO.
04004
40
41
43
44
42
FR40
45
MAT. NO.
04004
FR39
47
LEVER ASSEMBLY
B
46
61
64
71
48
63
50
53
66
69
65
62
52
49
70
51
55
68
54
72
57
75
67
74
73
MAT. NO.
09019
56
59
CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY
58
60
N_MM_256243_4_BFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Release-Mechanism Tie-Rod Assembly
25-62-43 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
82
80
C
FR40
MAT. NO.
09019
FR39
81
83
D
84
84
85
89
87
86
90
0.9mm
92
(0.035in.)
0.9mm
(0.035in.)
91
93
88
94
N_MM_256243_4_AGMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00600-A SHEET 1

25-62-43 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
101
99
97
100
98
103
97
104
97
98
102
97
95
104
105
103
102
96
N_MM_256243_4_AGMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00600-A SHEET 2

25-62-43 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
110
112
116
113
114
111
118
117
PUNCH MARK "A"
FR40
115
FR39
MAT. NO.
09019
D
E
119
121
PUNCH MARK "C"
120
122
124
123
125
128
126
D
C
129
MAT. NO.
09019
130
127
PUNCH MARK "B"
PUNCH MARK "D"
N_MM_256243_4_AHMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00700-A SHEET 1

25-62-43 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
MAT. NO.
04004
130
MAT. NO.
04004
132
133
135
MAT. NO.
04004
MAT. NO.
04004
131
136
137
139
134
PUNCH MARK "H"

140
141
LOCATING HOLE
142
F
LOCATING HOLE
138
PUNCH MARK "G"
144
143
PUNCH MARK "F"
G
PUNCH MARK "E"
N_MM_256243_4_AHMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00700-A SHEET 2

25-62-43 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-43-400-003-A
Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Assembly
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
No specific
No specific
No specific
AR
AR
1
GAGE - FEELER
GAGE-SLIDE
No specific
AR
WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific
LBF.FT)
TLW101
B.
1
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-004
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.
AES
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
SPECIAL MATERIALS
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
6
7
103
84
85
45
64
55
110
TEST TOOL-RELEASE CABLE,ESCAPE SLIDE
DESIGNATION
cotter pin
cotter pin
washers
washers
cotter pin
cotter pins
cotter pin
cotter pin
cotter pin
IPC-CSN
25-62-04-10-070
25-62-04-10-070
25-62-04-12-040
25-62-04-12-040
25-62-04-12-070
25-62-04-13-080
25-62-04-13-080
25-62-04-13-170
25-62-04-14-080
25-62-43 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
D.
REFERENCE
20-11-11-911-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
WIRELOCKING
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-21-41-000-001-A
25-21-41-400-001-A
25-23-47-000-002-A
and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-47-400-002-A

(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-23-48-400-001-A
25-62-00-081-001-A
25-62-00-481-001-A
25-80-00-000-001-A
25-80-00-400-001-A
52-21-11-000-001-A

52-21-11-400-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
52-73-11-000-003-A
Pump
Removal of the Proximity Switches of the FWD Emergency Exits
52-73-11-000-004-A
Removal of the Proximity Switches of the Aft Emergency Exits
52-73-11-400-003-A
Installation of the Proximity Switches of the FWD Emergency Exits
52-73-11-400-004-A
Installation of the Proximity Switches of the Aft Emergency Exits

(Ref. Fig. 25-62-43-991-00800-B - Adjustments)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-43-860-055-A
A.
AES

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door is open

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the AFT cargo-compartment
door.
(4)
Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S), to tell persons not to close the door, is in position on the
AFT cargo-compartment door.
(5)
Make sure that the special precautions for the offwing escape-slide system(s) have been obeyed (Ref.
TASK 25-62-00-481-001-A).
(6)
Make sure that the passenger seats in the area of the applicable emergency exit hatches are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-21-41-000-001-A).
(7)
Make sure that the applicable emergency exit hatches are removed (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001-A).
(8)
Make sure that the access panels are removed:

NOTE :
(9)
in the brackets.
(a)
Make sure that the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW) and 241MW (242MW)
are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
(b)
Make sure that the emergency-exit door-frame linings 241CW (242CW) and 214LW (242LW) are
removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-002-A).
Make sure that the insulation blankets, in the area that you are working, are removed (Ref. TASK
25-80-00-000-001-A).
(10) Make sure that the proximity switches 5WN1 and 5WN2 are removed (Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-003-A).
(11) Make sure that the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2 are removed (Ref. TASK 52-73-11-000-004-A).
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-43-210-054-A
A.

(1)
Clean the component interface and the adjacent area:

YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
MATERIAL/S.
AES
25-62-43 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-003) a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-62-43-420-054-B
IRRITANTS.
B.
Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

(1)
Install the release-mechanism camshaft assembly:

(a)
Assemble the camshaft assembly:

NOTE :
You will find punch marks on the camshaft (135), on the shaft (130) and on the lever
(142) to make the assembly easier.
Put the washers (133) and (136) in position on the shaft (135).
Put the lever (132) and (137) together with the bush (134) in position on the shaft (135).
Install the bolt (131) and the nut (138).
Put the washers (139) in position on the shaft (135).
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the torsion spring (140).
Put the torsion spring (140) in position on the camshaft (135)
Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140) is engaged in the related locatinghole of the lever (137).
Install the lever (142):

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE LEVER ON THE CAMSHAFT AND
CONNECT IT TO THE TORSION-SPRING.
AES
25-62-43 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
THE TENSION OF THE TORSION-SPRING CAN CAUSE SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE LEVER.
THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
a
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the splines of the camshaft
(135) and the lever (142).
Apply a force on the spring-end of the torsion spring (140) and adjust a pre-tension to
between 0.875 and 1.049 M.DAN (77.43 and 92.83 LBF.IN)
Install the lever (142) on the camshaft (135).

NOTE :
Make sure that the spring-end of the torsion spring (140) is engaged in the related
locating-hole of the lever (142).
If the pre-tension of the torsion spring (140) is not in the limits to between 0.875 and
1.049 M.DAN (77.43 and 92.83 LBF.IN) you can adjust the pre-tension with the lever
(142).
NOTE :
(b)
It is permitted to install the lever (142) one spline next to the related punch
marks G and H.
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the inner splines of the camshaft
(135) and on the splines in the middle of the shaft (130).
10
Carefully push the shaft (130) through the opening of the camshaft (135) until you can
align the two punch marks E and F.
11
Align the two punch marks E and F and continue to push the shaft (130) into the
camshaft (135).
12
Install the bush (144).
Install the camshaft assembly:

NOTE :
AES
The punch mark G on the lever (142) must align with the punch mark H
on the camshaft (135).
You will find punch marks on the shaft-ends of the camshaft assembly (121), and on the
levers (113) and (127) to make the assembly easier.
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the shaft-end splines of the camshaft
assembly (121).
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the mating surfaces of the bearing flanges
(118) and (124).
Put the bearing flanges (118) and (124) in position on the shaft-ends of the camshaft
assembly (121).
Put the camshaft assembly (121) in position.
Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (116) and
(123), and on the thread of the stop-screw (115).
Put the bearing flange (124) in position on the frame structure.
Install the bolts (123) and the nuts (122).
Put the bearing flange (118) in position on the frame structure.
25-62-43 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
9
Install the bolts (116), the stop screw (115) and the nuts (117).
10
11
Install the release-lever (127):

a
Put the lever (130) in position on the release-lever (127).
Install the screw (128) and the washer (129) but tighten the screw by hand only.
NOTE :
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the splines of the release-lever
(127).
Install the release-lever (127) on the shaft-end of the camshaft assembly (121).
NOTE :
e
12
The punch mark C on the release-lever (127) must align with the punch
mark D on the shaft-end of the camshaft assembly (121).
Install the bolt (125) and the washer (126).
Install the release-lever (113):

a
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the splines of the release-lever
(113).
Put the spacer (114) in position on the shaft-end of the camshaft assembly (121).
Install the release-lever (113) on the shaft-end of the camshaft assembly (121).
NOTE :
(2)
The adjustment of the release-lever (127) is done after the complete

installation of the emergency escape-slide release-mechanism assembly.
The punch mark A on the release-lever (113) must align with the punch
mark B on the shaft-end of the camshaft assembly (121).
Install the washer (112) and the castellated nut (111).
Install the new (IPC-CSN 25-62-04-14) cotter pin (110) .
Install the release-mechanism lever assembly:

(a)
Assemble the lever assembly (83):

1
Put the bushes (102) in position in the levers (100) and (101).
Put the washers (96) and the bolts (95) together with the washers (97) and the bushes (98)
in position on the lever (100).
Put the lever (101) in position and install the nuts (99), but do not tighten the nuts at this
time.
Make sure that the levers (100) and (101) are aligned and tighten the nuts (99).
Put the bushes (104) in position in the double lever (105).
Put the double lever (105) in its position between the levers (100) and (101).
Adjust the lever assembly (83):

a
AES
Measure the distance between the double lever (105) and the levers (100) and (101)
with a GAGE - FEELER (see DETAIL B).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
(3)
Make sure that the distance is not more than

0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).
If the distance between the levers is not in this tolerance adjust the distance with the
(IPC-CSN 25-62-04-12) washers (103) .
Assemble the release-mechanism lever assembly (82):

1
Install the setscrew (93), the locking device (92) and the nut (91).
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bushes (89) and (90).
Put the bushes (89) and (90) in position in the lever bracket (94) as recorded in the
removal procedure.
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the bolt (88).
Put the lever assembly (83) in position in the lever bracket (94) and install the bolt (88).
Adjust the release-mechanism lever assembly (82):

a
Measure the distance between the lever assembly (83) and the lever bracket (94) with
a GAGE - FEELER (see DETAIL B).
Make sure that the distance is not more than

0.9 mm (0.0354 in.).
If the distance between the levers is not in this tolerance adjust the distance with the
washers (84).
Remove the bolt (88) and install the (IPC-CSN 25-62-04-12) washers (84) as
necessary.
Install the bolt (88), the washer (87) and the castellated nut (86).
TORQUE the castellated nut (86) to between 0.30 and 0.35 M.DAN (26.55 and 30.97
LBF.IN) and install the new (IPC-CSN 25-62-04-12) cotter pin (85) .
(c)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the mating surface of the release-mechanism lever
assembly (82).
(d)
Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (80).
(e)
Put the release-mechanism lever assembly (82) in position and install the bolts (80) and the nuts
(81).
Install the release-mechanism tie-rod assembly:

AES
(a)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the mating surface of the bracket (75).
(b)
Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (71) and (73).
(c)
Put the bracket (75) in position and install the bolts (71) and (73), and the nuts (72) and (74).
(d)
(e)
Put the bushes (59) and (60), together with the tie-rod assembly (54), in position on the
camshaft-assembly as recorded in the removal procedure.
(f)
Install the bolt (58), the washer (57) and the castellated nut (56).
(g)
(h)
25-62-43 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(i)
Put the bushes (52) and (53), together with the other end of the tie-rod assembly (54), in
position on the lever-assembly as recorded in the removal procedure.
(j)
Install the bolt (50) and the washer (48) to hold the tie-rod assembly (54) in position.
(k)
Assemble the over-center spring-rod assembly (63)

(reffered to as the spring-rod assembly):
(l)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the spring (43) and on the inside
surface of the bellows (40).
Put the spring (43) in position in the bellows (40).
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the shaft of the tie-rod end (44).
Put the tie-rod ends (42) and (44) together with the bushes (41) in position.
Make sure that the tie-rod ends are correctly installed in the spring (43).
(m) Put the bushes (69) and (70), together with the spring-rod assembly (63), in position on the
bracket (75) as recorded in the removal procedure.
(4)
(n)
Install the bolt (68), the washers (67) and (66), and the castellated nut (65).
(o)
(p)
(q)
Put the bushes (61) and (62), together with the other end of the spring-rod assembly (63), in
position on the lever assembly as recorded in the removal procedure.
(r)
Install the bolt (51) and the washer (49) to hold the spring-rod assembly (63) in position.
(s)
Install the washers (47) and the castellated nuts (46).
(t)
Install the new (IPC-CSN 25-62-04-13) cotter pins (45) .
Install the release-mechanism proximity-detector assemblies

(referred to as the proximity-detector assemblies):
(a)
AES
Assemble the proximity-detector assemblies:

1
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the actuating rod (22).
Put the actuating rod (22) a short distance in position in the switch-bracket (36).
Put the washer (23), the nut (24) and the washer (25) in position on the actuating rod
(22).
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the spring (26).
Put the spring (26) and the bush (27) in position in the switch-bracket (36) and push the
actuating rod (22) in position.
Put the bush (21) in position and install the washers (23) and the nut (24).
Put the washer (28), the rod-guide (29) and the target assembly (30) in position.
Put the serrated washer (31) in position and install the nut (32).
(b)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) to the mating surfaces of the proximity-detector
assemblies (20).
(c)
Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the bolts (35).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
(d)
Put the proximity-detector assemblies (20) in position on the frame structure, and install the bolts
(35), the washers (34) and the nuts (33).
(e)
Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to the threads of the pins (38).
(f)
Put the pins (38) in position in the frame structure and install the nuts (37).
Adjust the over-center spring-rod assembly

(reffered to as the spring-rod assembly):
(6)
(a)
Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (1) of the eye-end fitting.
(b)
Loosen the lock-nut (1) of the eye-end fitting.
(c)
Move the latch lever rearward until it touches the lever bracket at POINT A.
(d)
Move the double lever rearward until it touches the latch lever stop-bolt (2) at POINT B.
(e)
Turn the adjusting-rod (3) and adjust the spring-rod assembly to 53.0 +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm
(2.0866 +0.0197 in. or -0.0197 in.).
(f)
Tighten the lock-nut (1) of the eye-end fitting.
(g)
Safety the lock-nut (1) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001-A).
(h)
Make sure that the rubber bellows of the over-center spring rod is in its correct position after you
have done the adjustment.
Install the rigid control-cables:

(7)
(a)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) on the clevis-pin (4).
(b)
Put the rigid control-cables (1) together with the spacers (2) and (3), as recorded in the removal
procedure, in position and install the clevis-pin (4).
(c)
Put the washer (5) in position and install the new (IPC-CSN 25-62-04-10) cotter pin (6) .
Adjust the distance between the latch lever and the lever bracket:
(a)
Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (4) and the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) of the
rigid control-cables (5).
(b)
Loosen the lock-nuts (4) of the rigid control-cables (5).
(c)
Turn the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) and adjust the distance between the latch lever and the lever
bracket at POINT A to between 0.5 +0.1 mm or -0.1 mm (0.0197 +0.0039 in. or -0.0039 in.).
NOTE :
(8)
AES
Measure the distance, between the top of the lever bracket and the lip of the latch lever
with a GAGE - FEELER.
(d)
Loosen the sleeve adjust nuts (6) FIVE FULL TURNS.
(e)
Tighten the lock-nuts (4) of the rigid control-cables (5).
(f)
Safety the lock-nuts (4) and the sleeve adjust-nuts (6) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001-A).
Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever:
25-62-43 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (7) of the tie-rod (8).
(b)
Loosen the lock-nuts (7) of the tie-rod (8).
(c)
Make sure that the release lever (14) touches the stop screw (15) at POINT D (see DETAIL
C)
(d)
Turn the tie-rod (8) clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the distance between the double lever
and the latch lever at POINT B.
(e)
Adjust the distance between the double lever and the latch lever at POINT B to 0.3 +0.1 mm
or -0.1 mm (0.0118 +0.0039 in. or -0.0039 in.).
NOTE :
(f)
Make sure that the eye-ends of the tie-rod (8) are in safety.
NOTE :
(9)
Measure the distance, between the double lever and the latch lever stop-bolt (2) with a
GAGE - FEELER.
If you cannot push a needle or equivalent through the inspection holes, the eye-ends are in
safety.
(g)
Tighten the lock-nuts (7) of the tie-rod (8).
(h)
Safety the lock-nuts (7) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material
No: 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001-A).
Adjust the clearence between the release levers and the release pins of the emergency-exit hatches:
(a)
Adjust the release lever of the AFT emergency-exit hatch:

1
Put the AFT emergency-exit hatch in the installed position

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001-A).
Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).
Loosen the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).
Make sure that the release pin of the emergency-exit hatch is in the ARMED Position
(see DETAIL D).
Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at POINT C (see DETAIL
A).
Move the emergency-exit hatch until you can measure the distance between the release lever
(14) and the release pin (16).
Turn the setscrew (9) and adjust the distance between the release lever (14) and the release
pin (16) to 1.0 +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm (0.0394 +0.0197 in. or -0.0197 in.).
NOTE :
(b)
Tighten the lock-nut (10) of the setscrew (9).
Safety the lock-nut (10) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Material No: 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001-A).
10
Remove the AFT emergency-exit hatch.
Adjust the release lever of the FWD emergency-exit hatch:

1
AES
Measure the distance with a GAGE - FEELER.
Put the FWD emergency-exit hatch in the installed position

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001-A).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
2
If necessary loosen the bolt (19).
Make sure that the release pin of the emergency-exit hatch is in the ARMED Position
(see DETAIL D).
Make sure that the double lever touches the setscrew (9) at POINT C (see DETAIL
A).
Move the emergency hatch until you can measure the distance between the release lever
(17) and the release pin (21).
Move the lever (20) to adjust the distance between the lever (17) and the release pin (21)
with a GAGE - FEELER
to 1.0 +0.5 mm or -0.5 mm (0.0394 +0.0197 in. or -0.0197 in.).
Tighten the bolt (19).
Safety the bolts (18) and (19) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
Remove the FWD emergency-exit hatch.
(10) Connect the flexible control-cable:

(a)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-004) to the clevis-pin (9).
(b)
Put the flexible control-cable (11) together with the washers (10) in position and install the clevispin (9).
(c)
Put the washer (8) in position and install the new (IPC-CSN 25-62-04-10) cotter pin (7) .
(11) Adjust the flexible control-cable:

(a)
Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the lock-nuts (11) and the sleeve adjust-nuts (12) of
the flexible control-cable (13).
(b)
Loosen the lock-nuts (11) of the flexible control-cable (13).
(c)
Turn the sleeve adjust-nut (12) and adjust the distance at the end of the flexible control-cable
(13) to 11.5 +1.7 mm or -1.7 mm (0.4528 +0.0669 in. or -0.0669 in.).
NOTE :
(d)
Measure the distance at the outer end of the flexible control-cable (13) (see DETAIL
K) with a GAGE-SLIDE.
Do a check of the adjusted distance at the end of the flexible control-cable (13):
1
Pull the end of the flexible control-assembly (13) three times.
Measure the distance at the end of the flexible control-cable (13) with a GAGE-SLIDE.
If the distance is not in the limits of 11.5 +1.7 mm or -1.7 mm (0.4528 +0.0669 in. or
-0.0669 in.), do the steps (c) thru (e) again.
(e)
Tighten the lock-nuts (11) of the flexible control-cable (13).
(f)
Safety the lock-nuts (11) and the sleeve adjust-nut (12) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001-A).
(12) Adjust the cable-travel of the flexible control-cable:

AES
25-62-43 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Put the emergency-exit hatches in the installed position

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001-A).
(b)
Install the TEST TOOL-RELEASE CABLE,ESCAPE SLIDE (TLW101) on the flexible control
assembly (see DETAIL L):
1
Remove the protective plug and the two collets from the test tool.
Carefully engage the test tool into the related slot of the flexible control-cable (13).
Put the two collets in position, on the connection of the test tool and the flexible controlassembly.
Move the knurled sleeve-nut up and install it to the flexible control-assembly.
(c)
Set the test tool cursor to zero.
(d)
Make sure that the release pin (16) of the FWD emergency-exit hatch is in the ARMED
position (see DETAIL D).
(e)
Make sure that the release lever (14) is in the INACTIVATED position (see DETAIL C).
(f)
Open and remove the FWD emergency-exit hatch.

NOTE :
During the opening of the hatch, the release pin (16) moves the release lever (14) and the
flexible control-cable (13) is operated.
(g)
Make sure that the test-tool cursor has moved and shows a minimum cable-travel of 50.0 mm
(1.9685 in.).
(h)
If the test-tool cursor shows less than the minimum cable-travel of 50.0 mm (1.9685 in.), you
must adjust the flexible control-assembly.
(i)
Adjust the flexible control-assembly:

1
Put the emergency-exit hatches back in the installed position

(Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001-A).
Cut, remove and discard the lock-wire from the adjust nuts (22) and (23) of the flexible
control-assembly.
Loosen the adjust nuts (22) and (23).
Turn the adjust nuts (22) and (23) to adjust the cable-travel.
Tighten the adjust nuts (22) and (23).
(j)
Do a check of the adjusted cable-travel and do the steps (a) thru (h) again
(k)
Safety the adjust nuts (22) and (23) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(l)
Remove the test tool from the flexible control-assembly.

1
Loosen the knurled sleeve-nut fully and remove the two collets.
Carefully remove the test tool from the related slot of the flexible control-cable (13).
Put the two collets in position on the test tool, move the knurled sleeve-nut up and install
the plug.
Subtask 25-62-43-420-055-A
C.
AES
Connection of the Release-Cable Assembly

25-62-43 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Remove the protective plug:

CAUTION :
(a)
Remove the protective plug (6) from the knurled sleeve nut (5) to get access to the two collets
(7).
(b)
Remove and keep the two collets (7).
(c)
Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire into the release-cable assembly (2).
(d)
Put the protective plug (6) in the pocket (3).
(2)
Carefully engage the end of the release-cable assembly (2) in the related slot of the flexible controlassembly (1).
(3)
Put the two collets (7) in their positions, on the connection of the release- cable assembly (2) and the
flexible control-assembly (1).
NOTE :
5.
When you install the collets (7), one of the slots in the collets must point to you. Through the
slot, you can do a visual check that the release-cable assembly (2) stays connected while you
tighten the knurled sleeve nut (5).
(4)
Move the knurled sleeve nut (5) up and install it on the flexible control-assembly (1).
(5)
Safety the knurled sleeve nut (5) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material
No: 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-43-410-056-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the proximity switches 5WN1 and 5WN2

(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-400-003-A).
(2)
Install the proximity switches 6WN1 and 6WN2

(Ref. TASK 52-73-11-400-004-A).
(3)
Do the special precautions after you have worked on the offwing escape-slide system(s) (Ref. TASK
25-62-00-081-001-A).
(4)
Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S) from the AFT cargo-compartment door.
(5)
Remove the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE from the AFT cargo-compartment
door.
(6)
Close the AFT cargo-compartment door with the yellow electric pump (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002A).
(7)
Install the insulation blankets (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-400-001-A).
(8)
Install the access panels:

NOTE :
AES
in the brackets.
(a)
Install the cove light panels 241DW (242DW), 241HW (242HW)

and 241MW (242MW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001-A).
(b)
Install the emergency-exit door-frame linings 241CW (242CW)

and 214LW (242LW) (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-002-A).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(9)
(10) Install the passenger seats (Ref. TASK 25-21-41-400-001-A).

Subtask 25-62-43-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-62-43 PB401
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
B
DOUBLE LEVER
EXAMPLE
FR40
4
POINT C
10
LATCH LEVER
FR39
11
DOUBLE LEVER
A
2
3
12
13
POINT B
POINT A
7
OVERCENTER
SPRING ROD
EYEEND FITTING
8
LEVER BRACKET
7
N_MM_256243_4_BJMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00800-B SHEET 1

Adjustments
25-62-43 PB401
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
D
EXAMPLE
15
POINT D
14
RELEASE PIN IN ARMED POSITION
17
14
21
16
D
F
18
FWD EMERGENCY HATCH
AFT EMERGENCY HATCH
G
17
19
20
14
21
16
N_MM_256243_4_BJMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00800-B SHEET 2

Adjustments
25-62-43 PB401
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z826
FR47
J
EXAMPLE
J
J
FR48
L
Z150
L
FLEXIBLE
CONTROLASSEMBLY
PROTECTIVE
PLUG
COLLET
13
FLEXIBLE
CONTROLASSEMBLY
COLLET
KNURLED
SLEEVE NUT
TEST TOOL
(TLW 101)
11.5 1.7mm
(0.453 0.067 in.)
CURSOR
N_MM_256243_4_BJMA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00800-B SHEET 3

Adjustments
25-62-43 PB401
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
22
23
FLEXIBLE
CONTROLASSEMBLY
N_MM_256243_4_BJMA_04_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-43-991-00800-B SHEET 4

Adjustments
25-62-43 PB401
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SLIDE - ESCAPE, FWD AND AFT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-44-000-012-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
1
ALLEN KEY 5/32 IN
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
98D52103500000
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-10-00-410-001-A
52-10-00-860-001-A
Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew Door
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-03000-A - Escape-Slide Raft Pack-Assembly)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-066-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS), make sure that the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is
set to the OFF position.
(3)
Make sure that the passenger/crew door (referred to as door) is safetied:

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT THE DOOR
IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR. SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(4)
AES
(a)
Make sure that the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder is DISARMED (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-001-A).
(b)
Make sure that the emergency control-handle (3) is set to the DISARMED/MANUAL position,
with the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) installed.
Make sure that the applicable door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001-A).
25-62-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-44-020-083-A
A.

(1)
Remove the decorative cover (20) from the pack-assembly (9):

NOTE :
(a)
Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(b)
Hold the door and do not let it open fully.
(c)
Under the pack-assembly (9), open the straps (21) between the decorative cover (20) and the girt
assembly (11).
(d)
Carefully lower the door and lock it with the door control-handle (2).
(e)
For procedure 1 and 2:
(f)
(g)
(2)
There are three different procedures to attach the decorative cover (20):
. Procedure 1: With burr strips (VELCRO)
. Procedure 2: With dual-lock reclosable fastener-strips
. Procedure 3: With spring-loaded bolts.
The three different procedures are not interchangeable.
More force is necessary to open the dual-lock reclosable fastener-strips than to open the burr
strips. You hear a click when the two halves open.
Pull the bottom edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the pack-assembly (9) to
disengage the spring clips.
Carefully pull the top edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the attach-strips (16)
and remove the decorative cover (20).
For procedure 3:
1
Disengage the spring-loaded bolts (73) and remove the decorative cover (20).
Keep the decorative cover (20) with the aircraft.
Safety the inflation reservoir of the escape-slide raft:

(3)
(a)
Remove the lock pin (18) from the pocket (75) on the soft-cover (12) of the pack-assembly (9).
(b)
Install the lock pin (18) in the regulator valve assembly (19).
Get access to the girt bar (10) and the floor fittings (26):
CAUTION :
AES
DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL START THE
SEQUENCE OF STEPS THAT PULLS THE INFLATABLE ASSEMBLY OUT OF THE
PACK-ASSEMBLY.
25-62-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Remove the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) and move the emergency
control-handle (3) to the ARMED/AUTOMATIC position.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Remove the girt bar (10):

CAUTION :
(4)
Push the spring pawls (29) to release the girt bar (10).
Pull the girt bar (10) inboard and away from the floor fittings (26).
Put the girt bar (10) on the cabin floor, inboard of the floor fittings (26).
(e)
(f)
Set the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED/MANUAL position and install the
SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4).
Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the door:

(a)
Remove the top attachments of the pack-assembly (9) with one of the two procedures:
(b)
Procedure 1:
(c)
Hold the pack-assembly (9).
Pull the PULL handles (44) to disengage the quick-release latches (43) from the mounting
pins (42).
Procedure 2:
1
Loosen the link nuts (46).
Remove the attach-links (48) and the PULL handles (47) from the stud assemblies (45).
Keep the attach-links (48) and the PULL handles (47) with the pack-assembly (9).
Remove the stud assemblies (45) with the ALLEN KEY 5/32 IN (49) from the door.
NOTE :
The allen key (49) must go through the wire loop (50).
Keep the stud assemblies (45) with the pack-assembly (9).

NOTE :
The wire that you can see through the heat shrink sleeve must correctly attach to
the stud assembly (45). If the wire does not attach correctly, you must not use the
stud assembly (45) for the next installation.
(d)
Tilt the pack-assembly (9) inboard on the supports (14) and hold it.
(e)
Disconnect the electrical connector (15):

CAUTION :
AES
DO NOT PULL THE GIRT ASSEMBLY. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL OPEN THE PACK
ASSEMBLY.
DO NOT USE ABRASIVES OR ABRASIVE TOOLS TO CLEAN, DISCONNECT OR

CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR. ABRASIVES OR ABRASIVE TOOLS
WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE CORROSION PROTECTION OF THE
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR.
FOR 7500MM (ESCAPE SLIDE FWD L)

2871VC-A
25-62-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(f)
FOR 7501MM (ESCAPE SLIDE FWD R)

2870VC-A
FOR 7502MM (ESCAPE SLIDE AFT L)

2873VC-A
FOR 7503MM (ESCAPE SLIDE AFT R)

2872VC-A.
Lift the pack-assembly (9) from the supports (14) and put it on the cabin floor.
NOTE :
(5)
Remove the girt bar (10) from the girt assembly (11):
CAUTION :
AES
The pack-assembly (9) has a weight of approximately 50.0 kg (110.2311 lb).
ASSEMBLY.
(a)
Open the burr strips of the girt assembly (11).
(b)
Remove the loop (35) of the survival-kit lanyard (white) (36) from the trigger lever (37).
(c)
Open the blue burr strips (38) and the green burr strips (39).
(d)
Remove the release strap (yellow) (40) from the trigger lever (37).
(e)
Pull the HANDLE (31) and open the lace-up joint (34).
(f)
Remove the mooring line (32) from the girt bar (10).
(g)
Remove the girt bar (10) from the open girt assembly (11).
(h)
Keep the girt bar (10) with the door.
(6)
Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the aircraft.
(7)
Make sure that you keep these removed components together with the pack-assembly (9):
. The attach-links (48) and the PULL handles (47)
. The stud assemblies (45).
25-62-44 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7503MM
A
EXAMPLE
7501MM
FR69
FR65
7502MM
A
FR21
FR15
GR
7500MM
25VU
C
B
SIGNS
EMER EXIT LT
ON
ARM
OFF
NOTE:
1
DISARMED POSITION
ARMED POSITION
N_MM_256244_4_BCMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-03000-A SHEET 1

25-62-44 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
D
HK
14
18
20
15
17
16
14
HK
13
21
12
21
11
21
10
21
E
F
EXAMPLE
18
73
13
20
19
11
N_MM_256244_4_BCMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-03000-A SHEET 2

25-62-44 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
H
EXAMPLE OF PROCEDURE 1
DOOR
L
J
42
10
43
J
74
37
28
27
10
26
SECTION
JJ
44
44
SHOWN IN INSTALLED POSITION
DOOR
25.0MM MIN
(0.98 in.)
43
42
DOOR
35
47
HEATSHRINK
SLEEVE
46
26
36
45
48
10
50
37
49
NOTE:
3
29
ITEMS 36 AND 40 NOT SHOWN
N_MM_256244_4_BCMA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-03000-A SHEET 3

25-62-44 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
35
39
40
38
36
R
Q
40
34
37
32
BURRSTRIP
31
NP
11
10
N_MM_256244_4_BCMA_04_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-03000-A SHEET 4

25-62-44 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
51
52
11
75
10
13
76
18
SECTION
SECTION
TT
77
GIRT ASSEMBLY
FOLDED CORRECTLY
TT
GIRT ASSEMBLY
FOLDED INCORRECTLY
9
11
11
DOOR
DOOR
FLEXIBLE PART OF GIRT
FLEXIBLE PART OF GIRT
10
DOOR FITTINGS
STIFF PART OF GIRT
DOOR FITTINGS
STIFF PART OF GIRT

10
N_MM_256244_4_BCMA_05_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-03000-A SHEET 5

25-62-44 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-44-400-007-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
1
ALLEN KEY 5/32 IN
No specific
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
M.DAN)
98D52103500000
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-861-001-A
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
24-42-00-861-001-A
33-51-00-710-001-A
52-10-00-410-001-A
52-10-00-610-001-A

52-10-00-860-001-A
Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-002-A
Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew Door
11-32-52-00
DOORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-00300-A - Pack-Assembly - Preparation for Installation)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-01600-A - Girt Bar - Operational Test and Pin Inspection)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-03100-A - Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-01700-A - Visual Indicator - Adjustment)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-02600-A - Monitoring, through CIDS)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-065-A
A.

(1)
AES
25-62-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
In the cockpit on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS):

. Make sure that the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is in the OFF position.
(3)
If you install the pack-assembly (9) at a passenger/crew door where the escape-slide raft has fired
during:
. An accident
. An operational test.
(a)
(4)
Make sure that the diaphragm is replaced in the percussion mechanism of the door damper and
emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-610-001-A).
Make sure that the door is safetied:

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT THE DOOR
IS SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL
DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR. SUDDEN
MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(5)
4.
(a)
Make sure that the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder is DISARMED (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-001-A).
(b)
Make sure that the emergency control-handle (3) is set to the DISARMED/MANUAL position
with the SAFETY PIN - SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4) installed.
Close the door from the passenger compartment (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-44-560-052-A
A.
Inspection and Preparation of components for installation

(1)
Examine the pack-assembly (9):

(a)
Do a check of the general condition of the slide raft pack-assembly.
(b)
Make sure that the inflation reservoir is safetied:

1
Make sure that the lockpin assembly (18) is installed in the regulator valve assembly (19).
NOTE :
AES
The lockpin assembly (18) is kept in a stowage pocket on the soft-cover of the
pack-assembly (9).
25-62-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
Make sure that the routing of the inflation cable (51) is correct.
CAUTION :
An
.
.
.
MAKE SURE THAT THE INFLATION CABLE IS NOT PULLED OUT FROM THE
PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF IT IS PULLED OUT, DO NOT PUT IT BACK, BUT
REPLACE THE PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF THE INFLATION CABLE IS PUT BACK
INCORRECTLY, IT CAN PREVENT THE INFLATION OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE
RAFT.
incorrect routing is given, if:

The inflation cable is pulled out of the pack-assembly.
The inflation cable is caught below the inflation reservoir.
The inflation cable is winded round the inflation reservoir.
(d)
Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct
condition.
(e)
(f)
(g)
Make sure that the connector (61) between the pull-handle cable (62) and the inflation cable is
connected.
(h)
Make sure that the connector (58) between the cable and loop assembly (57) and the cover
release-cable (59) is disconnected.
If you must disconnect the connector (58):
1
(i)
Carefully loosen the sleeve nut until you can remove the ball-end of the cable and loop
assembly (57) from the body.
NOTE :
(j)
There are two different types of gage (53) (MODEL A and MODEL B). MODEL A has a
green cursor which is temperature sensitive. MODEL B has a needle with an internal
mechanism, which is temperature sensitive. They can give temporary low pressure
indications when there are sudden temperature changes (from a cold to a warm
environment). The cursor/needle moves to changes in temperature faster than the gas can
expand in the inflation reservoir.



. Let temperature conditions become stable, then examine the gage (53) again.
. If the gage needle continues to show an incorrect indication, replace the pack-assembly (9).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRIC HARNESS IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED ON THE PACKASSEMBLY. IF THE ELECTRICAL HARNESS IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED, IT CAN
PREVENT THE CORRECT INFLATION AND/OR DEPLOYMENT OF THE ESCAPESLIDE/SLIDE RAFT.
AES
25-62-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Install the electrical harness (22) on the correct side of the pack-assembly (9):
NOTE :
(a)
The pack-assembly (9) can be installed on a left or a right door.

The electrical harness must come out of the side of the girt assembly in flight direction.
Put the pack-assembly (9) in front of the related door.

NOTE :
(b)
The pack-assembly (9) weighs approximately 50.0 kg (110.23 lb).
Pull the electrical harness (22) out from between the girt-assembly halves in the direction of the
door support-arm.
NOTE :
The electrical harness (22) must come out of the side of the girt assembly in flight
direction.
(c)
Discard the rubber band.
(d)
Pull open the burr-strips (Velcro) (54), (55) and (56).
(e)
Connect the quick-release connector (23).
(f)
Install the electrical harness (22) as shown:

. See DETAIL C for the right door.
. See DETAIL F for the left door.
1
(g)
Refer to the instructions on the soft-cover of the pack-assembly (9).

Make sure that the quick-release connector (22) is installed next to the STOW PLUG
HERE mark/placard.
Close the burr-strips (54), (55) and (56).
Subtask 25-62-44-710-060-A
B.
Operational Test Procedure before Installation

(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-01600-A - Girt Bar - Operational Test and Pin Inspection)
(1)
(2)
Do an operational test of the girt bar (10) before installation in the girt assembly:
(a)
Hold the girt bar (10) and pull the trigger lever (37) in the direction shown.
(b)
Hold the trigger lever (37) and move the telescopic end-fitting (41) in and out of the girt bar
(10).
(c)
Make sure that the telescopic end-fitting (41) can move freely in the girt bar (10).
Do a visual inspection of the pin (69). Make sure that there is no corrosion.
Subtask 25-62-44-420-065-A
C.

(1)
Install the girt bar (10) in the girt assembly (11):

CAUTION :
AES
ASSEMBLY.
(a)
Open the burr strips of the girt-assembly (11).
(b)
Pull the HANDLE (31) and open the lace-up joint (34).
(c)
Install the girt bar (10).

(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-03100-A - Installation Procedure of the Girt Bar)
25-62-44 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(d)
Safety the parachute pin with nylon cord.

NOTE :
(2)
(3)
The nylon cord must have a minimum breaking strain of 9.0 lb (4.0823 kg). The nylon
cord must agree with specification V-T-295, type II, class A, size E (p/n M11944-4
Vendor Air Cruisers/Aerazur).
Connect the connector (58) between the cable-and-loop assembly (57) and the cover release-cable (59):
(a)
Put the ball-end of the cable-and-loop assembly (57) into the body.
(b)
Tighten the sleeve nut.
Install the pack-assembly (9) on the door:

(a)
(b)
(c)
Put the pack-assembly (9) in position on the supports (14).

NOTE :
The pack-assembly has a weight of approximately 50.0 kg (110.2311 lb).
(d)
Tilt the pack-assembly (9) inboard and hold it in position on the supports (14).
(e)
Connect of the electrical connector (15):

CAUTION :

2871VC-A

2870VC-A

2873VC-A

2872VC-A
(f)
Install the top attachments of the pack-assembly (9) with one of the two procedures:
(g)
Procedure 1:
1
Make sure that the head of each mounting pin (42) has a minimum length of 25.0 mm
(0.9843 in.).
Make sure that the quick-release latches (43) are in a good condition and disengaged.
NOTE :
AES

You can disengage the quick-release latches:

. With your hand
. When you carefully pull the PULL handles.
Push the pack-assembly (9) against the door.
25-62-44 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4
Engage the quick-release latches (43):

CAUTION :
(h)
DO NOT USE A TOOL OR A METAL OBJECT TO ENGAGE THE QUICKRELEASE LATCHES. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
PACK-ASSEMBLY.
Use your hand to engage the quick-release latches (43) with the mounting pins (42).
Make sure that there is no play between the packboard (13) and the door.
If there is play, carefully tighten the mounting pins (42).

. Make sure that you do not disengage the quick-release latches (43).
Procedure 2:
1
Push the pack-assembly (9) against the door.
Make sure that the wire which you can see through the heat shrink sleeve of the stud
assemblies (45) correctly attaches to the stud assemblies (45).
WARNING : BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE STUD ASSEMBLY, MAKE SURE THAT IT IS NOT
DAMAGED. IF YOU INSTALL A DAMAGED STUD ASSEMBLY, IT CAN CAUSE
THE PACK ASSEMBLY TO DISENGAGE FROM THE DOOR.
3
Install the stud assemblies (45) in the door.
Carefully tighten the stud assemblies (45) with the ALLEN KEY 5/32 IN (49) and torque
them to 53.09 LBF.IN (0.60 M.DAN).
NOTE :
Make sure that there is no play between the packboard (13) and the door.
Connect the PULL handles (47) to the wire loops (50) with the attach links (48).
NOTE :
7
(4)
The PULL handles are attached to the soft-cover of the pack-assembly. It is not
necessary to remove the PULL handles when you connect them to the stud
assemblies.
Tighten the link nuts (46).
Install the girt bar (10) in the floor fittings (26):

CAUTION :
DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOOR. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL START THE
SEQUENCE OF STEPS THAT PULLS THE INFLATABLE ASSEMBLY OUT OF THE
PACK-ASSEMBLY.
(a)
control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Install the girt bar (10):

CAUTION :
AES
ASSEMBLY.
25-62-44 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
1
Push the girt bar (10) into the floor fittings (26) until the spring pawls (29) engage.
Make sure that the girt assembly (11) is folded correctly. Refer to detail SECTION T-T.
(e)
(f)
Make sure that the control-shaft levers (28) engage correctly in the holes of the girt bar (10).
(g)
Move the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position.
(h)
(i)
(j)
Make sure that the girt bar (10) engages correctly with the telescopic forks (27) of the door
structure.
(k)
(l)
Move the emergency control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.
(m) Carefully lift the door with the door control-handle (2).
(n)
(o)
Make sure that the girt bar (10) engages correctly in the floor fittings (26).
(p)
(q)
Make sure that the girt bar (10) can move freely:
1
(r)
(5)
Move the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position and install the SAFETY PIN SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4).
Examine the forward side of the pack-assembly (9):

CAUTION :
(a)
MAKE SURE THAT THE INFLATION CABLE IS NOT PULLED OUT FROM THE PACKASSEMBLY. IF IT IS PULLED OUT, DO NOT PUT IT BACK, BUT REPLACE THE
PACK-ASSEMBLY. IF THE INFLATION CABLE IS PUT BACK INCORRECTLY, IT CAN
PREVENT THE INFLATION OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE RAFT.
Make sure that the inflation cable (51) is not pulled out of the pocket (52). Refer to detail N.
(6)
Remove the lock pin (18) from the regulator valve assembly (19).
(7)
Put the lock pin (18) in the pocket (75) on the soft-cover (12) of the pack-assembly (9).
(8)
Install the decorative cover (20) on the pack-assembly (9):

NOTE :
(a)
AES
Move the emergency control-handle (3) from the ARMED to the DISARMED position four
times.
More force is necessary to attach the dual-lock reclosable fastener-strips than to attach the burr
strips. You hear a click when the two halves engage.

1
Align the spring clips on the top edge of the decorative cover (20) with the slots (17) in the
packboard (13).
Push the top edge of the decorative cover (20) against the attach-strips (16).
25-62-44 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3
(b)
(9)
Push the bottom edge of the decorative cover (20) against the pack-assembly (9) until the
spring clips engage.
For procedure 3:
1
Engage the spring-loaded bolts (73).
Push the bottom edge of the decorative cover (20) against the pack-assembly (9) until the
spring clips engage.
(c)
(d)
(e)
Under the pack-assembly (9), engage the straps (21) between the decorative cover (20) and the
girt assembly (11).
(f)
Tighten the straps (21) and put the loose ends between the straps (21) and the pack-assembly
(9).
(g)
(h)
Make sure that you can see the gage through the hole in the decorative cover (20).
Do a check of the decorative-cover installation:

(a)
(b)
Slowly open the door. While opening, do a check of the clearance between the decorative cover
(20) and the door frame lining.
(c)
Fully open the door and lock it.
(d)
Do a check of the clearance between the decorative cover (20) and the fuselage.
(e)
Close and lock the door.
(10) Do a visual inspection of the visual indicator (30) and the ARMED indication:
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-01700-A - Visual Indicator - Adjustment)
(a)
control-handle (3) to the ARMED position.
(b)
If installed, make sure that the self-adhesive placards are in a good condition.
1
If necessary, install new self-adhesive placards, (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A) and (Ref.
11-32-52-00).
Make sure that the point of the self-adhesive arrow (67) aligns with the RED mark.
If it does not, move the self-adhesive arrow (67) to the correct position.
NOTE :
(c)
If an ARMED placard (68) is installed on the cabin floor, it is not necessary to

make adjustments.
Move the emergency control-handle (3) to the DISARMED position and install the SAFETY PIN SLIDE ARMING (98D52103500000) (4).
Subtask 25-62-44-710-061-A
D.
AES
Operational Test of the Escape-Facilities

(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-02600-A - Monitoring, through CIDS)
(1)
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data-System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Do the operational test of the emergency lights (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-001-A) or (Ref. AMM
33-51-00-710-010) .
25-62-44 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on each door to tell persons not to open the door during the CIDS test.
(4)
Do the operational test of the inflation reservoir (slide-bottle) monitoring through the CIDS.
NOTE :
This test is applicable only if the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) is programmed to monitor
the slide-bottles.
ACTION
1.At the PTP 110RH:
. Open the access door.
RESULT
At the PTP 110RH:
NOTE :
.
You can ignore other maintenance messages, if

they are shown.
Push the DSPL ON pushbutton switch.
The main menu page shows.
Push the SYSTEM STATUS line selection-key.
The SYSTEM STATUS page shows the message

SLIDES PRESS OK.
NOTE :
If the message SLIDES PRESS OK does not show,

push the CONT line selection-key until the
message shows.
NOTE :
.
5.
Close-up
The screen sets to off automatically after 10

minutes.
Subtask 25-62-44-410-072-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Put the door back to a serviceable condition (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002-A).
(3)
items.
Subtask 25-62-44-862-053-A
B.
AES

25-62-44 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF ESCAPESLIDE
9
CE
F
EXAMPLE OF ESCAPESLIDE RAFT
D
9
CE
A
F
A
EXAMPLE
B
53
19
18
N_MM_256244_4_AEMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-00300-A SHEET 1

25-62-44 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
EXAMPLE OF
RIGHT DOOR
RIGHT DOOR
DOOR SUPPORTARM
STOW EXCESS
CABLE UNDER VELCRO
THE ELECTRICAL HARNESS MUST

ALWAYS COME OUT OF THE
GIRT ASSEMBLY IN THE
DIRECTION OF THE DOOR
SUPPORTARM.
56
55
D
23
11
EXAMPLE
22 2
54
57
58
59
N_MM_256244_4_AEMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-00300-A SHEET 2

25-62-44 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
E
EXAMPLE OF
LEFT DOOR
STOW PLUG
HERE
LEFT DOOR
DOOR SUPPORTARM
STOW EXCESS
CABLE UNDER VELCRO
THE ELECTRICAL HARNESS MUST

ALWAYS COME OUT OF THE
GIRT ASSEMBLY IN THE
DIRECTION OF THE DOOR
SUPPORTARM.
23
56
G
ESCAPESLIDE RAFT ONLY
55
54
52
22 2
11
F
EXAMPLE
61
51
60
62
N_MM_256244_4_AEMA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-00300-A SHEET 3

25-62-44 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
AREA B
GAGE
MODEL A
AREA A
NEEDLE
53
GREEN CURSOR
AREA B
GAGE
MODEL B
AREA A
RED BAND
GREEN BAND
TEMP.
COMP.
53
NEEDLE
N_MM_256244_4_AEMA_04_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-00300-A SHEET 4

25-62-44 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
69
10
69
37
41
10
37
41
N_MM_256244_4_AJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-01600-A SHEET 1

Girt Bar - Operational Test and Pin Inspection
25-62-44 PB401
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
2
LEFT SIDE SHOWN, RIGHT SIDE SIMILAR
SHORT GIRT
FLAP
TELESCOPIC END
FITTING
GIRT BAR
VISUAL
INDICATOR
LONG GIRT
FLAP
BURRSTRIP
PUT THE ESCAPESLIDE RAFT PACKASSEMBLY ON
A FLAT SURFACE. MAKE SURE THAT THE SHORT
GIRT FLAP IS ON THE TOP OF THE
LONG GIRT FLAP.
WHEN YOU INSTALL THE GIRT BAR FOR

A LEFT OR A RIGHT DOOR, ALWAYS MAKE SURE
THAT THE TELESCOPIC ENDFITTING
IS IN THE AIRCRAFT FLIGHT DIRECTION
MOORING LINE LOOP
TEMPORARY TIE
BURRSTRIP
END FITTINGS
INSTALL THE MOORING LINE LOOP

ON THE GIRT BAR (THE LOOP IS
INSTALLED ON THE LEFT END OF THE GIRT
BAR AT ALL DOORS) AND ATTACH THE
MOORING LINE TO THE GIRT WITH THE
BURRSTRIP.
PUT THE GIRT BAR BETWEEN THE TWO
GIRT FLAPS. MAKE SURE THAT THE
ENDFITTINGS POINT AWAY
FROM THE ESCAPESLIDE RAFT PACKASSEMBLY.
HANDLE
PULL THE CORD LOOPS ATTACHED TO THE

LONG GIRT FLAP UP THROUGH THE
GROMMETS IN THE SHORT GIRT FLAP.
ATTACH A TEMPORARY TIE TO THE SMALL
CORD LOOP AND INSTALL THE
HANDLE WIRE LOOP OVER THE SMALL
CORD LOOP.
N_MM_256244_4_BGNA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-03100-A SHEET 1

25-62-44 PB401
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5
TEMPORARY TIE
PARACHUTE
PIN
PUT THE LOOPS THROUGH EACH OTHER

FROM EACH END OF THE GIRT TOWARDS
THE CENTER, UNTIL THE LOOPS EITHER
SIDE OF THE SMALL LOOP GO OVER
THE SMALL LOOP.
PUT THE PARACHUTEPIN (ATTACHED

TO THE HANDLE) THROUGH
THE SMALL CORD LOOP AND REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE TEMPORARY TIE.
8
6 x HALF
HITCHES
SURVIVALKIT
LANYARD (WHITE)
RELEASE STRAP
(YELLOW)
SQUARE
KNOT
HANDLE
BURRSTRIP
BLUE
BURRSTRIP
GREEN
BURRSTRIP
SAFETY THE PARACHUTEPIN IN POSITION

WITH NYLON THREAD WITH A MINIMUM BREAKING
STRAIN OF 9.0lb (4.0823kg).
NOTE:
RELEASE TRIGGER
PUT THE HANDLE IN POSITION

AND ATTACH IT TO THE BURRSTRIP.
PUT THE RELEASE STRAP THROUGH
THE RELEASE TRIGGER AND
POSITION THE RELEASE STRAP ALONG
THE GIRT.
AN INITIAL SUPPLY OF NYLON THREAD

IS TEMPORARILY ATTACHED TO THE
HANDLE BURRSTRIP.
N_MM_256244_4_BGNA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-03100-A SHEET 2

25-62-44 PB401
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
RELEASE
STRAP
LOOP OF THE
SURVIVALKIT LANYARD
LOOP OF THE
SURVIVALKIT
LANYARD
RELEASE
STRAP ATTACH
STRAP
TELESCOPIC
ENDFITTING
BURRSTRIP
TELESCOPIC
ENDFITTING
SURVIVALKIT
LANYARD
ATTACH STRAP
RELEASE TRIGGER
SURVIVALKIT
LANYARD
NOTE:
AT THE RIGHT DOORS, MAKE SURE THAT THE
RELEASE STRAP AND THE SURVIVALKIT LANYARD
DO NOT GO THROUGH THE MOORING LINE LOOP.
THE SURVIVALKIT LANYARD MUST NOT
GO THROUGH THE RELEASE TRIGGER.
ONLY THE ATTACH STRAP OF THE
SURVIVALKIT LANYARD MUST GO
THROUGH THE RELEASE TRIGGER.
RELEASE TRIGGER
PUT THE LOOP OF THE SURVIVALKIT
LANYARD ON THE TOP OF THE
TELESCOPIC ENDFITTING. CLOSE THE
ATTACH STRAP WITH THE BURRSTRIP.
10
SURVIVALKIT
LANYARD
11
RELEASE STRAP
BURRSTRIPS
GREEN BURRSTRIP
TO GREEN BURRSTRIP
BLUE BURRSTRIP
TO BLUE BURRSTRIP
ATTACH THE SURVIVALKIT LANYARD
TO THE RELEASE STRAP WITH THE
BURRSTRIPS THAT HAVE THE SAME COLOUR.
PUT THE SURVIVALKIT LANYARD
IN POSITION ALONG THE GIRT.
12
FOLD THE LONG GIRT FLAP OVER THE GIRT BAR.

ATTACH THE LONG GIRT FLAP TO THE
BURRSTRIPS ON THE SHORT GIRT FLAP.
NOTE:
LEFT INSTALLATION SHOWN.
RELEASE STRAP
AND SURVIVALKIT LANYARD
TELESCOPIC ENDFITTING
NOTE:
ESCAPESLIDE RAFT PACKASSEMBLY READY

FOR INSTALLATION
RIGHT INSTALLATION SHOWN.

THE TELESCOPIC ENDFITTING,
THE RELEASE STRAP AND THE
SURVIVALKIT LANYARD ARE ALWAYS
INSTALLED FORWARD.
N_MM_256244_4_BGNA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-03100-A SHEET 3

25-62-44 PB401
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
A
B
4
3
3
EXAMPLE OF
ESCAPESLIDE RAFT
3
2
30
30
30
RED MARK
NOTE:
1
TELESCOPIC FORK NOT SHOWN
68
N_MM_256244_4_DLHA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-01700-A SHEET 1

25-62-44 PB401
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
67
C
EXAMPLE OF
ESCAPESLIDE
30 3
2
30
30
RED MARK
C
80
NOTE:
1
TELESCOPIC FORK NOT SHOWN
30 3
30 2
N_MM_256244_4_DLHA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-01700-A SHEET 2

25-62-44 PB401
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
B
A
110RH
PTP
FR21
FR12
CIDS
SYSTEM STATUS
SYSTEM TEST
PROGRAMMING
SYSTEM STATUS
SLIDE PRESS OK
LAV SMOKE DATA OK
RET
CONT
OR
SLIDES PRESS OK
DRAIN MAST OK
RET
CONT
N_MM_256244_4_AKM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-02600-A SHEET 1

Monitoring, through CIDS
25-62-44 PB401
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-44-000-011-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
1
ALLEN KEY 5/32 IN
No specific
AR
B.
DESIGNATION
CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
52-10-00-610-001-A

CMM 25-61-20
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-44-991-02900-A - Escape Slide Raft - Inflated)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-860-063-A
A.
4.

(1)
(2)
In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU (SIGNS):

. Make sure that the EMER EXIT LT switch (1) is set to the OFF position.
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-44-020-082-A
A.

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, MAKE SURE THAT THE DOOR IS
SAFETIED.
THIS PREVENTS SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT
OF THE ESCAPE-SLIDE, WHEN YOU OPEN THE DOOR. SUDDEN MOVEMENT OF THE
DOOR AND ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
AES
25-62-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Safety the related open passenger/crew door with the safety-barrier strap (8).
(2)
Remove the inflated escape-slide raft (7):

CAUTION :
(a)
DO NOT LET THE INFLATED ESCAPE-SLIDE FALL TO THE GROUND. IF YOU DO,
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE:
TO THE INFLATION RESERVOIR, WHICH IS KEPT BELOW THE ESCAPE-SLIDE,
OR TO THE SURFACE MATERIAL.
Carefully pull the electrical harness (22) to disconnect the quick-release connector (23).
NOTE :
(b)
Release the inflated escape-slide raft (7) from the aircraft:

1
Make sure that the ground area, where you will lower the escape-slide raft (7), is clean and
clear from sharp objects.
(c)
Pull open the burr strips of the girt assembly (11).
(d)
Remove the loop (35) of the survival-kit lanyard (white) (36) from the release trigger (37).
(e)
Pull open the blue (38) and the green (39) burr strips.
(f)
Remove the release strap (yellow) (40) from the trigger lever (37).
(g)
Pull the mooring line (32) from the girt pocket (33).
(h)
Hold the escape-slide raft (7) with the mooring line (32).
(i)
Pull the handle (31).
(j)
Slowly release the mooring line (32):

. The lace-up joint (34) opens.
. The girt assembly (11) releases from the girt bar (10).
(k)
Carefully lower the escape-slide raft (7) to the ground.

NOTE :
(3)
Two persons are necessary to hold the escape-slide raft (7) and lower it to the ground.
Remove the girt bar (10) from the floor fittings (26):
(a)
Pull the trigger lever (37) with your fingers.
(b)
Hold the trigger lever (37) and move the telescopic end-fitting (41) in the direction shown in
Detail G.
(c)
Remove the girt bar (10) from the floor fittings (26).
(d)
Remove the mooring line (32) from the girt bar (10).
(e)
Keep the girt bar (10) with the door.
(4)
Release the safety-barrier strap (8).
(5)
Lift the pack-assembly soft-cover (12).
(6)
Remove the decorative cover (20) from the pack-assembly (9):

NOTE :
AES
The quick-release connector (23) is in the burr strips (VELCRO) on the pack-assembly
soft-cover (12).
25-62-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
More force is necessary to open the dual-lock reclosable fastener-strips than to open the burr
strips. You hear a click when the two halves open.
(a)
Release the straps (21) from the straps on the bottom inner edge of the decorative cover (20).
(b)
(c)
(7)
Carefully pull the top edge of the decorative cover (20) away from the attach-strips (16)
and remove the decorative cover (20).
For procedure 3:
1
Disengage the spring-loaded bolts (73) and remove the decorative cover (20).
(d)
Keep the straps (21) with the pack-assembly (9).
(e)
Keep the decorative cover (20) with the aircraft.
Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the door:

(a)
Remove the top attachments of the pack-assembly (9) with one of the two procedures:
1
Procedure 1:
a
Pull the PULL handles (44) to disengage the quick-release latches (43) from the
mounting pins (42).
Procedure 2:
a
Loosen the link nuts (46).
Remove the attach-links (48) and the PULL handles (47) from the stud assemblies
(45).
Keep the attach-links (48) and the PULL handles (47) with the pack-assembly (9).
Remove the stud assemblies (45) with the ALLEN KEY 5/32 IN (49) from the door.
NOTE :
Keep the stud assemblies (45) with the pack-assembly (9).
(b)
Let the pack-assembly (9) fall inboard on the supports (14) and hold it.
(c)

CAUTION :
AES


2871VC-A

2870VC-A
25-62-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(d)

2873VC-A

2872VC-A
Remove the pack-assembly (9) from the aircraft.

NOTE :
(e)
(8)
The pack-assembly (9) has a weight of approximately 50.0 kg (110.2311 lb).
Make sure that you keep these removed components together with the pack-assembly (9):
. The straps (21)
. The attach-links (48) and the PULL handles (47)
. The stud assemblies (45).
Procedure out of the aircraft:

CAUTION :
KEEP OFF THE INFLATED ESCAPE-SLIDE. IF YOU GO ON IT, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE MATERIAL.
(a)
Open the flapper valves (5) of the aspirator (6) to release the pressure from the escape-slide raft
(7).
(b)
Remove the broken links.

NOTE :
The bare wire of the broken link can cause damage to the slide inflatable material when
you fold the slide.
(c)
Fold the escape-slide raft (7).

Start from the bottom end of the escape-slide raft (7).
(d)
Carefully put the escape-slide raft (7), the pack-assembly (9) and the related components in a
clean box without sharp objects.
(e)
Return the parts to one of these two locations for servicing:

. The workshop (Ref. CMM 25-61-20)
. The manufacturer.
Subtask 25-62-44-860-064-A
B.
AES

(1)
Replace the diaphragm in the percussion mechanism of the door-damper and emergency-operation
cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-610-001-A).
(2)
Install a serviceable escape-slide raft on the door.
25-62-44 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7503MM
EXAMPLE
E
7501MM
FR69
FR65
7502MM
FR21
FR15
B
7500MM
B
EXAMPLE 5
6
D
25VU
C
3
2
SIGNS
EMER EXIT LT
ON
ARM
OFF
OFF
N_MM_256244_4_BAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-02900-A SHEET 1

25-62-44 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
32
E
1
33
26
F
34
35
BURR STRIP
31
36
11
10
GH
26
37
35
39
NOTE:
1
ITEMS 36 AND 40 NOT SHOWN
40
38
36
N_MM_256244_4_BAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-02900-A SHEET 2

25-62-44 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
41
26
10
40
37
J
14
15
LN
20
16
LN
14
13
23
12
21
22
9
BURR STRIP
21
N_MM_256244_4_BAMA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-02900-A SHEET 3

25-62-44 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
K
EXAMPLE
L
DOOR
73
13
20
P
42
43
SECTION
44
PP
SHOWN IN INSTALLED POSITION
44
DOOR
25.0MM MIN
(0.98 in.)
43
42
DOOR
47
45
HEAT SHRINK
46
SLEEVE
48
50
49
N_MM_256244_4_BAMA_04_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-44-991-02900-A SHEET 4

25-62-44 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-44-920-001-A
Remove the Pack-Assembly for Restoration
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-62-41-03-)
REMOVE DOOR ESCAPE SLIDE/RAFT FOR RESTORATION
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
831
832
841
842

B.
REFERENCE
25-62-44-000-012-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-44-400-007-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-44-010-067-B
A.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove the escape-slide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-000-012-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-44-280-050-B
A.
Workshop Procedure
(1)
5.
Do the restoration of the escape-slide raft pack-assembly, and refer to the manufacturers Component
Maintenance Manual (CMM).
Close-up
Subtask 25-62-44-410-069-B
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
Install a serviceable or replacement escape-slide raft pack-assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-44-400-007-A).
25-62-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
RESERVOIR - INFLATION, OFFWING ESCAPE SLIDE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-46-000-001-A
FIN 7506MM, 7507MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN
No specific
No specific
No specific
AR
AR
AR
CAP - BLANKING
PLUG - BLANKING
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
831
832
841

151AX, 151CW, 151SW
152CW, 152DX, 152SW
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-62-00-820-001-A

52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-46-991-00100-A - Inflation Reservoir Assembly 7506MM (7507MM))
AES
25-62-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-46-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-62-46-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Set the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU to ON.
(4)

(a)
(5)

(a)
(6)
Remove the access panel 151CW, 151SW or 151AX.

Remove the access panel 152CW, 152SW or 152DX.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE HATCHES STAY CLOSED DURING THIS PROCEDURE. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT OF THE OFFWING ESCAPE- SLIDE.
ACCIDENTAL DEPLOYMENT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(a)
Make sure that the hatches are closed during this task.
Subtask 25-62-46-865-050-A
C.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-46-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Inflation Reservoir 7506MM (7507MM) - Charged

(1)
Safety the inflation reservoir (5):

AES
(a)
Remove the lock pin (12) from the pocket (3).
(b)
Install the lock pin (12) in the regulator valve assembly (6).
25-62-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
If you cannot install the lock pin (12) in the regulator valve assembly (6) refer to (Ref. TASK
25-62-00-820-001-A).
(2)
Remove and discard the lockwire (19) from the sleeve nut (18).
(3)
Loosen the sleeve nut (18) fully to get access to the two clips (31).
(4)
Remove and keep the two clips (31).
(5)
Disconnect the wire-control assembly (2) from the flexible control-assembly (1):
CAUTION :
DO NOT PUT WEIGHT ON THE FWD PULLEY WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRECONTROL ASSEMBLY TO THE FLEXIBLE CONTROL-ASSEMBLY. WEIGHT ON THE
PULLEY CAUSES TENSION IN THE WIRE, WHICH CAN CAUSE THE END OF THE
WIRE TO BREAK.
CAUTION :
(a)
Carefully pull the end of the wire (25) out of the slot of the flexible control-assembly (1).
(b)
Make sure that you do not push the end of the wire (25) into the wire-control assembly (2).
(6)
Remove the protection plug (32) from the pocket (3).
(7)
Put the two clips (31) into the sleeve nut (18) and install the protection plug (32).
(8)
(9)
(a)

7555VC-A.
(b)

7556VC-A.
Install the blanking cap (22) on the socket (24).
(10) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

(11) Disconnect the hose assembly (10) from the bulkhead connection (9).
(12) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(13) Safety the bulkhead connection (9):
DAMAGE.
(a)
Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the pocket (3).
(b)
Install the pressure seal cap (20) on the bulkhead connection (9).
(14) Remove the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clamp (16) and the spacer (17).
(15) Remove the inflation reservoir (5):
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE
RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED WITH
EPOXY RESINS, AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RESERVOIR, THERE IS A RISK OF EXPLOSION.
AES
25-62-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NO DAMAGE IS PERMITTED.
(a)
Hold the inflation reservoir (5) and loosen the clamps (13).
(b)
Remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).
Subtask 25-62-46-020-052-A
B.
Removal of the Inflation Reservoir 7506MM (7507) - Discharged

(1)
Remove and discard the lockwire (19) from the sleeve nut (18).
(2)
Loosen the sleeve nut (18) fully to get access to the two clips (31).
(3)
Remove the two clips (31).

NOTE :
(4)
Disconnect the wire-control assembly (2) from the flexible control-assembly (1):
CAUTION :
(5)
Keep the clips (31), until you have removed the inflation reservoir (5) from the support bracket
(8).
(a)
Carefully pull the end of the wire (25) out of the slot of the flexible control-assembly (1).
(b)

(a)

7555VC-A.
(b)

7556VC-A.
(6)
Install the blanking cap (22) on the socket (24).
(7)
(8)
Disconnect the hose assembly (10) from the bulkhead connection (9):
(a)
(9)
Safety the bulkhead connection (9):

DAMAGE.
(a)
Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the pocket (3).
(b)
Install the pressure seal cap (20) on the bulkhead connection (9).
(10) Remove the bolt (14), the washer (15), the clamp (16) and the spacer (17).
(11) Remove the inflation reservoir (5):
CAUTION :
AES
BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE

RESERVOIR IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED WITH
EPOXY RESINS.
25-62-46 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE BOTTLE OR TO THE EXTERNAL MATERIAL, YOU
MUST REPLACE THE RESERVOIR.
(a)
Hold the inflation reservoir (5) and loosen the clamps (13).
(b)
Remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the support bracket (8).
(c)
Put the inflation reservoir (5) on the cabin floor.
(12) Before you remove the inflation reservoir (5) from the aircraft do these steps:
(a)
Hold the sleeve nut (18) and do as follows:

NOTE :
.
.
.
.
.
Use your thumb and carefully push the end of the wire (25) back into the wire-control
assembly (2) until it stops.
Keep a light pressure on the end of the wire (25).
Put a punch (26) with a diameter of 3.175 mm (0.1250 in.) through the hole in the regulator
valve assembly (6), to release the internal pulley.
Put an ALLEN KEY 3/16 IN (29) into the hexagonal socket (27).
Slowly turn the Allen key (29) until the stop pin (28) is adjacent to the BLACK mark (30)
(closed position).
NOTE :
AES
These steps prevent accidental damage to the end of the wire (25).
When you turn the Allen key (29) the end of the wire (25) is pulled back into the wirecontrol assembly (2).
(b)
Remove the protection plug (32) from the pocket (3).
(c)
Put the two clips (31) into the sleeve nut (18) and install the protection plug (32).
25-62-46 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z826
152CW
152DX
152SW
EXAMPLE
FR47
1
FR48
C
E
Z150
9
2
151AX
151CW
151SW
7507MM
11
7506MM
10
13
12
13
20
LN
FR47
J
6
9
7
14
1
24
15
21
23
16
19
17
22
18
N_MM_256246_4_BAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-46-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-62-46 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
25 DISCHARGED
POSITION
32
SLOT
31
2
25 CHARGED
POSITION
18
31
18
H
INFLATION RESERVOIR
DISCHARGED
J
INFLATION RESERVOIR
CHARGED
28 30
30
29
28
26
27
N_MM_256246_4_BAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-46-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-62-46 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4
GREEN CURSOR
34
33
NEEDLE
2
N
36
37
11
1mm MAX
(0.0393 in.)
Q
38
40
35
35
P
6.5mm MIN 9.5mm MAX
(0.26in. 0.37in.)
39
41
40
10
N_MM_256246_4_BAMA_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-46-991-00100-A SHEET 3

25-62-46 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-62-46-400-001-A
FIN 7506MM, 7507MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
LBF.FT)
98D52207507000
B.
PIN SET-EMERGENCY SLIDE,EMERGENCY EXITS
REFERENCE
Material No: 19-010
C.
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
150
FOR FIN 5000WM
151KW
FOR FIN 5001WM
152KW
151AX, 151CW, 151KW, 151SW
152CW, 152DX, 152KW, 152SW
D.
REFERENCE
20-11-11-911-001-A
23-73-00-861-001-A
WIRELOCKING
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-62-00-081-001-A
25-62-00-481-001-A
52-21-11-000-001-A
52-21-11-400-001-A
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
AES
DESIGNATION
25-62-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-002-A
DESIGNATION
Pump

(Ref. Fig. 25-62-46-991-00300-A - Pressure Indication Test through CIDS)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-62-46-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
In the AFT cargo compartment:
(3)
(a)
Make sure the AFT cargo-compartment door is open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(b)
Make sure the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) access platform is in position adjacent to the
AFT
(c)
Make sure the AFT CARGO COMPT light switch 8LU is set to the ON position.
(d)
Make sure that the offwing escape-slide system is safetied (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-481-001-A).
(e)

. Make sure that the access panel 151CW, 151SW or 151AX is removed.
(f)

. Make sure that the access panel 152CW, 152SW or 152DX is removed.
(g)
Make sure tha the related access panel is removed:

1
FOR 5000WM
151KW
FOR 5001WM
152KW

(a)
Make sure that the emergency exit hatches are removed (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001-A)
Subtask 25-62-46-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 25-62-46-560-050-A
A.
AES
Preparation and Inspection of Component for Installation

25-62-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE RESERVOIR
IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED WITH EPOXY RESINS,
AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
(1)
Make sure that the inflation reservoir (5) is safetied:

(a)
(2)
Make sure that the lock pin (12) is installed in the regulator valve assembly (6).
If you install a new inflation reservoir (5), do these steps:

(a)
Loosen the nut (39) and turn the hose assembly (10) 180 deg.
(b)
Torque the nut (39) to between 3.00 and 3.20 M.DAN (22.12 and 23.60 LBF.FT).
(3)
Make sure that the inflation reservoir (5), the hose assembly (10) and the wire-control assembly (2) are
in the correct condition.
(4)
NOTE :
(5)
(a)
A correct indication is shown when the needle is in the GREEN cursor, or to the right of the
GREEN cursor.
(b)
An incorrect indication is shown when the needle is to the left of the GREEN cursor.
(c)

. When the temperature conditions become stable, examine the gage (11) again.
. If the gage (11) continues to show an incorrect indication, replace the inflation reservoir (5).
Pulley assembly (4) and (7) adjustment procedure:

NOTE :
AES
The gage (11) has a GREEN cursor which is temperature sensitive. It can give temporary
incorrect indications when there are sudden temperature changes (from a cold to a warm
environment). The GREEN cursor moves to changes in temperature faster than the gas can
expand in the inflation reservoir (5).
If there are no RED index-marks, pulley assembly adjustment is not necessary.
(a)
If you can see RED index-marks (38) on the pulley assemblies (4) and (7), do these steps:
(b)
Make sure that the RED index-marks (38) are opposite each other, or in the permitted tolerance.
A tolerance of 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) is permitted between the center lines of each index-mark.
(c)
If the RED index-marks (38) are not opposite each other, or in the permitted tolerance, do these
steps:
1
Loosen the bolt (36) and the nut (37).
Turn the two shells (35) until the RED index-marks (38) align, or are in the permitted
tolerance.
Tighten the bolt (36) and the nut (37) and torque the nut (37) to between 0.95 and 1.05
M.DAN (84.07 and 92.92 LBF.IN).
25-62-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-62-46-420-050-A
B.
Installation of the Inflation Reservoir 7506MM (7507MM)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WITH THE INFLATION RESERVOIR AND ITS COMPONENTS. THE RESERVOIR
IS AN ALUMINUM BOTTLE WOUND IN KEVLAR FIBERS BONDED WITH EPOXY RESINS,
AND IS PRESSURIZED WITH GAS.
(1)
Install the inflation reservoir (5) in the support bracket (8). Make sure that inflation reservoir (5)
touches the rear of the support bracket (8).
(2)
Remove the pressure seal cap (20) from the bulkhead connection (9).
(3)
Put the pressure seal cap (20) in the pocket (3).
(4)
(5)
Connect the hose assembly (10) to the bulkhead connection (9) and torque it to between 3.0 and 3.2
M.DAN (22.12 and 23.60 LBF.FT).
(6)
Carefully put the hose assembly (10) adjacent to the support bracket (8).
(7)
Make sure that there are no kinks in the hose assembly (10).
(8)
Install the spacer (17), the clamp (16), the washer (3) and the bolt (14).
(9)
Tighten the bolt (14).
(10) Tighten the clamps (13).

(11) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
(12) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.
(13) Remove the blanking plug (22) from the socket (24) and connect the blanking plug (22) to the dummy
socket (23).
(14) Connect the electrical connector (21) to the socket (24):
(a)

7555VC-A
(b)

7556VC-A.
CAUTION :
DO NOT PUSH THE END OF THE WIRE INTO THE WIRE-CONTROL ASSEMBLY. THIS CAN
CAUSE A KINK IN THE WIRE.
CAUTION :
DO NOT PUT WEIGHT ON THE FWD PULLEY WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRECONTROL ASSEMBLY TO THE FLEXIBLE CONTROL-ASSEMBLY. WEIGHT ON THE PULLEY
CAUSES TENSION IN THE WIRE, WHICH CAN CAUSE THE END OF THE WIRE TO BREAK.
(15) Connect the wire-control assembly (2) to the flexible control-assembly (1):
NOTE :
AES
To prevent incorrect operation of the offwing slide, the wire-control assembly must be twisted.
This prevents an unwanted movement of the twist to the wire-control assembly in the forward
pulley.
25-62-46 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
To prevent incorrect adjustment, the end of the wire and the wire-control assembly must be
clean and free of dirt.
(a)
Remove the protection plug (32) from the sleeve nut (18) to get access to the two clips (31).
(b)
(c)
Remove and keep the two clips (31).
(d)
Put the protection plug (32) in the pocket (3).
(e)
Carefully engage the end of the wire (25) in the slot of the flexible control-assembly (1).
(f)
Put the two clips (31) around the connection of the two control assemblies and tighten the sleeve
nut (18).
NOTE :
(g)
When you install the clips (31), one of the slots in the clips must point to you. Through
the slot, you can do a visual check that the wire (25) stays connected while you tighten
the sleeve nut (18).
Safety the sleeve nut (18) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material
No: 19-010) (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001-A) (19).
(16) Do these steps if there is tension and/or torsion in the wire-control assembly (2):
(a)
(b)
To release tension:
1
Loosen the nuts (40) and (41) to adjust the support bracket (8).
Move the support bracket (8) in forward or aft direction until there is no tension.
Tighten the nuts (40) and (41).
To release torsion:
1
At the pulley assembly (4), remove the lockwire (34) and loosen the nut (33).
NOTE :
When you loosen the nut (33), the torsion is released automatically. The nut (33) is
installed with loctite.
Torque the nut (33) to between 0.7 and 0.8 M.DAN (61.95 and 70.80 LBF.IN).
Safety the nut (33) with (Ref. TASK 20-11-11-911-001-A) LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL
ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No: 19-010) (34).
Subtask 25-62-46-720-050-A
C.
Functional Test:
AES
(1)
Remove the PIN SET-EMERGENCY SLIDE,EMERGENCY EXITS (98D52207507000) from the release
lever.
(2)
At the bottom end of the release lever, try to lift the lever with one finger. If there is a strong resistance
to lever movement, the joint between the flexible control assembly (1) and the release wire-control
assembly (2) is satisfactory.
25-62-46 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
If there is a low resistance to lever movement, the cable joint is not correct. Loosen the knurled sleeve
nut (18), remove the two collets and make the cable joint again. Do step 2 again.
(4)
Install the PIN SET-EMERGENCY SLIDE,EMERGENCY EXITS (98D52207507000) on the release lever
to prevent an accidental operation of the escape-slide release mechanism.
(5)
Safety the knurled sleeve nut (18) with lockwire LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
Subtask 25-62-46-865-051-A
D.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 25-62-46-865-053-A
E.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
FIN
LOCATION
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 25-62-46-860-051-A
F.

(1)

(a)
Subtask 25-62-46-710-052-A
G.
Operational Test of the Inflation Reservoir (Slide-Bottle) monitoring, through the Cabin Intercommunication
Data System (CIDS)
(Ref. Fig. 25-62-46-991-00300-A - Pressure Indication Test through CIDS)
NOTE :
(1)
This test is applicable only if the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) is programmed to monitor the
slide-bottles.
Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).

NOTE :
Two persons are necessary to do the test.
ACTION
1.At the FWD ATTND station:
. Open the access door to the programming and test
panel (PTP), 110RH.
2.At the PTP, 110RH:
On the PTP display screen:
NOTE :
.
AES
You can ignore other maintenance messages, if

they are shown.
RESULT
25-62-46 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Push the SYSTEM STATUS line selection-key.
RESULT
The SYSTEM STATUS page shows the message
SLIDES PRESS OK.
NOTE :
If the message SLIDES PRESS OK does not show,

push the CONT line selection-key until the
message shows.
3.At the inflation reservoir (5):

.
Disconnect the connector (21):

For 7506MM, disconnect 7555VC-A
For 7507MM, disconnect 7556VC-A.
. Push the line selection-key next to the message
SLIDES PRESS LOW.
After approximately 3 minutes the SYSTEM STATUS

page shows the message SLIDES PRESS LOW.
The message CHECK SLIDE PRESS shows on the first

line.
The applicable emergency exit location shows on the

next line:
For 7506MM, EMER L shows
For 7507MM, EMER R shows.
After approximately 3 minutes the SYSTEM STATUS

page shows the message SLIDES PRESS OK.
5.At the inflation reservoir (5):

.
Connect the connector (21):

For 7506MM, connect 7555VC-A
For 7507MM, connect 7556VC-A.
. Push the DSPL ON pushbutton switch.
NOTE :
.
5.
Close-up
The display screen switches off automatically after

10 minutes.
Subtask 25-62-46-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Remove the lockpin assembly from the valve/regulator assembly of the inflation reservoir (Ref. TASK
25-62-00-081-001-A).
(3)
(4)
AES
(a)
Install the access panel 151CW, 151SW or 151AX.
(b)

(a)
Install the access panel 152CW, 152SW or 152DX.
(b)
(5)
(6)
25-62-46 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
(8)
items.
Subtask 25-62-46-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-62-46 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
110RHPROGRAMMING
AND TEST PANEL
(PTP)
FR21
B
FR12
0
CIDS
<SYSTEM STATUS
<SYSTEM TEST
<PROGRAMMING
AUTOMATIC DISPLAY
BECAUSE OF A FAILURE
SYSTEM STATUS
SYSTEM STATUS
SLIDE PRESS OK
<SLIDE PRESS LOW
LAV SMOKE DATA OK

<RET
CIDS OK
CONT>
<RET
CONT>
OR
SLIDES PRESS OK
SLIDES PRESS LOW

EMER L,
DRAIN MASTS OK
<RET
EMER R
CONT>
<RET
N_MM_256246_4_AKM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-62-46-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Pressure Indication Test through CIDS
25-62-46 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The evacuation signaling equipment is operated by the captain or purser in an emergency (on the ground or on
water) if the aircraft has to be evacuated. The system gives a signal to the cabin crew to start the evacuation of the
passengers and crew. The essential busbar supplies electrical power to the system.
AES
25-63-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-63-00-12300-A - Overhead Panel Evacuation Signaling Components)

(Ref. Fig. 25-63-00-12400-A - Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Cabin)
(Ref. Fig. 25-63-00-12500-A - Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - AFT Cabin)
(Ref. Fig. 25-63-00-12600-A - Location of CIDS, Director - Avionics Compartment)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2WP
CAPT & PURS
21VU
211
3WP
COMMAND
21VU
211
5WP
WARNING HORN
48VU
210
7WP
HORN SHUT OFF
21VU
211
AES
25-63-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
A.
Evacuation Signaling Components - Cockpit

(Ref. Fig. 25-63-00-12300-A - Overhead Panel Evacuation Signaling Components)
(1) The evacuation signaling components and signal sources installed on the overhead panel in the cockpit
include:
. a warning horn 5WP on panel 48VU,
. a COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP on panel 21VU, with EVAC and ON indicator lights included
in the switch unit,
. a CAPT & PURS and CAPT, two-position selector switch 2WP, installed on panel 21VU,
. a HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton switch 7WP on panel 21VU.
B.
Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Utility Area

(Ref. Fig. 25-63-00-12400-A - Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Cabin)
(1) The evacuation signaling components, interfaces and signal sources installed in the FWD utility area
include:
. a COMD pushbutton switch with an internal indicator light,
. a RESET pushbutton switch,
. an EVAC indicator light is installed on the FWD ATTENDANT panel,
. an EVAC ALERT indicator light (optional) is installed on the standard AREA CALL panel.
(2) The components of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (ref. 23-73-00) installed in the
FWD utility area, that interface with the evacuation signaling system include:
. Decoder/Encoder Units (DEU), types A and B located in the overhead compartmend. The type A DEU
has two amplifiers that function independently,
. a Programming and Test Panel (PTP) witch contains a cabin Assignment Modul (CAM), installed
adjacent to the FWD ATTENDANT panel (behind an access cover), has the cabin configuration,
. cabin loudspeakers.
C.
Evacuation Signaling Components - AFT Utility Area

(Ref. Fig. 25-63-00-12500-A - Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - AFT Cabin)
(1) The evacuation signaling components, interfaces and signal sources installed in the AFT utility area include:
. a TONE OFF pushbutton switch and EVAC indicator light installed on the left AFT ATTENDANT
panel,
. COMD and RESET pushbutton switches, EVAC and COMD indicator lights (optional) on the left and
right AFT ATTENDANT panels,
. EVAC ALERT indicator lights (optional) on the standart AREA CALL panels.
(2) The components of the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00-00) installed in the AFT utility area that interface with the
evacuation signaling system include:
. Decoder/Encoder Units type DEU A and DEU B, located in the overhead compartmend,
. cabin loudspeakers.
D. CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00) Components - Avionics Compartment

(Ref. Fig. 25-63-00-12600-A - Location of CIDS, Director - Avionics Compartment)
(1) The CIDS components that interface with the evacuation signaling system installed in the avionics
compartment include:
. two CIDS directors. No. 1 (Active) is installed on panel 87VU and No. 2 (Hot-standby) is installed on
panel 88VU in equipment rack 137MCU. Each director contains an Onboard Reprogrammable-Memory
(OBRM).
AES
25-63-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Interface
The evacuation and signaling equipment has interfaces with:
. the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00-00).
AES
25-63-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.

(Ref. Fig. 25-63-00-15300-A - Principle Diagram, Evacuation Signaling Equipment)
A.
Evacuation Signaling Equipment Control

(1) Discrete input signals, supplied to the No. 1 CIDS director (active) from the cockpit, control the evacuation
signaling equipment. If the No. 1 CIDS director becomes unserviceable, the No. 2 CIDS director (hotstandby) keeps the system in operation. Facilities to supply other input signals to the CIDS director from
the AFT utility area or the FAP are optional.
B.
Cockpit Controls and Indications

(1) The COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP supplies the electrical ground connection for the evacuation
command signals of the system. Operation of the COMMAND pushbutton switch to the ON position
causes:
. The ON indicator light (part of the switch) to come on.
. Transmission of a signal from the CIDS director to the warning horn 5WP.
. The EVAC indicator light (part of the COMMAND switch) to come on.
. A flashed indication for a general alert.
(2) The CAPT & PURS and CAPT (only) selector switch 2WP, selects who is able to activate an EVAC
ALERT.
The selection sequence of the switch is:
Switch set to CAPT & PURS position
------------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I
COCKPIT COMMAND SWITCH
I
I
I------------------------------------------------I
I
OFF
I
ON
I
-----------------------------I------------------------I-----------------------I
PURSER
I
OFF
I
No alert
I
Alert
I
I
CONTROL I--------------I------------------------I-----------------------I
SWITCH
I
ON
I
Alert
I
Alert
I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Switch set to CAPT position
------------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I
COCKPIT COMMAND SWITCH
I
I
I------------------------------------------------I
I
OFF
I
ON
I
-----------------------------I------------------------I-----------------------I
PURSER
I
OFF
I
No alert
I
Alert
I
I
CONTROL I--------------I------------------------I-----------------------I
SWITCH
I
ON
I
Alert
I
Alert
I
I
I
I
cockpit only
I
I
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(3) Operation of the HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton switch 7WP cancels the evacuation tone transmission to
the warning horn 5WP in the cockpit.
C.
Controls and Indications in the Cabin

(1) FAP:
(a) Operation of the EVAC CMD pushbutton switch causes:
. The CMD indicator light (part of the switch) to come on.
. The transmission of evacuation tone from the CIDS director to specified loudspeakers in the cabin.
AES
25-63-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
The EVAC indicator light on the FAP to come on.

A flashed indication for a general alert.
(b) If the COMMAND switch 3WP (on the overhead panel in the cockpit) is selected ON, a visual EVAC
ALERT indication comes on steady or flashes (optional).
(c) Operation of the RESET pushbutton switch cancels the evacuation tone transmission to the respective
loudspeakers in the cabin.
(2) Left AFT ATTENDANT Panel:
(a) A visual EVAC indication comes on steady or flashed.
(b) Operation of the RESET pushbutton switch cancels the evacuation tone transmission to the respective
loudspeakers.
(c) Facilities for other EVAC CMD and EVAC indications (optional) are installed at the AFT
ATTENDANT stations and AREA CALL panels (in the AFT utility area).
AES
25-63-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z210
A
21VU
COMMAND
21VU
EVAC
HORN SHUT OFF
CAPT & PURS
EVAC
ON
CAPT
WARNING HORN
B
48VU
TOILET
OCCPD
AUDIO SWITCHING
NORM
CAPT
3
F/O
3
N_MM_256300_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-63-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Overhead Panel Evacuation Signaling Components
25-63-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR21
FR12
110RHPROGRAMMING AND
TEST PANEL (BEHIND ACCESS COVER)
B
EXAMPLE
120RH FWD
ATTENDANT PANEL
N_MM_256300_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-63-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - FWD Cabin
25-63-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LH AFT ATTENDANT STATION
Z260
AFT ATTENDANT PANEL
FR66
RH AFT ATTENDANT STATION
AREA CALL PANEL

Z260
FR66
N_MM_256300_0_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-63-00-12500-A SHEET 1

Location of Evacuation Signaling Components - AFT Cabin
25-63-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
Z120
FR1
137MCU
137MCU
82VU
81VU
84VU
83VU
86VU
85VU
88VU
87VU
DIRECTOR (PROVISIONAL)
DIRECTOR 2
(HOT STANDBY)
& ORM
DIRECTOR 1
(ACTIVE)
& ORM
ONBOARD REPROGRAMMABLE
MEMORY (PROVISIONAL)
N_MM_256300_0_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-63-00-12600-A SHEET 1

Location of CIDS, Director - Avionics Compartment
25-63-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CONNECTOR
FOR FURTHER
DEU A
200RH 1 DEU A
RESET
RESET
EVAC INDICATION
EVAC INDICATION
126RH AFT
ATTENDANT PANEL
300RH 5 DEU
EVAC INDICATION
RESET
EVAC COMMAND
EVAC INDICATION
RESET
EVAC COMMAND
EVAC COMMAND
INDICATION
EVAC COMMAND
INDICATION
120RH FWD
ATTENDANT PANEL
300RH 1 DEU
EVAC HORN SHUT OFF
EVAC COMMAND
EVAC INDICATOR
0.5 HZ ACTIVE GROUND
(FLASHING MODE)
LP
1WP
PP
ESSENTIAL
BUS BAR
28VDC
CAPT + PURSER /
CAPT ONLY
70VU 9LP
INDICATOR LIGHT
CONTROL BOX
HORN
SHUT OFF
5VAC1
ESS
EVAC HORN
3s PULSE 28V
CONTINUOUS 28V
87VU
101RH CIDS DIRECTOR 1 (MBB)
EVAC HORN SHUT OFF
EVAC COMMAND
EVAC INDICATOR
0.5 HZ ACTIVE GROUND
(FLASHING MODE)
EVAC
ON
CAPT + PURSER /
CAPT ONLY
3WP
EVAC CONTROL
EVAC HORN
3s PULSE 28V
CONTINUOUS 28V
88VU
102RH CIDS DIRECTOR 2 (MBB)
CAPT+PURS
CAPT ONLY
2WP
EVAC
SIGNAL
21VU
WARNING
HORN
5WP
48VU
N_MM_256300_0_AJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-63-00-15300-A SHEET 1

Principle Diagram, Evacuation Signaling Equipment
25-63-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
EVACUATION SIGNALING EQUIPMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-63-00-710-001-A
Operational Check of EVAC Function. NOTE: If installed.
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-63-00-01-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF EVAC FUNCTION
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-710-004-A
3.
DESIGNATION
Operational test of the Emergency Evacuation (EVAC) Signaling System
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-63-00-010-053-A
A.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-63-00-710-054-A
A.
Operational Test
(1)
AES
Do the operational test of the emergency evacuation (EVAC) signaling system (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-710-004-A).
25-63-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The first aid equipment is installed in the aircraft at different locations/stowage compartments, near to an exit
(utility areas). It is easy to get access to the equipment, which is kept prepared for immediate use, if an on-board
emergency occurs.
AES
25-64-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-64-00-12800-AJ - First Aid Equipment - Component Location)
AES
25-64-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
A.
First Aid Kit

First aid kits are kept at various locations in the aircraft. The kits contain medication to give aid to passengers
or crew members who become ill, or suffer light injury. The contents of each kit is kept in a hermetically-sealed
waterproof container. An in service life, usually of five years, is given to each first aid kit. The life expired
date is printed on the front of the waterproof container. To avoid damage to the kit equipment, remove the first
aid kit from the parked aircraft if the cabin temperature is below -10 deg.C (14.00 deg.F), or above 40 deg.C
(104.00 deg.F).
Keep the first aid kit in a place with a temperature between min. 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) and 40 deg.C (104.00
deg.F) max.
Pillows, blankets and thermal blankets are kept in the aircraft to give to passengers who feel cold during low
cabin temperatures. An air-sickness bag is also kept in the seat pocket.
** On A/C 003-003
B.
Doctors/Medical Kit
(Cockpit - 41MM) (Cabin - 7610MM)
A doctors medical kit is kept in the aircraft for the use of a doctor, if on board. The kit contains medicines and
equipment to help passengers or crew members who are badly injured or taken dangerously ill. To avoid damage
to the kit equipment, remove the doctors kit from the parked aircraft if the cabin temperature is below 1 deg.C
(33.80 deg.F), or above 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F).
Keep the doctors kit in a place with a temperature between these two temperatures.
AES
25-64-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2 7610MM
1 7600MM
1 7600MM
2 7610MM
1
FR69
FR63
FR24
FR15
NOTE:
COMPONENT DESIGNATION:
1 FIRST AID KIT
2 DOCTORS KIT
VALID FOR FSN 001
VALID FOR FSN 001002
N_MM_256400_0_ABJ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-64-00-12800-AJ SHEET 1

First Aid Equipment - Component Location
25-64-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-64-00-200-001-A
Visual Inspection of the First Aid Equipment
FIN 7600MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
3.
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

Job Set-up
Subtask 25-64-00-010-050-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Open the necessary stowage compartment(s).
(2)
Remove the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM from the stowage compartment(s).
For the locations of the first aid kit(s) refer to the paragraph Component Location of the Description
and Operation.
Procedure
Subtask 25-64-00-210-050-A
A.
Inspection
(1)
Examine the hermetic seal of the first aid kits for condition.
(2)
Read the label on the first aid kits to make sure that their use-life has not expired.
NOTE :
5.
Replace the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM with new items if the use-life has expired or the
kit(s) are damaged/used.
Close-up
Subtask 25-64-00-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
Install the first aid kit(s) 7600MM/7602MM in the stowage compartment(s).
(2)
Close the stowage compartment(s).
(3)
25-64-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION

AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The miscellaneous emergency equipment is installed in the aircraft at different locations/stowage compartments, near
to an exit (utility areas). It is easy to get access to the equipment, which is kept prepared for immediate use, if an
on-board emergency occurs.
AES
25-65-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-14800-CO - Component Location)
AES
25-65-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
AES
Component Location Additions
25-65-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
System Description
A.
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System

(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-15000-A - ELT System - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-16900-A - ELT System - Schematic Diagram)
The ELT system transmits on 3 frequencies, 121.5 MHz (Civil) and 243 MHz (Military) homing-signals and 406
MHz to the COSPAS-SARSAT satellite system. The battery-pack, installed in the ELT housing, supplies the
power to operate the system.
The satellite system transmits the 406 MHz distress signal to a Local User Terminal (LUT), when the LUT is in
range. The LUT receiving range is a radius of approximately 2.500 km (1367.00 NM). When the LUT is not in
receiving range, the satellite system stores the distress signal until transmission is possible. The LUT
automatically processes the distress signal to identify and show the position of the aircraft to a radius of
approximately 1.8 km (5900.00 ft.). The processed data is transmitted to a Mission Control Center (MCC). The
MCC sends the data to an applicable Rescue Coordination Center (RCC), where Search And Rescue (SAR)
operations are started. The 121.5 MHz and 243 MHz signals are used to find the aircraft in the final stage of
SAR operation.
The ELT system has:
. An ELT (110MX).
. A programming-box assembly (PBA) (130MX).
. A remote-control panel (RCP) (111MX).
. An antenna (112MX).
AES
25-65-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
The ELT system has interfaces with:
. The cockpit to ground-crew call-system (WC) (Ground horn).
. The annunciator-light test and dimming system (LP).
. The instrument and panel integral-lighting system (LF).
AES
25-65-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
A.
Megaphone
(7570MM)
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-20900-A - Megaphone - Component Description)
The megaphone is held in position in a bracket with a strap/clamp. It is hand-operated, and used to amplify
voice communication in an emergency. The megaphone is powered by batteries, which are installed loosely in the
handle/housing, or in a cartridge. The polarity indication for the batteries is shown on the housing/cartridge.
If available, installed on the handle/housing are:
. A volume control knob.
. A siren/fog horn function.
. A strap.
B.
Flashlight
(7640MM)
Hand-held flashlights are installed at different locations in the cabin, for easy use by crew members. You use
them if bad light occurs during an on-board emergency. The flashlights are battery operated and you can easily
replace the batteries.
An automatic ON/OFF switch is installed on the flashlights.
The light will go on when you take it out of the support and the light will go off when you put it in the support.
C.
Crash Axe
(Cockpit - 19MM), (Cabin - 7620MM)
The crash axe is used to cut through light structures, panels and windows to get access or exit in an emergency.
The insulated handle is resistant to high voltages.
D. Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)

(7559MM, 7560MM)
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-22500-A - ELT - Component Description)
The ELT is kept in a stowage compartment, held in position in a bracket with straps/clamps. It is an automatic
buoyant unit with an aluminum-alloy cylindrical housing and includes these components:
. Placards attached to the housing (Nameplate - Operating instruction plate).
. A transmitter (mercury switch - if installed).
. A water-activated battery.
. A self-erecting antenna.
. A lanyard assembly.
. A liquid container.
(1) Transmitter (Mercury Switch - if installed)
The transmitter and mercury switch are kept in one half of the housing. This half of the housing is
fluorescent RED or international ORANGE, and water-tight. The mercury switch S1 controls the power
supply between the battery and the transmitter. The power is supplied only when the ELT is held in a
upright position (approx. 70 deg from vertical).
In operation the transmitter sends:
AES
25-65-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
The ELT transmits on three frequencies, 121.5 MHz (Civil) and 243 MHz (Military) homing-signals,
and 406 MHz to the COSPAS-SARSAT satellite system.
The satellite system transmits the 406 MHz distress signal to a Local User Terminal (LUT), when the LUT
is in range. The LUT receiving range is a radius of approximately 2,500 km (1367.00 NM). When the LUT
is not in receiving range, the satellite system keeps the distress signal until transmission is possible. The
LUT automatically processes the signal to identify and show the position of the aircraft to a radius of
approximately 1.8 km (5900.00 ft.). The processed data is transmitted to a Mission Control Center (MCC).
The MCC sends the data to an applicable Rescue Coordination Center (RCC), where Search And Rescue
(SAR) operations are started. The 121.5 MHz and 243 MHz signals are used to find the aircraft in the final
stage of SAR operation.
(2) Water-Activated Battery
The battery is kept in the other half of the housing and supplies power to the transmitter. The battery
operates when fully put in water (salt or fresh) or any other water based fluids (tea, coffee, soup or urine).
Holes in the end cover of the battery housing let the water in. The displaced air is removed through vent
holes in the top of the battery housing. External test points (3) on the battery housing let you check the
battery condition and test the ELT.
(3) Self-Erecting Antenna
The antenna is attached to the top of the transmitter housing with a flexible spring-loaded stainless-steel
cable. It is stored in the folded position along the length of the housing and held in position with:
. Water-soluble tape.
. Or, an aluminum retaining clip held with water-soluble tape.
The retaining clip lets you bring the antenna to the vertical position to do thetest of the ELT without
breaking the water-soluble tape.
(4) Lanyard Assembly
The lanyard assembly has a 18.3 m (60.0 ft.) braided nylon cord attached to a flexible stainless-steel yoke
cable. The yoke cable is attached with loops to the battery housing and the nylon cord is wound on a
holder card. They are wound around the battery housing and held in position with water-soluble tape. The
free end of the nylon cord is held in position with a lanyard guide and the folded antenna with
approximately 1.4 m (4.0 ft.) to attach to a life raft.
(5) Liquid Container
The plastic liquid container is wound around the battery housing and held in position with the lanyard
assembly. The container is used to operate the ELT on land.
E.
Safety On Board Card

A safety on board card is put in the rear pocket of each passenger seat. The card shows the passenger, with the
aid of illustrations:
. Take-off and landing procedures.
. Emergency exit and escape-slide locations.
. Emergency landing procedures.
. How to use an oxygen mask.
. Floor-level escape-path markings.
AES
25-65-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
F.
How to use a life vest.
ELT System
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-15000-A - ELT System - Component Location)
(1) ELT (110MX)
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-26000-A - ELT and PBA - Component Description)
The ELT is installed in a support assembly, held in position with a strap and buckle/latch assembly with a
lock pin. The interface points in flight direction. The support assembly is installed above the ceiling panel
261BC in the AFT utility area. The support assembly has an identification label attached, and a clip to hold
the lanyard. The ELT has a cylindrical orange-colored housing which includes these components:
. Placards attached to the housing (Identification, Battery - expiry date and Operating instructions).
. An electronic assembly.
. A high-powered battery-pack.
. An interface.
. A float and a whip-antenna (referred to as antenna).
. A lanyard.
The electronic assembly and the battery-pack are kept in the cylindrical housing with access through a cap,
which has a seal and an O-ring. The cap is attached to the housing with screws and washers. The electronic
assembly components are an activation board, which includes the G-switch, and an ES 93 triple-frequency
transmitter board. The interface includes:
. An ANT connector.
. A TX indicator.
. An AUTO/OFF/ON switch.
. A TC connector.
The TC connector is used to connect a RCP, a PBA (if installed) and programming/test/reading
equipment. The ELT must be programmed with the correct aircraft identification data (ID) code before it is
installed in the aircraft. If a PBA is installed in the support assembly, programming is automatic when you
connect the ELT to the PBA.
The float is bonded to the cylinder housing and has a hole to safety the antenna. The lanyard is attached
to a plug on the cylinder housing and kept in a clip that is attached to the support assembly. The antenna
and lanyard are used in portable mode.
(2) PBA (130MX)
The PBA is a part of the support assembly, which is installed above the ceiling panel 261BC in the AFT
utility area. The ELT is installed in the support assembly, and connected by a short cable to the PBA to
avoid transmission interference. The interface on the front face (flight direction) of the PBA includes:
. A connector for the connection from the RCP.
. A connector for the connection to the TC connector on the ELT.
. A RED indicator.
(3) RCP (111MX)
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-26300-A - RCP - Component Description)
The RCP is installed on the cockpit overhead-panel and held in position with two captive screws. It is an
enclosed box with a lighted front panel. The front panel has an ARMED/ON switch, an ON indicator and a
TEST/RESET push-button. The ARMED/ON switch has a switch guard. The back panel has an
identification placard and a 19-pins connector to connect the RCP to the PBA.
AES
25-65-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4) Antenna (112MX)
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-26500-A - Antenna - Component Description)
The antenna is installed on the upper external fuselage between FR64 and FR65 and held in position with
six screws. It transmits three-frequency omni-directional signals when the ELT operates. It has a radiating
element placed in a printed circuit which is enclosed in a fiberglass radome on a aluminum-alloy base plate.
The base plate has a BNC connector on the lower side, which is sealed with an O-ring. The BNC connector
is connected by coaxial cable to the ANT connection on the ELT. The coaxial cable is covered in a fire
resistant hose/tape.
AES
25-65-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7.

A.
ELT System
(1) ELT (110MX)
The ELT transmits distress signals, installed in the aircraft, or used in portable mode. When the ELT is
installed, it can be operated automatically or manually. When you use the ELT in portable mode it is
operated manually. In portable mode you remove the antenna from the float and connect it to the ANT
connection on the ELT. In an emergency over water you remove the lanyard from the clip and attach it to
a life raft. The float keeps the ELT in a vertical position with the antenna on top.
The battery-pack supplies the power to operate the ELT, installed in the aircraft, or used in portable mode.
The transmitter operates for approximately 48 hours between -20.0 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) and 55.0 deg.C
(131.00 deg.F). The activation board receives power directly from the battery-pack and then powers the ES
93 triple-frequency board. The activation board controls the indications and sounds, manages the BITE test
and the commands from the different switches in the system. The ES 93 triple-frequency board generates
the 406 MHz signal, operates the 3 transmitters and the BITE test.
(a) Operation Modes
Automatic operation occurs:
. When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft, and the G-switch detects an impact
sufficient to start transmission.
Manual operation occurs:
. When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft and the G-switch is not triggered, but a
signal must be transmitted (aircraft out of operation, injured passengers/crew members).
. When the ELT is conected to its system in the aircraft and you do a self-test (BITE).
. When the ELT is disconnected from its system, removed from the aircraft and used in portable
mode.
Accidental operation occurs:
. When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft, and the G-switch starts transmission
without a real emergency (hard landing).
(b) Controls and Indications
The TX indicator and buzzer operate when the ELT operates, or to indicate the BITE test result.
When the ELT operates the TX indicator and buzzer operate one time momentarily, then continuously
for 100 seconds, then intermittently (on for 1 second - off for 1.5 seconds). After 150 seconds the ELT
transmits real distress signals on all 3 frequencies. The 406 MHz transmitter operates every 50 seconds,
but the first 3 transmissions are in unmodulated carrier mode (ignored by the satellite).
The AUTO/OFF/ON switch has these functions:
Set to the AUTO position for automatic operation of the ELT.
Set to the OFF position:
AES
25-65-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
When the ELT is connected to its system in the aircraft and requires maintenance.
When the ELT is disconnected from its system and removed from the aircraft.
To stop transmission.
Set to the ON position for manual operation of the ELT. When you set the AUTO/OFF/ON switch to
the ON position, the BITE test operates automatically before transmission starts.
(2) PBA (130MX)
The PBA automatically transfers data (information and identification of the aircraft) to the ELT, when the
PBA is connected to the TC connector. After the data transfer occurs the PBA verifies the validity of the
data transferred. When all programming and verification is completed the PBA goes automatically into
standby mode. The PBA is not operated when the ELT is started from the RCP, and has no effect on the
signals between the RCP and the ELT. If the PBA becomes defective the connecter from the RCP can be
connected directly to the TC connector.
You can stop ELT transmission when you disconnect the PBA connector from the TC connector, the
AUTO/OFF/ON switch must be set to the OFF position.
The PBA has a RED indicator, which comes on to indicate the BITE test result.
(3) RCP (111MX)
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-26300-A - RCP - Component Description)
The RCP operates the ELT from a different location in the aircraft, and overrides the position of the
AUTO/OFF/ON switch. The RCP controls and indication are as follows:
The ARMED/ON switch has these functions:
. Set to the ARMED position for automatic operation of the ELT. The switch is kept in the ARMED
position by a switch guard. The switch guard stops accidental operation of the ELT.
. Set to the ON position for manual operation of the ELT. You must lift the switch guard to set the
ARMED/ON switch to the ON position.
The TEST/RESET pushbutton has these functions:
. Start a BITE test of the ELT system at the Remote Control Panel (RCP) 111MX.
. Stop the emission of the distress signal, if the ELT system was started through the G-Switch and set
the ELT system back to the AUTO mode.
. Stop the emission of the distress signal, if the ARMED/ON switch on the RCP was put in the ON
position and set the ELT system back to the AUTO mode.
NOTE :
During the ELT system is automatically set back to the AUTO mode:
. The sound on the external horn goes off.
. The indicator light goes off.
The ON indicator comes on when the ELT operates, or to indicate the BITE test result. When the
ELT operates the ON indicator flashes one time, then comes on continuously for 100 seconds. After
100 seconds it flashes continuously (on for 1 second - off for 1.5 seconds). If a PBA is installed in
the support assembly, the ON indicator comes on continuously, when the ELT operates.
AES
25-65-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3 7570MM
1
3 7570MM
28MM
29MM
FR24
3 7570MM
3 7570MM
3
4 7640MM
6
19MM
FR11
FR62
FR69
4 7640MM
5 7560MM
NOTE:
1 FLASHLIGHTCAPT
2 FLASHLIGHTF/0
3 MEGAPHONE
4 FLASHLIGHT
5 EMERGENCY LOCATION TRANSMITTER
6 AXE
VALID FOR AES01
VALID FOR AES02
N_MM_256500_0_JDM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-14800-CO SHEET 1

Component Location
25-65-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
111MX
110MX
112MX
A
FR70
261BC
FR64
EL
RCP
B
B
PROGRAMMINGBOX
ASSEMBLY
130MX
ELT
N_MM_256500_0_GAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-15000-A SHEET 1

ELT System - Component Location
25-65-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ANTENNA OUT
ELT POWER
ON/ARMED
TEST/RESET
ELT ACTIVATED
112MX
ELT ANTENNA
OV GROUND ELT
TXD
RXD
AUTOMATIC MODE
LOOP CONTROL
110MX
EMERGENCY LOCATOR
AUTOMATIC MODE
LOOP CONTROL
RXD
TXD
OV GROUND ELT
MAWEA INPUT
NOTE:
ELT POWER
ON/ARMED
TEST/RESET
MAWEA GROUND
130MX PROGRAMMING BOX
WC = 234200
COCKPIT TO GROUND
CREW CALL SYSTEM
LF = 331300
INSTRUMENT AND PANEL

INTEGRAL LIGHTING
LP = 331400
ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT
TEST AND DIMMING
HORN CONTROL
REARM/AUTOTEST
ON/AUTO
+LIGHT
CHASSIS GROUND
LP
OV DC
LIGHT TEST
D/BRIGHT
PANEL LIGHT 5VAC
EXTL.WARNING
15WC HORN
LP
LF
20VU 111MX
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL
WC
103VU
23FP
108VU 113MX
INDICATOR
N_MM_256500_0_EAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-16900-A SHEET 1

ELT System - Schematic Diagram
25-65-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
MICROPHONE
SWITCHBUTTON
HANDLE
CARTRIDGE
BATTERIES
SCREW
N_MM_256500_0_MEG0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-20900-A SHEET 1

Megaphone - Component Description
25-65-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
TRANSMITTER AND
MERCURY SWITCH (IF INSTALLED)
SECTION
SELFERECTING
ANTENNA
RETAINNING
CLIP
LANYARD
GUIDE
YOKE CABLE
SWITCHING
INSTRUCTION
PLATE
LANYARD
OPERATING
INSTRUCTION
PLATE
EXTERNAL
TEST POINT
NAMEPLATE
WATERSOLUBLE
TAPE
LIQUID
CONTAINER
LANYARD
ASSEMBLY
WATERACTIVATED
BATTERY SECTION
N_MM_256500_0_ELT0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-22500-A SHEET 1

ELT - Component Description
25-65-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
INTERFACE
CAP
TC
CONNECTOR
SEAL
AUTO/
OFF/ON
SWITCH
ANT
CONNECTOR
ELECTRONIC
ASSEMBLY
TX
INDICATOR
FLOAT
WHIPANTENNA
ORING
HOUSING
BATTERYPACK
FLOAT
B
CONNECTOR FROM
THE PBA
ELT IN PORTABLE
OPERATION
WHIPANTENNA
A
LANYARD
STRAP
FLOAT
CONNECTOR FROM
THE ANTENNA
130MX PBA
CONNECTOR FROM
THE RCP
SUPPORT
ASSEMBLY
LATCH
ASSEMBLY
CLIP
LOCK PIN
RED
INDICATOR
N_MM_256500_0_CEPB_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-26000-A SHEET 1

ELT and PBA - Component Description
25-65-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CONNECTOR
FROM THE ELT
RCP
SWITCH
GUARD
EL
TEST/RESET
PUSHBUTTON
CAPTIVE SCREW
ON INDICATOR
ARMED/ON
SWITCH
N_MM_256500_0_RCPC_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-26300-A SHEET 1

RCP - Component Description
25-65-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ANTENNA
112MX
SCREW
BNC CONNECTOR
FR64
ORING
STGR1
STGR1
CONNECTOR
FROM THE ELT
COAXIAL CABLE
N_MM_256500_0_RAS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-26500-A SHEET 1

Antenna - Component Description
25-65-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-00-840-001-A
FIN 7560MM, 110MX
1.
Reason for the Job

To program the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) after the aircraft has changed its ICAO registration code.
NOTE :
2.
The procedure is also applicable for these items of equipment, if they are installed:
. A Programming Box Assembly (PBA).
. An Aircraft Identification Module (AIM).
. A programming dongle.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
3.
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-010-057-A
A.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-00-840-050-A
A.
ICAO code change procedure

(1)
Ask the local Flight Authorities if it is necessary to change the programmed code.
NOTE :
AES
Some ELTs have been programmed e.g. with a serial code, that is not dependant on the ICAO
registration code.
(2)
There are different codes used, make sure that the correct code is programmed.
(3)
If you need to program the ELT, do one of the steps that follow:
(a)
Use the manufacturers programming tool and user handbook, if available, to program the ELT.
(b)
If the programming tool is not available contact the ELT manufacturer for the correct procedure.
25-65-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-65-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
FIN 110MX
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-65-04A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-65-04A
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) (FAA only)
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
261BC
B.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-059-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-00-010-062-A
B.
Get access to the ELT 110MX

(1)
4.
Remove the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-00-040-050-A
A.
Deactivation of the ELT 110MX

(1)
AES
Set the toggle switch to the OFF position.
25-65-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-00-410-062-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002-A).
(3)
Make an applicable entry in the logbook.
(4)
items.
Subtask 25-65-00-862-060-A
B.
AES
De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-65-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 25-65-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
FIN 110MX
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 25-65-04A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 25-65-04A
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) (FAA only)
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
261BC
B.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-060-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-00-010-063-A
B.

(1)
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-00-440-050-A
A.
Reactivation of the ELT 110MX

(1)
5.
Set the toggle switchto the AUTO position.
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-00-410-063-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
25-65-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
items.
Subtask 25-65-00-862-059-A
B.
AES
25-65-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-00-740-001-A
FIN 110MX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
261BC
B.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-991-00600-B - BITE Test - Component Location)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-00-010-051-A
B.

(1)
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-00-860-050-A
A.
Preparation for the BITE Test

(1)
In the cockpit:
(a)
Prevent damage to the ELT electronics:

CAUTION :
AES
DO NOT DO AN ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT TEST DURING THE TEST OF THE

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) SYSTEM.
25-65-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO AN INTERNAL RELAY OF THE ELT.
1
(b)
(c)
(2)
Make sure that on the panel 25VU the ANN LT switch (1) is not set to the TEST position
during the BITE test.
On the radio-management panel (RMP1) 1RG1, set the frequency to 121.5 MHz as follows:
1
Set the ON/OFF switch (3) to the ON position.
Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch (4). The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton switch (4)
comes on.
Turn the dual selector-knob (2) until you can see the number 121.5 on the STBY/CRS
display (7).
Push the double-arrow pushbutton switch (6).
The number 121.5 moves to the ACTIVE display (5).
On the audio-control panel (ACP) 2RN1, adjust the volume of the cockpit loudspeaker as follows:
1
Push the VHF1 rotary-pushbutton switch (8).
Turn the VHF1 rotary-pushbutton switch (8) clockwise to its maximum position.
(d)
Make sure that there are no unwanted signals transmitted from the ELT during the BITE test.
(e)
On the remote-control panel (RCP) 111MX, make sure that the switch guard (20) is closed.
In the cabin on the ELT 110MX, make sure that:

. The ON/OFF/AUTO switch (11) is set to the AUTO position.
. The connector from the RCP 111MX is connected to the connector (10) on the programming-box
assembly (PBA) 130MX.
. The connector from the PBA 130MX is connected to the TC connector (14).
. The antenna connector is connected to the ANT connector (13), and the connection is locked with
adhesive (16) and identified with paint (15).
Subtask 25-65-00-740-051-B
CAUTION :
B.
DO NOT DO THE EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) TEST FOR LONGER THAN 150
SECONDS. IF YOU DO, THE ELT WILL SEND DISTRESS SIGNALS AND RESCUE OPERATIONS
WILL START.
BITE Test
NOTE :
The indications and sounds operate continuously for 100 seconds, then intermittently (on for 1 second off for 1.5 seconds). After 150 seconds the ELT transmits real distress signals on 121.5 MHz, 243 MHz
and 406 MHz. The 406 MHz transmitter operates every 50 seconds, but the first 3 transmissions are in
unmodulated carrier mode (ignored by the satellite system).
You need two persons to complete the BITE test.
(1)
Do the test during the first five minutes after the hour, between XX:00 hours and XX:05 hours.
ACTION
RESULT
1.On the ELT 110MX:
AES
25-65-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Disconnect the PBA connector from the TC connector
(14).
RESULT
Set the ON/OFF/AUTO switch (11) to the ON

position for approximately 10 seconds.
On the ELT 110MX:

. The TX indicator (12) and the buzzer operate one time
momentarily.
. Then, they operate continuously.
Set the ON/OFF/AUTO switch (11) to the OFF

position after approximately 10 seconds.
The indication and the sound stop.
Set the ON/OFF/AUTO switch (11) to the AUTO

position.
NOTE :
.
The AUTO position is the usual position of the

ON/OFF/AUTO switch (11).
Connect the PBA connector to the TC connector

(14).
On the PBA 130MX:

. After approximately 9 seconds the RED indicator (9)
comes on for 10 seconds.
NOTE :
During the first 9 seconds the RED indicator (9)

can flash one time after approximately 4 seconds.
This has no affect on the result.
On the ELT 110MX:
. The TX indicator (12) and the buzzer operate 5 times
in 9 seconds.
NOTE :
The first operation has no specific function.
On the RCP 111MX:

. After approximately 4 seconds the ON indicator (18)
flashes one time.
. Then, after approximately 6 seconds it comes on for 10
seconds.
On the panel 108VU:
. After approximately 4 seconds the ELT indicator
113MX flashes one time.
seconds.
In the nose-landing-gear well:
. After approximately 4 seconds the mechanic call-horn
15WC operates one time momentarily.
. Then, after approximately 6 seconds it operates for 10
seconds.
2.On the RCP 111MX:
. Push the TEST/RESET pushbutton switch (17).
AES
On the RCP 111MX:

. After approximately 4 seconds the ON indicator (18)
flashes one time.
seconds.
25-65-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
On the ELT 110MX:
. The TX indicator (12) and the buzzer operate 5 times
in 9 seconds.
NOTE :
The first operation has no specific function.
On the PBA 130MX:

. After approximately 9 seconds the RED indicator (9)
comes on for 10 seconds.
NOTE :
During the first 9 seconds the RED indicator (9)

can flash one time after approximately 4 seconds.
This has no affect on the result.
On the panel 108VU:
. After approximately 4 seconds the ELT indicator
113MX flashes one time.
seconds.
In the nose-landing-gear well:
. After approximately 4 seconds the mechanic call-horn
15WC operates one time momentarily.
. Then, after approximately 6 seconds it operates for 10
seconds.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-00-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
items.
Subtask 25-65-00-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-65-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
111MX
25VU
J
A
D
C
FR7
2RN1
FR8
1RG1
121AL
15WC
Z714
Z713
STBY/CRS
ACTIVE
A
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
SEL
HF2
2
4
AM
ANN LT
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
TEST
BRT
DIM
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
C
3
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
ON
VOICE
RESET
MKR
ILS
INT
RAD
VOR1
VOR2
PA
FLT INT
EXT PWR
108VU
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
NOT IN USE
AVAIL
CKPT CALL
ADIRU &
AVNCS VENT
ELT
LIGHT TEST
CKPT CALL
RESET
APU FIRE
APU SHUT OFF
113MX
N_MM_256500_5_ACMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-991-00600-B SHEET 1

25-65-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
110MX
20
EL
E
17
FR70
18
19
261BC
FR64
15
16
E
G
F
13
VIEW TURNED 180 DEG

130MX
14
H
11
13
12
10
9
N_MM_256500_5_ACMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-991-00600-B SHEET 2

25-65-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-00-710-001-A
Operational Check of Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) System by Manual Activation
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-65-35-01-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF ELT SYSTEM BY MANUAL ACTIVATION
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-991-00900-A - Operational Test - Component Location)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-054-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-00-710-050-A
CAUTION :
A.
DO NOT DO THE EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) TEST FOR LONGER THAN 150
SECONDS. IF YOU DO, THE ELT WILL SEND DISTRESS SIGNALS AND RESCUE OPERATIONS
WILL START.
Operational Test
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-991-00900-A - Operational Test - Component Location)
NOTE :
The indications and sounds operate continuously for 100 seconds, then intermittently (on for 1 second off for 1.5 seconds). After 150 seconds the ELT transmits real distress signals on 121.5 MHz, 243 MHz
and 406 MHz. The 406 MHz transmitter operates every 50 seconds, but the first 3 transmissions are in
unmodulated carrier mode (ignored by the satellite system).
NOTE :
During the self-test, the horn 15WC and the indicator light 113MX are on.
(1)
In the cockpit prevent damage to the ELT electronics:

CAUTION :
(a)
AES
DO NOT DO AN ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT TEST DURING THE TEST OF THE

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) SYSTEM.
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO AN INTERNAL RELAY OF THE ELT.
Make sure that on the panel 25VU the ANN LT switch (1) is not set to the TEST position during
the operational test.
25-65-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Do the test during the first five minutes after the hour, between XX:00 hours and XX:05 hours.
ACTION
1.On the remote-control panel (RCP) 111MX:
.
Lift the switch guard (5).
Set the ARMED/ON switch (4) to the ON position

for 10 seconds.
RESULT
On the RCP 111MX:
.
The ON indicator (3) comes on continuously.
NOTE :
Set the ARMED/ON switch (4) to the ARMED

position after 10 seconds.
The ELT operates, and you can ignore the

indications and the sounds that occur at these
other locations:
. At the ELT 110MX (TX indicator and
buzzer).
. On the panel 108VU (ELT indicator 113MX).
. In the nose-landing-gear well (mechanic callhorn 15WC).
The ON indicator (3) stays on.
NOTE :
.
Push the TEST/RESET pushbutton switch (2).
.
.
The ELT continues to operate, and the indications

and the sounds at the other locations continue.
After 4 seconds the ON indicator (3) flashes one time.
Then, after 6 seconds, it comes on for 10 seconds.
NOTE :
Close the switch guard (5).
5.
Close-up
The ELT operation is stopped, a BITE test is

completed, and the ELT is put back to automatic
mode. You can ignore the indications and the
sounds that occur at the other locations during the
BITE test.
Subtask 25-65-00-862-054-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-65-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
111MX
A
261BC
Z260
25VU
C
FR70
D
7
110MX
FR64
D
2
3
4
N_MM_256500_5_GTR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Operational Test - Component Location
25-65-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-00-720-001-A
Remove the Emergency Locator Transmitter for Workshop Test (Battery Check and Functional Check)
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-65-32-01-)
REMOVE THE EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER FOR WORKSHOP TEST (BATTERY CHECK &
FUNCTIONAL CHECK)
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
CMM 25-60-10
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-991-00700-A - ELT - Component Location)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-052-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-00-010-053-A
B.
Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-00-991-00700-A - ELT - Component Location)
(1)
Open the door/access panel of the stowage compartment(s).

NOTE :
4.
The location of the ELT(s) are shown with placards, which are bonded on the outside of the
stowage compartment(s).
(2)
If necessary release/open the strap/clamp.
(3)
Remove the ELT(s) from the stowage compartment(s).
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-00-720-050-A
A.
Workshop Procedure
(1)
5.
Do a visual inspection, a battery check and a functional test of the ELT. Refer to the Manufacturers
Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) (Ref. CMM 25-60-10) for the correct procedures.
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-00-410-054-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
Install a serviceable or replacement ELT(s).
(2)
Attach/close the strap/clamp.
25-65-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Close the door/access panel of the stowage compartment(s).
(4)
Subtask 25-65-00-862-052-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-65-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR62
A
FR69
7560MM
N_MM_256500_5_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-00-991-00700-A SHEET 1

ELT - Component Location
25-65-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-00-720-004-A
Remove ELT for Battery Replacement and during Reinstallation Perform Functional Check of ELT System including
Automatic Activation
FIN 110MX
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-65-35-02-)
REMOVE ELT FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT AND DURING REINSTALLATION PERFORM FUNCTIONAL
CHECK OF ELT SYSTEM INCLUDING AUTOMATIC ACTIVATION
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-65-00-840-001-A
25-65-35-000-001-A
25-65-35-400-001-A
CMM 25-60-04
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-00-861-053-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-00-010-054-A
A.
Aircraft Procedure
(1)
Remove the ELT (Ref. TASK 25-65-35-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-00-960-050-A
B.
Workshop Procedure
NOTE :
AES
If the aircraft is equipped with a programming box (130MX), where the aircraft code is permanently
stored, it is not necessary to change that code.
(1)
Refer to the Manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) (Ref. CMM 25-60-04) for the
correct procedures.
(2)
If the aircraft registration code/number (ICAO) has changed, or the programming equipment is not
available, refer to (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-840-001-A).
25-65-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-65-00-410-055-A
C.
Aircraft Procedure
(1)
5.
Install the ELT (Ref. TASK 25-65-35-400-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-00-862-053-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-65-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ANTENNA - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-14-000-001-A
Antenna (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Removal
FIN 112MX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
No specific
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
261BC
C.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-42-000-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-14-991-00100-A - Antenna 112MX)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-14-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-14-941-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
In the cabin:
(a)
(b)
Put a STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT) in position below the antenna.
At the antenna 112MX:

(a)
AES
Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position below the antenna.
25-65-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-14-020-051-A
A.
Removal of the Antenna 112MX

(1)
(2)
AES
In the cabin:
(a)
Pull the heat protective webbing a short distance down from the antenna connector (3).
(b)
Disconnect the antenna connector (3) from the antenna (2).

(a)
Remove the sealants from the heads of the screws (1) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b)
(c)
Carefully lift the antenna (2) away from the fuselage outer surface.
(d)
Remove the antenna (2).
(e)
(f)
Remove and retain the O-ring seal (4).
25-65-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR65
FR64
FR64
5
4
STGR1
STGR1
N_MM_256514_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-14-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Antenna 112MX
25-65-14 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-14-400-001-A
Antenna (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Installation
FIN 112MX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
2
No specific
No specific
No specific
TAPE - MASKING
No specific
B.
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-013
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 16-021
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
LACQUERS
ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH
SEALANTS
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE

ZONE/ACCESS
200
261BC
D.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-005-A
DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
AES
25-65-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-65-00-740-001-A
DESIGNATION

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-14-860-051-A
A.

(1)

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
In the cabin:
(3)
(a)
Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A) is removed.
(b)
Make sure that a STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT) is in position below the antenna.

(a)
4.
Make sure that on ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position below the antenna.
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-14-160-050-A
A.
Cleaning Preparation for Installation

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Remove unwanted material from the interface between the antenna (2) and the outer surface of the
fuselage (5) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2)
Clean the work area:

MATERIAL/S.
(3)
AES
(a)
Clean the interface between the antenna (2) and the outer surface of the fuselage with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No:
19-003) .
(b)
Make sure that the work area is dry before you continue.
25-65-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Make sure that there is no paint, corrosion or sealants in the screw holes for the antenna (2).
NOTE :
(5)
This is necessary because the antenna electrical bonding is made through the antenna screws
(1).
Apply TAPE - MASKING to these areas:

. On the outer surface of the fuselage (5), around the interface with the antenna (2).
. On the holes for the antenna connector (3) and for the screws (2).
. Around the contour of the antenna (2) where sealants are not necessary.
Subtask 25-65-14-420-051-A
B.
Installation of the Antenna 112MX

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)

(a)
Apply materials:
MATERIAL/S.
AES
Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-013) on the outer surface of the antenna (2)
that will touch the fuselage (5).
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) on the outer surface of the fuselage (5) that will
touch with the antenna (2).
(b)
Remove the masking tape from the holes for the antenna connector (3) and for the srews (2).
(c)
(d)
(e)
Make sure that the O-ring seal (4) (RAYAN P/N 2909) is in a correct and serviceable condition.
(f)
Install the O-ring seal (4).
(g)
Put the antenna (2) on the outer surface of the fuselage (5) and install the screws (1).
(h)
Tighten the screws (1) and TORQUE them to between 0.40 and 0.50 M.DAN (35.40 and 44.25
LBF.IN).
(i)
Remove unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(j)
Remove unwanted masking tape.
25-65-14 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(k)
Clean the work area:

MATERIAL/S.
1
(l)
(2)
Clean the work area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) , and a lint-free
Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (2) and the surface of the fuselage
(5) is not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005-A).
In the cabin:
(a)
Connect the antenna connector (3) to the antenna (2).
(b)
Pull the heat protective webbing fully over the antenna connector (3) and make sure that it is
flush with the fuselage ceiling.
Subtask 25-65-14-740-050-A
C.
Do the BITE test (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-740-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-14-370-050-A
D.
Application and Curing of Sealants

EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)
Apply materials:
MATERIAL/S.
AES
(a)
Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) around the bottom edge of the antenna (2)
and on the heads of the screws (1).
(b)
Make a smooth contour of the sealant around the bottom edge of the antenna (2) and the heads
of the screws (1).
(c)
Let the sealants become hard.
(d)
Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) on the sealant around the bottom edge of
the antenna (2).
(e)
Apply LACQUERS (Material No: 07-001B) on the sealant on the heads of the screws (1).
25-65-14 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-14-942-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
In the cabin:
(a)
(b)
Remove the STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT).

(a)
Remove the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT).
(3)
(4)
items.
Subtask 25-65-14-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-65-14 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CONTROL PANEL - REMOTE, AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY

LOCATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-18-000-001-A
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Removal
FIN 111MX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
CAP - BLANKING
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-18-991-00100-B - RCP 111MX)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-18-861-050-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-18-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the RCP 111MX

(Ref. Fig. 25-65-18-991-00100-B - RCP 111MX)
(1)
Hold the front face of the RCP (1) and loosen the captive screws (3).
(2)
Carefully remove the RCP (1) until you can get access to the electrical connector (4).
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connector (4) and remove the RCP (1).
(4)
25-65-18 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
111MX
A
4
2
EL
N_MM_256518_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-18-991-00100-B SHEET 1

RCP 111MX
25-65-18 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-18-400-001-A
Remote-Control Panel (RCP) (Emergency Locator Transmitter) - Installation
FIN 111MX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-65-00-740-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-18-991-00100-B - RCP 111MX)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-18-860-050-A
A.

(1)
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-18-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the RCP 111MX

(Ref. Fig. 25-65-18-991-00100-B - RCP 111MX)
(1)
(2)

(a)
Make sure that the switch guard (2) is closed.
(3)
(4)
(5)
Put the RCP (1) in position and connect the electrical connector (4).
(6)
Carefully install the RCP (1) and tighten the captive screws (3).
Subtask 25-65-18-740-050-A
B.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-18-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
25-65-18 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
items.
Subtask 25-65-18-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-65-18 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
TRANSMITTER - EMERGENCY LOCATOR, AIRCRAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-35-000-001-A
FIN 110MX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
AR CAP - BLANKING
1

ZONE/ACCESS
200
261BC
C.
DESIGNATION
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-42-000-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-35-991-00100-B - ELT 110MX)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-35-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-35-010-051-A
B.

(1)
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-35-020-050-B
A.
AES
Removal of the ELT 110MX

(Ref. Fig. 25-65-35-991-00100-B - ELT 110MX)
(1)
Set the ON/OFF/AUTO switch (10) to the OFF position.
(2)
Remove the materials (13) and (14) from the antenna connector (9) and the ANT connector (11) with
a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
25-65-35 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Disconnect the antenna connector (9) from the ANT connector (11).
(4)
Disconnect the electrical connector (8) from the TC connector (12).
(5)
(6)
Remove the ELT (5):

(a)
Remove the lanyard (6) from the spring clip (7).
(b)
Remove the lock pin (18).

NOTE :
(c)
Hold the ELT (5), lift the latch lever (16) and disengage the latch hook (15).
(d)
Carefully remove the ELT (5) from the support assembly (1).
NOTE :
AES
The lock pin (18) is attached to the latch lever (16) with the safety strap (17).
Be careful with the whip-antenna (4) when you remove the ELT (5).
25-65-35 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
110MX
A
A
FR70
261BC
FR64
7
1
9
8
6
B
3
D
15
B
17
E
18
16
4
15
N_MM_256535_4_AANA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-35-991-00100-B SHEET 1

ELT 110MX
25-65-35 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
D
VIEW TURNED 180 DEG
C
11
12
C
10
13
14
11
4
E
26
BOND THE CHANGED ID LABEL

AT THIS POSITION
N_MM_256535_4_AANA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-35-991-00100-B SHEET 2

ELT 110MX
25-65-35 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-35-400-001-A
FIN 110MX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
AR SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
Material No: 07-009
Material No: 07-020
Material No: 08-013
DESIGNATION
LACQUERS
SEALING COAT (COLOR AS REQUIRED)
LACQUERS
IDENTIFICATION PAINT
Material No: 11-004
CLEANING AGENTS
Material No: 19-003
C.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
261BC
D.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
25-65-00-740-001-A
25-65-00-840-001-A
CMM 25-60-04
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-35-991-00100-B - ELT 110MX)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-35-860-050-A
A.

(1)
AES
Make sure the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
25-65-35 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
4.
Make sure the ceiling panel 261BC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-35-560-050-A
A.

(Ref. Fig. 25-65-35-991-00100-B - ELT 110MX)
(1)
Refer to the Manufacturers Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) (Ref. CMM 25-60-04) for the
correct procedures.
(2)
If you install a replacement ELT (5), make sure that the ELT identification (ID) part of the label (26) is
the same as the ID label on the support assembly (1).
(3)
If the ID labels are not the same, bond a new ID label in position on the ID label (26).
(4)
If the aircraft registration code/number (ICAO) is changed refer to (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-840-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-35-420-050-B
B.
Installation of the ELT 110MX

(Ref. Fig. 25-65-35-991-00100-B - ELT 110MX)
EYES :
MINUTES.
IRRITANTS.
(1)

MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Remove unwanted materials (13) and (14) from the antenna connector (9) and the ANT
connector (11) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(b)
Clean the antenna connector (9) and the ANT connector (11) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-004) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No:
19-003) . Make sure that they are dry before you continue.
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the ON/OFF/AUTO switch (10) is set to the OFF position.
(4)
Install the ELT (5):

(a)
Carefully hold the ELT (5) in position on the support assembly (1).
NOTE :
(b)
AES
Be careful with the whip-antenna (4) when you install the ELT (5).
Put the strap (3) around the ELT (5) and engage the latch hook (15) in the latch lever (16).
25-65-35 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
Close the latch lever (16).
(d)
Install the lock pin (18).
(e)
Make sure that you cannot lift the latch lever (16).
(f)
Install the lanyard (6) in the spring clip (7).
(5)
(6)
(7)
Connect the electrical connector (8) to the TC connector (12).

NOTE :
When you connect the electrical connector (8) to the TC connector (12) the programming-box
assembly (PBA) automatically:
. Transfers the aircraft identification code to the ELT (5).
. Makes sure that the information transferred is correct.
. After a correct transfer, operates indications and sounds for 10 seconds at different
locations.
(8)
Connect the antenna connector (9) to the ANT connector (11).
(9)
Safety the connection between the antenna connector (9) and the ANT connector (11):
MATERIAL/S.
(a)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-013) (13) to the connection.
(b)
Apply LACQUERS (Material No: 07-009) as an alternative LACQUERS (Material No: 07-020)
(14) to the bonding and adhesive compound (13).
(10) Set the ON/OFF/AUTO switch (10) to the AUTO position.

Subtask 25-65-35-740-050-A
C.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-35-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
items.
Subtask 25-65-35-862-050-A
B.
AES
25-65-35 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-35-000-002-A
Removal of the Programming Box Assembly (PBA)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
AR CAP - BLANKING

ZONE/ACCESS
200
261BC
C.
DESIGNATION
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-65-35-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-35-991-00200-A - PBA 130MX)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-35-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-35-010-052-A
B.
4.
Get access to the PBA 130MX

(1)
(2)
Remove the Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) (Ref. TASK 25-65-35-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-35-020-051-A
A.
AES
Removal of the PBA 130MX

(Ref. Fig. 25-65-35-991-00200-A - PBA 130MX)
(1)
Disconnect the connector (8).
(2)
(3)
Hold the PBA (1) and remove the bolts (27) and the washers (28).
(4)
Carefully remove the PBA (1) from the aircraft structure.
25-65-35 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
130MX
A
FR70
8
261BC
FR64
28
27
B
VIEW TURNED 180 DEG
PART NUMBER
N DOSSIER REF.
REV
SERIAL NUMBER
N SERIE
1
26
APPROVAL NUMBER
N HOMOLOGATION
COSPAS/SARSAT
IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFICATION
NOTE:
1
BOND THE CHANGED ID LABEL AT THIS POSITION

N_MM_256535_4_PBA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-35-991-00200-A SHEET 1

PBA 130MX
25-65-35 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-35-400-002-A
Installation of the Programming Box Assembly (PBA)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
200
261BC
C.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
25-65-00-840-001-A
25-65-35-000-001-A
25-65-35-400-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-35-991-00200-A - PBA 130MX)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-35-860-051-A
A.
4.

(1)
(2)
Make sure that the ceiling panel 261BC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).
(3)
Make sure that the ELT is removed (Ref. TASK 25-65-35-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-35-560-051-A
A.
AES
Preparation of the Replacement PBA 130MX

(Ref. Fig. 25-65-35-991-00200-A - PBA 130MX)
(1)
If you install a replacement PBA (1), or the aircraft registration code/number (ICAO) has changed:
. Program the PBA (1) with the correct aircraft identification.
. Change the identification part of the label (26) accordingly.
(2)
If programming equipment is not available refer to (Ref. TASK 25-65-00-840-001-A).
25-65-35 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-65-35-420-052-A
B.
5.
Installation of the PBA 130MX

(Ref. Fig. 25-65-35-991-00200-A - PBA 130MX)
(1)
(2)
(3)
Carefully hold the PBA (1) in position on the aircraft structure.
(4)
Install the washers (28) and the bolts (27) and torque the bolts to between 0.4 and 0.5 M.DAN (35.40
and 44.25 LBF.IN).
(5)
(6)
(7)
Connect the connector (8) to the PBA (1).
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-35-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the ELT (Ref. TASK 25-65-35-400-001-A).
(3)
(4)
items.
Subtask 25-65-35-862-051-A
B.
AES
25-65-35 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
STRAP - SAFETY BARRIER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-41-000-001-A
Safety Barrier Strap - Removal
NOTE :
1.
The spring housing must be on top of the strap on the left side and below the strap on the right side.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
C.
REFERENCE
25-80-00-000-001-A
52-10-00-010-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-41-991-00100-A - Safety Barrier Strap)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-41-010-050-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) adjacent to the passenger/crew door you will work from.
(2)
Open the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001-A).
(3)
Remove the door frame linings as necessary.
(4)
Loosen the thermal and acoustical insulation (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001-A) adajcent the drum unit
(12).
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-41-991-00100-A - Safety Barrier Strap)
Subtask 25-65-41-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal:
(1)
Remove the attach screws (5) and the washers (6) from the strap guide support (7).
(2)
Hold the loop end (4) and remove the strap guide support (7).
(3)
Let the safety barrier strap (10) slowly retract into the drum unit (12).
(4)
Support the drum unit (12) and remove the screws (14) and the washers (15).
25-65-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Remove the drum unit (12).
(6)
If you replace the drum unit (12):
(7)
AES
(a)
(b)
Remove and keep the base plate (16) from the drum unit (12).
If you remove the latch hook (3):

(a)
(b)
Remove the latch hook (3).
25-65-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
DOOR
EXAMPLE
1
3
5
7
6
8
4
14
16
15
10
13
12
1
11
NOTE:
2 12
TYPE A SAFETY BARRIER STRAP
TYPE B SAFETY BARRIER STRAP
10
11
N_MM_256541_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Safety Barrier Strap
25-65-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-41-400-001-A
Safety Barrier Strap - Installation
NOTE :
1.
The spring housing must be on top of the strap on the LH side and below the strap on the RH side.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

B.
REFERENCE
25-80-00-400-001-A
52-10-00-410-001-A
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-41-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)
Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the removal task.
(2)
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-41-420-050-A
A.
Installation:
(1)
(2)
If you install a replacement drum unit:

(a)
Put the drum unit (12) in position on the base plate (16).
(b)
Install and tighten the screws (11).
Put the assembly of drum unit (12) and base plate (16) in position at the passenger/crew door.
(a)
For type-A safety-barrier straps:

1
(b)
AES
Make sure that you install the assembly of drum unit (12) and base plate (16) correctly.
The strap (10) must unwind across the front of the drum unit (12).
For type B safety barrier straps:

1
On the left side, make sure that the spring housing (13) is on top of the strap (10).
On the right side, make sure that the spring housing (13) is below the strap (10).
(3)
Make sure that the loop end (4) points inboard.
(4)
Install and tighten the screws (14) and the washers (15).
(5)
Pull the loop end (4), but do not fully extend the safety barrier strap (10), and hold it.
(6)
Put the safety barrier strap (10) around the guide pin (9) and put the loop end (4) through the guide
support bracket (8).
25-65-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(7)
Put the strap guide support (7) in position and release the loop end (4).
(8)
(9)
If you install the latch hook:

(a)
Put the latch hook (3) in position.
(b)
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-41-720-050-A
A.
Do this test:
(1)
Pull the loop end (4) and fully extend the safety barrier strap (10) from its retracted position.
(2)
Install the loop end (4) on the latch hook (3).
(3)
Do a visual check of the safety barrier strap (10), loop end (4) and latch hook (3). Make sure that they
are clean and in a satisfactory condition.
(4)
Lift the loop end (4) off the latch hook (3) and let the safety barrier strap (10) slowly retract into the
drum unit (12).
(5)
Make sure that the loop end (4) retracts fully into its stowage and is held in position (under spring
tension from the drum unit) against the guide support (7).
Subtask 25-65-41-410-050-A
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the thermal and acoustical insulation. (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-400-001-A).
(3)
Install the door frame linings.
(4)
Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001-A).
(5)
(6)
items.
25-65-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MEGAPHONE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-51-920-001-A
Replacement of the Megaphone Batteries
FIN 7570MM
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-65-51-01-)
DISCARD MEGAPHONE BATTERIES
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

B.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
4
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
25-65-51-99-001
batteries
C.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-65-51-710-002-A
25-65-00-00
MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-51-991-00100-BV - Megaphone - Component Location)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-51-861-051-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-51-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
For the location of the megaphone, refer to Para. Component Location (Ref. 25-65-00-00)
(2)
Open the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.

NOTE :
AES
Placards on the stowage compartments show the megaphone locations.
(3)
Release/open the strap/clamp.
(4)
Remove the megaphone from the stowage compartment.
25-65-51 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-51-960-050-A
A.
Battery Replacement
(1)
(2)
Remove the batteries (4):

(a)
Push the bottom of the cartridge (3) and remove the screw (5).
(b)
Remove the cartridge (3) from the handle (2).
(c)
Remove and discard the batteries (4).
Install the batteries (4):

(a)
Put the (IPC-CSN 25-65-51-99) batteries (4) in the cartridge (3).

NOTE :
The polarity indication is on the cartridge (3).
(b)
Install the cartridge (3) in the handle (2).
(c)
Push the bottom of the cartridge (3) and install and tighten the screw (5).
Subtask 25-65-51-710-050-A
B.
5.
Do the operational test of the megaphone (Ref. TASK 25-65-51-710-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-51-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the megaphone in the stowage compartment.
(2)
(3)
Close the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.
(4)
Subtask 25-65-51-862-051-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-65-51 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7570MM
7570MM
2
FR69
FR63
FR24
7570MM
FR15
B
EXAMPLE
NOTE:
1
VALID FOR AES01
VALID FOR AES02

N_MM_256551_2_AAK0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-51-991-00100-BV SHEET 1

Megaphone - Component Location
25-65-51 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-51-710-002-A
FIN 7570MM
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-65-51-02-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF MEGAPHONE
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-51-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-65-51-020-051-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Open the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.

NOTE :
4.
Placards on the stowage compartments show the megaphone locations.
(2)
Release/open the strap/clamp.
(3)
Remove the megaphone from the stowage compartment.
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-51-710-051-A
WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE THE MEGAPHONE NEAR A PERSONS EARS. AMPLIFIED SOUND OR
HOWLING CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INNER EAR.
A.
Operational Test
ACTION
1.On the Megaphone:

.
AES
RESULT
On the Megaphone:
Hold the handle (2) of the megaphone and put the

microphone against your mouth.
25-65-51 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Push the switch-button (6) and speak into the
microphone.
.
.
RESULT
You hear a click sound.
The volume of your voice increases. Make sure that
your voice is clear (no feedback).
NOTE :
5.
Release the switch-button (6).
.
.
If you operate the megaphone in a small space,

you can hear a light ringing. Sound reverberation
causes this.
You hear a click sound.
The volume of your voice increases no longer.
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-51-420-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the megaphone in the stowage compartment.
(2)
(3)
Close the door/access panel of the stowage compartment.
(4)
Subtask 25-65-51-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-65-51 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FLASHLIGHT - COCKPIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-52-000-001-A
FIN 28MM, 29MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 25-65-52-991-00100-A - Cockpit Flashlight)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-52-860-050-A
A.
4.
Not applicable.
Procedure
Subtask 25-65-52-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Remove the reinforcing strips (10) and the shield (9) from the bracket (5).
(3)
Remove the flashlight (8).
(4)
Remove the nuts (4), the washers (6), the screws (7) and (12).
(5)
Remove the bracket (5) from the support (3).
(6)
Remove the screws (2), the washers (1) and the support (3).
25-65-52 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
2
3
4
29MM
28MM
A
4
6
12
6
7
10
11
N_MM_256552_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-65-52-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Cockpit Flashlight
25-65-52 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-65-52-400-001-A
FIN 28MM, 29MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-65-52-860-051-A
A.
4.
Not applicable.
Procedure
CAUTION :
WHEN YOU INSTALL THE FLASHLIGHT IN THE BRACKET, MAKE SURE THAT THE FIN OF THE
FLASHLIGHT IS ALIGNED WITH THE RECESS OF THE BRACKET. IF NOT, THE FLASHLIGHT
WILL STAY ON AND OVERHEAT CAN OCCUR. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
COMPONENTS.
Subtask 25-65-52-420-050-A
A.
5.

(1)
Install the support (3) on the panel with the washers (1) and the screws (2).
(2)
Put the bracket (5) in position on its support (3).
(3)
Install the screws (7) and (12), the washers (6) and the nuts (4).
(4)
Install the flashlight (8) on the bracket (5).
(5)
Install the shield (9) with the reinforcing strips (10).
(6)
Close-up
Subtask 25-65-52-860-052-A
A.

(1)
AES
25-65-52 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT - DESCRIPTION

AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The floatation and survival equipment is installed in the aircraft at different locations. It is easy to get access to the
equipment, which is kept prepared for immediate use, if an on-board emergency occurs.
AES
25-66-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-66-00-12400-W - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 25-66-00-12500-A - Life Vests - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 25-66-00-12700-B - Life-Lines - Location and Components)
FIN
7580MM
7583MM
7584MM
7585MM
7710MM
7518MM
7582MM
7518MM1
7518MM2
7518MM3
AES
LIFE VEST,PAX
LIFE VEST,FLIGHT CREW
LIFE VEST,CABIN CREW
LIFE VEST,SPARE
LIFELINE
SURVIVAL KIT
LIFE VEST,DEMO
SURVIVAL KIT
SURVIVAL KIT
SURVIVAL KIT
PANEL
ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
25-66-00 PB001
ATA REF.
25-53-51
25-53-51
25-53-51
25-53-51
25-53-51
25-53-51
25-65-55
25-53-51
25-53-51
25-53-51
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
A.
Slide Raft Installation

Slide rafts are installed at the FWD and AFT passenger/crew doors. The slide rafts give flotation aid for
passengers and crew members during extended over-water operation (Ref. 25-62-00-00). When you open a
passenger/crew door in the emergency mode, the slide raft inflates automatically. When the passengers and crew
have boarded a raft, you must cut the raft mooring line to release it from the aircraft girt bar.
B.
Survival Kit
A survival kit is supplied for each escape-slide raft and is kept in a container. The containers are kept in stowage
compartments in the cabin, because there is not sufficient space on the FWD/AFT passenger/crew doors. The
location of the containers are shown with placards, which are bonded on the outside of the stowage
compartments.
The survival kit has:
. A container which includes a canopy.
. Canopy support masts.
. A hand pump.
. A basic module.
. An age-limited module.
. A maintenance release record.
. Glucose toffee tablets (if installed).
. A distress signal (if installed).
. An osmosis pump (if installed).
. Two paddles (if installed).
The canopy gives the passenger/crew members protection against different weather conditions. The canopy is
installed manually on the escape-slide raft after it is disengaged from the aircraft. The canopy has a hole to
collect rain water, and has a bright orange/yellow color that you can see easily.
The hand pump lets you add more pressure to the inflatable chambers on the escape-slide raft and through the
topping-off valves. The topping-off valves are attached to the aspirator assemblies.
The basic module has:
. Four band-aids (1x3).
. Six compress bandages.
. Three triangular bandages.
. A sponge.
. A bailing bucket.
. A whistle.
. A sea dye marker.
. A signaling mirror.
. Two water canteens, packaged.
. Two repair kits, packaged.
. A utility knife.
. Two flashlights with batteries.
. A survival manual.
The age-limited module has:
. Two day/night flares.
AES
25-66-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
.
C.
Water purification tablet(s).

Twelve ammonia inhalants.
Four burn ointments.
Twenty antiseptic swabs.
Life Vest
(Ref. Fig. 25-66-00-12500-A - Life Vests - Component Location)
NOTE :
A small quantity of nonfunctional life vests are kept in the aircraft for cabin crew to give visual
instructions to passengers. To prevent errors, the nonfunctional life vests are identified with DEMO in
large letters.
Each life vest has a buoyancy chamber with a waistbelt harness. The harness has attach clips and adjustable
buckles.
Life vest components include:
. a CO2 gas inflation system,
. an oral inflation tube,
. a lamp for survivor location in poor visibility or night conditions,
. a water activated cell (battery) to bring the lamp on,
. a whistle to attract attention.
The life vests are kept below the passenger seats, in the cabin attendants seats and on the rear of each cockpit
seat.
D. Life Lines
(Ref. Fig. 25-66-00-12700-B - Life-Lines - Location and Components)
Life lines assist passengers evacuating the aircraft to remain on the wings after ditching. The life lines are
installed in the hatracks adjacent the emergency exits (FR 38) left and right. Life line installation points are
yellow in color for easy identification and located as follows:
AES
Inside each emergency exit hatch recess (top forward corner of the FWD exit; top rear corner of the AFT
exit) and accessible only after the exit hatch is removed.
On the upper surface of each wing, approximately above the outer limit of the engine nacelle.
25-66-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.

A.
Survival kits
The survival kits are removed from the stowages and connected to each escape slide raft. They are connected
with a snap hook to the survival kit lanyard attach loop. The survival kit lanyard attach loop is attached to the
telescopic end fitting of the girt bar. The snap hook is installed on the survival kit container.
B.
Life Vests
The Instructions for Use are clearly printed on each life vest. When you pull the JERK TO INFLATE handle,
you release the gas in the CO2 cylinder and the bouyancy chamber inflates. If the primary system (CO2 gas
cylinder) fails, you can inflate the bouyancy chamber with the oral inflation tube (or if additional pressure in the
life vest becomes necessary).
C.
Life Lines
If an emergency occurs and the aircraft ditches, you must remove the exit hatches and install the life lines. Snap
hooks connect the lines to the installation points, they are located at each end of the life lines. You can tighten
the life lines after installation when you pull on the tabs at the two sliding buckles.
AES
25-66-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1 7518MM
1 7518MM
FR70
FR63
FR24
FR15
1 SURVIVAL KIT
N_MM_256600_0_AAU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-66-00-12400-W SHEET 1

Component Location
25-66-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
TYPICAL
LAMP
ORAL INFLATION TUBE
PROTECTIVE COVER
WATER ACTIVATED
CELL
WHISTLE
CO2 CYLINDER
(GAS INFLATION SYSTEM)
"JERK TO INFLATE"
HANDLE
WAISTBELT
HARNESS
N_MM_256600_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-66-00-12500-A SHEET 1

Life Vests - Component Location
25-66-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF FOUR
OVERWING EMERGENCYEXITS
EXAMPLE OF TWO
OVERWING EMERGENCYEXITS
1 OFF 7710MM
7710MM 1 OFF
2 OFF 7710MM
7710MM 2 OFF
FR41
FR41
A
ATTACHMENT
POINT
ATTACHMENT
POINT
FR38
FR38
ATTACHMENT
POINT
A
EXAMPLE
PULL TAB
SNAP HOOK
ATTACHMENT
POINT
SLIDING
BUCKLE
SNAP HOOK
N_MM_256600_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-66-00-12700-B SHEET 1

Life-Lines - Location and Components
25-66-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FLOATATION AND SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-66-00-210-001-A
Inspection/Check of the Floatation and Survival Equipment
FIN 7580MM, 7582MM, 7583MM, 7584MM, 7585MM
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
200
3.
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE

Job Set-up
Subtask 25-66-00-010-050-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the packs that contain the life vests (7580MM, 7581MM, 7583MM, 7584MM, 7585MM,
7586MM) from:
. below the passenger seats,
. the cabin attendant seats,
. the rear of the cockpit seats.
(2)
Open the overhead stowage compartments and remove the DEMO life vests (7582MM).
(3)
Open the overhead stowage compartments and remove the escape-slide raft survival-kits.
Procedure
Subtask 25-66-00-210-051-A
A.
Inspection:
(1)
Visually examine the life-vest transparent packs. Make sure that they are in a satisfactory condition.
NOTE :
(2)
Do not remove the life vests from the packs.
Visually examine the SPARE life vests:

(a)
Make sure that they are in a satisfactory condition.

NOTE :
(b)
(3)
Replace life vests that are damaged, and those that are in an unsatisfactory condition.
Make an inspection of each escape-slide raft survival-kit (referred to as kit) as follows:

(a)
AES
The servicing data is found on the life-vest or on a service record card (both of which you
can see through the transparent pack) or printed on the pack.
Make a check of the pack container for damage. Make sure that the lead safety seal and lockwire
that hold the zip fastener closed is not broken.
25-66-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
Make sure the operating instructions placard is clean and that you can easily read it. The placard
is installed on the side of the kit.
(c)
Examine the snap-hook that attaches the pack to the kit attach-loop on the escape-slide raft girt.
Make sure that the snap-hook is not damaged or corroded and operates correctly.
NOTE :
(d)
Remove the service history card from the kit pocket. Make sure that the expiration date of the
age-limited module has not expired.
NOTE :
(e)
5.
If you think that the kit or its attach items are in an unsatisfactory condition, you must
replace the kit.
The kits have a service cycle because some of the items have life limits. If the service
cycle has expired, you must remove the kit from the aircraft and install a serviceable kit.
Put the service history card back into the kit pocket.
Close-up
Subtask 25-66-00-410-052-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
Install the life vests (7580MM, 7581MM, 7583MM, 7584MM, 7585MM, 7586MM). Make sure that life
vests are installed in all the required positions.
(2)
Install the DEMO life vests (7582MM) in the overhead-stowage compartments and close the doors.
(3)
Install the escape-slide raft survival-kits in the overhead-stowage compartments and close the doors.
(4)
25-66-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LIFE VEST - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-66-52-920-001-A
Restoration of Life Vests
FIN 7580MM, 7582MM, 7583MM, 7584MM, 7585MM
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-66-52-01-)
RESTORATION OF LIFE VESTS
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-66-52-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 25-66-52-010-050-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Get access to all life vests found at these locations:

. Below the passenger seats.
. In the cabin attendant seat (CAS).
. Behind the flight crew seats.
. In stowage compartments identified with placards.
(2)
Remove all life vests from the aircraft for restoration.
Procedure
Subtask 25-66-52-280-050-A
A.
Workshop Procedure
(1)
5.
Do the restoration of the life vests. Refer to the applicable Component Maintenance Manuals (CMM)
for the correct procedure.
Close-up
Subtask 25-66-52-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
If necessary, remove the transport packages from the life vests.
25-66-52 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Install serviceable/replacement life vests at these locations:

. Below the passenger seats.
. In the CASs.
. Behind the flight crew seats.
. In stowage compartments identified with placards.
Subtask 25-66-52-862-050-A
B.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-66-52 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
RAPID DECOMPRESSION SAFETY SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION

AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
A rapid-decompression safety-system is installed in the aircraft.
AES
25-68-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C 003-003 005-099
EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
POST SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-13800-B - Component Details)
** On A/C 004-004
PRE SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-13800-A - Component Details)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-12400-A - Component Location and Component Details)
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-12500-A - Lower Sidewall Panels (Dado) - Location and Component Details)
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-12600-A - Air Grills - Location)
AES
25-68-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
The rapid-decompression safety-system prevents a pressure difference between different closed areas in the aircraft
(for example; cockpit/cabin, cabin/cargo compartment) if a rapid decompression occurs. This prevents structural
damage to the fuselage and damage to the equipment and furnishings, installed in these areas.
The rapid-decompression safety-system has:
. Rapid-decompression panels (cargo compartments).
. Dado panels (cabin) (Ref. 25-23-00-00).
. Air grills (stowages and lavatories).
. Cockpit door (Ref. 52-51-00-00).
AES
25-68-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
A.
Rapid-Decompression Panels
** On A/C 004-004
PRE SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
** On A/C 004-004
** On A/C 004-004
PRE SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-13800-A - Component Details)
The rapid-decompression panel has these components:
. Decompression panels.
. Decompression frames.
. Latch assemblies.
. Fasteners.
** On A/C 003-003 005-099
EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
POST SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-003 005-099
EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
POST SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-13800-B - Component Details)
The rapid-decompression panel has these components:
. Decompression panels.
. Decompression frames.
. Latch assemblies.
. Protection devices.
** On A/C ALL
(1) Decompression Panel
The panels have a composite structure made of a honeycomb-core and a flame-retardant laminated-skin.
On one side of the panel the laminated-skin is extended and makes a border around the honeycomb-filling.
This side of the panel completes the lining of the cargo compartment on the inner side.
The border is cut at each corner. The cut starts at the edge of the border and continues diagonally to the
corner of the honeycomb-filling. Sealing tape is bonded to the side of the border that touches the inner
lining of the cargo compartment. The cuts in the border are sealed with this tape.
(2) Frame
The frame is covered with flame-retardant material, attached with adhesive tape. The frame is installed on
the decompression panel, on the side that faces out from the cargo compartment.
AES
25-68-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3) Latch Assembly
The latch assembly has a housing, which includes a latch and a spring. The latch has a shaped end and is
always in the closed position. To open the latch assembly you push the latch back into its housing, against
the spring tension. The latch assemblies are installed on the decompression panel on the side that faces out
from the cargo compartment.
** On A/C 003-003 005-099
EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
POST SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
(4) Protection Devices
The protection devices are installed with screws to the ceiling-panels around each decompression-panel. The
protection devices still permit the full function of (BLOW-IN) or (BLOW-OUT) for the decompressionpanels. The protection devices protect the decompression-panels against impact from X and Y
directions of misaligned luggage.
** On A/C ALL
(5) Installation Description and Pressure Values
The rapid-decompression panels are installed in cut-outs in the linings of the cargo compartments. The
sealing tape on the border makes a seal between the panel and the lining of the cargo compartment. The
flame-retardant material fits tightly in the cut-outs of the linings and helps to seal the cargo compartment.
The rapid-decompression panels are installed from inside of the cargo compartment into the cut-outs as
follows:
. Push the panel into the cut-out.
. The shaped end of the latches adjust the position of the panel automatically to the center of the cutout.
. The latches are moved into their housings to the open position.
. The panel is continually pushed over the full surface until the laminated-skin border is flush with the
inner side of the linings.
. The latches snap back to the closed position and engage with the outer edges of the cut-outs.
The rapid-decompression panels that are installed in the ceiling panels of the cargo compartments are kept
free. A maximum height to load bulk cargo, is marked on the wall linings of the cargo compartment 2 in.
(50.80 mm) below the ceiling.
The rapid-decompression panels that are installed in the FWD wall lining of the FWD cargo compartment
are protected. A protection panel is installed on the inner side of the lining in front of the rapiddecompression panels. The panel is attached with brackets, to make a space between the two panels. When
bulk cargo is transported, the protection panel keeps the rapid-decompression panels free.
The pressure difference-values between the cabin and the cargo compartment, necessary to release the
decompression-panel from the lining, are:
. 30 hPa (0.886 in.Hg) if a rapid decompression (BLOW-IN) in the cargo compartment occurs.
. 90 hPa (2.658 in.Hg) if a rapid decompression (BLOW-OUT) in the cabin occurs.
B.
AES
Dado Panels
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-12500-A - Lower Sidewall Panels (Dado) - Location and Component Details)
25-68-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The dado panel has a decorative panel with a cover assembly, and a support assembly. The decorative panel is
seen from inboard and finishes the interior lining of the cabin from the upper sidewall-panels to the floor. It
attaches the dado panel to the fuselage structure. The cover assembly is installed on the outboard side of the
decorative panel.
The support assembly is installed on the outboard side of the decorative panel and attaches the dado panel to
the floor. Decompression plates are installed in cut-outs in the back wall of the support assembly. The top edge
of the plate is attached with half-hinges to the back wall and can move inboard and outboard. The bottom edge
of the plate is held in the cut-out with stop-plates attached on both sides of the back wall. Insulation material is
bonded on to the inboard side of the back wall and the inboard side of the decompression plates.
The pressure difference-value between the cabin and the cargo compartment, necessary to release the
decompression panel in the support assembly, is 0.05 hPa (0.0014 in.Hg)
C.
Air Grills
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-12600-A - Air Grills - Location)
The air grills are installed in some closed modules, for example stowages and lavatories.
D. Cockpit Door
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
The cockpit door is installed in the fixed partition between FR13 and FR14. It has an electrically operated
locking mechanism. The locking mechanism is connected to a control unit, which is located on the overhead
panel. Pressure sensing channels are located on the control unit, and measure sufficient fall in pressure to release
the locking mechanism (rapid decompression). The sensing channels are independent from software and/or
microprocessor failures.
AES
25-68-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.

A.
Rapid-Decompression Panels
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-19000-A - Rapid Decompression Panels - Operation)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
In usual operation the rapid-decompression panels form part of the cargo compartment linings.
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cargo compartment, the higher air pressure pushes on the rapiddecompression panels. The shaped end of the latch pushes against the edge of the cut-out and causes the latch
to move into the open position. The released rapid-decompression panels are blown rapidly into the cargo
compartments (BLOW-IN). The higher air pressure can flow from the cabin to the cargo compartment.
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cabin, the higher air pressure pushes on the rapid-decompression panels.
The laminated-skin border folds away at the place where the honeycomb filling starts. The cuts in the corners
help to accelerate this process. The panels are released and blown rapidly out from the cargo compartments
(BLOW-OUT). The higher air pressure can flow from the cargo compartment to the cabin.
** On A/C ALL
B.
Dado Panels
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-00-19300-A - Dado Panels - Operation)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
In usual operation the dado panels let the air flow between the Cargo compartments and the cabin.
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cargo compartment, the higher air pressure flows under the decorative
panels. The covers channel the flow to the decompression plates and pushes them in the outboard direction. The
higher air pressure can flow rapidly from the cabin to the cargo compartment.
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cabin, the higher air pressure pushes the decompression plates in the
inboard direction. The covers channel the flow under the decorative panel. The higher air pressure can flow
rapidly from the cargo compartment to the cabin.
** On A/C ALL
C.
Air Grills
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
In usual operation the air grills let the air move freely to and from the housings (stowages and lavatories).
If a rapid-decompression occurs, the air will flow rapidly through the air grills into the cabin.
AES
25-68-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
D. Cockpit Door
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
In usual operation the cockpit door permits access to and from the cockpit to the cabin. During flight the
cockpit door is closed and locked.
If a rapid-decompression in the cabin occurs, the cockpit door stays closed and locked. The higher air pressure in
the cockpit flows through various ventilation paths, into the cabin and avionics compartment. The door frame,
frame attachments and lavatory wall are strengthened to resist the initial high pressure, until the higher air
pressure has decreased.
If a rapid-decompression occurs in the cockpit, the avionics compartment or the FWD Cargo compartment, the
sensing channel measures the rapid fall in pressure. The control unit immediately releases (5 ms) the cockpit
door locking mechanism. The higher air pressure, pushes the cockpit door open to the cockpit, and flows rapidly
from the cabin into the cockpit.
AES
25-68-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR34
EXAMPLE OF A320
CARGO COMPARTMENTS
FR24
FR66
FR46
RAPID DECOMPRESSION
PANEL
EXAMPLE
RAPID
DECOMPRESSION
PANELS
FWD CARGO
COMPARTMENT
WALL LINING
PROTECTION PANEL
BRACKET
N_MM_256800_0_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Component Location
25-68-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z220
A
A
FR14
FR13
LATCH MECHANISM
STOP
MECHANISM
EXAMPLE
COCKPIT
DOOR
SHEAR PIN
LATCH
N_MM_256800_0_BAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-00-12400-A SHEET 1

Component Location and Component Details
25-68-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
A
EXAMPLE OF
DADO PANEL
DECORATIVE PANEL
A
A
COVER ASSEMBLY
HALFHINGE
BACK WALL
SECTION
STOP PLATE
BB
SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
INSULATION MATERIAL
DECOMPRESSION PLATE
HALFHINGE
COVER
ASSEMBLY
INSULATION MATERIAL
DECOMPRESSION PLATE
STOP PLATE
BACK WALL OF
SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
DECORATIVE PANEL
N_MM_256800_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-00-12500-A SHEET 1

Lower Sidewall Panels (Dado) - Location and Component
Details
25-68-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF AIR GRILL INSTALLATIONS

IN CLOSED MODULES
(STOWGES, LAVATORIES)
AIR GRILL
N_MM_256800_0_EAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-00-12600-A SHEET 1

Air Grills - Location
25-68-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 004-004
PRE SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
B
EXAMPLE
D
E
C
C
SECTION
EE
SECTION
CC
SPRING
FLAMERETARDANT
MATERIAL
HOUSING
FLAMERETARDANT
MATERIAL
1
LATCH
EXAMPLE
SEALING TAPE
DECOMPRESSION
PANEL
CARGO COMPARTMENT
LINING
NOTE:
CUTIN
LAMINATEDSKIN
FRAME
SEALING TAPE
VIEWS SHOWN WITHOUT FRAME AND

FLAMERETARDANT MATERIAL
N_MM_256800_0_AAMD_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-00-13800-A SHEET 1

Component Details
25-68-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-003 005-099
EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
POST SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
B
EXAMPLE
D
E
C
C
SECTION
EE
SECTION
CC
SHIM
SPRING
FLAMERETARDANT
MATERIAL
HOUSING
PROTECTION
DEVICE
FLAMERETARDANT
MATERIAL
1
LATCH
EXAMPLE
SEALING TAPE
DECOMPRESSION
PANEL
CARGO COMPARTMENT
LINING
CUTIN
LAMINATEDSKIN
NOTE:
1
FRAME
SEALING TAPE
VIEWS SHOWN WITHOUT FRAME AND

FLAMERETARDANT MATERIAL
N_MM_256800_0_CAMD_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-00-13800-B SHEET 1

Component Details
25-68-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
RAPID DECOMPRESSION IN THE CABIN

(BLOWOUT CASE)
DECOMPRESSION
PANEL
CARGO
COMPARTMANT
PRESSURE
A
SIDEWALL PANEL
LAMINATED
SKIN BORDER
SECTION
AA
SIDEWALL PANEL
DECOMPRESSION
PANEL
CARGO
COMPARTMANT
PRESSURE
N_MM_256800_0_DAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-00-19000-A SHEET 1

25-68-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
RAPID DECOMPRESSION
IN THE CARGO COMPARTMENT
(BLOWIN CASE)
CABIN
PRESSURE
LATCH
DECOMPRESSION
PANEL
A
SIDEWALL PANEL
TAPE
SECTION
AA
CABIN
PRESSURE
SIDEWALL PANEL
DECOMPRESSION
PANEL
N_MM_256800_0_DAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-00-19000-A SHEET 2

25-68-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
RAPID DECOMPRESSION IN THE CARGO COMPARTMENT
INSULATION
MATERIAL
COVER
ASSEMBLY
HALFHINGE
DECORATIVE
PANEL
RAPID DECOMPRESSION IN THE CABIN

DECOMPRESSION
PLATE
COVER
ASSEMBLY
INSULATION
MATERIAL
STOP
PLATES
SUPPORT
ASSEMBLY
HIGH
AIR
PRESSURE
DECORATIVE
PANEL
TO CARGO
COMPARTMENT
HALFHINGE
DECOMPRESSION
PLATE
STOP
PLATES
HIGH AIR
PRESSURE
SUPPORT
ASSEMBLY
TO CABIN
N_MM_256800_0_BCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-00-19300-A SHEET 1

Dado Panels - Operation
25-68-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DECOMPRESSION PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-68-41-960-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-066
Material No: 08-017
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 11-010
Material No: 19-003
C.
QTY
1
1
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
BONDING METAL/METAL
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
REFERENCE
25-23-44-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-44-400-001-A
25-54-11-000-001-A
25-54-11-400-001-A
25-54-12-000-002-A
25-54-12-400-002-A
25-55-12-000-002-A
25-55-12-400-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-41-991-00900-A - Decompression Panels)

(Ref. Fig. 25-68-41-991-00200-A - Decompression Panels in the Cargo Compartments)
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-41-991-00600-A - Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels)
AES
25-68-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-41-991-00600-B - Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels)
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-41-991-00700-A - Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-68-41-010-050-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Remove the panels in the area where you want to replace the
decompression panels:
. in the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
. in the FWD cargo compartment at FR24
(Ref. TASK 25-54-11-000-001-A).
. in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002-A).
. in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-000-002-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-68-41-910-050-A
A.
Preperation for Replacement of the Decompression Panels

(Ref. Fig. 25-68-41-991-00900-A - Decompression Panels)
MATERIAL/S.
MATERIAL/S.
(1)
Make sure, that the decompression panel (1) is in correct condition.
(2)
Make sure, that the drill holes (3) are with the correct diameter on the panel latch (2).
(3)
Cut the new h-profile (5) to the finished length.
(4)
Clean contact surfaces of linings and inside of chanel of the h-profile with LINT-FREE COTTON
CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) .
(5)
Put the panel latch (2) on a PLATE - BASE, RUBBER.
(6)
Apply adhesive (4) BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-017) to inside of
channel of the h-profile (5) of the honeycomb panel (6).
NOTE :
(7)
Install the honeycomb panel (6) let the advesive cure.
(8)
Install the panel laches (2).

NOTE :
(9)
AES
Apply adhesive generously to the edges of the panel where honeycomb is explosed.
If adhesive tape is detached at the corners of the decompression panel, clean areas and renew
adhesive tape.
25-68-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-68-41-920-050-A
B.
Replacement of the Decompression Panels in the Passenger Compartment

(1)
(2)
Remove the decompression-panel assembly:

(a)
(b)
Carefully remove the decompression-panel assembly (1) from the

dado panel (7).
(c)
Remove the screws (4), the washers (5) and the covers (6) from the dado panel (7).
Install the decompression-panel assembly:

(a)
condition.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Put the covers (6) in position on the dado panel (7), and install the washers (5) and the screws
(4).
(e)
Put the decompression-panel assembly (1) in position on the dado panel (7).
(f)
** On A/C 004-004
PRE SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
Subtask 25-68-41-920-051-A
C.
Replacement of the Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels

** On A/C 004-004
** On A/C 004-004
PRE SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-41-991-00600-A - Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels)
(1)
(2)
(3)
AES
Remove the decompression panel:

(a)
Push the latches (2) of the latch assemblies back into their housings, against the spring-tension.
(b)
Carefully remove the decompression-panel (1) from the ceiling-panel (3).
Disassemble the decompression panel:

(a)
Remove the screws (5), the washers (6) and the frame assembly (4).
(b)
Remove the screws (8) and the latch assemblies (7).
Assemble the decompression panel:

(a)
condition.
(b)
25-68-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
(d)
If necessary, install new foam-tape:

1
Remove the remaining foam-tape (9).
Clean the area where you removed the foam-tape:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
a
(4)
AES
Clean the area where you removed the foam-tape (9) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-003) , a lint-free cotton-cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
Cut the new foam-tape (9) SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-066) to the required
shape and length.
Remove the protective foil from the foam-tape (9).
Measure a distance of 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) from the edge of the panel-frame to the area where
you install the foam tape (9) and make a mark (see DETAIL F-F).
Carefully install the foam-tape (9) in the applicable areas of the decompression-panel (1).
Make sure that the distance between the foam-tape (9) and the edge of the panel-frame is
3.0 (0.12 in.) (see DETAIL F-F).
(e)
Put the latch assemblies (7) in position on the decompression-panel (1) and install the screws (8).
(f)
(g)
Make sure that the latches of the latch assemblies (7) move freely in their housings.
(h)
Put the frame assembly (4) in position on the decompression-panel (1) and make sure that the
flame-retardant material is in the correct position.
(i)
Install the decompression panel:

(a)
(b)
Make sure that the decompression panel (1) is clean and in the correct condition.
25-68-41 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
Put the decompression-panel (1) in position on the ceiling-panel (3) and install it.
NOTE :
(d)
Use a stable force over the full surface of the decompression panel (1) when you push the
decompression panel in the related opening of the ceiling panel (3).
Make sure that the flame-retardant material is in its correct position between the decompressionpanel (1) and the ceiling-panel (3), and that:
. the flame-retardant material is not in position between the foam tape (9) and the ceiling panel
(3) (see DETAIL C-C).
.
the flame-retardant material seals the ceiling panel (3) tightly (see DETAIL C-C).
the flame-retardant material does not cause a blockage of the latches of the latch assemblies
(see DETAIL D-D).
(e)
Make sure that the position of the decompression panel (1) in the ceiling panel (3) is symmetrical.
(f)
Make sure that all latches (2) of the latch-assemblies are locked.
** On A/C 003-003 005-099

EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
POST SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
Subtask 25-68-41-920-051-B
C.
Replacement of the Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels

** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-003 005-099

EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
POST SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
(Ref. Fig. 25-68-41-991-00600-B - Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment Ceiling-Panels)
(1)
(a)
(b)
Carefully remove the decompression-panel (1) from the ceiling-panel (8).
(2)
Remove the screws (6), the protection-devices (4) and (5), and the spacers (2) and (3) from the ceilingpanel (6).
(3)
(4)
AES
(a)
Remove the screws (10), the washers (11) and the frame assembly (9).
(b)
Remove the screws (13) and the latch assemblies (12).

(a)
condition.
(b)
(c)
25-68-41 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(d)
If necessary, install new foam-tape:

1
Remove the remaining foam-tape (14).
Clean the area where you removed the foam-tape:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10
AND 15 MINUTES.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
a
AES
Clean the area where you removed the foam-tape (14) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-003) , a lint-free cotton-cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
Cut the new foam-tape (14) SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-066) to the required
shape and length.
Remove the protective foil from the foam-tape (14).
Measure a distance of 3.0 mm (0.12 in.) from the edge of the panel-frame to the area where
you install the foam tape (14) and make a mark (see DETAIL F-F).
Carefully install the foam-tape (14) in the applicable areas of the decompression-panel (1).
Make sure that the distance between the foam-tape (14) and the edge of the panel-frame is
3.0 mm (0.12 in.) (see DETAIL F-F).
(e)
Put the latch assemblies (12) in position on the decompression-panel (1) and install the screws
(13).
(f)
(g)
Make sure that the latches of the latch assemblies (12) move freely in their housings.
(h)
Put the frame assembly (9) in position on the decompression-panel (1) and make sure that the
flame-retardant material is in the correct position.
(i)
(5)
Put the spacers (2) and (3), and the protection-devices (4) and (5) in position on the ceiling-panel (8),
and install the screws (6).
(6)
Install the decompression panel:

(a)
(b)
Make sure that the decompression panel (1) is clean and in the correct condition.
25-68-41 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
Put the decompression-panel (1) in position on the ceiling-panel (8) and install it.
NOTE :
(d)
Make sure that the flame-retardant material is in its correct position between the decompressionpanel (1) and the ceiling-panel (8), and that:
. the flame-retardant material is not in position between the foam tape (14) and the ceiling
panel (6) (see DETAIL C-C).
.
the flame-retardant material seals the ceiling panel (8) tightly (see DETAIL C-C).
the flame-retardant material does not cause a blockage of the latches of the latch assemblies
(see DETAIL D-D).
(e)
Make sure that the position of the decompression panel (1) in the ceiling panel (8) is symmetrical.
(f)
Make sure that all latches (7) of the latch-assemblies are locked.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 25-68-41-920-052-A
D.
Replacement of the Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24

(Ref. Fig. 25-68-41-991-00700-A - Decompression Panels in the Partition at FR24)
(1)
Remove the screws (2) and the protective panel (1) from the partition (3).
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(a)
(b)
Carefully remove the decompression-panel (5) together with the seal (10) from the partition (3).

(a)
(b)
Remove the clamps (8) and the latch assemblies (9) from the decompression panel (5).

(a)
condition.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Put the latch assemblies (9) in position on the decompression panel (5).
(e)
Put the clamp (8) in position, and install the washers (7) and the screws (6).
Install the decompression-panel:

(a)
Make sure that the decompression-panel (5) is clean and in the correct condition.
(b)
(c)
Put the seal (10) in position on the decompression panel (5).
(d)
Put the decompression-panel (5) in position in the partition (3) and install it.
NOTE :
AES
25-68-41 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(6)
5.
Put the protective panel (1) in position on the partition (3) and install the screws (2).
Close-up
Subtask 25-68-41-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
Install the panels in the area where you have replaced the decompression panels:
. in the passenger compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001-A).
. in the FWD cargo compartment at FR24
(Ref. TASK 25-54-11-400-001-A).
. in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A).
. in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-12-400-002-A).
(2)
25-68-41 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
14mm+0.1mm
(0.551in.+0.0039in.)
CENTRES
D
5mm DEPTH
(0.197in.)
B
B
3
12mm+0.1mm DIA.
(0.472in.0.0039in.)
1
SECTION
4
BB
10mm
(0.39in.)
D
EXAMPLE
C
6
TYPICAL FOR ALL 4 CORNERS

2.5mm
(0.098in.)
SECTION
CC
45
83mm (3.27in.)
ADHESIVE TAPE
N_MM_256841_4_ACA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-41-991-00900-A SHEET 1

Decompression Panels
25-68-41 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z200
A
EXAMPLE
2
3
5
2
4
5
N_MM_256841_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-41-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Decompression Panel
25-68-41 PB401
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE OF A320
CARGO COMPARTMENTS
FR34
FR24
FR66
FR46
N_MM_256841_4_BAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-41-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Decompression Panels in the Cargo Compartments
25-68-41 PB401
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 004-004
PRE SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
1
A
EXAMPLE
C
C
E
D
D
B
SECTION
DD
FLAMERETARDENT
MATERIAL
SECTION
EXAMPLE
CC
FLAMERETARDENT
MATERIAL
3
N_MM_256841_4_BAMM_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-41-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Decompression Panels in the Cargo-Compartment CeilingPanels
25-68-41 PB401
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 004-004
PRE SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
6
4
F
8
G
9
SECTION
FF
3.0mm
(1.2 in.)
N_MM_256841_4_BAMM_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-41-991-00600-A SHEET 2

25-68-41 PB401
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-003 005-099
EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
POST SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
1
A
EXAMPLE
C
C
E
D
D
B
3
2
SECTION
DD
6
6
5
4
2
3
B
FLAMERETARDENT
MATERIAL
4
5
EXAMPLE
7
SECTION
CC
FLAMERETARDENT
MATERIAL
8
N_MM_256841_4_BBMM_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-41-991-00600-B SHEET 1

25-68-41 PB401
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-003 005-099
EMB SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 003-003 005-008
POST SB 25-1181 FOR A/C 004-004
10
11
9
12
F
13
G
14
SECTION
FF
3.0mm
(1.2 in.)
14
N_MM_256841_4_BBMM_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-41-991-00600-B SHEET 2

25-68-41 PB401
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
FR34
A
FR24
B
EXAMPLE
C
B
2
N_MM_256841_4_CAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-41-991-00700-A SHEET 1

25-68-41 PB401
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
LATCH
ASSEMBLY
5
D
6
8
5
9
3
10
N_MM_256841_4_CAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-68-41-991-00700-A SHEET 2

25-68-41 PB401
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACCESSORY COMPARTMENTS - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
(Ref. Fig. 25-70-00-11200-A - Accessory Compartments - Locations)
The accessory compartments are located on the inner or on the outer areas of the pressurized fuselage. The avionics
compartments are in the pressurized area below the cockpit (above the nose landing-gear well). They are identified as
the FWD, the lateral and the AFT avionics compartments.
The compartments have:
. heat and sound insulation,
. maintenance lighting,
. air-cooled racks for the electrical and electronic equipment and their related units.
The nose landing-gear well is below the avionics compartment and stair bay, in the areas of Zones 123/124. The
main landing-gear well is between the FWD and AFT cargo compartments, in the areas of Zones 147/148.
Equipment compartments are located in the rear of the aircraft, between FR65 and FR80, in the areas of Zones
171/172, 311/312 and 313/314.
AES
25-70-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
A.
Avionics Compartments
(1) Compartment Locations
(Ref. Fig. 25-70-00-11300-A - Avionics Compartments - Typical Layout)
(a) The FWD avionics compartment is between FR1 and FR9, in the areas of Zones 121/122. Access to
the compartment is through the FWD avionics compartment door 811 and through the floor access
panels in the cockpit.
(b) The lateral avionics compartment is between FR9 and FR20, in the areas of Zones 125/126. Access to
the lateral avionics compartment is through:
- the left hand door 812 of the lateral avionics compartment,
- the right hand door 822 of the lateral avionics compartment,
- the floor access panels in the cockpit,
- the floor access panels in the FWD utility area.
(c) The AFT avionics compartment is between FR20 and FR24A, in the areas of Zones 127/128. Access
to the AFT avionics compartment is through:
- the right hand door 824 of the AFT avionics compartment,
- the floor access panels in the FWD utility area,
- the floor access panels in the FWD cabin area.
B.
Landing Gear
(1) Landing Gear Wells
(a) The nose landing-gear well is between FR9 and FR20.
(b) The main landing-gear well is between FR42 and FR46.
C.
Equipment Compartments
(Ref. Fig. 25-70-00-11400-A - Equipment Compartment - Zones 171/172)
(Ref. Fig. 25-70-00-11500-A - Equipment Compartment - Zones 311/312 and 313/314)
(1) Compartment Locations
(a) The AFT cabin underfloor-compartment is between FR65 and FR70, in the areas of Zones 171/172,
(AFT of the bulk cargo compartment). The compartment is in the pressurized area and has insulation
blankets. Access to the compartment is through the access panels 161DW and 162DW. A catwalk is
installed in the compartment for maintenance and access to the equipment rack.
The compartment contains:
. the air outflow valve 10HL (Ref. 21-31-00-00),
. system service lines for the air conditioning, lavatory, galley ventilation, and waste water.
. fuel lines for the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU).
(b) The horizontal and vertical-stabilizer attachment area is between FR70 and FR78, in the areas of
Zones 311/312. It is external to the pressurized area. Access to the compartment is through the access
panels 311AL and 312AR. A catwalk is installed in the compartment for maintenance access. The
compartment contains:
. attachments for the horizontal and vertical stabilizer (Ref. 53-56-00-00),
. components for the flight control trim system (Ref. 27-40-00-00),
. the Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR) and the underwater locator beacon (attached to the
DFDR) (Ref. 31-33-00-00),
. the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) (Ref. 23-71-00-00).
AES
25-70-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c) The tail-cone APU air-intake area is between FR78 and FR80, in the areas of Zones 313/314. It is
external to the pressurized area. Access to the compartment is through the access panel 314AR. The
compartment contains the APU system components
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. 49-00-00-00-12)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 49-1082 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. 49-00-00-00-16).
AES
25-70-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 25-70-00-11200-A SHEET 1

Accessory Compartments - Locations
FR24A
NOSE LANDING GEAR WELL
AFT AVIONICS
COMPARTMENTS
FR20
LATERAL AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT
FR9
FWD AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT
FR1
FR46
MAIN LANDING
GEAR WELL &
HYDRAULIC
COMPARTMENT
FR42
FR70
TAIL CONE
AIR INTAKE AREA
ZONE 313/314
AFT CABIN UNDERFLOOR

COMPARTMENT
ZONE 171/172
HORIZONTAL AND
VERTICAL STABILIZER
ATTACH AREA
ZONE 311/312
FR65
FR80
FR78
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_257000_0_AAM0_01_00
25-70-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LATERAL AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

BATTERIES
EM.ELEC.CENTER
STATIC INVERTER
CONTACTOR BOXES
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
ACCESS DOOR
Z824
ACCESS DOOR
Z822
FR24A
ACCESS DOOR
Z812
Z120
FR1
ACCESS DOOR
Z811
AFT AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

AVIONICS RACK (274 MCU)
4 MCU CAPACITY RACK
RACK FOR ADIRS INSTALLATION
(30 MCU)
SELCAL CODE SELECTION BOX
AMU/(AUDIO MANAGEMENT UNIT)
VHF 1
CIDS
FWD AVIONICS COMPARTMENT

AVIONICS RACK (100 MCU)
LH AVIONICS RACK FOR RADAR INSTALLATION (16MCU)
RELAY BOX
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
GENERATOR CONTROL UNITS
N_MM_257000_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-70-00-11300-A SHEET 1

Avionics Compartments - Typical Layout
25-70-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CABIN
PRESSURE
AIR/OUTFLOW
VALVE
10HL
(REF.213100)
FR70
FR66
FR65
FR64
ACCESS PANEL
162DW
(REF.255512)
ACCESS PANEL
161DW
(REF.255512)
N_MM_257000_0_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-70-00-11400-A SHEET 1

Equipment Compartment - Zones 171/172
25-70-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
THS ACTUATOR
(REF 274400)
FR80
FR77
CVR
(REF 237100)
DFDR
(REF 313300)
FR74
PRESSURE
BULKHEAD
FR73
Z310
ACCESS DOOR
314AR
ACCESS
DOOR
312AR
FR71
WORKING
PLATFORM
FR70
N_MM_257000_0_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-70-00-11500-A SHEET 1

Equipment Compartment - Zones 311/312 and 313/314
25-70-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The avionics compartment is located in the underfloor nose section between Frames 1 and 24.
Its structure is as follows:
. Frames 1 to 9: the avionics compartment forward part, forward of the nose landing gear well, under the cockpit.
. Frames 0 to 20, R side and L side: the avionics compartment lateral left and lateral right parts, on each side of
the nose gear well, under the cockpit and the forward passenger compartment.
. Frames 20 to 24: the avionics compartment aft part, aft of the nose gear well, under the forward passenger
compartment.
The total capacity of the ventilated racks is 415 MCU.
Each part is fitted with a door allowing access from the outside.
An access panel in the aft part of the avionics compartment allows communication with the passenger compartment.
AES
25-71-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-71-00-12300-A - Avionics Compartment - Component Location.)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------70VU
ANN LT TEST UNIT
80VU
AFT ELECTRONICS RACK
90VU
FWD ELECTRONICS RACK
103VU
RELAY BOX
106VU
POWER CENTER-AC/DC EMERGENCY
107VU
CONTACTOR BOX
109VU
SHELF-WEATHER RADAR
AES
25-71-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
Description
A.
Avionics Compartment - Forward Part

(Ref. Fig. 25-71-00-14600-A - Fwd Electronics Rack 90VU & Weather Radar Shelf 109VU)
This part contains the following items of equipment:
. Weather Radar Shelf 109VU
Between Frames 2 and 4, L side, there is a 16 MCU capacity rack for Weather Radar installation.
. FWD Electronics Rack 90VU
Between Frames 7 and 8, there is a 95 MCU capacity transversal rack fitted with five shelves.
Space is provided for installation of non-Arinc miscellaneous items (window heat computers, probe heat
computers, contactors, relays, miscellaneous equipment, etc...).
There is also a ground power receptacle forward of the nose gear between Frames 7 and 8.
All the rack shelves are removable. An underfuselage access door is provided at Frame 4.
B.
Avionics Compartment - Lateral Right Part

(Ref. Fig. 25-71-00-14700-A - Ann Lt Test Unit 70VU, Relay Box 103VU & Contactor Box 107VU)
. Ann Lt Test Unit 70VU, between Frames 10 and 12.
. Relay Box 103VU, between Frames 9 and 10.
. Contactor Box 107VU, between Frames 15 and 16.
. It is also fitted with two batteries, 2 transformer rectifiers, 1 static inverter and 2 battery charge limiters.
An underfuselage off-centered door provides external access at Frame 13.
C.
Avionics Compartment - Lateral Left Part.

(Ref. Fig. 25-71-00-14800-A - AC/DC Emergency Power Center 106VU)
. AC/DC Emergency Power Center 106VU, between Frames 13 and 15.
. the associated generator control unit, transformer rectifier and transformer.
D. Avionics Compartment - Aft Part.

(Ref. Fig. 25-71-00-14900-A - Aft Electronics Rack 80VU & Access Ladder)
. A 30 MCU capacity rack with an adjustable shelf for ADIRS installation, located under the air cooling pack
for the ventilated equipment, between Frames 21 and 22.
. Aft Electronics Rack 80VU
Between Frames 23A and 24 there is a 274 MCU capacity transversal rack heaving four levels.
An access panel allows communication with the passenger compartment.
AES
25-71-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
231AF
824
822
107VU
70VU
103VU
FR24A
FR21
FR20
FR16
80VU
FR9
106VU
FR1
90VU
109VU
811
812
N_MM_257100_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Avionics Compartment - Component Location.
25-71-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
A
Z120
FR1
A
90VU
B
109VU
N_MM_257100_0_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-14600-A SHEET 1

Fwd Electronics Rack 90VU & Weather Radar Shelf 109VU
25-71-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
B
A
C
A
70VU
Z120
FR12
FR10
FR1
C
103VU
B
107VU
N_MM_257100_0_CAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-14700-A SHEET 1

Ann Lt Test Unit 70VU, Relay Box 103VU & Contactor Box
107VU
25-71-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
Z120
FR14
FR13
FR1
A
106VU
N_MM_257100_0_DAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-14800-A SHEET 1

AC/DC Emergency Power Center 106VU
25-71-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
B
A
FR21
Z120
FR1
B
80VU
N_MM_257100_0_EAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-14900-A SHEET 1

Aft Electronics Rack 80VU & Access Ladder
25-71-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
Task 25-71-00-290-001-A
Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack Lower Lateral Fittings
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-71-00-01-)
BORESCOPE INSPECTION OF THE 80VU RACK LOWER LATERAL FITTINGS
2.

A.
REFERENCE
QTY
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
PRE SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 003-003 005-005 007-008
DESIGNATION
No specific
No specific
BORESCOPE SET
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
127
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
C.
REFERENCE
12-34-24-869-002-A
DESIGNATION
Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-71-00-991-00100-A - 80VU Rack Lower Lateral Fittings)

(Ref. Fig. 25-71-00-991-00200-A - Inspection Report for Lower Lateral Fittings)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-71-00-010-050-A
A.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 824 in zone 128.
(2)
25-71-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 25-71-00-861-050-A
B.

** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099

PRE SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 003-003 005-005 007-008
Subtask 25-71-00-020-050-A
C.
Preparation for Inspection

(1)
Make sure that the aircraft is electrically grounded

** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
(Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-002-A).
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099

PRE SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 003-003 005-005 007-008
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
PRE SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 003-003 005-005 007-008
Subtask 25-71-00-290-050-A
A.
Inspection of Lower Lateral Fittings With a Borescope

(1)
With a BORESCOPE SET do a detailed inspection of fasteners, brackets and/or holes for lower lateral
fittings
(sheet 2).
. If you find cracks, replace the defective fasteners, brackets or holes, before the next flight and send
the inspection reports to airbus
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
(sheet1).
(2)
With a BORESCOPE SET do a detailed inspection of bush migrated and/or material burred for lower
lateral fittings
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
PRE SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 003-003 005-005 007-008
(sheet 3).
. If you find bush migrated and/or material burred, contact airbus before the next flight and send the
inspection reports to airbus
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
AES
25-71-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(sheet2).
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
PRE SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 003-003 005-005 007-008
Subtask 25-71-00-210-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-71-00-862-050-A
B.

** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
AES
25-71-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
PRE SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 003-003 005-005 007-008
A
FR24A
N_MM_257100_6_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

25-71-00 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
PRE SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 003-003 005-005 007-008
FASTENER TO BE
INSPECTED
HOLE TO BE
INSPECTED
D
BRACKET TO BE
INSPECTED
N_MM_257100_6_AAM0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-991-00100-A SHEET 2

25-71-00 PB601
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-003 005-005 007-099
PRE SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 003-003 005-005 007-008
D
RACK 80VU IN CONTACT WITH STRUCTURE FITTING
FITTING OF THE RACK 80VU
MATERIAL BURRED
FITTING OF THE STRUCTURE
BUSH MIGRATED
MATERIAL BURRED
N_MM_257100_6_AAM0_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-991-00100-A SHEET 3

25-71-00 PB601
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
INSPECTION REPORT
A/C MSN :
DATE OF INSPECTION :
FLIGHT CYCLES :
BOROSCOPE
INSPECTION
INSPECTION METHOD :
FLIGHT HOURS :
LOWER LATERAL
80VU
LH SIDE
LOWER LATERAL
80VU
RH SIDE
REPAIR WITH
OLD FITTING
YES
NO
YES
REPAIR WITH NEW

FITTINGS APPLYING
SB A320251557
NO
FITTING BROKEN OR BOLT

MISSING ?
RACK 80VU IN CONTACT

WITH STRUCTURE FITTING ?
BUSH MIGRATED OR
MATERIAL BURRED ?
N_MM_257100_6_DAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

25-71-00 PB601
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
INSPECTION REPORT
A/C MSN :
FLIGHT CYCLES :
INSPECTION METHOD :
BOROSCOPE
INSPECTION
FLIGHT HOURS :
ON THE UPPER SHEET OF ON THE FRONT SHEET OF

THE CENTRAL SUPPORT THE CENTRAL SUPPORT
YES
NO
N/A
N/A
YES
NO
ON THE REAR SHEET OF

THE CENTRAL SUPPORT
YES
NO
CRACK FOUND ?
CRACKS CONDITION
ACCEPTABLE ?
N_MM_257100_6_DAM0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-991-00200-A SHEET 2

25-71-00 PB601
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-71-00-290-002-A
Borescope Inspection of 80VU Rack Lower Central Fittings
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 25-71-00-02-)
BORESCOPE INSPECTION OF THE 80VU RACK LOWER CENTRAL FITTINGS
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
B.
BORESCOPE SET

ZONE/ACCESS
127
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
12-34-24-869-002-A
DESIGNATION
Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-71-00-991-00300-A - 80VU Rack Center Lateral Fittings)

(Ref. Fig. 25-71-00-991-00400-A - Inspection Report for Center Lateral Fittings)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 004-004 006-006
Subtask 25-71-00-010-051-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 824 in zone 128.
(2)
Subtask 25-71-00-861-051-A
B.

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
AES
25-71-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 004-004 006-006
Subtask 25-71-00-020-051-A
C.
Preparation for Inspection

(1)
Make sure that the aircraft is electrically grounded

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-002-A).
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 004-004 006-006
Subtask 25-71-00-290-051-A
A.
Inspection of Lower Central Fittings With a Borescope

(1)
5.
With a BORESCOPE SET do a detailed inspection of cracks, for lower central fittings.
. If you find cracks, send the inspection reports to airbus.
Close-up
Subtask 25-71-00-210-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 25-71-00-862-051-A
B.

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
AES
25-71-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 004-004 006-006
A
FR24A
N_MM_257100_6_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

25-71-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 004-004 006-006
CRACK
(40mm (1.575in.) MAX.)
N_MM_257100_6_ABM0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-991-00300-A SHEET 2

25-71-00 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 004-004 006-006
D
VIEW LOOKING UP
UPPER SHEET
E
E
ANY CRACKS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE
N_MM_257100_6_ABM0_03_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-991-00300-A SHEET 3

25-71-00 PB601
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 25-1557 FOR A/C 004-004 006-006
INSPECTION REPORT
A/C MSN :
FLIGHT CYCLES :
INSPECTION METHOD :
BOROSCOPE
INSPECTION
FLIGHT HOURS :
ON THE UPPER SHEET OF ON THE FRONT SHEET OF ON THE REAR SHEET OF

THE CENTRAL SUPPORT THE CENTRAL SUPPORT THE CENTRAL SUPPORT
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
CRACK FOUND ?
CRACKS CONDITION
ACCEPTABLE ?
N_MM_257100_6_DBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-71-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Inspection Report for Center Lateral Fittings
25-71-00 PB601
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - DESCRIPTION

AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The thermal insulation does the following:
. minimizes the loss of heat from the fuselage,
. stops the formation of condensation,
. reduces the noise level in the fuselage.
AES
25-80-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 25-80-00-12300-A - Area of Insulation - Example)
The thermal insulation is a material and not a component. This material is distributed through the pressurized
fuselage, and is of different thickness, and installed in different ways.
AES
25-80-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
The thermal and acoustical insulation is made of insulation blankets and insulation foam bonded to panels.
The insulation blankets have ventilation holes on one side. Above the cabin floor level, the holes are on the inboard
side of the insulation blankets. Below the cabin floor level, the holes are on the outboard side of the insulation
blankets.
In the cargo compartment, insulation foam is bonded to the bottom surfaces of the floor panels.
The thermal and acoustical insulation is installed in the following areas:
. Between the frames
. Over the frames
. Over the structure brackets
. On the cargo-compartment floor panels.
A.
Types of Thermal and Acoustical Insulation

(1) Between the Frames
(Ref. Fig. 25-80-00-13800-A - Insulation Blanket Attachment - Example)
The sidewall blankets are installed between the frames. Pins and washers and/or polyamide brackets attach
the sidewall blankets to the stringers. The sidewall blankets have cutouts for the structure brackets. The
sidewall blankets are attached to the frames together with the frame blankets.
(2) Over the Frames
The frame blankets are installed over the frames and over the edges of the sidewall blankets. Pins and
washers and/or cable brackets attach the sidewall blankets and the frame blankets to the frames.
(3) Over the Structure Brackets
Because of different cabin configurations, some structure brackets are not used. Small cover blankets are
installed over these brackets and over the openings in the sidewall blankets.
(4) On the Cargo-Compartment Floor Panels
Insulation foam is bonded to the bottom surfaces of the cargo-compartment floor panels.
AES
25-80-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR1
FRONT PRESSURE
BULK HEAD
NOSE
LANDING GEAR
BAY
MAIN
LANDING GEAR
BAY
WING
CENTER BOX
FR80/82
REAR PRESSURE
BULK HEAD
NOTE:
PRESSURIZED/INSULATED AREA
N_MM_258000_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-80-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Area of Insulation - Example
25-80-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
FRAMES
STRINGERS
AB
C
D
E
F
G
INSULATION
BLANKETS
A
SKIN FIELD AND FRAME
BLANKET ATTACHMENT
STANDARD ATTACHMENT
(FASTENING PIN)
SKIN
FRAME
INTEGRATED
FOAM WASHER
B
BLANKET ATTACHMENT
ON STRINGERS
FIELD
BLANKET
FRAME
BLANKET
SKIN
STUD
COMBINED ATTACHMENT
(ELECTRICAL BRACKET)
WASHER
STRINGER
POLYAMID
BRACKET
WASHER
FIELD
BLANKET
STUD
BRACKET
WASHER
INTEGRATED
FOAMWASHER
N_MM_258000_0_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-80-00-13800-A SHEET 1

25-80-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
TYPICAL
TYPICAL
PIN
PIN
FOAM WASHER
FOAM WASHER
E
TYPICAL
G
INSULATION EXAMPLE AT INSTALLED ANTENNA
ANTENNA
CUT OUT
FOR STRUCTURE BRACKET
FIELD BLANKET
F
TYPICAL
ADDITIONAL BLANKET
FIELD BLANKET
COVER BLANKET
OVER
UNUSED STRUCTURE BRACKET
N_MM_258000_0_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 25-80-00-13800-A SHEET 2

25-80-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-80-00-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Removal for access to the fuselage structure (skin panels, frames, stringers etc.).
Removal for the maintenance of the air conditioning ducts etc.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
No specific
No specific
1
1
GLOVES - RUBBER
GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE
B.
REFERENCE
25-23-41-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-42-000-001-A
25-23-43-000-001-A
25-23-44-000-001-A
25-23-45-000-005-A
25-24-41-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 25-80-00-991-00100-A - Typical Removal/Installation of an Insulation Blanket)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-010-050-A
A.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position at the FWD passenger/crew door.
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment
door(s).
(3)
Open the appropriate access door.
(4)
Remove the parts given subsequently only where necessary to remove the insulation blankets:
. the upper and lower sidewall panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-41-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A) (Ref.
TASK 25-23-45-000-005-A) (Ref. TASK 25-24-41-000-001-A),
. the cargo compartment linings
. the circuit breaker panels,
. the air conditioning ducts
25-80-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
4.
the electrical cable fasteners,

the bonding straps,
the screwed brackets.
Procedure
Subtask 25-80-00-020-050-A
A.

WARNING : YOU MUST ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE.
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.
(1)
If you remove a damaged insulation blanket, put on GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE and GLOVES RUBBER.
(2)
Record the position of the insulation blanket(s) or the insulation foam sheet(s) for the installation
procedure.
(3)
Remove the frame insulation blanket(s):
(4)
AES
(a)
Remove the brackets (2), the washers (5) and the studs (6).
(b)
Remove the insulation blanket(s) (1).
Remove the skin insulation (blanket(s) or foam sheet(s)):

(a)
Remove the washers (5) from the studs (4) and/or the supports (7).
(b)
Remove the insulation (3).
25-80-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
COMBINED ATTACHMENT
(ELECTRICAL BRACKET)
FRAME
EXAMPLE
SKIN FIELD AND FRAME
BLANKET ATTACHMENT
SKIN
STRINGER
FRAME
SKIN
1
STRINGER
2
3
EXAMPLE
BLANKET ATTACHMENT
ON STRINGERS
3
5
EXAMPLE
ATTACHMENT IN
AREA OF HARNESS
SKIN
PLASTIC STUD
STRINGER
MIN STUD LENGTH

AFTER CUTTING
INSULATION
3
4
ELECTRICAL
HARNESS
CLAMP
CLEARENCE MIN 10mm
(0.39in.)
N_MM_258000_2_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-80-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Typical Removal/Installation of an Insulation Blanket
25-80-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-80-00-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
25-80-00-200-001-A
25-80-00-210-001-A
DESIGNATION
Visual inspection of the Insulation Blankets or the Insulation and the Junction
Panel
ESPM 20-33-41-0
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-210-052-A
A.
4.

(1)
(2)

(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-210-001-A)
(3)
If necessary, do a repair. (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001-A)
(4)
If necessary, apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No: 15-005A) to the fuselage
components.
Procedure
Subtask 25-80-00-420-050-A
A.

(1)
Install the skin insulation (blanket(s) or foam sheet(s)):

NOTE :
(a)
(2)
Put the insulation (3) in position on the studs (4) and/or the supports (7) as identified in the
removal procedure and install the washers (5).
Install the frame insulation:

(a)
AES
Make an overlap with the insulation blankets to prevent the flow of condensed moisture to the
outer skin.
Put the insulation blanket(s) (1) in position as recorded in the removal procedure and install the
studs (6) and the washers (5).
25-80-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(b)
Make sure that the clearance between the attachment studs (6) and the adjacent electrical
harness is a minimum of 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.).
(c)
If the clearance is less than 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.), cut the studs to the correct length.
(d)
Install the brackets (2) at the applicable positions (Ref. ESPM 20-33-41-0).
Close-up
Subtask 25-80-00-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
Install the parts which you removed to replace the insulation blankets.
(2)
Close the appropriate access door.
(3)
(4)
25-80-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-80-00-210-001-A
Visual inspection of the Insulation Blankets or the Insulation and the Junction Panel
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
52-30-00-860-001-A
DESIGNATION
Pump
52-30-00-860-002-A
Pump
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-010-051-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door and install the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the opening of the FWD and/or AFT cargo
(3)
Remove the equipment, the linings and the sidewall panels as necessary.
Procedure
Subtask 25-80-00-210-051-B
A.
5.
Inspection of the Insulation Blankets

(1)
Make sure that the insulation blankets are clean, dry and not damaged.
(2)
Make sure that the VELCRO strips on the attachment fittings are installed correctly.
(3)
Make sure that the attachment studs are in the correct condition.
(4)
Make sure that the clearance between the attachment studs and the adjacent electrical harness is a
minimum of 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.).
(5)
If the clearance is less than 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.), cut the studs to the correct length.
(6)
Make sure that the insulation blankets are in the correct condition.
Close-up
Subtask 25-80-00-410-051-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the parts which you removed to replace the insulation blankets.
25-80-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(3)
(4)
Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-002-A).
25-80-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
INSULATION (THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL) - REPAIRS

** On A/C ALL
Task 25-80-00-200-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
1
GLOVES - RUBBER
1
GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-80-00-000-001-A
25-80-00-350-001-A

25-80-00-350-003-A
25-80-00-400-001-A
SIL 25-135
(Ref. Fig. 25-80-00-991-00300-A - General Identification Chart)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-861-050-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 25-80-00-210-053-A
A.
General Information
(1)
Identify the damage type

(Ref. Fig. 25-80-00-991-00300-A - General Identification Chart)
Subtask 25-80-00-010-056-A
B.
Removal of the Insulation Blanket

(1)
If you must remove a contaminated blanket put on GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE and GLOVES RUBBER.
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.
AES
25-80-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
WARNING : AVOID BREATHING OF VAPORS.
WARNING : YOU MUST ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE.
(a)
Remove the damaged insulation blanket if necessary (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-000-001-A).
Subtask 25-80-00-350-050-A
C.
5.
Repair of the Damaged Insulation

(1)
Refer to the (Ref. SIL 25-135).
(2)
Do the repair of the damaged insulation blanket:

. Repair the wrapper (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-350-001-A).
(3)
Replace the damaged insulation blanket:

. Make a new (replacement) insulation blanket (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-350-003-A).
or
. Replace the insulation blanket by a FAR25.856(a) compliant insulation blanket (Ref. TASK
25-80-00-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 25-80-00-400-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 25-80-00-410-055-A
A.
Installation of the Insulation Blanket

(1)
Install the repaired insulation blanket if removed to do the repair procedure (Ref. TASK
25-80-00-400-001-A).
Subtask 25-80-00-862-050-A
B.
Close Access
(1)
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
25-80-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DAMAGED
INSULATION BLANKET
1
IS THE
GLASSWOOL
CONTAMINATED
?
YES
REPLACE
258000350003
NO
2
IS THE
GLASSWOOL
DAMAGED ?
YES
WITHIN
THE DAMAGE
LIMITS ?
NO
YES
REPAIR USING INSERT

258000350002
NO
REPAIR OF THE WRAPPER

258000350001
NOTE:
1
CONTAMINATED MEANS THAT THE GLASS WOOL IS DIRTY

AND/OR SOAKED WITH A LIQUID OTHER THAN CONDENSATION.
IF SOAKED WITH CONDENSATION BUT CLEAN, THE BLANKET SHOULD
BE DRIED IN A VENTILATED AREA, BEFORE THE REPAIR.
THE SIZE OF THE DAMAGE SHOULD BE LESS THAN 20% OF

THE BLANKET SIZE AND THE DAMAGE SHOULD BE MORE THAN
100mm (3.94 in.) FROM EVERY EDGES OF THE BLANKET.
N_MM_258000_8_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-80-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

General Identification Chart
25-80-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-80-00-350-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
ADHESIVE TAPE (INSULATION BLANKET)
No specific
TERUL 18 foil (compliant with FAR25.856 (a))
B.
REFERENCE
25-80-00-200-001-A
DESIGNATION
SIL 25-135
(Ref. Fig. 25-80-00-991-00400-A - Repair of the Wrapper)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-010-057-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-80-00-350-051-A
A.

(Ref. Fig. 25-80-00-991-00400-A - Repair of the Wrapper)
(1)
Refer to the (Ref. SIL 25-135).
(2)
Repair of damage type 1 (tears):

(a)
Bond BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-073A) over the tear(s).
NOTE :
(3)
Repair of damage type 2 (missing wrapper material):

(a)
Attach a patch of TERUL 18 foil (compliant with FAR25.856 (a)) with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-073A) over the damaged area.
NOTE :
(4)
The adhesive tape must have an overlap of 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) with the edges of the
patch in all directions.
Repair of damage type 3 (tears or missing wrapper material at the edge of the blanket):
NOTE :
AES
tear(s) in all directions.
This repair is only applicable if the maximum available width of the adhesive tape is sufficient for
this task.
25-80-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
Bond BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-073A) over the damage.
NOTE :
5.
damage. The length of the tape must cover the other side of the blanket as shown in
section B-B.
Close-up
Subtask 25-80-00-410-056-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001-A)
25-80-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
A
ADHESIVE TAPE
SECTION
SECTION
AA
BB
WRAPPER
NOTE:
1
: DAMAGE/REPAIR TYPE
WRAPPER MATERIAL
N_MM_258000_8_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-80-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

25-80-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 25-80-00-350-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
25-80-00-200-001-A
DESIGNATION
SIL 25-135
(Ref. Fig. 25-80-00-991-00600-A - Insulation Blanket - General Information)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 25-80-00-010-059-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 25-80-00-350-053-A
A.
Local Manufacturing of a Replacement Insulation Blanket

(Ref. Fig. 25-80-00-991-00600-A - Insulation Blanket - General Information)
(1)
In the work shop:

(a)
Make a new insulation blanket (Ref. AIPS 03-07-004) compliant with FAR 25.856(a).
NOTE :
5.
You can show with a placard or a stamp that the locally manufactured part is compliant
to FAR 25.856(a) (Ref. SIL 25-135).
Close-up
Subtask 25-80-00-410-058-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(Ref. TASK 25-80-00-200-001-A)
25-80-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
REPLACEMENT/ LOCAL MANUFACTURING
HOT WELDING
A
GLASS WOOL
SECTION
AA
COVER FOIL
(WRAPPER)
GLASS WOOL
COVER FOIL
(WRAPPER)
N_MM_258000_8_ADM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 25-80-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Insulation Blanket - General Information
25-80-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

Chapter 25 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chapter 25 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

@A318/A319/A320/A321

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Repair Task Cross Reference Data

Repairs of Non-structural Components (not in the Cargo Compartments)

Filler and Patch Repair Solution

Captain/First Officer Seat - Front View

Captain/First Officer Seat - Rear View

COCKPIT SEATS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

Reactivation of the Defective Recline System of the CAPT (F/O) Seat

Deactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O)

Reactivation of the Inoperative Adjustment System of the CAPT (F/O)

Deactivation of the Third Occupant Seat

COCKPIT SEATS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

Inspection/Check of the Cockpit Seats

Inspection/Check of the Shoulder Harness and Seat Belt

SEAT - THIRD OCCUPANT

SEAT - CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER - INSPECTION/CHECK

Inspection/Check of the Captain/First Officer Seat

Check of Adjustment of Seat Control Cables

CUSHIONS - SEAT,CAPTAIN/FIRST OFFICER

Removal of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy

Installation of the Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest-Assy

Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables

Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Sliding-Tables

Deactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

Reactivation of the Captain and/or First Officer Retractable Foot-Rests

Captain (First Officer) Seat Assist Armrest Assy

LINING AND FURNISHINGS - CLEANING/PAINTING

Removal of the Windshield Sunvisor

Sidewall Panels (211AW, 212AW, 211BW, 212BW)

Sidewall Panel 211LW

Sidewall Panel 212KW

Removal of the Fixed Window Roller-Blind

Removal of the Cockpit Textile Floor Covering (Carpet)

COCKPIT CENTER PEDESTAL FOAM PANELS

Removal of the Foam Panels

Removal of the Coat Stowage

COCKPIT EQUIPMENT RACKS

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

Deactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage

Reactivation of Overhead Stowage Bin(s)/Cabin and Galley Storage

Cabin Layout - AES02/VX02 (Aerolineas de Columbia)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT - CLEANING/PAINTING

Refurbishment of the Partition and the Door/Doorframe Panel

Repair of the Moisture Barrier Foil (MYLAR)

Replacement of the Aluminum Profile on the Lower Sidewall-Panel

Repair of the Paint Coat on Components

Repair/Replacement of Decor Foil

the Vacuum-Cleaner Outlet Door

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS

Removal of the Passenger Seats

Removal of the In-Seat Power-Supply Unit

CABIN ATTENDANT SEATS - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

Deactivation of a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat

Detailed Inspection of Seat Attachment and General Visual Inspection of

Removal of the Wall-Mounted Cabin-Attendant Seats

Installation of the Free-Standing Cabin-Attendant Seat(s)

Removal of the Restraint System

Restraint System with the Inertia Reel(s)

Ceiling Panels - Cabin Area

Linings - FWD Passenger/Crew Door Linings

Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Linings

Linings - AFT Passenger/Crew Door Frame-Linings